I 
 
 THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 PRESENTED BY 
 
 PROF. CHARLES A. KOFOID AND 
 MRS. PRUDENCE W. KOFOID 
 
 
// 
 
 - *_ 
 
 L^- x< -^ 
 

 ^ V 
 
A 
 
 GEOGRAPHICAL VIEW 
 
 OF THE 
 
 MAN CUSTOMS AND PURSUIT 
 
 EVERY NATION; 
 
 FOUNDED ON 
 
 ttrst Hutliorttics. 
 
 BY REV. J. GOLDSMITH, 
 
 Aotfcor of Onnmar of Geoyrmphy, Grammar of BritUh Oopnph/, 
 
 FIRST AMERICAN EDITION, 
 
 REVISED, CORRECTED, AND IMPROVED, BY 
 
 JAMES G. PERCIVAL, M. D. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED BY 
 EIGHT COPPERPLATE VIEWS. 
 
 NEW-YORK j 
 
 B, HOPKINS APfD W. REED. 
 
District of Connecticut, ss. 
 
 BE XT REIVISryiBERE.D, That on the 
 I C eleventh day of March, in the fiftieth >ear of the inde- 
 pendence of the United States of America, EDWARD 
 HOPKINS, of the said district, has deposited in this office 
 the title of a Book, the right whereof he claims as proprietor, in the 
 words following, to wit : " A Geographical view of the World, embra- 
 cing the Manners, Customs, and Pursuits of every nation, founded on 
 1 ho best authorities. By Rev. J. Goldsmith, author of Grammar of 
 Geography, Grammar of British Geography, &c. First American 
 edition, revised, corrected, and improved, by James G. Percival, M. 
 D. Illustrated by eight copperplate views." 
 
 In conformity to the act of the Congress of the United States, enti- 
 tled, " An act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the 
 copies of Maps, Charts and Books, to the Authors and Proprietors of 
 such copies, during the times therein mentioned." And also to the 
 act, entitled, " An act supplementary to an act, entitled " An act for 
 the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of maps, charts, 
 and books, to the authors and proprietors of such copies during the 
 times therein mentioned,' and extending the benefits thereof to the 
 arts of designing, engraving, and etching historical and other prints." 
 CHARLES A. INGERSOLL, 
 
 Clerk of the district of Connecticut. 
 A true copy of Record, examined and sealed by me, 
 CHARLES A. INGERSOLL, 
 
 Clerk of the district of Connecticut. 
 
GI2S 
 
 P47 
 
 IB2.6 
 
 EUROPE 
 
 Is bounded on the N. by the Arctic or Frozen Ocean ; E. l> 
 from i towards t 
 
 
 Mann chipelago ; 
 
 -oparatcs it from Africa ; and 
 lantir < 'P:th, from cape St. \ i 
 
 the Ural mountain-, i< about 4,000 mile-* 
 and f: at the SOL 
 
 broad. The area is estimated by Hassel at 3,387,019 square mile? 
 OF LAPLAND. 
 
 most nor* in Europe, and extend- from lat. 64 
 
 71 II'N. It is washed by the r 
 
 n ocean on the north, and U. 
 n the east. Extent 152,720 sq. miles. Population 61,7w9. 
 
 Of the Dress of the Laplanders. 
 THI ; rs wear a sort of pantaloons reaching* d 
 
 which are made of untanned up be 
 
 they put a 1 in them. Their wai 
 
 . and open at the breast. Over this 
 
 irith 
 ornamented with i tin or brass. 
 
 . tiifir 11!^ <. tliei 
 
 pipes, and the rest of the srnokinjr apparutu-. Tin ir < lot 
 KunlrrfMl with fur, or binding's of cloth of different 
 
 edged with fur, pointed at top, and adorned with di! 
 
 of the women is very like to that of the n 
 
 ar handkerchiefs, short aprons inado of j>ainte 
 rings on their fingers, and ear-rings, from whirl 
 
 tided chains of silver, which pass two or thro 
 about their neck. They are much addicted to finery, and t 
 e of embroidery manufactured from brass wire, and wher 
 that cannot be had, list of different colours is sub 
 
 Habitations of the Laplanders. 
 
 THK Laplanders change their habitations according to the 
 in inter, but in summer thc\ in 
 built with stones and sods ; 
 ers, and ^mall wood between t 
 
 
District of Connecticut, *5. 
 
 BE IT BEMElttBEREJD, That on the 
 I L eleventh day of March, in the filtirth >earof the inde- 
 pendence of the United States of America, EDWARD 
 HOPKINS, of the said district, has deposited in this office 
 Ihe title of a Book, the right whereof he claims as proprietor, in the 
 words following, to wit : " A Geographical view of the World, embra- 
 riue: the Manners, Customs, and Pursuits of every nation, founded on 
 uvst authorities. By Rev. J. Goldsmith, author of Grammar of 
 Geography, Grammar of British Geography, &c. First American 
 rdit ion, revised, corrected, and improved, by James G. Percival, M. 
 I). Illustrated by eight copperplate views." 
 
 In conformity to the act of the Congress of the United States, enti- 
 tled, wl An act for the encouragement of learning, bv securing the 
 copies of Maps, Charts and Books, to the Authors and Proprietors of 
 such copies, during the times therein mentioned." And also to the 
 act, entitled, " An act supplementary to an act, entitled " An act for 
 the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of maps, charts, 
 and books, to the authors and proprietors of such copies during the 
 times therein mentioned,' and extending the benefits thereof to the 
 arts of designing, engraving, and etching historical and other prints." 
 CHARLES A. INGERSOLL, 
 
 Clerk of the district of Connecticut. 
 A true copy of Record, examined and sealed by me, 
 CHARLES A. INGERSOLL, 
 
 Clerk of the district of Connecticut. 
 
EUROPE 
 
 Is bounded on or Frozen Ocean ; r. bj 
 
 frou 
 and towards the son 
 
 in Archi|.rlagu ; on the 
 separates it from Africa ; and on 
 lantic Ott m cape . w tlio 
 
 . in 
 
 broad. The area is estimated by Hassel at 
 
 OF LAPLAND. 
 
 The in. 'l>e, and extends from 
 
 N. It is washed b> 
 
 oceau'on the west, ran on the north, and i 1 
 
 sea on the east. Extent 15^,720 sq. miles. Population 61,: 
 
 Of the Dress of the Lapla nde rs . 
 s wear a sort of pantaloons n 
 shoes, which are made of untann.-.l ski!, 
 
 e hay in them. 
 
 shape, an < r a 
 
 DW sleevev round them with a 
 
 ntcd with plate-* of tin or brass. To the 
 gird I. ments for .. 
 
 pipes 
 
 ITS Of Cloth ' 
 
 o edg^ed witli fur, pointed at top, and adorned with 
 
 of the women is very like to that of the men, 1 
 o it they wear handkerchiefs, short aprons made r i 
 
 rings, from win- the 
 
 : silver, \v' sree 
 
 times about their neck. They are much addicted to fm -r\. and to 
 the use of embroidery manufactured from bra^ wire, and where 
 that cannot be had, list of different colours is suh 
 
 Habitations of the Laplanders. 
 f -.aplanders change their habitations according to i 
 
 T, but in summer they make use of t 
 
 houses are built \n and sods; "they are roofed with 
 
 and -mall wood between them ; o\ 
 ih on the top. They 
 
 door nor applied by two 
 
 thro must creep on their ha 
 
 es, the men sally forth to theii . or 
 
 '1 hu interpreted into a bad omen? 
 
4 Employment and Commerce of the Lapland t 
 
 Their summer tents are framed with poles and covered with skin-. , 
 in the structure and situation of these they endeavour to display 
 some finery and taste. Guests on a visit are welcomed with singing-, 
 and presented with soft clean skins to sit upon ; the men talk grave- 
 ly and considerately of the weather, and of hunting and fishing ; the 
 women mutually bewail their deceased relations with an harmonious 
 howl, and then divert themselves with little stories, in the meantime 
 a horn with snuff goes constantly round. When the victuals are 
 brought in, the guests let the host press them often, pretending 
 an indifference, lest they should appear poor or half-starved. 
 
 Their household furniture consists of iron or copper kettles, wood- 
 en cups, bowls, spoons, and sometimes tin or even silver basins : to 
 which may be added the implements of fishing and hunting. That 
 they may not be obliged to carry these with them in their excur- 
 sions, they build huts like pigeon-houses in the forests, placed upon 
 the trunk of a tree, where they leave their goods and provisions ; 
 and though they are never shut, yet they are never plundered. 
 
 Food of the Laplanders. 
 
 REIN-DEER supply the Laplanders with the greatest part of their 
 provisions ; the chase and the fishery afford the rest. The flesh of 
 the bear is considered as the most delicate meat. Their winter pro- 
 visions consist chiefly of flesh and fish dried in the open air, both of 
 which they eat raw, and without any sort of dressing. Their* spm- 
 mon drink is water : brandy is very scarce, but they are extre'mely 
 fond of it. 
 
 Language and Manners of the Laplanders. 
 
 THE language of the Laplanders comprehends so many different 
 dialects, that it is with difficulty they understand each other. They 
 have neither writing nor letters among them, but a number of 
 hieroglyphics. Their voices, however, are musical, and they read- 
 ily oblige strangers by making use of them. According to Von 
 LJuch, the Laplanders may be divided into two classes ; those who 
 inhabit the woody region ; and those who inhabit the lofty mountain- 
 ous region. The former have fixed habitations, but the latter live 
 in tents, and move from place to place to find pasturage for the 
 herds of rein-deer which constitute tneir principal wealth. Of these 
 migratory people, Mr. de Capell Brooke, in his Travels to the North 
 Cape, in the summer of 1820, has given a very interesting account. 
 Among other curious particulars relative to their domestic economy, 
 he describes the operation of milking the deer ; which is attended 
 with some trouble, as many of the animals are very refractory. 
 The quantity of milk yielded bv each, rarely exceeded a tea- 
 cup-full, but it was extremely luscious, of a fine aromatic fla- 
 vour, and excelling cream in richness. Cheese is made from this 
 inilk, after a very simple and not very cleanly process, which to a 
 stranger is the more disagreeable, from the "stifling smoke of the 
 green wood used as fuel. The following is Mr. Brooke's sketch of 
 a night-scene, in a Lapland tent. " Opposite to us, around the fire. 
 were the uncouth figures of the Laplanders, squatting upon their 
 haunches, as is their constant custom. In one corner were two 
 children asleep on deer-skins ; and more than twenty small dogs 
 were also taking their repose around us." 
 
 Employment and Commerce of the Laplanders. 
 
 THE following is a real picture of a Laplander, with a family at- 
 
 ! ending upon his herds. " It consisted of an old man, his wife, a 
 
 young man and his wife, with a child about two months old. The 
 
 infant was curiously trussed up in a cradle or machine, almost re- 
 
Religion and Superstitions of the Lit} 
 ling a fiddle-case, made ick bark of a t? 
 
 of brass chain. It \v.< 
 
 I tun- tin- I 
 
 p of the hut ; and to^in- >ie side to tlie o 1 
 
 lull. 
 Hi- Ida 
 
 in the roi 
 hn^iiM'^ . 
 in ilr 
 and 
 
 u>n are seldom allou-rd I <-. The j ' 
 
 Of the K< 
 
 1 1 ids almost 
 
 ir skins he is bed ; oi 
 
 makes cheese, and uses t 
 
 ! into <_r!i. . 
 -d a g^reat 
 
 1 to a sledge, c 
 is c: 
 
 aged to proceed by the 
 vith a gtra- 
 
 ;>ing ; but 
 In '.:< !! 
 
 the DC. Wrapt \ip in 
 
 1 ir> 
 
 .nd at his 
 
 root up t' 
 
 their long- tedious v. 
 to thr f"iti ! 
 
 \var, and will for-:-". 
 f li;m eng-a^e in it ; they '.> 
 .vitli their lot, than almost any other people. 
 
 Religion and Superstition* nfthf 
 
 thorn continue to or 
 
 ;y that an \u- 
 
 .' n 
 
 iii\ inatioa. They arc profc-^-iily ('An 
 
ti Marriages, Funerals, and other Customs. 
 
 persuasion, but so superstitious, that if they meet any thing in the 
 morning- esteemed ominous, they return home, and do not stir out 
 the whole day : they pray to their ancient idols for the increase and 
 safety of their herds. 
 
 Their magicians make use of what they call a drum, an instru- 
 ment not very dissimilar to the tambourine. On this they draw the 
 figures of their own gods, as well as those of Jesus Christ, the apos- 
 tles, the sun, moon, stars, birds, and rivers. On different parts of 
 I his instrument and its ornaments are placed small brass rings, which, 
 when the drum is beaten with a little hammer, dance over the fig- 
 ures, and, according to their progress, the sorcerer prognosticates. 
 \Vhen he has gone through all his mano3uvres, lie informs his audi- 
 ence what they desire to know. 
 
 A black cat in each house, is reckoned as one of the most valua- 
 ble appendages ; they talk to it as to a rational creature, and in 
 hunting and hshing parties it is their usual attendant. To this animal 
 ihe Danish Laplanders communicate their secrets ; they consult it 
 on all important occasions ; such as whether this day should or should 
 not be employed in hunting or fishing, and are governed by its acci- 
 dental conduct. Among the Swedish Laplanders, a drum is kept in 
 every family, for the purpose of consulting with the devil ! 
 
 Marriages, Funerals, and other Customs. 
 
 WHFN a Laplander intends to marry, lie or his friends court the 
 fuller with presents of brandy : if he pain admittance to the fair 
 one, he offers her some eatable, whu-h S!K- rejects before company, 
 but readily accepts in private. Every visit to the lady is purchased 
 from the father with a bottle of brandy, and this prolongs the court- 
 ship sometimes for two or three years. The priest of the parish at 
 last celebrates the nuptial ; but the bridegroom is obliged to serve 
 his father-in-law for four years after marriage. He then carries 
 home his wife and her fortune, which consists of a few sheep, a ket- 
 -nd some trifling articles. It is a part of the ceremony at a Lap- 
 land \vedd ing/* adorn the bride with a crown, ornamented with a 
 variety of gatray trinkets ; and on these occasions the baubles are 
 generally borrowed of their neighbours. 
 
 When a Laplander is supposed to be approaching his dissolution, 
 his friends exhort him to die in the faith of Christ. They are, how- 
 ever, unwilling to attend him in his last moments ; and, as soon as 
 he expires, quit the place with the utmost precipitation, apprehend- 
 ing some injury from his ghost, which they believe remains in the 
 corpse, and delight? in doing mischief to the living. 
 
 The sepulchre is an old sledge, whk-h is turned bottom upwards 
 over the spot where the body lies buriuJ. Before their conversion to 
 Christianity, they used to place an axe, with a tinder-box, by the 
 side of the corpse, if it was that of a man ; and if a woman's, her 
 scissars and needles, supposing that these implements might be of 
 -use to them in the other world. For the first three years after the 
 decease of a friend or a relation, they were accustomed, from time 
 to time, to dig holes by the side of the grave, and to deposit in them 
 either a small quantity of tobacco, or something that the deceased 
 was fondest of when living. They supposed that the felicity of a 
 future state would consist in smoking, drinking brandy, fcc. and 
 that the rein-deer, and other animals, would be equal partakers of 
 their joys. 
 
 They* are seldom sick, and generally arrive at extreme old age. 
 "Even the old men are so hearty, that it is not easy to distinguish them 
 
.mate of Laplami 7 
 
 from the young. Blindness is the only malady to which they arc 
 subject. As their eyes are perpetually dazzled with the reflection 
 
 >w in winter, autumn, and spring-, and involved in amo 
 during summer, few of them retain their sight, with any degree of 
 vigour, after they are advanced in years. 
 
 The Climate of Lapland. 
 
 THE account given by Maupertuis the French philosopher, of the 
 rigour of this climate, when he went to the polar circle, to ascertain 
 the real figure of the earti - the notice of the youthful reader, 
 
 though his observations were made in the southern part of this coun- 
 try. He observes, that in Dect-mbrr the continually falling snow 
 hid the sun during the lew momeiit> he might have appeared at mid- 
 day. Spirit^ el' wine were frozen within the hou-e : and if the door 
 of a warm room were opened onlv fora moment, the external air 
 instantly convt rted all the vapour in the room int. hirling it 
 
 round in white vortexes, \\hen they went abroad, they fci'. 
 though the air was tearing their breasts in pieces ; ami \\ i:hin doors, 
 of the wood, of which the h;. hiiilt, continu- 
 
 ally v\ 5, of an iii< Oold. 
 
 Tin Inch, curing the winter, is alwaj .ncreascs 
 
 by such violent changes as are almost intallihls fatal to those who i 
 the 11 he exposed to it ; and sometimes sudden tern; 
 
 of snow rise that are still more dangerous. The \\ ind> M-em ut < 
 to blow from all quarters, and drive about the snow with Mich fury, 
 that the roads are in a moment invisible and unpayable. How d> . 
 fill is the situation of a person surprised in the field-- by such a storm ! 
 his knowledge of the country, ana even the mark he may have taken 
 by the trees, cannot avail him ; he is blinded by snow, and if he at- 
 tempN id return hon.e. i- generally lost. 
 
 In 1719, seven thousand Swedes, part of an army of ton thousand, 
 retreating over the Lelbo mountains were fro/en to der.ih. \\hi-n 
 found, some were sitting up, some lying down, others on their ki; 
 all stiff and dead ! 
 
 Though the days in winter are extremely short, and the niuhis lono- 
 and ot this evil is in some measure c< ; h\ the 
 
 iiiminous summers, when the sun is for si together 
 
 constantly above the horizon. Even in winter, the brightness pf the 
 moon-light, and of the stars, and the effulgent coruscations of the 
 aurora borcalis, afford light sufficient for most occasions of life. 
 
 Maupcrtuis observes, that the short days are no sooner closed, 
 than meteors of a thousand figures and colours light the sky, as if de- 
 signed to make up for the absence of the sun. These lights have not a 
 constant situation. Though a luminous arch is often seen fixed to- 
 wards the north, they more frequently possess the whole extent of the 
 hemisphere. Sometimes they begin in the form of a great fan of 
 bright light, with.its extremities upon the horizon, which, with the 
 motion resembling that of a fishing-net, glides -o.>h up the sky, pre- 
 serving a direction nearly perpendicular ; and, commonly, after these 
 preludes, all the lights unite over head, and form the top of a crown. 
 It would be endless to mention the different ficrnres which these me- 
 teors assume, and the various motions with which they arc agitated. 
 Their motion is most commonly like that of a pair of colours wnved 
 in the air, and the different tints of their light give them the appear- 
 ance of so many vast streamers of cb < ilk. "I saw," con- 
 tinues the philosopher, " a phenomenon of this kind, that, in the 
 midst of all the wonders to which I was every day accustomed, exci- 
 
8 Persons and Dispositions of the Danes. 
 
 ted my admiration. To the south a great space of sky appeared . 
 tinged T/iin so 'ively a red that the constellation of Orion looked as 
 though it had i>- -en dipped in blood. This light, which was at first 
 fixed, soon moved, and changing into other colours, violet and blue, 
 settled into a dome, whose top stood a little to the south-west of the 
 zenith. The moon shone bright, but did not efface it. In this 
 country, where there are lights of so many different colours, I never 
 saw but two that were red ; and such are always taken for presages 
 of some great misfortune. It is not, indeed, surprising, that people 
 with an uuphilosophic eye should fancy they discover in these phe- 
 nomena armies engaged, fiery chariots, and a thousand other prodi 
 gies." 
 
 Another advantage is the twilight, which begins four or five hours 
 before sun-rise, arid lasts as long after that luminary is set. Many 
 of the inhabitants sleep away most of the dark season, and employ 
 the luminous part of the year in their respective occupations with- 
 out any particular injury to their health. 
 
 In summer the thermometer rises as high as ninety degrees, which 
 is equal to us -ny parts of the West Indies; and in winter it has been 
 known to fall to forty degrees below the freezing point, which is 
 twenty-five degrees below what is usually felt in winter in London. 
 Their summers last three months, from the beginning of June to the 
 beginning of September. 
 
 A lake of Lapland presents singular appearances from the ascent 
 of gaseous vapours. M. Maupertuis says, that u the fine lakes which 
 surround the mountain of Niemi, give it the air of an enchanted isl- 
 and in romance. On one hand you see a grove of trees rise from a 
 green, smooth and level as the walks of a garden, and at such easy 
 distances as neither to embarrass the walks, nor the prospect of the 
 lakes that wash the foot of the mountain. On the other hand are 
 apartments of different si/es that seem cut by art in the rocks, and 
 to want only a regular roof to render them complete. The rocks 
 themselves are so perpendicular, so high, and so smooth, that they 
 might be taken for the walls of an unfinished palace, rather than for 
 the works of nature. From this height," he adds, "we saw those 
 vapours rise from the lake which the people of the country call Hal- 
 tios, and deem the guardian spirits of the mountains. We had been 
 frightened with stories of bears haunting this place, but saw none. 
 It seemed rather indeed a place of resort for fairies and genii, than 
 for savage animals." 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 Denmark consists of several large islands, lying between the Cat- 
 tegat and the Baltic, and of a peninsula which is bound tl "W. bv the 
 North sea, or German ocean ; N. by the Skager Rack ; E. by the 
 Cattagat and the Baltic ; S. E. by the dutchy of Mecklenburg, in 
 Germany ; and S. by the Elbe, which separates it from the king- 
 dom of Hanover. It'extends from 53 34' to 57 45' N. lat. and con- 
 tains 21,615 square miles. Population 1,565,000. Pop. on a square 
 mile, 72. 
 
 Persons, Dispositions, and Amusements of the Danes. 
 THE natives of Denmark are in general tall and well made; their 
 
Climate of Denmark. 5 
 
 features are regular, their complexions florid, and their hair inclining- 
 to yellow and red. In their dispositions they are characterized as 
 brave, rourteous, and humane. The superior classes possess abun- 
 ( dance of spirit and vivacity, and are naturally fond of magnificence 
 ! and show, yet not so as to exceed their incomes. The French fash- 
 are generally adopted by both sexes in summer, but in winter 
 they have recourse to their ftirs and woolly garments. Even the 
 exhibit a neatness in their dress, which seems to exceed 
 their condition. They make good soldiers and sailors, and fill the 
 various relations of life with respectability. 
 
 The common people are very neat, and pride themselves in differ- 
 ent changes of linen. Their diversions are very few; their whole 
 amusements consisting in running at the goose on Shrove Tue^hty, 
 and in being drawn in sledtres on the ice d'.irinu- winter. The P 
 are given to intemperance in drinking and convivial entertainments, so 
 that a drunken Dane is proverbial. 
 
 The Danes are fond of dancing to the music of the violin. Bands 
 of intinerant Germans supply them with all sorts of harmonies. The 
 great people in all countries have now nearl - : to 
 
 the common and middling people we must look for H national char- 
 acter. The Danes are not the most cleanly in (heir persons and 
 houses, which is owing a^ well to the use of their stoves as to their 
 poverty. The cold of winter makes them exclude the fresh ;M 
 much as possible from their apartments; : ; icu- 
 
 lous to strangers, many of them, even during- their hot sump 
 wear great coats, or other thick garments. Unih Suedes and Nor- 
 wegians have the same customs, notwithstanding the latter affect, io 
 some instance e cold at defiance. 
 
 The Danish houses are generally built of timber : their flat islands 
 have few rocks, and it is only their cities which hnve any considera- 
 ble proportion of brick houses : each h kind of pi ay. //a be- 
 fore it, where the family often sit in summer, and the landlord smokes 
 his pipe. 
 
 Magnificent churches were formerly erected in Copenhagen, 
 though the houses of the inhabitants frequently wanted their roofs. 
 Since, however, the great fire which happened in the year 1794, little 
 regard has been paid to the rebuilding of the places of worship. 
 The bombardment by the British, in 1807, is not likely to animate 
 the Danes witli more zeal in the renewal of those buildings which 
 were devoted to religious uses. 
 
 In Denmark they travel in a vehicle, something between an En- 
 glish coach and cart, drawn by four little horses, which may be made 
 to run at the rate of about five miles an hour. 
 
 Climate. 
 
 IN Denmark the year should be divided iii^j two parts, viz. winter 
 and summer, rather than into four. In the northern province* the 
 winters are so severe, that the inhabitants often pass arms of tin 
 in sledges upon the ice. But during the months of June, July, mid 
 August, the heat is much more intense than in England, and 
 sultry in the nights : and the inhabitants are troubled with inyri.. 
 flies/ 
 
10 Different Classes of Norway. 
 
 NORWAY. 
 
 t 
 
 Norway is bounded W. and N. by the Atlantic ocean ; E. by Rus- 
 sia arid Sweden ; and S. by the Skager Back. It extends from the 
 Naze in lat. 58 N. to the North cape in lat. 71 1 1' N. The number 
 of square miles is estimated at 161,000. Population 930,000. Pop. 
 on a square mile, 6. 
 
 Different Classes in Norway. 
 
 THE Norwegians being the same race with the Danes, speak the 
 same language with a mixture of provincial expressions. The in- 
 habitants of the eastern confines bordering on Sweden, naturally 
 blend with their own language many Swedish words and phrases, and 
 the general accent and cadence through the whole country are more 
 analogous to the Swedish than to the Danish pronunciation. 
 
 The Norwegians are highly esteemed for their bravery, and, like 
 the Swiss mountaineers, are exceedingly attached to their country. 
 The horses which supply the cavalry are small, but strong, active, 
 and hardy. 
 
 They are so illiterate, that in the whole of Norway there is not 
 one okseller'a shop.* The Norwegian farmers have no 
 
 grra* stock of cattle, because they do not cultivate land sufficient to 
 raise hay to support them during the winter, which is of seven or 
 eight months duration. In the summer, pasturage is very abundant ; 
 but if their stock of cattle is large, they are obliged either to kill 
 them on the approach of winter, or to take them to market. The 
 greatest part of the country round the principal towns belongs to the 
 inhabitants of these towns, who consume a considerable portion of 
 their productions. Farther in the country, the peasant chooses rather 
 to emnlov himself in felling trees, which he sells to the sawing-mills, 
 than to be at the trouble of cultivating the ground, and thus to pro- 
 cure a subsistence. 
 
 The Norwegian peasants possess much spirit and fire in their man- 
 ner : they are frank, open, and undaunted, yet not insolent ; never 
 fawning to their superiors, yet paying proper respect to those above 
 them. Their principal mode of "salutation is by offering the hand ; 
 and when any thing is given or paid to them, the peasants, instead of 
 returning thanks by words or by a bow, shake the hands of the do- 
 nor, with frankness and great cordiality. They are well clothed, and 
 appear to possess more of the comforts and conveniences of life than 
 the same class of people in almost any country, excepting, perhaps, 
 those of some parts of Switzerland. 
 
 The common food of the peasant is milk, cheese, dried or salt fish, 
 and sometimes, though but rarely, flesh or dried meat, oat bread, 
 called Jladbrod, baked in small caljes about the size and thickness of 
 a pancake, which is made twice a year. The peasants also, in times 
 of scarcity, mix the bark of trees, usually that of the fir-tree, with 
 their oatmeal. As a luxury the peasants eat the flesh of the shark, 
 
 * It is affirmed by respectable authority (Edinburgh Encyclopedia,) 
 that all the common people can read and write ; that the farmers 
 read the Gazettes, and converse freely on politics ; in short, that the 
 Norwegians are among the most intelligent people in Europe. P. 
 
Climate, 3,-c. c/A'or:^ 11 
 
 thin slices of meat sprinkled with salt, and dried in the wind, in 
 
 -ame manner as dabs, flounders. whi'i'igs, &c. are dried b\ the 
 
 ide : also a soup made like hasty-pudding, of oatmeal or barley - 
 
 d, and in order to render it more palatable, they put in a pickled 
 
 berring or salted mackarel. 
 
 The funeral ceremonies of the Norwegians contain vestiges of 
 
 ;er paganism. They play on the violin at the head of the coffin, 
 
 and while the corpse is carried to the church, which is often in a 
 
 boat. In several districts they ask the dead person why he died ? 
 
 wht her his wife and neighbours were kind to him ? imploring- at the 
 
 time forgiveness if they had at any time injured or offended 
 
 him. 
 
 Of the. Climate <$-c. of Norway. 
 
 THE 'brent 
 
 parts of the kingdom. At Bergen the win 
 
 the seas are alway* open. In the eastern parts, the cold i^ uncom- 
 mon' md the c< ivered with snow. But in 
 the . the high mountains, which re- 
 flect the -tin-!-.;!' to the great length of the days. 
 
 quick; barley i> sown and reaped 
 
 in t - i^ht weeks, and other grain and vegetables 
 
 are equal 1\ 
 
 Uofrefield is the IM .n among the high mountains of 
 
 Norway: the river Dtivane. wiiich wind- of it in a 
 
 ntino course, is met nine times by those who travel the u inter 
 
 road to the other side of the chain. For the convenience of noting- 
 
 'maintained on these mountains at 
 
 the public expense, which are furnished with fire, liffht, and kin 
 uten^ be more dreary than these tremendous 
 
 scenes, covered with eternal snow, where ri.-ither tree nor li\ing 
 creature is to be seen, but here and there a solitary rein-deer, and a 
 few wandering Laplarn 1 - 
 
 Norway abounds m small hares, which in the winter change their 
 colour from brown to white. Bears are found in ev-ry part of this 
 country, but thev principally inhabit the district of'Bergen and 
 Drontheim. While a she-be vling her young, it is danger- 
 
 ous to meet her in the fields; but at other times she will not injure 
 but vat her fly from the human species. A Norwegian bear once took 
 the liberty of setting himself in a ferry man's boa t> and sat with great 
 composure till his conductor landed him at a distant shore. 
 
 There are woods in all the Danish isles, and forests in Jutland. 
 The Norwegian mountains are generally clothed with pines and 
 firs ; and almost the whole country may be regarded as a forest, 
 which sup~-li^s all Europe with masts, other large timber, and deals 
 for flooring and other useful purposes. 
 
 In Norway, from the multitude of springs that issue from its lofty 
 mountains, and the vast masses of snow accumulated on their sum- 
 mits, which gently dissolve in summer are formed many lakes, in 
 some of which are floating islands, and a considerable number of 
 rivers, the largest of which is the Glommen or Glamer ; but none of 
 them are navigable far up the country, the passage being every 
 where interrupted bv rocks, and in some places by dreadful cataracts, 
 in which ,, precipitates itself from the height of forty, 
 
 and even a hu i^reil fathoms. The bridges ovor these rivers arc not 
 walled, but formed of timber cases filled with stones, which serve for 
 
1 2 Persons of the Greenlandcrs. 
 
 the piers on which the wood-work is laid. The largest bridge of this 
 kind has forty th; ee stone cases, and is a hundred paces in length. 
 In those places where the narrowness arid rapidity of the current will 
 not admit of sinking such cases, thick masts are laid on each side of 
 the shores, with the largest end fastened to the rocks ; one mast be- 
 ing thus laid in the water, another is placed upon it. reaching a 
 fathom beyond it ; and then a third or fourth in like manner, to the 
 middle of the stream, where it is joined by other connected masts 
 from the opposite side. Thus in passing over the bridge, especially 
 in tlie mi 1-ile, it seems to swing, which, to those who are not used to 
 such contrivances, appears extremely dangerous ; so that, filled 
 with terror, passengers alight from their horses, and lead them over. 
 
 Of the Vortex of Maelstrom. 
 
 The dreadful vortex or whirlpool of Maelstrom, or Moskoestrom, 
 is the most remarkable of the natural curiosities of Norway. It is 
 caused by a furious current which runs among the Eoifoden isles, 
 particularly between the island of Moskoe, and the point of Moskoe- 
 n;is, where its violence is greatest, flowing, co^tra^y to the motion 
 of the title, in a kind of circular stream. Twice in twenty-four 
 hours, at the turn of ebb and tide, the current ceases, ar,d the water 
 is calm dv.ring almost an hour ; after which it gradually increases, 
 till it becomes tremendous, and roars with a noise unequalled by the 
 loudest cataracts. It is heard at the distance of many leagues, and 
 forms a vortex of great extent and depth, so violent, that if a ship 
 comes near it, it is immediately drawn irresistibly into the whirl, and 
 there disappears, being- absorbed and carried down to the bottom in 
 a moment, where it is dashed to pieces against the rocks ; and when 
 the water becomes again still, rises in scattered fragments, scarcely 
 to be known for the parts of a ship. In the time of its greatest vio- 
 lence the danger of its influence is said to extend to the distance of 
 eight, or even twelve, English miles from its centre. Whales, and. 
 other animals which happen to be caught by this dreadful whirlpool, 
 are said to shew themselves sensible of their approaching destruction 
 by their hideous bellowing, and desperate, but ineffecual struggles to 
 escape. 
 
 GREENLAND. 
 
 Greenland is in the north-eastern part of North America, having- 
 Davis's straits on the west, and the Ocean on the east. How far it 
 extends north has never been ascertained. Towards the south, it 
 terminates in a point, called Cape Farewell. The whole population 
 of Greenland is about 14,000, and is confined to the sea-coast. The 
 Danes and Norwegians have settlements along the coast, which con- 
 tain in all about 6,000 or 7,00u souls. The number of natives, 60 or 
 70 fears ago, was estimated at 20,000. It does not now, probably, 
 exceed 7,000. 
 
 Persons of the Greenlanders. 
 
 IT has been a comunon remark, that men and other animals be- 
 come smaller and smaller, in proportion to their vicinity to the 
 poles ; and t^e inhabitants of Greenland, being remarkably short, 
 
, Habitations, eye. oj the G 
 
 are frequently mentioned in support of this, few of them being five 
 feet in height. They have the appearance of imbecility, yet they 
 are well shaped, and have limbs very proportionable to their size. 
 Their faces are broad and flat, their eyes, nose, and mouth, common- 
 ly small, and the under lip is somewhat thicker than the upper. 
 
 The colour of their bodies is a dark grey, but that of the face is 
 an olive colour ; they hare coal-black, straight, long hair on their 
 heads, but their beards th% constantly root out. They seem formed 
 to carry great burdens, to which they are inured from their earlier 
 years ; they are exceedingly nimble with their feet, and dexterous in 
 the use of their hands ; they manage with considerable skill their 
 feotofc*, or canoes, in the most furious craves, and are said to be able, 
 to carrv burdens nearly double the weisrht of what an European can 
 lift. lii the summer they deep only five or six hours in the twenty- 
 four, and in winter about eight. When they rise in the morning they 
 are thoughtful, and < . fed. at the prospect of the labours and 
 
 dangers of the :ay ; but when their labours are finished they 
 
 heerful and hn: 
 
 At the wint about thr 21st or 22d of December, 
 
 the Greenlam 1 . al, called the sun-feast, to rejoice 
 
 ie prospect of lli" returning sun, and consequently the renewal 
 of good hunt if :ncr- On this occasion they assemble all over 
 
 the country in laru each other with the best fare 
 
 they possess. The only in-.; v have is the drum, 
 
 to the sound of whi ^rice, while some Greenlander accom- 
 
 panies the music and dancing v, ith a song or ode in honour of seal- 
 catching, or such kind of exploits ; he extols the noble deeds of their 
 ancr 5 great joy at the approaching season. The 
 
 singer knows how ! "lie passions with peculiarly soft or ani- 
 
 mated uirns of the d u.-v ur, 1 motions of his body. They afterwards 
 make pi-- ill and other athletic exercises. They 
 
 even decide tl. rig and dancing, and this is called a 
 
 sino-in* combat. It i* conducted in an encircled theatre appointed 
 for the purpose, and he who maintains the last word wins the pro- 
 : the spectators constitute- a jury, aWl bestow the laurel ; after 
 which the combatants become the best friends. 
 
 The Greenlanders believe in the immortality of the soul, and that 
 as soon as a person dies he goes to the land of spirits, and there en- 
 joys the fflirity of hunting from age to age, while the body remains 
 behind, and moulders in the dust. 
 
 Dress, Habitations, and Food. 
 
 Tins Grecnlanders' dress consists principally of the skins of the 
 rein-deer, seals, and birds. Their outer garment reaches about 
 half down the thigh, and is sewed fast on all sides like a wagoner's 
 frock, but not so long or so loose ; at the top of this is fastened a cap 
 or hood, which they can draw over their heads as a defence against 
 the wet and cold. These garments are sewed together with the sin- 
 ews of rein-deer or whales, split so thin and small, that they are adap- 
 ter! to the finest steel needles, and with these they execute their work 
 with surprising neatness and ingenuity. 
 
 The skins of fowls, with the feathers inwards, are made into shirts ; 
 these, however, are sometimes manufactured of the skins of the rein- 
 dee'*. Over the shirt is another garment, of very fine-haired rein- 
 deer skins, which are now so scarce in Greenland, that none, m/t the 
 wealthy can appear in them. Seal-skins are substituted in their p! 
 
14 Dress, Habitations, fyc. of fheGreenlanders. 
 
 the rough side is turned outwards, and the borders and seams are 
 ornamented with some narrow stripes of red leather and white dog- 
 skin. Seal skins are also manufactured, by different methods, into 
 drawers, stockings and shoes ; but among the richer sort, woollen 
 stockings, trowsers, and caps, are worn in their stead. When they 
 travel by sea, a great coat, made of a black smooth seal's hide, ren- 
 dered water-proof, covers the rest of their ckess. 
 
 The women's clothes differ from the inen^ in several particulars ; 
 their jackets have high shoulders, and a hood still higher ; they are 
 not cut all round even at the bottom, like the men's, but form, both 
 behind and before, a long flap, the pointed extremity of which reach- 
 es a little below the knee, and it is bordered with red cloth. The 
 boots and shoes of the women are made of white leather, the seams of 
 \vhich are sewed and figured very neatly. 
 
 Mothers and nurses put on a garment wide enough in the back to 
 hold the child, which is placed in it quite naked ; it is accommodated 
 with no other swaddling clothes or cradle ; and it is kept from falling 
 through, by means of a girdle fastened about the mother's waist. 
 Their common dress abounds with filth and vermin, but they keep 
 their holiday garments exceedingly neat. 
 
 In winter the Greenlanders live in houses, and in summer in tents ,- 
 the former are four yards in breadth, and from eight to twenty-four 
 yards in length, according to the number of persons who are to live 
 in them, and they are made of a height just sufficient for a per-on to 
 stand erect. They are generally built on some elevated place, in or- 
 der that the melted snow may run off the better. 
 
 The Greenlander never builds far from the sea, because from it he 
 derives his whole subsistence : and the entrance to his house i 
 towards the sea-side. The houses have neither door nor chimney ; 
 the purpose of both is supplied by a vaulted passage made of stone 
 and earth, five or six yards long, entering 1 through the middle of the 
 feouse.; but it is made so low, that it is necessary to creep rather than 
 walk into the houses. This long passage, thus constructed, is well 
 calculated to keep off the wind and cold, and let out the dense air. 
 The walls are hung on the inside with old worn tent and boat-skins, 
 with which also the roof is covered on the outside. 
 
 From the .middle of the house to the wall, extending its whole 
 length, there is a raised floor a foot high, made of boards, and cov- 
 ered with skins, which is divided into several apartments, resem- 
 bling horse-stalls, by skins, reaching from the posts that support the 
 roof to the wall. ach family has such a separate stall, and the 
 number of families occupying one such house are from three to ten. 
 On these floors they sleep upon skins, and sit upon them all the day 
 long ; the men in front, with their legs hanging down, rmd the wo- 
 men cross-legged behind. The women cook and sew, and the men 
 prepare their tackle and tools for hunting and fishing. 
 
 On the front wall of the house are several windows, made of the 
 entrails of the seal, dressed and sewed so neatly, that they serve as 
 a defence against the wind and snov/, and at the same time admit the 
 light ; on a bench under these windows strangers sit and sleep. To 
 every family there is a fire-place, and one or more lamps of the train- 
 oil made from seals ; by means of these the houses are kept warm 
 with a steady temperature, and by these they dress their meat, which 
 chiefly consists of the flesh of seals. On the outside of the mansion- 
 house they have little store-houses, in which they lay up their stock 
 .of fish, flesh, oil, and dry herrings. Whatever they catch in win- 
 
Of their Implements, Boats, 4*c. 15 
 
 ter is preserved under the snow, and their oil is kept in leathern 
 pouches made of seal-skin. Close by their store-houses, they lay 
 up their boats on some raised posts bottom upwards, under which 
 they hang their hunting and fishing- tackle, and skins. From a re- 
 view of these particulars an European, who had been long and in- 
 timately acquainted with the habits and manners of the Greenland- 
 ers, was led to the following reflection : " We are," says he, " at a 
 which to admire most, their excellently-contrived housekeeping, 
 which is comprised within the smallest circle ; their content and sat- 
 isfaction in poverty, in the midst of which they imagine that they are 
 richer than we ; or finally, their apparent orcler and stillness in such 
 a narrow and crowded space." 
 
 About April they move out of their houses with great joy, and spend 
 the summer in tents, which are formed by means of long poles cover- 
 ed with skins ; these are wrought with surprising neatness, and the 
 entrails of the seal serve for doors, which are so manufactured as at 
 once to admit the light, and defend them from the cold air. So care- 
 ful are they of preferring neatness and order in their tents, that they 
 boil ther in the open air. The mistress of the family lays 
 
 up her furniture in a corner of the tent, over which she hangs a 
 white leathern curtain, wrought by the needle with a variety of fig- 
 ures. On this curtain she fastens her looking-glass, pin-cushion, and 
 ribbons. To each family there is a separate tent : though they 
 sometimes admit their relations, or a poor family or two ; so that 
 frequently twenty people reside in the same tent. 
 
 Of their Implements, Boats ,fyc. 
 
 The methods and implements made use of by the Grcenlanders, 
 fur procuring their maintenance, are extremely 'simple, but in their 
 hands, well adapted to the purpose. In former times they made use 
 of bows, two yards in length, for land-game, but th< long 
 
 since giren way to fowling-pieces. Yor'sra-gmne, five sorts of in- 
 struments are principally used. I. The harpoon-dart with a blad- 
 der. 2. The great lance, which is about two yards long. 3. The 
 little lance ; these three weapons are used in tlie capture of seals. 
 4. The missile dart, a foot and a half in length ; and 5. The hunting- 
 dart, two yards long, chiefly used for the purpose of catching seals. 
 
 The Greenlanders have two kinds of boats, conveniently adapted 
 for procuring their sustenance. The first is the great, oi* women's 
 boat, called the umiak ; it is from twelve to eighteen yards long, four 
 or five feet wide, and about three deep ; it is constructed with slen- 
 der laths, fastened together with whalebone, and covered over with 
 tanned seal-skins. These boats are commonly rowed by four wo- 
 men, and steered by a fifth. Never, but in cases of great emergen- 
 cy, do the men afford any assistance in navigating these boats. 
 
 The kaiak, or little men's boat, is six yards long, sharp at head and. 
 stern, like a weaver's shuttle, scarcely eighteen inches broad, and 
 about a foot deep : the construction of this boat is very similar to 
 that of that umiak ; only that, the top is covered with skins. In the 
 middle of the upper covering there is a round hole, with a rim, of wood 
 or bone, into which the Greenlander slips with his feet ; the rim 
 reaching just above his hips, he tucks the under part of his great 
 coat so tight round the rim, that the water cannot in any place pen- 
 etrate. On the side of the kaiak lies his harpoon, and in the front 
 his line, rolled up on a little round raised seat made for it, and behind 
 him is his seal-skin bladder. He holds his oar, in the middle, witb 
 
26 Manners and Habits of the Greenlanders. 
 
 both hands, and strikes the water on each side very quick, and as 
 regularly as if he were beating time. Thus equipped, he is prepar- 
 ed for fishing or travelling. 
 
 In these kaiaks the Greenlanders row so swiftly, that if a letter re- 
 quires expedition, they will make a voyage sixty or seventy miles in 
 a day : they fear no storm, and- pass onVegardless of the most boister- 
 ous billows, because they can dart over them with the greatest ease, 
 and if a whole wave should overwhelm them, yet they are quickly 
 seen swimming again upon the surface. If they are even overset, 
 they are able, while they lie with their heads downwards under wa- 
 ter, by giving themselves a certain swing with their oars, to mount 
 again into their proper position. But if they have the misfortune to 
 lose their oar, they are almost sure of being lost, in which case they 
 contrive to bind themselves to their kaiak, in order that their body 
 may be found arid buried. 
 
 The seal is of the utmost importance to the Greenlanders : the 
 flesh supplies them with substantial food ; the fat furnishes oil for 
 lamp-light and kitchen-fire, and is used as sauce^for their fish. The 
 oil is bartered also with the factor for all kinds of necessaries. With 
 the fibres of the sinews of the seal, the Greenlanders can sew better 
 than with thread or silk. Of the entrails they make their windows, 
 shirts, and the bladders which they use with ' their harpoons. Even 
 the blood, when boiled with other ingredients, is eaten as soup. For- 
 merly, for want of iron, the bones of the seal were manufactured 
 into into all sorts of instruments and working tools ; and the skins 
 are now used for clothing, for covering their boats and tents, and for 
 many other purposes. 
 
 Of the Manners and Habits of the Greenlanders. 
 
 ACCORDING to outward appearance, the lives of the Greenlanders 
 are regulated, in general, by the strict principles of propriety and 
 decorum ; nothing unbecoming is to be heard or seen in their words 
 and actions. Single women very rarely have illegitimate children ; 
 but it sometimes happens to a divorced wife or a young widow, who. 
 though held in great contempt for the looseness of her morals, fre- 
 quently makes a fortune by selling her children to those persons who 
 have none of their own. 
 
 A man does not marry till he is about twenty years of age, when 
 he chooses a woman not much younger than himself, with whom he 
 expects no dowry but her clothes, knife, lamp, and sometimes a stone 
 boiler : to her skill in housewifery and sewing, he pays a principal 
 regard ; and the women, on the other hand, esteem individuals 
 of the opposite sex in proportion as they excel in hunting and 
 fishing. 
 
 Polygamy, though by no means common among the Greenlanders. 
 is not altogethe unknown ; and so far from its being considered \\ 
 disgraceful thing for a man to have a plurality of wives, he is re- 
 spected for his industry, by which he is enabled to maintain them 
 but to be without children, is deemed a matter of great reproach, 
 and therefore, in such cases, the matrimonial contract is easily bro- 
 ken, for the man has only to leave the house in anger, and not return 
 again for several days ; and the wife, understanding his meaning, 
 packs lip her clothes, and removes to her own friends. 
 
 The Greenland women shew great affection for their offspring, and 
 carry them wherever they go, suckling them till they are three or 
 four years old, as the country affords no food proper for tender m- 
 
Of the Ice Islands and Climate. 1 7 
 
 fants. Children are brought up without severity ; they stand irt 
 need of no chastisement, for they run about as quietly as lambs, and 
 fall into few extravagances ; the nearer they arrive to years of un- 
 derstanding, and the more employment they are engaged in, the more 
 tractable they are. Instances of ingratitude from grown-up children 
 towards their aged and helpless parents, are very rarely to be met 
 frith. 
 
 As soon as the boy can make use of his hands and feet, his father fur- 
 nishes him with a little bow and arrow, and exercises him in shooting 
 at a target, in throwing stones at a mark by the sea side, or else he 
 gives him a knife to carve play-things, by w'hich he becomes fit for 
 the future business of life. 
 
 Towards his tenth year the father provides him with a kaiak to 
 practise rowing, oversetting, and rising again, fishing and fowling. 
 When he is fifteen he must go out with his father to catch seals, 
 and the first he takes is consecrated to purposes of festivity for the 
 family and neighbours. During the repast the young champion re- 
 lates his achievment, and in what manner he performed it ; from this 
 day the females begin to think of finding him a bride. But the 
 youth who is unable to catch seals is held in the greatest contempt, 
 and is obliged to subsist on woman's diet. At the age of twenty 
 years he must make his own kaiak and tools, and fully equip himself 
 for his profession ; soon after this he marries, and awells with his 
 parents as long as they live, his mother always retaining the manage- 
 jaaent of the house. 
 
 Of the Ice Islands , and Climate. 
 
 ICE ISLAND is a name given by sailors to a great quantity of ice 
 collected into one huge mass, and floating about upon the seas near 
 or within the polar circles. Many of these are to be met with on 
 the coasts of Spitsbergen, to the great danger of the shipping em- 
 ployed in the Greenland fishery. In the midst of these tremendous 
 masses, navigators have been arrested in their career, and frozen to 
 death. 
 
 The forms assumed by the ice in this chilling climate, are extreme- 
 ly pleasing to the most incurious eye. The surface of that which is 
 congealed from the sea-water is flat and even hard, opaque, resem- 
 bling white sugar, and incapable of being slid on. The greater pie- 
 ces or fields, are many leagues in length : the lesser are called the 
 meadows of the seals, on which, at times, those animals frolick by hun- 
 dreds. The motion of the lesser pieces is as rapid as the currents ; 
 the greater, which are sometimes two hundred leagues long, and sixty 
 Or eighty broad, move slowly and majestically. The approximation 
 of two great fields produces a most singular phenomenon : 
 they force smaller pieces out of the water, and add them to their 
 own surface, till at length the whole forms an aggregate of tremend- 
 ous height. They float in the sea like so many rugged mountains, 
 and are sometimes five or six hundred yards thick, the far greater 
 part of which is concealed beneath the water. Those which remain 
 in this frozen climate receive continual growth ; others are gradual- 
 ly wafted into southern latitudes, and melt by degrees by the heat of 
 the sun, till they waste away, and disappear in the boundless ele- 
 ment. 
 
 The collision of the great fields of ice in high latitudes, is often 
 attended with a noise, that for a time takes away the sense of hearing 
 any thing else ; and that of the lesser, with a grinding of unspeaka- 
 
 2* 
 
18 Persons and Manners of the Icelanders. 
 
 ble horror. The water which dashes against the mountainous ice\ 
 freezes into an infinite variety of forms, and gives the voyager ideal 
 towns, streets, churches, steeples, and every shape which imagination 
 can paint. 
 
 Besides the fields of ice, there are icebergs, or large bodies of ice, 
 that fill the vallies between the high mountains in northern latitudes. 
 Among the most remarkable are those near the coast of Spitzbergen. 
 They are seven in number, at considerable distances from each other: 
 each fills the vallies for tracts unknown, in a region totally inacces- 
 sible in the internal parts. The last exhibits a front three hundred 
 feet high, emulating the emerald in colour ; cataracts of melted snow 
 precipitate down various parts, and black spiring mountains, streak- 
 ed with white, bound the sides, and rise crag above crag, as far as 
 the eye can reach in the back-ground. At times, immense fragments 
 break off, and tumble into the water with a most alarming crash. 
 Similar icebergs are frequent in all the arctic regions, and they often 
 have singular and majestic forms. Masses have been assuming the 
 shape of a Gothic church, with arched windows and doors, and all 
 the rich drapery of that style, composed, apparently, of crystal, of 
 the richest sapphirine blue ; tables with one or more feet ; immense 
 flat-roofed temples, like those of Luxor on the Nile, supported by 
 round transparent columns of cerulean hue, float by the astonished 
 spectator. 
 
 In the more northerly parts, the sun never sets for several weeks 
 together, during the months of June and July ; which is of great ad- 
 vantage to the inhabitants, who, in their short summer, can shoot and 
 fish at all hours ; and also to the sailors, who would otherwise run a 
 great hazard from the floating ice. 
 
 The sun never rises there for the same length of time in the 
 depth of winter, during which period there is a moderate twilight, 
 arising from the reflection of the sun's rays on the tops of the hills. 
 Besides, the nights here are never so dark as they are in more south- 
 erly countries ; for, 1st, the ice and snow with which the earth is 
 covered, reflect all the light which proceeds from the moon and stars ; 
 SW, at this season the moon never descends below the horizon for 
 several days together ; and 3d, the northern lights are much more 
 powerful and brilliant there than they are in our climates. 
 
 ICELAND. 
 
 Iceland, a large island in the northern Atlantic ocean be'onging to 
 Denmark, is situated between 63 and 67 N. lat. and between 12 
 and 25 W. long. Its length from east to west is about 280 miles, its 
 mean breadth from north to south '2 10, and its superficial contents may 
 be estimated at 40,000 square miles. The population is estimated at 
 48,000. 
 
 Persons and Manners of the Icelanders. 
 
 THE Icelanders differ much iu their persons from those who have 
 already been described ; they are middlesized, and well made, 
 though not very strong. Both men and women make a disagreeable 
 appearance, and have swarthy complexions. The men wear no 
 beards, though some families on the north side of the island still have 
 
Dress and Habitations of the Icelanders. 19' 
 
 them. About half a century ago, two brothers dividing 1 between 
 themselves, the inheritance left by their fathers, the one gave his 
 brother four rix-dollars for the exclusive right of wearing a beard ; 
 which right, in their family, was the sole prerogative of their late 
 father. 
 
 The Icelanders are an honest, well-intentioned people, moderately 
 industrious, faithful, and obliging. Theft is seldom heard of among 
 them. Though their poverty prevent them from performing many 
 acts of benevolence, yet they are much inclined to hospitality ; and 
 exercise it as far as they are able. They cheerfully give away the 
 little they have to spare, and express the utmost joy and satisfaction, 
 if the receiver be pleased with the gift. When they wish to appear 
 particularly affectionate, they kiss one another ; this they do to the 
 husband and wife, the mother and daughter. They have an inex- 
 pressible attachment for their own country, and are no where else j 
 happy. 
 
 Dress and Habitations of the Icelanders. 
 
 THE Icelanders of modern times have made very few alterations in 
 their drevs. It is neither eletraut nor ornamental ; but neat, cleanly, 
 and suited to the climate. The men wear a linen shirt next to the 
 a, with a short jacket, and wide pair of ti <T it. When 
 
 they travel they wear another short coat. The whole is made of 
 black cloth ; only the inhabitants of the north wear white clothes. 
 On the head they wear a large three-cornered hat, and on their feet 
 worsted stockings and Icelandic shoes. 
 
 The women are likewise dressed in black: they wear a bodice 
 over their shifts, which are sewed up at the bosom ; and over this a 
 x't lured i h long narrow sleeves reaching* down to the 
 
 'iiinff on the side of the sleeve they have chased 
 buttons, with <l to each, on which the bridegroom, when 
 
 .ns them, in order to present to his bride, takes care to have his 
 name and her's cr.graved. At the top of the jacket a little black col- 
 Juv is fixed, of about three inches broad, m:ulc of velvet or silk, and 
 frequently trimmed with gold cord. The petticoat reaches to the an- 
 kles, and at the top of this is a girdle of silver, or some other metal, 
 to which they fasten the apron, which is also ornrum-nted with chased 
 buttons. Thcv have also an upper dress, which is wider and shorter, 
 adorned with lacings which look like velvet, but are manufactured 
 by the Icelandic women. On their fingers they wear many gold, 
 silver, or brass rings. The head-dress serves more for warmth than 
 ornament ; this, girls are not allowed to put on before they arc mar- 
 riageable. 
 
 At their wedding they are adorned in a very particular manner : 
 the bride wears close to her face, round her head-dress, a crown of 
 silver gilt. She has two chains round her neck, one of which hangs 
 down very low before, and the other rests on her shoulders. Besides 
 these she has a smaller chain on the neck, from which a heart gener- 
 ally Viangs, that may be opened to receive balsam or some other kind 
 of perfume. 
 
 The houses of the Icelanders are different in different parts of the 
 country ; those on the north side of the island make a tolerable ap- 
 pearance ; but in the other parts, the inhabitants live mostly in huts 
 or caverns hewn out of the rock. 
 
 The Iceland beds are of eider down. To a stranger, says Sir G. S. 
 Mackenzie, crawling under a huge feather bed seems rather alarm- 
 
20 The Sulphur Mountain. 
 
 ing-. But though very bulky, the down of the eider duck is very 
 light ; and a bed which swells to the thickness of two or three feet, 
 weighs no more than four or five pounds. At first, the sensations pro- 
 duced by this light covering were very agreeable ; but the down be- 
 ing one of the very worst conductors of heat, the accumulation soon 
 became oppressive ; and at length, we were under the necessity of 
 getting rid of the upper bed, to escape the proofs of the good qualities 
 of the eider down, which we now experienced to an intolerable de- 
 gree. 
 
 Of the Climate of Iceland. 
 
 IN winter the cold is not very severe, the thermometer being rarely 
 more than eight or ten degrees below the freezing point. The grea- 
 test cold is in January, February, and March. In April and May 
 the easterly winds are very piercing, and of long continuance ; and 
 they frequently weaken and injure the cattle, so as to prove fatal to 
 them. The heat of summer is subject to great variations : at the 
 end of June, the thermometer has, m the day, been 70, and at night 
 below the freezing point. It is said that the slightest change in the 
 wind is sufficient to produce a variation in the heat. Between the 
 highest and lowest altitudes of the barometer, there are never two 
 inches. It rarely thunders, and never scarcely but in the winter 
 season. Scarcely a night passes without an aurora borealis, of innu- 
 merable colours, which matte a most brilliant appearance. 
 
 The Sulphur Mountain. 
 
 AT the foot of the mountain is a small bank composed chiefly of 
 white clay, and some sulphur, from all parts of which steam issues. 
 Ascending it, says Sir G. S. Mackenzie, we got upon a ridge immedi- 
 ately above a deep hollow, from which a profusion of vapour arose, 
 and heard a confused noise of boiling and splashing, joined to the 
 roaring of steam escaping from narrow crevices in the rock. This 
 hollow, together with the whole side of the mountain opposite, as far 
 up as we could see, was covered with sulphur and clay, chiefly of a 
 white or yellowish colour. Walking over this soft and steaming sur- 
 face we found to be very hazardous ; and we were frequently very 
 uneasy when the vapour concealed us from each other. The day, 
 however, being dry and warm, the surface was not so slippery as to 
 occasion much risk of our falling. The chance of the crust of sul- 
 sulphur breaking, or the clay sinking with us, was great ; and we 
 were several times in danger of being much scalded. Mr. Bright 
 ran at one time great hazard, and suffered considerable pain from 
 accidentally plunging one of his legs into the hot clay. From what- 
 ever spot the sulphur is removed steam instantly escapes ; and in 
 many places, the sulphur was so hot that we could scarcely handle it. 
 From the smell we perceived that the steam was mixed with a small 
 quantity of sulphurated hydrogen gas. When the thermometer was 
 sunk a few inches into the clay, it rose generally to within a few de- 
 grees of the boiling point. By stepping cautiously, and avoiding 
 every little hole from which steam issued, we soon discovered how 
 far we might venture. Our good fortune however ought not to tempt 
 any person to examine this wonderful place without being provided 
 twith two boards, with which every part of the banks may be traver- 
 sed in perfect safety. At the bottom of this hollow, we found a caul- 
 dron of boiling mud, about fifteen feet in diamater, similar to that on 
 the top of the mountain, which we had seen the evening- before ; but 
 
Hot Springs at Tunga Hver. 21 
 
 this boiled with much more vehemence. We went within a few 
 
 yards of it, the wind happening to be remarkably favourable for 
 
 -.ing- every part of this singular scene. The mud was in constant 
 
 agitation, and often thrown up to the height of six or eight feet. 
 
 r this spot was an irregular space, filled with water boiling brisk- 
 
 !\ . At the foot of the hill, in a hollow formed bv a bank of clay and 
 
 -uljhur, steam rushed with great force and noise, from among the 
 
 fragments of rock." 
 
 ft is quite byyond our power to offer such a description of this ex- 
 traordinary place, as to convey adequate ideas of its wonders or its 
 terrors. The sensations of a person, even of firm nervr>, standing 
 on a support which f< c-l.-l y sustains him, over an aby-> \\ here, literally, 
 and brimstone are in dreadful and incessant action ; having 
 before his eyes tremendous proofs of what is p>injr on beneath him ; 
 enveloped in thick vapours ; his ears stunned with thundering noises ; 
 must b i.'\i ciienccd before they can he understood. 
 
 Hot Spring* <tt Reikholt. 
 
 'fur hot. ^princfs in the valley of Keikholt, or Peikiadal, though 
 not the i: iiicent, are perhaps the mo-t curious an'-Mig the 
 
 mn rioinena of this sort that arc found in Iceland. Some 
 
 ;cite a greater degree of interest than the Geyser, 
 though they possess none of the k-mble grandeur of that celebrated 
 fountain, and are well calculated to exercise the ingenuity of natu- 
 philosophers. On entering the valley, we saw numerous col- 
 umns of vapour ascending from different parts of it. The first 
 wrings we visited, issued from a number of apertures in a sort of 
 \.>rm of rock, covered by a thin coating of calcareous incrusta- 
 tioTis. We could not procure any good specimens; but from those 
 we broke off, the rock appeared to be green stone. From several 
 of the apertures the water rose with great force, and was thrown two 
 v>r three feet into the air. On plunging the thermometer into such 
 of tfyem as we could approach with safety, we found that it stood at 
 
 2it. 
 
 A little farther up the valley, there is a rock in the middle of the 
 river, about ton feet high, twelve yards long, and six or eight feet in 
 breadth. From the highest part of this rock, a jet of boiling water 
 proceeded with violence. The water was dashed to the height of 
 M al feet. Near the middle, and not more than two feet from the 
 edge of the rock, there is a hole about two feet in diameter, full of 
 water, boiling strongly. There is a third hole near the other end of 
 rock, in which water also boils briskly. At the time we saw 
 these springs, there happened to be k FS water in the river than usual, 
 and a bank of gravel was left dry a little higher up than tho roclv. 
 From this bank a considerable quantity of boiling water isbi- 
 
 Hot Springs at Tunga-Ifaer. 
 
 AHOUT a mile farther down, at the foot of the--vaJ!cy, is theTunga- 
 hvrr, an a<::-einlla^v of -pi ings the most extraoiVinary perhaps in the 
 wh- A rock (-r^Av-) risr-s iVosn ihc b<*g, abuut twcnfy fcet, 
 
 an<! . -els in length, the breadth not U-i^g considerable. 
 
 T! h seems formerly io have been a hii!-( ; e of which re- 
 
 main?-, covered wit!.- -lie the other has breri worn away, or 
 
 per!: --t'the time when the hot water burst forth. Along 
 
 the face of the' rock are ranged no fewer than sixteen springs, all of 
 
2 The Geyser. 
 
 them boiling furiously, and some of them throwing the water to a 
 considerable height. One of them, however, deserves particular 
 notice. On approaching- this place, we observed a high jet of water, 
 near one extremity of the rock. Suddenly this jet disappeared, and 
 another thicker, but not so high, rose within a very short distance of 
 it. At first we supposed that a piece of the rock had given way, and 
 that the water had at that moment found a more convenient passage. 
 Having left our horses, we went directly to the place where this had 
 apparently happened ; but we had scarcely reached the spot, when 
 this new jet disappeared, and the one we had seen before was renew- 
 ed. We observed that there were two irregular holes in the rock, 
 within a yard of each other ; and while from one a jet proceeded to 
 the height of twelve or fourteen feet, the other was full of boiling 
 water. We had scarcely made this observation, when the first jet 
 began to subside, and the water in the other hole to rise ; and as soon 
 as the first had entirely sunk down, the other attained its greatest 
 height, which was about five feet. In this extraordinary manner, 
 these two jets played alternately. The smallest and highest jet con- 
 tinued about four minutes arid a half, and the other about three min- 
 utes. We remained admiring this very remarkable phenomenon for 
 a considerable time, during which we saw many alternations of the 
 jets, which happened regularly at the intervals already mentioned. 
 
 This spring may be distinguished by the name of the alternating 
 Geyser. 
 
 The Geysers. 
 
 ON the 27th of July we set out to visit these celebrated fountains, 
 which are about sixteen miles to the north of Skalholt. The country 
 between is varied by gentle risings, and the prospect towards the 
 north and west is bounded by mountains, from which there appear to 
 have been many volcanic eruptions. All the fiat ground in this 
 quarter is swampy ; but excepting near the lakes, it is not so soft as to 
 occasion any risk in travelling over it. To the eastward of Skalholt 
 are several hot springs, and others rise among the low hills which we 
 left on the right hand in going to the Geyser. We passed one farm- 
 house, situated on a rising ground in the midst of the bogs ; and the 
 weather being favourable, the people were busy making hay : a 
 scene which afforded a pleasing change from dreary solitude. The 
 whole of this extensive district abounds in grass, and, were draining 
 practised, might prove a very rich pasture country. Further on, we 
 found some cottages at the foot of the mountain ; round which we 
 turned and came in sight of the hill, on one side of which are the Gey- 
 sers. This hill, which does not exceed three hundred feet in height, 
 is separated from the mountain towards the west by a narrow strip of 
 flat boggy ground, connected with that which extends over the whole 
 valley. Crossing this bog, and a small river which runs through it, 
 we came to a farm-house at the east end of the hill, and arrived at a 
 place where the most wonderful and awful effects of subterraneous 
 heat, are exhibited. 
 
 On the east side of the hill there are several banks of clay, from 
 some of which steam arises in different places ; and in others there 
 are cavities in which water boils briskly. In a few of these cavities 
 the water, by being mixed with clay, is thick, and varies in colour ; 
 but it is chiefly red and grey. Below these banks there is a gentle 
 and uniform slope, composed of matter which, at some distant period, 
 has been deposited by springs that no longer exist. The strata or 
 
The Geysers. 23 
 
 beds thus formed, seem to have been broken by the shocks of earth- 
 quakes, particularly near the great Geyser. Within a space not ex- 
 ceeding 1 a quarter of a mile, there are numerous orifices in the old 
 incrustations, from which boiling water and steam issue, with different 
 degrees of force ; and at the northern extremity is the great Geyser, 
 sufficiently distinguishable from the others by every circumstance 
 connected with it. On approaching this place, it appeared that a 
 mount had been formed of irregular, rough-looking depositions, up- 
 on the ancient regular strata, whose origin has been similar. The 
 slope of the latter has caused the mountain to spread more on the 
 east side, and the recent depositions of the water may be traced till 
 they coincide with them. The perpendicular height of the mount 
 is about seven feet, measured from the highest part of the surface of 
 the old deposition. From these the matter composing the mount may 
 be readily distinguished, on the west side, where a disruption has 
 taken place. On the top of this mount is a basin, which we found 
 to extend fifty-six feet in one direction, and forty-six in another. 
 
 *At%i Quarter before three o'clock in the afternoon, when we arri- 
 ved on the spot, we found the basin full of hot water, a little of which 
 was running over. Having satisfied our curiosity at this time, we 
 went to examine some other places from whence we saw vapour as- 
 cending. Above the great Geyser, at a short distance, is a large ir- 
 -.r opening, the beauties of which it is hardly possible to de- 
 srribe. The water which filled it was as clear as crystal, and per- 
 fectly still, though nearly at the boiling point. Through it we saw 
 white incrustations forming a variety of figure? and cavities, to a 
 great depth ; and carrying the eye into a vast arH dark abyss, over 
 which the crust supporting us formed a dome of no great thickness ; 
 a circumstance, which, though not of itself agreeable, contributed 
 much to the effect of this awful scene. 
 
 We pitched our tent, says Sir G. S. Mackenzie, at the distance of 
 about one hundred yards from the Geyser, and having arranged mat- 
 ters so that a regular watch might be kept during the night, I went 
 to my station at eleven o'clock, and my companions lay down to 
 sleep. About ten minutes before twelve I heard subterraneous dis- 
 charges, and waked my friends. The water in the basin was great- 
 ly agitated, and flowed over, but there was no jet. The same occur- 
 red at half past two. At five minutes past four on Saturday morning. 
 an alarm was given by Mr. Bright. As I lay next the door of the 
 tent I instantly drew aside the canvas, when at a distance of little 
 more than fifty yards, a most extraordinary and magnificent appear- 
 ance presented itself. From a place we had not before noticed, we 
 saw water thrown up, and steam issuing with a tremenduous noise. 
 There was little water ; but the force with which the steam escaped, 
 produced a white column of spray and vapour at least sixty feet high, 
 We enjoyed this astonishing and "beautiful sight till seven o'clock,. 
 when it gradually disappeared. 
 
 W r e were occupied this morning in examining the environs of the 
 Geysers ; and at every step received some new gratification. Fol- 
 lowing the channel which has been formed by the water escaping 
 from the great basin during the eruptions, we found some beautiful 
 and delicate petrifactions. The leaves of birch and willow were 
 seen converted into white stone, and in the most perfect state of pre- 
 servation ; every minute fibre being entire. Grass and rushes were 
 in the same state, and algo masses of peat. In order to preserve 
 specimens so rare and elegant, we brought away large masses, and 
 
V* Mount lickla. 
 
 broke them up after our return to Britain ; by which means we \\ 
 formed very rich collections ; though many fine specimens were de- 
 stroyed in carrying- them to Reikiavik. Oh the outside of the mount 
 of the Geyser, the depositi'jns, .owing- to the splashing- of the water, 
 are rough", and have been justly compared to the heads of cauliflow- 
 ers. They are of a yellowish brown colour, and are arranged round 
 the mount somewhat like a circular flight of steps. The inside of 
 the basin is comparatively smooth ; and the matterforming it is more 
 compact and denser than the exterior crust ; and, when polished, is not 
 devoid of beauty, being- of a grey colour, mottled with black and 
 white spots and streaks. The white incrustation formed by the water 
 of the beautiful cavity before described, had taken a very curious 
 form at the edg-e of tne water, very much resembling the capital of a 
 Gothic column. 
 
 Mount Hekla. 
 
 We left Skalholt on u order to visit Mount Hel^ja. On 
 
 this i .-^m the westward" it does not af \. 
 
 ' 
 
 a?i?'i !.:>- nothing- to distinguish it among the surround - 
 inn: moii;; 1 . iiich are much higher, and more picturesque. 
 
 It has three distinct summits ; but they are not much elevated above 
 I he hoc!}' of the mountain. 
 
 We now, says Sir G. . Mackenzie, came into the plain from which 
 Ileckla rises ; but we bad no view of the mountain as we approach- 
 ed, as it was covered with rloud-;. We rn-.-ed through lava which 
 l.n.d bern exposed to view by the flowing of the sand that covers so 
 great an extent of tl 
 
 tjg recrossed the Rarigaa, we entered a wide plain, bounded 
 by TTekla and the adjacent mountains on one side, and by a lofty, 
 precipitous, and broken ridge on the other, the surface being com- 
 pletely covered with lava, sand, or minute fragments of scoriae and 
 jmmioe. The lava which has flowed over the plain, the termination 
 of which we could not see, appears to have been remarkably rough, 
 from the numerous sharp-pointed masses rising out of the loose sand 
 pnd slags, the accumulation of which has ren-lered it passable. We 
 travelled ?bout fourteen miles, judging of the distance by the time 
 our journey occupied, and then halted at the foot of a large mass of 
 lava, and changed our horses ; stopping no longer than was necessary 
 for shift ing- our saddles. The subsequent part of our route, though 
 still through an extremely desolate country, was rendered more easy 
 by the absence of lava, and somewhat less forbidding by the ap- 
 pearance of thinly scattered vegetation in the vallies, and on the 
 sides of some of the hills. Ere long we found ourselves inclosed in 
 9 hollow among the mountains, from which there was no apparent 
 outlet ; but following- the steps of our guide, we pursued a winding 
 course, r>assing through a number of rivulets of very thick, muddy 
 water, which proceeded from under the snow on the mountains. 
 
 As we went along we observed several craters in low situations, 
 from which flame and ejected matter had proceeded during the con- 
 vulsions to which this part of the island has been particularly subjec- 
 ted. After having advanced about fifteen miles farther, and travers- 
 ed a part of that immense waste which forms the interior of Iceland, 
 and is partially known onlv to those who go in search of strayed 
 sheen, we descended bv a dangerous path into a small valley, having 
 a small lake in one corner, and the extremity opposite to us bounded 
 by a perpendicular face of rock resembling a stream of lava in it* 
 
Mount Hekla. K 
 
 broken and rugged appearance. While we advanced, the sun sud- 
 denly broke through the clouds, and the brilliant reflection of his 
 beams from different parts of this supposed lava,* as if from a surface 
 of glass, delighted us by an instantaneous conviction, that we had 
 now attained one of the principal objects connected with the plan of 
 our expedition to Iceland* We hastened to the spot, and all our 
 wishes were fully accomplished in the examination of an object which 
 greatly exceeded the expectations we had formed. 
 
 On ascending one of the abrupt pinnacles which rose out of this 
 extraordinary mass of rock, we beheld a region, the desolation of 
 which^can scarcely be paralleled. Fantastic groups of hills, cra- 
 ters, and lava, leading the eye to distant snow-crowned Jockuls ;f 
 the mist rising from a waterfall ; lakes embosomed among bare bleak 
 mountains ; an awful profound silence ; lowering clouds ; marks all 
 around o'f the furious action of the most destructive of elements ; all 
 combined to impress the soul with sensations of dread and wonder. 
 The longer we contemplated this scene, horrible as it was, the more 
 urfable we were to turn our eyes from it ; and a considerable time 
 elapsed, before we could bring ourselves to attend to the business 
 which tempted us to enter so frightful a district of the country. Our 
 discovery of obsidian^ afforded us very great pleasure, which can 
 only be understood by zealous geologists'? and we traversed an im- 
 mense and rugged mass of that curious substance, with a high de- 
 gree of satisfaction; though various circumstances prevented our 
 tracing it so fully as we wished. 
 
 We now proceeded a considerable way along the edge of a stream 
 of lava, and then crossed it where it was not very broad, and gained 
 the foot of the south end of the mountain. From this place we saw 
 several mounts and hollows from which the streams of lava below 
 appeared to have flowed. While we had to pass over rugged lava, 
 we experienced no great difficulty in advancing ; but when iite arri- 
 ved at the steepest part of the mountain which was covered with 
 loose slags,} we sometimes lost at one step, by their yielding, a space 
 that had been gained by several. In some places we saw collections 
 of black sand, which, had there been any wind, might have proved 
 extremely troublesome. The ascent now became very steep, but 
 the roughness of the surface greatly assisted us. 
 
 Before we had reached the first summit, clouds surrounded us, and 
 prevented our seeing farther than a few yards. Placing implicit con- 
 fidence in our guide, we proceeded, and having attained what we 
 thought was the nearest of the three summits, we sat down to re- 
 fresh ourselves, when Brandtson told us that he had never been 
 higher up the mountain. The clouds occasionally dividing, we saw 
 that we had not yet reached the southern summit. After having pas- 
 sed a number of fissures, by leaping across some, and stepping along 
 masses of slags that lay over others, we at last got to the top of the 
 first peak. The clouds now became so thick, that we began to des- 
 pair of being able to proceed any farther. Indeed, it was dangerous 
 even to move ; for the peak consists of a very narrow ridge of slags, 
 not more than two feet broad, having a precipice on each side many 
 
 * Obsidian or Volcanic Glass. P. 
 f Snowy mountains, all volcanic. P. 
 
 I A mineral found in volcanic rocks resembling dark bottle glass. P. 
 $ Porous lava, like the vitrifications of a forge. P. 
 3 
 
26 Character, Dress, and Manners of the Swedes. 
 
 hundred feet high. One of these precipices forms the side of a vast 
 hollow, which seems to have been one of the craters. At length the 
 sky cleared a little, and enabled us to discover a ridge below, that 
 seemed to connect the peak we were on with the middle one. 
 We lost no time in availing ourselves of this opportunity, and by bal- 
 ancing ourselves like rope-dancers, we succeeded in passing along a 
 ridge of slags so narrow that there was hardly room for our feet. Af- 
 ter a short, but very steep ascent, we gained the highest point of this 
 celebrated mountain. 
 
 The middle peak of Hekla forms one side of a hollow, which 
 contains a large mass of snow at the bottom ; and is evidently anoth- 
 er crater. The whole summit of the mountain is a ridge of slags, and 
 the hollows on each side appeared to have been so many different 
 vents from which the eruptions have from time to time issued. We 
 saw no indications that lava had flowed from the upper part of the 
 mountain ; but our examination, from the frequent recurrence of 
 fog, was unavoidably confined. 
 
 The crater, of which the highest peak forms a part, does not much 
 exceed a hundred feet in depth. The bottom is filled by a large mass 
 of snow, in which various caverns had been formed by its partial 
 melting. In these the snow had become solid and transparent, re- 
 flecting a bluish tinge ; and their whole appearance was extremely 
 beautiful, reminding us of the description of magic palaces in east- 
 ern tales. 
 
 At the foot of the mountain, the thermometer at half past nine 
 o'clock stood at 59^. At eleven, it was at 55, and at four, on the 
 top, at 39. 
 
 Our descent was greatly retarded by thick fog ; and we found it 
 much more hazardous than the ascent. We missed our way, and 
 were under the necessity of crossing the lava we had passed in our 
 wav up, at a place where it had spread to a much greater breadth, 
 and from the rapidity of the slope along which it had flowed, had be- 
 come frightfully ruprged. 
 
 We had no opportunity of measuring the height of Mount Hekla, 
 but we have been informed by Sir J. Stanley, that the elevation which 
 resulted from his observations, was 4,300 feet, and this, from different 
 circumstances, we believe to be correct. 
 
 SWEDEN. 
 
 Sweden is bounded on the N. by Norway : on the E. by Russia 
 and the Gulf of Bothnia ; on the S/E. and S. by the Baltic sea ; and 
 W. by the Sound, the Cattegat and ISorway. It extends from 55* 
 20', to 69 30' IV. lat. being about 1,000 miles long from north to south, 
 and containing 188,433 square miles. The number of inhabitants in 
 Sweden, in 1813, was 2,407, 206. 
 
 Character, Dress, end Manners of the Swedes. 
 THOUGH Sweden is covered with rocks, woods, and mountains, its 
 inhabitants are mild and peaceable in their character. Theft, mur- 
 der, and atrocious crimes, are very uncommon among them ; and 
 even in war they do not appear to be sanguinary. Naturally serious 
 and grave, they are acquainted with, and cultivate the valuable bonds 
 
Character, Dress, and Manners of the Swedes. 2t 
 
 of social intercourse. Under a simple external appearance, they 
 often conceal a profound judgment, an acute genius, and an active 
 and intrepid spirit. 
 
 They are fond of travelling, but love their own country, and always 
 long to see it again. They support poverty with patience, but riches 
 are often their ruin. In some cantons, the manners of the people 
 are truly patriarchal, and display the utmost purity, innocence, and 
 integrity. 
 
 The Swedes are distinguished from other European people, by a 
 rial dress established in 1777, and designed to repress luxury in 
 the itrticleof clothes. The men wear a close coat, very wide under- 
 clothes, strings in their shoes, a girdle, a round hat, and a cloak. 
 The usual colour is black. The women wear a black robe, with puf- 
 iV-i Granx a coloured sash and ribbands. There is also a 
 
 particular uniform for gala days, when the men appear in blue riatin, 
 lined with white, and ornamented with lace ; the women in a white 
 satin robe, with coloured sashes -and ribbands. 
 
 The appearance of the Swedish peasantry is very striking to a na- 
 tive of Great Britain, who is accustomed to so great a diversity in 
 the features of the people with whom he associates. The Swedes 
 have all i < a ruddy countenance. I would say that 
 
 a certain degree of fhbbinessis visible in their complexions. There 
 is nothing 1 to be seen which indicates the existence of the more vio- 
 lent passions ; but every one expresses a docility and good humour 
 in his face, which I believe all possess, almost to a man. I have often 
 gone into a Swedish cottage in the middle of the night, where the 
 whole family, to the number of six or eight, were asleep in different 
 beds ; awakened the whole family, and sent the hollenkarr to ram- 
 ble through the woods in the dark, to a distance of three or four 
 miles, in quest of horses. The family were made to get up, and 
 i out of bed perhaps for two or three hours. All the whilo they 
 preserved the most perfect good humour, never attempted to per- 
 suade you to stop all night, nor seemed to feel the inconvenience. 
 
 The peasants in Sweden seem to be a most amiable and innocent 
 race. Most of them can read and write ; they are all clean and well 
 dressed, in coarse blue cloth, manufactured in Sweden. 
 
 The first day of May, and Midsummer day, are in Sweden conse- 
 crated to mirth and joy. On the former, large fires announcing the 
 natural warmth about to succeed the severity of winter, are kindled 
 in the fields ; and around these the people assemble, to enjoy good 
 cheer and banish the cares of winter. Midsummer day is still better 
 calculated to inspire mirth and festivity ; on the evening before the 
 houses are ornamented with boughs, and the young men and women 
 erect a poie, around which they dance till morning. Having re- 
 cruited their strength by some hours repose, they repair to church, 
 and after imploring the protection of the Supreme Being, they again 
 give themselves up to fresh amusement. During these two festivals, 
 the people display all their gaiety by dances and songs, the great- 
 er part of which are national, and partake of the gloom of the cli- 
 mate. 
 
 The inhabitants of the southern provinces endeavour to pro- 
 vide places of shelter from the heats of summer ; and those of the 
 north employ all their ingenuity to preserve themselves from the cold 
 of winter. 
 
28 Different Ranks in Sweden. 
 
 Such are the principal outlines of the character and manners of 
 the Swedes. By examining- each province in particular, there will 
 be found various shades of a deeper or lighter cast. The Scandian, 
 who cultivates a fertile soil, and who possesses a moderate share of 
 wealth, is sensible of his own happiness, and imparts it to others. 
 The Smufander 9 his neighbour, placed amidst barren rocks and mel- 
 ancholy woods, is humble, mild and submissive ; the smallest reward 
 will satisfy him, and he testifies his gratitude in the most simple and 
 affecting- manner. The Westwgoth is well acquainted with the re- 
 sources of industry, and puts them in practice ; above all, he under- 
 stands every kind of traffic. The Ostrogoth has nothing against him 
 but his name ; he is distinguished by his politeness, affability, and 
 the easiness of his manners ; he resembles that nature with which 
 he is surrounded, and which every where presents itself under the 
 most pleasing aspect. The vicinity of the capital gives to the Su- 
 dermanian and the Uplander a double physiogomy, the natural fea- 
 tures of which have been disfigured. The Westmanian preposses- 
 ses, by a noble figure, a firmness and steadiness of character, and 
 simple but mild manners. The inhabitant of that district called 
 Norland, is very tall, has an intrepid look ; frankness and loyalty 
 are painted in the countenance. The inhabitant of Finland is "hon- 
 est, laborious, and capable of enduring great hardships, but he is 
 sometimes reproached with being stiff and obstinate. The Dalecar- 
 Hang accustom themselves to the severest labours, and fear no fatigue. 
 Like the rocks which surround them, they brave every attack, detest 
 slavery, resist oppression under all its forms, and, attached to their 
 own manners and customs, they transmit them unchanged from gene- 
 ration to generation. 
 
 The amusements and vices of Stockholm, the capital of Sweden, 
 resemble very much those of other European cities, but its police is 
 highly respectable ; watchmen call the hours of night, and during 
 the whole period of darkness, the streets resound with the following 
 words : " May the good and all powerful arm of God preserve our 
 city from fire and flames" ! The hours are announced from the tops 
 of towers by a melancholy sounding instrument. 
 
 Different Ranks in Sweden. 
 
 THE common people are orderly and industrious, sober, loyal, and 
 religious; yet when intoxicated," furious and ungovernable. They 
 live in great poverty, and rudely practise several mechanical arts, 
 such as making shoes, clothes, tools and instruments of husbandry. 
 The trading part of the nation plod on in a beaten track, without 
 ingenuity to discover, or spirit to pursue, new branches of commerce. 
 The peasants are civil arid humble, even to obsequiousness ; but 
 they are much less uncivilized and barbarous than might be expect- 
 ed, from the appearance of every thing about them. The nobility 
 are brave, hospitable, polite, and fond of glory. 
 
 Sweden, says Sir John Carr, is one continued rock of granite, cov- 
 ered with fir : hence the cottages, which are only one story high, 
 and many of the superior houses, are constructed of wood, the 
 planks of which are let into each other in a layer of moss, and the 
 outside is painted of a red colour ; the roof is formed with the bark 
 of the birch, and covered with turf, which generally presents a bed 
 of grass, sufficiently high for the scythe of the mower. The floors of 
 the rooms are strewed with the slips of young fir, which give them 
 
Houses and Food. 
 
 the appearance of litter and disorder ; and the smell is far from be- 
 ing-pleasant. Nothing- can be more dreary than winding through 
 the forests, which every now and then present to the weary eye little 
 patches of cleared ground, where firs had been felled by fire, the 
 stumps of winch, to a considerable height, were left in the ground, 
 and at the distance resemble so many large stones. Inexhaustible 
 abundance of wood induces the peasant to think it labour lost to root 
 them up ; and they remain to augment the general dreariness of the 
 scenery. 
 
 The population in both the provinces of Scania and Smaland, is 
 very thinly diffused ; except in -the very few towns between Flens- 
 ,:id Stockholm, the abode of man but rarely refreshes the eye 
 of the weary traveller. At dawn of day, and all day long, he moves 
 in a forest, and at night he sleeps in one. The only birds v. 
 were woodpeckers. The peasantry are poorly housed and clad ; yet 
 amidst such discouraging appearances, their cheek boasts the bloom 
 of health, and the smile of content. Their clothes and stockings 
 are generally of light cloth ; their hats raised in the crown, pointed 
 at the top, with a large broad rim ; and round their waist they fre- 
 quently wear a leathern girdle, to which are fastened two knives in -c 
 leather case. The country in these provinces appeared to L> 
 sterile ; only small portions of its rocky surface were covered with 
 a sprinkling" of vegetable mould. 
 
 Laws. 
 
 In order to repress du ?lling, the laws of Sweden make it death to 
 the survivor who has kl.led his antagonist, and a notice of infamy is 
 published on the memory of both. If neither of them is killed, they 
 are both committed to prison for two years, fed on bread and water, 
 and fined a thousand crowns. Reparation of honour, in case of af- 
 front, is referred to i;a- respective national courts, where recanta- 
 tions, and an obligation publicly to beg pardon, is usually inflic- 
 ted. 
 
 By the ecclesiastical laws in Sweden it is ordained, 1. That if a 
 subject change his religion he shall be banished the kingdom, and 
 lose all right of inheritance foi himself and his descendants. 2. If 
 any person continue excommunicated above a year, he shall be im- 
 prisoned a month and then banished. 3. M* any bring into the coun- 
 try teachers of another religion, he is to bi. fined and banished. 4. 
 Foreign ministers enjoy the free exercise oi their religion, but only 
 for themselves arid families. 5. All children are to be baptised by 
 Lutheran ministers, and educated in that religion, otherwise they 
 have not the privilege of Swedish subjects. 
 
 Houses and Food 
 
 THF, greater part of the houses are built of wood, which, when 
 properly constructed, and kept in repair, are said to be warmer than 
 those built of brick or Stone. The seams of the windows are daubed 
 over with pitch or cement, and double ones are sometimes employed, 
 The stoves are constructed with twisted tubes, so as to make the 
 heat circulate ; and they have a contrivance to rarefy or condense 
 the air at pleasure. Wood is not dear in Sweden, and little care is 
 taken to save it. 
 
 The price of provisions is equally moderate. The lower classes of 
 people live principally upon hard bread, baited or dried fish, and wa- 
 
 3* 
 
Cultivaticfa and Trade. 
 
 ter-gruel ; beer is their ordinary beverage, and they can procure it 
 exceedingly cheap. At the tables of the opulent, there is always 
 plenty of meat, and the repast is preceded by a kind of collation, 
 consisting of butter, cheese, salted provisions, and strong liquors. 
 Strangers are astonished to see women swallow large quantities of 
 these liquors, and with the same ease as the men. The consump- 
 tion of wine is very great in Sweden, but people seldom drink to 
 excess. 
 
 Travelling. 
 
 As there are no stage-coaches, it is necessary for every traveller to 
 be provided with a carriage of his own. It ought to be light, and in 
 summer an open carriage is much more useful and agreeable than 
 any other. The horses in Sweden are small but very active, and 
 remarkably sure footed. Notwithstanding the great number of hor- 
 ses which Dr. Thompson says he employed, in a journey of above 
 1200 miles, he never saw one of them stumble. Their harness con- 
 sists of little else than common ropes, with, which you supply yourself. 
 In general, about half an hour is requisite to yoke a couple of horses 
 to our carrige. Posting is under tbe regulation of government. 
 Post-houses are provided at regular distances all over the country. 
 The person who keeps these houses is called the gastgifvar, and he 
 is obliged by law to keep a certain number of horses for posting. 
 These vary from one to twenty, but the usual number is two, four, or 
 six. Besides these, there is a certain number which the peasants in 
 the neighbourhood are obliged to furnish, and to send once a day to 
 the post-house ; these are called hollkaster^ or relay horses ; these 
 vary from two to twenty-two. In some counties, as Smoland, where 
 the population is small, and the intercourse not great, there are no 
 hot If taster at all. In travelling through such counties, unless you 
 take care to send a person before you, you are quite sure to be de- 
 tained several hours at each stage, before horses can be procured. 
 There is a third class of horses, called reserve horses, and which in 
 fact consists of all the horses in the district. These the post master 
 is entitled to call upon in case of necessity ; but a considerable time 
 always elapses before they can be procured. If you wish to drive 
 rapidly in Sweden, you must send a person before you, to order hor- 
 ses by a particular hour. This person is called a forbod, and by 
 means of him you may travel as rapidly in Sweden as in England. 
 
 Roads. 
 
 I was very much struck, says Dr. Thompson, with the goodness of 
 ihe roads in Sweden : they are narrower than our British roads, and 
 sometimes you meet with pretty steep pulls in them ; but they are 
 all so smootli that they convey the idea of travelling in a gentleman's 
 park. The roads are under the charge of peasants, each of whom 
 has a certain number of feet of road which he is obliged to keep in 
 repair. These distances are all carefully marked off by small pieces 
 of board, upon which are painted the initials of the peasant who has 
 the charge of that portion of road. 
 
 Cultivation and Trade. 
 
 All the land under culture in Sweden is inclosed, not with quick- 
 set hedges or stone-walls as in Britain, but with a wooden paling. 
 The only part of Sweden where hawthorn hedges are to be se ;n is 
 
The Diet. 31 
 
 the neighbourhood of Gottenburg 1 , and the custom has doubtless 
 originated with the British merchants settled there. In Scania I ob- 
 served a hedge made of sloe-bushes ; but the practice was not gen- 
 erally followed. The Swedish palings are very different from ours, 
 and occasion a prodigious waste of wood. Two stakes are driven 
 into the ground at a little distance from each other, and between 
 four and six feet high : these are tied together in three or four places 
 at equal distances by a kind of rope made of birch bark. A row of 
 such double stakes at the distance of about four feet from each other 
 goes quite round the field to be inclosed. The whole space from the 
 ground to the top of these stakes is filled up with pieces of fir-wood 
 lying above each other, and kept in their places by the double stakes, 
 and the birch ropes which support them. 
 
 The corn on the sides of the road was nearly ripe : it consisted of 
 rye and big,* and a few ridges of oats. The crops in general looked 
 well, except that they were exceedingly foul. The mode of farming- 
 was very singular. The fields were all divided into pretty broad 
 ridges, which were occupied alternately with different kinds of grain. 
 The first ridge in the field we shall suppose was rye, the second grass, 
 the third big, the fourth potatoes, the fifth oats ; and in this way they 
 alternated over the whole field. 
 
 The manufactures of Sweden are far behind those of other Euro- 
 pean countries. Sweden will probably long continue to send her 
 iron to England, and import the hardware of that country. The 
 government gives them every encouragement ; but two things are 
 wanting, which no government can ever command, great capitals, 
 and a people possessing an active and enterprising spirit. 
 
 The iron mines in Sweden are what estates are to the great and 
 wealthy in other countries. They are superintended by the nobility, 
 to whom they principally belong. One manufacturer, or rather 
 worker of iron, employs eight hundred labourers, who do not live in 
 detached huts, but in houses built in regular rows, and each house 
 contains two families. The houses are built in couples, each pair at 
 a certain distance from the next, but so as to form a street, the 
 sides of which are lined with trees, forming an alley in the mid- 
 dle. 
 
 The iron mine at Dannemore is the most celebrated in Sweden, 
 and affords a very interesting spectacle of a great number of people 
 at work in the different parts in open day-light ; so that a spectator 
 at the top may overlook, at once, all the various operations of the 
 labourers. This mine yields 18,000 tons of the best Swedish iron 
 annually, the greatest part of which comes to England. The num- 
 ber of labourers employed is about 1600, besides about 150 horses. 
 
 The Diet. 
 
 Orebro is the place where the Swedish Diet occasionally meets ; a 
 circumstance which gives it more importance than it otherwise 
 would be entitled to from its size. 
 
 The Diet as is well known, is the supreme court in Sweden, and 
 similar in many respects to the Parliament of Great Britain. It 
 consist of four distinct bodies of men, who meet in separate houses. 
 These are the nobles, the clergy, the peasants, and the burghers or 
 inhabitants of towns. 
 
 A kind of barley, suited to cold climates. P 
 
Language. 
 
 1. There are three orders of nobility in Sweden, Counts, Barons, 
 and noblemen without any title. When a family is once cnno 
 
 all the descendants and collateral branches are noble. So that the 
 number of nobleman in Sweden must b . iih the population 
 
 of the country. The number of noble families in Sweden amounts 
 to about 1200. 
 
 2. The second house of the piet consists of the clergy. The re- 
 ligion in Sweden is the Lutheran : and the different orders of clergy 
 are bishops : domproxtn, or deans, prosit, or ar< 
 
 or rectors; and comminuterg, or perpetual curates. There are 
 twelve liiocesses ; namely, one an < and eleven b 
 
 The re are 1 70 archdeac < 
 
 'fin- number of representatives of the clergy i 
 each district may either send up a representative 
 with the neighbour.*: ; and send one between them. '\ 
 
 >m fifty t.i '-.t\ . 
 
 i of the peasants, a 
 
 men that do not e\ist at nil ii; (oval II: , 
 
 to be (!< v no clai 
 
 equivalent to our i; ners ; that 
 
 iin annual rent to the proprietor of 
 
 irmers in v ither pru- 
 
 lar to our country jr all inn,, are 
 
 peasants. Now a v - 
 
 jio^cssing l:ni(l of a cerl 
 
 nor e .-it is a man whose an 
 
 tor^ have h.-eil al\v; ; \ - f;ir 
 
 The peasants ai Owing manner: the go\ 
 
 of tin- province sends the writ to I rnon 
 
 (lie pca>:.' inert n. 
 
 coin e on the day >f The members ar 
 
 i\* their representati 
 
 her * LIB, Ilticii li>l:-jft : tWO 
 
 (jne. 
 
 :eral the house of peasan 1 .bout 100. 
 
 4. of the I)h MS. The 
 
 numln-r of towns in Sweden amounts to about UK). Every freeman 
 of these towns, who pu\s tuxes to the town, and has reached the 
 one, is an elector. Every citizen b<<.n a 
 
 man for seven years. rm an for three, and reached the 
 
 apre of twenty-four, may be elected. The m freemen bears 
 
 but a small proportion to the inhabitants of the tov. 
 
 Language. 
 
 The Swedish languaGfc has proceeded from the original Scandina- 
 vian, which has now branched itself out into three languages, the 
 English, the German, and the Swedish*. 
 
 The words of the Swedish language bear so close a resemblance 
 to the German, that a person well acquainted with the latter language 
 mav, without much trouble, make himself acquainted with the for- 
 mer. The idiom is almost exactly English, so that ypu may turn 
 jnost Swedish sentences, word for word, into English, *and they will 
 
 * See Appendix. P. 
 
<? and Dress of the nus*i. 
 
 'e a good : 
 
 ..tt attended 
 Mich diilir 
 
 RUSSIA, 
 
 .1 embraces nearly one half of Europe an 
 
 x sea 011 
 occ; 
 
 - estimated at 7,595,000 square ing 
 
 the surface of the L 
 
 is bounder /en ocean, E. bv Russia 
 
 the sea c> ;,ck sea; \\ . i\ Tnr- 
 
 ns, the Baltic sea, 
 
 Swe<: < - square miles. Popu- 
 
 c is. 
 
 Of the Persons and Dress of the Russia 
 r.ins are in general hardy, vigorous, an of la- 
 
 boui. ! ox ions iln lisii and 
 
 Scot 
 
 t seems to be defective, occasioned 
 ich for a great part oi nuuliy on the 
 
 ;\n peasants are a coarse hardy race, bru ! , and 
 
 Tia-irdnss*. 
 
 be of dn 
 
 iind 
 
 asush; trowsers o! ten; ; uooll.'ii or 
 
 - d ruuru! ; -dais 
 
 wo\ < rips of a 
 
 sam< the leg an ' 
 
 fo it i rn weather the peasants frequent!) wear 011- 
 
 in society the dress of the men < 
 of a et or 
 
 fur 1 'SG enou^' 
 
 1 
 their liuik hair coin: ; ,t without powder, and let tlioir beards 
 
 Tomen are not so well protected by th< ir dre-> tVnn t 
 v of the climate ; but their sedentary domesti< life 
 
 tliis advantag-e less necessn ad- 
 
 ''d to the shape and covering- the whole body. The toilet of a 
 won ^circumstances, is composed of an 
 
 tilti:; 
 
 bra< On g-oing out th a large 
 
 the shou) 
 
 Tlic v illagcs all resemble each other ; the houses are 
 
34 Employments and Social Habits of the Russians. 
 
 built of wood, by laying beams one across the other ; the s; 
 twecn the be ir vith d:x and in ..-s. A large door !< 
 
 to the yard. In the house is a sort of hrll, \t ith mimea; 
 
 for milk, and other necessaries ; arid the family room, -u 
 
 ^tove built of tiles, which is always red hot, e\en in the 
 t of the most sultry summer. \Vooden benches are fastened to 
 the wainscot all round the room, before which stands a table. In one 
 iided the Obross or idol, which ti ,1 without 
 
 ceremony calls his God, and on a small sb- 
 lamp, which in the houses of people of rank is continually bur.' 
 but with the common people it is only lighted on holidays ; p 
 when they wish to atone for n 
 
 !e of it. Fowls, dogs, < 
 
 pipe- r tthe whole family is here collected. '! 
 
 main cradle, by me-.ms of rop< 
 
 may be put in mot iun without ditficui'y, and will 
 
 time. 
 A I 'it-ply destitute of trees, uid you mi 
 
 round in vaitiforone to a considerable extent, 'i 
 appe I the surrounding count- 
 
 .liefly of grass land for Ca 
 
 v and Social Habits of the Russians. 
 
 Petersburg can scarce- 
 Miner 
 rhan\ 
 
 ad whosf 
 
 'swhogpn; 
 
 Most of (hem 'have no resides ' no prope irn- 
 
 plemenN 
 
 Jin posed 
 expenses of living out of aeon 
 
 i-^ken to erect tt 
 
 erle u:e of th< .rncnt, but : air 
 
 Am>. . or under gate\\ 
 
 a rks and floats of timber that < ;mrg 
 
 liose trade obliges him to a se : 
 
 Bfl in il.e r.-H-ir of some brick hoi. -tall the 
 
 .lian faslii 
 
 r party of the t< 
 liUed with lod'j 
 
 ,*in^ the first and si ics. 
 
 T, ire more contented with their situation, tbm the Kus- 
 
 I in no count r :f eater proportion of natural 
 
 a greater participation in public 
 
 festivities, than in Russia. No Elusion, however poor, ro- 
 th.it he earns ; frequently he con extremeh 
 
 way of life even qfter lie has, by his diligence, secured hii;< 
 all danger of future want. The earnings of the lowest day-labourer 
 are more than adequate to his wants. He must be ver\ ced, 
 
 or very la/.y, n -T at least for one day in the week pr 
 
 ficient to gratify his thirst for strong liquors. Every } 
 sheep-skin pelisse, and the poorer sort are never seen shivering with 
 cold, as in many other European countries. 
 
Of the ] \:y. 35 
 
 'iirrrn, t' 
 
 uportK>n eni"\ win. 
 
 of all 
 JT, which seems to belong less toth< 
 
 Of the Russian Nobility.* 
 
 <>r, as may be supposed, are very poor. To 
 i poverty, and tt- .es, are ev --d the most al- 
 
 it-testable profligacy. In sen^ 
 
 . 
 
 ity so eageiiy as the Russian n 
 
 are 
 
 barbarous. Visit 
 
 -ing" 
 
 L\ng quan. The rnv <'CS 9 
 
 ' houses, upon n . randy, as a whet before 
 
 bodies are only divr- 
 
 too 
 
 
 
 
 sts, and jx 
 
 ruin. A:. 
 Moscow, n 
 
 
 of vermii ' - v, i...t I 
 
 manners of the people are not Imrjrh, nor 
 
 and qrpncnillv those to whom letters of P 
 
 \vfiich I' 
 friends and companions readily imitate. The real 
 
 *This artirle nnd the follow iner arc- taken f> 
 
 I of exaggeration and mi^ 
 
 has been lately given l.y 1 >r. 1 .> \11, wh. 
 had resided several years in Russia. P. 
 
36 Of the Slaves and Slavery. 
 
 early hour, and breakfasts on a dram with black bread. His dinner 
 at noon consists of the coarsest and most greasy viands, the scorbutic 
 effects of which are counteracted by salted cucumbers, sour cabbage, 
 the juice of his vaccinium, and his nectar, quass. Sleep, which ren- 
 ders him unmindful of his abject servitude and barbarous life, he par- 
 ticularly indulges ; sleeping always after eating, and going early to 
 his bed. The principal articles of diet are the same every where ; 
 grease and brandy. A stranger, dining with their most refined and 
 most accomplished princes, may in vain expect to see his knife and 
 fork changed. If lie sends them away, they are returned without 
 even being wiped. If he looks behind him, he will see a servant spit 
 in the plate he is to receive, and wipe it with a dirty napkin, to re- 
 move the dust. If he ventures (which he should avoid if he is hun- 
 
 , to inspect the soup in his plate with too inquisitive an eye, he 
 will doubtless discover living victims in distress, which a Russian, if 
 he saw, would swallow with indifference. Is it not known to all, that 
 Potemkin used to take vermin from his head, and kill them on the 
 bottom of his plate at table ? and beauteous princesses of Moscow do 
 
 rruple to follow his example. But vermin unknown to an En- 
 is not permitted even to name, attack the 
 
 >'^er who incautiously approaches too near the persons of their 
 nobility, and visit him from their sophas and chairs. If at table he 
 re^anMiis neighbour, he sees him picking his teeth with his fork, 
 and thon plum; ' > a plate of meat which is brought round to 
 
 all. The horrors of a Russian kitchen are inconceivable; and thrre 
 is not a bed in the whole empire, which an English traveller, aware 
 of its con.liiion, wrmlJ venture to approach. There is, in fact, no 
 
 *e.e of meanness to which a Russian nobleman will not conde- 
 scend. To enumerate the things of whicb we were eye-witnesses, 
 would only weary and disgust the reader. 
 
 Of the Slaves and Slavery. 
 
 We have now contemplated the nobles, or we may sny, in general, 
 the upper classes of society : the rest of the community (with the 
 trifling exception of a few merchants in the seaports, who are for the 
 : nnrt foreigners) muM^N of the peasantry, who continue in the 
 state of bondsmen, in which the lower orders in all the rest of Eu- 
 rope once were. To paint the situation and habits of those per- 
 it is almost sufficient to say, that they are slaves in the possession 
 of the barbarous nobles whom we have already described. They 
 are attached to the soil, and tranferred with it, like cattle ; and al- 
 though many laws are passed for their protection, and severe CM m- 
 ples are not ^infrequently made of masters who treat them cruelly, 
 it is in vain to expect any thing but abuse, where a man's power is 
 absolute over his fellow ; or any thing but debasement in the charac- 
 ter, and wretchedness in the condition of one who is dependent upon 
 the will of a master. 
 
 We observed a striking difference between the peasants of the 
 Crown and those of individuals. The former are almost all in com- 
 paratively easy circumstances. Their abrock, or rent, is fixed it five 
 roubles a year, all charges included ; and as they are sure, that it 
 will never be raised, they are more industrious. The peasants be- 
 longing to the nobles have their abrork regulated by their means of 
 getting money ; at an average, throughout the ermnre, of eight or 
 ten roubles. It then becomes, not a rent for land, but a downright 
 tax on their industry. Each male peasant is obliged by law to la- 
 
Of the Slaves and Slavery. 
 
 jur three days in each week for his proprietor. This law takt 
 
 i^at the age of fifteen. If the proprietor choose* 
 
 mi the other days, he may ; as, for example, in a maim- 
 
 :i finds him m food and clothing. MutuaJ 
 
 advantage, however, generally relaxes this law ; and excepting such 
 
 \ ants, or as ab< 
 
 t ertain abtncfc* or rent, to be allow - 
 
 ,rk all th .aster is ^ound to 
 
 Thr allot- 
 ment o! -'arosta (Elder of Hi 
 
 \ os. The numher o1 
 
 beggars in Petersburg is inv 
 
 loscow, and other towns, 
 i i think less so than in London. 
 i low and humble tone ol quent- 
 
 . and are n lamorous 
 
 than a ) . 
 
 power of corrr< v blows or 
 
 of anv gr. 
 we are to' 
 e towers <v 
 
 'nfmcd forma a most 
 
 .owever, h\ \\< 
 
 
 
 .iderstood her rig-lit) 
 . m,-. T'n nr^ter was sent to a mon 
 
 :il those employed in IT; 
 
 ->f, brother to Mrs. S< 
 
 v, disappeared suddenly, and was 
 
 p been thrown into a boiling copper ' 
 
 i hough not from equally good 
 , who had been poisoned 
 
 naa allows his peasii? 
 
 orwill not. k of trees, 
 
 quass, water il. If the slave ha? 
 
 1 nowledge, it becomes 
 id, when once <' d, falls in 
 
 into the hands of his lord. A peasant ilage of Celo A' 
 
 near Moscow, who had been fortunate enough to sc 
 little v.-< l ied to marry his daughter to a tr. of the 
 
 1 purpose, that she should be free, he ofl 
 
 i i rublos for her liberty a most unusual price of freedom, 
 inch greater sura than persons of his class, situated as K 
 will be found to possess. The tyrant took the r; : 
 the father, that both the girl and the money belonged t< 
 therefore she must still continue among the number of hi 
 What a picture do these facts afford of the state of Russia ! It s 
 thus we behold the subjects of a vast empire, stripped of all th v 
 
 ing in the most abject servitude ; \ 
 
 nv and torture ^T sorrow and poverty of sickness and famine. 
 ing the provinces south of Moscow, the land . 
 
 d with corn, and apparent!) 
 
 plenty. Enter the cottage of the poor labourer, surrou 
 
 4 
 
38 Of Russian Festivals. 
 
 these riches, and you find him dying of hunger, or pining from bad 
 food ; and in want of the common necessaries of life. Extensive 
 pastures covered with cattle, afford no milk to him. In autumn, the 
 narvest yields no bread for his children. The lord claims all the pro- 
 duce. At the end of summer, every road in the southern provinces 
 is filled with caravans, bearing corn and all sorts of provisions, eve- 
 ry produce of labour and the land, to supply the lords of Moscow 
 and Petersburg ; and the markets of these two capitals, which, like 
 whirlpools, swallow all that comes within their vortex with never- 
 ending voracity. Can there be a more affecting sight, than a Rus- 
 sian family, having got in an abundant harvest, in want of the com- 
 mon stores to supply and support them, through the rigours of their 
 long and inclement winter ? 
 
 Of Russian Festivals. 
 
 A people so fond of social amusements as those of the city of Pe- 
 tersburg, are not apt to let slip any opportunity for feasting and jun- 
 keting. Name-days and birth-days are particularly solemnized in 
 Russian families with grand entertainments or balls, at which the 
 friends and acquaintance customarily assemble without formal invita- 
 tion. The birth of a child, the appointment to an office, the pur- 
 chase of a house, in short, every fortunate occurrence furnishes an 
 occasion for domestic festivity. At these times the same ease and 
 freedom prevail, that so agreeably heighten the character of the gen- 
 eral manners of the people of this place. No custom is of such uni- 
 versal obligation as not to admit of an exception without improprie- 
 ty ; no where are fewer formalities, and no where is the neglect of 
 them attended with fewer remarks and expostulations. Weddings, 
 christenings, and funerals, are conducted in various ways ; there 
 being at Petersburg no rule of etiquette prescribing the pomp, nor 
 any form to regulate the ceremonies. 
 
 Modes of Travelling in Russia. 
 
 Among the many conveniences introduced of late into Russia, that 
 of travelling is remarkable. Nothing strikes a stranger more than 
 the facility with which the Russians perform the longest and most un- 
 comfortable journies. They travel in sledges made of the bark of 
 the linden-tree, lined with thick felt, drawn by rein-deer, when the 
 snow is frozen hard enough to bear them.* Im the internal parts of 
 Russia, horses draw their sledges : and the sledge-way towards Feb-^ 
 ruary becomes so well beaten, that they erect a kind of couch upon 
 the sledges, on which they may lie at full length, and so travel night 
 and day, wrapt up in good furs ; thus they will sometimes perform a 
 journey of four hundred miles in three days and nights. 
 
 Instead of hackney coaches in the streets of Petersburg, there 
 are persons always plying at their stands, ready to drive where they 
 are ordered, in summer with dmjekas* and in winter with sledges. 
 The drojeka consists of a bench with springs under it, and cushions 
 upon it, on four wheels, at one end of which is the horse, and just be- 
 hind him sits the driver ; in other respects the drojeka is construct- 
 ed according to the fancy of the owner : thus some are made with 
 elbows ; some have a tester to preserve the passengers from rain, 
 
 This is only in the extreme northern districts, or in Lapland. P. 
 
Of Russian Marriages and Funerals. 39 
 
 ome have backs, and others are plain. Those that are intended for 
 ublic service are made in the simplest form, very light, but always 
 audily painted. Two persons at most can sit on them, besides the 
 river, with tolerable ease. Having- no covering, and frequently 
 ffording no protection from the dirt, the rider is entirely exposed to 
 he weather. The jolting of the motion, whence the name drojeka 
 ras obtained, renders it a very unpleasant vehicle. In the best fre- 
 [uented parts of the town are handsome sledges with fine running 
 torses. Driving at full speed is one of the favourite winter diver- 
 the Russians. In the long and broad streets are frequently 
 een abreast two, four, or six sledges. No one who has not been an 
 jye- witness, can form any idea of the rapidity with which they glide 
 ilong the plains of frozen snow. The dexterity of the driver strikes 
 jyery foreigner with astonishment. In the busiest streets a prodi- 
 gious number of sledges are running across each other in every di- 
 ection, almost all of them driving very fast, and yet it is but seldom 
 hat an accident happens. Every driver wears a plate of tin at his 
 >ack, on which is painted his number, and the quarter of the city to 
 vhich he belongs. 
 
 When the emperor or any of the royal family make a lon$ journey, 
 i machine is used large enough to contain a bed, table, chairs, &c. so 
 hat four or six persons may lodge in it, and be furnished with all 
 accessary accommodations. This machine is set on a sledge drawn 
 3y twenty-four horses, which are relieved at regular stages ; and to 
 Ruminate the road by night, great piles of wood are placed at cer- 
 tain distances, and set on fire. 
 
 Of Russian Marriages and Funerals. 
 
 Among the lower classes in Russia the nuptial ceremonies are pe- 
 culiar to themselves. When the parents are agreed upon a match, 
 t he parties perhaps have never seen each other, the bride is 
 examined by a number of females. On the wedding-day she is 
 crowned with a garland of wormwood ; and after the priest has tied 
 the nuptial knot, his clerk or sexton throws a handful of hops upon 
 the head of the bride, wishing that she may prove as fruitful as that 
 plant. She is then led home with abundance of coarse ceremonies. 
 The barbarous treatment of wives by their husbands, which former- 
 ly extended to the right of putting them to death, is now either 
 guarded against by the laws of the country, or by particular stipula- 
 tions in the marriage contract. 
 
 The Russians entertain many fantastical notions with regard to the 
 state of the dead. After the corpse is dressed, a priest is hired to 
 pray for the soul, to purify it with incense, and sprinkle it with holy 
 water while it remains above ground. When the body is carried to 
 the grave, which is done with many gesticulations of sorrow, the 
 priest produces a ticket, signed by the bishop and another clergyman, 
 as the deceased's passport to heaven. This being put into the "coffin 
 between the fingers of the corpse, the company return to the deceas- 
 ed's house, where they drown their sorrow in intoxication, which 
 lasts with few intervals forty days. During that time a priest every 
 day says prayers over the grave of the deceased ; for though the 
 Russians do not believe in purgatory, yet they imagine that their de- 
 parted friend may be assisted by prayer, in his long journey to the 
 place of his destination after this life. 
 
iO Of their diversions and Entertainment * 
 
 Of their Diversions and Entertainments. 
 
 The amusements of the politer part of mankind are, by the extent. 
 * of civilization, and by the regular intercourse of nations, now be- 
 come so much alike in all conntries, that the account of them from 
 one capital would nearly suit all others : the popular diver- 
 however, still, almost every where, bear the stamp of a certain pe- 
 culiarity, which may not unfrequently be regarded as a remarkable 
 addition to the history of its manners. 
 
 The Russian, on the whole, is a cheerful being. A happy volubili- 
 ty, and a thoughtlessness peculiar to himself, accompany him through 
 life. The most penurious condition, and the most toilsome lai 
 leave him always some opportunities for the enjoyment of his < 
 ence. The former gives him no concern, n 
 
 dom extends to the representation of a nobler and more refined state 
 of being ; and the hitter he mitigates by singing 1 hi^ rnpntrx naliads, 
 
 ;i portion of bmnly. The verge at uhirh iln> c- 
 ground colour in tin national character gra<! 
 line of partition between the populace an.: Tin 
 
 classes of mankind, the less n lirth. 
 
 The cheerful th of the common Russians being chiefly 
 
 tained by singing, that ought to be the fn ~ ' 
 
 even the most laborious, the Rus-j 
 
 by the same m unproved. Th 
 
 The natural in:- : ihie.i in I he -ubjects of Russian ballncN. 
 
 iple but ITU 
 
 t'd organs < 
 ble : ^ on unmn 
 
 . Pe- 
 
 i a boat, on their parties ot pler.^ure on 
 ert singer < bal- \ 
 
 (me. 
 Wh, ;i ilir Hi. ompany. 
 
 inol beomitieil. No popular dance can be more 
 -ive and diverting than the national dance comme -1 the 
 
 t -dance. It i- performed by one couple, who stand 
 
 lacing one another at some distance, seemingly mai and with 
 
 j:etic pantomimical ^poitunp. 
 
 disdain, and comply . uroughout a natunil, strongly 
 
 unpr. 'oiriime, art can add little or nothing to its impi 
 
 ment. The music to which it is danced is extremely simple ; often 
 no instrument at all is used, but the by-standers sing in chorus some 
 vulgar ballad to the tune. In the public-houses, called Kftbaks, the 
 populace assemble at idle hours, in merry companies, to sing and ca- 
 rouse. 
 
 Among the places of public resort for the lower classes, the bath 
 mg-houses must be included, which administer not only to necessity 
 but to recreation. The common Russians frequent them at least 
 once a week ; and the day on which this custom is adopted is a holi- 
 !ay- Vapour-baths are to be found in great numbers, which are thu- 
 constructed ; the bath-room has a large vaulted oven, \v* 
 strongly heated, that the stones which form the upper part of it be 
 *-orae glowing hot. For augmenting the heat, water is sprinkled on 
 
Of their Diversions and Entirtamm- 41 
 
 f \B process the room is immediately filled with va- 
 
 ae benches or scaffolds, affording every per- 
 
 ujspliere more or less hot, as the bench is 
 
 er or lower from the ground. The bathers sit or lie in this hot 
 
 piration, a- .-dual ev, 
 
 To promote this still more, it is 
 \ beaten with dry 
 c l0 ^ down with woollen 
 
 l r > 
 her class* 
 
 i y oi 
 
 mon people, for recreation and 
 
 ^ never 1< :uanner8 with their 
 
 to so. " jn 
 
 the | 
 
 gann dro- 
 
 with 
 
 mg" it or JM 
 
 his play- 
 ;nd draft>. 
 
 : opulace. In the large 
 of the lov, 
 
 rsons of rank and 
 
 Tlu- 
 
 Germany 
 r, and others 
 
 ;. The f*i- '-on- 
 
 .ving- tw-j 
 
 pair o irof poles lias : 
 
 two impended to a moveable axis. The prop: 
 
 tor, by turning tho axis that rests on the two posts, makes ail the 
 ! in a perpendicular circle, so that they alternate- 
 ground, and then are mounted aloft in the air. 
 The composed of chairs, chariots, sledges, wooden hor 
 
 .sic. fastened at the extremities of long poles, and for 
 rapidly round in a horizontal circle. In the Easter holidays 
 kinds of machines are set up in the public squares ; and as the com- 
 mon people are remarkably fond of the diversion, it is a joyful season 
 to tl, o then devote themselves without restraint to their 
 
 to mirth. 
 
 >f the swings at the Russian fairs, booths are usual- 
 
 .1 up of boards, in which low comedies are performed. Each 
 
 about half an hour and the price of admittance is 
 
 trifling : but as the confluence of people is extremely great, and 
 
 4* 
 
4x! Of their Diversions and Entertainments. 
 
 the acting goes on the whole day, the profits are always considerable 
 both to the managers and performers, who share the amount between 
 them. 
 
 Ice-hills are exceedingly common, and afford a perpetual fund o> 
 amusement to the populace during the Russian carnival. Every ice- 
 hill is constructed in the following manner : a scaffolding is raised 
 upon the frozen river, about thirty feet high, with a landing place at 
 top, the ascent to which is by a ladder. From this summit a sloping 
 plain of boards, about four yards broad and thirty long, descends to 
 the superficies of the river. Upon these boards are laid square 
 masses of ice about four inches thick, which, being first smoothed 
 with the axe, and laid close to each other, are then sprinkled with 
 water ; by which means they adhere to the board and to one anoth- 
 er, and form an inclined plain of pure ice. From the bottom of this 
 plain the snow is cleared away for the length of two hundred yards, 
 and the breadth of four, upon the level bed of the river ; and the 
 sides of this course, as well as the sides and top of the scaffolding, 
 are ornamented with firs arid pines. Each person being provided 
 with a sledge, something like a butcher's tray, mounts the ladder, 
 and having attained the summit, he seats himself on his sledge at the 
 upper extremity of the inclined plane, down which he suffers it to 
 glide with considerable rapidity ; the velocity acquired in the de- 
 scent, carries it to more than one hundred yards upon the level ice of 
 the river. At the end of the course there is usually another ice-hill 
 similar to the former, which begins where the other ends ; so that 
 the person immediately mounts again, and in the same manner glides 
 down the other plain of ice. The great difficulty consists in steering 
 and poising the sledge as it is hurried down the inclined plain. Boys 
 amuse themselves in skaiting down these hills : they g-lide chiefly 
 upon one skait, being better able to preserve a proper balance upoa 
 one leg than upon two. 
 
 In the gardens of Oranienbaum, a few miles from Eetersburg, is a 
 very extraordinary building, denominated the Flying Mountain : it is 
 made of wood, supported upon brick walls, representing a mountain 
 composed of three principal ascents, gradually diminishing in height, 
 with an intermediate space to resemble vallies : from top to bottom 
 is a floored way, in which three parallel grooves are formed. It i* 
 thus used : a small carriage containing one person being placed in 
 the centre groove upon -the highest point, goes with great rapi.clity 
 down one hill ; the velocity which it acquires in its descent carries it 
 up a second, and so on till it arrives at the bottom of the area, when 
 it is placed in one of the grooves, and drawn up by means of a 
 fixed to a windlass. At the top of the mountain are several apart- 
 ments for the court and principal nobility, and there is room for ma- 
 ny thousand spectators within the colonnade and upon its roof. Near 
 the Flying Mountain is a spacious amphitheatre, in which tourna- 
 ments are usually exhibited. 
 
 The roads approaching to the city of Petersburg are bordered on 
 both sides with elegant villas. Most of them belong to private per- 
 sons, and are used for the entertainment of themselves and their 
 friends in a very hospitable manner. But, with still greater liberali- 
 ty, several persons of rank convert their gardens into places of public 
 entertainment, to which all persons of decent appearance are at liber- 
 ty to come. The country-seats of the two brothers Narishkin de- 
 serve here particular notice, as being frequented on Sundays by great 
 numbers of the higher classes. A friendly invitation, in four differ- 
 
V0sc<m>, the Ancient Capital. 
 
 cut languages, inscribed over the entrance to the grounds, authorizes 
 every one of decent appearance and behaviour to amuse himself there 
 in whatever way he pleases, without fear of molestation. In several 
 pavilions are musicians for the benefit of those who choose to dance : 
 in others are chairs ready for the reception of any party who wish to 
 recreate themselves by sedate conversation, after roaming about with 
 the throng. Some take to the swings, the bowling-green, and other 
 diversions. On the canals and lakes are gondolas, some constructed 
 for rowing, others for sailing ; and refreshments are bountifully 
 spread on tables in particular alcoves, or are handed about by ser- 
 vants in livery. 
 
 Annual Market on the Neva. 
 
 o conclusion of the long fast, which closes on the fourth of Jan- 
 uary, the Russia ; their provisions for the remaining part 01 
 :ter: for which purpose an annual market, which la-N thrcr 
 held upon the river near the fortress. A street, more than a 
 mile in length, is lined on each side with an irm : e of provis- 
 ions, sufficient for the supply of the capital during the three foil 
 
 Many thousand raw carcass o! 
 and poultry of all kinds, and ev 
 
 !cs up- 
 right, their h .K! Tore leg^ 
 turned towards each other. These occupy thehindermos- 
 to them succeed a regular series of animu i ing gradn: 
 
 llcst, intermixed with poultry and game 
 
 and garnished with heaps of fish, butter and eggs. It is observable, 
 that many birds, as well as several animals in these northern n 
 become \vinter ; many hundred blackcocks being c! 
 
 to that colour ; and some may at this season be '< 
 
 ken before the is completed, exhibiting a vari- 
 
 ! mixture of black and white plumage. 
 
 The most distant quarters contribute to supply this vast store 01 
 provisions ; and the finest veal is seni rarriage as far as from 
 
 vrhich is eight hundred and thirty miles from Petersburg, 
 <eeies of food is exceedingly cheap ; butcher's meat of 
 every kind, from a penny to three half-pence per pound, geese at ten- 
 pence each, large pigs at eight-pence, and other articles in j,: 
 (ion. In order to render frozen food fit for dressing, it must be first 
 thawed in cold water. 
 
 Moscow, the Ancient Capital. 
 
 We arrived, says Dr. Clark, at the season of the year in which 
 this city is most interesting to strangers. Moscow is in every thin;- 
 extraordinary ; as well in disappointing expectation as in suri ; 
 it; in causing wonder and derision, pleasure and regret. Let m<* 
 conduct the reader back with me again to the gate by which we en 
 tcred, and thence through the streets. Numerous spires, glittering 
 with gold, amidst burnished domes and painted palaces, appear in thf 
 midst of an open plain, for several versts before you reach th> 
 Having passed, you look about, and wonder what has become of the 
 city, or where you are ; and are ready to ask, once more. How far is 
 it to Moscow ? They will tell you, " This is Moscow !" and you be- 
 hold nothing but a wide and scattered suburb, huts, gardens, pigsties, 
 brick walls, churches, dunghills, palaces, timber-yards, warehouses, 
 and a refuse, as it were, of materials sufficient to stock an empire 
 
44 Customs of the Inhabitants of Tobolsk, 4'C, 
 
 with miserable towns and miserable villages. One might imagine all 
 the states of Europe and Asia had sent a building, by way oi repre- 
 sentative, to Moscow: and under this impression the eye is presented 
 with deputies from all countries, holding congress : timber huts from 
 regions beyond the Arctic ; plastered palaces from Sweden and Den- 
 mark, not whitewashed since their arrival ; painted walls from the 
 Tyrol ; mosques from Constantinople ; Tartar temples from Bucha- 
 pagodas, pavilions, and virandas from China ; cabarets from 
 Spain ; dungeons, prisons and public offices from France ; architec- 
 ruins from Home; terraces and trellisses from Naples; and 
 warehouses from Wapping.* 
 
 On the invasion ot Ku^ia by the French during the this 
 
 nt capital wa- i tremendous fire : but it has risen 
 
 in greater after 
 
 ruins of a 
 -ige 
 ting 
 con- 
 ies of 
 ut under f.icli num- 
 
 t the 
 
 blown up will. 
 was rent from 
 
 ,11 in- 
 ita founda- 
 tion. 
 
 The / ifc of Tol 
 
 Ti. 
 
 market-j>l ! ar ' 
 
 s of the fir pean 
 
 n the pe; ioo indo- 
 
 ; l !eir row-hoi^os and sta- 
 
 ! to pufl down their 
 
 houses, and take the rr. ]1 another place, where they erect 
 
 I hem ar.-. 
 
 At the distance of a day's journey from Kurcran, in Siberia, the 
 place to wl.irh >T. Kotzebuewas banished, Ic e where travel- 
 
 lers of all descriptions are accommodated with well-furnished cham- 
 
 * This account applies to Moscow before the conflagration of 181?. 
 ^ P. 
 
Tartar Tribes tubjcct to Ru 
 
 tan jroodbeds, and arc treated with gratuitous hospital!' 
 
 -ran. 
 
 ostival of 
 
 .1 more important festival thai 
 me, says Kotzebt 
 
 * J T I <-i..l,l M -n-nf all <)* nr ' 
 
 I ^houlcl meet an 
 
 ' 
 
 ~~ 
 
 . 
 
 a , II,,. l,r;u,:x ai ..,,,,'. tl^rr, tn .iMii.L'in-!, ll .- r.-loiir .,' i!,,- cards 
 
 Of -i'6 subj 'i'a. 
 
 TJ r R 4Hj -*i UK" i 
 
 T 
 
 In -'it juries. . *n 
 
 the choice of 
 
 e use of snow water. A 
 
 pment m 
 
 t iirtc-. 
 
 U sexes wear shirts of cloth nrtade of m 
 !i wear long g** 
 
 , < !i- .,! L(M-,'-kin,and the r' i wi'iir a horse-stio, in such a 
 
 ' The more usual name is Bashkir. P. 
 
JG Tartar Tribes subject to Russia. 
 
 ner, that the mane covers their back, and waves in the wind. The 
 cap is made of cloth like the frustrum of a cone, ten inches high, and 
 by the rich it is usually ornamented with fur. The gown of the wo- 
 men is of fine cloth or silk, buttoned before, and fastened by a broad 
 girdle. Married women wear a bandeau on their forehead to distin- 
 guish their situation. 
 
 Thfe Barchkirians are the most negligent and slovenly of the Tar- 
 tars. In commerce they are the least intelligent, but they are most 
 hospitable, lively, and orave. They are the merriest of peopl- 
 they have no uneasiness about providing for to-morrow, beyond which 
 they seldom calculate. They are passionately fond of horses ; and 
 the most acceptable present to a woman is a fine horse cloth. 
 
 Their diversions, whether at a marriage or religious festival, con- 
 sist in numerous libations of sour milk, singing, dancing, wrestling, 
 or horse-racing. Amon Id age meets with the greatest re- 
 
 spect ; in their entertainments it occupies the place of honour, and 
 the stranger is complimented by being set among old men. 
 
 Although the Barchkirians, like most of the Tartars, are Mahom- 
 etans, and have their mosques and schools. \ >t the less 
 addicted to sup< i -titious practices, borrowed from pa<r They 
 have their sorcerers, who, to amuse the credulous, prelend to chal- 
 lenge and fight desj < ith the devil. These are consulted, if J 
 disease attack a Barchkinan, or if he lose his mares by the severMjM 
 <t the season. 
 
 The Barchkirians have had no khan or king since they became 
 
 two old men fnr rhir is. In 
 
 ..f \\-\\v they -.ire bound to fnrui-h three thousand cavalry, armed 
 wiH 1 a bow, arrows, a lance, a coat of mail, and a helm- v are 
 
 are excellent horsemen, and still belter un-hers. Ev- 
 i nan dresses himself as be pleases, and has a spare led horse, 
 bia provisions; and every troop of a hundred horse- 
 men has a standard of several colours. 
 
 The BRATSK i may marry as many wives as they can purchase. 
 The price of a bride is paid in cattle of different kinds. A young 
 woman, according to her beauty and character, will, among the rich, 
 receive a hundred horses, twenty camels, fifty horned cattle, two hun- 
 dred sheep, and thirty goats. The nuptials are celebrated on the 
 same day that the cattle are delivered. For this piirpo-f ihey erect a 
 jurte of felt, entirely new, of a white colour, and remarkably neat. 
 The three first days are spent in feasting, singing and dancing. The 
 newly married couple are then permitted to depart to their own hab- 
 itation. 
 
 When the husband dies, and leaves several wives, she who has 
 borne him children, or if that be the case with them all, the oldest 
 becomes mistress of the jurte. Those who have had no children, re- 
 turn to their relations on fine horses, and carry with them the clothes 
 and presents which they have received from the husband. In case 
 they have no place to which they can retire, they continue in the 
 jurte, subordinate to the wife's mother, and are entitled to a tenth of 
 the cattle left by the husband. 
 
 The CZUWACHIANS acknowledge only one God, to whom they 
 give the name of Tor ; but among them the sun receives a worship 
 almost equal to that of Tor. They have no temples, and it is in the 
 middle of forests that Tor receives their homage and sacrifices, which 
 consist of black lambs, as their jumak or high priest ordered. The 
 yumaski, priests subordinate to the jumak, enjoy the greatest author- 
 
Tartar Tribes subject to Russia. 47 
 
 ity among the Usian Tartars. In diseases they are the only physi- 
 cians to whom they apply. In their disputes they are the only judg- 
 es, and in their affairs of business, they are their only counsellors. 
 imaski who cany to the forest the offering which the village 
 sends to the grand jumak ; and the latter divides it, after the sacri- 
 fice, with the yumaski. 
 
 The huts of the CAI le of brown felt, have a very dirty 
 
 appearance ; and the flesh and hides, which are sometimes hung on 
 
 feem to dry, render them still more disgusting. Two of them are 
 
 n^uished by their superior size and colour ; of which one is the 
 
 habitation of the prince, and the other the temple of their gods. A 
 
 traveller, having 1 observed small wooden windmill wings fixed at the 
 
 entr e huts, inquired for what purpose they were put there, 
 
 and was to Kl tli.it they were praying machine* ; on which the o\\ 
 
 of ti .es certain to be written by the priests, that 
 
 be turned round by the wind, and he thereby be freed from 
 
 o of repeating them himself. 
 
 The priests have likewise a very commodious method of expediting 
 
 their prayers ; when they have a number of petitions to offer up for 
 
 urpose, make use ot a cylindrical wooden 
 
 w the written prayers ; and, having placed 
 
 they sit down \ pull it h 
 
 wards and forwards v ir pipes whili- 
 
 perform in ; for according to their doctrine, tore;, 
 
 crefficacio :ily necessary that it be put m motion; -.in.i 
 
 i matter of indifference whether this be done by means of the 
 lip^, of a windmill, or of cal box. 
 
 The chief peculiarity to be found among the INGRIANS, or ISCIIOR- 
 
 e burial of their dead, which ceremony is performed 
 
 ie priest of the profession to which the deceased belonged ; but 
 
 !s and relations return to the grave, under cover of tho 
 
 nicrht, and having taken up the sod, deposit eatables for their fn- 
 
 new during a fortnignt or three weeks. Dogs, 
 other animals, easily scratch up these victuals and devour them, while 
 the good people persuade themselves that they were consumed by 
 deceased. 
 
 On the festival of St. John at night, the Ischorti assemble under a 
 in tree, and remain till mor (-king and singing, and 
 
 dancing round a great fire ; concluding their orgies with burni'i 
 white cock, and making the most absurd gesticulations and grimaces 
 imaginable. 
 
 The JAKUTTIIANS wear long hair and short garments. They live- 
 on vegetables, horses, cows, and all kinds of wild beasts ; but m 
 mountain-rats, and wild fowl, are their favourite dishes. The} 
 their cattle live under the same roof. They have a number 
 made of rags, for they hold wooden images in great con tempi, 
 mouths of these wretched figures they rub with the fat or 
 animals. Formerly the Jakuthians either burnt their dead, 
 sed them to the air on trees ; but now they bury their 
 friends. 
 
 The MoamvANS differ but little in their dress from the 
 ans. The women are excessively fond of small bells, me ' 
 branches of roral, and whatever can make a noise wh- 
 the march. The bands of their caps, their s- 
 dies, are overloaded with them ; so that the ornam 
 
48 Tartar Tribes subject to Russia. 
 
 woman for a festival are, on account of the weight, better adapted as 
 harness for a horse than the dress of a woman. 
 
 The Mordwans industriously cultivate the ground ; they worship 
 no idols or carved images, but acknowledge only the Being of all 
 beings, and to him address their prayers. 
 
 The OSTIAKS are said to be as dirty as hogs, cowardly as the timid 
 dove, and simple beyond what words can express. They are very 
 superstitious ; in which they are encouraged by their priests, who 
 claim the character of sorcerers, pretending to the power of con- 
 trolling the elements, of diving into futurity, and absolving, by cer- 
 tain magical spells, a man overwhelmed by crimes and iniquities. 
 These Ostiaks possess an ungrateful soil, are industrious, hospitable, 
 faithful to their engagements, and have a horror at theft. 
 
 Among them the cares of the family devolve on the women, as 
 does the labour of fishing, from which they draw their only support. 
 The dress of both sexes is a kind of bag, made of the skin of the 
 rein-deer. Their utensils, arms, and oils, are made of the bones, 
 sinews, and fat of fish. 
 
 They are all pagans, and their worship corresponds with their in- 
 tellectual faculties. They believe that the bear enjoys after death a 
 happiness at least equal to that which they expect for themselves. 
 Whenever they kill one of these animals, they sing songs over him, 
 in which they ask his pardon, and hang up his skin ; to this they shew 
 many civilities, and pay many fine compliments to induce him not to 
 take vengeance on them in the abode of spirits. 
 
 The TIIKI.KUTI profess a belief in the existence of a God, but the 
 only worship they pay him is, that every morning at the rising of the 
 sun, they turn towards the east, and offer this short prayer : " Do 
 not strike me dead." Near their villages are open places and areas, 
 called taulga, in which once a year, or more frequently, they kill a 
 horse, eat its flesh, then stuff its skin, and set it up with his head to- 
 wards the east, where it is left as an offering to the Divinity. They 
 eat no pork, but drink brandy whenever they can get it. They are 
 so immoderately fond of tobacco, that they swallow the very smoke 
 of it. Some of these Tartars bury their dead, and others burn them. 
 
 The TSHULIMZTANS are baptized, but they have a very imperfect 
 knowledge of a Deity. They eat dead horses, and offer up the skins 
 :.c devil. When they bury their dead, every person present leaps 
 through a fire which is kindled on the spot, that the deceased may not 
 follow him, for they imagine that the dead are very much afraid. of 
 fire. Christianity with them consists in carrying the cross, and in 
 being able to make the sign of it ; in abstaining from eating the 
 flesh of horses and squirrels ; in going to church ; in baptising their 
 children ; in restricting themselves to one wife, and in observing the 
 fusts of the Greek church. 
 
 The TUN GUST ANS are free and open, and despise deceit: they are 
 satisfied with the poorest fare, and the want of food for several days 
 does not disheartem them. Their women are the prettiest in Siberia, 
 and the men the best archers. Water is their only drink. They are, 
 if possible, a still dirtier set of people than the Ostiaks. They marry 
 young, and the rich are much addicted to polygamy. Neither feast- 
 mg nor ceremony ever precedes marriage. To make themselves 
 handsome, the Tungusians mark their faces with the figures of ani- 
 mals, and flowers and trees. Men and women dress alike, the latter 
 being distinguished only by their necklaces and ornaments, with 
 which, on particular occasions, they overload themselves. 
 
Tar: < subject to Russia. 49 
 
 Their priests act as interr, th their divinities, of whom tin 
 
 number is considerable ; but they are all subject to one, whom they 
 
 me of Boa, as the God of gods, who dwells ai 
 
 the clouds, distributes the various departments in the administration 
 1 e world among* the subaltern divinities, and watches over them. 
 He knows every thing ; punishes none, but does good to all. 1 ! 
 le, and consequently can be represented by no image. 
 
 NS have soi re Crc- 
 
 . They believe also in a r i,m of the <i. 
 
 ' ards and puni- i>sulutclv 
 
 nee of the di-vil. Their whole religious wor 
 
 m the following ceremony. Once a year, every head of a fami- 
 
 ail their villages- meet, and offer n wood tin 
 
 ! of every species of acquainted 'with, and hang 
 
 rees ; afte 
 
 I'icm, but without uttering a single word by w.i . 
 i) regale themselves with great festivity on 
 flesh 01 r.ils, whose heads and skins have bet 
 
 Tiio inhabitants of ^ \. a country <itu;Mr-; 
 
 of Russia, are shorter and th n the Lapland 
 
 her respects, they resemble them very much. Ti. :itth 
 
 and cover their heads with a fur cap. Th<- 
 
 :ind is fastened round the waist with a 
 have trowsers, shoes and .stockings, made of the same ma i 
 their coats. (> houlders t! a black bear skin, \ 
 
 This cloak is placed o 
 
 in the loft side, that the riirhi nnn may be more at liberty to use 1; 
 bows and arrows. On tl 
 long, with which th^y *l'de with prodigious swiftness over the frozen 
 
 ible of enduring great fatigue, and assiduously 
 < -hildren in the use of the bow, whir 
 . They are dressed nearly like the men, except ah 
 the ! lock of twisted hair hangs down to their shoulders ; at 
 
 the 61 tf is '<\ kno: u ., of h:u ! 
 
 their heH*. In thi- con 
 
 v i- \port in the ust* "of their weapons. 
 -erved, and the punishment annexed I 
 a violation of it on either >ide is capital. 
 
 The Samoiedes have no knowledge of the Supreme Being ; 
 worship idols, the heads of beasts of prey, particularly those of br 
 
 h they put up in the woods, and fervently worship. Their 
 priests, whom they call shamanns, are chosen from among such 
 as are advanced in* years : and they imagine that these can rev. 
 ' m the will of their gods, foretell future events, and through 
 invisible agency perform all kinds of magical operations. 
 
 noiedes, in the Russian language, signify men-eaters, a term 
 which denotes the barbarity of the people ; but there is no good i 
 son for believing that the term can be applied to them /in its worst ac- 
 ceptation. 
 
 The Tartars of the Crimea, according to Mr. Holderness, are divi 
 into three principal classes, 1st, the murzas or noblemen ; ^ 
 mullas or priests ; and 3dly, the peasantry. The p< 
 
50 The Prussian Dominions. 
 
 many particulars of their domestic manners, they closely resemble 
 their neighbours the Turks : polygamy however is less commonly 
 practised among them, partly from economical motives, and partly 
 from a characteristic love of peace and quiet. 
 
 The account given by Dr. Clarke of the Don Cossacks, places 
 that people in a perfectly new point of view. Instead of a horde of 
 savages, nay, of the very worst of savages, as they are represented 
 all over Europe, entirely from the habits of those whom the Russians 
 have in their armies, and from the studious calumnies of the Russians, 
 pur author found them an innocent and daily improving race of men ; 
 infinitely less barbarous than the best of the Russians, and living 
 among themselves in peace, comfort, and even wealth. 
 
 In Tscherchaskoy they live an amicable and pleasant life. Some- 
 times they have public amusements, such as balls and parties of 
 pleasure. Once they had a theatre, but it was prohibited. In some 
 of their apartments we observed mahogany bookcases, with glass 
 doors, containing a small library. They are, in every respect, enti- 
 tled to praise for their cleanliness, whether of their persons or their 
 houses. Their is no nation (I will not even except my own) more 
 cleanly in their apparel than the Cossacks. The dress of their wo- 
 men is singular. It differs from all the costumes of Russia ; and its 
 magnificence is vested in the ornaments of a cap, somewhat resem- 
 bling the mitre of a Greek bishop. The hair of married women is 
 tucked under this rap, which is covered with pearls and gold, or 
 adorned with flowers. The dress of a Cossack ffirl is elegant ; a silk 
 tunic, with trowsers fastened by a girdle of solid silver, yellow b. 
 and an Indian handkerchief round the head. A proof of their rich- 
 'as afforded in the instance of the mistress of the hou>e where we 
 lodged. This wownn v. alked about the apartments without shoes or 
 stockings ; and being asked for some needles to secure the insects 
 we had collected, opened a box, in which she showed us pearls to the 
 value of ten thousand roubles. Her cupboard at the same time was 
 filled with plate and costly porcelain. The common dress of the 
 men in Tscherchaskoy was a blue jacket, with a waistcoat and trow- 
 sers of white dimity : the latter so white and spotless, that they seem- 
 ed a?* ays new. The tattered state of a traveller's wardrobe but ill 
 fitted us to do credit to our country in this respect. I never saw a 
 in a dirty suit of clothes. Their hands, moreover, are al- 
 ways clean, their hair free from vermin, their teeth white, and their 
 skin has a healthy and cleanly appearance. ~ Polished in their man- 
 ners, instruct oil in their minds, hospitable, generous, disinterested in 
 their hearts, humane and tender to the poor, good husbands, good fa- 
 thers, good wives, good mothers, virtuous daughters, valiant and du- 
 tiful sons ; such are the natives of Tscherchaskoy. In conversation 
 the Cossack is a gentleman ; for he is well informed, free from preju- 
 dice, open, sincere and upright. 
 
 THE PRUSSIAN DOMINIONS. 
 
 The Prussian states consist principally of two territories, entirely 
 detached from each other. The eastern and much the largest divis- 
 ion is bounded N. by the Baltic ; E. by Russia and the new kingdom 
 of Poland ; S. by Austria, the kingdom of Saxony and the Saxe 
 
Per. of the Prusn 51 
 
 , and W. by Hesse Cassel, Ha; \ and 
 
 klenburg. The we- 
 
 I lesse-Cassel, N 
 
 u . by ii besides, t!.- 
 
 russia. T 
 western division 18,471, and 
 
 .77<. 1 . I'* 'j'likition 9,904, 
 re mile 94. 
 
 Persons and Dress of the Prussians. 
 
 , composed of such v 
 overeigntx (Bourse be 
 
 i and the S i egions, howcv* \ ma- 
 
 ny pi :-tin<rm-h :riea. 
 
 >e Great Frederic, who entertained a predilt 
 isruage and manners, contributed to impart a sin 
 subjects. 
 
 rs do not appear to liave been much impressed with 
 any striking dissim ersons b< . Asians and 
 
 omparison \vn 
 
 : Bloomy : 
 nilitary &> 
 - been ex< . 
 n exposed, w! 
 powers of Russia and Austria, and in latter years we may add with 
 
 f'oles, of v. M have been made M; ' 
 
 n. fmt tli, ,',-e of 
 
 ' 
 kers, and sha\ .ng only a 
 
 drawers of coarse I 
 
 >s or hats. of the lower class v. 
 
 hangs down in ' 
 
 side of their faces, and coyei 
 
 bodies below their knees, which makes them appear ;^ 
 doing penance. 
 
 ires of the higher orders, both men and women, is uncom- 
 monly elejpnt. That of the gentlemen is a waistcoat 
 ey wear an upper robe of a diffen 
 low tli< ' 1 1 round the waist v 
 
 ergarmeii 
 the shoulders ; a sabre is a necessary part ol 
 
 *VjiMtun, edged witn < apsor boi 
 
 vellow ^leather, the heels of whirl) an latr*' 
 or steel. The dress of the ladies is a simple polonaise, or ! 
 edged with fur. The Polish peasants differ widely in tl ;Vom 
 
 m: the former in particular shaving their 
 rle of hair in the middle, while i 
 c-brows, over the eyes, ai 
 
The Manners and Customs of Berlin, 
 
 Of the Climate and Products of Prussia. 
 
 During four months in summer the air is temperate, warm, and 
 pleasant, and the. weather is generally favourable for bringing- the 
 fruits of the earth to maturity ; but the winter is long and severe, 
 and the autumns are often wet and stormy. The soil is fruitful in 
 oorn, flax, hemp, fruit, hops and pasture. 
 
 Prussia also abounds with cattle, a good breed of horses, sheep, 
 deer, and game : wild beasts, such as bears, wolves, lynxes, wild 
 boars, and foxes, are not uncommon in this kingdom. The lakes and 
 rivers furnish a supply of fish ; and on the coasts of the Baltic are 
 found great quantities of amber, in which are often enclosed leaves, 
 minerals, insects, grains of sand, &c. from which it should seem that 
 it was once in a fluid state, at which time the insects that alighted 
 upon it were caught, and by their struggles to get loose, soon work 
 themselves into its substance, which hardening round them, they are 
 for ever preserved in the greatest perfection. 
 
 Under the polite administration of the late sovereign of Prussia, 
 every art and manufacture improved and increased ; and those of 
 glass, iron works, silk, cloth, camblet, linen, stockings, paper, pow- 
 der, and copper and brass are very much increasing. Being well sit- 
 uated for trade, the extension of which is promoted by a college of 
 commerce and navigation. Prussia carries on a considerable foreign 
 traffic ; and to allure foreign merchants and artisans to bring their 
 ingenuity, industry, and monied capital into Prussia, it has been the 
 custom of the present sovereign to offer the most flattering privileges 
 to strangers of this character who will settle in his territories. 
 
 Of the Manners and Customs of Berlin. 
 
 Berlin consists of five wards, exclusive of large suburbs, and the 1 
 wards are usually separated by canals : the streets are broad and spa- 
 cious, and some of them are from a mile to two miles and a half long. 
 The houses are neatly built of white free stone, generally one, or at 
 most two stories high. It is one of the finest cities of Europe, and has 
 nothing of that uniformity which is so apparent in most of the new 
 and regularly built towns. The architecture, the distribution of the 
 buildings, the appearance of the squares, the plantations of trees both 
 in these and the streets, every thing exhibits taste and variety. The 
 contrast of this beauty and magnificence, with the circumstances of 
 the people, is very striking. 
 
 Sometimes, while a person stands gazing at the beauty of a build- 
 ing finely stuccoed with a magnificent front, and all the outward ap- 
 pearance of the habitation of a prince, on a sudden a window opens in 
 the lower story, and a cobler hangs out a pair of boots ; on the second 
 story a tailor will hang out a waistcoat ; or other parts of the male 
 dress ; or a woman will empty a dish of potatoe-parings on the passen- 
 gers. A few steps further, from the top of a house, in appearance a 
 palace, a Jew will salute you from the attic, asking if you have any 
 thing to exchange ; in the next story you see linen hanging out to 
 dry, which belongs to an officer, shaving himself by the side of it, and 
 who appears in great poverty. 
 
 In all private houses a rigid economy prevails in the kitchen, cel- 
 lar, &c. ; the only article of expense is dress, and the ladies deny 
 themselves common indulgences for the sake of powder and millinery. 
 They dress very fashionably, and some of them with great taste and 
 magnificence, 
 
Diversions and Di> of the Poles. 
 
 KINGDOM OF POLAND. 
 
 of Poland is bounded N. by the Prussian pro, 
 -t und \Vt->t PIU^-KI : I,. \i\ tin Tovinces 
 
 lock, Grodno and Vohlynia ; S. by Galicia and the free city of Cra- 
 cow ; and \V. l>\ the Prussian pro \ iVsen and Silesia. It ap- 
 proaches to the form of a square of 200 miles, nearly in the middle oi 
 '.Varsaw, the capital. The arc ited at 48,730 
 re miles, and the population at 2,793,000, of which number more 
 than 200,000 are Jev 
 
 Cracow. Cracow is situated in lat. 50 N. and Ion. 20 E. 
 extt i confluence Rudowa with tfi 
 
 J28 i of Warsaw. In I M2, bv an act of 
 
 of Vienna, Cracow, with a small territory adjacent, was constitute 
 free state under the protection of Russia, Prussia and Austria. The 
 whole territory included in the new stat< - 430 square n, 
 
 and b 1,000 inhabitants. The form of gov I a democr 
 
 Diversions and Domestic Customs of the Poles. 
 The diversions of the Poles are warlike and in 
 cing, and riding the great horse ; hunting-, skaiting, bull ; 
 baiting 1 . They usually travel nu horseback. A roll 
 will not travel a hundred yards without his horse ; and 
 so hardy, that they will sleep on the ground, without bed or < 
 in frost and snow. They never lie above stairs, and their apartrii- 
 are not united : the kitchen is on one side, the stable or . th 
 
 :ird, and the gate in the front. The 
 tha few small beds; and, if any persons lodge at t 
 ;ist carry their bed with them. When the r 
 ! inner or supper, they have their trumpets and other m 
 nig, and a number of gentlemen to wait on them at table 
 
 ! ie most profound respect : for the nobles who are poor, 
 Ives under the necessity of serving those that 
 on usually treats them with civility, and pen 
 with him at bistable with his cap off; and r 
 - peasant boy to wait on him, maintained by the master 
 of the family. 
 
 At an entertainment the Poles lay neither knives, forks nor spoons, 
 but every guest brings them with him ; and they no sooner sit down 
 to dinner, than all the doors are shut, and not opened till the comj ; 
 return home. It is usual for a nobleman to give his servant part 6l 
 :>eat, which he eats as he stands behind him, and to let him drink 
 out of the same cup with himself. 
 
 To form any idea of the grandeur and equipages of the Polish nobil- 
 t lie reader may figure to himself an idea of all that is fastidious, 
 monious, expensive and showy, in life, to have any conception 01 
 their way of living. They carry the pomp of their attendance, when 
 they appear abroad, even to ridicule ; for it is not unusual to 
 the lady of a Polish grandee, besides a coach and six, with a gi ; 
 number of servants, attended by an old gentleman usher, an old 
 gentlewoman for her gouvernante, and a dwarf of each sex to hold 
 up her train; and if it be night her carriage is surrounded with a 
 great number of flambeaux. 
 The inn? of Poland are a kind of long stables, built with boards ann 
 
 5* 
 
54 Holland, 
 
 covered with straw, without furniture or windows : there is a cham- 
 ber at one end, but none can lodge there on account of the flies and 
 vermin, so that strangers generally choose rather to lodge among the 
 horses. Travellers are obliged to carry provisions with them : and 
 when foreigners want a supply, they make application to the lord of 
 the village, who very readily provides them with necessaries. 
 
 Of the Salt-Mines of Poland. 
 
 The wonderful mountains and salt-mines form the principal curios- 
 ities of Poland. The salt-mine of Wielitska is the largest in the world, 
 and has been worked more than six hundred years. It is nearly eight 
 hundred feet below the surface of the earth : eleven hundred feet in 
 breadth, and seven thousand feet in length. The mines exhibit a 
 spacious plain, with lofty vaulted roofs, supported by columns of salt, 
 which have been left standing by the workmen. 
 
 Here are many public lights continually burning for the general 
 use ; and the blaze of these, reflected from every part of the mine, 
 which appears bright and clear as crystal, or tinged with all the co- 
 lours of the rainbow, presents the most dazzling prospects. The eye 
 is bewildered in the immense and glittering scene, which exceeds the 
 most brilliant exhibitions of art, and all that has been fabled by the 
 writers of romance. 
 
 In various parts of this plain the huts of the miners and their fami- 
 lies are erected ; some standing single, and others in clusters, like 
 villages. These poor people have very little communication with 
 the world above ground, and many hundreds of them are born and 
 spend their lives here. Through the midst of the plain, the great 
 road passes to the mouth of the mine, and it is generally crowded with 
 carriages bringing masses of salt, which look like prodigious gems. 
 The drivers are generally very merry, and sometimes make excur- 
 sions to the upper world ; but the horses, which are very numerous, 
 when once let down, never see day-light any more. 
 
 HOLLAND, 
 
 OR THE UNITED NETHERLANDS. 
 
 The kingdom of the Netherlands is bounded N. by the German 
 ocean ; E. by Germany ; S. by France, and W. by the German 
 ocean. It extends from 49 30' to 53 34' N. lat. and 'from 2 Q 35' to 
 7 5' E. Ion. The area is estimated at 25,565 square miles. In the 
 northern provinces, 1 1,518 square miles, 2,015,000 inhabitants, 17:> 
 on a square mile ; in the southern provinces, 1 1 ,627 square miles, 
 3,044,000 inhabitants, 262 on a square mile ; Grand Duchy of Lux- 
 emburg, 2,420 square miles, 226,000 inhabitants, 93 on a square mile : 
 grand total, 25,565 square miles, 5,285,000 inhabitants, 206 on a square 
 mile. 
 
 After the general pacification of Europe in 1815, it was agreed, 
 with the unanimous consent of all the allied powers, that the seven 
 Provinces which formerly composed the Dutch Republic, should be 
 united with Belgium and form one state, subject to the Prince-Sove- 
 reign of Holland, as king of the United Netherlands. The principal 
 difficulty encountered in effecting this union, arose from 
 
Persons, Dress, fyc. of the Dutch. 
 
 feelings respecting religion which prevailed in the two portions of the 
 country. The seven Dutch provinces had been indebted for their 
 prosperity, chiefly to that general toleration which was a fundamen- 
 tal principle in their political system. The ten Flemish provinces, on 
 the contrary, on their separation from the others, had adopted the 
 elusive maxims of the Romish church, and acquired the character of 
 sonic of the most bigoted members of that community. Measure^ 
 were therefore adopted to strengthen the real guarantee afforded 
 the constitution" for securing the freedom of all forms of worship. 
 
 Persons, Dress, a)id Character of the Dutch. 
 The better sort of people imitate the Fren at in their dress ; 
 
 but those who are stamped with the genuine character of their n;.- 
 country, never fail to load themselves \\ith enormous incu; 
 of clothes. The hats of the women are as large as tea-bon 
 jecting forwards on each side so as to overshadow face and body. 
 They are chiefly of straw, with two broad ri! j>ed- 
 
 dent from the sides. This hat forms a contrast with th< 
 
 shon \rhich the milk - 
 
 ture. Botli men and women wear at 1 
 many coats, and the former ith double 
 
 'ress of the young girls is the most 
 time of any festival or holiday. In speaking of 
 
 ::;it any one won 
 li appeared were masques, or designed ascarricatn 
 
 ! short figure, with more breadth than gn. 
 of el ij with very little alteration in the width dowi 
 
 the waist, the petticoats descending only half way below the ki 
 Imagine fi 1 small fac covered with a hat of thr. 
 
 diameter, perfectly circular, and applied to the head in a part cor 
 
 to the circumference. Then conceive a number of these fign 
 in motion, brandishing their horizontal hats, rolling their diminn' 
 
 ting a thousand ridiculous graces under cov< 
 ranopy. The tout ensemble may bring lo the recollection 
 lp turn IV agarics In which humaa figure is made the prop of a 
 < dral seat, the support of a wainscot pulpit, or the stand of a ma- 
 i ny table. 
 
 i )utchman, living in continual danger of inundation, and of 
 ig not only the fruits of his industry but his life, becomes habitual- 
 ovident. His foresight is admirable, his perseverance not to be 
 conquered, and his labours, unless seen, cannot be credited. They 
 astonish the more, when the phlegm of his temper and the slowness oi' 
 his habits are considered. View the minuteness of his econorrijr, the 
 solicitude of his precaution, and the inflexibility of his methodical 
 prudence ! Who would not pronounce him incapable of great enter- 
 prize? He builds himself a dwelling; it is a hut in size, and it is si 
 palace in neatness. It is necessarily situated among damps, upon a 
 flat, and perhaps behind the banks of a sluggish canal ; yet he writes 
 upon it, My Genoegc, " My delight ;" Landlust, " Country pleasures,' ' 
 Land zight, " Country prospect," or some other inscription, that 
 might characterize the vale of Tempe, or the garden of Eden. He 
 cuts his trees into fantastic forms, hangs his awnings round with small 
 bells, and decorates his Sunday jacket with dozens of little buttons* 
 Too provident to waste his sweets, he cunningly puts a bit of sugar- 
 . randy in his mouth, and drinks his tea as it melts ; one morsel s<?r 
 
^G Houses, Diet, fyc. of the Dutch. 
 
 let him drink as long- as he pleases. Around him is every token 01 
 care, caution, and cleanliness; but none in his domestic habits, ot 
 magnificence, or grandeur of design. 
 
 Classes of the People. 
 
 The Dutch are usually distinguished into five classes ; the peasants 
 j.nd farmers ; seafaring men ; merchants and tradesmen ; those who 
 live upon their estates, or the interest of their money ; and military 
 officers. 
 
 The peasants are industrious but stupid, easily managed by fail- 
 language, if they are allowed time to understand it. The seafaring 
 men are a plain, rough, arid hardy people, seldom using more words 
 than are necessary about their business ; and they have repeatedly 
 shewn great valour in contending with their enemies. 
 
 The trading people, in general, are said to exert all their skill to 
 take advantage of the folly or ignorance of those with whom they 
 have any dealing ; and are great extortioners when there is no law to 
 restrain them ; but in other cases they are the plainest and best deal- 
 ers in the world. 
 
 Those who live on their patrimonial estates in great cities, resem- 
 ble the merchants and tradesmen in the modesty of their dress, and 
 (heir parsimonious way of living, but between the education and man- 
 ners of those classes there is a wide difference. 
 
 The gentry or nobility are usually employed in military service : 
 they value themselves much on their rank ; but their most conspicu- 
 ous characteristic is a great frugality and order in their expense* : 
 what they can spare from their domestic charges is laid out in the or- 
 nament and furniture of their houses, rather than in keeping great 
 tables, fine clothes, and equipages. 
 
 Among every people there are characters so varied, and of such 
 contrast, that they may belong to any nation. No Italian is more im- 
 passioned, no Frenchman more capricious, no Spaniard more lofty, 
 no Englishman more daring, than some among the Hollanders. The 
 manners of the people are blunt, and their answers short ; yet there 
 is civility and good sense in their actions. The peasants of Westpha- 
 lia travel into the United Provinces, as the peasantsof Ireland to 
 England, in the summer, to assist in the field during 'The months of 
 harvest 
 
 Houses. Diet, and Amusements of the Dutch. 
 
 The lower part of the houses in Holland is lined with white Dutch 
 tiles, and their kitchen furniture, consisting of copper, pewter and 
 iron, is kept so exceedingly bright, as to afford a striking proof of 
 their cleanliness. Their beds and tables are covered with the finest 
 linen, their rooms are adorned with pictures, and their yards and gar- 
 dens with flowers. They warm their rooms with stoves, placed either 
 underneath or round the apartments, which render the heat equal on 
 all sides. The women have little stoves or pans of lighted peat, which 
 they put into a square box, and lay under their feet. People of con- 
 dition have these carried with them on visits, and even to church. 
 
 The diet of the Dutch boors is usually mean, consisting mostly ot 
 rootSj'herbs, sour milk, and pulse ; but in the towns the common peo- 
 ple live better. All ranks in the nation are much addicted to the use 
 of butter, and those of the inferior classes seldom take a journey with- 
 out a butter-box in their pocket. 
 
 Having considered the Dutch in their private propensities, we may 
 
Dutch Modes of Travelling. 67 
 
 turn our eyes with wonder on some of their public works. The coun 
 
 noli nature appears to have doomed to stagnant water 
 
 Ling agues, the daring- and laborious arm of the Hollander has 
 
 undertaken to drain, has overspread with verdure, and has covered 
 
 with habitations. The very element whit ' to bid him utter 
 
 defiance, he has subdued, and rendered his most useful slave, on which. 
 
 -inurnical facility, he transports the manifold products of his 
 
 industr rich speculations of his calculating spirit. Like him 
 
 other n ! tie seas ; but he alone has every where bar- 
 
 i. and prescribed their limits. Fable relates the ficti- 
 
 labours of a Hercu : ndless embankments that 
 
 rd the coast of Holland might, fruin description onl\ :> be 
 
 'mis, but they are visible to every spectator. No language can 
 
 that the Dutchman has perforn 
 ions of the Hollanders are bowls, billiards, chess an 
 ntin^ wild geese and ducks in u inter, and angling in sum- 
 
 i art of their pastimes. In the most rigorous 
 i sledges an ' rm a great diversion. Botli men 
 
 women use them alike, to cany their goods to market as well as 
 j-e is drawn by a horse, or , 
 ne snow is upon the ground, :-eets 
 
 i, young people of consequence appear abroad in the most 
 magnificent sledges. The person- 1 M self, whirl 
 
 >r caparison, and a fine tuft of . and 
 
 wrapped up in furs, or a fine 1 it. 
 
 painted, gilt, and varnished, 
 and the harness is rit i: ndid. 
 
 In summi-i e multitudes of people walking out 
 
 >r by the 
 
 p. end in 
 
 where they meet with a variety of little amusem 
 meable entertainment at a cheap rate. Even common labourers 
 Ives in such recreations. The sau are 
 
 Bot maintained in Holland between wealth v t I mechanics as 
 
 In other countries. They converse pretlv much 
 |p it easy to know the man from the master, nor the maid from 
 mistress. 
 
 Dutch Modes of Travelling. 
 
 Their usual mode of travelling is in covered boats, drawn by a horse 
 at the rate of three miles an hour, for which the fare does not arm 
 to a penny a mile. A passenger in such a vehicle has the convenie; 
 
 : rying a portmanteau of provision, so that he need not be at any 
 
 expense in a public house by the way. The inns generally afford a 
 
 ed and clean linen ; but it is difficult to procure any other cham- 
 
 iian one of the several little cabins that are ranged round a great 
 
 room, where people of different ranks lie promiscuously, and disturb 
 
 one another the whole night. 
 
 Although the common fare is at the rate of a penny per mile, yet 
 strangers are usually advised to engage the roof, or rwj^/e, which is 
 1he name distinguishing the best cabin ; and for those who are ave 
 from mixing with a promiscuous society, and have a decided antipa- 
 thy to smoke, it is certainly a wise precaution. In engaging tin 
 traveller will have an example of Dutch accuracy in their minutest 
 transactions ; a formal printed receipt or ticket is given for the few 
 pence which it costs, by a commissary, who has no ether business than 
 
58 Dutch Modes of Travelling. 
 
 to regulate the affairs of the boats. The punctuality of the departure 
 and arrival of these vehicles is well known, and justifies the Dutch j 
 method of reckoning distance by hours instead of leagues or miles. 
 
 Every man who enters the boat, whatever be his condition, either | 
 brings a pipe in his mouth or in his hand. A slight touch of the hat . 
 upon entering the cabin, franks him for the whole time of his stay ; and 
 the laws of etiquette allow him to smoke in silence to the end of the i 
 passage. We see, as at a meeting of Quakers, fixed features and 
 changeless postures ; the whole visage is mysterious and solemn, but 
 betraying more of absence than intelligence. Hours will pass, and no 
 mouth expand, but to whiff the smoke ; nor any limb be put in mo- 
 tion, except to rekindle the pipe. 
 
 In Holland, says Sir John Carr, every traveller naturally becomes 
 amphibious ! the constant contemplation of so much water quickly en- 
 genders all the inclinations of a web-footed animal, and he soon feels 
 out of his proper element when out of a canal. Right merrily did I 
 follow my commissary and his wheelbarrow with my baggage through 
 the whole town, until I reached the Hague gate, when my favourite 
 conveyance, the treckshuyt, was ready to start. The boat-bell rung, 
 all the party got on board, and away we glided, passing on each side of 
 us the most lovely close scenery. Instead of seeing, as had been repre- 
 sented to me in England, a dull monotonous scene of green canals, 
 stunted willows, and from a solitary house or two foggy merchants, stu- 
 pidly gazing in fixed attention upoufrog water, the canal was enliven- 
 ed with boats of pleasure and traffic continually passing and repassing ; 
 the noble level road on the right, broad enough to admit four or five 
 carriages abreast, thickly planted with rows of fine elms ; the number 
 of curricles and carriages, and horses driving close to the margin of 
 the water; the fine woods, beautiful gardens, country houses, not two 
 of which were similar ; the eccentricity of the little summer temples 
 hanging over the edges of the canal ; the occasional views of rich pas- 
 ture land, seen as I saw them, under a rich, warm sky, formed a tout- 
 ensemble as delightful as it was novel, and very intelligibly expressed 
 our approach to the residence of sovereignty. The single ride from 
 Delft to the Hague would alone have repaid the trouble and occasion- 
 al anxiety I experienced in getting into, and afterwards out of the 
 country. 
 
 All the principal country-houses have a wooden letter-box standing 
 upon the margin of the canal, into which one of the boatmen, upon the 
 treckshuyt being steered close to the adjoining bank, without stopping, 
 drops the letters and parcels directed to the family residing there. In 
 no part of the continent is social intercourse and communication so 
 frequent, cheap, and certain. 
 
 For keeping the dams and roads in repair, turnpikes are established 
 at proper distances, and the care of their repair is confided to directors, 
 who are always gentlemen of high respectability, and receive a fixed 
 salary for their services. The principal roads are kept in good condi- 
 tion ; and on account of the flatness of the country, are very easy for 
 the horses, but the by-roads are intolerably bad. 
 
 Nothing can wear a more awkward appearance than the land car- 
 riages, the bodies of which are placed on low sledges and drawn by 
 one horse. The driver is on foot, and in addition to the concern of 
 the horse, he is obliged to watch every movement of the sledge, that 
 the carriage may not be overset ; for which purpose he walks by the 
 side, with the reins in one hand, and in the other a wetted rope, which 
 ^he sometimes throws under the sledge to prevent it taking fire, and to 
 
Of Amsterdam. &J 
 
 till up the little gaps in the pavement. Of these sledges there are 
 great numbers in the city of Amsterdam ; the price is about eight- 
 pence for any distance within the city, and eight-pence an hour for at- 
 tendance. Some few years past no four-wheeled carriages were to be 
 seen j 
 
 Oh happy streets ! to rumbling wheels nnknown, 
 
 No carts, no coaches, shake the floating town ! GAY. 
 
 Later refinements have at length introduced them, and this inele- 
 gant and inexpeditious mode of visiting and airing is abandoned to 
 persons whose fortune or frugaliiy admit not of a more costly equipage. 
 
 We had now entered . t lolcroft, the province of Groningen ; 
 
 and instead of solitary woods where houses or human beings were ac- 
 cidentally seen, where the rustic prided himself in the rudeness thnt 
 surrounded him, and looks partly with surprize and partly with con- 
 tempt on the stranger, because he was not equally rude, we were now 
 in the busy hive o? order, cleanliness and activity. Instead of the 
 rough and bleak sukl-wagtn, we were seated in the cabin of a trek* 
 shuyt, where, sheltered from the weather, and almost insensible to 
 motion, we were drawn along the smooth canal, and saw on each - 
 of us, rich meadows, well-fed cattle, and villages built on the banks, 
 in quick succession. It was Sunday, and this added to the effect ; for 
 the people were going to and returning from church, clean and dressed 
 for the occasion. Change of clothing and rest from labour are gener- 
 ally associated, in the minds of the industrious, with ease and cheerful- 
 ness of heart. Sunday is their periodical sally from purgatory. In 
 orderly and industrious nations, the stated return of rest should be re- 
 garded as highly salutary ; but where loitering indolence is the pre- 
 vailing habit, every festival appears to increase the evil. 
 
 Of Amsterdam, Rotterdam, and other Cities. 
 
 AMSTERDAM cannot boast of high antiquity ; not a trace of it was 
 to be seen six centuries ago. Its situation is very watery, and it is 
 built on eighty-two islands, which communicate with each other, by 
 the aid of three hundred bridges. Many of the streets, however, are 
 uncommonly spacious ; some a hundred and forty feet wide, but they 
 are not equally remarkable for their cleanliness and the goodness of 
 the pavement. 
 
 Almost all the principal thoroughfares of Amsterdam are narrow ; 
 
 but the carriages being few, and their motion slow, the foot passen- 
 
 are perfectly safe, though there is no raised pavement for them. 
 
 re are broad terraces to the streets over the two chief canals, but 
 
 these are sometimes encumbered by workshops placed immediately 
 
 over the water, between which and the houses the owners maintain an 
 
 intercourse of packages and planks, with very little care about the 
 
 freedom of the passage. 
 
 The ardour, the activity, the crowd, and the bustle, which prevail 
 in all quarters of the port, are inconceivable. Bells are sounding-, 
 and vessels parting, at all hours. Piles of merchandize, and throngs 
 of passengers, fill all the avenues. It appears the mart of exhaustless 
 plenty, and the grand depository of Europe.* Some of the streets 
 
 * This is less applicable to Amsterdam than formerly. During the 
 last half century its trade has greatly declined. P. 
 
60 Of Rotterdam. 
 
 are filthy as well as narrow ; the whole city is pierced with an in 
 finity of canals, which cut each other in every possible direction. 
 The smell arising from these is very disagreeable to foreigners. Beg- 
 gars in Amsterdam are allowed to go their weekly rounds. 
 
 If, from the streets, you enter a Dutch inn, you see the landlady 
 with her cap in large plaits, her keys numbered by her side, an a 
 worked purse under her apron, with three partitions ; for gold, sil- 
 ver, and small coins. She has two kitchens ; one for use, and one for 
 ornament. She wishes the latter only to be seen, which, for its 
 great neatness, will astonish a spectator. 
 
 Though there is much neatness in Holland, it cannot boast of its 
 taste. The people delight in trees cut into the shapes of animals ; in 
 traverse brickwork ; in their doors and shutters, nay their churns and 
 milk-pails, painted green ; in Chinese awnings hung with small bells, 
 and in chimneys with weather-cocks capped in the same taste. A 
 Dutchman always wishes to know which way the wind blows ; for 
 he is often either a miller, sailor, waterman, or merchant. 
 
 The passion which the Dutch have for tulips, appears to be unac- 
 countable.- The tulip is a flower of gaudy colours, but without 
 srnell ; an object scarcely worth the care or the culture of man ; yet 
 the price that has frequently been given for a tulip-root has been 
 sometimes as great as that which a proud man must pay for a coach ; 
 and more than sufficient to build the poor man a cottage, and buy him 
 a garden. 
 
 The principal edifices in Holland are founded on piles, owing to the 
 swampiness of the ground. 
 
 It may be constantly observed of the Dutch, that they will never, 
 either iii their societies or their business, employ their time for a mo- 
 ment in gratifying malice, indulging- envy, or assuming those petty 
 triumphs which fill life with so much unnecessary misery ; but they 
 will seldom step one inch out of their way, or surrender oije moment 
 of their time, to save those whom they do not know, from any incon- 
 venience. A Dutchman throwing cheeses into a warehouse, or draw- 
 ing iron along a pathway, will not stop while persons pass, unless he 
 perceives somebody inclined to protect them ; a warehouseman 
 trundling a cask, or a woman in her favourite occupation of throwing 
 water upon her windows, will leave it entirely to the passengers to take 
 care of their limbs or their clothes. 
 
 In ROTTERDAM, the streets, markets, and quays, are crowded with 
 the sons of industry. Every coffee-house is an exchange, and all the 
 society cultivated has reference to bargains, transfers, and contracts. 
 There are no theatres but warehouses, no routs but on the change, no 
 amusements but that of balancing their profits. They shew little de- 
 ference to a stranger, if he appears to have no interest in their com- 
 mercial transactions. He may dine with them, without obtaining an 
 interchange of a minute's conversation. 
 
 Their language seems formed for them, and they for their language. 
 Rude, harsh, and guttural, it does not appear to be adapted for the po- 
 lite intercourse of society, nor the effusions of love. Gallantry and 
 politeness are playthings to tare and tret, and all the courtly graces of 
 language are baubles, compared with those sinewy terms that tie and 
 untie with effect the knots of trade. 
 
 A stranger will often be struck with the sight of waggons filled 
 with large brass jngs, bright as new gold. In these vessels, whicli 
 have short narrow necks, covered with a wooden stopper, milk is 
 
Of North Holland. 61 
 
 -brought from the fields throughout Holland. It is carried to the towns 
 in light waggons or carts, drawn by excellent horses. 
 
 The streets in Rotterdam are spacious, ornamented with lofty trees 
 and noble canals ; by the last of which, ships of the greatest burden 
 sail into the heart of the city, load and unload at the merchants' 
 doors. The trade here is very great. Over the Maese, which is a. 
 mile and a half in breadth, a bridge is erected, on which is placed a 
 brass statue of the celebrated Erasmus. Near the great churcb 
 stands the obscure house where this great man was born, which is sig- 
 nified by his effigies, and a Latin inscription, informing the traveller 
 that " Erasmus, who adorned the world with arts and sciences, reli- 
 gion, and virtue, was born in this hoi 
 
 On a holiday, or at a fair time in the villages, may be seen peasants 
 sitting on benches round a circle, in which children are dancing to the 
 scraping of a French fiddler. The women wear large hats, such as 
 have been already described, lined with damask or flowered linen. 
 Children of seven years old, as well as women of seventy, are in this 
 preposterous disguise. All on these occasions have necklaces, ear- 
 rings, and ornamented clasps for the temples, of solid gold. 
 
 At the grand fair at the Hague, there are theatres, reviews, public 
 breakfasts, and every other species of amusement ; all the public 
 roads are filled with carriages, and the streets crowded with puppet- 
 shows, mountebanks, and wild beasts. 
 
 In NORTH HOLLAND, the insidesof the houses are richly decorated, 
 and finished with the most costly ornaments ; but the principal apart- 
 ments are often kept for show, while the owners live in the cellars and 
 garrets. Some of the rooms are paved with small square tiles put to- 
 gether without cement. The furniture in one particular chamber is 
 composed of silken ornaments, which, by ancient prescription, is be- 
 queathed from father to son, and preserved as an offering to Hymen : 
 such 1*1 the custom of these Arcadian villagers from generation to 
 generation. 
 
 There is likewise a practice common to all the natives of North 
 Holland ; to every house, of whatever quality, there is an artificial 
 door, elevated nearly three feet above the level of the ground, and 
 never opened but on two occasions. When any part of the family 
 marries, the bride and bridegroom enter the house by this door ; and 
 when either of the parties die, the corpse is carried out by the same- 
 door. Immediately after the due ceremonies are performed in either 
 of those cases, this door is fastened up never more to turn on its hin- 
 ges again, till some new event of a similar nature demand its services. 
 The extraordinary neatness which prevails throughout the whole is a. 
 prodigy. 
 
 It is said that the Dutch are the most expert people in the world., 
 with regard to the management of pecuniary matters ; and to the 
 knowledge of acquiring wealth, they unite the art of preserving it. 
 For a man to spend less than his income, is a general rule ; nor caa 
 these sagacious people conceive that the common course of expense 
 should equal the revenue ; and when this happens, they think at least 
 they have lived to no purpose. Such a report would bring as much 
 discredit on a man, as extravagance and prodigality would in other 
 countries. Hence, under the pressure of unexampled contributions 
 imposed on them by the French, they flourish and grow rich. 
 
 Skaiting in winter is one of the principal diversions in Holland. It 
 is astonishing to see the crowds in a hard frost upon the ice, and their 
 ffreat dexterity in that art : both men and women dart along with in- 
 
 e 
 
Germany and Austria* 
 
 conceivable velocity ; they c ^oods to market n] 
 
 and will travel twenty or thirtj im 
 
 DUTCH Docs. In Holland', that I 
 able source of made use 
 
 not suffered to hone, or eat tin 
 
 the little wares and merchant! v n by 
 
 the former, who are pro- 
 whilst the latU r arc yked t" 
 
 and exercise little i^ to see 
 
 Tiimals will 
 
 eir labour 
 
 to the dumb creation, feed 
 . 
 
 i>pears amongst 
 to refresh . 
 escape f>< 
 
 ance of receiving the kindest treatment from 
 
 GERMAN V AM) A I STRIA. 
 
 ussian pr< 
 
 J56,0006<p 
 
 HIM 
 
 C'nu-o\v. 
 
 ' 
 
 Thr :,060. 
 
 Population on a square i; 
 
 Of the Persons, Dre*s,fa. of the Germans. 
 Tur. Germans are pfcncnilly tall aiui weu-rai -\ are in 
 
 general w oil -looking, air 
 tir^ in o' ] -i os. Both sexes afi 
 
 cording to thr 
 wear a great deal pi 
 
 differ much in their dres In somft 
 
 yf the courts they appear in 
 ihonds a.s they can procure. The 
 
 igany dress extremely odd, though their \s much it 
 
 . vei Tftlhin tJiesc tweiitj or thirty yeaji ; but the aitizaua 
 
General Oiaracter of Hit Germans. ij-> 
 
 I 
 
 Liices. 
 
 The Germans are endless ap- 
 
 ,]ect of hi- hut with his pipe in hi- 
 
 icealed by the clouds which roll from 
 
 I are made so portable, that 
 
 beds, covered \\ 
 
 i several 01 
 
 \\-er classes of the people are dreadful I;. 
 t wants of their so vc i as 
 
 happiness as subjects of the same class 
 'ies. 
 
 General Character of the Germ* 
 
 tans seems to be for philosophy 
 
 nshed. F heir pndo and patriotic sentiment^ <iil\ extend t<> 
 
 UU- 
 
 j-f* as to an; rs.* 
 
 rs loquacitv 
 ilk faster, r c:)ininunir:i: 
 
 t ot strangers to each . n these soi 
 
 less profi; 
 >rs and books can attest. 
 
 i-acter of the Germans be not 
 of its pec 
 
 
 
 . I li 
 
 ^ary, and Russia arc 
 ost univer- 
 
 ra of the i ho** 1 
 
 so rorrupt as 
 
 this, 
 
 well 
 
 ' of the PV. and 
 
 frankness and ofood-heartedness on the side of the Catholics, are true 
 national characteristics. 
 
 * There is at present, a singular national feeling prevailing- in Gcr- 
 
 i aiong the Bur* / , re r- 
 
 allude to the good old tn , and 
 
 the i ,*ire. It is evidently a feeling little calculate 
 
 unite the interests or ameliorate the condition of that divided people. 
 
f German Industry, Amusements, and Manner* 
 
 The Austrian youth of rank are commonly ignorant, and of course 
 tjaughty, being entire strangers to the cultivation of mind, and con- 
 descension of manners, to be found among the superior ranks of - 
 Countries. An Austrian nobleman or gentleman is rarely seen to 
 read, and hence polite literature is almost unknown and uncultiv: 
 nor have the Austrians ever laid claim to any share of its progress i 
 Germany. 
 
 German Industry, Amusements, and Manners. 
 Industry and application are the most considerable traits of the 
 ifCrinan character. The works which they produce, in watch and 
 k-making, in the art IT, sculpt ;chi- 
 
 fecture are very wonderful. No nation makes greater festivals in 
 honour of marriages, funerals, and birt 
 The ami] of the Germans very much resembl< 
 
 these, however, they -add the chase <>: 
 
 ; -:iitiu^- i iter, when ' ranches of the 
 
 Danube 11 
 
 in sledges of diflerei resrmhlinir t\ 
 
 lady is seated in a habit of veh - 
 rich furs, and ornamented with I 
 bonnet of the same sort. The sledge is fastened i- 
 
 . is ornamented with feather*, ribbons, and a 
 
 As this diversion jr ikes place servants go befotM 
 
 the sledges on liorseback with lighted torches; another guides the 
 Uxlge from 
 
 rested ness marl 
 
 ry weak. 
 .ck bread, potatoes, red cabbage, beer, 
 
 heat; brandy and beer 
 lid food. They almost all chew 
 
 The inns in Lower Saxony -. 
 
 rorset, and shuffling slippers, i 
 our own p; 
 
 Bn-.id ai :i portion 
 
 are freqi aried tra\. e ; a 
 
 man does every tin :rav- 
 
 ss than one portion, ho will d 
 
 i lit ion of the lower classes of the v. <h\e t 
 
 but little from E trts of so^^ 
 
 i of rural i 
 :.\vc. II.> ; <;'. the t \ample of their mother- 
 
 ,in them, that r l 
 miv of llic stronger - 
 
Of Vitnnx. (J5 
 
 Govern if. 
 
 Germany contains a crowd of et < -, whose jurisdictions are 
 
 : ossess considerable powers, and are chosen t>> 
 
 er, and tliat of \ "it i known 1> 
 
 supreme c< nn- 
 
 .e respective parts of the empire. The Im- 
 
 iie president and four of 
 
 r chooses one, am} 
 
 ces the rt> orraerly a mere rt\ t-nue 
 
 lore-, 
 t -sides other officers ; but the emperor 
 
 Of 
 
 In this city, says Dr. Neale, Uv ances par 
 
 v and got* ; * poorer classe 
 
 In- observe*, i- iu- testa for m gmfioencc unon^ IMC irr-.m^t-cs, that al- 
 
 - and become involved, b 
 
 per- six thousand 
 
 :-ses, with 
 
 o carriages, a secret . nn- 
 
 t wo running ?<> 
 
 .ifxst and energy of 
 
 mind among the no! .-.r 
 
 racter among^ t 
 
 thllltirs ; 
 
 .is and education, ar 
 
 Dr. M.>.n-. who resided bare* me time, h-.i- ir.wti thachfldfecterol 
 
 . >s TI.UJJ. .a of 
 
 md perfect knowle<l orld, she possesses the purest be- 
 
 the first to discover the good qualities of 
 
 . One of her greatest 
 .md to promote 
 
 i ess at her own house, herself being- the 
 one may r. -.LSC, no no' 
 
 i.*s or the exits of any person who has bt 
 i> no kuiil if restraint. If a person goes every f 
 
 oqual kindness, and if he stay a\v 
 D lie is M^elcomed with tlie same cht 
 n a constant visitor. 
 A portion of superstition peculiar to the women of tin 
 
 rreat sensibility of heart, and tends rather to inert'; 
 
 ndship, and benevolence. It is common tost 
 
 * Under the new organization of Germany, the ecclesia- 
 
 r independent, and most of the smaller states Invc beef 
 \i hiected to some larger power. P. 
 
Of the Inhabitants cf Vitnnd* 
 
 lady bespeak masses in a convent, and gire alms, that God may 
 induced to recover her sick friend. 
 
 No where are there so many amusements as in this city ; besides a 
 great number of houses of public entertainment, where eatinr, 
 flrinking, and dancing- are constantly going- on, the common people 
 fake their part in the diversions, which seem reserved for the higher 
 classes. The greatest happiness which they can enjoy is that of a 
 good table, and with it two or three choice friends. They love to fret 
 quent public places, and take an interest in what is doing. 
 
 Some of the lower class and servants still retain the use of bonnets 
 richly embroidered with gold. The streets of Vienna are remarka- 
 bly quiet and orderly, so that as early as ten o'clock at night t 
 
 [lent Ii i- cn-tornary fora indger, when he retu 
 toter than at that hour, to pay a small fee to the porter of the h 
 for every h<M>(j lias a porter. 
 
 The price of pro\i-im^ in this place is inconceivably low. Hun- 
 gary firm t, corn, an i abundance : N 
 
 ty of wood by r 'inn of the Dai. 
 
 hundred and fifty lar^e gardens for tah! los around the sub- 
 
 urbs of the town, which are cultivated with skill ..lion : by 
 
 these mcTiii.s all kinds of garden productions are cheap and abuudanf, 
 (hough the 
 
 mts of thi \! unb 4 
 
 who come regularly every spring t< 
 
 first necessity, such as bread, wine. 
 . ; ul, the wages of the workmen are lov, 
 
 Hurrouiuling country furnishes itself with the principal nratcrr.il for 
 most necessary manufactures, there an hicb 
 
 nidi expense. 
 The languages spoken in the Austrian dominions arc mi, 
 
 i-daiit. They belong chiefly to three ^r;n.l , the 
 
 tJothie or German of the ruling n lulf 
 
 he Sclavonic of the Pol* 
 
 ancient speech u \ ia : 
 
 ' Hungarian Proper, which has been considered 
 branch of c.* 
 
 ;t the Prater, hy H fine ave- 
 
 nn\ a h-aprue in length, which runs throuprh a forest. Ira forest ap. 
 
 ^e, for houses and cottages -ercd 
 
 i the r J"urkibh, Chi 
 
 !i;in, and \\- fe, besides rooms for all kinds of ainu^c- 
 
 l of the forests are neither shepherds nor woo 
 but a rind lemonade, COM 
 
 houses ; or else are imi^icirm^. dancers, show slight-of-hand-t; ; 
 and a number of similar emnlv m -i.<-. lle:-ci> a particular privi- 
 flHi part of i i princes and citizens, monks and 
 
 soldier , all that is }i^li and low in rank, all that is pretty or homely 
 
 among the women, walk tog-ether without restraint or distinction. 
 This is the place for rupe-dancers, dealers in various toys and curios- 
 ities ; so that the whole wood seems an enchanted pahce of plea- 
 sure. Whilst the walkers are thus amusing themselves, a lar^f 
 arenue is crowded with splendid equipages, and carriages of even 
 
 See Appendix, page 1 3. F. 
 
Of the TV inter Moats on r/w Rhint* Ct 
 
 i iption, by which the whole road as far as the Danube, which 
 terminates the course, appears to be in motion. 
 
 .tter is the , .hich magnificent fireworks are often 
 
 exhibited, and all other out-door spectacles, which are very numer- 
 ousin dl. But nothing- c:.. the pleasure, in a fine 
 
 day, of dining unde- < < on the banks of the Danube, regaled 
 
 charming music, that attracts the stags and deer, who come and 
 cat out of the hand. 
 
 These ;; ents which render Vienna so attractive, and are 
 
 possessed \r er European ca} 
 
 The rafts or timber floats, on it:. lit of the fellings of 
 
 *t every Gem rams, or short land car- 
 
 riage, can be broui: Khinc. llawng passed the rocks of 
 
 Bingen, und t Goar, in small detachments, the sever- 
 
 al rafts are compacted at some town not ;m Andernach, into 
 
 use body, of which an idea may be formed from the follow - 
 
 i is from 700 to 1000 feet ; the breadth from 50 to 90 ; 
 the depth, when manned by the whole en 
 
 surface of the water. The trees in tin i rafts art 
 
 ot less th; of which ten compose a raft. 
 
 Oi of floating island, five hundrt is of differ 
 
 .1, maintained, and lodged, during their whoU 
 little street of deal huts is built upon : < re 
 
 tnirnt ;m.l lutchf.: hci 
 
 i the others by being better built. 
 
 laid down in this structure are called the foundation. 
 and are c-i ik, or fir trees, bound together at their tops, ano 1 
 
 opened upon them cross- ways by iron sj . 
 ion has bt < .ily compn< hrr rafts 
 
 i*r<- laid upon it; the npper surface is rendi : store houses 
 
 and othrr apart nx-uts are raised ; and the whole is strengthened by 
 
 > of oak. 
 
 e the man ?eed several thin narrow rafts, composed 
 
 nc d*.x)r < A hich are used to give it direction and 
 
 ng to the efforts of the labourers upoi liehind it 
 
 it number of small boats, some containing articles of rig- 
 ging, ca!'! TS, iron chains, &c. and others are used for messa- 
 ges from this populoub cUiil important float to the towns by which it 
 
 -es. 
 
 The consumption of provisions on board such a float is estimated 
 for each voyage at fifteen or twenty thousand pounds of fresh meat, 
 forty or fifty thousand pounds of bread, ten ornfteen thousand pounds 
 of cheese, with proportioned quantities of butter, dried meat and 
 
 The apartments on the deck are, first, that of the pilot, which Is 
 Bear one of the magazines ; and opposite to it, that of the persons 
 
 d masters of the float : another class, master* of the valets, hav 
 also their apartments ; near this is that of the valets, and then that ol 
 the sub-valets ; after this are the cabins of the Tyrolcse, or last ( 
 of persons employed in the float, of whom eighty or a hundred sleep 
 upon straw in each, to the munlx r of four hundred in all. Then 
 
 !\ , a large eating-room, in which the greater part of the crctr 
 dine'at the same time. 
 
 About twenty tolls are paid in the course of the voyage, tfc* 
 amount of which varies with tlie size of the float and the ebti million 
 c *f its value, La which latter respect the proprietors arc 50 mtu:h BUD- 
 
68 Of German Travelling. 
 
 ject to the caprice of custom-house officers, that the first signal of 
 their intention to depart is to collect all these gentleman from the 
 neighbourhood, and to give them a grand dinner on board. After 
 this, the float is sounded and measured, and their demands upon the 
 owners settled. Dort, in Holland, is the destination of all these floats, 
 the sale of one of which occupies several months, and frequently pro- * 
 duces 30,000 or more. 
 
 Of German Travelling. 
 
 The business of supplying post-horses is here not the private un- 
 dertaking of the inn-keepers; M> that the emulation and civility 
 which might be excited by i .are entirely want- 
 
 ing. The prince de la Tu'ir'i e hereditary gran.l ; 
 
 ter of the empire ; an office \\lnrh has raised hi< tam:l\ hum the 
 
 ;ite count to a seal in the rullege of princes. lie 
 nopoly of the profits arising from this concern, fo 
 
 forward all the imperial packets gratis. A settled nun 
 rses and a poat-maM : >t at every stage 
 
 a blessing upoi . . dis- 
 
 ne door of his office. The post ord- 
 
 rs, and the quantity of baggage, how 
 
 each horse in fixed, besides which the postillion is en- 
 
 v, and according as a pa- 
 
 :<$ liberal in this article, in the same proportion will he < 
 
 [>ace. The whole expense of a chaise .orses, in- 
 
 ,-liu!, ord the postillions accommo- 
 
 ing it drink ht * 
 
 <<<! (!'!,> nee per mile. Str.iniri-^, however, will do well to take 
 as no description can rive a , 
 ise. One may be purchased in Holland for about 
 he sold ag.i n for I5/. 
 
 i-s wear a sort of uniform, consisting of a \ellow 
 k cuffs and cap, as* >ru slung over 
 
 . and a yellow *. : row 
 
 and 
 ages 
 
 aid persons travelling wkh t'. -red 
 
 empire ; so th > .hed, 
 
 jtwoi on cause to detect the aggressors. On this 
 
 . ay robberies are seldom heard of in Gt The 
 
 1 1 ions Uo strictly attended to, that no man dare 
 yellow coat on. In 
 
 t oflf 
 
 this cr to shew that they do not < i ordinary 
 
 \vs. 
 cknowledge no obligation to travellers, but c 
 
 les of goods, which thev arc under a contract 
 
 at a certain place, and within a certain 
 
 . iess, if thei ; to their trink* 
 
 geld. to compel some do not depart 
 
 iron: . of incivility, a:. Mini no an 
 
 when they are questioned as to distance, or desired to call ti, 
 ;U an inn, or to quit the worst part of the road. \Vhfn \ ou iell them 
 they shall have a good drink health for speed, they reply '* 4 Fair, Yaw," 
 and after that, think it unnecessary to reply to any inquiry till 
 for money at the end of the stage. Tbey are'all provided irilh 
 
 
Of the Bavaria ns t 4-c. ti9 
 
 ,) boxes and combustible bark, with which they strike a light 
 ttely after leaving- their tw\ n ; in tU hottest day, and on the 
 they will l> though every "whiff flies in- 
 
 i fo the faces of tlie passengers behind. 
 
 Of the Z>( . <$r. 
 
 Bavaria is bounded ISL by Hesse- 1 > se-Cassel, Saxe- 
 
 MV ; E. 
 Baden and 
 
 between 47 1(7 and md bf 
 
 ^quare 
 
 ulation, according to the otlicial returns in 1818, was 
 .000, 
 
 -bodied, mu-rular. 
 n, a large be!l\.aiul afairo.n;- 
 N . 
 
 i 
 
 of the 
 
 and graceful in their 
 
 he ex- 
 
 ' on the court, and for 
 
 t part go i' are in- 
 
 of good breeding an -tre are 
 
 . and strange w;< nt to liim 
 
 ' than 
 t r parrots, 
 < aU, and several 
 
 ing tliem 
 
 is noted f<' Milrah- 
 
 l>e impossible almost to deacril > i mix - 
 
 id devotion falsely so called, which are exhibit- 
 ed in t!. 
 
 o\& have no ap- 
 j-*. Cheap as nails are 
 
 h farmer < ! to nail his 
 
 " ^SMI^ e cour * to tno snnallest 
 -t prominent-JR of the Bavarian char- 
 , 
 
 ropensity to an idle life, to feasting and > hich reicrn- 
 
 i a, is countenanced and su \ 
 ;e people envy them thei: 
 i.-od^, rhurch feasts, and corner dc-v 
 
 !. attention of the multitude so much, that they spend 
 
 iiem tw 
 
 
 e, with almost inconceivable fu thing^ 
 
 -.(nds to imj/rovc-and enlighten the understanding. They alone 
 are to be thanked for the shorkinjr wildnes^ of manner^ which ap- 
 pears in Bavaria ; their cowls, they would fain have it imagined, con- 
 tain the essence of chn d all morality. They nreach hardly 
 
 any thing but massc^ from which they derive great profits ; the stupid 
 
0; Of Hamburgh 
 
 count rymn nt believes, that confession and n. mass, which cost fifteen 
 pence/ will wipe away the foulest sins. Ti people join to 
 
 their indolence and devotion a degree of ferocity, which ireqiu 
 rise to bloody see i 
 
 Manners, 4*c. of the Hans Towns.* 
 
 I A KECK, once a free imperial city, is strongly fortified ; the ranu 
 V>arts are planted with trees, and form an agn i It. The build - 
 
 are wholly of stone, and many of the si >rnamented on 
 
 each side with lirm 
 t.ljo-.e of Holland. Lubeck contains also an orphan house, r. 
 
 i which po 
 
 tertained three da ! with a p. ,<mid 
 
 i>en to be taken ill, they are then provided v 
 
 er or die. 
 An alliance f<> : >". r gh, and 
 
 name of 11. 
 ve with foreign powers. 
 
 bout 
 . miles in compass. ' 
 
 43 \\ :ial. 
 
 -^s than foi 
 two nrs, but runs tbroup;) 
 
 ! which 
 
 .In , 
 
 nin. 
 
 d. The streets. 
 'ered mon^ ^nd 
 
 1 (jr- 
 
 ly, :md t! 
 be prineir. 
 
 I 
 
 mo: 
 
 (^; t . ,ive so ma- 
 
 from 
 
 produces peculiar i a nd is 
 
 '!v fi.r tlu^ table. !: - < <m in pr< ' P ar> 
 
 ticuiar wine \\ . Burjrui- \ehiculuin 
 
 of green peas ; oysters must necr - n, and the 
 
 Imit of no other convoy than Eort or Madeira 
 
 Such i> tin 1 daily food of the rich. 
 
 There are many charitable foundations in Hamburg, and persons 
 detected begging in the streets are committed to the house of correc< 
 
 These are Hamburgh, Bremen, Frankfort on the Main, and Lu- 
 P. 
 
Of Frankfort. * 1 
 
 fion, where they arc employed in rasping Brazil and other 
 wood; and those who do not perform their task are hoisted up in SL 
 basket over the tahle in the common hall, while the re-t are at din 
 ocr, that they m .tali/cd with the sigh- 
 
 are not permitted to t 
 
 ig-ion of Hamburg is Lutheran. T 
 
 wine \ 
 
 . 
 
 Miindivd j 
 
 ih that of the 
 he water. 
 
 ( -resden and Frankfort. 
 D- .? GermiiTi 
 
 M;I<'S Of ll\ 
 
 e to be seen in 
 
 and 
 unc<> 
 
 ; 'j; of 
 sited a gre mall 
 
 3, and 
 
 MS of the 
 
 ml apple, 
 
 i Poland ; 
 
 But Dresden is particu- 
 
 i irnpcriafccity, larp-e, populous, rirli, 
 
 and one of tin it under 
 
 certain restrictions : but Lutherani.srn BHI established faith, as the 
 istrates are of that communion arch is in pos- 
 
 (jn of the Roman Catholics, but no public procession of the host 
 is permitted through the streets. All the ceremonies of their religion 
 are confined to the houses of individuals, or performed withir- 
 walls of this church. The Calvinists are obliged to go to Bokhen- 
 Leim, a town at a small distance, to perform their religious du 
 
 J ews have a synagogue here. 
 
 At Frankfort are held two fairs every year, one bejrinninp: fifteen 
 - before Easter, and the other on the 15th of September, whir 
 uentedby merchants with all sorts of commoditit hirly 
 
 books, from many parts of Europe. The streets of Frankfort are spa- 
 cious and well paved; the houses stately, lean, and convenient ; and 
 
*72 -Jl/oawm, 
 
 the shops ivdl furnished. .Among the merchants there is a great 3f- 
 pcaranceof affluence; the furniture of their ho 
 
 d female ornaments, exhibit marks < 
 nee. 
 
 I >etwecn thirty and forty thousand inhabitants; 
 besides the^e, at the fairs, many stranjr* 
 
 5. Dun;. play- 
 
 hou- -ring 
 
 booths. ! ! car- 
 
 riage. T with 
 
 \ thousand, 
 and 
 
 Tlicr. ,nnwn: 
 
 two worn, 
 ^a! < This 
 
 if a} s v arc 
 
 and ! 
 
 ning", 
 
 "ir a 
 4;\\ 
 
 . ' h an 
 unco 
 coat 
 
 The .lews 
 Mp ; 
 
 child 
 
 mur 
 
 tor liberty 
 
 Mich The Je^ 
 
 ' the citj ; 
 
 and ' loose judges c 
 
 their own 1 
 
 In: jl Hungary. 
 
 There are no \v rious superstition as at 
 
 Prague, tl of Bohemia. The corners of the streets, bridges, 
 
 and public buildinjrs ;ire all ornamented \vith crucifix >s o^ 
 
 the virgin, of all sizes an-1 comprcxious. and statutes of ^ery. 
 
 country, condition, a^c and o lo are seen on their knees be- 
 
 fore these }>art of the city, but particularly on the 
 
 bridge over the MoKl.ui. T lie greatest concourse of pa r 
 
 scng-ers. This bridge is so profusely adorned mth statues of saint 
 
.1 
 

Manners, <J-c. of the Hungarians 
 
 you have a row of them on each side, like two 
 
 Travellers are as ovotion in this cit\, and ID 
 
 edby 
 
 ingtbe 
 
 i ear- 
 
 rjpgies.* 'I 
 
 o infi- 
 
 in iln 
 
 one pa< 
 Of f appearan 
 
 n9 in-!- 
 
 easy to pc 
 
 When you ha\ 
 
 ly plaited or b 
 M , i- vrappep on 
 rl.Kik of coarse woollen cloth or sheepskin, still retaining- it 
 
 ken here: and the real Hun era rian has bu 
 European tongue. The established reli 
 oiigfh three-fourths of the inhabitant- 
 . and enjoy the full exercise of their reli 
 
 * The proper Hungarians are a people of a peculiar orierin, ontireh 
 Distinct from the other inhabitants of Hungary. See Appendix, p 
 
 7 
 
'< \ Economy, #c. of German Gipsies. 
 
 gton. The Roman Catholic population is stated at 4,000,000, leaving 
 about 3,000,000 for the other sects. The Jews are numerous au<i 
 double taxes. Frinau, in Lower Hungary, is famous for the bur 
 alive of twelve Jews, and the same number of Jewessc 
 1714, for having according to their own confession, murder*- 
 tian infant hy rifice; at the same n ,ng, that i 1 
 
 i heir custom to i >g once a \ 
 
 OF Tin: TJilliKS OF GIPSIES, OR EGYPTI.A 
 
 Family OH >'ies. 
 
 That i 
 
 civili/nti 
 Man\ 
 to t)j< this class 1 
 
 Mol i, and of cou 
 
 (hr * , 
 
 
 
 sylvania, has a horse ; in T 
 
 COUj 
 
 I hat )..> lit 
 
 in- :ui i in-.. I 
 
 unless he is dri\ en away by tnc villager 
 purloined their jreese. fowl's. 
 
 From their winter huts. 
 
 ihr\ have, in-!- 
 it the habitations of inteui- 
 monts are not even 
 which i* the tln\ serving- i 
 them : the father and mother lie r en on- 
 
 iv so. Chairs, tables, or . find no pi 
 
 eat, and sleep on the bare ground, or at most spread an o' 
 ar a sheep-skin under them. Their furnitr- "then 
 
 pot, an iron pan, a spoon, a jug, and a knife : when it 
 every thing is complete, they sometimes add a dish, which serves the 
 whole family. 
 
 The women neither wash nor mend their clothes, nor clean their 
 utensils : they seldom bake; the whole of their business is reduced to 
 these few articles, viz. dressing 1 their fboci and eating if. smoking' 
 tobacco, prating, and sleeping. 
 
Turkey. 75 
 
 i of the gipsies who wander about in Hungary, 
 
 where 
 
 o are mi: heir bouses 
 
 lough 
 
 tuiul of gold and 
 of ac- 
 
 Hies. 
 
 loyments, and had rather 
 i nakedness, tha; food 
 
 . at the s:i: 
 
 .o gip- 
 sies. In these occupations arc BO 
 
 -o man? gipsies, so many smiths." I 
 
 -s, seals, needles, an. I .ill 
 
 s, are all had, and of the most 
 ,'sv does not stand to his WOT ! cross- 
 
 ws, in 
 
 'ich followed bv the gip^i 
 
 iM.tte is so 
 
 breed as well as \ dorses, by 
 
 fsof rugu( 
 
 rs, and go from village to 
 
 ,! :tl in nl.l clothes, make 
 
 another occupation by which man\ 
 The apparatus for this won 
 ied with a wooden rim on each side; o 
 I woollen rloths, and shake the gold sand, mixed v 
 
 to the cloth t; 
 jparate them. 
 
 
 TURKEY. 
 
 lies in the centre of the Easter/ 
 
 irope, Asia, and Africa. Turkry in K< 
 
 i dominions and Russia; E. b 
 ..! the Archipelago; S. b 
 Jud W. by the Ionian sea, the Adriatic sea and Dalmatian fr 
 
76 Dress and Manner of Living in Turkey. 
 
 extends from 34 30' to 48* N. lat. and from 16 to 29 E. Ion. The 
 area is estimated at 206,000 square miles. Population, y,GUO,000 ; 
 population on a square mile, 46. 
 
 Greece, or the country inhabited by the descendants of the ancient 
 Greeks, embracing- all that portion of Turkey which lies south of the 
 parallel of 41 30' N. lat., is a peniiiMila, jutting out into the Mediter- 
 ranean and separated by the Ionian ^ea from Italy on the west, and by 
 the Archipelago from Asia Minor on the e. ' \\& southern ex- 
 
 tremity ot this peninsula is the sub-peninsula of the More-.i (t v 
 cient Peloponnesus) connected with the rest of the continent by the 
 isthmus of Corinth. 
 
 Persons and I on* of the Turks. 
 
 The Turks are in general stout, well made, and ro r com- 
 
 plexions iiattn md their t 
 
 dark auburn or < -hermit, and sometimes i last coloi 
 
 their eyes. The women are general 1 \ beautiful, < 
 -iclinable to be fat. 
 
 :r;ortment <)i the Turks is solemn, grave, and slow ; and they 
 
 ppear sedate, passive, and hui 
 
 vok< 'ir passions are furious and un^ox rnmiih full 
 
 of dissimulation, i-.ilms. suspicious, and BO immoderately i 
 that they will abandon t 
 
 iiarity for a Jew or Christian, but are 'benevolent and kn 
 
 those who proles-* the s:tmr r< ii .--|,.,i :is themsflvt?^. 
 It i>, held ' 
 
 and for this purpose houses 01 
 
 on roads which are places of 
 
 importance to tmvellers, not only as a refre^ 
 franHth of the climate, I- performan- 
 
 reliprion wluch i'-.;:,^ frequent washing and pun 
 
 As Turks to old age, 
 
 change of eoloi ir whirh be-iii- 
 time usually metamorphose themselves 
 
 ihair, eye-brows, and eye-lids. Their hands at 
 ted nearly in the same man ner. with thi 
 choose for the purpose is a dusky yellow, with whirh 
 
 "i the fingers and toes, and drop a few spots :<tion 
 
 used in this operation on the hands and tV< t : M>me, indeed, -a* nvarks 
 of superior elegance, stain ^ .-rt of their extremities i;. 
 
 forms of flowers or figures, with a dye of a dark preen cast ; but 
 soon loses its beauty, changing, however, to a colour not less pleasing 
 than the other. 
 
 The Turkishttemales walk abroad by themselves in fine weather ; 
 they resort to^sOTne favourite skirts without the towns, occupy the 
 banks, or seat themselves on the tomb-stones in their cenru 
 where they sit quietly for hours together. They appear to lead a most 
 indolent life; their recreations and exercises being extremely lim- 
 ited. 
 
 Of the Turkish Dress and Manner of Lir 
 The Turks wear their beards long, except those who are in the se 
 
Dress and Manner of Living in Turkey. 77 
 
 raglio, who wear whiskers onl\ . er their heads with a 
 
 
 
 \est 
 
 flowers. 
 
 tlu-M njir^ a sliii'i ul fnu 1 win!.' -.in/..-, t\!ir-vi wit i t m'.MvHrry, l.'.tv- 
 
 at 
 
 VJ sleeves t ^ed 
 
 ling 
 vrfco 
 
 to 
 
 ii \s inter 
 urn- 
 
 mnd 
 onei' mbroidert'i 
 
 
 
 . a into tresses, 
 the purpose. Thedivs*.. 1 
 
 ]j\ t t lirnes the I -rth 
 
 indlBadx 
 \s softer < to please, 
 
 And in long trains the flowin ins. 
 
 Kown's PHAR.SALIA. 
 
 Turks are great admirers of a venerable beard, yet they shave 
 
 tarn lose, and use a proverbial expression in iij>>tific'jition of 
 
 their practice, that "thedex in longhair." The manner of 
 
 living- with regard to foo 1 i> much like that which we shall notice 
 
 tbians. As wine and spirits are forbidden by the laws 
 
 of Mahomet, the Turks practice another species of into they 
 
 opium very freely, which produces some of the immediate effects 
 
 of drunki rn with an extraordinary cheerfulneMj 
 
 rousing them into unusual exertions, and occasioning a kind of tem- 
 
 porary delirium. 
 
 In their demeanour the Turks are hypocondriac, grave, and sedate . 
 But when agitated by passion, they are furious, raging, 
 
 7* 
 
76 Religion in Turkey* 
 
 able ; in matters of religion they are tenacious, superstitious and ma- 
 rose. They seem to have no genius for the improvement of arts and 
 sciences. They seldom travel, or use any exercise or rural sports. 
 and discover little or no curiosity to be informed of the state of their 
 own, or that of any other country. In pursuit of their inU 
 they are steady and sagacious-. In the common intercourse of 
 they are humane and courteous, and by no means devoid 
 tnents of gratitude. They are much addicted to revenge, 
 been known to come from 'Persia to revenge the death of a grandfa- 
 ther, uncle, or cousin, many years after the offe* '-urn- " 
 
 mitted. 
 
 1 logins or Baths. 
 
 Among- the amusements of the Turks, the ha. 
 place. All rit ir-, and towns are provided v, 
 
 d for the purpose 
 The entrance is into a large r 
 
 : id sofas p 
 asser o converse 
 
 rives of their upper garments. A door opj iliis 
 
 room to a less spaci- 
 
 about to ball,, 
 
 the actua 1 
 About the sides of 
 nd cold Wit* 
 
 ..are the ba; 
 k enters the water he uses a c 
 
 in all superflum; ttilly 
 
 washed, and undergoes a sin ins of coa 
 
 from one of t) 
 soap, cing well cleaned :> 
 
 his midcll. 
 
 returns to the room where they first asst 
 
 pip* 1 . tak- rshments, till he is disposed r 
 
 sum- .irt. 
 
 It is not unusual for two hundred ladies, a: ec- 
 
 fi\ slaves of th- assemble at one of . nios, and, 
 
 having undergone the operation of bathing, to recli elves 
 
 ii her employ themselves in working, or engage in con- 
 
 ng coffee, swc DC. themselves and attendants 
 
 remaining unincumbered by dress. 
 
 Of the Religion of Turkey. 
 
 The religion of Turkey is Mahometan. 1: of two pc 
 
 which may be considered as the fundamental articles of that fa 
 and Jive of practice. The forme* are, that there is no god but ( 
 and that Mahomet is his prophet. The latter are, ( 1 ) That purifica- 
 tions of the body by washing are to be observed as an indispensable 
 part of their duty to God. (2) That prayers are to be offered at cer- 
 tain fixed times and seasons, as prescribed by the holy law. (3) That 
 alms are to be bestowed according to the ability of the giver. UJ 
 That it is necessary to fast during all the month of Ramazan : and (5) 
 That frequent pilgrimages to Mecca are acceptable to God, and one 
 absolutely necessary to salvation. 
 
 Tbe purifications are by means of water, when that can be procured, 
 
Religion in Turkey. 79 
 
 but in other cases the Koran indulges its disciples with a substitution 
 of fine sand. They are obliged to 
 
 /eused wit 
 
 1 
 
 and 
 
 bridi 
 
 ir and silic- 
 ate houses are ilk?: 
 
 to rrcoinpense 
 
 iiposod of 
 
 ii>S thmi. 
 
 eat mosque that incloses' 
 
 alk M-V< Q 
 ' 
 tnt Abral 
 
 tmi. ;i6SS, God!" A 
 
 i draught of th ,trt.* 
 
 peo, 
 
 o take that license, a i at all the creat 
 
 re good and desigwd tor 
 proh wine was a wise maxim 
 
 <ource of all disorders an- 
 
 pfophct n 'o deny it to tho-o tlini knew how to Q8i 
 
 m : but he said, scandal ought to be avoided, and i 
 he never drank it in pub! 
 
 * This account differs from that of AH Bey. If bis account b< 
 it would br i for them to plunge -nto I he Zem-Zeni, which i^ 
 
 like a common well, and of considerable depth. He simply s;r 
 they drink very eagerly and freely of the water which is di r 
 for tbera in bucKets. P. 
 
SO Manners and Customs of the Turks. 
 
 7'he burying- grounds about Constantinople are larger than the 
 
 whole city ; and to inconsiderable villages there are bury ing-places of 
 
 man < \u -/it. These villages were formerly large towns, but 
 
 they retain no other murk oi their ancient grandeur than this. On no 
 
 occasion do they ever remove a \ serves for a monument. 
 
 hem are of marble, and \ illar, 
 
 ; urban on the top of it. to tlir memory of a man ; and as 
 
 ieir differo'i 
 
 !m^ u;i tlie arms of 
 
 the pillar - MI in gold 
 
 The ladies ha\ r ornamen 
 
 e a rose on the top of their monu- 
 ment. The sepulchre^ o nilies are railed in, arid plant- 
 sultans, and some great men, ! 
 lamps constantly burning in them. 
 
 Tin 
 
 wait the approach*. 1 
 
 ' 
 
 with a pipe, a neats, &c. sitting up till t 
 
 turn. 
 
 >>ods. How many v 
 
 w as their eye-brows, were lin- 
 ns ? 
 
 Bakers, in T 'ling bread 
 
 oir ears nailed to the* p;st 
 
 to tli \ erf nl allies. A 
 
 ed tne divan to confine ; I assadors to a si. 
 
 r^-nfi>. A ; > 
 
 the I bond 
 
 of alliance and marriage 
 Austria, he was answered that Poi-te did not trou r , 
 
 i ii ion of one ho- . ; her.'' Thesiu 
 
 ing informed by the arr cesses obtained over the 
 
 Spaniards, replied, ^ hat care I \ uog, or hog eat 
 
 the do<r. ^o that the inters 
 
 The peasant, no less than the siilum, displays all kinds of contempt 
 for infidels, as Christians are termed in Turkey ; the j - em- 
 
 ployed as guards to an European, have the general appellation of hog- 
 Hrivers. 
 
 Mr. Eton, in his Survey of the Turkish Empirej mentions many 
 
:oms of the Turks. 81 
 
 i tin? the resigns 
 
 rilr-UUin 
 
 ash worm 
 
 tience. A perfect M!< ned among them, not one woman 
 
 or lamenting, so at had 
 
 a hii*b;ind. One, in pa; a re- 
 
 1 when asked why she did not take 
 and bear misfortunes like a Mussulman, a* 1 
 is: I hare M< 
 
 < ossi-legged, ac< 
 
 class 
 le abo< 
 
 heiummer: t l 
 
 rank at t 
 
 Marriages are chiefly negotiated by the ladies : it is 
 
 i pays down "a < m of mon*- v 
 
 It 
 oney is usually ex* 
 
 ing- passages t Koran; n -ing 
 
 is buried 
 
 'vrers and fn*een leaves* 
 
 
 
 The i estfl n, Ti. mly root*-( 
 
 eansofper ;. T< lound mosques, 
 
 them wir 
 
 works of a Mussulman ; >n is made for the 
 
 ^ervice of i j the 
 
 estah iwed 
 
 tion of youth n of science. iThey 1- 
 
 ^sors, and confer aegrees, l)iit tin- is more of parade than of 
 utili' -orthenio^J .orant of the first prim i- 
 
 pies : and all kinds of knowledge are iu a very low il 
 
 throufrho.it the Turkish empire ; some instances in proof of tliis wiU 
 
 imerated. 
 
 The Turks look, indeed, with reverence on the noble rnin 
 Greece, believing- them to have been built by demons or c^eiiii, and 
 are verv unu illiug- to let Europeans have an) part of t the 
 
Language and Literature of the Turks. 
 
 ouly use tliey themselves make of these is, to pull in pieces the m:. 
 edifices to bun ,; the phi r vv.ilK. n 
 
 'lii^ lime, 
 divine wo, ild have \ 
 
 i. ice? 
 
 The noble production-, of stataar i'.illy 
 
 suppressed. These ;irts are anatln 
 bliui! : ,i fanaticism has declared t 
 
 of G oil. ;>letely ign 
 
 -. and level , ning aque 
 
 The use of v, i.tges is al. "^ " in All 
 
 merchandize is car lies, or camels, in i 
 
 part of the empire. The sultan has a coa< i age exact 
 
 one shape as a hearse in England, without springs, dmv 
 mules. The pole is of enormous thickness, as well as e\ 
 the reason of 
 
 ad. 
 
 Tl, surgeons 
 
 * ing of not i 
 
 T plaster of Paris, which takr 
 
 pressure, ; 
 iass is sol, 
 
 I fracture 
 
 person was se:t hister extended from be- 
 
 low his heel to rh, whence a bandaL 
 
 \. He reclined back whti 
 
 ap- 
 
 K>SC grease, which is continually repeated till the 
 redL 
 ropeansat< 
 
 
 
 toes acquire such a degree of streng' 
 using 
 
 MC. 
 
 Mr. character of ol lowing 
 
 word worst arc tin- those 
 
 bordiM mi' on t)u 1 1 lack Sea: those of Const*. 
 
 , 
 
 d.ul : parts of Asia; 
 
 the people of H Arabs, Persians, and a few Ti 
 
 are mild and 
 
 uiuch respect ! onean as to one of their own country, 'and 
 
 more than to a Turk, whom they bate." 
 
 Language and Literature of the Ti 
 
 The Tin uageisofi .n to the Persian or 
 
 Arabic, being a mix v eral dialects, and posses-, r the 
 
 force, elegance, nor purity of those two celebrated oriental tongues. 
 Literature is not, however, totally 1, and it has been repeat- 
 
 edly attempted to establish a printing-press at Constantinople ; but 
 
Atptct of Constantinople. 
 
 ed , from the interest of the copyists, who 
 
 practice, would iU^>; cad. 
 
 Aspect of Constantinople. 
 It would bt? diffn 
 
 ''u- most romai ; ered, to associate in close an 
 
 < i ant objects wt >e contempla- 
 
 ted, even within .re' peran. \\\ and around theTu 
 
 e barbarous extremes of magnificence and wretched- 
 ness ; of power and weakne*- 
 
 ^acy and sancti be seen 
 
 led toget) 
 The majesty and magnificence <\ crowned with all the gran- 
 
 strained sensuality, and brutalizing inherent degenenu the 
 
 ire. 
 
 ary travr' ' < 
 
 < ts to behold hut faint vestige* ves 
 
 t shall find few tra<-e* ol 
 
 be at erroneous as that upon which it was founded. A ima- 
 
 gination has been dazzled with poi ns of 
 
 }..il.uTs :ui,! !...!.- orticoei u vi t, n , !. i; fmi . : - i. i . 
 
 walks, now serring as baza' 
 
 -ir. * , u.i i n >.\ the ii tiTei . ereti m i ; .i . ." ooaooidmi: !. 
 
 ,md abo\ 
 
 nies and ooserrances of the public baths ; we behold those 
 appearances which ch* 
 ;ut, a far an in 
 
 1 and 
 
 the roitume of its inhab: 
 w the dresses worn ' nsclves, as they are i 
 
 ^ems and coins of t ' - y, as well as 
 
 !,(>- u--! i-i !;IM -. . . . . '' -. '. -\ rr.'-4.n (. In IK vr 
 Delves, at the conqu< 
 'oms, and < 
 
 at has been said of the riches and 
 .t* are ajr 
 
 i ises are always small, l 
 nseof coloured glass in the windov. owiuos, and in sou < 
 
 daces, is 
 witl usaders ; anv |>* 
 
 thr 
 
 agerie shewn to strangers is i 
 i his pipe and his horse; the fir-t vs ill cost 
 
 ..imont of diamonds from 
 -nd i length. Coffee cups arc adorned in thr 
 
^4 'The Sultanas. 
 
 costly manner. A saddle cloth embroidered and covered with jew- 
 els stirrups of silver, and other rich trappings, are used by their 
 orandees to adorn their horses. The boasted illuminations of the 
 Ramadan would scarcely be perceived if they were not pointed out. 
 The suburbs of London are more brilliant every night in the year. 
 
 The Sultanas. 
 
 It so happened that the gardener of the Grand Seignior, during our 
 residence in Constantinople, was a German. This person n . 
 mix with the society in Pera, and often joined in the evening pa 
 <riven by the different foreign ministers. In this manner, says 
 Clarke, we became acquainted with him; and were invited to 
 apartments within the walls of the Seraglio, close to the gates of the 
 
 b VTwe^accompanied, during our first visit, by his intimate friend, 
 the secretary and chaplain of the Swedish mission ; who, b 
 time befui <ed in obtaining a sight 01 
 
 Sultanas . ' consequence 
 
 to the gardener. They were sitting 
 of the black eunuch, o; 
 
 the Seraglio garde 
 
 these ladies wen- jroiiiff tolako the air. In order to di 
 oestarv to pa- >g * hc '' 
 
 arabat* was si ' wa8 U8Ual for 
 
 tod 
 
 ace. Upon theseoccaei ^k funurhs examine every part of 
 
 the garth > women, calling out to all persons to 
 
 avoid api m under i anu 
 
 Yiend the Swede, instantly closed all the- 
 shutter, and I. black eunuchs 
 
 fmdinir the lodge shut, supposed the gardener 
 Presently followed tlu> ^nlUn Mother, with i 
 as, whowerr in hi-h crU-c, rompinp an.! 
 Asin -,,l.iw <>f the gardem--, 
 
 wards the gate through which these ladies were to pass, and i wai 
 arated from it onlv bv afew yr ! . ITor> thrmv iall ffin 
 
 hoh 
 
 of the women, wh described as possessing extraordinary 
 
 C Three of the four were Georgians, having dark complexions and 
 
 was remarkably fair, ni> 
 
 hair j aki ; iliickness, was of a flaxen colour ; 
 
 Bcitner w those of the Turkish women 
 
 . cn orMl!' vciitletnan said, he was almost sure they 
 
 mfested m dis- 
 
 plaving their char loitering at the gate. 
 
 ^ nd j^pee of terror : as th* J would have paid for 
 
 their curiositv with thoir lives, if any such suspicion had entered the 
 minds of the black eunuchs. He described their dresses as rich be- 
 yond all that can be imagined. Long spangled robes, open in f 
 with pantaloons embroidered in gold and silver, and covered by a 
 profusion of pearls and precious stones, displayed their persons 
 ^reat advantage ; but were so heavy as actually to encumber then 
 
 * A kind of light carriage, drawn by bxen or buffaloes. P. 
 

 /notion, and almost r wall 
 
 se* * 
 
 J t . .4 t ; OM - . '. p,', , u',r,- i I,-'/!, I t ! ',. 
 
 |KMed; not ooo of them hario* any ml. 
 
 s rastio. 
 
 in " 
 
 j- M .. :..-, r\ ,-; ,, , .,, lv 
 
 ! ' ' ; I *":? ' tf ' r ": )> ""-. '"' ' ni, ... , ,r.N f 
 
 i ST^L^Sfe^ ^ tpbonM 
 
 l^wh^A.^t M ^^ 8en|g||or% ^ COim|ld ^ rdancr , 
 
 rui - : Ifi * l V( "' of port .-. h u u ,!N Mt- 
 
 . b '_ 
 
 il "T^T- MiWn KifB of freat 
 -i.iu^ the fint of tbeM are enormoui cr- 
 
 "'-' WMbr.MrtaeM -i,,! -n.K,, 
 
 I" -:.-.-..-1i.,:i. IMMll 7vMC ieeted :,,.,M,n,K, n ;,, ,, , . 
 
 l?h rwtng inouml*. mod m loor >V> 
 fmtMoC theg 
 
 u the mm- m that by which the Sultana* 
 
 - * wj WHHV HIP C 
 
 inf , before alluded to ; and the gardener'! lodrTii 
 
 KSS^^aSbadKS 
 
 ..mlhMlMkiUM. Dir^lKoSodSittrj^ll 
 cr>- lofty 
 
 "SJr2^ r r "** " " . ~ 
 
 '": '! i ., ,,!,. , ,, ir . 
 
 i 
 
 < ' ':'' . ':,; 
 
 t which bears the 
 
 w quarU 
 
 Kte Of c u ',!:;" T',' 1 1 *''" 
 
 . i I 1 
 
 !>.' - ',/ 3 
 
 ork appear small parterres, edged 
 taJninf wy common flo^ 
 
 
 nfir t " 
 
 in Cruuhn-J---. .,-jd uir],,-,, . : " ,;. r 
 
The Seraglio. 
 
 
 same sort of cloistered court. One side of this building extends 
 across the upper extremity of the garden, so that the windows look 
 into it. Below these houses are two small green houses, filled with 
 very common plants, and a number of Canary birds. Before the 
 Charem windows, on the right hand, is a ponderous, gloomy, wooden 
 door ; and this, creaking on its massive hinges, opens to the quadran- 
 gle, or interior court of the Charem itself. We will keep this door 
 shut for a short time, in order to describe the seraglio garden more 
 minutely ; and afterwards open it, to gratify the reader's curiosity. 
 
 Still facing the Charem, on the left hand, is a paved ascent, lead- 
 ing, through a handsome gilded iron gate, from the lower to the upper 
 garden. Here is a kiosk, which I shall presently describe. Return- 
 ing from the Charem to the door by which we first entered, a lofty 
 wall on the right hand supports a terrace with a few small parterres ; 
 these, at a considerable height above the lower garden, constitute 
 what is now called the Upper Garden of the Seraglio ; and till with- 
 in these few years, it was the only one. 
 
 Having thus completed the tour of this small and insignificant spot 
 of ground, let us now enter the kiosk, which I first mentioned as the 
 sultan's summer residence. It is situated on the sea shore, and com- 
 mands one of the finest views the eye ever beheld, of Scutary and 
 the Asiatic coast, the mouth of the canal, and a moving picture of 
 ships, gondolas, dolphins, birds, with all the floating pageantry of this 
 Tast metropolis, such as no other capital in the world can pretend to 
 exhibit. The kiosk itself, fashioned after the airy fantastic shler-i 
 Eastern arcli j -resents a spacious chain HIM hy a 
 
 dome, from which towards the ^ea advances a raised platform .-ur- 
 rounded by windows, and terminated by a divan.* On the right and 
 left are the private apartments of the sultan and his ladies. From 
 the centre of the dome is suspended a large lustre, presented hy the 
 English ambassador. Above the raised platform hangs another lustre 
 of smaller si/c, but more elegant. Immediately over tl.e 
 stituting the divan, are mirrors engraved with Turkish inscriptions ; 
 poetry and pas-sages from the Koran. The sofas are of white satin, 
 beautifully embroidered by the women of the seraglio. 
 
 Leaving the platform, on the left hand is the Sultan's private 
 chamber of repose, the floor of winch is SUITOR 
 very costly workmanship. Opposite to this chamber, on the other 
 side of the kiosk, a door opens to the apartment in which are placed 
 the attendant Sultanas, the Sultan Mother, or any ladie- in iv-idence 
 with the sovereign. This room corresponds exactly with the S: Item's 
 chamber, except that the couches are more magnificently embroi- 
 dered. 
 
 A small staircase leads from these apartments to two chambers 
 below, paved with marble, and as cold as any cellar. Here a mo7-e 
 numerous assemblage of women are buried, as it were, during- the 
 heat of summer. The first is a sort of antichamber to the other ; 
 by the door of which, in a nook of the wall, are placed the niltan's 
 clippers of common yellow morocco, and coarse workmanship. 
 
 * The divan is a sort of couch or sofa, common all over the Levant^ 
 surrounding every side of a room, except that which contains the ~n- 
 trance. It is raised about sixteen inches from the floor. "When a 
 divan is held it means nothiag more than that the persons composis? 
 it are thus seated 
 
77** Seraglio. W 
 
 ! chamber immediately below the kiosk, a 
 
 ,. \, n 
 
 a similar nature, closcl 
 
 .... I . .- 
 pWrring a few thing* they had carelessly lift upc>i 
 
 uvrcrs ; the drawers cont.. 
 
 le ban made of embroidered * 
 
 'yro slaves, wl. 
 Much*, That liquor* 
 it: for we found labels for bo t 
 
 en, by the entrance 
 
 !" V ..-n t-\ tl.r ('I.;. 
 
 women only reside here 
 
 le of France ; and the decor : 
 <>r to that *hall prex 
 
 describe. Fn r open a smaU window near the 
 
 My. and alirhted upon a long ranee 
 > covered by mats 
 ired tlaTea : thcte remrncd the whole extent of a 
 
 nrc, naMing- some narrow 
 \rere also mrr 
 
 or above: this w: 
 
 :s attendants it was 
 r i*d to a< < 
 
 second corridor we eu f - 
 of this were - 
 ipejtaettt --.,-.-' ;.:-' . . ,.nk . ; n.' upon the righta M-. - .-f 
 
 1 
 1 representation than this chamber; L. 
 
8& the Seraglio. 
 
 regret the loss of the very accurate drawing whick I caused Mon- 
 sieur Preaux to complete upon the spot. It is exactly such an apart- 
 ment as the best painters of scenic decoration would have selected, 
 to afford a striking idea of the pomp, the seclusion, and the magnifi- 
 cence, of the Ottoman court. The stage is best suited for its repre- 
 sentation ; and therefore the reader is requested to have the stage ill 
 his imagination while it is described. It was surrounded with enor- 
 mous mirrors, the costly donations of infidel kings, as they are styled 
 by the present possessors. These mirrors the women of the Seraglio 
 sometimes break in their frolics. At the upper end is the throne, a 
 sort of cage, in which the Sultana sits, surrounded by latticed blinds ; 
 for even here her person is held too sacred to be exposed to the com- 
 mon.observation of slaves and females of the C harem. A lofty flight 
 of broad steps, covered with crimson cloth, leads to this cage, as to a 
 throne. Immediately in front of it are two burnished chairs of state, 
 covered with crimson velvet and gold, one on each side the entrance. 
 To the right and the left of the throne, and upon a level with it, are 
 the sleeping apartments of the Sultan Mother" and her principal fe- 
 males in waiting. The external windows of the throne arc oil latti- 
 ced ; on 01 V;y look towards the sea, and on the other into the 
 quadrangle of the Charem : the chamber itself occupying the whole 
 breadth of the building, on the side of the quadrangle into which it 
 looks. The area below the latticed throne, or the front of the stage 
 fto follow the idea before proposed,) is set apart for the attendants, 
 for the dancers, for arlors, mu^ic. refreshments, and whatsoever is 
 brought into the Charem for the amusement of the court. This 
 place is covered with Persian mats ; but these are removed when 
 the Sultana is here, and the richer caq-eK substituted in their place. 
 
 Beyond the great Chamber <>t' Audience is t !v Boom of 
 
 the Sultan, wh( n he i- in the Charem. I If IT we observed the mag- 
 nificent lustre before mentioned. The Sultan sometimes visits this 
 chamber during the winter, to hear music, and to amuse himself 
 with his favourites. It is surrounded by mirrors. The other orna- 
 ments display that strange mixture of magnificence and wretched- 
 ness, which el all the state chambers of Turkish grandees. 
 .Leaving the As.emblv Hoom b\ the same door through whirls we en- 
 tered, and continuing along the passage as before, whieh runs paral- 
 lel to the sea-shore, we at length readied what be termed the sanc- 
 tum sanctorum of this Paphian temple, the baths of the Sultan Moth- 
 er and the four principal Sultanas. These are small, but very ele- 
 gant, constructed of white marble, and lighted by ground glass 
 above. At the upper end is a raised sudatory and bath for the Sultan 
 Mother, concealed by lattice work from the rest of the apartment. 
 Fountains play constantly into the floor of this bath, from all sides ; 
 and every degree of refined luxury has been added to the work, 
 which a people of all others best Versed in the ceremonies of the 
 bath, have been capable of inventing or requiring. 
 
 Leaving the bath, and returning along the passage by which we 
 came, we entered what is called the Chamber of Repose. Nothing 
 need be said of it, except that it commands the finest view any where 
 afforded from this point of the seraglio. It forms a part of the build- 
 ing well known to strangers, from the circumstance of its being sup- 
 ported, tevards the sea, by twelve eolurani of that beautiful and rare 
 
, ; ie Seraglio. *$ 
 
 If Lorafomonium of Pliny, ca 
 
 r 
 
 llU-t 
 
 t Kreen Egyptian bn : c beautiful than any 
 
 . proceeded to that part of the C harem 
 - Taglio garden, and i large ap < </*<* 
 
 express it, 
 ladies of the Chan 
 
 ing and seeing comedies, farcical representations, 
 . the state of an old 
 
 ,, neglected and br 
 
 are, leaning agamM the 
 
 
 
 Made of oak, w=- uhogany ; 
 
 - ; scraos 
 
 t y confectionary boxes, were the only 
 
 (,!,,,' N in tl.i. \ .ft !' Tlu- j.:ilurr. 
 
 ,.f tepstoan u. 
 .1 part of r 
 Seraglio. Finding 
 
 in a more state, wo 
 
 ffarden. The rcaii* 
 
 the great door was closed upon us, and that we were locked io. Lii- 
 teninr, to asci ic was stirring, we discovered thatjL 
 
 slave had entered to fee*i 
 
 .we atasi profited by tl^ 
 
 ck the huge lock of the gate with a large stone, which 
 r Mows, and we made our ear: 
 
 paved road, towards the chamber of the garden 
 used to be interesting, as we were tol 
 
 private h- t apartment ; mod t 
 
 the occupations and an > 
 ian, divested of the outward pan* 
 
 MC paved ascrt 
 red a small garden, 1 
 
 !i ; when< 
 Nothincr 't.~ 
 
 ^, alter the on! n \\-\-\ \.\\: 
 ie of this, a door 
 > . Between each of those doors a i , 
 
 lauusrript, ana upo ? 
 of each book written on the edges of its leav< 
 
 * A rock composed of fragments cernrnte.1 tog-ell 
 of which the pillars, HI the hall of Represt 
 are made. P. 
 
 **. 
 
90 Greece. 
 
 the ceiling of the room, which was of burnished gold, opposite eaci* 
 of the doors, and also opposite to the fire-place, hung three gilt ca- 
 ges, containing small figures of artificial birds : these sung by me- 
 chanism. In the centre of the room stood an enormous gilt brazier, 
 supported, in an ewer, by four massive claws, like vessels seen under 
 side boards in England. Opposite the entrance, on one side of the 
 apartment, was a raised bench, crossing a door on which were placed 
 an embroidered napkin, a vase, and basin, for washing the beard 
 and hands. Over this bench, upon the wall, was suspended the large 
 embroidered portfi-feuide, worked with silver thread on yellow leath- 
 er, which is carried in procession when the Sultan goes to mosque, or 
 elsewhere in public, to contain the petitions presented by his subjects. 
 In a nook close to the door was also a pair of yellow boots ; and on 
 the bench by the ewer, a pair of slippers of the same materials. 
 These are placed at the entrance of every apartment frequented by 
 4he Sultan. The floor was covered with Gobelin tapestry ; and the 
 eiling, as before stated, magnificently gilded and burnished. 
 Groupes of arms, such as pistols, sabres, and poniards, were disposed, 
 with very singular taste and effect, on the different compartments of 
 the walls ; the handles and scabbards of which were covered with 
 diamonds of very large size : these, as they glittered around, gave a 
 most gorgeous effect to the splendour of this sumptuous chamber. 
 
 GREECE. 
 
 Greece, a name applied to that part of Europe inhabited by the de- 
 scendants of the ancient Greeks. The continental part embracing, 
 that portion of Turkey, which lies south of the parallel of 4 
 peninsula, jutting out into the Mediterranean, and separated by the 
 Ionian sea from the peninsula of Italy on the west, and by the Archi- 
 pelago, from Asia Minor on the east. In the former sea are situated 
 the Seven Islands, constituting the Ionian republic ; in the latter, 
 about 1 00 islands of various size. All these may strictly be consider- 
 ed as a component part of Greece. Near the southern extremity of 
 the peninsula, is the sub-peninsula of the Morea, (the ancient Pelo- 
 ponnesus,) connected with the main land by the narrow isthmus of 
 Corinth. The whole extent of Greece is estimated at 40,000 square 
 miles ; and the population at 4,000,000, of which number 3,000,OC!0 
 are Greeks, and the rest Turks, Jews, &c. 
 
 Aspect of Modern Greece. 
 
 CABINS of dried mud, more fit for the abode of brute animals than 
 of man ; women and children in rags, running away at the approach 
 of the stranger and the janissary ; the affrighted goats themselves 
 scouring over the hills, and the dogs alone remaining to receive you 
 with their barking such is the scene that dispels the charm which 
 fancy would fain throw over the objects before you. 
 
 The Peloponnesus is a desert : since the Russian expedition, the 
 Turkish yoke has borne with increased weight on the inhabitants i 
 
the Morea ; part of its population has been slaughtered by the A 
 
 j meets t \ illages det and 
 
 ' towns, as at Mifitra, whole suburbs are deserted ; 
 
 .get of i 
 kjiji: 
 
 wife and i 
 
 lowest aga of the most insi- 
 lowest depth of misery, the Morgan abandons I., 
 repairs to Asm in quest of a lot less severe. Vain hope ! He can- 
 
 . acant *tare the shores of Salami* 
 
 i would suppose that Greece herself intended \>\ ,mg 
 
 h shewed' tlic wretchedness n. 
 
 ated, bare, monotonous wild, and 
 d herbage. There 
 
 rents which are dr> rm houses, or scarcely any, 
 
 are to be teen in the country ; you observe no husband r 
 , neet no carts, no teams of oxen. \n be more n- 
 
 c marks c 
 
 ones. A few 
 pen* \vith red caps on their he 
 
 1 .irsetDes, doIefvU y wish you, as they pass, Kali iptra. (rood ir 
 
 om they drive asses or small horses with rough coats, 
 >canty m- i the pro- 
 
 duce of their vineyard. Bound thif desolate region with a sea i^nvEit 
 
 1 of goaU>. 
 
 her of sheen, browse upon a cape among column 
 !i of a Turk pu' to flight, . 
 
 nd you will have an ace 
 which Greece now presents.* 
 
 Character of the Greekt. 
 
 iQdern Egypt! :< 
 erated, and the people who still iahah utiful c< 
 
 * This applies to the state of the Greeks before tbo late attempt of 
 that unfortunate prople to assert their independence. 
 
92 Grecian Women, their Dress, <J*c. 
 
 Greece ! Under a pure sky, in a wholesome, temperate, atmos- 
 phere, impregnated with the sweetest emanations, on a soil which na- 
 ture decks with flowers, and clothes with the verdure of an eternal 
 spring, or which may be enriched with crops of every sort, or with 
 delicious fruits, we must expect, among the men, to meet only with 
 amenity of manners, and sweetness of disposition. I am speaking 
 of the men whose generations there succeed each other without in- 
 terruption : for the ignorant and untractable usurper may, by his 
 stupid ferocity, pollute the most happy climate, the most smiling 
 country ; and ages are required for their influence to temper, in a 
 perceptible mariner, the rudeness of his inclinations. 
 
 The man of these charming parts of Greece is of a handsome 
 stature ; he carries his head high, his body erect, or rather inclined 
 backward than forward ; he is dignified in hi- carriage, easy in his 
 manners, and nimble in his gait : his eyes are full of vivacity : his 
 countenance is open, and his address agreeable and prepossessing ; 
 he is neat and elegant in his clothing ; he has a taste for dress, as for 
 every thing that is beautiful : active, industrious, and even enterpri- 
 zing, he is capable of executing great things ; he speaks with ease, 
 he expresses himself with warmth; he is acquainted with the lan- 
 guage of the passions, and he likewise astonishes by his natural elo- 
 quence ; he loves the arts, without daring to cultivate them, under 
 the bra/en yoke which hangs heavy on his neck ; skilful and cunning 
 in trade, he does not always conduct himself in it with that fruikness 
 which constitutes its principal basis ; ami if we still find in nnxlern 
 Greece many of the fine qualities which do honour to the history of 
 ancient Greece, it cannot be denied that Superstition, the child of 
 Ignorance :.r ,i .greatly tarnishes their lustre: and we also 
 
 discover in their disposition that fickleness, that pliability, that want 
 of sincerity : in -hort. th;<1 arlfnl turn of mind which borders oo 
 treachery, 'and of which the Greeks of antiquity have been accused. 
 
 Grecian Women, their Dress, fyc. 
 
 The Greek women have the fore, which is beantiful, and of an oval 
 form, uncovered. Thar eyes are black as are also their eye-brows, 
 to which, as well n< to their - 'hey pay a particular attention, 
 
 rubbing them over, to bestow 'on them a deeper hue, with a leaden 
 ore reduced to an impalpable powder, blended with nn unctuous mat- 
 ter, to give it consistence. Their complexion is generally pale. They 
 wear their hair, whichSs of a great length, and of a deep shining black, 
 in tresses, and sometimes turned back in a fanciful way on the head. 
 In other instances it hangs loosely down the back, extending to the 
 hips. They are commonly dressed in a pelisse of silk, satin, or some 
 other material : they are costly in their attire, in the choice of which 
 they are not attached to any particular colour. On the head they 
 wear a small cap. 
 
 The dress of the Greek men nearly resembles that of the Turks, but 
 they are not allowed to wear the turban of white muslin, for which 
 they substitute the blue turban ; and none of the Greeks can wear 
 yellow boots or slippers, except those who are in the service of foreign 
 ministers. 
 
 The Greek women marry at the age of fifteen : but they are short- 
 lived, beginning to decay, and having the marks of age soon after 
 twenty-five. It is to the too frequent use of the hot-bath, that the de- 
 bilitated constitutions of the Greek women are to be ascribed ; and 
 
" ~. M ^,~ ^f o ,ifo.rivi ked 
 
 
 r?en appemr a 
 
 m KB bord( r.-,l 
 
 
 
 :.K . :' IH - 
 
 
 ' 
 
 ' 
 
#4 Of Greek Manners. 
 
 well as nurse, and on certain occasions her counsellor and adviser. 
 The servants are always ready to follow their mistress when she goes 
 abroad. The train of slaves and servants form the equipage of the 
 Greeks. A woman of character among the Greeks must never be 
 seen from home without one servant at least. Those of very high rank, 
 or who are ambitious of making a parade of their opulence and vanity, 
 are ttended by an innumerable troop of domestics. 
 
 The slaves are not Greeks, but such as are either taken in war, or 
 stolen by the Tartars from Russia, Circassia, or Georgia. Many 
 thousands were formerly taken in the Morea, but these have been 
 mostly redeemed by the charitable contributions of the Christians, or 
 ransomed by their own relations. The fine slaves, that wait upon 
 great ladies, are bought at the age of eight or nine years, and educat- 
 ed with great care, to accomplish them in singing, dancing, embroide- 
 ry, &c. They are commonly Circassians, and their patron rarely 
 ever sells them ; but if they grow weary of them, they either present 
 them to a friend, or give them their freedom. 
 
 Of Greek Manners. 
 
 During courtship the Greek lover serenades his mistress either in 
 front of her house, or from the water. On these occasions lie recites, 
 in a pathetic song, the warmth a:ul sincerity of his passion. The noc- 
 turnal serenades, which are devoted to love, are so frequent at Buy- 
 iikdere, a pleasant village on the European side of the Bosphorus, as 
 to break in on the r itfl i.ihahitants; and a person of a lively 
 
 fancy might be led \n Mi:>pose. that the deity of love had made it his 
 favourite residence, from the beauty of the spot. 
 
 Nearly opposite to Biivuk!c'v. n the banks of the Bosphorus, is a 
 fountain overhung with beautiful clumps of trees, much frequented 
 on moon-light evening bv th- \nncni;ns -and others* This 
 
 happens at a partici: ir, when the clear transparen- 
 
 cy of the moon's liffht, illuminating 1 the foliage which surrounds them, 
 as well as distant objects in\ ifes the company to spend late hours in 
 the enjoyment of the Hr.innin 
 
 Dr. Wittman, in his Travels, informs us that he went to a kiosk in 
 Bnyukdere, where the Greeks were a^emblcd to sing, dance, and 
 partaUc of other amusements " I joined," says he, " the promenade 
 afterwards in the meadow, in which there was a very numerous as- 
 semblage of Greeks, Turks and others. It being Sunday, the inha- 
 bitant of all the neighbouring villages were collected; and the 
 Croupes which were formed, hv the variety of their costumes, and the 
 characteristic traits peculiar to each, had a very pleasing, and to me 
 a novM effect. While the Greeks displayed a'll the gaiety and n"n- 
 chatnncf* belong-in^ to their character, the Turks, with much gravity, 
 had recourse to 'heir constant companion, the pipe, and in the inter- 
 vals of smoking 1 they took coffee." 
 
 At Easter, the Greeks have amusements of all kinds, and immense 
 crowds of people are collected on the outside of the city to enjoy the 
 festival. Here are wrestling-matches, stalls filled with sweatmeats, 
 sherbet, and groups of people seated on the grass, playing at differ- 
 ent games of chance, while others are engaged in dancing in rings, to 
 the music of an instrument not unlike our bagpipe. On every such 
 Jay of festivity, the Greeks of course display their best dresses, which 
 
 * Carelessness. 
 
HUM cm-, ati' . 
 ions. T 
 ceeds w i 
 
 ant 
 
 Religion of the G/-< P5 
 
 rustoms oi'il.r ancuTit", 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 fuiier 
 
 i'i u i ih this tcrtniu 
 
 ks. 
 
 i-, !' '.oj 8, ; 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 are kept io grea 1 
 tiMQiwij 
 
f j& Mode of Travelling in Greece. 
 
 the faithful. The Greek religion is now become that of the Russians ; 
 the priests of both nations are habited in the same manner ; they have 
 their venerable caverns and forests, and their consecrated waters. 
 
 The Greeks deny the supremacy of the Pope, and abhor the wor- 
 ship of images ; but they have a -multitude of pictures of saints in 
 their churches, whom they address as mediators. They practice much 
 severity in fasting, and believe in the doctrine of transubstantiation. 
 Though they will not admit of purgatory, they allow of a third place, 
 where they say the blessed remain in expectation of the day of judg- 
 ment. Baptism is performed among them by plunging the whole bo- 
 dy of the child thrice into the water: immediately after baptism, they 
 give it confirmation and the communion, and seven days after that, 
 it undergoes the ceremony of a second ablution. 
 
 Mode of Travelling in Greece* 
 
 At our head, says that enthusiastic writer, M. Chateaubriand, ap- 
 peared the guide, or Greek postillion on horseback, leading a spare 
 horse provided for -ig any of the party in case an accident 
 
 should happen to liis ^t;-cd. Next came the janissary, with his tur- 
 ban on his hea-l, two pistols and a dagger at his girdle, a sabre by his 
 ?idc. aii-1 a whip to flog the horses of the guide. I followed, armed 
 nearly in the same manner us the janissary, with the addition of a 
 fowling-piece. My man Joseph brought up the rear. This Milanese 
 was a short, f. . . a ilovid c n. and an 
 
 affable look ; I. -iete suit of blue vchet; two 
 
 tok, stuck wider a ti^htl 'at in 
 
 ;ue manner, thatt!i- -<.k at him 
 
 ,out lamrhi- i of a carpet to :j,on, 
 
 j pi- 
 We started, at th* by our p.: nding t!u 
 
 >|). You must 
 jnaL military Tu-'ks know BO other p 
 
 \0ll 
 
 to 1' You are, moreover 6 saddles, 
 tvith wi.l- .'iich 
 brtMk vour tot 'he slight- 
 esttri-', tho elevate.! poi -ntact with your bel- 
 ly, and you arc thr i ridire of tBe saddle 
 breaks yourb. >i And the utility of theso sad- 
 
 ;i,e to the horse, especially 
 
 Yon ]>roc( MOS with the same horses. About 
 
 half wav ' vTered to i yon then 
 
 mo\; sometimes ar- 
 
 rive at a AvTfi, the rui'i- ofa forsak- P among 
 
 all sorts of insects and reptiles, on a wonn-o 
 you can demand nothing, unlr^- you !m- an; so thp' 
 
 must procure prov M can. My janissary went a fo!v_t-iiiT in 
 
 the villages, and sometimes bronchi back fowl, wliich 1 insisted on 
 paying for. We had them broiled upon the green branches of the 
 olivp, or boiled with rice to make a pilaw. Seated on the ground, 
 about this repast, we tore our victuals ?< ith our fin^rer^ ; and 
 
 when the meal was finished, we went to the first brook to wash our 
 beards and hands. Such is now-a-days the mode of travelling in the 
 country of Alcibiades and Aspasia. 
 
Chorartens! ry. f? 
 
 fry. 
 
 berewasthi same silence. We pass- 
 
 ^i woods rt" i '-. irors, ,.r ,-,. .ri.;- in a southerly . 
 reak, we rselresonthe level su-m, most 
 
 wo hours we continued our 
 
 "allows, ii 
 .n>rinr. L.ir^e bulbs of the mountain 
 
 atlas, a shrub with a long, pair, narrow leaf, whose 
 
 
 -. I mcntiSFBcie two shnibt, b^caosc they arc >ver 
 
 so n. sub- 
 
 .t. I shall observe, t e native country of 
 
 ' 
 
 iut exhausted ; these were the Pamisus, the 
 
 '(iff. 
 
 it hurjjh a 
 
 e learned 1 
 
 detrradin^ charact 
 
 if awe, its elevated 
 ided on erery aide by a mountain bu 
 
 Arm, with lesa 
 
 
 beams, she spreads 
 cfore the lurid bosom of the wa- 
 ' n a narrow tongfae 
 trejrnahle hetfrhts, r 
 
 <>n Ar^os for supplies, was fitted by ev 
 
 ' 
 i- -istory of the place; as in 
 
 hollow rocks of Phocis f 
 
 : 
 
 ereiy other moral and physical rerolutiua have do: <>rk an 
 
 9 
 
ial city seems still to survive ; bee ause the acropolis, tht stadium. 
 thr theatre, the wpulchre*. t! - - -s. and tin- v.':\ -,,, ; T., , 
 are so many "sure ami ; s slightly modified indeed by 
 
 tht hand of man, hut upon wlm-h the bUt of di-vi! -.ition j.u^ . |,ki- v .. 
 
 a zephyr. Argot is coaapieoows in this class of < 
 the approach to it from Tinros, where art seems to h;u 
 
 f her existence, the view be d 
 the sea, a 
 tefti&f citadel of Naaptta. 
 
 Conn/A. 
 Corinth stands at the foot of mountait xteods to 
 
 thr M-a ol ('nss.i. mm t.<- (iulf ..!' I.* ; >-. ;-. only rri'.i. rn r.: r , 
 
 in beauty with the 
 
 
 t from the town i' risible. To obtain 
 
 a view oi 
 
 HsdCapeColonna. It iv *u>s s^.... u ooeoftfH jMtitl* "^ 
 
 he world." 1 can rasily n, for evt 
 
 of A' 
 
 r.. wl.M !, :.r !,.r;-. . .,;.,' U ;,t in / -' r. . ..r. HI ^' " M |TOttpfl 
 
 ' 
 
 i n Italy, nor are they sietM low, as in the 
 
 K:i.l, r.-l f,.nns , ,, ... ',. !. M r.!.i." ' NW< wisk* t -, |TMI 
 hnnr. in .tiituii :n. ! k.- . n ' .1 - Ti . PMMBSH ..! PftHH HH II ' II. 
 C*. Ihe Cult MI' I ,, ,M,,'O; n , h r, - , ,,,M,., , maiffiif..-,-!,: i a,^!. M 
 Onrius. r,,,,n,l ^ lib until-, form l! ., hnn/on of th, ; - -, 
 oftb ami c-ati: \ .:., and the mountain* o( Ar- 
 
 rnlisrrid SH \.-- thl - -uf ..,--. u , i. A-'-t',, n sMBfed 
 
 i 
 
 coveredamonir their raina, but tun ( onnthiaa capitals, the sole me- 
 voriab of the order in? rated in t 
 
 nt. 
 
 I slrollixl. va\s M '. ( ....ui,r..,f. . : rn. -n^ t!,e nnnv :.;.' i , ! 
 
 to Mnrey the Strait of Salamic. ThesVtivitieai> 
 
 am arc past ; profound Mini.-,- pen udrd ,,!h the land and th'e ^c :, , - 
 ociamalsMM, no oof*, fto pompoms ceremonies on shore; now., 
 
 about-, no sh.H-k il ..11'\.. n.. tn: H& -I .:i'|,- OS] ',r w.i%rs. M% K , 
 
 af inaboo was too confined now to fiirure to . 
 
 tiont.f KU-ii,^. nou to,xrr'.! ( *Off wi Mr,,- , -otintlt^H ! .s- of IN 
 vans watohiftf the battle of Salamis. Fleuw is, in my omt lion, the 
 most venerable place in Grer< 
 
 otted, and oecaose it witnessed the jrrande* ttrugr^ i 
 
 Who would belme that dalami* it, at the present day. almost whol- I 
 lyeflfacecJ from the memory of the Greek*, " The island of Salamis," 
 ays M 1 >a Memoirs, " has not retained its name 
 
 t of Tbefnistocles." Spoil relates, that he 
 ^alainis with the papas Joannis, i4 a man. be adds, 4i IBS* iff- f 
 
 formerly called Wfiroh ; and this information he rpotind from hit 
 
k . ., r I ci, ! it ; return till i...:'.' ilt..vr ?v,r ft -m -!i.>?v. 
 
 i \ M 
 
 oai M ..i 
 towanUAthrttfwithakiodofpleeeiir 
 
 . . . ' . ' I , v , 
 
 what I K*i frk at the eight of LaciiMM Bpartmi 
 
 
 
 tin !-> r ;Mi. .^- HOanM K rj ^*'- i* 1 ' J M*litar\ . tb^wul t:i- 
 i.U', lu-M. MHl .J. \r u,t- M^ht of ihr Un.l ,,: I -- 
 
 ooton* yoy are esioisajiteo, ae it wars) OIF tna mafic 01 
 sreittadwii , |s> , ai IM j*Sim* Ma\mi sli 
 
 Ke entered th* our* wood; *nd besora we reached 
 
 o tomb* and an ahar to Jepter the indulftnt Wa 
 
 i^ tree* whkh bordered it hke a^ willowi! 1 
 - of it* water 7l tbund lust at 
 
 clasetothe 
 
 ~ AT. _ En^* k^sr AM * "* * * - ~ > -fr-.fr.fc-t-- u^. 
 
 ached Athens. A modem wall, reoently repaired, and ra. 
 *rr?iSlinf a fardeti wall, encompasee* the city. We passed throttfh 
 the fate, and < ' rural street*, cool, and very clean t each 
 
 hoqee has it* iranlen, planted 
 
 an antique temple, almost :. 
 own 'door 
 
 ' \'. , r -., ' / ., , ..' uiui illy 
 
 .M.S. tad . 
 
 D ; : ,. vill '. > < * m it ir.in.-. 
 
 middle ofmodcr 
 
 mnd then appear larfe 
 
 wort, the houses hefin to be more detached, mnd then appear 
 racant tpecf, tome incloaed within the walb of thr city, and other* 
 >at the trail*. In theee fonaken tpaoat we find t) 
 Pojr*, and the Araopefos. I thai) not dr 
 
 fir*t, of which there are alreadt to many description*, and which 
 been a free* rtaomblanoe to the Parthenon ; bat < n the 
 
 feoeral rejection* which I shall presently make on the subject of the 
 

 tar 
 A I 
 
 mjf loaf baeti 
 *tore-hoa*e. 
 rr to the wot of 0* 
 poav 
 
 lU ruim are to be 
 /** the hollow, ep. 
 e Pnyi. and that o- 
 
 of the two Cjmooa, of 
 
 the tottd rock, with an uceot of faor ttef^ 
 
 n* U. 
 
 top of the Acropotti it Mrroooikd with 
 Ad mrtlnf modem coeMnictioo; othr 
 
 
 - , |' rilj v | n a< al|( J t ,r M:IH 
 i*rui_i-_fci - MM tk^ I^A , 
 
 oim and the doable traple 
 a; laMlr. on tU ovl rir? a 
 rrm. The rr^t 
 
 t of !! Turk*. 
 
 leUcuft, foldeo Uot 
 
 jrmer 
 adaoUtioo 
 what mti*t he admired 
 
 
 
 rarrtofthebluckt which form the 
 are to perfect ft* to require the r 
 aad to leave ft mark oo thicker tha 
 
 Thr r ..... . ' . thftftl ...' 
 
 oftheedifife,, 
 
 aafl thefkttt^oi r, ,,!,, m * 
 
 -, ' .- , 
 
 ^ No turnerV work 
 Ionic omamenu of tlietempJ 
 Pftodroaeom are peHbct model*. 
 Rome, thoaeof Prvnee ftpe^ared co 
 m m kattam ia I . tern, 
 
 .. . , 
 
 0! ( M I '..I , ri V. , . ' ,,^ f 1 ' , 
 
 ate pediment. The compori^m ma 
 
 the Grecian archiu 
 
 Kome. 
 
 We ascended bj the half-destro 
 eatcJ ouraatYot on a brokeo part 
 
 -.'. N. a!! !,. -i- V \ 
 
 - - ,t -. 
 
 : - ' ' , , 
 
 thecamtide* of the 
 ing the edifice* of 
 atru 
 
 atafe ' aHH li 
 
 sae of the mioaret ; we 
 ze of the temple, and 
 
Ml 
 
 IM. W* k^ Muoat llrawfttttoa tbft Mt : Ik* Rftm* 
 
 
 V.- . 
 
 JttpiterOlvtnpigft, fti uii I 
 
 qf UT 
 
 iUlt.. a.HUtn ...leaf I'u.ij . r 
 
 ic a*, i * ? AoMmy, fcftd 
 
 i IU rmUry fofMd bj tbc Al 
 Uttmodorot' 
 
 ' HHg BOW %Hfft tD TOSfKtf fttt tkftl IfftPft, fftfiH Wftftlft ftftd 00> 
 
 irv|TMd with olivo fruvftft^ 
 firltU of brlry. ftfld MiwtmfftU. 
 hftfb uf ruiunuM ftad br%|^ of rx irut aad rood cm mint* 
 
 SOIcMtlF I ' CUI it iltcti i .*>.' ; a. 
 
 of fftrlriift intrr^^ Mnr ibeoi. 
 
 or a*hti^ the fftrmontB r*f ' 
 
 MliMMtfc; MMDUMI Mid iniif, dritiof < 
 ptviviwiojft oo (bctr bftck% to tSr ni t . Yog mgat coocctvo ftll QMM 
 
 ' ' - 
 
 Imttt tbt io p**k f ItaM Hjrn^tw: Uw crtnr% vbkli bH 
 ir MMli snMiftd lh otedfti bt Atwr iw* 
 
 W 6ra rftdMftfti InftOM of Aororm; oohimo% of kfki-ktaf 
 ctttdad to fVt hdc, ftlovff tbo vdoof 
 
 M (mi^tti vburv lb bcw fttv krpC . Albm. U Aerautift. 
 
 /ptftobMoMOoi; UtnU|i(rMqfPWI M ft,tCnH r 
 
 by ft ray of ft4d. iiancd into I >o% r opao tho mmr- 
 
 blc from UM mobtiity of the ibftiinri of tbo relief in thr di%imnr. 
 
 .-' - !' H, , - -, . ..-., , :. ti (< ,| l( i ,|,. -, . 
 
 -iotK rH^ 
 
 kdrtaaa like m rock of 
 tariM. d 
 
 
 oMrv; Hcrros vrher* ArhilUt pftot kfe iAoeT ; IMoft, 
 I >,uim and ApoUoJfor to pftlm tiMMiii 
 m wbk^ rettundd nw of Artftdoe. Tbawttft, ftod 
 
i net. 
 
 dreary, tad toMliMi MirottJktod with m double or a triple wall, 
 witluo kkjk the iahebiUnU lire in perpetual fcmr of il* Tartu and 
 of pirate*. An theme fortified fillagea are, n* . 
 in, they convey to the mind of the traveller an idem of every quoin 
 
 __ A A 
 
 G reece, after remaining in m 
 
 nifi.uiv and Turk-, for |,. tU- 
 
 i peje, be* a t u*t atim-i --i * 
 Ittl, a reroh wa escfctd to Moaaa- 
 
 vim by Prince Aieiander YpaOmati, but waft aooa quelled by the 
 I twm* followed by the ptarier mad Maamcre of the Greek? 
 iNlmntinople, mnd unonf the victim wma the Patriarch of the 
 
 . At the eaoie time, the Orea^^Hb Greece \ 
 c Morca, and the itinn> t and before tu 
 
 At tre amme tune, PN ce pro- 
 
 B , mnd the tUmnd*, mnd before the ai of the year they 
 6MMteeftBe0Mlwpaftfthi M..rr.. iVlaioaallmJ i 
 oi./A., the city of Atbee*, mad the ialmnds 
 Pftarm, their jjreel amvai ttmtioom, SemU. mnd a laffe pert of < 
 They have fince eatablitbed a ejoverMMaH* oooaiatinjr of ma esecuvM 
 
 f^iflaejAONf a leijttlaijf e body . 
 htheTu hick they have beea 
 
 poenlly tucc<Wul. pariicuUrly at arm. la Ifttt. h, the 
 
 v took Scio, aad meeamcred mad nalmted the inhabitant The 
 
 KMI rHook the iOmad % mad. Jt Healed mnd dfeperwd 
 
 li di R iBMiia, tUi 
 
 n oOered hat menrioee to the Giveka, but unfonu- 
 
 4onfft.i. April I9lk PMra a 
 
 ftrr rr<a*ca by Cae Greekm, aad the Tvfkiaa 
 
 ttiMiicrit The Torknh Ar+t. intended for the 
 Bamoa, we* aooa alterdkpenedby the Greekm. At the c*nnettoe- 
 wecit or IU& the C2 reee>a poaAeeaeo tae Mocva, except tne fortreamea 
 
 Of IVtm%, Mcultin ainJ ( ot.m . l< f n tlrr j^rt of 
 
 mad meat of the imaPer ialaiiii. wjdtfcaiei aad part or 
 naval Matieom were at Ilrdm mnd Sprxtia ; their meat of 
 mtNaHi. They bad moeaMdMbEleet 
 
 no I 
 
 *,'* .k,l il m '**+ n^r, ar ^- - : 
 
 iwnkriy dintaiaod; except m frw 
 
 i <t > i 
 
 , . , , t i . . i 
 
 r4(M f and Marmrordmto and 
 
 Utter. At IBM MMore. 
 . comt of the More*, with a 
 
 rifted opwiatiioo from the 
 pelM to retreo 
 
 
 veee of 
 !* 
 
PRAM 
 
 '. N \V 
 
 , \ , , ! 
 
 ' 
 
 aad**;TE. It 
 
 r 
 
 The Frrwrh ai tirodrr. arlitt. w*Jl-praioriH**d. tad rmlWt 
 
 U'rtrr than !-lf ftTtf*iU>ur. 1 lr e^r *mi hif irr Mark, tul 
 
 , . . . , ,., ], r , * - ..." > - : H IHH >fM !'. -i r* I j:^r 
 
 fll*hrfiw. Tbe wgmo 
 
 mw to lU n- 
 
 in all ... 
 
 h tiurr *!H t*% (l.an uniC.rnnU . o 
 
 . -,...,.,,.;.,. ,, fn . 
 
 M LUI wliok ii ft o0M ^.a 
 f. . k . . * of fcUuoo at Pam, aad 
 
 . .,-!', -. 
 
 W modc v and 
 
 It* Jtfa*lAlr JMWii for April. 1817, 
 
 . . . i ,*-.,' ,,, ,,f it,; 
 
 )oddanrt)oTdrMc 
 a aad Mrfc*-ptrca fr 
 s afd woodm %**>. art aldfcfiiatfd it. 
 
 . , . ' - r . r ! : -,., ^r 
 
 , . . I - , , , , , . .. 
 
 ,'.,,* .-.,!,.- H,U 
 
 b and ekaoUfMM. but (U 
 
 ' fKe Aukiowt of all ' 
 i4 new pBttrrn* 
 
 1 .,,,, K .--., v 
 Mfith tu DCW male MMM; all, M> iliry 
 
 of fAt A 
 
 s ^oarrvk, and not 
 arldom met with. Thr lower claw of 
 
 cdcfraofririlitT. TV? onh 
 rrrt at nifM. trt? father obtmwrc, 
 
 nifM. trt? father obtmwrc, nMe nor riofova. At tho 
 of thr adkMO ia teldom intrmir 
 
 rciisr'wsrfti" 
 
 dottbdfl . mi .. bUai fa littif trmDqiiaiitj (o i>.r 
 
 and food maiuiert may ba tncal, tbouf ti m 
 
104 Manner $ of the Prenih. 
 
 onph every rank. This, however, does not form * 
 
 FTKHV ; fin,' 
 
 I 
 
 N\ < .rent write - /.ine, 
 
 Jan. 
 
 hown into a si ubbcry, \n 
 
 
 
 is cool ar 
 haul been seated but a few rnii. 
 
 : the dessert, two hundred .< 
 
 ili between fi ft \ ? sorts of wine*. Be- 
 
 ing at a lost what to choose from so great ;< 
 fuid< 
 
 ID our soup, mutton-cho>-, 
 
 dessert: one ci n the tabK 
 
 vegetables form a distinct ootirsi 
 . otherwise, they will r 
 wern 
 
 seems o<* 
 
 
 * wine, we were on) 
 
 
 
 * a- ..' t ',< l . f ji .- . ' I. \\ < rt'. i ! r. r ::. t v ' -^ :" ~ M . \ < r . \\ i-i" 
 
 ' 
 
 \here we 
 
 t egge bn <ble, wrapped < 
 
 parison b< 
 
 as the customs and habits of the two |x 
 
 :in in France, is surprised at never seeing . 
 ake litti 
 
 ed with the small Munt 
 
 n nor a n>- ; -o earred ; and 
 
 un^, and so t 
 
 fowl. ith the greatest ease. Fish is always 
 
 served with a spoon n with a ! >iman is never 
 
 teen knife ; hence, it is less necessary to change 
 
 . 
 
 most -all and we reniarl. 
 
 ' inns on ' 'A. nnd p ,onr. iraj 
 
 in common u*e. It is also a p 
 
 ome- 
 
 e, and we ohvrved some i-Mrrlv 
 
 
 . and 
 
 placed on the table, unless another son is ordered ; and, &s it is usual 
 
Moral and Pertoua/ Cfiaractcr. 
 
 to dilute the wine, large decanters of water are j> iblo, and 
 
 id of w tne-giasses. As the r m urdimu re is < 
 some prefer m<non, or Ixuuint, both very agreeable, and 01 
 two* 
 
 ittack the purges c>< 
 
 only wa\ n present 
 
 .ruling disposition of the French, which is so teasing; to 
 
 igers, arises fn i> food al- 
 
 ithful ; a handful of >;n, 
 small, bu* 
 
 l>ig^lo at>< w ill na- 
 
 ater matten; and thus it become* habitual. 
 
 chateaux : these houses, gen 
 .us ctate, >hcd, wen 
 
 .i.-.iifl prohahly by a party of ptiest*, and a i 
 - 
 
 <'orer fresh Ttgour for the expeotet of Paris ; 
 
 i 
 
 *m donn w bo may not be blessed with a 
 
 v obtenred in France, at tnv season ; and rery 
 ^<mie fo t. -an hour; 
 
 , . 
 be regretted : a day of rent i* 
 
 tn and ben 
 -nent are open, and more frequented than on any 
 
 i</ Ptrsona! Churn 
 I prefer, says >' 
 
 are 
 
 :, were wretc 
 assii 1 -v charac ' 
 
 >n. Ser\ 
 
 >ame cause, has alM> in a . 
 < k re is a selfishness and avaricr 
 
 'aft of society, from the virtues of n 
 
 -crviccs, by w L .nsals were bound to lab< 
 
 (Kcir lords. P. 
 
100 
 
 Moral and Per tonal Character. 
 
 -a. I quc^v ;>ropor 
 
 - 
 
 i has taken place 
 
 . 
 
 a filthy ;il< 
 
 
 In 
 
 r- in 
 
 dependants ; v. 
 
 
 uniulrr. :] 
 
 II 
 
 <! by trare 
 
 
 
 
 
 affaire, a. 
 
 r a str 
 
 
 on- 
 
 
 
 in.lir.Tt ! 
 
 M I'l N 1 ' I I'M 1*0 ' t I i ( ' 
 
 
 .t, at tt 
 
 vat* or flur 
 
 tire. 
 
 
 
 . - wear an air 
 
 ence, arc 
 
 
 MI, and an 
 
 
 v 
 
 conversation. In like manner 
 
 
 
 
 
 is as i 
 
 
 
 ,(iir\ i) \ic(. 
 
 
 .! want of 
 
 
 talk ". 
 
 
 
 rnt in 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 war tn 
 
 
 
 \ 
 > so little interest fortli 
 
 rl to a 1 
 
 it tlieir best writers in d 
 
id PC norm/ C/ui ro ( 
 
 
 
 
 France, who may 
 
 nee U 
 
 owii -irui \ in u i:. 
 
 ' 
 
 
 ".Mil 
 
 
 
 
 -I\;nts, 
 
 brclla, caoe, or a 
 
IOB 
 
 'Ac Worn**. 
 
 i Ins shop, by accident, and this, if not reclaimed for a 
 able time. 
 
 h arc cons i , \cel the 
 
 eral. 
 
 *, and pi" 
 in the lowest. 4. The rood treatment 
 
 rut pri>,l hralth tit the women. . The 
 -+-, and c* 
 
 great r>r of ma 
 
 ranu 
 
 andexcri tinu 
 
 5. T 
 
 -.nporior 
 
 poor-ratei* ; and, in 
 ompor.it i 
 
 \ of dbeaa 
 
 havr lull in s< i \ . I 
 I 
 
 . 
 
 hare 
 
 , their jreograph- 
 
 Voin that \ 
 
 till greater c\- 
 
 t l^ :tn ohn . ' I- 1 
 
 
 Tlierc it perhaps no count 
 ble as in France. I 
 
 r from it^ 
 full exercise of :ll 
 
 \ onh it h- r cotirae br Wr ] 
 
 -. 
 
 ides the ewe of her mn. 
 
 \ you ar 
 
 
 u r. !;. th,- atti >M -,i 
 
 i , 
 
 i\ r. vn\ s n \ritiT in the 
 
 h receipts 
 
 doors. The i 
 
 desk, and giving di , ; at another yo 
 
 k< of 
 r her 
 
French Tovtuand Hou$et. 
 
 hemg^ absent on a journey to the manufacturing towns, tod are de*ir- 
 
 ild be re- 
 he few days neoeesa <>me *ome a<> 
 
 !u u nuinU'r 
 
 and vigil., img and acting by 
 
 taut depa: 
 
 mts so or 
 
 > the husband far 
 
 . Prance. 
 
 Ubeck, women eni|>l 
 
 rlllCll With US i: \. 
 
 ke any task they are able to perform, without much noti< > 
 a) ciothtert at 
 
 of the butinrti. Jut so, near Rouen, the 
 
 stables ; skewed me the v a Hems implements, and 
 
 id described the mode of husbandry, v 
 
 i- 1 ! ;. . '!. MU VIM.*,,! , expatiated OBI the e&oeUenei -i iin-u- \.\\ 
 
 was on a (arm of about 400 acres. 
 
 r~ . 
 
 i w. mnm tan ^ ^ i, .1 IPHHI u u < .11. -.1 \<> rea ^ : 
 
 in their little counting houses, are perf 
 
 n the sak of grain and floor. In every department they oc- 
 
 iiMportant -tnt;..ri. ln)in cur f\trnmt\ ..I tMOOOBtlJ t-i ll,- 
 
 yoeeet u-hi-rr .. mm :rr rinp!-. \i-.l in 'K m M WbOfiOH 
 .o real cause is directly opposite to the apparr 
 
 I if i tin- V, JM IJ.. kltfeshiDf with tin- nun Bldert bun ni'.r *IM . 
 
 ; rty threahing out the crop of their own free-l. 
 uii M !...;.!in^ tin- '' .11-!, tin- \ IM,I-!I. thr horses, tl. l'.n,! , 
 , as we ha-. .osband's, who is probably sowing 
 
 1 i K i:- b UiriniiLT m. V.-M :ir. -,., Ur i nn fteetDS* ; f,in- 
 
 oman loading a dung cart ; it belongs t > r, who is 
 
 : !,]- ..u d lM-K!. (<.rih ir rMnnnuii mport In thi-r uj-t.in- 
 
 ier than want ; thou^L 
 r is the motive to which a superficial observer would reft 
 
 French Town* and Houuct. 
 
 i ' mfijhman, says a writrr in the Monthly Ma^a/me, IVfarcti 
 1817, on arriving in !i town, imagines himself set dov 
 
 * A towrn m Normaiulv, where the fined French cloths are mile 
 -P. 
 
 10 
 
no 
 
 
 suburb, and walks along ex pr- 
 of a French r: < is at 
 
 he court '.ing. 
 
 ; a cabriolet norm 
 
 
 
 passage, dark rooms, and doors and windows tha 
 
 To rr 
 
 'he prood fortune to \ 
 
 as, "It is ma^ 
 
 houses also great numbers of 
 
 "CM 
 
 . ' 
 
 an<) i 
 
 at the dim 
 
 t, some nt 
 
 \\ rt tr',-ii( BJT u. !>< ;': 
 
 , an almost 
 
 i the rage of all classes ; ur 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 seats, W)M 
 
 ' 
 
 equ 
 
 (X>As 
 
 a \illap- 
 
 ir i?i I trr<* i!i:i\ !' \\itur-- 
 
 is of Goldsm 
 the struggle of 
 egfected UK 
 
 -and monuments of them. Wherever their armie; 
 been - peror never waged war with science. 
 
 oty'o.t w:\- >llect and preserve monuments of g 
 
 and transport them to Paris for the Napoleon Museum. 
 
'ion of the People. 
 
 Ill 
 
 towns, the bouleran! 
 . groups of pet 
 No rudeness i: 
 
 ness, and good liur 
 
 ion of the People. 
 
 V 
 
 16 Op- 
 
 
 n claw IB err 
 
 Injlar nppo 
 
 rns my first irn 
 
 uqitermi : we speaU 
 
 class not sa here. I hare now 
 
 sUD^ 
 
 > around the walls. The same term, is still applied to 
 iich bonicred the old walls of the cit> . 1'. 
 f The Exchange. 
 
1 (2 Lavs. 
 
 iving received the same information from every 
 
 room to doubt its co- 
 untered the country, says Mr. Birk 
 
 :ms of Frai 
 
 the Revol so much is so absurdly s:n 
 
 wat< ruined country, I s'< 
 
 and towns tu II bouses tu 
 
 ^od, wretched-loo(nng people. I have inquired, ami 
 dy assure tgriciiHure baa been impr 
 
 twenty-five years; t icbes and comforts . 
 
 ve been doubled during that period ; and that vast improve- 
 i has taken place in the condition and chart' common 
 
 -r of the confiscated estates of the 
 
 'ch and the emigrant . were exposed to sale during the 
 
 v distresses of por- 
 
 i is indulgence, 
 n or assignats, 
 
 'tors; and such they arc aim 
 . possessing fr ten acres. 
 
 <M>r was sedulously pron* . ^ the oarlvjjears of the revo- 
 
 < re as I proceed. I atk f- 
 it teems they vanbhed then. 
 
 Law. 
 
 . Vapo/ron, still forms the law ithes a 
 
 es, is now ceAojwp the IMT highest crimes 
 
 unli'r ttiwi ithrr ffr<>at rrimi4 arr infitiilclv Ir - 
 
 Uoggars ar 
 
 e of Frai . and 
 
 gendarmerie^ a cor; 
 
 
T\i OimaU of Franc*. 
 
 i their equipments,) d 
 
 dettmedtowat 
 
 nig the whole pottce of the empire is uotmoc* 
 iU,UUO/. per annum. 
 
 The dimat t e. 
 
 uate of the department of the Nlrre and the Allier, * ' 
 
 .ivinccs of the N it, accord* 
 
 tiKwt delightful under heaven , being at once 
 1110*1 healthy, ami *U( it at to animate and inspirit the senses an/ 
 >n .. < !' ; it U an endless succession of the most lively skies. \ 
 t by those rains which are nee ess. i 
 :out fop*, and 
 
 
 iry weather oi .mgdoms. The turn* 
 
 ..c exception of hail ami a Inch art 
 
 >racterized by those 
 
 nil heata, which are so pestilential in other parts of the 
 v ,ey are light, elastic and cheering. The windows of the 
 bed-chamber* are almost aO without glass: or if they have . 
 
 > to sleep with theai 
 
 and awakening jou by early dawn wit). 'tertng. V 
 
 these window - 
 
 .e splrmii- stars, tin 
 
 || I, ,:. 1 ;!,, ,., rum. . I ' -.-: . ifl MM Of to ' !..n i , tin- MB SA hi 
 
 -round is m flowers, and many, 
 
 which are o!ely confined to the gardens and hot-bouse* in England, 
 may be seen in the fields and hedge rows ; the colours are perhaps 
 ^together so brilliant a 
 
 otintry an appearance of a fairy land. Peas are in 5**mnK" 
 i, and e%< > vegetal 
 
 rwunl. and reasooahle in price ! The meadows are covered 
 wit) roe, and the banks by the side of 
 
 i. In a word, spriar 
 
 I.. :i ii , , -,! M , .- t. ' - ' , r 'i.r.-iu . BttsK rtSff^JD til tbal \i-rn:| 
 
 sweetness and loveliness which is imputed to nervy the poets. Eve* 
 
 .ere be no natural st> 
 
 carnr some ti i there are numerous woods and forests 
 
 ese departments, fuel is very cheap ; coal also is found here. The 
 
 :::<>-' !>, m'i!;,l M.n;i.- .,n BJSJKJtJ in tM WINKK .in-1 hi %SJSJ 
 
 . 
 
 pearance; sor. 
 
 raysofascoTf :. present the aspect < 
 
 while ot . repose, under the shade 
 
 , ' AM ir T, r ' Ult IB - ,' . \n inh.ihit.int ..| i:,, r thrrn n 
 
 ci will here behold the face of the country totally 
 
 had been accustomed Jo see. * and 
 
 numberless mulberry trees, divW 
 are also to he seen some olive and pomegranate trees. 
 
 * the winter, is very mild, and highly be* 
 
 . with pulmonary complaint*. In the montA 
 
 *>f December, tUc tcioperature is from 60* to 50 of Fahrenheit, anil 
 
1 11 <le of Travelling* 
 
 icr, averai 
 ig from the end of the month, -and d< 
 
 nited with a pure and sal 
 
 i.irseilles. The spr 
 c equinoctial season, and a few 
 
 letiines inlo Decein 
 
 - come on ease till t! 
 
 i raise the fog* 
 nd they are strangers likew. tnoif- 
 
 mii-c-d ln-:i\ \ tl uudi r-stonni win n : ! 
 ^ of nun ; but the storm ceases in a 
 <:eofa poworf 
 
 o M a trai 
 pe, it - 
 
 , 
 
 e the tnqttexiOfftJ 
 
 .1 and off 
 one *tage, * 
 
 ses are tied, ru 
 
 , 
 
 ifls, t\nd carric- 
 
Agricultural Cc 
 
 t et, and prance, and sigziff ; a 
 
 . In 
 
 along at a' good 
 
 
 . 
 
 ment snorting*, and lunge*. 1 
 
 lisplays the native and natural appa 
 
 <?Uttd. TUe partM 
 
 !> Ui-j t diatiM r. . mi in . , . tale, .^i 
 
 iaa :il<o UHM, i 
 
 .'. ..- 
 
 - 
 
 vast expanse of o|>4 : 
 iect,wki 
 
 Li:< f'.-ir Ir:i-iM , (., -..r, , . 
 
 < pMtalonirwepcp 
 
 ': .,.-,,.-,.. 
 
 Uraottea, the cross roads marked 
 ir a* the eve can reach. 
 
 
 rning'i riii, 
 
 1 -. 
 
 Ilillllf MMflMMT 
 
 'king-, but 
 
 t -!< il 
 ill, 'Hi f 
 | I.KT. 
 
Person*, and General Character of the 
 
 copied, so cultivate i 
 
 at poor rates, almost 
 
 I y is, a rich counti ; i- few rich 
 
 SWITZERLAND 
 
 N n is bounded N. and . by German} 
 \ l-'ranri-. It lies between 45 40 
 
 The area is estimated at 19,000 
 : .0,000. Population on a square 
 
 General Character 
 
 us are generally tall, well proportioned, active, and la 
 OUH ; diitinguifthed honesty, steadiness, ani and 
 
 o the liberties t>t 
 ic earliest )>eriods ui find tbeti 
 
 unners, an open and u naffer t- 
 
 . IX*H, UIHJ . ( freedom, may be considered 
 
 as t)> isllngcharart. Swiss Can 
 
 rreat lean > laybc re- 
 
 those of most countries ; a certain t rrature pervades all 
 
 r manners, behaviour, and dress, strong outlines might be 
 traced, \ happy people from the inhabitants of 
 
 neighbouring countries, who labour under the oppressions of des- 
 U" says ^ eat delip 
 
 overrperson here has appp 
 intent and satisfaction. The cleanliness of the houses and 
 
 v 
 
 the . pa&toral life is still preserved: an. 
 
 nerable figures with long beards, reset j 
 
 ray be often seen. I m common wit) i 
 
 ts of democracies, possess a natural frankness, and pe- j 
 -'s from a consciousness of tjgsjr 
 own 
 are ' 
 
 render their cun versa tiosi extremely greeable and n> 
 
 1 prevails in some remote parts of 
 /t'rhind, r nor notary is to be found t^ 
 
 pacts are inscribed < 
 and that there are neither locks, nor thieves, nor pilferers. 
 
 On each side of the road that runs -tta. ia 
 
 the canton of Schweitz, are several ranges of shops u i 
 
 i \\-\\\\ \ .irious goods, of which the prices are marked : an? 
 xengei-5 who wish to become purchasers enter the shops, take awa v 
 
Of the flbiim. Clnnat, , > X*MI. 1 1 
 
 rnerchandue, anj deposit the price, which the owners call for i 
 the ev cuing-.* 
 
 ^aroyards, from 
 poor, that a tr 
 
 
 
 of oxen, two bones, four cows, : 
 parcel of land, is esteemed a m; 
 bread n of oats ; but the more w< 
 
 uts of butter, cheese, walnuts, regttat 
 
 at; and their dnnk i* ii ilk nm) p. 
 erer, tbone wh t <* valley* 
 
 arc all cheerful, bare healths florid con 
 
 
 
 , many are seen deformed and hune : and ilie woWn in pat 
 Mare went that reach from ear to ear, which an 
 aitseof which hasi nrver been satit^f: 
 at least of tne males seek a tut 
 ies, in quality of . eepen, shoe 
 
 v are so honr 
 
 of the 
 
 fortunes ; yet to prrvalen* 
 ^%'ben tbey have acquired a littk- %tock ahroa. 
 turn home, and are incapable 1.1 an absem 
 
 Of the HoUte , Qc. Of? 
 
 Arsons who hare never seen tbete statos, it in diffi 
 Accurate idea,, 
 Tailamonf the inhabit:. 
 staircases on the outside* large, solid, and compact, \- it I, irrcnt 
 
 1 ' 1; ' - " :v '" - -. v. , ,>. pi ti,.' eeentn 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 
 rraturc 
 
 geographies. It is not u 
 
.J i ft Religion, Curioritiu, Manufacture*, 4*r. 
 
 i . According 
 
 rigorous treos, :m<i I!K-\ arc covered wnii : '.'-_< -;<...<!: \-. : ; ii.; 
 
 'ing in p" 
 bodies. I 
 
 grapes arc sometimes as large as a pigeon'* 
 
 erg. Grrwon countrj- is M I, plough- 
 
 roduces first a 
 : s of radishes, and la 
 
 ' 
 
 rale 
 
 v, and on a larger seal* 
 
 irtad 
 
 .icvotodtr 
 
 4r. 
 
 two pr. 
 I Po 
 
 !s .,1" 
 
 IKS. hi 
 
 do not prt ects of civil liberty, and of religious tolera- 
 
 tion . KT they ai oral, buttn the 
 
 \ ' . con 
 
 acy, seven are Protestaii 
 are on the same footing. 1\ 
 
iin DrtJSff and 
 
 burg i vi hermitage, esteemed a very singular curict i 
 J among woods and rocks,* 1 
 
 ' :irs, wfco ' 
 
 rock a very ncut chapel, chamber, pajiou . . 
 Drives an r>< 
 
 ted convent, I foui 
 whole way furnished with ttalla, provided with Cuke*, v 
 
 ":-'< MTM-. forth.- riiiriirr. - ; i!g r I OB t ; ' ,'. I v,u M-irni! 
 Mi !r. ft in-r ,i , : - : , .-, ,; IP,, ,-.-,..., . v . , 
 
 tur. M 
 
 ' 
 
 hi- head*, bar- 
 
 ;net, I aw aboaerml beri 
 ""'''' ' v ' ' i - n-l *\i -i 
 
 re* arc ; j co'ttoot and 
 
 ei of tale ; nor arc 
 
 nen. 
 
 CM better Vromr a tall and well-thaped woman tbnr 
 The hair is M- 
 
 ' HP, and t 
 
 '' .-<;., u i.^i.i..:,. ; r .,' ii'ir :: 
 
 n w adequate idr ,% *nd tin 
 
 ' '' " : ' ' ' "*c %[>eak 
 
 '' 
 
 fl ' '' ' Ml 4 I ' . : -ii'. h bttNifb BUI :m-l r.rr- 
 
 --rJ like peasant 
 it slecvet tied, according t 
 
 '^' ^ r gainst immorality, are obeerred 
 
 ' . r IQm| iu. ( r-\ ! M - thi Ml -.! : , ewrit^l in tlir 
 
 K ! | k ^^ persons, except M ranker* : and i 
 socomme^ial 
 
 -wmfflavbecaUeda .trictlj 
 
 clocks, 
 
 BP |"'J Appc'ii/cll Mr .l,,.,rl,nrn. cottons. \-p. 
 
 inabi,. 
 

 Of the // 
 
 
 '% 
 
 
 a consul- 
 id. As suchlft the 
 
 
 I 
 
 Alpt on the ica-co 
 
 -.mil 
 
 am 
 
 teen thou 
 
 thei r 
 
 h feet* T 
 
 The 
 
 o, fiw, and even 
 
 wer parts of these, 
 
 , < . w*.,>iU :iml pastures, thr> her!':-..: i: 
 
 esorted to by herdn 
 part of th( 
 
 
. 
 
 !* cnm and iaaccemible rocks, some of w: arc, 
 
 e least herbage prow ing upon OHM; are coo- 
 
 vtrtxl with snow or ice. The vail it** hetwe-rn ihev 
 * s appear like o man -i lakes ;v. 
 
 <f the ice and si. ' iierreatait pai ' 
 
 ived. Tiit 'K-JTIII in tht- ca 
 
 ^Bce i: 
 
 / '/druon/fr, w) 
 
 all the principal quarter* of Europe. The tht 
 
 whole ch; imp to S*uure, are Moot Blanr 
 
 Sreckhorn, Fiiuter> 
 
 roearareffient of Sir Geotire S 
 
 ve the level of the tea ; and toe two last are at least : 
 
 TV- ..tin- :) -' Iremrj '" :t ' ; - " A : ' '' r - ll - ! - ' ' <r 
 
 i almottcoattanth 
 
 h.ipi L^II- ! uui! aodver] temp fefr; u,.N- ti..- 
 
 wooda. and rich ptiturm, are covered 
 
 ; :r.:.x ( -!v.-, tg OM mooni lina, dm - ; . n VMUT, r i ;.,-,- . 
 
 , in toow. lo many placet, 
 
 UHMHS are teeo at once : and WHI 
 
 n. at fcch other, ; . ,t one '. i.,i ni :i \ t.il;.- u;- >:,.. . :in.i theot > r ,-i u ix 
 
 (he threat. the Tear the clouds haufir ocn. 
 
 -mlilc a tea, f 
 peak ri 
 
 
 
 k as if poured 
 down upon lln n*-K from hcavrn. 
 
 the cataract, irberc lhoe beams t 
 
 ; others warm ball and 
 
 extract rtue*. 
 
 obserren Mr. Dak* 
 
 H 
 
 1! 
 
120 Of the Alps. 
 
 The i: 
 mon 
 
 are the causes which produce 
 
 >ts ; for w rable 
 
 utl the bo ' 
 
 mpftutht 
 
 \ ' . .1 . . ' / < . / t . . ... !. fnm V;n!:i 
 
 ^ ^r, or even th;. 
 
 > of Susa 
 v of Sus c Penman. 
 
 U 
 
 WuHumAlp<.v. .M nd to the MMiroe of the rivrr I- 
 
 1 
 
 
 which is . 
 
 With 
 
 lent 
 
 their cattie. The 
 
 
- igfy mud inaccessible rocks, tome of wh arc, 
 
 ie least herbage growing upon -.era are con- 
 
 vered with sii. >c vailies between these 
 
 \vn from the mountains \ 
 ie masses, and 
 
 ice and snow, that the greatest part , am* and 
 
 rs in Switzerland art 
 
 tsfilt. and I.nckm 
 il quarters of Europe. The . the 
 
 v , .' r -J.. .in. .1. r .'-ill;./ t ^ .tu-*uri. :in- tfont BlftAC, I ii f i- . tn ;iir 
 
 vii ii ' 1 1 .^i . ( i n r '- ** ; ; ' i K *!."' i. : . _ !i . 
 
 
 !'.(' M >r!v i-, fn \\ii- M,>mi! !ii- thOQgl' *' v. inftT tii-ir boil - iN .ilrit 
 
 bflbd in snow. In many places, within a 
 
 fMMQft are se< and sometimes summer anl 
 
 fceareach ot;.i r, tf> it one hand may take up snow, and the ot 
 
 During the gn 
 
 'waf^abl. i] red 
 
 here those bea, lie most I r 
 
 rs wann biitlV and 
 
 extraordinary virtues. 
 
 Claners. 
 
 observes Air* DakewelL coa- 
 
 can any deacr 
 t of the scene. 
 
124 Peculiar Cunt , 
 
 natural abilities whirl; v to possess, and \,\ 
 
 ve these at 
 
 mure j-c-! 
 
 gem is is the actual rt; 
 
 once celeb; 
 
 celebrated for ' 
 
 immoderate use of strong 1 liquors being aliri< 
 naiK nf govern; 
 
 <r, at leas: 
 
 al subjects. I 
 \ iu(!icti\ rave; sup* 
 
 < m l to those 
 
 lians observe a due medium betwer f 
 
 
 rohsidereil :<s f.ju:illy remote fnm Uie vola* 
 
 beautiful ga rurns, prottoft, f. 
 
 ktepinr tpfendid KaKtai ;nii milul^mir in tiie luxuru-s commuu c- 
 
 tber kingdoms of Europe. 
 
 Onrc.f- 
 
 day from sun- i >>ckf 
 
 i one to t\\ 
 
 M'^injf of tlie Ave-Mary b< ybe- 
 
 I'rom ; to that if the sun set at 
 lock: and to on til! 
 
 ^, bowerer, go : . . 
 
 any places Dt beyond six, -. - l 
 
 ><-H three at on 
 
 me as nine, at another as fiff r as 
 
 nty -one, ami it he general aspect of the d 
 
 it is. 
 
 hal\. but and 
 
 t>ns of all i . i *ted in Italy, provided they be 
 
 with cirni' 
 
 TlMmirh the 1'ilians are very superstitious, they have less di 
 spectres, 
 
 i!ead tim<>rrfc/to the grave w> 
 
 puei and is an instructive ain 
 
 At Naples u i- u-'.r.il < < . 
 "on after death, ant! 
 
 rief, by tlie magnificent manner in whi': 1 . tlie 
 
 dead body. 
 
1 t 
 1 ,^ _ ,, - 1 I , \ . . 
 
 i widow is the survivor, the usually drcmci hor 
 
 appendage*. rpte 
 
 ice is rea and, at toon at th 
 
 ercniooy it j> '.tie body it carried home, stripped of its fine 
 
 it highly ditgutting to rv 
 ton who pcmettet a 
 
 ied tu pruceation to the grave, is generally t!.!.\\ n mi 
 
 no vault, io the tame trdftflfp* manner; and at ever? ninth 
 
 Though UM i 1 -rcntinej iftet irrrut pom}.. ir...n\ ->i ti u - I. ; .VY 
 carry ou a retail trade in wine (rum their cellar windows; hating 
 n flasks affixed Io them by way of sign*. 
 
 i belonging to the cathedral of Pita, stands the 
 I'lsa. A plummet I< m the top falls 
 
 n it made ote of to protect 
 ikettorthetun; such a* 
 menu low, paving them with marble, and 
 
 Their beds are surrounded n 
 
 rnatx istomarj to l< three bourt immediately after 
 
 mtage U a time of general festivity, when the common people 
 
 :itioutnett: but the tun. 
 
 '.! iom ilbt loH . .. .! . i;. w.:i u.iiu Un PlM0li >" iii- - 
 
 V8. 
 
 e KM! ttatr. we were lour febgued, tayi Mr 
 
 ' 
 
 ' ' :.' - . , , . .-... .ih< ii 1 .' ". 'x-. .ti; i f i rr .(<-< i.ui 
 
 eent of a second tp 
 
 . i > .',. u-- ; , ,. ,., -, , -, . Th.-i, : . i.,. 
 
 a expandinfr ml S.in Lorcnz- 
 
 mi sung by two of hi* n 
 
 I r. trkr.l in (he sc 
 :ice. The g 
 
 itagers poured on u at we patted 
 Id nndemiaUr a prc&criptiTC right to abuse the trav. 
 
 Ro me. 
 
 Tbfl riariiij..:. (.. -. ui Jlornc. ;it"trr n-pcutcd cliajjcrc-b of 
 
 11* 
 
ftwie. 
 
 place and name, remains the great entrance of Rome, and lay* open 
 
 . -t \ icw by three diverp: 
 
 :Iy for the 
 '^ulls the 
 
 fury of carriages, and are lighted only hy the lamps of a fr- 
 ee proposed; but ti 
 order all things prudenth for the interes 
 . enient for their decorouv prall;. 
 
 Whichever road vou ta!u\ \<>ur attention will be t-twectt 
 
 t nee and filth. The m-< n t!ie 
 
 OS ii "id\ ;m invitation to hefoiil then, 'jects 
 
 re inaccessible from ordure. A lined 
 
 Erandred a necessaries, besides the Sell;< 
 
 ..-I.. Tin-moirni city draws part of it^ from the 
 
 war.' 
 
 will find palaces ai 
 
 MS, obelisks, a: 1, or 
 
 trilv ie mounts, before the Genius of A K<MM 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 . 1 1 aster ob* 
 
 1 serve as so ma: 
 ibioe the perspective w 
 
 i fiint tli*' ( . 
 
 from th' 
 
 pense, A Us what< 
 
 ' . . 
 
 sepulchral m' a menagcrr, an :: 
 
 the reticular work 
 
 erors, the alternate tuff, and 
 
 The first Romans built with a prodigal which h:t 
 
 haps as many gene; 
 
 Id It. L. ' 
 
 tic t; .doubted - 
 
 'nhes, the \ fm- 
 
 w)rk to the mere B\ 
 
 Brst dreadful breach made by Totila, the walls have l and 
 
 variously repaired ; sometimes by a ca-> 
 
 thattere<l marbles, rubbl. me ce- 
 
 litiou* work is unfaced : here von find -1 nto rnixt in the 
 
 ' : opn \neort-: : re, tufo alone ! <-enic ma: 
 
 ihe latter repairs have the brick revetenicnt* of mode: ition. 
 
 * Facing. 
 
J!c 
 ^atat, seme bare been walled up for ago 
 
 h >x ->n -vi\ !.'!- Ike Mi'-ii-r! ..; contest Ven i " irecertaia, ;n-l 
 -ies bare soperadded other names, as if 
 
 irposc to renew contention*. Oo -v assign 
 
 the tame name to very different gate*. We cannot bring all the an- 
 
 H"4>t to their respective gates; nor can we trace the transla* 
 
 m walls to Aurelian's wl i 
 ode but a short way. I >uul then mut the three gates oi 
 
 be I 
 
 The bridges, on the contrary, deny as the pleasure of disputing on 
 them. Some are broken, and those which are entire from repar.t 
 
 names and situations of aU 
 ills are anchored between these bridges in 
 where necessity led Behaarim to an expedient 
 . was aAerwards ad<> >rs, 
 
 tost populous part of ant -ieni Rome is now but a landscape. 
 iob originally contained all the Romans, ami wae 
 afterwar.1* 
 
 b \ a lew friars. I have gone over the whole 
 in. tn U".i,<:s .-ri -i sun... ,- v i.!. u.i >, once r.^\v 1 t^l uifl tl.- .i^-m- 
 
 bied ofden of ROOM and Italy. ! ... rl ^ ill .. ihe'Psjesisji "Min- 
 mer-hotise, Michael Angelo's aviaries, are all i 
 desolation as the imperial pal. 
 broken arches. 
 
 I h:ivc foun .1 the statute of a god pared down into a Christian *aint 
 a heathen altar converted into a church-box for the poor a bar < 
 Balian rate officiating as a bapti-- 
 
 the 
 
 i>uw consecrated to 
 
 lasted sacrasjiawt tnd the tomb of Agrippa now the tomb of a 
 pope. 
 
 dimensions were necessary ; for though hum! 
 he space was st , 
 
 o morning-games began at mitln !,(. 
 
 , as if pro- 
 
 iijr, and have ! t* several marks of ' In 
 
 ti.i- upper \v.J!> r!..-^ rt inserted slooei wb. !, l,-.\. i . . n ...' miy 
 fretteafor .! - 1 .-. nt ;1;r . ...... Bome of the arcades are grettli \ui- 
 
 ' same f. 
 rise. T),' 
 
 I 
 
 ivater pi* 
 in. erapetition of ( third, in pflaston; -.in'! t!.*- utt.r. >\ ; ,u-h 
 
 o necessary to an a> 
 quakes, and lightning, and sieges, li 
 
Remt. 
 
 hoop which bound and held it entire; but barbarians rent that oonsol- 
 
 ...<! tlje breach, and i 
 tinii' dilapidation. At tin 
 
 and a gen 
 
 outent, 1 tear, with the picture o: >nu- 
 
 ment. 
 
 As it now stands, the Coliseum is a striking image of ! 
 decayed vacant se riou \ et y i 
 
 
 it ; for mo- 
 
 dit; 
 
 i -i contemplating aiiti^nM! 
 com. 
 
 . point of i Uite- 
 
 The anceints exc 
 
 
 built but little, and little of what he did Im;! ! 
 
 lacca of T 
 
 tin ' 
 
 - and are so crowded 
 
 princM . (ti D ' ing-houso. leof 
 
 ws is grated like a j r 
 
 ties of Rome, however ; 
 }}\\\l i in:; and o iiislesgeij' 
 
 s grated recesses, >> 
 
 
 . 
 
 s nests of i" 
 
 i the 
 
 liMVil thl 1 ! 1 
 
 . \N> \v. r b lit- 
 
 botr reeable dea 
 
 ntly ; 
 r id. 1 bri 
 
 -iderable . 
 
 ". bin hninrh out various \vay- like tl D tlie 
 
 human body ; they are also extremely dampj being practibed in the 
 
129 
 In the side-niches are 
 
 
 
 : bears an 
 are a ^sages, whose graves are secured by 
 
 Or 
 
 some regard as a in 
 
 s as a di : as 
 
 aid of ob- 
 
 . 
 
 sept*, and soem but passages 1 
 us. Viev 
 
 ras a whole or as .. 
 expands the SUP 
 
 
 
 
 
 if? resemt 
 
 
 
 * cture. 
 
 
130 
 
 The Vatican. 
 
 A column nev< upport : but remore 
 
 i|t i< r r;i: O8ed <f g 
 
 long, like 
 k ii into un<"|ij;il band . to comply with the wi;. 
 
 i 
 vy, but ! 1 apprehend, to be 
 
 ::ill\ f;ill< 'Of CaiSSOU 
 
 . 
 'nmered, 
 
 the ini-n)n and eai ' 
 
 own pplant it oprul 
 
 in the la:-U 
 
 'loAKal is not 
 
 roof. 
 
 to be sure,) 
 
 
 mbs. Each is 
 the deceased, either - 
 
 lOCCf, 18 (- 
 
 urn- :in ohl 111:111 in* tbe act (' ! n i ... .MI 
 
 
 
 111:1 
 
 ,'ola is reir 
 
 
 Tin alace 
 
 .us for 
 
 AI. \ 
 
 according to Bonann 
 and cellars. It 
 Nero's palace : 
 
 nrnred. 
 
 :uv. tin' librarj 
 fues* After Laving 
 
 Hut 
 
 . 
 
 everal Italian and other authors. Accor 
 iiundred room< 
 
 s say, on the spc>' 
 
 if RaffaeK 
 passed tiirough two great coun 
 
'flic < 
 
 
 
 -, it 
 
 tmi. two group* of an- 
 The taints, tpr< 
 
 > > -< in t il t lift 
 
 '; the ooafhsion irh crowds > 
 
 >f colouring, joined to a grrat correctness in the drawing. 
 tipagna roun 
 
 Pi.! 1 ,i* v,. T t u ';! ', , ... r , !, |., ,.,., ,,',M I [|| .. JM n -lit -:. 1 '!' ' i", f," f fn 
 
 [Copulation and 
 vayt were 
 
 ' 
 
 sea. In the intenru! * the town ai>< 
 
 > projected at) 
 
 loideabrmr' I !?"'' Campafnm. \' tii- !*-no,i. tin- ii;i.' -..;i m- 
 
 ' ! ^'i : -r'-.iil -i.irt !n-i\v . : , \ r . - . I . I'.ri . rmf -'K' it ')'- 
 
 ngrewfn.i mpcron, 
 
 ink*, and 
 .ou>*es, pavements, drain*, crops, \>\ 
 
 n re- 
 
 - cams brought t 
 
 -roiliu!..iih- 
 
 '. tiioae invisible cue- 
 

 rom thofte 
 
 ! ?St. 
 
 11 the science w 
 
 it. I 
 
 Dine of the trac^ in th<> 
 nanj a^r- : b'it for 
 
 T l ich 
 
 80 v. < 
 
 ;i few ac- 
 
 1 
 
 MI) A 
 
 
 won 
 mir, by at- 
 
 WCMH! in i 
 
 
 Lod. 
 
 7> 
 
 -t >iarbrur, 
 
 affo 
 
 innnt 11 tnwi' ' ihr sea. 
 
 wa? o 
 
 .iig-e on the banks 
 
 The il 
 
 ppinlv Ion'' ->r \iMu- at- ' hn- 
 
 inour, and 
 
 Tho Roman territory. 
 

 
 
 vttch depiad OD ostentation and proceed rY.mi vunnv. Tit 
 Dpeoj)i. Dualities 
 
 ? to strangers, and 
 ull and weU made, of a brown. 
 -, and a-skm of rich carnu? 
 
 1 DM, ;iiui Ir.ivr im ;tv t r-i -u Ir in ultn at in an ;u '|u:unt- 
 
 lose strang-ert who are presented by relations, o 
 Bjnenoedto ti . !. i ,.-, : -/I.,T- nidrla restraint lien 
 
 rer 
 
 i lie measures of go- 
 
 1 
 -tossy surfice, i 
 
 progress 
 
 i. and is <' 
 
 
 
 \ . :. 
 
 u broad. 
 
 of coaches ; u 
 
 > she goes 
 most frequcnUy go 
 
 Amusement*. 
 
 The number of play-houses in Venice it rerv eTtraordinary, coa- 
 
 place. A trifle is ,1 
 
 rimittaj entitles a person to go inl t,w^rehem^ 
 
 (ouk about, ami detcxmiae what part of tbe house lie will 
 
 IS 
 
134 Naples. 
 
 are rows of chairs placed in front of the pit, next the orch 
 seats of which are folded to the backs and fastened by a lock ; those 
 who choose to take them, pay a little more money to the di><;r-keeper 
 who immediately unlocks the seat. These chairs are occupied by 
 decent looking- people, but the back part of the pit is filled with foot- 
 men, and mechanics in their working 1 clothes. The nobility and bet- 
 ter sort oi 'citizens have boxes retained for the year, but there are al- 
 ways a sufficient number to let to strangers, and the price of them 
 varies every night, according to the season, and the piece acted. 
 
 tuples. 
 
 The population of the kingdom of Naple>. in the inhabited parts, is 
 prodigious: this an - . f raordinar < of its climate, 
 
 the riches of it- ..mners of the conntry. Men 
 
 live here at a small live on little, and a long time. The 
 
 hrat of tin- Hiinaie is -aid to blunt the appetite, and if it increases the 
 thirst, it multiplies the means Apennines (pi 
 
 the thirst of the Neapolitans with their snows, the sen nourishes them 
 with it- fi^h, rheavh-i: , ius act as manure, and rcnd< - 
 
 In L<> pie who fil 
 
 are mere passengers, hurrying from place to place on business ; aud 
 when they cho ' resort to 
 
 publ 
 
 ions <>!' IIM -mess to ex< tj : the\ have no public walki 
 
 lo which they can re.sort re, therefn' 
 
 sauntering an 
 the poorer SGI nt of hah. are obliged to spenu 
 
 The i. London from the stn . 
 
 irriajres; \>\ 
 vacity, and where whole street- full of talkers ai 
 
 v drowned in th< 
 free: In the m 
 
 1 1 happen than 
 
 m a town where the po 1 i^ strict, and u 
 
 multitudes of poor \ 
 partly proceeds fro!; .nd nartHJ 
 
 with spintuoi ; the 
 
 luxuries of the lowest peopl rvnl fnzzan.:.- 
 
 ; t( il t.) sprnd the small pittance destined for the maintenance of 
 
 r beverage, as the in 
 
 don spe; Mrin: M ' vagance which 
 
 cools the lower classes o inilame those of the other 
 
 to act 1 brutality. 
 
 The richest and most commodious convents in Europe, for both 
 
 s, are in this city: the mo^t beautiful and fertile hills of the > 
 ron- ith them : a ^:nall part of their revenue is spent in 
 
 feeding the poor, the monks (Hvtributinjr bread and soup to a certain 
 number every day before the doors of the convents. Some of the 
 friars follow the pruetiee of physic and surgery ; and to each convent 
 there is an apothecary's shop, from which medicines are delivered to 
 the poor gratis. 
 
 The Lazzaroni form a considerable part of the inhabitants of Naples * 
 Mid have, on some occasions, had the government of the city, for a 
 
e, in their o\rn h y arc computed at more than thir- 
 
 ty th but 
 
 i 
 
 mom reKhood by fishing, o! 
 
 lie no- 
 ui to 
 revt'iit tin 1 people from 1.. 
 
 Mere with 
 
 i 
 M -A Kircity of hrr-ai: cvrry other grievance ilir\ rn.hin- us if ii 
 
 .pies at its fiat- i must 
 
 re vou can three 
 
 forms a loose . 
 
 ' rossed by 
 . and re* 
 ced roofs 
 
 ^tered behind the moles, and r 
 
 cyou are wr j 
 
 >ped by a carpenter's V> 
 loemmkers* sto > 
 
 i lattfaM'f night-basket In 
 rr har^ain sounds like a bat < 
 
 'tosque ; some of t 
 
 town, an i 
 
 - to 
 row of lazaroni; there, PUIK !., the representative of the i 
 
 i with a sacred wax-work on v 
 
 eir drugs and br 
 
 \t profess* >; owledgt, 
 
 Rrent rle of admirers. Oi 
 
 ntre of an oval g-rou; to 
 
 (heir crazy guitars. Further on is a motley audience seated on plank*. 
 
f36 Hurculanemi and Pompeii* 
 
 listening to a tragi-comic filosofo, who reads, sings, and geM 
 iates old gothic talcs of Orlando and his Paladins. 
 
 This is a theatre where any stranger may study for nothing the 
 manners of the people. At the theatre of San Carlo' the mind, as well 
 as the man, is parted off from its fellows in an elbow-chair. Ti 
 all is regulation and silence: no applause, no censure, no object wor- 
 thy of attention except the court and the fiddle. There the drama 
 but what is a drama in Naples without Punch ? or what is Punch out 
 of Naples? Here, in his native tongue, and among his own country- 
 men, Punch is a person of real power: he <: and retails nil 
 the drolleries of the day : he is the channel and sometn iireo 
 of the passing opinions ; he can inflict ridicule, he could gain a mob, 
 or keep the whole kingdom in good humour. Such was De Fiori, the 
 Aristophanes of hU untion, immortal in buffoonery. 
 
 The streets of >-e straight, but in mineral very narrow. 
 
 The squni r both in their > rtion-. Some 
 
 are refreshed v.-ith i, others are decorated with sutu. 
 
 -.riilplure I obelisks. ; 1 ftv, thriv 
 
 than half their front :n window. ;a.ced 
 
 :\ iron bal 
 
 illy following 
 
 their advanced . Of late the 1 , more u<la 
 
 to modern life : th ents are < 
 
 their ragmen' nor their 
 
 tilenha! wit'i filth, or infested 
 
 keepers. mnity mi; 
 
 hoii- 
 ll of the | .1 
 
 ' their own MIC. 
 
 To at 'ure, to an re, to 
 
 ean be ha; irtuc, 
 
 breath ^nells sweet and wooingfly the most beautiful mu - 
 
 e - 
 
 i \ igorous and ln\ .'inl 
 
 processes all the wonder of \ 'ion an- 
 
 ii.pi -t \\hirh \- thefidry-landofpoeU; 
 
 flu- favourite retreat of great men. 
 
 Herculaneum and Pompeii. 
 
 ITU \ir.uMible mines of curiosities are found among the ruin> ot' 
 HI-KIM \NKI M, a citv lying between > .i Mount Ye-inm--, 
 
 vhich wa.j destro\fd by an earthquake durinjr the reitrn of V 
 and in the first year of that of Titus it was totally overwhelmed by a 
 >tream of lava* from the neighbouring volcano ; which in its pro- 
 gress filled up the streets, and overtopped the houses in some j-.l 
 to the height of sixty-eight feet, and in others to upwards of a hun- 
 dred feet. Some traces of this city were discovered in 1713, but ia 
 1730 the city itself was, by the industry of the Neapolitans, made vis- 
 ible, also the bed of the river by which it was formerly watered. The 
 
 *It wus destroyed by showers of stones and ashes, not by lava. P. 
 
Pompeii. 
 
 temple of Jupiter, the theatre, statues, busts, paintings, manuscripts, 
 furniture, and utensils of every kind, are brought to light. It ap- 
 pear -treets of the city \\ !ar, the houses 
 uniform; some of the rooms were floored with marble, ot 
 beautiful mosaic work, and the meaner sort with bricks three feet 
 lon thick. A U-toiis were discovered, 
 and ai Arable quantity of silver and gold. 
 
 mother to\ >n, was not 
 
 found till forty years after tl,. ebue, on 
 
 . ui] - 1 ;P ..'-! i proceed 
 
 through the gate of tnat Pom once 
 
 calk- aous Cam; 
 
 rest of masts stood in the now 
 
 rouged in 
 
 at th loads only to desert streets. My foot 
 
 now steps on the same pa in-d 
 
 u-heels an- iu h then rol- 
 
 led ov. ' i . \n elevated path runs by the side of tin- r foot 
 
 -, pass comm odious - 
 1 at stones, three of w up 
 
 the w e from each other. As 
 
 -e stones, were obli^ B the 
 
 intermediate spaces, the tracks of the wheels are there most visible. 
 n gtxxi comliti'. . of con- 
 
 siderable pieces of lava, which, however, 'tit (as at present) 
 
 into squares, an fiore diirai-i 
 
 u This is supposed to have be( t of Pompeii, which. 
 
 how< ise n i 
 
 exec fow, were irnon 
 
 'd with books. 
 
 too,! Id gt> abn without 
 
 ious bosom of the ashc- still con- 
 i 
 
 mem :i|ro, 
 
 frav< spade into 
 
 . n ! 
 
 stay a m< Is booth, in which liquors were 
 
 >sed to call for the master of t ap- 
 
 absent for a time on business, perhaps to fill his casks 
 i, which stood i:. : for tlie i hie bears tin 
 
 marks of the i arted. 
 
 onecomi; \vill go into the next hoi i 
 
 nt here ha^ itation of black stone inlaid in his t!. 
 
 we :i -e welcome, and may, without hesitation, satisfy our 
 
 rincr the habitations, we are struck at the first 
 h the strangeness of their construction. The middle of 
 -quare something like the cross passages of a cloi.- 1 
 , surrounded by pillars ; cleanly, and paved with party colour 
 
 In the middle is a cooling well, and on both sides are 
 chamber- n or twelve feet square, but high, and paint- 
 
 ed a fine red or yellow. The floor is of mosaic, and the door is made 
 
 rally to serve as a window, there being but one apartment wL 
 rec<-! .rh a thick blue glass. Many of these rooms are 
 
 supposed to have been bed chambers, because there is an elevated 
 i broad step, on which the bed may have stood, and some < 
 Appear most appropriate to a sleeping room. Others are supposed to 
 
have been dressing rooms, because on the walls a Venus is being dec- 
 orated by the Graces, and all sorts of little i1a~ks and b 
 found in thrm. I IK larger served for dining 1 rooms, and in some, 
 able accommodations for cold and hot baths are to be rnet with. 
 
 < h a whole room might be per! 
 
 was what particularly struck me. Agai. 'ial wall, a second 
 
 ing- a little distance from the first. pur- 
 
 pose, large square tiles were taken, having, like our tiles, a sort of 
 \, so that they kept the first wall, as it were, off i. : a 
 
 hollow space was "thus left all around, from the top to the bottom, into 
 troduced, "-d the warmth i ham- 
 
 ihc whole place one store as 
 i's were also attentive to avoid the vapour < 
 
 a niche made in the wall for the 
 Jarnp, with a little < in the form of 
 
 'tided. Opposite to the house door, we see the largest 
 il properly a sort of hull, tor it has only three wall 
 opt n in the lore-par 
 
 I of monk 
 
 < h square. 
 yed steps -< 
 is no long* 
 
 . a first court is often connected with a M 
 ,1.1. by passag' -pects tl 
 
 c the rest. 
 
 nches, and many hands"! % are still to be s- 
 
 It was fon rnitted for Uie guid< 
 
 presence of tr:> 
 \ i\ . 
 forl < i 
 
 "A large country house 
 
 M, in fact. 
 
 tands against a hill, and bus ; 
 ited rooms an 
 
 h we look down into a pretty gardei 
 been now again planted with flowers. A covered passage, i 
 
 three sides: 
 
 probabh ;is an aipv 
 
 V number 
 
 Caning ag, 
 
 butK-r 1 tched up the last g. 
 
 master. Here we found more than twenty hum^ 
 
 ive thenv' 
 
 old more cruel death than tho- who were 
 
 n air. 
 
 " Ah ! when we wander through the desert streets and hou 
 question every mr urs, What became of all the- 
 
 s, who appear to be just gono -it only, h 
 
 every thin? lyino: or staiuling about as they had use*' 1 the 
 
 delineation of Pliny : - A darkness suddenly overspread the coun- 
 try ; not like the darkness of a moonless night, but like that of a 
 closed room, in which the light is on a sudden extinguished. Womem 
 .oiimed, children moaned, men cried. Here children were an*- 
 
Pompeii. 
 
 priTvrv- uci'f >( ekincf their 
 ' ecognised < 
 >. The former lam* 
 use dearest to them. M 
 
 '\)r assistance : others despaired of 
 
 i dangers were magnified by unreal terrors, i 
 
 en, half t ; to reel al 
 
 ITS' fears, by terrifving predict 
 - is the dreadf ' ; 
 
 1 hare been the feelings of the Pompeians, 
 quaking of the e.i 
 tod also to escape ; 
 
 . to seek t ' 
 
 v house was still a 
 > hand ; and a 
 he wore one of those rings that were allowed to be worn >nl\ \>\ 
 
 ie is supposed to have b< MC house, 
 
 >ened the back warden gate, . 
 
 .;::....! 
 
 MhMBMMt bare come dcnra all -. . in such unnu -iw qu.mritir-. 
 
 
 
 -s, they were s< 
 J>ut ! iseif, witlm 
 
 -IT, a slow dissolution approaching, amidst all the agonies of body 
 nd ? The soul rcc contemplation of such ii 
 
 lately ur 
 
 j:.ti- on t!i" liiffh road. xjft- 
 
 which, acconi' 
 , was erected li of a decree o 1 1 
 
 us, on a sort of alt;- 
 : nor of tl .isks 
 
 affixed on the outside 01 
 
 h forms a semicircle bet 
 
 D . I' 
 
 shadowed f 
 
 f Pompeii 
 
 Crowds th:i' ^ing 
 
 through the ate. Here I ako fiat, wearied both by rm cor- 
 
 por< ok5, the 
 
 corpseot" ! t :\ throng of i : in tin* 
 
 , all Actuated by their necessities and passions ! and now, how 
 
140 Eruptions of Vesuvius. 
 
 dreary and desolate ! My eyes grew moist at the affecting scrn< 
 I walked along the ruins and reflections on our transitory condition, 
 drew tears from me on le tving them. The smallest part of the city 
 only is dug 1 out, more tha.i two thirds of it still remaining under the 
 
 I. One single street, and part of a narrow by-street, are the 
 only passable quarters. 
 
 " The view of Pornj ii is even now truly impressive ; but how 
 
 much more so would it have been, if the king had left the statues, 
 
 ehold furniture, holy utensils, &c. standing in the places where 
 
 they were discovered w'lile digging ! Even the skeletons mi^ht have 
 
 been left, standing and lying, and what they held in th> 
 
 i!d not have been taken from them. The form of the old 
 bad been clearly imprinted in the mass of ashes : this form in 
 have been imitated. roofs have been replaced. What would 
 
 have been the of the stranger on viewing the at 
 
 the sacrifices still on i furnitn, oart- 
 
 its, the half-dre is the flasks of oil and 
 
 ointment in the bath- and thf bu~ orrupn- 
 
 tion ! He w.>ul 1 h.. ,'el by i 
 
 ed spirits ; an i ,\ tul contemplations of the past, would 
 
 have left Pompeii as the frontiers of the lower world." 
 
 There is no vol- >pe, whose desolating par- 
 
 1, and so u 
 ted to us, as tho 
 
 is well known t TC one of t 1 won- 
 
 dors of the kingdom of Napl< larai, it has heon said to 
 
 ist of two summits, one of wl 
 
 is called bv the natives Somma ; and the other, running in a 
 Vesuvius, oi thN last alone 
 
 re and smo 
 
 ' a niilf in !< I ' peruliar: in its 
 
 and on many occa 
 
 ><lern enii-tion was i ich WC 
 
 OM ht, a 
 
 quit' 
 
 lack 
 smoh -'-ght, 
 
 f t r 
 
 as I suppose from the blowing up of a covered channel full of rr 
 lava, it had the appearance as if the lava had taken its course directly 
 up the steep cone of the volcano. Fresh t odcd one 
 
 another hastily, and all in a direct line tending, for about a mile and a 
 half down, towards the towns of Resina and Torre del Greco. I 
 could count fifteen of them, but I believe there were others obscured 
 by the smoke. 
 
 It is impossible that any description can give an idea of this fiery 
 scene, or of the horrid noises that attended this great operation of na- 
 ture. It was a mixture of the loudest thunder, with incessant re- 
 -. like, those from 3 numerous heavy artillery, accompanied by a 
 
upti&ns of T"r \44 
 
 ->w murmur, lik 'ic roaring of the ocean du 
 
 liich 
 
 brui 
 
 Ml o! 
 
 roils pop;; 
 
 Vesu 
 
 nin- 
 
 - or cultu -. 
 
 was soon 
 
 1 al days ; but 
 
 :-i'l electro 
 
 .'.[, 
 
 .ntain, 
 mark- 
 ir, ex- 
 
 k^ from the niuuntam. t ; 
 1 -r^e drops of water. 
 
 ', v\ Inch < was av 
 
 ;i. Those . 
 nd of the sea shorf 
 es some days after, wore of a Jig;lit 
 smd as fine as Spanish snuff, or powdered bark. 
 
* Vcsuviu*. 
 
 town of Torre del Greco contained about 18,000 
 
 : whom (except about fifi- 
 (!, and w<- 
 es) escape-' : 
 
 but them; 
 
 and h;i'l joined H fresh l;iva that 
 
 if ran like I 
 Torre del < 
 to save their lives ; their goods and effects were totally 
 
 remained 
 
 ir Int-^ th< 
 
 
 
 short space of 
 
 ;edawayt op of Yew 
 
 ;i great part of its crater, particularly on the we 
 
 ^ day, as a 
 
 Kesina, and other parts situated -.. 
 
 - ashes which, as I 
 befoi 
 
 
 
 preale^t di!li< )! in ton in/ t.'.rir pmsSSg^ "it of the now wi.!el\ e\- 
 i tuih of V ;nce tlie f 
 
 :ice. On - '.iped 
 
 on another, and succeeding one a?- t few 
 
 hours such a criffuntic ynd elevated 
 
 
 t have been sixt y-eii^ht times . 
 1 observed in my way through the village 
 nui ii 1 been loosene-i 
 
 i quakes, parti* 
 tend< 
 
 ioK! AS to throw many people down 
 
 obh 
 
 The leaves of all 
 
 \ int^ wore" burnt by the ashes that had fallen on then uy of 
 
 th<- vines themselves were buried u ashes, and grea' 
 
 of tlie tree> th -orn off by their H( 
 
 ]n short, nothing but ruin and desolation was to be seen. The ashes 
 
:d and ifi 
 
 oot of the mountain were but ten or twelve incbei thi 
 ^portion as we ascended, th< 
 ness increased to several feet, I dare say i. 
 aome parts: so that the surfece of the ol 
 was almost impassable, was now become a perfect plain, o\ 
 we walked with the greatest ease. The ashes were of a 1 
 colour, and exceedingly fine, so that 
 on them as on snow, we learnt that three small parties ha 
 before us. We saw likewise the track of a fox, that appear* 
 
 Even thr traces of lizards and other little animals, and o 
 wfTfcjhfeoi fttn ti,r Mb* w< uooisW to th,- m 
 the lava of the 15th first issued, and we followed the couneo? 
 was still very -hot, (although covered v 
 quite down to the sea of Torn 
 
 '. pair of boots to which I had for the purpose ad 
 "olc, were burnt through on 
 
 possible to ret up to the great crater of Vew v.tuTnor had a 
 attempted it. the bond chasms that exist from the spot 
 late eruption first took place, in a stnu> 
 w^tiM^cannc* be imagined. Tfiey formed Tallies 
 two hundred feet deep, and from naif to a mile wide: and 
 vontainsof fiery matter existed during the eruption, a 
 
 v , make such an alteration on the f 
 
 by nattin- in the bbort space of fire bout- 
 
 Of ,: ,,,,,:, :ui.l v,t,,,,l,r npOWa, HK. 
 
 
 . !-.., v . . n^ vww mentioned, and tioKvn mesur^ 
 -'"'*' " f ~ 2J * ""! ootfai ir dsoafl ; irts with either a MSI off aali 
 
 c colour, or a bright white, .. 
 parts with a deep green and azur 
 
 ^ < fcl o< ar, , ->. ,,; amui H W fti &Mtnoo< ni alMlf 
 iWt. Wewent on the top of seven of the mot considerable of tho 
 nrw.!,.rfTMs! II,,,-:M.,.I. . | : |.-.lc., bio tMf eraOHl ni.i. bssl .,,i] * 
 
 mile in circumfcrenr 
 /h theext. 
 
 exceed two hundred 
 breathed on these new m 
 
 .tni nfMnU ; and r\ > . ,t r)ri > rurtinn ivf toui.i I MM 
 
 (if stirh a -Mfftx-atii;^ .ni.,iiM \N'r f",,iuri in on- 
 
 
 
 and depositions of salts and* 
 
 -*j mter of y )mill ? f "y "^ *^ tu 
 
 HI and its Eruptieru. 
 
 Bteil ihr : ' t .km- phn-nomonon of the i-Ian.) 
 though less trequenf ly delineate*! than Vesuvius is so i 
 gantic, that the I 
 
 .ill, an^ is in fact not largo 
 
 tint by which it is surrounded. Thewholi 
 
 UM of Vesuvms ^oo, not rxcervi thirty miles, while } 
 
 pace of a hundred and eighty miles, and its height abo 
 
 ni 
 
144 Loretio in the Papal State*. 
 
 the sea is computed at not less than eleven thousand feet : and while 
 the la\a of the first not often devolves its stream furt to an 
 
 *xtent of sevc.n miles, Etna will emit a liquid fire capable < 
 ing a path of thirty miles. The crater of Vesuvius, mon 
 
 ied half a mile in circumference, while r ia is 
 
 romrnonlv three, and sometii ilcs. The best description of 
 
 <his crater, which we have received in our own d t given by 
 
 Spalanxiini. According- to him, it forms an oval < 
 to west, inclosed by vast fragments of la\ tiic inner 
 
 '.ides being of various declination M] with n: 
 
 concretions of muriat of ammonia, the sal ami 
 
 The bottom is a plain nearly hon/.ontal, about two-thirds of a mile in 
 circumference, with a large circular aperture, giving vent to a co- 
 lumn of white smoke, below which is visible a liquid -Her, 
 
 like metal boiling in a furnace. Such at its 
 
 eruptions rarely attain iK Himrnit, but more 
 Sides. Near t e region of 
 
 which is followed by a woody domain, ron 
 Oaks, beechc-. areola of 
 
 itute <f \ ej'-!ation. In thi-, middi 
 
 trses,)* tin aii lieu hhi.- 
 
 dnd four J.t in ( ircumfcrence. 
 
 rmo. 
 
 Mr. ' worthy of the fmr ishin.l ot 
 
 which ii : > four parts 
 
 ty gates, and forming, at ther 
 ' 
 ned with name marble^, amon-.r 
 
 Ji)Wl!l 
 
 this : 
 
 (*nt:d (.'othie outbid 
 
 .Palace, to which a M be I. m thr Araht- 
 
 rt. Thus. 
 
 :.;h tlie public- promc: 
 
 with . ;es and gfan!\ I, ei- 
 
 hi!>n 
 
 > , >era 
 K TK.t exempt from this rcpro.-' 
 
 uttnu 
 
 resort of tl.e Sicilian n 
 
 Loretto in the Papal States. 
 I^)n rto is situated on a plain at the top of a mountain: it ha=; a 
 
 ! bleak look : t m ike but a very mean 
 
 Appearance ; the principal street consists for the most part of small 
 Hops, in which are sold little else \ ids for rosaries, gold and 
 
 '* Kitrally, hundred horses. P. f Square, t Four Corners> 
 * Beach or quay. 
 
Pita and Lucea. 
 
 ornamenU for the Mine, worked in fillagree, mall braaa talk 
 ,m-h s..uiri.i s-. theecmtrj paople, aa preaenrathnai t - UM ^ ii.na-- 
 nd ! Town paper caps to our. 
 
 ifi^ir* of ' iM di LereHu* painted on them. 
 
 .,..%..-;, :.\ r. ;... ii i.. ( il :-!..:.. 
 
 *, while the capital of a republic, was celebrated for iU profu- 
 >f marble, iir patnciaa towera, aod its jrare magnificence. 
 i, though no longer a mark of !* 
 
 lodernized hrmaei. In gravity penrades njr 
 
 h,- , KinA ' b^plMrf! HM tealM tolN r, avd HMOMM mti 
 ll built of the ttme marble, all rarietim of the MOM arcbiiet 
 i;.. ran, and fortunate both in their tociety and their 
 
 olitude 
 
 - ^rcat eril, mj* Mr. For 
 
 ; \ .',-,, H M ,-. ajM .-: If M : !* i K^- 
 
 si. und ikeaHy l . . l %% ith the Mir&c of the 
 
 Meoce their embankment** 
 
 cannot ultimately protect the hun. Tliey may confine to 
 chaanels the deposit of earth left by flood* 
 >*itB thus confined, ha* , in many parts, n 
 
 ' 
 
 .r draining it must yearis 
 crease; i 
 
 coa an outlets. 
 
 r,,.n, mtliMOOMtrv 
 
 the rkrfcnre of the rain nnital bei|rbt (47 inchet) ii about 
 
 itiraium i not oie half. It rener 
 
 1 
 
 iter w br far the ineat mirin at Pita, and 1 
 print:. fWea* Wted, i,,.^l. \*m MWaM ..nl% > tl.i- 
 
 *harp,aiidrreeMfttas*. Th* mth wet, 
 
 as oppreearc on the spiriti M the leaden si 
 
 r rioteot heat ftmerally returns with the 
 ntagt are intensely hot ; at noon the sea- 
 
 .:,-,'. .... -,,,. 
 
 i are damp, cloae, tuJTocatinjr, 
 
 lie Mejfnafa.l Piaa may rerrrae what phTaioiaM aay 
 <> capita]- Tliey hardly conceire how people can live at Fie 
 
 inter, or how they can di* 
 
 The little ttate of Locca ao popolout, that rery fow acrct, and 
 
 eot lo inttadation, are allotted to each farmer in the plain. 
 
 Hence their superior skill in ajrnculUire and draining ; hence that 
 
 variety of crops on every inclosure, which giret to the rale of Ser- 
 
 ufy of Lnntto f An oppreatiTely hot aovtb wind. 
 t North west wind. 
 IS 
 
146 The Tuscan Republics. 
 
 ohio the economy and show of a large kitchen garden. So rich is 
 the creation of poor men, who must render u f j to their landlord two- 
 thirds of their produce, and sell him whatever he demands of the re- 
 mainder at his own price ! Even the little that is left to their own 
 disposal, they cannot sell at home ; their very milk they must export 
 every morning to a foreign state like Pisa. 
 
 Oppressed, however, as this peasantry is, perhaps the advocates for 
 large farms would find it difficult to prove that the Lucchose would 
 produce better crops, if tilled hy fewer tenants. Italy might bring 
 against that system the authority of her Virgil, her Pliny, her Colu- 
 mella; the exam pie of Lucca, where husbandry is so subdivided; 
 that of Tuscany, where the farms are so limited ; that of the Koman 
 state, where they are so large. Every state in the peninsula, says 
 Mr. Forsyth, is productive, I believe, in pro/tnrtion to Ike number 'of 
 farmers on a ^ivfn s/tace nf land equally go<nl. 
 
 This plain is skirted by vine-clad hills, where the celebrated villas 
 rise on such sites as court admiration from the city. Indeed they de- 
 serve to be conspicuous, as monuments, of that ancient lordliness 
 which dignified the Lucchcsi with the epithet of Signori. 
 
 The rarnpurts of Lucca, though neglected even as a walk, attest 
 the same national magnificence. The cannon, once their ornament, 
 and happily nothing but an ornament, are gone. The armory, which 
 was also admired, and useless like the cannon, is now em.ty. The 
 palace of the republic, no longer the residence of the Gmifni'-niere,* 
 bears a deserted arid vacant aspect. This immense and august edi- 
 fice makes the city round it look little; yet only half the original de- 
 sign is completed. These petty Italian states, when commercial and 
 free, had a public soul too expansive for the body. In its f resent de- 
 cline, says the same writer, I remarked through the city an air of 
 sullen, negligent stateliness, which often succeeds to departed power; 
 a ceremonious gravity in the men, a sympathetic gloominess in the 
 houses, and the worst symptom that any town can have silence. 
 
 THE TUSCAN REPUBLICS. 
 
 EVERY city in Tuscany having been once a separate republic, still 
 c.onsiders itself a nation distinct from the rest, and calls their inhabit- 
 ants foreigners. If we compare these little states with those of an- 
 cient Greece, we shall find that in both countries the republics emer- 
 ged from small principalities, they shook off the yoke by similar 
 means, and they ended in a common lord who united them all. In 
 both we shall 6nd a crowded population and a narrow territory ; in 
 both, a public magnificence disproportionate to their power ; in both, 
 the same nursing love of literature and of the arts, the same nice and 
 fastidious taste, the same ambitious and excluding purity of language. 
 
 Florence. 
 
 The edifice which commands our chief attention at Florence, as 
 beginning a new era in the history of architecture, is the Cathedral 
 founded by Lapo, in 1298, and crowned by the cupola of Brunel- 
 leschi. 
 
 The other churches of Florence have nothing very peculiar or im- 
 
 * Chief magistrate ; literally standard-bearer. P. 
 
Florence. 147 
 
 their construction. Tin- < -li-.u-fl </>' Dfj* -siti \< a w. 
 <s two orders . 
 
 in tht- 
 t*r was lavished on so 
 
 s may be 
 
 Uo the 
 itniv. 
 
 aniuelf; a construction wl. 
 idwrnyi u lAfO^t MI - ' ' ( --""-- ; -.. neoeMi? .r- 
 
 , x ,.,..,..- .-, !lir t r, v ,.i . .n!\ ' . ; w . 'I ' - u er toriei are t;i- 
 i.ited hi neks or free-*tone, Rn' 
 
 , orders, :i 
 
 >rnce ow. 
 
 IK! liberal 
 ie same sun a- ' I >nk 
 
 i" debt, and 
 \vive.H am! 
 j^>- JerrVDt- ;\r> l-r-Miun ^ m Ihe i-:'.tn;irrli;l -!>!' f\ thr umlhrr-. 
 
 orence in oun<), lined 
 
 . Those 
 Bows are so close as * 
 
 to lessen t 1 . On 
 
 Mgr, or rather to 
 ule. 
 
 two harvests a 
 
 e ^ecood of some gren crop ; but the see- 
 
 as ma- 
 
 il nted every third or 
 
 .acropot sometime^ ' morr 
 
 >f oats. 1 ' ries latc-lv 
 
 on. 
 
 
 ceases to be its principal object What a 
 
 utrl*' farm put in action! In 
 
 no, oil, and 
 silk, w 
 
 D hringv only five returns in the Florentine territory ; in 
 
14$ The Country near Siena. 
 
 the Sinese eight or nine ; and the aggregate affords but ten months- 
 subsistence to all Tuscany, although the mountaineers live mostly on 
 chesnuts. 
 
 This garden of Tuscany seems to require more manure than it 
 produces. To keep it perpetually in crop, the farmers must resort 
 to the infectious sewers of the city ; they send poor men and asses 
 to pick up dung on the roads ; and at certain resting-places on the 
 highway, they spread litter, on which all the cattle that pass, stop to 
 urine for their benefit. 
 
 You discover at Florence, on the very surface of things, how great- 
 ly commerce has degenerated in a country which gave it birth, and 
 language, and laws. The counting-houses are in general dirty, dark, 
 mean vaults ; the ledgers stitched rather than bound, and covered 
 with packing paper. All commodities are weighed by the old-steel 
 yard : the only balance that I remarked here was held by the statute 
 of Justice. In trades, no regular apprenticeships are requisite ; nor 
 are the usual appropriations of sex observed. In the same street, I 
 have seen women at the loom and the awl, while the men were 
 sewing curtains. 
 
 The Italian shopkeeper only calculates downwards. His sole ob- 
 ject is to gain the most from his customers. He does not remount 
 to the first sources that supply his shop ; he abandons the general 
 state of his own line to his merchant In Britain, on the contra- 
 ry, the great fluctuations of commerce may originate in the capita], 
 but they presently spread through the 'and. The common 
 
 retailer in the remotest town "i of his trade, anti- 
 
 cipates taxes, watches the ret id speculates on the 
 
 mercial effects of peace and \ 
 
 The Count r;/ /?a. 
 
 All the country for twrnt\ miles round Siena is hill or mountain. 
 The more rugged hills are planted with olive-trees. The rest are 
 arable, intermixed with vineyards. Some of these vineyards arc 
 celebrated. Montepulciano produces " the king- of wines;' and 
 Chianti yields from its canine grape a u vino scelto,"* which many 
 prefer to his majesty. Before Leopold freed agriculture from its old 
 restrictions, the Sienese scarcely raised grain enough for its own con- 
 sumption ; but now it exports to a large amount. 
 
 From Centinale, says Mr. Forsyth, we rode to Gelso, another large 
 and still more neglected villa, where mouldy pictures and disjointed 
 furniture were thinly scattered to make u <> a show. We passed through 
 the richest vineyards, over hills clad with olive-trees, and on roads 
 lined with wild myrtle ; but we looked in vain for that thick-matted 
 herbage, and those umbrageous masses of wood which distinguish an 
 English landscape from all others. 
 
 Farther south is the Maremma, a region which, though now worse 
 than a desert, is supposed to have been anciently both fertile and 
 healthy. The Maremma certainly formed a part of that Etruria, 
 ivhich was called from its harvests the annonaria.f Old Roman cis- 
 terns may still be traced, and the ruins of Populonium are still visible 
 in the worst i art of this tract. Yet nature, in spite of the soil, has 
 condemned it to disease, and man has been ever its enemy. 
 
 * Choice wine. f Corn country. 
 
 
Malta. 
 
 In some p. 
 
 ' 
 
 1 
 
 !v a 
 n in- 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 lute ; for 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - to man thr lines properly, at 
 st 30,000 men would be reqn 
 
 * Smoke i. 
 
 ilatioa of the lUrcc i*lands, Malta, Coze, ami Cerriao, 
 96,000. 
 
t it) Spain. 
 
 About eight miles to the westward of Valetta, there is a fine i 
 where St. Paul is'said to have been ship wrecked, now called after 
 that apostle. 
 
 There are scattered about different parts of the interior, twenty- 
 two cassals, or villages, and one city, Citta Vecchio, or IVotabile, the 
 nnoient. capital. The latter, though thinly inhabited, is surrounded 
 with a strong ram part, and v The villag-es 
 
 are extremely well built, and have sevc urches. besides con- 
 
 vents and consecrated spots. They arc all. l.<u Tver, destitute, of 
 picturesque beauty , which is not, in fact, to be found in any part of 
 
 At a distance M, heet 
 
 parts not cxce< !e\< 1 nf the * 
 
 formed of ared -ilthouprh n >m more 
 
 Kni-ope, or of the !i 
 
 n here b\ 
 Siro they pass doing any 
 
 C< 
 
 Malta. The fung -/ rrows on a that 
 
 Malta i-ert, thai there ftre neh veins of goi 
 
 fhere. 
 
 J3PAI.N. 
 
 index! N. h\ tli ba; of Btscaj ; \. 1 - '-ice, 
 
 whirli if i :terrane- 
 
 and the A 
 
 Atlantic. 41 N- lat u'n.l !.. 
 
 W. tu 3 i I'.. ! ip, 
 Population 10,350,000. !' 
 
 Of the Persmis ,:<nl Habits of the Spaniards. 
 THE Spaniards are, for tl 
 
 Ihei: !( >\ir. 
 
 The men shave thn hut leave mustachios on r lip. 
 
 The \V(Mnrn ;v ' uder, and take great pa> ;:iire 
 
 ..reserve a 
 
 The Spaniar uf de|x>rt 
 
 taciturnit\ . .- 
 
 and air, and t: that at a littU 
 
 from them it i- iiiove at all. They hold 
 
 their prie 
 
 their garments, and pa\ th.^m a d. -pect little short of idol- 
 
 atry. 
 
 Among the follies and vices of the Spaniards may be counted their 
 unreasonable contempt of otv ir pride and vanity, their 
 
 indolence, avarice, and Z Gt 
 
 Industry is not regarded as honourable in Spain, nor can it become 
 & till there is a more intimate connexion and intermixture of all 
 
Persoiu and I fab it $ of the Spaniards \ 5 1 
 
 ranks of men. mial respect of each other WBOM different 
 
 . ii. source of the wealth of our own 
 
 Jauoti of commercial greatMsa in all 
 
 *fler getting out of bed, it i* usual for persons of con- 
 dition ti> dhnl a gla** of wu iccorsnow, and after- 
 
 <rage of almoftt all 
 the 
 
 nd children tit 
 
 crow-fogged o> manner of tli< Temper- 
 
 aiu-r i- virn:.- \, ',. '. ' . Bp ward iharei with other sootiMni > 
 tioiw ; for excess of wine U so miichievous in rrfiona exposed to the 
 
 i.. v ..i ti.i- -;r.. ti.v.n - tftafiteabV wmralh, t irotldpe- 
 
 . i.i> i ., ;. yd! H . 
 
 lllH'l- fl'HT UIHl %!. H Hi -. 1 l. 
 
 gentlemen but l.ul. 
 
 Uiree hour*, dunnf wKicb time, in Madrid, the bhopsTn 
 
 few person*, except foreigners, are to be mrt with 
 
 'I hg N irt-.ru i"!. ' n- '.r- .' ' :;<.'. . 
 
 T'.r ,...-. o |f . ... -i Jacob, is also fa r..i.; to i etH 
 
 d enjoyment * form tJ 
 
 B beat tables; and, thoofh a species ol .iporoarhinr to 
 
 ,., . ;,. ( , - . . ... , ,. i ^(hfi .... i. ,. 
 
 rely Spannh, that the diietwoe r^ to be distinguished. 
 
 ,-..,,,,. ,,,...... , ! , .. i , .-.its ol ii. 
 
 ; erate and frugal, M far as mcani 
 tlieVkeepamuehfr 
 nestk sen-ants th;< . 
 ml. In thnr lirr-* SI imcnts hi- 
 
 i n .tn- \ -r\ . \:-. v ,/ ,n esveci 'i ' latter I ^-i I afn foM i; . 
 
 neoded on a la iign and slios slfene (for 
 
 etnererwalko si the same) u enormous. 
 
 writer, wan crowded, 
 
 r '., ' - ; , I.*':- r u ,- - BJB !. ! 
 
 . The market also abounded 
 s, turnips, carr< 
 umption of meal in this cit? is 
 of a v 
 
 
 . at sluij H in different parts of 
 
 . to an ice-house called a 
 and frf<| 
 
 . .. v. I u-ti u< r, ..-,:;i..iill\ il- 
 
 netable oil, u 
 
 pose: 
 
 >i 
 
 of marble, small pan of charcoal ore were placed, at wtuch the mo- 
 kers kindled their segart. 
 
152 Persons and Habits of the Spaniards. 
 
 In Spain, every male smokes. The general, the soldier, the judge, 
 the criminal, and even the lover breathes out all the tenderness of 
 his soul in puffs of genuine Havannah : in short, it is as natural to 
 expect smoke from the mouth of a Spaniard, as from the top of a ta- 
 vern chimney. The Havannah segar is the most aromatic, and some- 
 times costs as much as sixpence. The lower orders enjoy a cheaper 
 sort, by cutting the tobacco leaf fine, and rolling it in a small piece 
 of paper ; this is frequently passed from mouth to mouth, with more 
 cordial sociality than attention to cleanliness. I have*' seen beggars 
 crawl under the tables to pick the remnants of burning segars, which 
 had been consumed so low, that the fingers of the smoker could hold 
 them no longer. Every Spaniard is provided with a flint and steel ; 
 and, for tinder, he uses a fibrous vegetable from South America, call* 
 ed by the French, nm.ndwi. Gentlemen carry these instruments so 
 necessary for their felicity in small rases, resembling bank-note pock- 
 et-books. In the streets, little boys levy small contributions by car- 
 rying a burning rone-match to light the segars of passengers ; and I 
 saw suspended from the doors of .several shops, a thick piece of light- 
 ed rope, for the purpose of a similar accommodation. A present of 
 Havannah segars is, to a Spaniard, a very high compliment indeed, 
 and secures his affections as fully as a good dinner does those of an 
 Englishman. 
 
 The government has of course not failed to render tobacco a very 
 lucrative source of revenue, and has reserved to itself the right of 
 dispersing of it. To government, in a thoroughly prepared state, it 
 costs about two reals, or five- pence per pound, and by then: it is re- 
 sold to the public at fifty real rr pound, and often 
 at a -\orbilant price. Some English writers have asserted, 
 that the Spanish Indies smoke; and, though 1 saw no instances of it, 
 1 wns \\c\ that the custom partially obtains amongst them. 
 Smoking forms the chief, perhaps the only, excess of the Spaniard. 
 It is a very rare sight to see him intoxicated. His own wines are ve- 
 ry light, and he frequently cannot afford to indulge even in them. 
 
 The houses of the great are not dispose,! in the most elrgant and 
 commodious manner, but they are so large, that in the Duke of Al- 
 i nalace there are four hundred bed-chambers. Here all the su- 
 perannuated servants, with their wives and children are lodged ; their 
 annual wai;vs are computed at twelve thousand pounds sterling. The 
 cottages arid inns are, on the contrary, miserable ; but the dress and 
 manners of the lower classes vary much in different provinces. 
 
 The chief defect in the character of the Spanish nobility and gen- 
 try is, their aversion to agriculture and commerce. Instead of those 
 beautiful villas, and opulent farms, which enrich the whole extent of 
 England, the Spanish architecture is confined to the capital, and a few 
 other cities and towns. The metropolis is, however, their chief ele- 
 ment, by traditionary custom, which, like others, arose from necessa- 
 ry causes ; as in former turbulent periods their presence at court was 
 considered as the sole pledge they could give of their duty and af- 
 fertion. 
 
Spaniards. 
 
 Customs of the Spaniards. 
 
 Tke eastern HU h > th * 
 
 Spaniards and the Portugin scribed in tlie 1 
 
 lead of ste< ^rc used in Spain t" post-, from 
 
 
 crowded \. 
 ! orsec 
 
 iu II un< 
 
 ." * 
 
 , 
 
 .ir:rr of tli^ 
 
 -i\l< 
 
 . 
 
 On < 
 or. 
 
 Bon 
 
 \s expressed in the most 
 
 )rdin^ to mir 
 
154 Customs of the. Spaniards. 
 
 The agility of the Spaniards in leaping-, climbing-, and walking, 
 has been a constant subject of admiration to our party. We have 
 frequently known a man on foot start from a town with us, who were 
 well mounted, and continue his journey with such rapidity as to reach 
 the end of the stage before us, and announce ou,r arrival with officious 
 civility. A servant likewise, whom we hired at Malaga, has kept 
 pace with us on foot ever since; aud though not more than seventeen 
 years of age, he seems incapable of being fatigued wi'h walking. I 
 have heard the agility of the Spanish peasants, and their power of en- 
 during fatigue, attribu ed to a custom, which, though it may probably 
 have nothing to do with 1 be cause, deserves noticing from its singula- 
 rity. A young peasant never sleeps on a bed till he is married ; be- 
 fore that event the rests on the floor in his clothes, which he never 
 takes off but for the purpose of cleanliness: and during the grea'er 
 part of the year it is a ma ter of indifference whether he sleeps under 
 a roof or in the open air. 
 
 I have remarked tha: though the Spaniards rise very early, they 
 generally keep late hours, and seem most lively and alert at mid- 
 uigiit : this may be attributed to <he heat of the wea' her during T he 
 day, and to the custom of slooning after their meal at noon, which 
 is so general that the towns n.n-1 villages appear quite descried from 
 one till four o'clock. The lah.-w< of the artificer, and the aneniion 
 of the shopkeeper, are suspended during those hours; and the doors 
 and windows of the latter are as closely shut as at night, or on a holi- 
 day. 
 
 Though the Spanish neasamrv treat every man they meet with po- 
 liteness, they expect an equal rfnrn of civility; and to pass -hem 
 without the usual expression, " Vaga listed con Dios,"* or saluting 
 tin n wi hout bes'o . Vn he i le of Ci rould be 
 
 risking- an insult from n-v>nl who, though civil and even polite, are 
 not a little jealous of 'heir claims to -eciprocal attentions. I have 
 been informed, that most of the dom^s'i" virtues are strongly felt and 
 practised bv the peasantry; and ha! a degree of parental, filial and 
 fraternal affection is observed amon^ ihem, which is exceeded in no 
 other country. 1 have alrondv sai i sufficient of their religion ; it is a 
 subject on which they fe] ' ^ f pride. To suspect them of 
 
 heresy, or of being descended from a Moor or Jew, would be the 
 most unpardonable of all offences; bn: thrir bxity with respect to 
 matrimonial fidelity, it must be acknowledged, is a stain upon their 
 character, which, though common, appears wholly irreconcileable 
 with the general morality of<he Spanieh character/ They are usual- 
 ly fair and honourable in their dealings : and a foreigner is less sub- 
 ject to imposition in Spain than in any other country I have visited. 
 
 Mr. Southey has given several curious descriptions of the accomo- 
 dations he met with at the inns as he travelled in Snain. At one 
 place he writes, " In this room are nlaced two trestles; four planks 
 are laid across these, and support a straw-stuffed mat'res? of immense 
 thickness. Over this is another as dispropor'ionably thin, and this is 
 my bed. The seat of mv cbair i* as high as the 'able I write upon. 
 A lamp hangs upon the door. Above us are bare timbers, and the 
 floor is tiled. I am used to vermin : to be flea'd is became the order 
 of the night, and I submit to it with all due resignation. Of the peo- 
 ple, extreme filth and deplorable ignorance are the most prominent 
 
 * God go with you. 
 
5 
 
 > in i he peasantry which Enpl- 
 sess. I frt n 10 
 
 
 
 wee >!<>. 'Ili 
 
 "\er it in 
 the i 
 
 v. hilr the 
 
 cpers art' < xmu- in:- 
 
 . OD pain of being 
 : - that 
 
 ire frequr 
 Clothes that are sent out of the < , 
 
 Of the Spnnfsh I^> 
 
 
 
 i he seats with v 
 
 an;! ' 
 
 rinr 
 
 ' 
 
 ^ume wh 
 
 ; amongst ih- 
 >f black gauze, an.! luce, and 
 
 ill -d irj \ 
 
 oth Mack, 
 ills n|>i"M 
 ' silk stockings and shoes. I 
 
 i lies pav much attention. Tin 
 
 an/l prepo^ttr 
 rom generation to g' 
 
 isses. Tii 
 
 il to ex- 
 
 pcr hut. o tell, whrr- 
 
 er thf-v dn-ss :. ,- as they c;ili il 
 
 whir waddle superse(l^ tin- h. 
 
 inuvrm.-nts th. in their n /-. Nor on -jl it thr skill 
 
 Wlttl truinrnt than that 
 
 "^ lies, to be passed over. It is s' er out oft! 
 
 bands ,r}, thr most (Winatirip: drxtrrilv. 
 
 Little 
 
 \' first, ihr M.I: kck- 
 
 
 thousand agrci- . A beautiful 
 
1 56 Of their Education, Religion, Priests, fyc. 
 
 seen to so much advantage as in this dress, which, however, is imme- 
 diately laid aside when she enters her house. The Spanish women in 
 general dress for the street, and upon their return home take off 
 their good clothes, silk stockings, and white shoes, and display an 
 appearance for which even the eifects of a sultry climate can scarce- 
 ly offer any apology. The}' also seem to think that there is no charm 
 in clean teeth, which the v corrode and render offensive at an early 
 acre, by immoderately eating sweetmeats and confectioner} , and by 
 the less feminine indulgence of occasional smoking. A tooth brush 
 they never think of using ; and I knew a British captain who 
 < on >ilc red as a great coxcomb by several ladies at Cadiz, be< 
 that instrument was found in his dressing-case. \Vhen :. 1-adv walks 
 out, she is always followed by a female servant, attired in ii 
 have before described, but of coarser rung an 
 
 rnons green fan in her hand. This attendant is in general old and 
 ugly, csper!..ll\ it" 53 be \oung and handsome. 1 at fir 
 
 garded the servant -non learnt 
 
 o(i'eiisi\p, and win) often arted as the millions tool ot 
 long bee; i with Kl\vn. and ti, 
 
 men- a little excusable pride. 
 
 Of their R'lnration. I /V/esfs, <J-c. 
 
 Learning is at a low ebb^ in tbii r, up- 
 
 wards of 
 
 lamanra, founded in th- . . There 
 
 have been as n ,a to 
 
 darken the far .1 Thomas 
 
 AquiiK'> continue uarioiated, .-o that the pro? 
 
 eeeds. 
 
 The Spaniards are zealots in the profession of the Roman Catholic 
 religion, and in no country is then- more praying and ceremony; 
 but the Virgin M :<;-. a vms to be the principal object of their devo- 
 tion and adoratiwn. Few women go out of doors, walk, or play, 
 without a rosary in their hand. The men are i thout one 
 
 hanging round their neck*. In their comedies, if the devil be chain- 
 ed, it is with a 
 
 Here, as in Italy, the dead are carried to the grave with their faces 
 uncovered, and preceded bv a long procession of priests and people 
 -iuging psalms with lighted lasers in fheir hands. The grandees are 
 dressed in their robes, and buried in them, but the rest of the people 
 are habited like friars and nuns. The \omi and unmarried have an 
 additional crown of artificial flowers on their heads. The priests 
 ^prinkle holy water over the sepulchres, each drop of which they af- 
 firm extinguishes a part of the fire in purgatory. The people in 
 general appear to know when a saint is taken out of purgatory, and 
 it is seen frequently written on the doors of the churches, " To-day 
 a soul is delivered.'" 
 
 After the death of any person, the masses are without end ; howev- 
 er poor the relations may be, they must deprive themselves of every 
 thing for the repose of the soul of their departed friend. The masses 
 which a man appoints to be said for him after his death are privile- 
 ged : his soul is, by law, preferred to the claims of his creditors. 
 
 The following account of one of the religious holidays of the peo- 
 ple occurs in Doblado's letters on Spain. The Carnival properly so 
 called is limited to Quinquagesima Sunday, and the two following 
 taye, a period which the lower classes pass in drinking* and rioting" in 
 
Of Spanish Amusements, Customs, <J-c. 
 
 
 meaner sort of houses al ul especially 
 
 v, surround 
 rs of the poor* 
 
 crowds ol 
 
 a, singing, dan. 
 
 ival. The 
 
 !:. ! ; or. >< -'\t\. '",- 
 
 Of brfl M 
 
 i ' ; ' ; i r ' ; r , 4 \\ i ' : . ; ' . 
 M of Softin for rvlii 
 
 ed. 
 
 A Cai 
 oung* woman to whom 
 
 voman at 
 
 1 1. ^^ 
 
 iole quarters of tiie 
 
 
 iiyer scale. I once 
 
 aksto parade 
 
 crowded with 
 
 aginary, would have 
 
 Ily ready to take n 
 
 ituret often carry 
 
 their 
 
 . 
 
 
 ucMjnpnun win gi^e a prcii) ac .curaic 
 
 . -i > > ' ; :ii. i : 'it! .-aj if. JJ- 
 
 > enter. A 
 
 an ho 
 
 fa :m.l r .i^me 
 
 , and frightened by the clapping and hallooing of 
 
Inquisition. 
 
 the assembled multitude. It then ran HK cessh < ly against the < 
 Uvoromktr.u:' , ,m each received a deep won; ^nal 
 
 UK? trumpet for tlic hor- 
 
 nick hart" 
 rh mmij 
 dor 
 
 wo-edged 
 hull i 
 the I, -. hic'h it in 
 
 rgedoul of the area bjr three horses on 
 
 was the i: 
 to UK 
 
 of iln- c< iinti 
 
 
 
 i nui; 
 
 JtM 
 
 :ll clul']" 
 
 :o hare larger t 
 
 it again, blS 
 
 it. 
 
 Of the 1. 
 \*\\ language is 
 tvh;< irom the I (dV 
 
 cult to tin- Fn-iuli 
 
 tlu \ Moors, wlj- 
 
 nioii in tins OOOD1 ' ' - ' ' ' ' W ' 
 
 V 
 
 eotaK \\ ! ^f " 
 
 litrr.i'nrr of S] 
 tho othrr conntrn- 
 
 was not till 1 
 
 nny nun 
 
 the ciH>ch of the famous Ctrf, an Arabir ! 
 
 illustrious actions against the Mor< wn . 
 
 . :m.i TTiunv :\ laMMnn. writtfn m ttie SUCCC< 
 which :^ K l{ " faithful chronicle, and mu< 
 
 .v.u-red hiography. 
 
 TTif Inquisition. 
 
 terror of the Inquisition has conM<i< ed of latr 
 
 last victims in this city, (Seville,) was Olavide, a 
 man, who applied the wealth he had accji 
 
 tic purpose of ciiltirating the Sierra IN 1 
 
 number of German settlers, and to adorning- and improving 
 walk HI as the wharfs on the banks , 
 
 quivir. Tie had read the writings of some of the Frenr 
 
 cted of having- imbibed a portion of ' 
 
 for this unproved, if not unfounded, charge, he was immured n 
 the walls of a prison, ^ud pa years of his life amid the lior- 
 
rconow. 
 
 ry confinement. Since that period, the diactf 
 
 tea; and 1 
 
 f ; M '! .1- tin- i aiiil'-i - ' illn >< i Mm, 
 
 wer. 
 i 
 made ; and on a amall aland, a I 
 
 - 
 
 " diviiw : 
 
 with aJ 
 
 t aro 
 
 3 he eiamiaed. The < 
 
 ! '^r; ajkl i^ 
 
 >aw cni of llir uj-u: 
 id waa told the other wrr 
 garden plaaled with orang 
 n-d, and , 
 
 %. \eert 
 
 thecoOefeef tl 
 
 ' .iarvrrn-i' ..j' . 
 
 
 
 ' at whir' 
 
 v ".';,-...: ..;. 
 
i'bO Oliveg. 
 
 trifling subjects commonly discussed, and the great familiarity with 
 which they are allowed to behave to their elders, all contribute to 
 prevent their acquiring that knowledge which is so necessary to form 
 the character of virtuous and intelligent men. The quiet solitude of 
 domestic life seems unknown in Spain; the idea of a man, his wife 
 and family, spending a day, or even part of a day, without coin) 
 
 ars to them so unnatural, that they can scarcely believe it to be 
 
 our practice. Their widely different syst (in has, however, some re- 
 
 rommendations. Young people enter life with a greater decree of 
 
 Confidence; in whatever society they are ]>!.(< i they feel perfectly 
 
 easy, and acquire a fluency in conversation, arid manners, 
 
 ii gives them a species of run far 
 
 can judge, are the advantages, the on h a tcm. 
 
 In England, our youth are k< 
 
 quired more years, and accumulated a greater store < 
 and even then they neither mix so frequently 
 in company as in Spain ] they are less calculated to strike at f 
 
 irrassedin 
 and in (h circles of well- ! re- 
 
 u ill ever continue to 
 
 iy of Seville is almost sol-l\ appropriated to 
 cation ' c rgy : the course of study or 
 
 Knmvlr l-.rc iif <-i\ il ! 
 
 ithm tlie 
 
 is ntterh unk;i ^ors or p: 
 
 biderablj lessened the number of 
 
 tered into the army. r r but 
 
 linvc |iri\ at. In 
 Ti:. * of the best fain. 
 
 VOr 
 
 the < i^ed nuns, 
 
 nee Ue-wnrk. l>nt - 
 
 They a iv u^irilh U i^es ofseclii>ion till \ 
 
 proper ac [uently tiU sopie mairimoi -rm- 
 
 rd. From tho retirement of a convent, \v and 
 
 duln<^<. ihev ar 
 
 :iderful that, from so violent a ch; 
 < xample of -s, with wh 
 
 lims to the dissolute habits of their country. 
 
 Olives. 
 
 \ ;;reat part of the olives i> eaten in the crude state, or is prcse* 
 T; but the larger portion is made into oil, whu 
 Hpai; the purpose of butter. The oil of Spain, however, is 
 
 much Ic^s pure than that of France or Itah ihe fruit, from 
 
 which it is made, i* greatly superior. This 'inferiority arises princi- 
 pally from tlie length of time the olives ar*e kept piled in heaps, before 
 they are ground : whence, in this warm country, they ferment, and 
 become in some degree putrid. 
 
 The right of possessinor an olive-mill is a feudal privilege belonging 
 to the lords of particular manors, and to such mills all the olive- 
 grown in the district, often a very extensive one, are obliged to be 
 
rca. Iftl 
 
 >ied. Here they n heaps, w.v turn to be ground. 
 
 iber, when they are gathered, till the rooflfe, 
 , s February, and coaseij 
 to the ?n i the colour mod the flavour of tb* 
 
 I ,.-,,, ,,liv, - ;.n lua - * "' : - ' b H [Ul II] tr.uis- 
 
 hut of a more acrid flavour ; and as the 
 ier u ice as large a quantity as they can, th* 
 
 * large jars, uuk in the ground, so as to preserve it 
 in equable temperature* and prevent its su 
 
 in i i ..| !. I i.- -.!!. '..r> f -U.-, tr.. '. Uie lOD "1 r.u-h 
 
 the clearest of the oil for the use of The table : the residue is ap- 
 rposes, and is used by the poor to light their 
 
 rl of the Country. 
 
 iir John Carr, was four leagues, and con- 
 over a dreary, bladeless. 
 c wiiiu-r ^ 
 i short cat, and out of the 
 
 'rd notice were 
 xe of tup- 
 
 ng to may be traced some ap- 
 
 rtliv rif no' <>f Palma. 
 
1&2 Portugal. 
 
 and spatterdashes. In the streets of Palma, I met several \ 
 tired as ecclasiastics; bat I found that they did not belong to the 
 Church, and wore this dress only through economy, mam of them not 
 having- a shirt to wear. 
 
 It was now the almond-harvest, and n old. 
 
 were assembled to collect this de! trees 
 
 thM bore it. The eye could not turn but to banquet on 
 ful or romantic ohji-rt. Every cottage was a pit-: 
 
 man seemed to co-operate with t ence 
 
 of 'the soil and climate. 
 
 In no part of Kim-land have I seen more *s and 
 
 indusf ry. All the stone fences, dividing one field from 
 r.ler. 
 
 PORTUGAL. 
 
 bounded V nnd E, vv\ by the At- 
 
 from 36 56 to 
 
 9 :; I N form is oblong; its 
 
 average bread 
 
 miles. Population, 3, 683,000. P<>; 
 , 90. 
 
 Of the Persons and Dress of the For 
 The Pi- : - rather below 'd^ 
 
 . 
 
 far i 
 The round 
 
 llta: 
 
 !d be broad, smoot 1 
 Uie ii regard to 
 
 the 1 -i:t to 
 
 
 
 fec^hpty appears awkward ; win 
 
 ,ind formed in the school of \irtue and 
 Mm. 
 
 Cottons, muslin ai ' .'.>;ired silks,t ; 
 ofblaek crnrm- icoat of the sai 
 
 i, where the women wear blr -.-do*, 
 
 a ki: tovera the licad and the upper part of 
 
 Cloaks and petticoat-^ of divers colours, made of woollen cloth, fri 
 ed with z;M laee or ribbands, are worn by the infe; . 
 
 The dress of the men differs not from t ^cb, 
 
 except in the capote ;* this is like that of Spaniards and Italian.*. 
 which is an excellent garment for the winter. 
 
 * A kind of cloak. 
 
Of thr different Wants. IQS 
 
 Of I/ SM i . 
 
 be ranked un lasses: tbt 
 
 txl io trade ; ami the labouring peo- 
 
 fttate are c 
 
 v esteem it an honour 
 v compar 
 nics are larf 
 
 
 
 i .11 <-:i I 
 
 tu?rnt>. It \ - : -m 
 
 arkably t >( and 
 
 ve on a frien the 
 
 n amonK them, anil tbey are can ti^tiont. 
 
 A I !-' -n ni> rchant pttet hit hour* in the following manner: be 
 
 ^ at cigiit o'clock, to the i 
 one, sleep* till three, eat 
 
 -house, in payi 
 mg- at cards. 
 
 .it any one above the rank of a tradesman, it is necessary io 
 
 wear a sword and cktpe.i family ><- looming, 
 
 mast wear black, the M*rvant would not :i visitant as a 
 
 < TiU-m.m. iinJr.s h<* <--.IM r m tOOBCh: ' ' ! " hHiti wouM ho ;n 
 
 rtlonable o5ence, onlwm ^ < same time. The 
 
 .nose precede* the visitant on going* oat, the contrary 
 
 eider takes place in coating in. 
 
 nmtaoai people of Lisbon and its environs are a labeheut naA 
 
Iti4 The Portuguese Beggc 
 
 hardy race; many of them by frugal living 1 , lay up a decent competence 
 for old a<; iold the- trouble they are obliged to take, 
 
 for the want of proper tools, to carry on thei 
 the rude appearance of the earliest ages, and are sl< 
 
 oxen. The corn is shelh 
 women, wh< :. 
 
 head. A postillion rides on .orse ; fool: 
 
 \vhiNt thev are in waiting for 
 like a shoemaker; a hair-dresser appears <M. 
 a cockade, and two watches, or, at least u , 
 tavern is known b\ a vine-hush: a hou^- to let, by a 
 paper; an acooucher's door by a \s 
 hi- e\tr,t Catholic devotion. 
 
 The 1<"\ <T claaa - ,1 of gaudy app^ 
 
 irinnen are 8668 with trinkets of i dver about 
 
 wri-K. '! he iruit-uomen are di-ti: 
 custom of wearing boots and bl; 1 caps is | 
 
 women. 
 
 Of the (,, 
 
 Alldnn' rformed h iew- 
 
 ersofwo' 
 
 (>l\in 
 
 i;'l! \\ Mnii ing. 
 
 K\ ci \ (;. tih i. in in ti ,- n 
 
 tOcari'N One "I" thr-r \ - 
 
 
 
 Hie ^ 
 
 and 
 
 IIIIUIN >f ' 
 
 cook the victuals, clean the rooms. ; t n.l ' 
 
 i\ female servant < \\\ the house, under the ag(M>t't)iirt\ 
 
 are inv i^ihle. exerpt to the n 
 
 thr\ are left to thcil 
 tloin breathe tho pure air, ex- . 
 
 *-iiapel. which they visit at h-:-t ciieea-day. 'I :iste, 
 
 kindred. No woman p- 
 
 '.lie pernii < r lm<hand and parents. To avoid 
 
 all sii<pi<-ion, iiu'iK <\(n ihnuirh are not allowed to 
 
 their ;q>-.irtinent-, >r tu -i; hi^iile them in pMhlir ph-ew. HM 
 
 -itified with a Mrht of tlie objects of their affection, ex- 
 <:ept in the churches; hen ke signs, 
 
 Address and compliment 
 
 e, and court h\ }Ir DTF.T 
 
 The Portuguese Beggars. 
 
 Becrgrars are a formidable class in this coun \ve 
 
 been DEI time to time, to diminish the number, and 
 
 strain the licentiousness of this vagrant train : hut they still ramble 
 about, and infest every place, not intreatimr charity, hut demanding 
 it. At night they assemble in hordes, at the best mansion they can 
 find, and having taken up their abode in one of the uut-offit 
 
, Fashions, and Amusement of the Portugitett. 
 
 - they stand. 
 ie privflegv 
 
 hen a gang of these ft . 
 way. lie muit offer 
 
 .ne side; Saint Fru' 
 
 .Virgin V 
 
 d, ; -nv ream aro. 
 
 -enre 
 
 
 labours of the forge, 
 
 ^H**MC f,fltAi*/>M rtM// ). 
 
 
 ialea, who 
 
 noingt an 
 respects frugal and temper 
 thing btr 
 
 "! l:\ilu-H i> ron%pi n , MI 
 
 
 ! rr^iil 
 
 - .ill'l i| 
 
 r drr^* cl- 
 en and f i 
 
 .!', .i..n n , - 
 
 
 
 eat tl .^ 
 
 . Therr 
 
 ' . v >-r'jr'hin . 
 ' ; '''". arr oh- 
 
 
 . are the chief 
 
 '*rcie it t 
 
 MI thopreced- 
 
 rs in ome re- 
 
 wordi here. 
 
 HI of t,i. hull, 
 
 n^th of anus 
 
 escue him 
 
General Character of the Portuguese. 
 
 rul Character of the Portuguese. 
 With respect to the middling- class, they differ in their ideas ami 
 
 from those of the rest of Euro, 
 
 li.'! 1 -' o\vn enlonies, exclude thorn from : 
 
 and mod< <n which account. th< 
 
 
 
 i'"j th;iM !': 
 to i . tr;i\ dlir, atn . V 
 
 liiM/il- with li-s ditlieul- 
 from Li^ : !o, 
 
 1 from 'uriil lv 
 
 oin tho influx of m. 
 (ii^hirh the tr:ri'piillii\ ; 
 the soun ea of 
 vemcnts. 
 
 m many p 
 
 'ased ; pa*M 
 
 er this im- 
 
 the growt : -;il nluuinl the 
 
 . 
 
 '['he ! 
 
 a SM 
 
 k of resp- 
 
 . 
 * k 7' 
 
 ! IH 
 
 hea 
 
 till!: 
 
 nine 
 
 hon i uage 
 
 . 
 
 ;!iing, which being- f lon^ 
 
 ( >; en- 
 
 i:n but a mi u. Tliev i ieture ; 
 
 of the inhabitants of the northern climates, who shudder in the m 
 
 Id, while th Asking in their green field 
 
 i instances, and the 
 fi-n endear th 
 
 thev are -<iire to find ronx,>!;i?inn in religion: and next to t 1 
 ur, music is the greatest solace of their 1' 
 
 of the poor man, and refines the sentiments rich : life 
 
 glides on amidst such endearing- scenes. It would be vain to 
 a Portuguese that he could enjoy as much happiness in any other 
 

 Portuguese. 
 
 -al is Pop .e worst M 
 
 Mgueae have a patn 
 
 ' .in* been . 
 
 . . i man and tawgv 
 
 
 
 akp* a % 
 
 
 ht, mud actually walked a i\. 
 
 ' ... : . ;,-. ' '. I . \< ; ' '-, !,, ,i;. 
 
 n^sth rei 
 
 tn< ' . . . : ..,.,.;' ..,;:. ,n -I n !,n-,. 
 
 I! .-ti - Btffi :.,- - ' ..- - MM,-; ,,! " . ' . , ,,t Ml. <;i,,,M. 
 
 is expended on 
 
 ignorant 
 
 1 firreaterirnorance of the pe<*>: isand penalties 
 
 I - in* Provi'/ 
 
 ' .i':;rr <! ^Ui\ ii;: r . M.r\ toll tl.< U-l! f' >!' ; - -i-t iJjrc, :'1<1 Mipi li< 
 
168 Character of the English. 
 
 In Portugal a variety of salt and petrifying springs appear, and 
 others to which the ignorance of the Portuguese has ascribed won- 
 derful qu. of these have been classed among the natural 
 un in, as well as some of the lakes and mount 
 On the north hunk of the Douro is a high cliff, u , ed letters 
 or hieoro; , .1 with blue and vermillion, beneath wh: 
 a grotto, supposed to abound \vithhitinnrn, that proved fatal ; 
 i his attempt to explore i* 
 
 Tin; l/MTHl) Kl.\(.DOM OF 
 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 
 
 Great Bnt 
 
 twcrn 50 and 68 :-: V lat u . led N. by I 
 
 F;. l> th sea or German ocean 
 
 and \ . George'^ and the A 
 
 imirv IUDL: from noi tii to south, -.m.-i on an average 
 
 hcnur r-.mputi'd at . Maud ! into 
 
 Worth-I>, 
 Kn-rl.ui : 
 
 rn cr T\\ MI a south'.- 
 
 Frith of 
 nrl. and ^ v 
 
 N. lat. an i s 5^,335 square miles, of 
 
 in England and 8,1 15 an- in \'v 
 
 Sro! i i)V thr 
 
 nan tx-ran : S. K. 
 l\ the ri, .'by Solw.i u-t of 
 
 unrl. It \]<^ between ?> )' 
 K. lat. but iiu-lii-lin^ t!ic Sh--tl.'.:i-l and OrU' 
 61 1 I 
 tend much farther. Including all ' 
 
 Ireland is bounded on the E. by St. George's ch 
 parates it fn.r 1 on all oti 
 
 ocean. 1 N. lat. and betwc* 
 
 20' and 10*-' J' \N'. l"n. !t prreat* - about 30< 
 
 great(^st l J,(JOO squa 
 
 The population of thr United Kingdom, in 1811, was 
 17,000,000, divided as follows : England, 9,538,*: j: 
 Scotland, 1,805,688; arm v. naw, &c. 640,5(>u I Bri- 
 
 tain, i.;; Ireland supposed, 4,500,OC>t I i n-ted 
 
 kingdom, 17,096,863. Nearly one half of the population arc 
 ged in trade and manufactures, and about one third in agriculture. 
 
 Character of the English. 
 
 Prior to the middle of the sixteenth century, says Dr. Wendeborn, 
 the French and English were regarded as barbarous natic; 
 more polished Italian^. The reign, and female blandishments of the 
 court of Elizabeth had a vi rrable effect in civili/inc 
 
 manners. Formerly there were to be found not more than two or 
 three chimnies in a town or village : each made his fire against a rer e 
 
Of the Love of their ( U>!) 
 
 *Y* j* in the hall, v. md dressed his meat. They t 
 
 a tbeet, and instead of a i 
 .id a good uls. 
 
 ere are no people on the globe, among whom more singu 
 
 liberty, \\hu-h this island is blessed with, permits t\ 
 
 I 
 ;ier of the earth the same ; and there it a sin 
 
 nt, and established cost* 
 
 .il cause* of th< -n among nations. TV 
 
 (reeks remained a long tin < 
 
 English manners, as well as the Kngli&h way of thinking, have been 
 to a cent i. alteration, in the 
 
 can states, winch were formerly the habitation* of savages. 
 
 tractable, sociable, frugal, and 
 
 M? in a higher degree, 
 
 vern* 
 
 i there. A< i \- ' '.-h, of all 
 
 , Approach the Demrctt to the character of what man 
 > be; and Mr. Hume says, * the 1 
 . e the least of a national charu< 
 MM |.,vv t;, r ,,... 
 
 resemblance between the Enrlinh 
 
 ,o singulariticA now so otMenrabh 
 H^Bm that peWod when the 
 
 i good aft that of 
 
 Of the I Ant *f their Country. 
 kin features in the character of the English v 
 
 the first, v. 
 rencral, is th l pride. All nations 
 
i 70 Of English Generosity and Humanity. 
 
 improvement: hence also the bulk of the people are fully persuaded 
 that nothing is so delicious and o is an enon 
 
 beef half roasted, and a plumb-pudding of ten pounds weight : ! 
 an Englishman will, during the severest weatht r, rather shiver at the 
 side of a chimney which produces clouds of ashes, and blackens the 
 room, than make use of German stoves; for 
 
 fire ;i sort of company ; they spoiled their eyes by looki : : i ful- 
 
 ly at it, and he must do the same. In regard to chqogefl of 
 of state, and of fashions of dress and fu .< English are 
 
 uhle enough. 
 
 Krom the high opinion which they entertain of themselves, it may 
 supposed that they look upon ur. 
 
 This fault in their national character was visi 
 :uni though they pride themselves 01 -ie of Britons, which 
 
 hear in common with th , t they are r 
 
 them than even from a f u seem tu 
 
 more in fevour ; for fortune- hunter is a mmr 
 
 l'.\ in amoni: tl 
 
 palian^ look upon t!-e dissenti r light, and the dili< 
 
 sects keep at a distance from each other. 
 
 Of the Generosity rtn<l f /?////<</>//,, of the Km. 
 A <s 
 
 Oliai . 11 i- hK 
 
 meli 
 
 inor; 
 
 'iglish frequ< nih M 
 t induct . faults and him 
 
 common 
 
 pic:!' :, at th- di< 
 
 ami 
 
 devoid of the feelings of h 
 sl.lic lilu 
 
 i India, where 
 wen !. plundi'red. and even -acrifced toavar- 
 
 from their fame for liberality and humanity. Many 
 bailiffs who arre-t debtors, many attornies* many overseers of the 
 poor, main rlerr\ men when . t their tithc^ and income, and 
 
 their mini make war*, -crm to 
 
 ty no moi-e in tlie catalogue of their virtues than the members of the 
 
 inquisition have in t' 1 -- 
 
 A modern (German writer praises the English highly on ncrount of 
 their humane treatment of ti.r br 
 
 the driving of catt 1 ridon markets, the cruelty of buU 
 
 poul iul fi^hmoncr^r^. the iisarre of ]>oor lior-es in i 
 
 nd hackn* -ig of them at h 
 
 on public roads; whoever! rat cork 
 
 bull -baitings, and simi! . will lie-i 
 
 uou nrc encomiums on Knirlish grnero^ity towards the brute creation. 
 
 The liberality of the nation i er, worthy of admir 
 
 Subscriptions towards tlie supi^ort of the noor and necessitous, are 
 nowhere more common, nor more liberal t 1 an in F.n.cfland. M 
 tfrl& of every kind, charity-schools, dispensaries, and such monuments 
 
f . I 7 1 
 
 a a \nrnp-j- ' ' ' ' -' ' -'-'- "' l.ntirariitv, nro nowliorc more iVf- 
 
 v are more poor to be 
 
 ,e defect! vt 
 
 General /'iVa-'t of ' *h Nation, m<' Journey 
 
 . //-/ M. I ' 
 
 ver, is 
 
 
 
 . I . 
 
 s. T 
 
 to sine: 
 
 
 lo not e\ 
 
 uj>on beware. 
 
 pears to enjoy great comfort*. 
 ases this appearance, is that / > 
 on are much less uncommon 
 
 
 lien a class, su 
 
17$ General Pie aw. 
 
 dressed, we cannot doubt of the prosperity and comfort of die nation 
 to which it belongs. 
 
 The English women are taller than the French, their shape, rarely 
 counterfeited, is without cleg-ance, because their shoulders are too 
 high, occasioned perhaps by bad habits, and by hard and badly made 
 corsets. Their features would be perfectly regular, if the distance 
 from the nose to the mouth was less, a-common .mong all 
 
 Celtic nations ; they are almost all fair, and their skin i- fn h and 
 flori 1. 
 
 Their step without grace is decent as well ^ their deportment, 
 their I'hvMoirnomv i^ .h-lirieii' . and we (in that 
 
 bnlli:<iicv in their c\es which indicates !i\( i '-ions 
 
 cost 
 
 thfm lilt!-.-. 'i ,1 thrir bright 
 
 complexions announce good health. up with ' 
 
 <m, and s . 
 
 .to so 
 
 habitants of Dover, it i- I r> .use it ap- 
 \\ to thr inhabitants of the metropolis, and to the country 
 
 me shades I er and slight differences in the pronun- 
 
 ciation, do not - (so comn 
 
 ho inhabit the 
 
 ates. 
 
 - along a narrow 
 Of :i n\ 111 at a 
 
 ire low. tin- buildings are 
 
 
 1 weallhv I 
 
 in a rijrht 
 t governn 
 I, but in perfect repair, winds 
 
 turn of i 
 
 common of vast extent ; for 
 the rn-vl^h distinguish ' 
 mid; md pastur* 
 
 1 thousand acre-- 
 
 still continue the practir.-cvi-rv \ ear. An act of I 
 rlie allotment 1 tors who have the rir :on. 
 
 Uill," b* 
 all England, the fields and meadows are enclosed wrl and 
 
 When the chain of hills is crossed, called Barham Downs, where 
 and houses are equally rare, a fertile and c ap- 
 
 i quantitv of lions are cultivat- 
 vine I*- ui-1"-!.! in summer by long 
 
 :. but the t' - of Lornb: 
 
 \ alley of Tarbes, and even the low vines of BU 
 id of the r.\> de Vaud, offer a richer, and inr< 
 
 upon the difference of the pro- 
 drer 'iiry is an ancient and ill-built city, of a moderate 
 
 e built of wood ; th< 
 
 ; t they have foot-paths, which, in the present in- 
 the more neces? 
 

 
 ol the pnaci^iai post-masters ot 
 
 /nii^lr travpllinrr ift dmirad four horses ; 
 
 i ; the tra\ ' than from tefen to eight miles an 
 
 (M i,., m fl -r i, ; ),-..-. Aei IN k--: m < vi-rr ntv, :\n 1 
 
 ,i ,-,, U , , : , :'.:.. IJ-.M-X. \!>,r,t iwi-ntt 
 
 d, as the on 
 in away. \ 
 
 . '> . JB it .t - l i>rf 
 it dcacrib* 
 
174 General View*. 
 
 riches add to it the emjoyment of luxury. The number of saddle 
 horses is prodigious ; besides the riders, every equipage is followed 
 by horses, well set out, for servants do not ride behind coaches out of 
 towns. All these causes united, make the different roads which lead 
 to London, from a distance of five or six. miles, resemble the most 
 frequented promenades of the fir.^t capitals of Europe. 
 
 At length, arrived in London, I should like to be able to give an * 
 idea of this immense city, by comparing it with other great capitals, 
 a method which 1 prefer to all others ; on this occasion, unfortunately 
 itisuot. In vain have we viMtc <1 Paris, Vienna, U 
 should you even have been at Petersburg or Moscow, none of these 
 cities can give you a just idea of the I ;(>ital. The greater 
 
 part of large cities offer a collection of ii regular hotels, palaces, and 
 buildings ; others like Turin, arc dMin;nii-he<l 
 Amsterdam, i)ant/ie, contain a multitude of >ut nothii' 
 
 all this resemble* London. 1 mu>t, therefore, 
 
 particular description of it. l-'irM <>f all, represent to yourself, wide 
 streets run nin <j iicrht line, with good foot-paths; iron rails 
 
 upwards of five feet in height, are pla iole length, which 
 
 separate, the houses from way, by it; id of 
 
 bttle depth, which lights the under stones; there are the kitchens 
 and the offices ; ;i Hi- i,; of ft 
 
 fnniiication out of doors. Over this Um-i .f , .,und 
 
 floor. th I- \cr 
 
 MI cle\al< tldecorati 
 
 - everj h .is seldom more than tin i -in 
 
 front, has the door ornamented with t\\.> \. ooden 
 
 whit. ; a -mall <rla- 
 
 light to the pa^niri i^ the dining parlour . 
 
 i-oum, almost d 1\ into a -mall . 
 
 ;rd. The 
 
 M\ hut mo-tl\ of wood, and always cov- 
 
 M-cd \\ ith :r;twing roon,. and a 
 
 (t h( hind. , -.times a hod is place.}, hut the 
 
 pro; 1 story. 1 ' are 
 
 servants. T!M < agrees w i 
 
 ttg ; it i- much t'.e BfloKe among all the opu. 
 The mai; v of wood ; no time-pieces : v. 
 
 . are hardly known, and of all tin 
 
 The only thing which -hint- i- the 
 grot. the front is polished st 
 
 the tables aiM:he rest of the fu rni i - 
 
 hopranv, take a fine polish. The paper-hangings are of 
 
 uir and insignificant design ; the dining parlour and the hall 
 nted in tVi'>eo, mostly of a pale blue colour. The .berg 
 
 arc still more plainly furnished than the drawing-room; trm 
 they are made use of only for sleeping in, as they never use 
 for s ; - linpr rooms, and the bed-chambers of the women are as inac- 
 men, as the Harems of the East The beds arc of 
 white dimity, or calico, with mahogany posts ; and their form is sim- 
 ple, and does not vary. The beds, in the best bouses, are but indif- 
 ferent, especially the feather beds, which they usually cover with a 
 blanket ; and which, being placed immediately under the sheet, is 
 not agreeable to foreigners : particularly in the Dimmer season. 
 The boudoir is unknown in England. This is, however, the manner 
 f living even among the most wealthy. The progress of luxury bas 
 
.rc<l them to . <" of marble ; and 
 
 ommodated than the I 
 
 tie ingenuity which i a the economy 
 
 ir bouses; when te elegance 
 
 of their furniture ; oftesi 
 
 J ;u,,i abrtmoJ -lc~.u.t iSf* . mVH.shmtr their apart u< MI- 
 nig, we meet with some instances in 
 rice, in a small number of gi*nU 
 irttfttowambare < >n :-.. *fmtesMao*|Valu..u<- 
 ( ue statues : more are to be found in the seats of 
 
 IB, , .il i.or.:til\ . Of] UH ll.r rn-li. h n-% olutu.ii. OCCfr 
 
 this coojoined with the nun 
 
 ^rry a way tht 
 . ri'. d fur ever destined to adorn the towns where 
 
 .,;.... || ., ..--., I _ . ' III t)K |.ll... t'S ..I ?!, 11.^ 
 
 nouses of 0* tradesmen, the furniture is re* 
 
 1 1 is not more abundant than 
 leave the interior of their houses, oont ru< 
 
 attention, we shall find with astonishment, 
 *ev have used as much care and pains to make the outside as 
 < the inside is neglected. I v htrlungs^ 
 
 activej^riAov ' 
 
 i . i i ' ( li . ' . BJ .< .-,.-< nrrr--.:-\ . li tliis M 
 
 - ' 
 
 ire on a jrcntle *lo, .-1 and the sun 
 
 - here experienced th< 
 
 late passengers; and in ston 
 >da, stop the way. TJio \ 
 
 tftrreots ; their roots are almost 
 i ritiiiff above the upper n a double I 
 
 waters being thus collected, dr 
 rii, ami are lo^t in the great < 
 .1* streets. 
 
 river b 
 
 a great distance : an.! immenM 
 to all quartf 
 
 Coul, %rh.M- ' : . K . ' ' ; . - -) < :-ih to fiirnitnrr ni 
 Hit way. In a word, stables, 
 
 r 
 
 ;ire placed on both sides of the stn 
 hey are \ 
 
 m all U.iv, t]at wc'ovyhttc 
 at the tame time, to live in Paris and to walk as in Lu 
 
176 Of the Welsh. 
 
 rather, to make a less ridiculous wi-h, it would be dcsiraMf 
 
 * comfort . <ot passes 
 
 gone so Car as to pave with flat sto;i 
 
 the street ; to make an easier coin the 
 
 olh< : <' paths are swept. Carriage.-* :,,n- 
 
 gerous pace, in the ii the 
 
 pace as the humble . , t i, 
 
 that they seem 1.) fly rather than run. 
 
 only in> on a genii*- trot ; and we never see < ; ing 
 
 to pas* by and break 
 
 \>> iOS, 
 
 that il u-o'iM b 
 the coi 
 
 ; idea of i icture tliat imagination 
 
 trace ;:is any re- 6 10 the origin.- 1. it i^ easy ' 
 
 i 
 
 er m- <-h- 
 
 rior 
 
 ii ;iir ; \\ .-very other r.i;>ital 
 
 in Iv.i: I -ilcct to have heard Venice com par. 
 
 
 
 on tli- waters. Th<^<> si 
 
 llrr. 1^1 vc to nhsonrers a hope fraught with an ahu;i 
 
 ions, 
 
 t. If such is ead tliis 
 
 descri|)tion, 1 can assure him ill not be disappointed. 
 
 7elsh. 
 
 Of the manners of it principn' 
 
 >dern desc a short a!) 
 
 U through Great Britain, as I have alu - , i the he- 
 
 iief that toreigniTs, seeing as they do with impartial eyes, arc more 
 WOrt* i ;i n".j,l,.,it tiT 
 
 * Tiie enuntry is just uneven enough to aflfor 1 cwi 
 
 over an immeii of cultivating. l,t in t!ie l!ue ii:-:ance; 
 
 nothi >i% properly spe l ut all hi.e 
 
 tit nl, .a 1 every appearance of seems morr in 
 
 ite-1, :n I- 
 
 ed or in villa-res, than any part of Engl: .ml which 
 
 are rendered Mion> CODSMCUOO8 b\ ig of the most re- 
 
 splendent whiteness. Every cottage too I 
 
 surUl-'s and vines, and neat walk t> tie door, and this attention he- 
 Stou .isurahle eomf >: ica- 
 
 tioii of minds at ease, and not under the imm: 
 
 It is impossible, indeed, to lo ut the ^onvir 1 
 
 that this country is, upon the whole, one of the happu the 
 
 happiest, in the world. The same class in America has certainly 
 
Wedding and Funerals of the Scotch. 
 gea, and sifwt ksw more et 
 
 J '.,,,.. ,..,,.,. t!..,n <t:; SM* ! I <:.' dili'n <:ltit - ihf) 
 
 tea of the comfortable appearaix 
 IS st. IN. .mi * u !,.-! -,!, OMtofl it i-, of 
 
 his 
 
 cr of the cottager require hut i 
 leisure hour* or days a* lie can spare 
 ; i.i- \< ui.- i-ir.:\ in f.:n.>t ed >th 
 >itrWti . I own \ like HM ita ol .n 
 
 tlrfrardeo prouud, with the 
 S rcapiof where he has sown. 
 
 td caiti hi e? ea arouod 
 
 Of the Scotch. 
 
 pie of Scotland, says an ingenious foreigner, are generally 
 
 at of hirh cheek 
 ^^.Jsliii u endure aJmo- 
 
 .wing to the laws of succet* t* the S^H 
 
 a head of the family, with th< 
 
 , for the other soot. This obliges the 
 inea abroad, though no people stem to ha?e a greater ; 
 ^foi ... soil than the fert. 
 
 i .. . ... ,..,..,.... -..-,. idem irec; ate*! 
 
 D : in fbn i thetr tempers b< ttai tt D "--v m iln-ir MS- 
 
 : hey are taught fron > bridlrtl. 
 
 ^^^lirel 
 
 ,. : ... 'I , -. ):-. i - ! - bt ttM Wi'-fN 
 
 Mr forefiOhtra, b^QQa perhaps, an/ people IB 
 attuchin. any 
 
 Kit-cent or dbgusting, though they retain it abroad as 
 as at home. 
 
 Wedding* and fWro/t of the Scotch. 
 'wrr people or Scotland are not K 
 
 is the Knjr tbey hav< 
 
 it once sor ial and cl 
 '.cbrmting the w. 
 
 of the hij^h and low ; 
 grunt pays ao- 
 ve a wedding 
 
 ,?aii 
 
 TI so liheral, thai they arr 
 
 Joient to eatabiish the young couple hi the world. 
 
 , eoole retain the soleir 
 
 '' 
 rn, the ptrish beadle b sent round with a passing bell ; but be 
 
178 Amusements and Mode of living of the Scotch. 
 
 stops at certain pl.u ,, itli a slow unonncet 
 
 the name of i ised, a,.d i 
 
 tin- : 
 
 ) thfl 
 
 gTiiX- 
 
 pie, o 
 
 nlity 
 
 . 
 
 Is aregeuenuM 
 e are ac- 
 
 /*. 
 Dari< regard, 
 
 . One o: -ioqfl 
 
 practised s art anfl 
 
 strength : it is played by a t> 
 
 <-h ifl 
 
 rn. An expei ^ HI srnd 
 
 all to an amazing distance at 
 ball 11 urn an < 
 
 the game. 
 
 with large flat stones, whiw 
 to a given mark. The^t 
 . r anJ summer diversions in Scotland. Thi 
 ., ert at all . ntioos common in England, e\ 
 
 ion. 
 e observed, that as the offices of dr 
 
 .til? 
 
 
 il>urg > h by ! 
 ^ed view> 
 
 re is a co; 
 
 laud, to M 
 ( n, tec. It is also I ' 
 
 .1 rally a&sn 
 together, as a il. 
 -. are. Th- 
 in the same manner as the children of the Jews are 
 
 -nan- for genteel familir 
 
 live a good deal in ; KX f T 
 
 and ;uniis-:urnt. 1) if 'lion of th 
 
 :e and more fl 
 uni\ ( hools, the elegance an 1 
 
 if livini: i 
 
 fortui 
 
 .uices, it is not a litl 
 The proportion of E 
 manufacturing part of the inliabitants i 
 
 i Edinburgh tiuiu in nio^t other town* of equal exten 
 
Of the ; J7i* 
 
 re of fAe Scotch. 
 
 Low- 
 
 l 
 
 ln-u-in- to 
 utrt, 
 
 
 jiottruinfc a M 
 
 irgh, and 
 
 O/ r//r llill t tnil?rs. 
 
 purpose of giving- hardiness and 
 - composed of w ff", of rariotw colon n, 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 ''if -)iirt t 
 
 i \v\\}\ the plaid 
 
 MiMpr inu. 
 >men form 
 
 , 
 
 On tlir h 
 . The women's plaid has been but lately disn 
 
 *See Appendix, pages 2 and 6. P. 
 
180 Of the Highlanders. 
 
 Scotland by the ladies, who wore it in a graceful manner, the drape- 
 ry falling toward^ the feet in large folds. 
 
 Highlanders are more attached by a - winners and 
 
 dress, and the of name, than by the ties of kindred an,! na- 
 
 ture. They contract more firm fn< 
 
 from an v natural f< f blood. Their dnih 
 
 and ^pri^htly fnvdom of living in< 
 tire. Their women are seldom 
 tliem will not rail in the aid o' 
 taken from them, 
 
 tly celeb rated 
 
 operty an< 
 of other persons. Their r< 
 
 partis from the V. 
 tlicv pav an\ ! 
 
 ircss and wav of h\ i 
 'Mil an- i, ^es. Their arms are a trer, -arid 
 
 we* they make use < ' 
 
 to whin, r utmost efforts, and 
 
 anxiouHtociu ifcjrage. I ihrir 
 
 : all discipline and oaths, and 1. ' -urs, 
 
 tbev run 
 
 lands there are various songs "ODgMJ 
 
 tin- \\ 
 
 onl . rit and divcT-ion, but 
 
 !i as 
 
 milking cows. 
 
 witli corn, 
 
 . the droci 
 . 
 
 5coU:h nnisiri 
 
 a very rarlv p<viod !>y t),e \..'-\v rri:-n^. 'I >ie h-r^e bap-] ipr i- the 
 
 in^tnmv war, for marriag-e, f. ! pro- 
 
 A certain species of -ic rouses i 
 
 inthesimo \\ md of the tnn 
 
 and oven produces effects little less mar 
 the ;\nri.-nt in.. . >f Quebec, in A; 
 
 B ri T 
 
 <if Frazier's rcqriment. of tin 
 ofh red he with warmth 
 
 forbiddinor the 
 landers *o nm, 
 of use." " Let tlicm blow, Uien, 1 ' replied the general, -if it will 
 
 % This is only apnli^aMe to IMP tate of ' nders before the 
 
 abolition of Clanship, after the rebellion, (1745.)---P. 
 
 
Of the Irish. 18 f 
 
 n. ' 1 he pipes were ordered to nlay 
 in) tin- Highlanders, the inuinciit 
 
 t be expected in a la 
 
 mrrest the vapon 
 
 western counties are u obstacle to 
 
 the progress of a. leed, asisei Switz- 
 
 B greatest < 
 :ind pleasant : l-ut no toil can guard 
 
 Of the 1 
 are ihret races of peoi 
 
 : visage, dark eves, -. 'lack 
 
 In f'n- t 
 
 mat o id the isl:- 
 
 to Mr. Arthur Yonn. mongrels. 
 
 <\ is scattered o\ < r ti,,- kingdom, but 
 .luctitand Munster. 
 
 occupied ? 
 is, thatched with straw, arc half b\i 
 
 years such was the general Mate oi 
 'csent, stone houses, more Ann one story high, with 
 lire preva! !>oor resi<i< 
 
 d "Irish Town." These pori 
 
 *d beings, for whom, in consequence of >roeress ol 
 
 . Cir- 
 
 nced as they are at present, these plac idered 
 
 !es for beggars. The women and rather 
 
 M! the men occasional 
 
 potatoes. These are people who do 
 
 celebrated root, so 
 'v gentler:' 
 
 the Irish, manj 
 
 common to all ranks. To say that they arc brave, 
 !e, eloouent. witty, pOMM- 
 erfulpeers of disposition, anuapeoplf 
 ihnn rio < 
 
 
 ')e them as lomiacious, and ei- 
 I s I n w h ; 
 
 1C 
 
Ofthelrioh. 
 
 predominates, and like the French, they entertain a iu^h idea of 
 them i.l of the advantages of their country. Hence, their ap- 
 
 pftite for praise is unbounded, and censure alv. their 
 
 'h>ir f'vlii are irascible, 
 
 viol.; 
 (he pit-.f-nt n -are fur the In 
 
 iless habit, readily embark i 
 Ppoi 
 at objects, which, when att.ui 
 
 soon as ti 
 a country 
 fp.nt than 
 hein: 
 
 er order of protest. i land 
 
 between t tdcM 
 
 the consru 
 in^iiiT ' office, 4| 
 
 miir or fl 
 
 .up. Bj a small prop 
 
 pendepce off It is well kn- 
 
 -, the Royal Canal, has b 
 
 r a great man's estate. Regiments - taNB 
 
 ..f othYi-i- - lacks hare bet 
 
 he purpose 
 
 a wide-spread ii 
 
 of the Irish p;< -\ 
 
 .ition is more general among the poorer classes 
 than it is among* tbe same des< 
 I'lrnuT the peasantry an 
 
 tcr. Lahour< e, in 
 
 a manner \vhirh >\ . 
 
 stupid, llr.it it is difficult to converse wtiii them, and tlu>\ ^i'liiorn tvljH 
 M< .:QT beyond the precii. 
 
 M^li. But the Irish, with less skill >, possess 
 
 : hev are shrewd by nat x-, and have a most anxious de- 
 sire to obtain information. 
 
 The I ri-h expend hr.rv -inns at thrir funerals, and si. 
 ambition for pageantry and show on the-c occasions, that the po< 
 i.e^in to collect mon or the expense before tin- 
 
 son is dead. Waking: the dead is a most extraordinary the 
 
 following- account of a wake, in a letter written in the south of Ir 
 laud, may bo relied on as con 
 
 M I think what they call a wake hert *cems to be the highes 
 of fun. I went the other dn\ nurse of one 
 
 children, who I supposed to be in trouble as her father had il 
 in the room with her the nicr' I found the ki 
 
 scene of merriment. The poor old i; it on the t 
 
 candles and plates, containing salt placed all around him: I 
 two of the daughters. The nurse said they were ch 
 barn for the girls to dance in, and that one of the lads was gone for s 
 piper." The writer, wbo is a native of the north, add 
 
Of the /ri'ak r8S 
 
 musement in our part of the countn 
 
 set of 
 
 a lanr< or the old 
 
 Dries. wakes ari 
 
 rrhu 
 
 . \\ i,cM rin|>hnc.i, 
 
 water. 1 
 . hut raniiut it 
 
 I at 
 dan- 
 
 felling asleep. There are uo wakes in 
 
 nans assemble also 
 
 they have no amusement, nor do they sit up 
 i corpse, at in this part of the < 
 
 i > a greater number 
 
 rmrthi I n i>;tn~h-s arc MUMV ih;m lU&Cic i ' 
 
 Preachers among 
 
 MM: \vor 
 
 I roland has a double set of clergy, 
 . who waste the resources oft 
 le of person 
 
 >-c who are educating- for 
 pose, the gross amount will be found greater 
 
 i rnense swarm of lawyers, and their 
 
 I 
 
 ere is an host of officers, 
 .csameclasft. 'owns in In 
 
 [icraoos, the mo >ioiis of whom are 
 
 raise an income without the exen 
 
 mks, hot suppers, a profusion of dishes, and plates 
 
 QdereA as genuine .igal 
 
 . cheese, with a draught <>f home brewed, so com- 
 
 '.ind, is here <|uifc unh 
 of the Er, 
 
 ** plentiful board are < 
 flricd fish, marmalade, 1. 
 
 ft the breakfast in that rountrv has -.il\\ 
 _rgs. The Encrli-h cu^tum 01 
 i - 1 1 mes are much the same as i 
 
 M vi inn i; 
 
 in London, consequent! 
 later. 
 
 Theri says the enlightened Wai> 
 
 of generous and exalted 
 
J8 1 Religions Sects and Farlic?. 
 
 disinterestedness or self-debasement, are so conspicuous and various- 
 ly displayed, as in Ireland. Yet the mind, or intelligent princip! 
 the natives, is susceptible of every change and improvement l>\ 
 powers of education and political circumstances, in a degree n" 
 be surpassed by any people on the globe. In Ireland, man resembles 
 not the dull and insensible Laplander, or the indolent ;uni pi;. rid na- 
 tive of an eastern climate : he has a soul that kindles qui< } 
 body that poverty cannot conquer, nor labou 
 
 factor he is grateful even to romantic enthusiasm, to his oppressor 
 hostile and vindictive. Notwithstanding that the inhabitant^ 01 
 inland have been for centuries under the nominal influence of Brit- 
 ish laws, yet few traces of happin. ! in- 
 stitutions, are to be found in nui) 
 habits and manners of the populace still e\i-t. ami in 
 the traveller may fancy th-.it he has g-on 
 long past, and is amongst a people whose doim 
 
 : ries. 
 Unlike* re the same ranks in sot r 
 
 in di 
 
 thrm. Ti.is i- inii.< great degree of t IK n- 
 
 glcct by those w host to h-ad 
 
 prosjM indeed, we 
 
 (la people have struggled thr" 
 and are desirous of obtaining I 
 
 The reader will discover such various gra^ 
 could not have supposed i 
 his view as oppress 
 
 upon liim heavily and unspar. ^'cu- 
 
 mulation of human beings, wr 
 
 mulation d In:- will find 1- from the 
 
 vale to the mountain top, to shelter in the rude caverns and re 
 from his hron . an, the political^ o Q the 
 
 luimhle author of their common faith. Yet amongst all these < 
 he will still recognize the genius of the people, like a bright *tar in a 
 tempestuous and gloomy horizon. A nation never commits ft in d? se. 
 \ whole people i uselessly be impelled to brave the mouth of 
 
 the r. ru-h upon the bayonet against their rulers ; and whejfl 
 
 sue! * . take place, and when the voice of complaint does a 
 
 a u hole peuplr. let i niors attend to the awful warning, 
 
 and remember, that it will not be necessary to seek a 
 ed interpreter to expound this HAND-WRITING UPON THE \V 
 
 Religious Sects and Parties. 
 
 Vanity is a predominant feature in the character of .of 
 
 all ranks and religions; and as if the genius and di-po^'ion of the 
 catholics were totally misconceived by the protestants, they s 
 times treat their clergy, the objects of their profound venerai 
 with the utmost scorn and contempt. It is not difficult for a pro 
 ant gentleman to live at peaee with his catholic neighbours : if he be- 
 have with common civility to their parish priest, he will be loved and 
 respected ; but if he value his own peace, he will not forget that the 
 priesthood, in the estimation of the common people, are a high aris- 
 tocracy, who must not be offended with impunity. An injury done 
 to a priest is an insult to his parishioners ; he is a constant resident 
 imong them, and ever ready to attend to their wants, to listen t< 
 
The Giant's Causeway. }$'> 
 
 their grievances, and to soothe their misfortunes. Familiar ir 
 cour him intimately acquainted with their situau 
 
 D -ufieriiig under ho cs not merely administer 
 
 Uie balm of spiritual coin ut hi- house ; 
 
 and goinz 1 from cahin to cabin, he supplies their >ick inhabitants \viil, 
 
 . :ise>. Thus he her..; 
 
 the partner of their >,m their joys and in their sor- 
 
 :md regards tlieirgood fortune with 
 
 In Ireland, could a scheme of - M t ho same man- 
 
 oer as that of a lottery, the bl-.mk-. or places assigned orer 
 
 orde -i those <! 
 
 The i ,c Ko- 
 
 ihabitanl- 
 
 fill i :ig as a separ ;rse with 
 
 :liar 
 
 . They r< ruagc, and to 
 
 e people, if rags which scarcely cover 
 
 ta of wool!( nan- 
 
 t every ot 
 . No country affords a mon 
 
 i wealth has over nuiu'n-fv. \\ 
 :? Roman catholic population would prepon- 
 
 dem' -se people are depressed ion, and. 
 
 ar astoni- iiout 
 
 ve become those ob- 
 
 : y are always interes* 
 
 \v nor to I- -cry. In- 
 
 mgly careless of the great 
 
 . re never heard to express an opin vpo- 
 
 Heal subject. hole ambition is c 
 
 \ e, but are remarkahh 
 
 and it is observed that they are less industrious 
 vople in other parts of the coin .e debasement 
 
 e fallen "pervades their whole i 
 
 Ws, and ! ic more strongly marked in their demeanour and 
 
 e the general arming of the protestants in 1' 
 
 The Giant's Cause:. 
 ue most remarkable curiosities of IreL 
 ic pillars about eight miles N. f 
 a to an unknown extent 'I 
 feet long, and 200 broad, the height from 16 to 36 feej 
 
 and has been for several years, a high degree of ex- 
 citemejat among tbe Irish catholics, on account of their dual 
 
 16* 
 
Bogs. 
 
 rand. It consists of many thousand pi:. 
 
 Ij in a vertical position, some of them high, o and 
 
 for a considerable space, of an eq>; , ave- 
 
 re closely compacted together ; though \ 
 
 ire piece, but 
 
 , corresponding with the convex. 
 fars are from 15 to 25 inches in diameter 
 
 A \ that the bogs o und 
 
 only in low situations, and people in eeneral nee been 1 
 
 com i .f Norfolk 
 
 rs. The bogs 
 iany respects from the fri 
 The soil of English marshes " is a black spongy moor oi 
 
 re or less \ -ive veget 
 
 of stagnant 
 
 vcgetabl< 
 
 of the other, throws 
 
 ountess of Moi 
 
 i T loss eleven fet ( bodfl 
 
 was completely clothed in gat frcJ 
 
 and noway impain 
 a period extremely 
 use of wo< !>ody and t i were no way ii 
 
 Accord i - 
 :vppoi 
 
 ( res; but as mount.. 
 der five hundred acres, 
 face * 
 
 rrs c Hie bogs ol 
 
 tion of the Island some\ 
 
 to (iaiv\. M Ifowth Head to 
 
 in J> 
 
 i s a number of bogs, called in L eQ 4l 
 
 >uM 
 
 a number of bogs ad j: 
 
 i any learn ( rian and philosi 
 
 wiscoveries, ii appears to me to b 
 uml( n or by wL \vere fonni 
 
 not | rinal masses of earth, her. 
 
 ly in northern countries, and alwa 
 
 oins, the two latter of which are certain indications <>! 
 of ni us to their existence. Fossil timlu 
 
 is dug up from many of the bogs in Ireland. Fro 
 Nlanrr, i '"oen'iniluccd to believe, Uiat bogs originate from 
 
 decayed forests, * orne accident or coBvulsion of nat 
 
 beqn uverturned and "buried. 
 
(167) 
 
 la is bounded on i \rctic or Frozen CM < 
 
 urea is e- 
 B,000 square miles. 
 
 Tl HKi:\ IN ASI V. 
 
 Turkey in Asia is bounded N. by the sea of Marmor. 
 sea Sy Arabia, an 
 
 ;>clago. It extends from 30 to 42 N. lat. 
 area is CM '000 
 
 .000,000, of * 
 eks, Armenians, Arabs, Jews, Ci. 
 
 icttr of the T 
 
 : 
 Turks arc hypocondriac, grave, sedate, and passive: in 
 
 iose of 
 
 
 women, drinl 
 
 rs to wit and agreeah! 
 ks, and seldom 
 
 Of the. .tracter, 
 
 Turks possess a considerable si 
 itcd, that 
 
 rider afflictions, and u;- uig. 
 
 en accustomed from an early age to an abstemious mode of 
 
 :-^, and inn: inferior classes arc well 
 
 st useless, 
 
 :< plUQgeti. 
 
 
 ists of a small port i 
 
 of cheese, oinous, olive^ aud oil. " 
 
188 Of their Marriages and Funerals. 
 
 ever eithr.r or any of these articles can be procured. They seldom 
 indulge in animal food, and in such cases they arc very fond of a 
 pitaw, consisting of strong gravy, in which rice is stewed/ This lux- 
 ury, howc-\ ^r, hut seldom falls to the lot of the military, u ho have re- 
 course to (i less costly prolific: of which 
 ! tohacco. The former they drink in as strong an infu- 
 i( . and to the use of the 1 are so much addic- 
 ted, that the pipe is the inseparable companion of many of the women 
 even among the lower ranks of the Turks. 
 
 Wine being prohibited by the Koran, the usual beverage of every 
 Class of Mussulmen is water; but AV; prevail on 
 
 es to overcome their religious scruj 
 1he use of umr or spirits, they swallow them so copio 
 
 t in the r rome 
 
 y and riot< me. 
 
 r amc of chess, 
 
 is one of i 
 
 i harsh and discord,- 
 
 lion 
 
 at iv i re fond ofl 
 
 hunt! 
 
 In addition to his scanty allowance i > 
 I lowed from a penny to two-pence a day, wiu 
 
 J.im- vVc. Win-n -ick. l,r has 
 
 littl- t from med 
 
 ure r\rHy Mip|>!i<\! to combat his disease. 
 
 li; other situation. 
 
 larly 
 
 f r.ir in the afternoon : ai 
 the srltin uash their 
 
 'id having spn 
 
 r prostrations, and g^o through tin 
 ond prayer, they breakfast, ai> 
 
 til tite la^t. or sun-set prayer has been repeated, 'these are the oo 
 meals of the lower classes of the Turks. 
 
 Of their Marriages and Funerals. 
 
 'Marriages in this country are < >e fl[ 
 
 Win MIS are agreed* on, the bridegroom pays down a <*\im of 
 
 money, a license is taken out from the proper ma^ri 
 icd. The wedding is celebrated, a 
 
 mirth and jollity ; and the money is generally employed i;. 
 iii^liini^ the house of the young couple. They are not allowc 
 their law more than four wives, but th keep a scrag] i 
 
 women. 
 
 The burials of the Turks are decent. The corpse is attendr ; 
 the relations, chanting passages from the Koran, and after beinc: 
 posited in a mosque or temple, they are buried in a field by tl. 
 man or priest, who pronounces a funeral sermon at the time of inter- 
 ment. 
 
IWfoy* 
 
 Turkomans, the Kvrdi, the Armenian*, the ftruzes, and 
 
 tribes. 
 
 in tlir 
 
 ' 
 
 i source* 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^beep, willi some p- 
 
 "h tbev noMMs the cbristian f; many 
 
 .m merely; 
 
 <rap- 
 ,cse, sects \ disbe- 
 
 ' allow marriage bft\ 
 
 In tl- Asiatic 'I tribes 
 
 s. Six or sev< 
 
 
 :uAians, < 
 
 ;irt of 
 
 - now subject t<> < an not possess lands ; 
 
 . Public meas* 
 
 arcs arc propo>cd by ti ! abated b\ and depu- 
 
 e royal 
 
 os taken i 
 
 rated, an i<lra of \v! 
 
 seller in tbese countries, gives the follo\r. 
 ilars : 
 
 . at Arz-ronm, after riding- fifteen miles on a 
 of W. over a cbalky road. The city pn - 
 
 See Appendix, page 16. P, 
 
100 Arz-Roum in Turkey. 
 
 very pictaresqne manner; its old minarets and decayed turn 
 sing abruptly to the view. Our baggage was carried to the custom* 
 house, notwithstanding 1 all our remonstrances ;m<l rhmns of privilege* 
 The caution of the Turks, though in i . was 
 
 not unjustifiable : for a form* 
 
 merchants in his suite, who, under his name, passed large quantities 
 Of fine goo<N. 
 
 roum is built on an ir^t part is the 
 
 tie, surrounded by a double wall oi - chequer- 
 
 the top by embra^:- 
 lions, in the fashion of I 
 
 Hon. It has four rr- Bred with ; iron, 
 
 The whole is well built, ami to me does not appea 
 
 iians. A ditch runs by it to the S. v. 
 further on is a row of blacksi; 
 
 direction (N. E. of the town) is t 
 
 i.- MIS huiMinjr. The pacha's i < nintt 
 
 i court c houses . 'I'll'-. wifH 
 
 rafters of woe nu -1. (-rass grow- iee i 
 
 and calves f< 
 
 i. 1 w:lkcl thro!!-' 1 re doHMJH 
 
 re terraced, like the dwelling- 
 
 for foot-passengers, who ascend by a public flight of steps. \ 
 a stn . enos, a bridge n over, an. 1 
 
 no shops in the bazars are well stockr 
 ta an appearance of mm 
 
 tnos? but, as n, , in that manner caN 
 
 < til ltd to break the passenger's neck than to ease h K if 
 
 ore sixteen baths, and one hundred mosques; ' ^*fll 
 
 ti are covi 
 balls and cresr 
 
 ^tate of Arz-roum : its rcmai that if 
 
 
 
 tl.p!. >larc; t!,. from 
 
 the pre- 
 
 on . with U 1 ^ 
 
 ard of truth, or r. ;uice of probability, they 
 
 Giatmn o 
 
 to the l.r 
 
 inaivt of 
 
 the rem:>r >qes 
 
 Tersia, with curious bj iner- 
 
 rd ' ' ::i-lani-ni. hi 
 
 nil those at Arz-roum, I observed a round t" \ ing 
 
 roof, covered all over with brick 8 . '! 
 inimn^N. ol-,\ iou-ly wo--' 
 
 N-o of brick and tile. 
 ii and a cufic inscription 
 
 iniT^ around the remains of the fine portico of a mosque. ! 
 of the town tower of brick, the highest buil-.lin ; 
 
 roum, whirh is used as a look out-hous t ves as the tou 
 
 the Janizaries in Constantinople, or that of Galata. There is a clock 
 al the summit, which strikes the hour with sufficient regularity. 
 
Of the Circassian*, Georgians, <J-f. 101 
 
 In 4r/-roum there are from four to nnd of the Armenian, 
 
 ertoaaioo; the fanner liavr 
 latter one. There are perhaps one tlu 
 
 manage, by caravans, the t ratio 
 ; *>rt on UM 
 
 I. The Turkish 
 i !t*s. Tliis amount of 
 \M-ll-intormr.i Ann. 
 
 
 
 u the rate 
 
 . ry changeable, and mu-t in winter 
 cold. It .-Mined throughout the wL 
 
 opened on -covered the adjacent hills 
 
 . plain 
 
 nidi .-.I. < : 
 the base of the sea, U itself very c 
 
 re passed, presented the 
 i a forest Flowers of all 
 *i pasturage, and embalmed the air. 
 _r so luxuriant, so ex 
 
 l' < \ (TT 
 
 rogress of 
 i 
 
 t fine red t n occasion* 
 
 i, breaks the monot. e universal 
 
 . and contrasts admirabh 
 
 ncv of its 'ints. The corn on the summit of the 
 an was about a foot high, but in v was much more ad* 
 
 in barley, beside^ 
 res grows wild, and 
 ;) Ian Is. Wheat does not appc 
 
 canaries of t all tlie bread which we 
 
 ate was made of barley. Gn:t immbers of pear trees 
 road, w; .nn ino-t picturesque, and present* 
 
 king views. The pencils or an hnndn ! art 
 
 in as many years, the task of delineating all th ft 
 
 1 17 affords. The inhabit! 
 inter as their country, and would add n. 
 ire. 
 
 i the great tract of cultivation and 
 
 r. town, an.J < c 
 
 ^tituliii ' , ,,Hp r t in Tnr!-.- 
 
 rr country. Plane trer- poplar^, t'ruii trees oi 
 iniuation in the thickest , 
 
 .-1 torrent \\ 
 
 through the gardens with great precipitation an.l n, 
 waters to the first. 'I umincr ; tlie corn liad lu?t 
 
 Us green tints, and u , ^ into yellow. 
 
 Of the Circassians, Georgians, and Mingrelians. 
 These are the most beautiful people iu the world, aud iu 
 
1 92 Of the Circassians, Georgians, &c. 
 
 * hat is said as applicable to the character and manners of one ol 
 fhese nations, may be understood as belonging to the others. 
 are, in general, fall, well proportioned, and elegant; but their 
 are rep n depraved -.mi! . ithout the restraints < 
 
 fication ;ind virtuous habit*. They are also vain and osf 
 in i c of all kinds of di- assume an e> 
 
 f great gravity 
 
 vilit\ approaching to politeness, and in iM-.my respect* thej are 1'ncrid- 
 ly '.Liid genc.TOiis. 
 
 * men are despotic o\ Is, exact in:: f i 
 
 ii-t nf the IruiN uf th-i'- hib,,: 
 
 the means of < 
 their d;ni ^liters to 
 
 u-oiiH-n. la] I v ir K. K. Po; 
 i l>ea about the < 
 
 mode of < 
 
 ti\. 
 
 thesl 
 
 JL ru 1 
 
 see.; 
 
 ' 
 
 IK! ;ill ot l 
 war. 
 
 i shew great activity and address, in a var 
 
 military ' (J8 ^4| 
 
 I CT :tt ihr IM-\I )' 11. 
 
 i ' 
 
 nnti- -d re- 
 
 of t 
 
 ..its; one i 
 
 wife and t mily : the court v. 
 i dcd by palisadoes or stakes. At men! 
 is assembled ; their ; 
 only of -a ;ie paste in; -let, and a : 
 
 '/ut it i?? n< 
 
 .'.rticr.Iar < ved hy tl,. 
 
 builil tlioir rl-.i summit 01 
 
 ^een at a nd use bel! 
 
 .ill the congregations together, wh 
 
 it with looking at. 
 
 them. The clergy are paid liberal h, not hy the livinir. 1-ut \->\ 
 . at the (h 
 
 : porfonnin^ ' 
 
 demand must be salisiu-d. though rhildron 
 
 ceased be ruined, i ich is freipientlv ' 
 
 U'lion thr lu^lioj) or prie-t ha- 
 
 on the biva<t of the corpse, reqni -oul 
 
 of tl d to the mansions oi t'd, a situation U 
 
Of t: 
 
 
 
 
 both by M i- and Georgians : to fin 
 
 , 
 
 of tlie c , 
 r asanato for the omksion of. 
 
 17 
 
194 The Holy Land. 
 
 THE HOLY LAND. 
 
 This interesting country, now called Syria, claims particular at-., 
 tention on account of the numerous scites on which the even 
 corded in the sacred Scriptures took place. On entering the church 
 of the holy supulchre, likewise; called St. Helen's in Jerusalem, from 
 having been built by the Empress of that name, the stone of mn 
 presents itself where Christ was embalmed and anointed by Joseph 
 and IMicodemus ; to the right of winch is the ascent of Mount Cal- 
 vary, and near it a cleft in the mountain, occasioned by the earth- 
 quake after our Saviour'^ death. 
 
 From Mount Calvary von descend to the holy sepulchre of our 
 Lord, where forty-four lamps are kept burning, fourteen of v 
 belong to the convent of Jerusalem, the rest to tl ' me- 
 
 nians, and Copts ; butt!- ion over the sepulch; 
 
 self. Before the entrain mlthesto:: 
 
 which th< ; v. ho :ip; ! after the 
 
 tion of Christ. A little l>e\on<i thi> i> the place where lie was first 
 
 . in the dress of a gardener. The iu-\ 
 
 ject i lurid fna.le hix ;\j>pearance to his mother; 
 
 :it of the ; ' , ulumn to which he u as 
 
 ,-idand scourged. \! the lout of (he altai iaec t\ here one 
 
 of the three crosses was miraculou 
 
 Under Mount C-.iha- 'lapelof.l 
 
 hc-d.il of i .-the 
 
 leluge. Then is shown ; .,<>,) .lurinii- the 
 
 cruci 'i the HUM. 
 
 is the 
 
 road in which Chn 
 
 where he was met by his mother, aiul tin k un- 
 
 der the weight of t 
 
 ulous piL: ircumstanco during 
 
 the h ( r> much farther than tins ; they 
 
 point out the very place in whirl, the prophet Jeremiah wrote the la- 
 rneTitatie.il- of the ho!-. 
 
 At BETH i i.i! I-M arc to be seen the place TO. 
 
 and the very manner in \ -ul ; the hmi~e in which Jo- 
 
 irch in u 1 1 to the shep- 
 
 herd* t:ie birth of our Lord. Six miles from the city of 
 
 IYc\ia. built !> --n of Solomon ; and in this city ' 
 
 Uie prophet Amos. About the same distance from H< thlehem to- 
 wards the Dead Sea is the place where 'i, so 
 much pr- : and a few step.- ace is the place 
 in which t elf from the persecution of Saul. 
 
 At ST. JOHN'S IN TI is shewn t!-.e h"u-e in which 
 
 John the Baptist was born, an,l th went 
 
 to visit Elizabeth, and tl ot in which the wood was cut to 
 
 make the cross of our S I 'our mile* from tin is the 
 
 desert of John the Bapti- ; in which he and his mother 
 
 hid themselves, to avoid the cruelty of Herod. In the sain. 
 seen the stone upon which St. John slept a little at night, and the 
 spot in which Elizabeth die 1 and was buried by the hands of angels. 
 
 The principal things exhibited in Nazareth, are the place 
 Gabriel appeared to the Virgin, announcing the incarnation ; the 
 vpot on which the house of Joseph stood, and in which he and his son 
 Jesus followed the trade of carpenters ; the fountain from v 
 
Of Jerusalem. M ^ 
 
 Marv and Jesus used to fetch water ; and 'a stone on which Christ 
 
 ygsssx&i **? 
 
 sSfesSSs 
 
 .,,. thousand ! at a small distance from 
 
 PSflpotonwliB renamed in 
 
 % 
 
 ,,red tl,o 
 fimes referred t 
 
 u 
 
 , . d at the time of Cl, 
 
 Of Jerusalem. 
 
 \VP nursued . norland, 
 
 F , I waved tln-n 
 
 ml which had 
 . 
 
 e an appr 
 all vegetation cei 
 
 rolou i* SLi^fi/lT 
 
 an hour to gain an elevat, 
 ,-h we proceeded for another hour a< 
 .,1 w ith lot All at once, at tl 
 
 inn -of c;> nth 
 
 .em. 
 
 i camp of 
 utal pomp. El God,! The Holy 
 
 Mll^BllOp. 
 
 by the crusaders and 
 ( rb rep h 
 
 'fK 1 " 6 ^ 
 
 r t'.voi.nn.lrrM IHdei 
 
 passages in the am, 
 
 "1i W l 
 the height of its walls, re- 
 
 from Abraham to 
 lecting on the total change accomplished ID 
 
 in vuin seeking thai 
 
 not one stone of left upon another. Were 1 to lire 
 
 ears, never should T forget that desert which yet seems 
 v -ulod bv the greatness of Jehovah and the terrors 
 entered Jerusalem hy tho Pilgrim's Gate, near which stand! 
 r of David, better "known by the appellation of the Pisans 
 We paid the tribute, and followed the street that op 
 
 .lining to the left between a kind ot prisons oi 
 
 are arrived at twent 
 
 nf the Latin Fathers. I four..! .t m Ihfl pof> 
 of Abdallah's soldiers, who appropriated to themselves wnaf- 
 'r they thought fit. 
 
I 9ti Jerusalem 
 
 Those only who have been in the same situation as thr 
 (lie Holy Land, can form a conception of tb- ;<!( n-nn- which the 
 reived from my ;irrival. They thought themselves saved \j\ 
 presence of one single Frenchman. 1 delivered a letter !Ym '< 
 cral Sebastiani, to Father Bonaventura di Noh. the Superior oi 
 . ent. " Sir," said he, '-itisProvi 9 brought 
 
 hither. You have travelling firmans. : nd them' 
 
 pacha ; he will thence find that a 1 tie con- 
 
 vent ; he will believe that we are under 
 emp< t year he forced us to j 
 
 cording- to 1 IIP regular ci; >vi e him hut four tho 
 
 merely under the denominate 
 from us the same sum this year, an-1 tl 
 
 :<> comply 
 sell thcc 
 
 , westhftH 
 be forced Holy Land, ar, 
 
 metans." 
 J th 
 
 erior. I 
 ould prih' to tin- .Ini e h^j* 
 
 might have caused me to be a&sa&sinated by 
 
 a|?s. 
 
 While I was wait it icntofdei - I(JU6 1R1 
 
 L to ling io the church mastery. 
 
 Francis's 'irth. 
 
 I In 
 
 her, u ho on this ( ! world. 1 
 
 tinued the only uard of the Holy Sepulchre bince it was !\l,aih' 
 
 ings. 
 ! I ur, we left i 
 
 Hir usalem. 
 
 gem ' ^ ith a rr 
 
 doors of some forsaken shops stood open : throu- 
 
 nail rooms, seven or eight feet sqn 
 fiiar Iceps, on the single mat tha 1 
 
 . -k if funn 
 
 On the right of the Bazar, between the T< ' -the foot of 
 
 Mount Sion, we entered the Jews quarter. F<> :h'ir indi- 
 
 gence, these had withstood the attack of th< 
 peared corered with rp ] in the dust <> 
 
 Termin which devoured them, and keeping their eyes fixed on the 
 Temple. The drogman took me into a kind of school : I would have 
 purchased the Hebrew Pentateuch, in which a rabbi was teaching a 
 child to read ; but he refused to dispose of the book. It has been 
 
Jtru$al> 1*97 
 
 observe^ that the foreign Jews, who fix their residence at Jerusalem. 
 hut a short time. A I';iliMmc, they :ire so poor as to 
 
 Miged to raise contributions among their 
 
 brethren in Kg\ t 
 
 1 to Pilate'^ hoti-e. f<> \icu- tbo 
 ne of the u f ians 
 
 ^Hg pro: ''H'l that 
 
 . The description ut' it I shall rorne till 1 come 
 
 ings of J<i 'ice from the 
 
 e pool of Brthesda, and Herod's 
 
 ions of which belong to anti- 
 
 'ds the gate of Sion, when AM Apr.- me to 
 
 <>n the walN : tlu- drninnan dur-t r r e to 
 
 aiders fixed up> 
 
 1 at the embrasures of a Gothic bas- 
 in tl Mted a city, the people of the 
 :t fit to give the appellation of streets to certain 
 passages. 
 
 ndrd in the p^< Damascus, for what 
 
 irsued by 
 ,11 more b\ 
 st the des ays prefer it^ rum- 
 
 nor-. It 
 itural to make r 
 
 . 
 them ler the protection of tlie c 
 
 UD 
 
 Hut this 1^ 
 
 have a mute slavery, and ; 
 "s who dare complain of the hand t: 
 
 refore at the i nt go- 
 
 rases, if he be 
 not; railed to ; 11 known 
 
 o delegate his authr. 
 to an extends both to propertv and life. 
 
 \ 
 ft hi- > ^ our life, or p:. 
 
 iitiplu-d ii. n of Ju- 
 
 dr;i. Ti.f (,nly thing ever heard in this country, the onlv justice ever 
 thoi* Let him pay ten. twenty, thirty purses Give him five 
 
 trokes of the bastinado Cut off his head. One act of in- 
 idcrs it noct^saiy to commit a still greater. Ifom 
 mts plunders a peasant, l. itely obliged to plunder 
 
 tiso; for, to escape the hypocritical integrity of tb< 
 r procure, by a second crime, sufficient to purchase im- 
 punity fur the first. 
 
 It m r be imagined that the pacha, when he visits his go- 
 
 ' octs tliese evils and avenges the wrongs of the pet>{ 
 i, however, the pacha is himself the greatest scourge ot 
 
 lem. His coming is dreaded like that < 
 ile chief, i are shut up; the people concc 
 
 they feign to be at the point of death out" 
 
 withdraw to the mountain 1 ;. 
 
 17* 
 
Bethl 
 
 Of Bethleh< 
 
 . 
 
 i it from 
 
 Zebu!--!.. I' : -longed to the tribe of Jud:< 
 name of the City of David, that monn 
 
 D his childhood. Al- |.. 
 
 'h, Obed, .' 
 
 !<>' L Matthias, the apostle, also 
 
 Tin- roti\ 
 
 .-sod with 1 
 
 retains ma 
 
 . corresponds, as Iran ; 
 
 i rid was born, is ex:. 
 
 
 
 each composed < : 
 01 r. This is (he ever 
 
 
 'i paces t<>< 
 
 \ l>lock < 
 
 
 pic tun 
 
 i at ion, 
 and all 1 
 nal orname 
 
 * It will be re 
 .1 devoted i 
 
 telthat tliis is tlie lanffu?ge of .M. 
 c. P. 
 
The !' 
 
 hre ol 
 
 
 
 PI\ thp vi I Ir v 
 
 1 of the 1 
 The Dead Sea. 
 
 if tin- 
 
 .o snn w;i 
 l.iko, tiic \ 
 
 c-n undulu; ! i form a prospt 
 
200 Tta Dead Sea. 
 
 nothing of the kind is to be found. Fig-uro to yourself two long 
 
 hain-. nf mountains running in a parallel direction from north to 
 
 ,i. without hrpuks and without unilulali< iiain, 
 
 calle Arabia, is the highest ; w 
 
 or ten \< 
 
 wall perfect I v resemhlinir Jura in 
 'ir. Not one summit. 
 
 iere and there, as i; 
 who drew this horizontal line alon^ 
 hied in pom 
 
 western nr gs to the mount 'idea. Lc- 
 
 
 
 its heaps of c)>.. 
 some resemblance to piles of 
 
 r-der of a plain. On 
 11 to be seen but black pei 
 thr<> .irthened shadow over the wat< 
 
 smallest bird of heaven would not find among these rocks 
 grass for its su 
 a reprobate people, and seems to breathe the ! 
 
 these two chains of is, a soil IHj 
 
 ,11 of a sea that has lonpr us bed|*K 
 
 ered with salt,, dry mud, and moving- sands, t 
 were, by the wave-. I 
 vegetate upon this inanimate tr.. loares an- willr 
 
 taste. Instead of villages you perceive the ruins of a few t<>\ 
 
 io of this valley flows a discoloun 
 .opt towards thejMMtilential lake 
 
 Its course amidst the sands can bedistinpr \\ by 
 
 . illowj and the reeds that border it ; and 
 *se reeds to attack the tr 
 
 'ad Sea; r 
 
 l>nlli - its bosom seem 
 
 its waters. " Its solitary abysses cannot affor 
 
 without biros, without trro-, without verdur. 
 
 rce- 
 
 in Juilca, the heart is at fn>t fill\i 
 Jisgust; I nig from solitude to .- 
 
 ^rs off by degTt 
 \ depressing the soul, n: 
 ; rdinary appearances every where pro- 
 
 'hum a land tetMning with miracles"; the bu; 'owering 
 
 the barren fig-tree, all the poetry, all the p 
 
 Every name commemorates a n, 
 e future; every hill re-cohot of a pro] 
 
 * Much of this is vulgar prejuvlu ^. Th. - tit and 
 
 MTT heavy. 1 ess and bi: 
 
 They soon petrify wood thrown into r 
 Destitute of vegetation/but bird^ are often seen il^ tiicra. J*. 
 
.l/o i.r. S 
 
 
 
 ng a 
 
 
 Cft- 
 
 < I passed the gate, we pr< 
 
 h I- 
 
 'i hr !(>S8 awakens frrand 
 
 'int. 
 
 e subject < 
 
 ^up- 
 
 iibor pahice t'f l):i\id. From tin I 
 
 
Tta valley of Jchoshaphat. 
 
 see, to the south, the valley of Ben-Hinnom ; beyond this the ) 
 of Blood, purchased with the thirty nieces of silver given to J) 
 the Hill of evil Counsel, the tombs of the judges, and the whol- 
 <rrt towards Hebron and Bethlehem. To the north, th- wall of Je- 
 rusalem, which passes over the top of Sion, intercc; \v of 
 
 the city, the site of which gradually sl< * lowainB 
 
 the valley of Jehoshaphat. 
 
 nee of Caiaphaa is now a chun-h. iho duty of which is 
 1 by the Ann* 
 
 pulchres of dark-coloured stoi: S P9 
 
 re Christ held his last sup| --quo and hos- 
 
 pital, formerly a church and monastery, or < 
 
 listsanctu; Old 
 
 and in the New TV 
 
 HI-IC I>;,\'i.l built l.r 
 t It IT i 
 
 neared t<> 
 
 rlini . !l\ . it u :i 
 
 purse and without scrip, to seat their religion upon al! 
 the earth. 
 
 Sffoe. 
 
 Mt.tUi and IKMI! . 
 
 li'iihl in i 
 
 ingp an . run at all. 
 
 his miraculous 
 
 waters to the < \vs. The pool^fl 
 
 pooh, of the samr namo, are quitr . 
 -till used ' 
 
 is. The v, 
 brarki-h. and has a \ 
 with it, :le porfonnod on tho man 
 
 Hen 
 
 
 
 fountain h 
 
 It is conjoctnrpd tl imr Itithrr to f 
 
 tors of 1 I to the well from wlnrh 
 
 ie. The Virgin's fountain in 
 fountain of Siloe. 
 
 The Valley of Jelioshaphat. 
 The valley of Jehoshaphat is 
 
 -oh. tho 'King's Valley, the Valley of M 
 rhe valley of Mekhiscdeck, that the king of Sodom went to r 
 
The Garden tfOlkvt. 
 
 Vbraham, to congratulate him on his victory over the five K 
 
 * ast side is formed l> 
 
 [ >iu OjTen>i nu, thus 
 
 ,r desolate sides are 
 some groves of 
 es, waste* > 
 mosque - A t the botton i i >cover a I 
 
 . 
 uses of v :M th 
 
 appear c 
 
 imoke rises, no noise procet the solitude of these 1 
 
 ^Kiv creature is to be seen ; iVom the ruinous state of til tin-i- 
 
 .: Jehosha- 
 
 . 
 
 The Garden of Olivet. 
 On tin- lirink and ncur the source o'l 'd the gar- 
 
 !ood as hi ords; 
 
 -, and ascending by a 
 
 approach- 
 
 .rr to 
 
 n.ihle traiJilion recoj 
 or. 
 
 place, 
 
 ules said unto lam. I .<*r.i. t< u> 
 . 
 
 . jirl in Flrjivt f, 
 Tim i rther, bearing- a little towards 
 
 'f which the Son of tlie Eternal Arbiter foretold tin- 
 nt. 
 
 eding about fifty pncos farther on the mountain, yon come to 
 jue, of an octagonal form. 
 
 ' The olive-tree may be said to be imn; ee COIP 
 
 rings up from the same rooU 
 
.0 i Russia in Asia. 
 
 rc-il on tlic spot, from which (' nded to heaven 
 
 rcrnrd the print of 
 . St. Jero; 
 
 ancient and modern, assure us 
 fVdt ti 
 
 /" Esdraelon. 
 
 this phi':. 
 
 :<mn<l like on. 
 
 mi Minim 
 
 1 
 
 ; ^fl 
 
 nioui 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 
 Plain of I 
 
 riv: i 
 
 *tfit Dr ' 
 
 dere 
 
 :th. 
 
 RUSSIA I\ ASIA, 
 
 i\i i.rniM; si] VHTS OF T \ 
 
 i -Vsia is bounded N. by th- 
 
 .m,l Tnrli fro" 1 39U 
 
 i The area is estimated at 
 
Manners, ^-c. of the shialic Txus.vV 
 
 Oil i 
 
 000 square miles. Population, 2,697,000; population 
 mile 1-2. 
 
 Of the Majuiers, kc. of thi 
 The i 
 
 . that ext< 
 
 < whieh there B 
 
 ignis, of \ tribe \ 
 
 the ( of the C'u v man\ 01 
 
 Bai 
 
 > classed undt 
 Tart 
 
 con- 
 I beasts oi 
 
 . round whicX 
 
 The < to three ranks; the 
 
 
 
 re descend 
 
 6 noble la.' 
 
 wfiitt s of ferna I 
 
 are < -ied hv the bones. The power of i 
 
 uuifiV^r aiui < 
 
 <tkt, of two or three hundred mmi- 
 B I by I, JIM . 
 
 " i -.1 ; 
 
 n eapoos are bows, lances and 
 
 mni1 which w. : 
 
 bundn a^o. 
 
 The ^ 'tire, u ith il.it vr-,i"-e, small ob- 
 
 Murk lips, a short chin irsarf 
 
 uirjrc and prominent, the hair black, and the mmplcxion of u 
 red. ..wish brown : hut that ot 
 
 healthy white and red. They have surj>: 
 
 and are docile, hospitable, beneficent, active 
 tuptuoi; i a virtue entirely female ; 
 
 I eminent virtue, and is ever accompanied with 
 iet8. Their religious books are in il 
 *her< 'l-ina-ter in every imak, who ii 
 
 :'ie boss than could be expected. Marri.- 
 
 brings a i: 
 
 lace in the middle; and in 
 is used for fuel. The teats of the noble- are 1 
 
 13 
 

 
 Of theKundurr.Tar' 
 In 
 r mi 
 
 night thr more cheerfully. as in tl 
 
 ul allow no rest to t' 
 
 
 
 fare, whom I forme: 
 i of baskets wi 
 
 but were placed on poles supported bj two-whrr ' 
 now I iiits similar to th' 
 
 .1 more c-.; 
 
 -pertmjr fhe<-r ".'.:.': .'i '.'> i^. that r;irh \M-:ilthy T:irt:n 
 ominonlv h;is two t IMI I 4 ', our lor the rrrt ; ' > "i . .: ' : --ir v IM! ;-. 
 
 
 
 Arnhn, whirh .- . i with thoirtrntK, ch(M*. :md ot!i r !,rav\ ar- 
 
 the 
 
 .i separate drov. 
 
 cor- 
 
 \ 
 
 ^ses of the Tartars 
 
 
 < veral particulars from i 
 Nag > * wear a sort of red . 
 
 >ngr narrov 
 
 \i\(\ \ froiTi the brccist to the waiit ^vith tassoi- 
 
 rcr, button^. 1; strap or < 
 
 the left si ed a tin case, containing 1 amu 
 
 ;VFS in an tij> 
 
' 
 
 so bkxxl 
 
 ncv rsurhr.ru- 
 
 t 01 a wife, is spared air 
 he wen 
 
 
 
 
 amusemr f both sexes iV 
 
 Mliu WO* 
 
 > usrlen dmres 
 
 l' suotJ :u; 
 
 trusted to t 
 
 |gtf u-.-n 
 i 
 
 
ThtKundvreTarte 
 
 Of the KitndureTar? 
 
 In tin- v;illey, says Dr. P;llns, wore encamped inn.- 
 .r I;. of the Kundure Tartars, among: 
 
 \\ of my guide Arslan, one of the mo 
 I found felt tents prepared for us h- 
 night the more cheerfully, as in the nri 
 rampments surrounded with 
 
 nd allow no rest to t 
 
 \ pi'' 
 
 The Kundure Tartars, wl 
 
 vd on poles supported br 
 
 now dwell in ' :r to Uv- 
 
 I lie [N 
 
 as well as those of < 
 
 >f several pieces, wl 
 form a more < 
 
 commonly has two t 
 
 the family, they ubu 
 
 for their wires ami *s are pai. 
 
 these chariots, they have ottKor 
 
 Araba,w s, chests, 
 
 loveablesoi 
 ney, and in r. 
 
 . 
 
 erlet is raised on : 
 
 n order to 
 
 iere is a < 
 
 rht towards their angles, and are erected 
 
 .e lower classes of the Tartars are bun 
 
 Thrr H^veral particulars from that of tb- 
 
 (Vaga wear a sort of red < 
 
 -." in the fnrm of a t 
 
 Cor til pieces of coin arc Mispendt 
 
 Tlu 
 
 .\nd i^adornetl from the breast to the waist with tassci 
 vcr, button^, liltlc bells, and rin ^. T' :l strap or 
 
 the lefts l tin case, com 
 
 uid usuall 
 
' Jurat ion. 
 
 , and delivers him over to his next mi h roii- 
 
 thut a. murder or injury rommittt-d on 
 :ual seven 
 
 i with hii mouth tin ed -.mil prol 
 
 ic blood, tl 
 murd< 
 
 The opposite condiu 
 
 
 
 at tin- 
 
 11 _ i 
 
 < % ca- 
 
 two I 
 
 It" tl 
 
 - an established 
 
 ijth sexes 
 
 ii or daughter < 
 
 tion of thi- 
 ii nature as to suppress, t 
 
 .1 to the care of a nobU-mim. 
 none of the most wealthy : and the pan 
 
 i till he is an adult. 
 
 urince is obliged to take upon him t 
 
 In- m-tructs the youth d 
 
 hcsc equestrian knights; he provides him u 
 iiom, and in such ar 
 The grateful pupil reward 
 
Jl I Rural Economy of (he 
 
 \ him in the predatory arts, by giving 1 bin. 
 
 greatest l><> >r\ I.- . obtain. 
 
 Thi 
 
 fj n. 
 
 cassi - 
 
 fringes, >c-wing Of dresses. ;i > \tell ;c* thr |<l.t>:i . !' -ir.iw in -.' -.nul 
 
 intrusted with their edu 
 jrcd ' I foster-d:< 
 
 nice black pott, wl i u consiJ. 
 
 'xjHT^-ivr nl" tlic-ir prit-f. 
 
 \V i", i. : . , 
 
 -e devote aco; 
 ing-. 
 
 ngt, and prepare v; 
 %M II as their common brreragf , bv the native* called 
 
 .sod osasu 
 urneys and im 
 blea, such as < 
 
 gourds, and ^ wo- 
 
 ire a very strong dvato of wild hemp, but they are rot 
 acquainted with the art of weaving lin 
 I 
 
 sheep are generally aji 
 
 ia well as a quai 
 
 \ the women- of sn 
 upper deMMB K>rtai< 
 
 v<jr%)faq|flps and hills < - respect res< 
 
 c trot. 
 
 
 u swiftness; -AS tin* surcc^ ni" their milit:irv rn!oriin/.--- 
 
 net. /Umost . 
 
 prince- or nobles, boasts of possessing a 
 
 IT of norsr-. ucd on tl.- 
 
 peculiar mark ; ( 
 
. ; ulous adherence to custom, so that a person who shou! 
 i eating noble descent on a filly of : 
 
 sians also rea/poul <*t every species, such as 
 
 iD ibwU, Of :i 
 
 attention on tl 
 
 es, on a> 
 
 .tl along with them, at they remove' 
 
 ' !.:ui:;- ':.. .1 :. i V n'.i.m-. 
 
 /!./i<: /I .V' ' '". 
 
 attended with plen 
 
 (an, 
 called In 
 
 Stipt-rdiio' t r, i .'i- what I rrrnarkitl n 
 Itane*, ha con i " 
 
 le hare a* 
 
 .khan, with a view t 
 
 I was (ruck with the appearance of the derrite, whom I ha 
 
 
 . 
 itneric on ' 
 
 v a row of candles i 
 
 - -r suspen. ' vrall ahov. 
 
 i 
 ' 
 
 f, -n f nnt- 
 
.> i tj Idolatry of Indian Merchants. 
 
 used by the Kalmuck priests. A small table was placed t/c- 
 lure the ilcrvise, under the suspended pagoda, with a little censer, 
 tmd a particular lamp with five wicks. The idolatrous worship com- 
 menced in a loud voice; an Indian pulled the string 1 of the bells 
 which hung at the side of the shrine, and two others took small cym- 
 bals in their hands. They all sung an harmonious litany, in unison 
 to the tinkling of the bells and cymbals. This hymn was begun by 
 the dei vise himself, with a sacerdotal bell in his left hand, like that 
 
 i by the Lama. In the first division of the hymn, addressed to 
 the idols, the dervise took the censer, and throwing some gum copal 
 into it, he offered the incense before the shrine, upwards, downwards, 
 and in a circular direction; a < u-cnded to represent the 
 
 dement of air. After having performed this part of the service, he 
 look a, square folded piece of cloth, which la\ before the idol-. 
 ino\'d it in various oscillations before them, as symbolical of the 
 
 :iont of the earth, lie next successively lighted the five 
 of the lamp, and during continued h\mns moved it in different di- 
 Ig, as emblematical of -it of nrc. 
 
 Having finished this rite, ho placed the lamp on a sm r, and 
 
 it \\ riicd by :\ member of the congregation to all the wor- 
 
 ^liip: lit: e;icb nf whom, after ha\ inir reveivn! ly held hi- 
 
 b;n ' Dames, touched armed fing 
 
 tins p:irt <>t i concluded, the prie-T r . 
 
 bun. 1; but the 
 
 \ \vith winch !,. ,cd ihrm. he threw into the large lamp. 
 
 At length, the elci,. '. For tl.-i 
 
 marine - - pla- 
 
 red right corner of the pagoda. 
 
 Th< .ig, l>e 
 
 i with in 1 .:' ,iy from a ron-idera- 
 
 ble height into the half-. 
 
 his hand into this holy water, be besprinkled the whole 
 who received thi- hen.-,!ic-tion very d-\outly. and with fii: 
 After the litany \\a-> fmi^hrd, the derviso gave the cup wi' 
 
 iio chimed the boll>. 
 with the wb. 
 
 ean : ( '::1 of holy water to bo poured into the palm of 
 
 n's band, who religiouMv -w.illov. 
 
 person's , 
 
 ihe >heil 
 
 tbe idol, lie then said a long prayer for tin 
 a\it! ;>le. Afier tb- 
 
 ,1 \viih drii 
 
 ;md ' bad all risen, plates wiih sugar candy and pi-' 
 
 nut ers. When ' 
 
 and make dr.. 
 
 the ut touching 1 any part of it. At our re 
 
 priest hi:, - which were d 
 
 -Uy-blue and . describing them to 
 
 their names. In the. back ground, devoted on a 
 re. 'tion from right iii(? following: Sngenat. 
 
 terguu. 1 . !\a<nu. Haliart, and Lekumi. The first five 
 
 ned with hi.jjh moveable bonnets : the last was a repn 
 of a tVui.^e, dressed in a kind of turban with a ring in her nose. On 
 a lower step, in the second row, on the right side, were Murli and 
 Mrohor ; they were decorated with high bonnets, but without silU 
 garments, and held staves iu their right bauds, over their shoulders* 
 
Tit KMfedtakto. 217 
 
 ere was a figure called Ashtabod&hJ, with eight arms, 
 
 Saddasho, in a 
 an idol resem- 
 
 ie next was a figure called Saddasho, in a 
 e, with a round bonnet, and llo 
 
 nsj posture, witn a round Bonnet, ana tfonuman, an idol resem- 
 ? Apis, with a dog's head, and rings in his ears. Small idols and 
 * crowded together occupied the front part of the 
 the figures that held staves in their hands, we observed two dis 
 
 HOBO and Drama, or, at they prooounc 
 tunah. Farther to the right there were two very prominent 
 idols, in the form of apes, which w 
 
 ted caps, like crowns. In the front of theme was the 
 
 n- t' : fa i . ..r ii.. lees, < .ixt in r..^ tr, likr t l i*' idols, and rallrtl 
 
 rner, we noticed three fig- 
 
 . 1 ' i ..?!.< M ;. I. imtsj, nU ii ii irur- 
 
 o represent Lingams, and were called Shadisham; that in the 
 He loaned on a square pedestal of yellow amber, in the form of 
 btuse cone, studded with grains of rice : two other small 
 is rested on a base similar to a lamp. In the middle was placed 
 
 there was a Urge black stone, and on the left, two *u> 
 be same colour, brought from the Ganges, and regarded b\ 
 am 'as sacred. These fossils were of the species called Shosa, 
 Senkara, and appeared to be an impression either of a 
 nHuWaaeea, or of a species of tea-bog. 
 ti stones are held in the greatest veneration among them. Be- 
 tl,* fnn-mmt .!ol, tl.rrc wus :i ; ' - ' iik garmrut hinj^ ncro**. 
 be corner stood the figure of a saddled lion, called iHhaodigana. 
 -. \\ , bad lei m bnesTi aj ; , L. t -i d thr -i.m..-. u .: , r, (L ,- 
 
 well at 
 
 clergy. From these 
 
 tms won i. 
 
 Incuin-. . I)-! \. FI i.i 
 
 Of AW Kainttchadaltt. 
 chadalen are, in general, below the common height, 
 
 1 un.i Mjiiat, ti.rirc-Ms .rn:ll aii.l Mink, hnr , i.ik. 
 
 ck, they hare scarce! v any 
 nple*ioo is a 1 
 
 nen mre very nearhr the seme. They are as v 
 r inhabit, dome or them bare no fixed ba 
 lace to place with their herds of rein-deer : otlicrs 
 i reside csj the banln of the rivers and ?! 
 D fish and sea-animals, and such herb* as grow 
 e former dwell in huts covered with deer-skin 
 
 : OUl I'Mhr, ..- . 
 
 r the Kamtschadales is mild and hospitable. They 
 
 inony, and, notwithstanding t).. 
 ill times ready to assist one another in their Jatx 
 - ir zeal to oblige. An a< 
 
 :?";;: 
 
 II 
 
216* Mod* of Travelling in Kamtschatkti. 
 
 the severities of famine, because they would not take the pains of 
 providing- in summer a reserve of fish,~without which they were una- 
 ble to live in the winter. If they are thus negligent in the pres< 
 tion of their existence, it will not be supposed that they are more at- 
 tentive to the articles of cleanliness ; indeed, they may be reproach- 
 ed for being- addicted to the contrary extreme. 
 
 Men and women, without distinction, use the same kind of gar- 
 ments, their dress only differing in their under clothing-, which con- 
 of trowsers and waistcoat sewed together, and in the covering of 
 Lheir feet. The summer habits are made of dressed skins without 
 hair; their winter garment is made of deer or ram skins with the 
 hair on. The household habit of the men is a girdle of leather with 
 a bag before, and likewise a leather apron to cover them behind : 
 ie girdles are sewed with hair of different colours. TK 
 
 s used formerly to take excursions of hunting- and fi-i 
 .nmerin this dress ; but now they wear linen sh 
 whir 1 e of the Russians. 
 
 The diet of the Kan * consists chiefh 
 
 they have can :! are 
 
 lump: up b :>art of tin 
 
 apai 1 ,"! over the fire; the head i- ! .ir in 
 
 piN. . it much, t 
 
 ure it : the ribs, ami the 
 
 tvhi< hang up and dry, and : 
 
 poun larger bones they likew 
 
 dogs : in this rnann 
 
 The second favourite food is called caviar 
 
 i with a pound of t! 
 nit any other 
 
 v hirrh and al 01 with bar' , vrith the 
 
 driecl ca\ iar. makes him an agreeable m 
 
 Of the Mode of Travelling in Kamtschatko. 
 
 ITorM^ are very *rarre in Kamtschatka. Th< 
 during the summer for carriage of merchandize and effects belqnff- 
 ing to the cnm-n, and for the convenience 01 n. Dogs, how- 
 
 ever, abound in thi < all the purposes o; 
 
 Thr\ iWiciilty 
 
 ihf ir season for n taken of them ; thr 
 
 pnn ido tnr \\ hy ranging over the 
 
 sides of lakes and ;l the nunotnn; 
 
 turn, is one of the most striking proofs of the* fidelity of ' 
 mals. When winter ar- labour and slaver', 
 
 support'- * dogs should b i 
 
 or > \ er, remarkably larg < 
 
 much our shepherd 
 
 Every inhabitant possesses at least five of ft - 
 use when they travel : when they go to the 
 for the conveyance of their effects and provis o- 
 persons. These dogs are harnessed to a sledge, two and t \ 
 er, with a single one before as a leader. This honour 
 the most intelligent, or the best trained dog ; and he in 
 wonderfully the terms used by the conductor to direct hi< oour 
 The number of dogs that it is* necessary to harness Depends upon the 
 load; where it is little more than the weight of the person who 
 mounts the sledge, it is considered as a common sledge, and the team 
 
Mode of Hunting, and Method of Calculation. 
 
 coasts of fire dogs. Tbe harness b made of leather. It passe* 
 
 .at is, upon the breast of these steeds, and is joined to 
 ledge by a strap three feet long, in tbe manner of a (race : the 
 dogs are also fastened together by couples passed through 
 lars, and these collars are frequently covered with bear-skin, by way 
 
 m of the sledge w like that of an oblong basket, the t 
 
 . are elevated in a curve. Its length 
 and its breadth scarcely exceeds on* foot. This kind of 
 ^ of the fledge, is of rery thin wood ; 
 ides are of open work, ai> uxi with 
 
 irs. The teat of the charioteer is covered < and 
 
 Mi* t ibO* lk*M ' ' ' .u...t. BDOO foOl K". irtjjCk ai 
 
 fastened to two par 
 
 x< serve as tupports ami skates. The driver has noyWfr in lus 
 
 th for a rudder and a 
 nd of the stick, as 
 r thfi Bftkf* of t tiraur&rinv the doe> bv thft noise wbioii 
 
 ier imprc* MOD upon the ice, and, at the same time, it serves to 
 
 od to hear tbe ro. 
 
 o to the 
 vo die I.--H of the sledge th 
 
 !lace tbe stick be- 
 
 .... ; ... ,.,.:.. i, ,, ITbeo tuv riftcktu 
 pace, and become oarelesa and in 
 
 :..' attken -.-' ". too sddresi 
 
 ec*m*rj lorrf* Breeds rapidlv along : and this it 
 
 ied one of the strongest tests of the skill of the conductor. 
 
 If of Hunting, and Method of < n. 
 
 at address, the postures and mo- 
 .e bear, who miy portiap br cullifl wilh some pro|> 
 iiHt.-r. die manner in 
 i>ed. There are r;* 
 
 times they lav snares for it : under a heav. 
 a scaffolding mfficit 
 
 eagerly advances to devour, and U imtaotly crushed by the falling 
 
 . 
 
 xamuchadales are in possetsion of ret 
 . ery subject their ideas are extrenv 
 t to reckon above t 
 ip tlicm t. 
 
 - begin with their toes and count to t" 
 confounded, and cry mefc A 
 
 ome of u 
 jrard to the changes of 
 
 that we call a Tear 
 - one year and the v 
 
 vein her. They do not 
 lar appell: 
 !ii and months, nor do they know how many days there are in a 
 
'220 Oiinese Empire. 
 
 year. Their epochs are marked by memorable events, as tke arrival 
 of the Russians, &c. 
 
 Religion of the Kamtschadales. 
 
 The Christian religion was introduced into this country by the 
 conquerors, but the inhabitants know little more of it than the cere- 
 mony of baptism. They are ignorant of the very first principles of 
 Christianity. As to their inclinations, they follow the impulse of their 
 passions. Many of them, both men and women, are chamans, or be- 
 lievers in the witchcraft of their pretended sorcerers. They dread 
 the Russian priests, and do all they can to avoid meeting them, which, 
 if they are not able to effect, they act the hypocrite, till they can find 
 a convenient opportunity to make an escape. They pay a secret 
 homage to their god Koutka, and place in him so entire a confidence, 
 that they address their prayers to him, when they are desirous of ob- 
 taining any boon, or of engaging in any enterpfize. When they go 
 to the chace they abstain from washing themselves, and are careful 
 not to make the sign of the cross ; they invoke their Koutka, and the 
 first animal they catch is sacrificed to* him. After this act of devo- 
 tion they conceive that their chace will be successful : on the contra- 
 ry, if they we^-e to cross themselves, they would despair of catching 
 any thing. To the same deity they consecrate their new-born chil- 
 dren, who are destined to become chamans. 
 
 The great veneration of these people for sorcerers can scarcely be 
 conceived; it approaches to in <;HIK\ , 'lyto be pitied; for 
 
 theextravagoi rh these magicians keep 
 
 alive the credulity of their friends, excite the indignation rather thaii 
 the laughter of eye-witnesses. This superstition is confined to but a 
 small part of the Kamtschadales, who do not now profess their art 
 openly, nor give the same splendour they once did to their necro- 
 
 In Kamtschatka, the animals called gluttons employ a singular 
 stratagem for killing: fallow-deer. They climb up a tree, and carry 
 with them a quantity of that species of moss of which the deer 
 very fond. When* a deer approaches near the tree, the glutton 
 throws down the moss ; if he stop to eat the moss, the glutton instant- 
 ly darts down upon his back, and after fixing himself between the 
 horns, tears out his eyes, which torments the animal to such a degree, 
 that, whether to put an end to its pain, or to free itself from the ene- 
 my, it strikes it* head against the trees till it falls down dead. The 
 glutton divides the flesh of the deer into convenient portions, and 
 '.onceals them in the earth to serve for future provisions. 
 
 CHINESE EMPIRE. 
 
 Tonquin is bounded N. by China ; E. by the gulf of Tonquiu ; 
 S. by Cochin-China ; and W. by Laos. 
 
 The Chinese empire is that immense triangular country lying be- 
 tween the Altay mountains on the north, and the Himmaleh moun- 
 tains on the south ; and between Independent Tartary on the west 
 and the Pacific ocean and sea of Japan on the east. It is bounded 
 by Asiatic Russia on the N. and by Hindoostan and Farther India oa 
 'he S. lu extent of territory it is the second, and in population the 
 
' rnmcnt i .:,J 
 
 mpire on the globe. The number of square miles is animated 
 
 - 
 
 proper, T .-a, and sereral 
 
 * i micr tlu> general name of Chinese Tartary. 
 ouoded N. by Chinese Tartar 
 separated by a great 
 
 XX) milt the Yc-Uow set and the Pm< 
 
 >ia tea ; 8. by Farther India ; an 
 
 i-:. \ 
 
 lull. Tl.r -.i-r.i i rigQ4 !; t!nj M' ! .it !..,'".*' sijiim-i- imlr-. 
 
 'I'; . I-} ii!.-.ti..r ; < Kin.ihn >>, ,-.-i ., ... of much ipecubtiMi 
 
 i. h was given bv a manda 
 
 rtncy, a .ita, teems abandoned on all hands 
 
 Geogra|>hert now generally plac< 
 
 amount due* not rouch exceed the propor* 
 
 east of China, tod 
 ^tinrof apem 
 
 the tea of Japan. It may be about 400 miles lour 
 .0 broad. 
 
 T!.- MBM ,: < .. . r T.ir' ir\ i OOOUAOBlv ;;' I tQ .ill t'.ui 
 
 1 
 
 tlirv roi Nian 
 
 .c north, . to east t 
 
 .VAU- 
 
 Mongols and the M 
 clnxw, who art 
 
 O/ 
 
 as existed, if we may believe their own 
 
 ir thousand years, i 
 with" the Dutch, they had never 
 now comprehend how a great na- 
 governed without a king. They hare ap- 
 idoppns*i t theobliga- 
 
 ow cr, is the best 
 
 VM ufronhnninp .ir.c! fSWltshing Ih, .- , . . ; ,.\ , ,-,; . ii. 
 ^n unbounded authontx i .-, , :i t-, ri ,-.-., ,-,,; s\ t 1 I.,UH . 
 
 .-''.. i . .;-.' . . . . '-(.' i . , 
 
 pren. an- 1 
 
 is words sacrecf. He se! : 
 
 time in n 
 " to heaven in behalf ' 
 
 i from t). 
 people - 
 
 i" small oc' his shown 
 
 e is in hi- 
 
 olr st his diaDO*;il. 
 
Government of China* 
 
 1st, All places of honour and profit are in his gift. Honesty, learn- 
 ing, experience, and gravity of behaviour, are said to be the only 
 qualifications to insure success to the candidate for any post or trust 
 of dignity. As the emperor has the sole choice of all officers of state, 
 6 dismisses without ceremony those who are deficient in their duty. 
 2d, He has absolute power over the lives and properties of all hi? 
 subjects. Offenders are arraigned and tried in the different provin- 
 f-cs, but the sentence is always presented to the emperor, who either 
 confirms or rejects it, as he pleases. He can lay what taxes he thinks 
 fit upon his subjects to supply the pressing wants, and relieve the ne- 
 ities of the state. This power is seldom made use of, and there 
 i-j a custom every year of exempting a province, sometimes two or 
 three, from their usual taxes, if they have suffered through sickness 
 ir dearth. 
 
 3d, The right of making peace and war belongs to the emperor : 
 he may make what treaties, and upon what terms he pleases, provided 
 they are not dishonourable to the kingdom. The judgments passed 
 by him are irrevocable, and his sovereign courts and viceroys dare 
 t.se the least dei -tering them : while, on the other hand, 
 
 (he sentences pronounced by their parliaments or other magistrates, 
 
 ( iot obligatory till they are confirmed by the emperor. 
 *lth, Another :i instance belonging to the Chinese gov- 
 
 eminent, is ti.< lii- surer 
 
 which he ma} it from among 
 
 his (i :ts. Ain; I 
 
 <l their family able to support th' osen 
 
 lor ii of mean birth ;;< , hut rnr 
 
 I 
 
 , very common, but \ 
 ill according t ina, never occasions any 
 
 otions or rebellions. 
 5th, The gr; .>e* not put an end to his power over his sub- 
 
 ;i upon the dend, whom he dis^rac; 
 
 bone :;i(i(l either to reward or punish tl 
 
 or their families. He confers upon them, after their 
 uf honour; canonizes them as saints, or, according to their ' 
 
 thorn ten. 
 
 i m of public affairs lias be rial, 
 
 or ( .;>rl;;jbly eminent, he commands the people to ho- 
 
 nour them as god^. Tli rver been looked upon a 
 
 st nnd p 1 ;;f of religion : and there are < 
 
 .es and |Mi' is thought worthy to 
 
 or of heaven. 
 6th, The emperor may change the figure and character of t 
 
 ncters already received, or form new ones. He 
 
 ion or mo-.' 
 
 roduce others which have hitherto been esteeme 
 ! uncouth. 
 
 Notwithstandin . ^limited powers, yet there are thr 
 
 umstances which, if an emperor has any regard to his reput i 
 will prevail with Mm to govern by the rules of strict justice. 
 
 The first of which is, that the old law-givers have always made it 
 a standing maxim that kings are properly the fathers of their people, 
 and hence the title most honourable and esteemed among them is that 
 of ta /ow, or grandfather. Their philosophers constantly maintain 
 that the state is but a large family, and that he who knows how to 0- 
 
K3 
 
 i\g the other. And i 
 
 ' 
 rors have any regar a, tin 
 
 t. \ 
 
 fourtn. court, nut tl. 
 comd. 
 
 infttwltnn of twn k 
 
 
 ;VM speaU 
 
 .its readercd miserable during the remai: 
 
:*24> Of Chinese Marriage*. 
 
 of my life ; for how can I, poor and friendless, oblige so great a man 
 -aa he is to make me restitution ?" " This may not be so difficult as 
 you imagine," said the emperor ; " lead me to the mandarine's house : 
 which being done, and the mandarine convicted of the violence of 
 which he was accused, the emperor condemned him to instant death, 
 and gave to the afflicted father the office of the criminal, at the same 
 time strictly charging him to execute it with equity, lest he also 
 Should be made an example to others. 
 
 In tracing the manners of the (hn little resemblance will 
 
 be found to those of any other nation in the known world ; and what 
 is very remarkable, every custom practised some thousand years ago, 
 js still preserved among them. The caprice of fashion, and the rage 
 fbr novelty, so conspicuous in the manners of many of the polished 
 nations of Ktirope have never affected the Chinese character. 
 
 '" the Chinese. 
 
 The Chinese a v - 11 proportioned limbs, 
 
 round br '-lids, and 
 
 small -link DO 
 
 each lip, and V( m the southern 
 
 jjrovi 'iid more . sc in the northern 
 
 , of the 
 
 Tar loubt 
 
 that tin-v 
 
 . In 
 opinion h- 
 
 fed travHlrr. -fEu- 
 
 rop< com- 
 
 plex: heir noses 
 
 the exact 
 
 urination during 
 
 my people tot! nd north of the 
 
 C:V<|>i;ir, 
 
 i this 
 /rung 
 
 from the -f colour pr j from 
 
 Clin, mate 
 
 from 
 liatu 
 
 AC, decency. 
 the authority of the 
 
 law . f ululterer is 
 
 uhvn -isually in- 
 
 flict- : '.nniJirried woman from the paths of 
 
 recti 
 
 -ried state often without ever having 
 
 seen the woman he esp*- 5 nothing of her but what he 
 
 learns fr. le part of a match-maker. 
 
 But if lu spect to her ; <je or figure, he 
 
 may obtain a The same matrons who negotiate the marr 
 
 riage determine also the sum which the intended husband must pay to 
 the parents of the bride; for, in China, a father gives no dowry to 
 
Chinese Education* _'., 
 
 lighter, but receives a certain sum from bis son-in-law as a pur* 
 
 The parents of the bride fix the day of marriage, always t 
 
 the calendar, for the purpose of selecting one that is 
 favourable to *> important an event. At thr appointed 
 
 *e palankin, and is 
 
 .: torches and flambeaux, even in the muL. 
 the 
 
 t*>ys, march before 
 
 and her family follow behind. The key of the dr.. 
 she it shut up is committed to the care of a trusty senran 
 be delivered to the husband only, wl 
 
 ival of the procession. When it approaches, UH 
 * his hands by means of which at the first fiance he learns 
 
 d seods her btck to her relationi 
 
 spouse, he suddenly shuts the 
 
 house; she is then committed into the bands of the women, who 
 lake of ai. inent,and remain with her the whole 
 
 male part of the quests are treated m like manner by the husband, 
 is part of the ceremony prevail* in all < 
 
 lie women amuse' themselves separately, and the men : 
 ne in another apartment. The pomp increases according t 
 
 '.. :ui.) r.mk <>! the \ artu-. 
 
 nete Wimen. 
 
 unese women seldcii'i .* hich is situated 
 
 the most retired part of the house, an- secluded 
 
 in all society hot that of their domestics. There most b. 
 
 >* woman, and the 
 * separated by a wooden par' 
 v guarded. T 1 
 
 Miay the wi 
 
 own apartment, to which all her at: 
 
 Phe strictness w i used with 
 
 notecases f,, ; in OM processu-n \ ,! h\ !, I'.r.fithembai 
 im.irr i.-.ni M i.-.i'-ri*^, the fesBsii n^totasoft Composed si 
 
 rod to be extreme! 
 
 hi. rr b ii" " iPV % n th( NTOrld n. v ',','. WOOieD liVf in - 
 
 o whose huvi 
 
 
 those r> 
 
 )on, who < vitli a patience and submission 
 
 Education. 
 
 e made acquainted with the names of 
 At eight they are instructed 
 
Chinese Amusements. 
 
 rules of politeness. The calendar becomes their* study at the age of 
 
 nine, ana at ten they are sent to a public school. I card 
 
 reading-, writing- and arithmetic. From thirteen till n 
 
 taught music ; and every thing 1 \vhirh they MIIJT cousin of moral prc- 
 
 Cepts. They are then taught to hand! ! to mount on 
 
 horseback. A' vears of age, t 
 
 they are judged to deserve it; and tlu milled lo wear 
 
 iresses, ornamei furs. 
 
 In ererj are pub- 
 
 lic schools for'the purpose of teaching the sciences, 
 possessed of a certain fortune, provide preceptors for 
 at home, who < to form their minds to \ ,iakc 
 
 
 
 its of mo*!* 
 
 i all sorts < ' 
 
 r reeablc to th 
 
 The handsomest are generally bou 
 mandarines. One who unites beauty 
 
 test Amusements. 
 As the < 
 
 can bestow but a small pon 
 <ts. The sports of the chace are free to eve - 
 na. Whoever wishes to cnj "e, causes a great : 
 
 game to I .t close pa 
 
 toe gfarae whi< -fields. FisLi: 
 
 Cement, as well as n ly 
 
 nets be people empl 
 
 also ' in the same manner as dogs are tan;. 
 
 pursue ga 
 
 ng is practised in boats, nuinbt 
 
 i-rched on 
 ide several turns with i 
 
 
 fish t i be too 1;>.- 
 
 will ( mother by 
 
 the tail, aiul in osport 'it t 
 
 Anotlier method of fishing, wiiich is peculiar 
 they nail. -he edge of a Ion 
 
 aboard of two feet wide, 
 colour of the water at moonlight, 
 
 The fish mistake the plank for the v J\T them- 
 
Drns of thi Chineif. 
 
 nd fall into the boat. The soldiers fish with btnrsanti 
 
 &c. 
 
 >e have a singular method of playing shuttlecock. 8e- 
 :ig men stand in a circle, hut they are not allowed, upon 
 M make ute of the hand or "arm m u 
 
 tuttlecock is throw i irns take a short run. 
 
 mg from the gr 
 
 that they sel* 
 
 mark, and rerv rarely fa 
 
 nation it wholly in. 
 
 people allowed to indulge in any anrnsei: 
 tohsed by law. 
 
 <j of ihr ' 
 
 f a vest, * 
 ceres are rerv wide towards the shouUer, and prow narrower 
 
 wrist, when* 
 l,,,,*i >sho< . oor^ rte| haadft, ai I fart | nod b g f " h- MM !: 
 
 ies wear a largv rirti! 
 ithewai- is suspended a shea 
 
 'icy o*e n ' its. 
 
 iiiii robe thev war draw the season. In MIBI- 
 
 mer they art* n. tosefor winter are satin 1 i"ur. 
 
 r adapted to the season ; 
 wears a - 
 T t<> the bkm. .-ksareal. 
 
 v ear a collar joined i-.ilie, mai. 
 
 That of the mandarines, and people of qua! 
 >out with sable broogl.t 
 ermine. A bore their robe they wear a kind of surtout 
 
 w ha rrirulate.1 e\ 
 
 Clours thnt 
 iperor and princes of the hloo>l 
 
 1 to wear satin of a red ground upon thct n\ 
 
 r common peop 
 
 fh. 
 
 rs made of silk \ 
 
 Id consider it as great an 
 
 boeta, 
 \ to hare been dictated by 
 
 ral curls, u 
 
 'v, and adorned 
 
22$ Of Chinese Employments and Trades. 
 
 pearls, diamonds, and other costly ornaments. We must not omit 
 the custom of confining the women's feet to the size with which they 
 came into the world, and which was once very general in China, but 
 now grown into disuse, except among the most unenlightened of the 
 people. The means made use of for this purpose are as follow : 
 when a female is born, the nurse wraps up its feet, and confines them 
 with a very close bandage ; and this torture must be endured until 
 the foot has ceased to grow. 
 
 White is the colour for mourning among the Chinese. A son has 
 no right to wear it while his father and mother are alive, but he can 
 wear no other for three years after their death ; and even when this 
 mourning is ended, his clothes ever after must be of one colour. The 
 use of silks and furs is forbidden to children hy the law, which has 
 even prescribed the time at ,\ -hirh they may first wear a cap, and the 
 manner in which it must be given them. The master of the ceremo- 
 nies places the. cap upm t'-.f-ir heads, and addresses the M 
 ing words : M < xou now receive the dre 
 
 have attained to maturity, an case to be 
 
 nqunce, ' all childish thoughts an :ne a 
 
 grave and serious behaviour. i y of 
 
 i wisdom, '.* our to merit a long and happ\ 
 
 Of Chinese Employments and Trades. 
 I observed, Fa Xnderson, a great number erf bl- 
 
 own ; nor 
 
 ts of London boast a better supply of flesh * 
 be found at Pekin. My curiosity indu< 
 thei: i ng the shop, I saw, on a stall 
 
 an earthen stove, wi iron placed ml on my - 
 
 a variety of signs to obi: 
 
 stantly oegan to cut off small thin Alices of meat abou; 
 cro\vn-picee, and bnnled as fast as i 
 do/.cn of thc-e S|KT-, u 
 
 and when 1 paid him. \inghim a stringyfl 
 
 Small coin, he pulled ofi' I mt of the 3 
 
 of theso small .-.iin. 1 >aw numbers of people in < rs' shops 
 
 regalinir tin n Delves with beef and mutton in the same- manner. 
 
 isils and ornaments are particularly 
 
 etiv<\ having rows of broad shelves, ranged above each i/ 1 
 in the front of their shops, on which they dispose the most beai 
 ipa iner full of 
 
 trades which are stationary in that jrreat 
 e are main thousands of it- inhabitants, who cry thcirgoflH 
 uboir ..ur metropolis. They generally have a bamtflj 
 
 placed across their - a basket at each end of it. in which 
 
 v fi-h. es:.ar-. vVt . Inhere are also great numbers of haw 
 and pedlar-, who go about with bags strapped on their that i 
 
 am various kinds of stuff goods, the folds of wlu'ch are expo^ 
 view. 
 
 Barbers also are seen running about the streets in great numbers, 
 with instruments for shaving the head and cleansing the ears ; 
 carry with them for this purpose a portable chair, a porta 
 and a small vessel of water ; and whoever wishes to undergo cr 
 of these operations, sits down in the street, while the operator per- 
 forms his office. To distinguish their profession they carry a large 
 pair of steel tweezer, which they open with their fingers, ad the o 
 
.;W of Hand, <-c. 
 
 -c again with some degrtv ''uhi.li produces a 
 
 ^tauce : si: 
 
 must be I 
 
 *% because every man must be shaved on a ( 
 head ossiblc to shave him-- 
 
 are persons engaged in the open streets selling of goods by 
 cr stands on a platform surrounded u 
 is to dipo*eof : he d iniself in a 
 
 bawling manner, apparently to the no small amusement of the audi- 
 
 Of Clnnnt Industry, <tr. 
 
 of this empire are exceedingly barret great 
 
 'hires the inhabitants t even* 
 
 able of b |( will illustrate tin 
 
 renm-.* ,,f thr ruintn . -ind the Spirit <>t i?* m'.uhir.mN. 
 
 Anderson, I discovered several dis- 
 a state <> as to 
 
 \e appeared altogetl 
 
 The peasant 
 iad a rope fixed i\ ' 
 ?nd, on the top ol -ain, and h 
 
 (>'.' w.i* :iflr (< 1ft )i!iii-i ' i'i \ ;i t.. ip\ t nrf t>t tin i rc'( ILMIT \v ; ' i 
 
 few sauare yards of ground ^ 
 fegetables or hi* . 
 
 ^ jK)ts. Near the bottom he had 
 erected a wooden 
 
 Ranted -upported, by this hazardous i; 
 
 ry. a \\ if.- anl -cvT.il : ' ::. 
 
 ing water-fowl us. When 
 
 wades int 
 
 overed with a pot, full of holes, to 
 This pot is M to deceive the game ; 
 
 are not alarmed, but sufl. 
 
 >e legs under the water, and the rest of the fowls 
 main about the pla< till, perhaps, tlic 
 
 linesepost are enclosed in a large 
 cane and locked ; the key is , 
 
 xlvof a soldier, who delivers it to the postman town 
 
 they are going. The basket is then strapped on 
 
 s, and is decorated with a number of bells, whi< h 
 potienof the horse, make a Ion and announr* 
 
 ie approach of the post F> 
 and, as the fleetest horses are selected, and changed at 
 
 uls in China are conducted with extraordinary ex 
 fcdition and safety. 
 
 Of Chinese Sleight of Hand, be. 
 t number of the Tao-see pretend to be : 
 
 seen the person that consult" y ad- 
 
 give a particular account of his * 
 
 , describe th - ,..- JM ,r his },(,n-c. t II him the names of his clul- 
 
 <ve address enough 
 learn by some means beforehand. Some, of these diviners cause 
 
230 
 
 r sect to apprar in tl 
 ir pencil to write by if- 
 
 :.*ked, or 
 
 .1 e of every person oiises appc 
 
 nrfaceof a 
 
 lure, all the revolutions 
 pire. 
 One of these people suspended on a hook an r of round 
 
 on a table; after which the little 
 : nne link of ti rid out at nil it asr. 
 
 .me down again, t l 
 missing^ keys are also n. se juggl 
 
 surprising tricks. 
 
 Sir George St:i -rim us, that their skill in 
 
 cinp exo ? he had seen 
 
 mimperr' ; '!>'!< ; notion, H it appeared, of Che joints of their arms 
 and legs, the Chinese can rive to basins, jugs, glasses, &c. an : 
 rent 
 
 these vessels change their position froi. 
 '.,H!H- (.1 ;('< balancers. He fives the following iiM;m-r . : . 
 
 he was an ss. 
 
 [,,.- , P'.'M'.. r begu h*. x i' ' c large basin in t-\M-\ ;- ii.li 
 
 MtJtfaL wl, ; ; i i- nl\ |.l Cedil On " < U M uifi. tl < u.;i.-n |.:n- 
 
 fln-.vn -ir,>. .r. i. i;.-'.'.v\ t kinp it up itt, discofCred a largi rulj- 
 
 Xhi^ -.as very MI 
 
 the size "iaJ, the short spar* 
 
 (brn hole floor was coTerwi 
 
 rabbit could not escape, tliough it was 
 1 by the spectators. 
 
 Of Chinnt Funeral Rites. 
 
 All people of fashion ' % pro^Hj 
 
 andt- 
 
 a pa >pr-place. The bur> inp-; 
 
 pie are with* being allowed within the w: 
 
 yich v spend a thousand crowns to have a coffin of prt 
 
 wood, carved and ornamented with diff. Mrs. 
 
 i an of fortune dies, the i 
 
 . wash, and per: 
 he used to wear. r i 
 
 r, the wiv< 
 
 passionately bewailing their loss : 
 it into a coffin, covered v 
 larpe room hunp: wilh white, an altar being < 
 die . or statue of the deceased. Tl 
 
 again introduced with wax lights :. se. The sons ol 
 
 ceased, clothed in linen, and girt about the middle with a cor 
 stand on one side of the coffin in a mournful posture, v, 
 ers a r -n Uie other side, behind 
 
 ing their loss priests are the whole time singing raourafi 
 
 song's. 
 
 Those who enter the room salute the coffin in the same manner 
 if the person it contains were still alive. When they > 
 
Chinese Penal Lawi ,' 
 
 into another apartincut, in which 
 
 [rsont wh < neighbourhood go to pay their respec 
 
 leceaaed, but those wbo are indisposed, < 
 
 e, tend a note of excuse. These visits are -a' 
 
 lest son of the deceased; but cu are 
 
 real visits. The custom is, not to be at 
 
 t u firii M ^i! 
 
 :.- n-!.it -n> .ni.l h i. :uis i.: tin- ,!< C:IM- ! ,-, |al NMl Q| A I fa 
 
 orfortuiut; the luneral rites, and few of them fail of attend- 
 
 The procession commences by a troop of men carrying differ- 
 
 icurea made of pasteboard, rep reseating tlares, lions. Ujrcm, 
 
 iilar 
 
 -ittsl in a 
 ranged 
 
 
 
 HIT. 
 
 J quality, and 
 
 rver leave the tomb for one or two months. 
 partmentA which have been j" 
 
 ir grief and so> 
 
 ificcnrc of these funeral cerctnonieH i> 
 i die ti 
 
 a the corpse of the< 
 (re were more than 
 
 il.ir oltirt". .iH-i-iM-.i to tluMii. 
 
 . , '-, i \ . ; . but it v, . f . >-,.., u 
 
 
 B table of v 
 
 \vhich fir* K-s vases, and 
 
 u tliree years, during w) 
 n the u<e of flmh and win 
 (Tcmony, nor 
 
 the Chinese Penal 
 
 ^ are o c -It encapc 
 
 and the chastisement never exceeds i 
 
 irninaJ cases is, perhaps, the most i 
 vrson accusod 
 
i he Chin> 
 
 nals, with the- greate.-t care and attention ; v 
 -h:iracter of the accuser and wins' 
 nains in prison, but Chin' 
 
 ij^eons: they are spacious, and fitted up with a certain de- 
 gree ol t-nce. 
 
 of Chine 
 
 rnt degree.-} of drliii'juency. The slip', 
 onh tising 1 those who have been gi 
 
 ml (he number of blows is estimated acconl 
 
 ( lire of the ofience. The lowest number is t ; e punish- 
 
 as a paternal cor re< 
 
 if to be inflicted upon some of his con 
 i >t prevent them from hri,.- a 
 The baton. <>r // ;,i-/v < . made use of, is a pie< 
 l.very man 
 i, or when he n 
 
 !i some pan-/ *ee, an :..tl 
 
 . 
 
 e draws a- >ag, a sem 
 
 6 hiinsrlf b 
 [69 Of hi- 
 
 *nUn collar is also u 
 n*ces of wood, 
 
 -luMjl-lrrv . 
 
 Mhcr sec () %fl 
 
 iMoilth. ;i:i i < 
 
 ' 
 
 tlie (i 
 
 ii, after he has v blows. 
 
 Oti 
 
 ied to dras: tin- royal barks for a t 
 their eheel^ ^Mth a hot iron. ( 
 
 :uty to tlit .-rnned to r 
 
 of th v lift up their hand against them, or 
 
 e put to d 
 
 Behe '^1 of all j 
 
 hec.t < noblest i^art of IP 
 
 he ex pin-. 
 
 entire state in which it wa- 
 This red :orda uith the respect and ro 
 
 pay to their par 
 
 Of the Religion of the Chinese. 
 The primitive worship of the ancfe' has com 
 
 their dress, im 
 down to the present "timo ^ 
 

 ' Jetans, ml . -, ..: ( . , :r ^ ,:, m . 
 
 Kirks of 
 ie Jews, before Ms< 
 
 
 . 
 i ^ neseset forth tV 
 
 ' reator and Presen 
 
 we speak of < . 
 
 " " 
 
 s no bo-] 
 
 the pt, preont, and fulur* ; and that be 
 er pasM in the recesses of i 
 
 iW " i (H i- n I \ ; i , \v i , . i , i ,. ,,, it w 
 
 ,, reform and 
 
 M pn 
 
 roj-s. i.r al.; mn, - -n |;ji. < J; , . .,-,- 
 
 and avenrinor arm. Unon IAM sami 
 
 at- 
 
 emperors p i 
 
 man 
 
 bb office, and bad 
 
 par -) aadar '.IT. ( . x - 
 
 Being wa al 
 be people by t \ 
 
 wn opM 
 y returned a 
 
 
 loom of the 
 
 t (0 
 
 , and they might 1* multi|)lu*d Almost u 
 -ve that n,r rHigiop of Cl, 
 
 Kl authority, f hnt there is not to bV found a single vestige of 
 y upon their most ancient monuments. 
 
 Of Hiincst TempUs. 
 The principal Chinese temple contained 
 
:Jls, appropriated for 0: i rposcs. They bad 
 
 < .its of any ki; 
 
 place of I :her four corr 
 
 were necessary for the cere: 
 en ,. representing the branches oi 
 
 fence about the tan was made. This fine moss c<> 
 of the n> : whole building was encompas-* 
 
 <<! with water at the time sacrifices \ cd. 
 
 two principal temples, in the const 
 the Chinese h;ive displayed all the elegance of 
 
 >e are dedicated to the I) 
 is adored as the Eternal 
 
 ted and preserves the world. The ceremonies with 
 sacrifices are accompanied are greath 
 
 magnificence wr 
 
 surrounded when he performs thU solemn p.. 
 does . Some t 
 
 his important business, th i ;,ii per- 
 
 assi.^' rives by i 
 
 Oil! 
 
 it ; marriages, funerals, and festivals of 
 
 ' da}* appointed for - 
 ic pomp :i c of power, to whi 
 
 "ponds. All thr vr*s-U are of 
 
 used in m 
 
 arch appears to the last degree humble and dejecte<! 
 
 i.miM'lf ifrrn^ of tht- m>*t ahject sti 
 
 tlllM 
 
 Another religi icrforrocti 
 
 ploughing the earth with hU own hands. By so: is acd 
 
 li:is h'M-u tV.M^.i IIHTI-!\ political, t""" lh- --iki 1 (:' cnr ; ,nr:iTi:ir :^ri- 
 
 Hut in one of the ranooical books it is asserted, th 
 
 The empress and i 
 , ige silk v 
 
 iipcror and princes till the ground, or the empress 
 breeds silk wo Aspect and vencra 1 
 
 they entertain for tlie Spirit who rules the universe. 
 
 ' hintsc Curiosities. 
 
 One of the great . :' the artificial kind that ( 
 
 ford^ '-h maybe reckoned one of t 
 
 mains of auti-jr'f v rr\v in thfl \\ (M 
 
 the ChincftA to nrcvpnt tho incursions of thr> Tart ir^; Thi w^^B 
 
 square towers, w hich, in tlic time of the Chinese monan 
 
 the Tartars subdued the country, used to be guarded by a million of 
 
 soiilier*. Its v >puted to be fin. 
 
 insomoj ".lilt on places which seem al 'ble: 
 
 in oi' 1 os and sandy hollows that appr f ad- 
 
 mit i. i for so weight 
 
 !v and mortar, which, though exposed to the elements for more? 
 than two thousand years, are even DOW almost as firm as ever. Thi? 
 
y, Per tons of the 
 
 adous work, carried over mountain* ai \ the 
 
 ve been compl< 
 
 L deserve a short dcscripttou; one cu. 
 ilkrs, in the proi 
 - 
 
 -led by an everal moun- 
 
 id ail the devious v 
 
 most place*, from the rrcat dentil 
 
 
 her -oftwit 1 1 of twenty iron chains, connecting two mountains 
 
 c art of making paper from straw is 
 
 Straw, and even toe bark of trees, and va- 
 plants and shrubs, are employed in the paper tnauufr 
 .1, where sheets are prepared of such dimensions, that a tingle 
 May be ha the side of a moderate-sized room. Many 
 
 pa prr:il !-. J .\ ur.'N n -. r. \ hf!i i- : -M. IUM! i. tared ii.t"n.-\v iheetij 
 
 < a they separate the old ink 
 
 none seems more su r 
 
 ,- t ; , - , s :,.- i!., . ..- , ::r; - It i- '"'if lin- bewht "I OUT ! T- 
 , \ -TM-. -. r- I.. i- \ \ n \ sM'H.i . i! trunk i bort, t 1 .*- bead r.Mm,! :nnl 
 branches crooked, and the leaves red, and shaped lii 
 
 - enclosed 
 
 .. : , ' , ,..-..,, ui;:-. l.< tn< N. which have all the qualitiei 
 be tallow, and with which the Chinese candles are made. Theae 
 'v be as good as how to p 
 
 I as we do * epared for use 
 
 wicks are little rod* ot wood, covered 
 
 n of a rush, which answers the same purpose as cotton. 
 
 INDIir, .IIY. 
 
 endent Tartary is a part of central Asia, 
 
 ( 'asptan sea, and bounded N. by Russia ; 
 nese empire; and 3. by Cabul and Persia. The area 
 Dsly estimated from 600,000 to 1,000,000 square miles, 
 lombcr of inhabitants is varioii- <-d from f ,000,000 to 
 
 of Tartar- 
 i or Kirgiiises in the north, and the Usbecks in the south. 
 
 Country Persons of the Tartar $. 
 
 ' They spread 
 rain Russia to Kamtskatka. 
 order upon China, the kingdoms of Bo tan and Ava, an 
 
 ;ar, propcT 11 thr 
 
 west, bordering on Russia. See Append 
 
36 ,> s o/ fta Tartar*. 
 
 :ul and Persian emj i r as the Caspian Sea, on thf north 
 
 aud west. They spread along the Wolga, and the v 
 the Caspian, as far as Daghestan ; they have pen 
 coast ot ; e an estn 
 
 Little T ,1 i,, t),- Ukrai 
 
 In *u :<-nt of country there will o, bem 
 
 con t heir persons, an wcl 1 mners and 
 
 V- BufTon has described them p< :is having-. 
 
 in t large wrinkled foreheads, wi 
 
 and very small eyes, sunk dc nr chcrk-U.ncs are 
 
 : flic lower part of t 
 long 
 
 rom each other; the eyebrows aj 
 
 <dies are of a middle M < strong and robwfl 
 
 ! ( ';lini!i 
 
 joat ugly and deformed beings under heaven. 
 are 
 
 lobe seen 
 almucs, the Tartars of Daghotan hoi t rank 
 
 Tartan, or those < 
 > ugly as t MCI, thon- 
 
 her resjM 
 . 
 peoi r approaches t 
 
 characters essential to toed 
 I ^astly , the Mongon . 
 who conquered China, and were the most polished, 4! 
 
 < N are lest disagrees l ke '! tlic ntln-r tribes, they uH 
 
 and a tawny < n. The people of 1 
 
 :' Tartars is mixed on one side with the f 
 
 < r \ritl ii,' c 
 
 Muscovites the Tartarian aspect i^ . and 
 
 ul very much resemblmi'- 
 
 nese have so strong a rcserob! .e Tartars, that it i 
 
 they are not of the same race : the most remarkal 
 es from a iispositHMis, manners 
 
 customs. The Tartars are fierce, warlike, and fond of 
 love fatigue uml indent II!-MC'\ -an* l.urdy and r. 
 r iese are the reverse: t!.. 
 
 In th-. i^real rcs 
 
 to the Tartars. 
 
 ??icr5 and Habits of the Tar' 
 Tn every age the immense plains 01 Tartar oen inhabited 
 
*ic Tartar Habitations, Drets, and 1 l ~:; / 
 
 y wandering tribes of hunters and shepherds, whose indolence re* 
 fuses ti the earth, and whose restless spirit disdains the con- 
 
 t a sedentary i 
 
 . ry age the Tartars have been renowned for thir in\ 
 oottrare and surprising conquests. In general they are a wan 
 i their peregrinations they set out in the sp 
 companies of several thousands, preceded by their flocks ant! 
 When they come to an i 
 
 ti produce. They have 
 
 t-y obtain from their neighbours, the Russians, Persians, or 
 v change ft with this they purchase apparel for 
 
 ave few mechanics, except those who make arms. 
 labour as the greatest slavery mploymen 
 
 ' . : I 1 . ..-. ' itlDf, ftttd ': ' Iffof tfM : I "! -' li It 'l. > 
 
 ; u n), a ;* r .-:. t:.,s uji,!,, i ,. !.. I-,,.M. !i\. 1 plaOOt 
 
 confidtath put Ekfl .- tfi i IK ; ; -- u i : iUi bon< 
 re naturally of an CAST and cheer 
 
 y ran- .iii.l" iiu-Un. .-.!>; uiu! SMSQ BIX i .!. li !,(..! witli 
 '-> u,tr\ : U :.- > ..... &V* it bttpOHthk t" tr.iM Hi 1 1.. : 
 
 nvying them their pnsiosiioi avc travelled 
 
 ay,*' said one of these Tartars to the Baron il but 
 
 ver heibre seear. uiitrv lik. .. 
 is a strong resemblance between the northern an 
 rs and some of the more northerly nations of North Am 
 ularly in their treatment of the ared, and of those who are 
 
 i I ,- liraUi . ,r\ H-.tUr a I.Ut (uf t!:- J..,H-!lt fli . f M.llir riVrr. 
 
 v of proristons, and scl- 
 
 i ;^ him again. On such occasions they suppose 
 
 doing their parents a kindness by sending them to a b< 
 
 ong the southern Tartars, filial affection, and a respr< 
 ry of their deceased parents, have ever been distinguishing 
 
 Of the Tartar Habitation*, Drest, and f 
 he houses of the Tartars are no more than small tents, of :> 
 . I lie palaces of the rich consist of wooden huts of - 
 
 nay be conven 
 t. r, < fu.--:\ ..-- f i oxen. They cover their babi- 
 
 ic parts of which they join so 
 >? blasts of the north wind ; for the snmc purpose t 
 the door of the tents, which is very sma 
 Tbeiocks and herds, aOer grazing all da 
 pastu c approach of night, within the p rote* 
 
 * nting the most mischiev< 
 
 'Is, has p' 
 
 il IS 
 
 irdaries, and paint- 
 
 tbe spring drivea to the plains, where they are 
 
238 Government and L Economy. 
 
 leftatlar^e till the winter. At the approach of thi 
 ;md drive them to their sh< 
 
 re reckoned the most expert at pit. 
 ing i of any people in the world, to \v 
 
 been ace 
 
 nati" .' they hav 
 
 the 
 
 thci' in their more 
 
 by all the objects that are valuab!. 
 they most formidable enemy with u 
 
 Ircss of the Tartars consists o 1 
 
 'o, or soiii 
 
 ri; and sometimes they \v 
 als. 
 
 t),o M grandees are but meanly < 
 
 to, they si! 
 
 women of quality do no' 
 garment is w.i 
 
 nw a nir-ru;it of slu-c])- 
 
 intiinrui \\.u- tl.r\ o -.oadand body \ 
 
 ill hn-ak it 
 , l( .. .,;,,. ,,t ' tl.'i- hr.)!i.-ii pieCMIOtO ttlC irOOIld, \- -im-li i:t.k.- t 1 :..-i! 
 
 T reap, nor make 
 mt bread or any s.-vt of vege; 
 
 icy eat also un 
 
 and cheese, hi 
 
 i verystronj^s! 
 
 >N ) U( The cows, 
 
 l-ikrll frOffl 'i llickl 
 
 .(c^sbity has, perhap- 
 
 use u niilk. 
 
 Go-vt d Doin< 
 
 The Tartars -a a nunib< i 
 
 pneunderaparticulur K!,:tn or leader, all of wb 
 
 > is called the K 
 lane. 
 
 'MMI more than 
 theycommorr 1 Jest person of the 
 
 government, a >< ;> ouncdof < 
 
 i. in which vl the manage 
 
 t practised amon^tl. 
 are their : v have no desire to h 
 
 moui v .-. aiul none except th. 
 
 rtars frequently mak 
 for the purpose of procuring slave 
 ticc prevails so much among the < < Daghestao, and 
 
People of 'flubet. ^ 
 
 :ot meet with grown people, they steal 
 <:annotget others, they sell thi 
 
 as they do tbeir wives, on 
 
 u.il aaoBrsjoaM ui i i .r t nhei, for n >uiiii<r pair to live together 
 r one year; if during that time, the woman has 
 
 i ie is completed ; hi 
 is tire, or agree inother year's tees 
 
 ' & yearjBtWday, and . 
 tores each party to the same aitusjp|pf no alliance had 
 
 r o their fathers, who are considered 
 ir families, is very great; but they pay 1 
 others. They lament a father many days, and during 
 
 all sort of pleasun v ,ng must be spared 
 il honourable, and at least once a year they pay 
 
 tiMlis ;.t his t'i i''. 
 
 i of their domestic economy, we shall quote the 
 
 
 a m*l.-m tr.i\ il,-r. " I iDMtMkOhed, (sav> hr.) ;i 
 sembled round a dead bone, which they had just 
 man about eighteen, who was naked, had the bide 
 A woman, u mod 
 
 . began by cutting the back 
 llowing with her scissan the round of the neck, 
 iM tfsft Semicircle wLi.-h fi.rrnn! thr lltM arid 
 t, which was intended to reach below the knee. 
 same manner with the other parts, till the < 
 
 erved as a m<>< 
 
 . . r stn< hc.l tiir< thi-r, 
 
 than two houn he had a good brown-bay coat, HI 
 tanned by continual wearing." 
 
 THIBET. 
 
 > T is bounded N. by the desert of Cobi .known re 
 
 npnsof Central Asia; E. by China; S. by f; 
 
 ch mountains, which separate Hindoos t; 
 
 ; undent Tartary. J 1S onc of its tri- 
 
 nces, it extends from 26 to 38 K. 
 
 The area has been estimated at 400,000 square miles, 
 number of inhabitants is estimated by Hasscl at 12 or 16 
 
 People of Thibet. 
 
 bet are generally stout, and the women of a r 
 oightened, like the i: ,,f the IUB, 
 
 reezes bestow health and vigour. 
 
 is peculiar to this country, that polygamy assumes a di/T< 
 n that of eastern nations ; the women being 
 
 respect paid to Lama, that his body is preferred after 
 1 bhrme ; while those of the inferior priests are t 
 
240 Jlie Capital. 
 
 their ashes preserved in little hollow ir metal. In 
 
 ;cad bodies are exposed to be; 
 walled areas ; and an annual festival is held, 
 in li t'ne dead. 
 
 on of Thibet differs materially from that of ti 
 The inhabitants assemble in < 
 form thfir religious service, which 
 
 < -horus, accompanied by a.' e band of loud and | 
 
 erful uts. " So that whenever I heard. tvellcT in 
 
 isM|tions, they forcibly recalled t 
 tioo both the solemnity and the sound of the Roman Catholic m 
 
 ait and Manufactures. 
 
 The chief manufactures are shawls, and woollen cloths, but t 1 
 is a general want of industry, and the fine undermost hair of c 
 from which shawls are n; :K sent to < 'a^hnur. The 
 
 principal exports are to Cl of gold-dust, diamofljH 
 
 lamb-skin 
 In tin- ii'f:i|irr:itiirp <>f ti,<> seasons a ronv.t pre- 
 
 ; iral. Thr ked from 
 
 u variable atmosph. 
 
 ding showers. Fn. < -r i^ iho sea- 
 
 son of humidity, u 
 
 which run off with great rapidity, to assist lating Be? 
 
 From ' to M l , a clear and uniform sky succeeds, sc! 
 
 obsc rs orcloc .')>- of this season, n 
 
 me far greati known to pre\ 
 
 Its extreme - more particularly confined to the southern 
 
 . vated range of m 
 les it from Asam, Bootan, and Nipal. Thus the 
 
 np: ruhl, wl.u h. lin- 
 
 \ degrees, rivals that of the Al, 
 
 f ii-'.r !',.:! \ - iX '' ' ' ' . 
 
 ! >>tan, sou' nala range, with all its confused and 
 
 shapeless moun ternal verdure, and 
 
 <TS. The <i<los of the mountains are 
 10 hand of industry, and crowned u 
 
 -i -Proper, on the contrary, exhibits only low and 
 
 id cold clii 
 
 ibitants to seek refuge in sheltered vales and hoi 1 
 or a warmest aspect of the rocks. 
 
 Of the Capital. 
 
 Lassa, the capital, is situated on a spacious plain, bein? hut a small 
 city, ouses, which are of stone, are spacious and lofty. The 
 
 mountain of Putala,on which stands the palace of the Lam:* 
 
 n miles to the east of the city. Lassa is almost in tin 
 bet Among the edifices, the monasteries may first be me 
 one described b^ Mr. Turner is < ntain three or four 
 
 hundred hou>r* inhabited by monks, besides temples, mausolea, and 
 thepalare of the sovereign pontiff. The buildings are all of s* 
 two stories high, with flat roofs, and parapets composed of heath and 
 brushwood. 
 
ge and Literature of the Persians. 
 
 Of (he Language. 
 of Tt ; iat spoken on t ; 
 
 g 1 - il wtl blix/ks of wood, <>;i 
 
 -in tbe fibrous root of a M 
 
 with a steel stylus up" 
 
 v. 
 
 PERSIA. 
 
 Persia w now bounded ^ the Russian provinces i 
 
 iu sea, and Independent Tartar 
 
 3. by the Persian gulf, and W. by T 
 Is from ' l 4& 
 
 The area is < 
 
 The population i* estimated by Hastel at U . nsUts 
 
 tartly of Persians settled in towns and Tillages, and part ' 
 L race of warlike and wandering shepherds, whose i 
 
 I.MM; nf thr TarMr-. 
 
 .era I O. 
 
 ' rstan*, r- r John Malcolm, arc, em: 
 
 iMr 9 a fine race of men ; they are not t is rare to see 
 
 formed, and they are in general strong 
 IPX ions rary from a dark oli 
 
 ok gives t 
 
 1 are of b< s a people they may be praised 
 
 kness of apprehension, their rivacity, and the na' 
 itenes of : \ are sor - and 
 
 h some rrmnrK ,-. as prodirnl of disbursement as 
 
 fijl eairer of gain. The higher classes of Persia 
 
 ^^^BJD hxtalfreot mastets; and the low ranks are, as far as res- 
 active jx- 
 
 ve, the best of servants. The m M 
 il : nor arr th. f that < 
 
 ferue that 
 
 i be no doubt, t 
 
 
 
 irse to art and duplicity. 
 
 I^an^vage at> 
 Hie lanjunge u f i> ti , Kl u t ii(. most rdebrated of all the oriental 
 
 21 
 
Ltress and Food. 
 
 tongues, for strength, beauty, an< 
 iture ap; 
 
 mess or thought ai>< 
 natn it; language- itself h 
 
 of a poll f'iic more a 
 
 riiturr nnh:i|)|)il\ icn-hrd when 'I.' 1 M. !.' 
 .1 the seventh century. < ' 
 
 ! 
 
 1 1 umber of people employed <>: 
 al mos tine red i 
 
 ferine^ in tli.it ICI6n< 
 
 the people are extremely super* t 
 
 I he . 
 
 petual variance with astrology, because every dose t 
 
 fucU\ ! - xed by the astrologers; which 
 the prescription. 
 
 Dress an 
 
 Persians keep . even 
 
 in tu miner, caps faced u . 
 corners at the top, which is 
 
 fer scarlet 
 
 have vests of silk or calico, strip*- 1 
 r;r<l till they are worn out. Over these they have se\ < 
 garments, the weight of which is a gn 
 stead of breeches, they have drawers, woollen stock 
 v use the plaits ofcthe sash as pocket- 
 <!, purse, pens and ink. The dress of 
 
 knees; but 
 the dress to which they are roost n< 
 
 women's dress *<] 
 naive, owing t 
 
 AMIDUL; tliese is a goM plate suspended 
 r.ir ; on tin- |'l..tr i- .-n^ravcd a pr. 
 
 i admirers of thick and dark evehrows i 
 dye then *ey are not so alrea 
 
 feet and hands with orange-coloured pom a: 
 unil 
 
 worn, to \ 
 with the most ex<j> 
 
 imess is pi 
 ^ious doct 
 
 The Persians admit but 1 
 is generally a single c > 
 i >on, on s\v. 
 
 made so t 
 
 obliged to bst 
 
 tiquors ; but thev indulge in opium, and drink a goon 
 
 comp-xoil of ' 
 
 embrace every opportuiiity of invitiii^ strangers to tli'- 
 
ifacture*. 
 
 the anart uce of an 
 
 ill-'. U ! 
 
 
 ill thus sit on hit heels, it most ex tram 
 
 They nevei 
 
 .mt of 7 
 <>unr trees arc, bj main stn- 
 
 > legs arc 
 
 e again and fixrd to the top ol 
 
 o trees together are then cut; at 
 
 . the body of the thief is lorn asun- 
 ided oo each separate tree, 
 the same trav this potn 
 
 :i -! ,iril\ \v!,i- li. in lunnrr turn . v\ .1- 
 
 Produce and .Wanvfactvrct. 
 
 ure in season at Teheran, in the month of 
 
 Ics, near*, oranges, i 
 
 luscious fr 
 
 I 
 
 ,, and beet -root. Hives are kept all 
 
 rver ate, 
 
 cooed better, and tha roon, (\\: 
 
 OTtnge- groves,) is 
 
 >ts two pi: 
 nes good ; but, as tlic-ir mr 
 
 had been < 
 vvards coursed greyhoun< 
 
244 Persian Womtu\ 
 
 this fl( sh as unclean, in opposition to the Turks, who eat 
 
 it \\ i iple." 
 
 k ' I iiic-h the prime ">ne 
 
 win. ulcran, there in 
 
 in t! o." Among the products o! 
 
 h grow wild upon the mmintai: 
 down for sale by the Eelauts, or tv 
 
 us returns. Indigo i 
 of beards, and grows about Sho 
 tan. It is not RO fine as 
 deed, is a great article of the import trade o; 
 leaf only for their beards. There is no cochineal. < 
 the interior consn 
 
 kaduck ; of tins there is an < 
 
 ahan. The great and richest produce is the 
 aoderan. 
 
 rrsiont. 
 
 The Persians are from tl< horses 
 
 manshin, in w ; 
 
 person, \ \ 
 
 Cooping almost to t 
 
 the game is < 
 who strikes t 1 
 TOal. They arc al i^e of the sabre a 
 
 i'enian*r\ 
 this snort they train up \> 
 
 iccess, lions, tigers, and leopards. -ian MB 
 
 Persons of ra 
 
 : ! ttir combat of wild beasts, taken young, an 
 \ip l orsioos of the lower classes < 
 
 on the rope, and the pri 
 are addicted to games oi < 
 h, though contrary to the laws of Mahomet, they indulge to great 
 
 Persian WOK 
 
 The better sort of women are seldom seen. 
 : faces are so rt 
 
 .'"mod, for they go in troops to draw 
 
 
 
 'he young girls 
 
 town. 1 r shoes ; their d res s < 
 
 sers, and the veil * 
 
 -t doleful ; though occa- ' ; 
 
 !e filth of 
 ly brown, but, 'obe 
 
 
 \ducing a dark-blue or black tint. Iii . 
 
Pearl Fish? .( 
 
 \ as the attendants on a 1 
 rssionai Mourners, v. 
 i to tlie deceajwv :>uig up the cries oi 
 
 sian females differs but little from those 
 
 < >* aitd an r 
 [hose ) 
 
 those who ai 
 
 isbamls or masters, in a chun<z 
 ' >e occasions, t ou horse- 
 
 c head ti 
 
 servants, who rive notice of 
 
 ale travelers upon which all maTes turn aside, 
 
 - pass; a breach of this tuUm f red a% a proof 
 
 ons. 
 
 .s in 1 er :* mis on the crow* 
 
 -t mnark;' ! . li H cock crown at a 
 (teem it agtxxlonru*n ; if at a:< 
 
 irablc hours a 
 ling,) at noon, and at ? 
 
 (the ent of the Manomedan religion 
 mi, (who recognises i 
 
 j.re- 
 
 d for, or applied t* 
 
 . 
 
 r y 
 
 bere are perhaps, few places in the world, when 
 
 ibound more t! 
 
 nines 
 
 . has 
 
 ulered a t . . i oys- 
 
 \rahian coast, B . rge 
 
 'ne gulpb. 
 -e particularly mentioned ; 
 
 
 
 lined, in < 
 
 ' 
 
 21* 
 
frfo 
 
 at Muscat. From B 
 ; ; and, as : 
 
 tiuitK on the ~j*>t, and :i icrs prefei 
 
 in sale of their incrchan 
 
 ie pearls may often be bought at a less \ 
 tn j would have been sold for 
 
 i is sent to 
 
 pearl, which it circulated through Bassorah and 
 Bapr* Minor, and thence into the heart of Kurope ; 
 
 trge proportion pro- 
 
 gre^ fantinople, to *i> ^rr^ho. 
 
 pearl <t Ceylon peek osf { ti nn a,-? the rock 
 
 <-\i it grows; and, though it loses i 
 
 ;;illy for about fifty years. il loses less than that 
 
 1 1 ceases after fifty years to lose :\ 
 
 v years ago, the fishery was fanned out by 1 
 - along the co; 
 
 issumed a certain portion of the 1* 
 
 hem a certain sum, for the i 
 At present, howevr 
 
 t>er of boats is carried on entirely by iri' 
 
 < a g^reat age. Their bodies break 
 
 Ddt < ' become weak .in.! blood-chot. 'ri.-\ ran 10- 
 <*; and their divings sue 
 
 T bodies would soon prerefl 
 
 trnoho. 1 > are re&tt 
 
 uid to food compose * 
 
 fifteen fathoms, and 
 tvase ac 
 
 ts demon- 
 i ford Jones saw, was one VI 
 
 .)<!, in tlii- r-M 
 
 .nd in the 
 
 V,homnen ahvnys anp-iir a goodaemson, when then- 
 
 e taught them, 
 mands f>: 
 -t ^> full\ rr<- ' 
 
 lie fishermen are always raised vvi 
 r 
 
 Teheran. 
 
 . 
 
 otween fo" miles, to judpf 
 
 It i . rule round the^v 
 
 hut iron. c % t something for the deviations necessary from the 
 
 There are 
 six gates, inlaid >vitL coloured bricks, and >rith tfgures of tigers and 
 
1 '( c T t cJ 1 1 >. . t i I ' . ., 1 , i . '.. j i ' M : ^ i < 
 
 i ir entrance is lofty and dome.: 
 her along gun, are still r 
 
 ;i struct i. 
 
 S small and insignificant ; and three 
 
 medrtsscf. or colleges. There are said to be one hundred and 
 ndred and fifty Awmmuwu, or baths- 
 vo mmidant . one in the town, 
 
 rounded by a wall and ditch. 
 
 AH MM V 
 
 is bounded N. by the pachalics of Bagdad and Damaacufi 
 
 i Man gulf; S. i .in ocean; 
 
 Is from 12 to and from 
 
 area, according to Arrowsjnitn's .chart, b 
 
 <riW. 
 without government, w 
 
 , and a< 
 
 .., i.tTi-ur. .'11. .-.% ,i"_ r '' mk 'HI? ..nee in twenty-four hounj 
 
 r do they rultr- 
 x and knead with the milk of 
 
 icnts, 
 
 1 e made of goat*' hair, and live with their wire* and ch> 
 
 st of another 
 f ie most < 
 % of a d 
 
 ;oetrate the flesh bv means of a 
 purpose cr be effaced. Some of them 
 
 aint a small flower u; heek, their forehe:i'' 
 
 affron, which makes a fine black c< 
 
 < >f the woi rings of gold and sih t hree inch* 
 
 se : they are 1 
 re spoiled by being continually exposed to the sun ; the young girls 
 
 ire the wandering Arabs, who hav< 
 eing possessed of large flocks of sheep, and herds 
 
 >m one part of the country to another. T' r-r :irt- thepeo- 
 
 ,t-v seldom do him ai . and will even 
 
 their repasts, and are pleased to find him conform 
 
nice. 
 
 me t T tall ilr,. , n ' (M 
 
 ictire. T 
 
 <S large eyes, with a waterv v. 
 >'hin^ about them would pp- 
 \ cro always sli 
 h and str 
 
 ii are taK- ,,. '[- 
 
 carriage . 
 
 wever, be understood w 
 
 in ra^s; a 
 icgradet thoae forms so elegani ; a 
 
 at u distance, au.l oonfiiM yoonelf to thr ^cniT.il appearance. 
 
 Most of the Arabs wear a tunic fastened 
 girdle. Sometimes 
 
 ie antique style; < 
 irhite woo 1 
 
 ntwr it ov 
 armed with ad 
 
 ; avans ; the cu; 
 
 is the guide of the troop. cr, as leader, is ex- 
 
 i >ys Fanoi: 
 
 . 
 
 ! from th 
 
 but oiice, aud ! of barley 
 
 This ririd treat! 
 ' 
 
 is head bowe<l t 
 a little *h;i-i\ an 1 -t 
 
 "' .^Cln;'. ;^ j^j 
 
 and he will paw in the valiov , he will n 
 
Their Marriage*. 
 
 
 icss of his rare, and you reconjof 
 
 e original ui' tin- picture drhiUMUil b\ Ju!>. ' 
 
 Character and Language. 
 
 n, are toe great agents - 
 
 ' Of a o : 
 
 
 
 ings can Arabs 
 
 m that of the European*. The former strive as mm h t. hasteo 
 ** of maturity, as the 1 \rabs arc 
 
 . all their I 
 abia remain among the women till the age of five or six, 
 
 e removed from that scene, they arc accustomed t< 
 
 RM m , .m.! '> p M| u f, ( ,V fefl f,-, ".. r su ' > ' "..-r's rnriij ;i- 
 
 >w*^u^cooditioo to retain a preceptor. Iacon 
 
 . 
 
 - . 
 
 countr 
 
 ' ui : other to r, 
 usy scene. Artifta 
 town, and work at t 
 
 '' '" v ' - : '^ -i r '' n 
 
 1 a rcco 
 
 i i!s of the ea 
 
 boatman, in a] istio 
 
 any, nob 
 
 !: \\ . :, : -.-. 
 v ,! j O f noise T , -. .retool 
 
 1 and his prophet. The 
 trive to master their anger. A 
 
 o tin j..., - ni.-r..:' .1 otv. ,,? a rrn-r- 
 
 ( j, ;i : ;, r ,i ,.,,,, sje Of htf fOOdf, 
 
 . At 
 
 
 n author* 
 'ore the 
 
 . The chief (>oet3 are 
 ' ountry. !" 
 
 Astronomy, philoso] 
 Koran, and 
 
 Form ::, ^ in a dead lanpr 
 
 ins are rare, the clu nc being universal tempc; 
 
 Tlieir Marriages. 
 >iis observances respecting marriage prerail i3 
 
Arabian Mnnnrr of Eating, &c. 
 
 ^ses Rom< i 
 skill 
 
 WIMP trry a poor become a secoi, 
 
 read 
 
 , because i ( 'iog" 
 
 expensive, arc rather profitable 
 
 Their Houses. 
 custom of \ to pass th< 
 
 
 
 Is. "1 
 
 
 
 
 >ul air above Ihe reac 
 
 
 canopy of 
 
 ii. Li . n. v. tic i, in i!i;; r. MI pi- .IMH 
 
 - 
 
 If tlpn 
 
 
 
 floors with straw mats, ar. 
 
 >. The poorspreai 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 plain ^ t ' 
 
 . 
 
 with de< 
 
 >uhr. in r 
 
 leofn '.ink, was whol 
 
 Tered over with mirrors ! the r 
 
 oof, the walls, the doors. 
 
 presented all so 
 
 lasses. The floor was set 
 
 > carpets* Arabi 
 
 ians, whose circumstances do n 
 
 mi! ot nig ftcpar. 
 
 females, are r 
 
 carry a stranp < 
 
 the house, to 
 
 
 i his best friends see not one of^^H 
 
 Sreat oftr: 
 
 halls bavi > coof 
 
 ; ' ; the edges of the basin i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 nortl 
 
 inces of A- 
 
 ' 
 
 *ons o! 
 
 1 
 
 \ 
 
 tto any person's pip< 
 
 r bom they wish to express res}> 
 
 Manner ; and their Dress. 
 
 The Arabians spread a large cloth in tic 
 
 whir >!ea 
 
 ipncr. Upon tins are set (iiiTi-rftit cop- 
 
 -.nd without. They usr 
 . but are \ . 
 
 n largfe wo 
 down and eat, onr 
 
 whol ta ot the pi i. In the hou^c- 
 
 of d; several of these plates are set, one upot n a 
 
 n the master^ 
 i eat up what remains. 1 
 
 stands in the middle of the company, to set down and r; 
 dishe* which are brought in 1 -'-vants. Hardly te set 
 
 down upon the table, when perha or twent\ rt all 
 
ing, he rises wit 
 
 irr of linrn. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 iliitudc of palu> 
 
 
 ,:.!< :in<i \. ; . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 caravans 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 if r. ..* .1 in .Hi .. .!. : 
 
 
 
 
 ween those two 
 
 
 
 
 
 'e of irrandf 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 i 
 
 
 ni* constructed 
 
 MM !'rm lam, ; ai r s. 
 
 
 
 
 
 : -,. . . K , ,- 
 
 
 
 b| fTM-i! not (.iilf o\c-r 
 
 
 
 i.nacfe mort 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 an : :!,'! \ ( 1 (Ins ruv. j- 
 
 
 Tin: KiNCiDoM or M;PAUL. 
 
 1 ut narrow kingdom ocrupving: the northera 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 i^Gang-es. cxlciidf: 
 
 The population iftwtiiuated at 2,OUX),000. 
 
Inhabitants, Manners, &c. 
 
 The kingdom of Nepaul is situated 
 and although between the 26th and 1 J 
 
 >m its great elevation, a temperate climate, and in 
 a fertile soil. 
 
 THE VALLEY OF NKPAI L. 
 
 The valley of Nepaul, says Colonel Kirkputrirk, is nmrl 
 oval figure ; its greatest extent is from north In smith, in which di- 
 rection it may be computed at tw* mile*. It -tretclj 
 from east to west about nine miles, and its circuit is roughly egH 
 mated at from forty to fifty in. 
 
 If is bounded on the north and south In i 
 near the foot of which rise several of those humbler ej 
 ed collincs in Switzerlai. 
 
 Vie City of Khatmandu. 
 
 Khatmandu is at present reckoned the capital of N.'j^ul from bc> 
 .ice of the Pajah. It stands ) c ffl 
 
 .:r whicli i' 
 
 quarter of a mile, its figure L 
 
 by two slight bridges, throwi ; t; o 
 
 nort '>o^l 
 
 nbM 
 
 iff the side < 1 
 
 a short way t>- ' ^**H 
 
 Kani-p<kh'r.i. T'i \ :,[>;. \r 1> ditlc r imt!iii^ in their lV_ri5r-<- nr ron- 
 
 i in o8H 
 
 parts of India, and are prin< . r ad 
 
 size, some of - oodl 
 
 on a 
 
 ping roofs, are spl< f . and produce a very j 
 
 agreeable eff< 
 
 The houses art^ 1 nr po- 
 
 war sed woo<l< 
 
 ved work, and of a t 
 
 i\\o r^vj's of the roof. Thrr are two, three, and four &tori 
 
 '^fiirnn : ^ ra- 
 
 tico. Th< itreeta are i ow, and nearly ab filthy a^ liiose 
 
 of Benares. 
 
 
 % Manners, &C. 
 Adverting- to the vt 
 sball see no great room for if 
 bio: the Jy arc of B 
 
 of t* 
 
 aud perhaps two or three others, little better than so i 
 Oils rnvitie*. i >r Turrvani. CTOIK 
 
 would seem to be but indifferently peopled, the villages Uirougl 
 
Religion and G'overnwett/. 2uO 
 
 ottered, and in most pla- 
 
 mm. that we 
 the materials we pos- 
 lis for judging of 
 
 SET'ie. .trui '(Ki:>liMT u- nnl\ tn -tale it |.M>. r l\ -.a about I. -ill' ;t mil!, >i\ 
 
 classes of 
 
 various subdivisions,) 
 
 f Newars, of Dheuwars, ot lihootias. and of Bhanras. 
 
 f these who compose the arm? of the state, and engross 
 
 roimsruuu>l\ throughout the ooui;tr\ : t 1 .- N ( wan are oooliiMd sK 
 lost to the valley of Nepaul, the Dheowir 
 and ftshers of the westen 
 
 M.lcilmthelte- 
 
 ral casts or orders, most of whom 
 ancien >, from a primi- 
 
 ipoot prin- 
 .^. m all periods, to 
 f its population, we an 
 oc rrs and customs be* 
 
 or OM|% :rr so 
 . 
 
 They are in general of a middling size, with broad shoulders and 
 
 tests, very btout Iflnfo round an.l rather lint t.u-r>. sur..ll eve-, low 
 *d somewhat spreading noses, and, finally, open and cheerful coun- 
 -nances. M lt wnrnrn \v , MW, e^ptnullv at Kh^on-. h;K< 
 
 Temarkahie tl)rjl tint about tli<- rln-i-U, : tor ti.r inosi purl, how, - , 
 
 > iiat of the men, is somewhat between a sallow 
 or colour; the ordinary cast of their features corres 
 t of the males, notwithstanding which, there are said 
 |any handsome women amongst them. ! it progeny 
 
 nnot inter* 
 
 almost be taken for Malays. It is remarkable enough 
 :ir women -e among; the Nairs, may, in fact, 
 
 lease, being at liberty to ci 
 tern continually on the slightest pretences. 
 
 
 Religion and government. 
 
 ward to the popular religion of Nepaul, in general, *< 
 Rers nothing from i sm established in 1>. 
 
 partsof India, excepting so far as the secluded nat 
 may have conduced to preserve it in a state of super . 
 
254 Commerce, Manufactures, fa. 
 
 thodoxy and purity, it would be altogether superfluous to enter into 
 any detail concerning- it; but there are a great variety of temples in 
 the valley of Nepaul of some splendour, and the religious festivals are 
 very numerous. 
 
 The genius of a government unacquainted alike with the posture 
 and implied restraints imposed by a precise, not to say immutable law 
 or constitution, and taking its colour, for the most part, from tin 
 racter and temporary views of the ruling individual, must nece^ 
 be of too fugitive a nature to admit of any delineation equally ; 
 cable to all periods and circi: . Of this kind i* the 
 
 eminent not only of Nepaul, but perhaps of all t! 
 
 rmally, and in a great degree, o^-ntiallv de-, 
 its debpoh FT. is, oil the one hand, modified 
 meliorated by certain observances enjoined by immemorabie u 
 and not to be <-d with impunity even b 
 
 prince; while, on the other, it is controlled by i 
 enjoyed, and o I, In the ai 
 
 mentioned under the appellation ol'innrpnr-. !' 
 lhiit.it iri ihly be dt/i, .er the b(..: 
 
 den 
 
 Ts also ob\ 
 the I 
 
 > liable to i.ttiuns. ' 
 
 deduce thc3 pei 
 
 Behadnr Shah, du- 
 
 been tolerably agreeable, yn it ions of expediency ' 
 
 Compelled him to concili 1 leagues by compliances whir 
 
 nergy of the 6oorU 
 mere shadow of what it was under th< 
 
 The Nepm ; 
 
 parrel led out i " s the proportion of <>duce ree 
 
 into the in - ndii is by no means considerabl 
 
 wever, for believing that the . nue real- 
 
 1:1 nt never exceed^ thirty lacks of nij>r< 
 
 x ports and imports, on th- 
 ,ts (which appear to be a monopoly) on s 
 iron-mines, ai tax. It is to be ooserved ti. 
 
 hrc ,1 frnin Tibet, in the w 
 
 can mint at Khatmandu, no silrer oulli 
 
 pass into 1 Im io ,-iii. In exchange for bullion, the me: 
 
 Nepaul ruj>oes, the <rov eminent i! rofit of tv 
 
 from the transaction ; four per cent, being charged on account of 
 
 cinage, and ei^ht arisini: from the alloy of tlie rupee. 
 
 Commerce, Manufactures, fa. 
 
 The trade of Nepaul is by no means so ,uent 
 
 ly so beneficial to its government and inhabitants, as it might soon be. 
 under proper regulations. Some of the restraints by which it was 
 formerly shackled, have, it is true, been removed by the treaty * 
 ihe Company in 1792; but it still languishes under several impolitic 
 restrictions. The duties on the exports and imports of Nepaul, as 
 far as relates to the British trade, are regulated by the treaty referred 
 to above. The case, however, is unfortunately different with re.. 
 to the commerce carried on directly between the Tibetians and Ne- 
 paulians, the imports for which are ordinarily very enormous, and ai 
 
imes arbitrary. Its chief articles of export arc elephants and 
 .lot, wax, honey, oranges, and a gn 
 
 ith respect to the state of arts and manufactures in Nepaul, m- 
 Ite aitto tMect doabttosal j -. itwiii waroerj > m*1m 
 
 1 shmiM MI\ rn'Ji h. Ti r N : \\;ir-, iHftO an almost th* Bjolt :<r(i 
 
 .1- | n-.'.r to hr .tr.jir.untrtl u :'!,. anl exercise IDOSl "I the i,.nu!i 
 tions of ' 
 
 ( aarse kind, partly for ho 
 
 er of Noakote, or of the Mnddaise, by which last name 
 
 mmrnonU (iistin? m >l' the (\)inpn\'- territoriej Tl..-\ w..rk 
 
 and are partit 
 
 markable that they never use a tow, divt- 
 (xxl oTwhatever size by a clustel or mallet. They ex- 
 
 ,vard some of their braxen utensils ; ana 
 swords, daggi si by no means contemptible. 1 1 . \ 
 
 !. and amop4 the bells they construct for 
 
 iderahle st/.e ; one at Bhatgong, in particular, hemp 
 ike from the bark of the Sci 
 i from rice, ani 
 
 . 
 
 Astronomy ami j'ldn i ,1 sj|sjoMSJJ :!;'' <T> r 
 .m well wurv 
 
 ik ani.mtj thrin. !>,;, :i -Jr..!.-.-! !-a-ht .. t. n.pt- It > I'!' 1 '', tin" 
 
 horacooe and ephemeris determined, in rno^ 
 
 rsally directed by their soolh-sayer*. pr; 
 
 o is no place in India, where a search after an- 
 
 inscrit inanus* 
 
 e more successful than m 
 
 itgong. In support 
 
 says, be was informed of a single private library n 
 ing upwards of fifteen thousand volumes. 
 
 Besides the Sanscrit, which appears to be considerably cultivated 
 by the Brahmins of Nepaul, the principal vernacular language! of 
 
 theNewar, the Dhenwa. 
 thr Kurrautc, thr HOWOM or llyoo, tin- l.jni.M,:i. and the Bho- 
 
 ct is evidently a * 
 
 agreeing very closely with the various idioms of Behr 
 but it is by no meant so clear, that the Newar is a branch al the 
 
Climate and Face of the Country. 
 
 same <=tem, though it is certain that it contains several words of San* 
 acrit orijr 
 
 /mate, and Face of the Country. 
 
 The northernmost parts of I^epaul scare her parallel 
 
 of latitude than twentv-seven decrees and a half: 
 
 pects, the climate of some of the southern c< 
 c. Thr tops of the surround u 
 led v. for several days together during 
 
 sometimes falls in the valley below ; a hoar 
 ?nonly covers the ground ; by 
 
 <>r four months, severe enough 
 
 'oe indebted for its favourable < 
 
 < paul aho\< (t * *i 
 
 >n of the barometer, can 
 four i 
 
 torn rising once, during our st 
 
 If LTfT-. 
 
 In ,!(< 
 
 to pass, ai 
 
 nor . meroufl p-' 
 
 rivoii 
 
 rt residence in which w< 
 
 answer every purpose 
 , too, if v 
 
 records of Hindoo 
 
 ' 
 
 : 
 
 uries, win 
 
 ing Cashmere ; nor is there a ,11ns- 
 
 
 
 bed of a large 
 
 . and the soil consisting, to a < of a 
 
 iv fat earth, manifestly the product of deposited mud, art particu- 
 tances of the most demonstrative kind. 
 
 ars are thought to be of Tibetan origin, consequently 
 heir language is radically diMinct from the Sanscrit, however much 
 been modified bv it. P. 
 

 Although \ - ffold mines, yet it doubtlessly con- 
 
 perhaps 
 russed by that of 
 some are said to be rich, and of an l. There are also 
 
 'end, hut the natives have not the skill necessary to red 
 re to a metallic state. There is said to be a very considerable 
 mass of rock crystal near Goorkha, and lime stone as well as slat.-, 
 t y where. There are, however, n< 
 
 t* mud, \\ 
 retend, answers in their hu mid - otter than mor 
 
 ul are universal k, because the use 
 
 though every where prv i an easy < 
 
 . 
 
 cs or of water tramp- ^withstanding 
 
 of stores adapted to 
 
 I jasper, the sight of a stone 
 <al. 
 
 .1 from the 
 
 nderstood 
 .ill who receive any de! 
 
 r , do not s< supe- 
 
 f ' ' 
 
 f watering at the pure, wholesome brooks \v 
 
 ill be readily con iro- 
 
 ering siirul>s, must necessaril 
 
 ''irse, wax is ar 
 'iiedicinal plant-* and dyeinir drurs are > 
 
 rp 1^1 I I 
 
 . n. ; 
 
 CAUBUL.* 
 
 . 
 
 .iloo Coosli 
 in, from which it i*, separated b us; 9. 
 
 -, though situated on thr 
 the greatest en 
 
 unknown in Kurooe. A jealousy between ti 
 gov the late wars, to em 
 
 nrpose of securing the political ml' the sovereign 
 
 >ive em- 
 .'S from England was the Honourable I\l iijf. 
 
Tfie Shekhawuttee country. 
 
 by Beloochistan ; and W. by Persia. Besides the country included 
 within these boundaries, the province of Balk in Tartars . C'a-hmere 
 
 -everal other countries on the east of the Indus, and a p. 
 ticlunchistan are in a greater or less degree dependent on the king of 
 Cahul. In its greatest extent the kingdom stretches from 24 to 37 Q 
 to 77 E. Ion. and contains according to Hassel 
 more than 800,000 square miles* 
 
 \\ r. set off from Canon our informant (the Hon. Monnt- 
 
 < me.) on the "2 1st of October, 1808, and in t 
 of tin: inarrh we quitted the dependencies of our own governin 
 - riteml tlir.lMnct o e (so called from a | 
 
 Kaujpoots who inhabit it,) the country becoming moro 
 more desert as we advanced. 
 
 The ShekhawutUe country. 
 
 seems to lose its title to 1 -i in 
 
 be two hundred and c ; 
 
 I5:ih:nvulpoor, and even ot ' 
 csisabsolt -nts, watr 
 
 1 red and eighty miles, was over hills and 
 
 loose and heavy sar \-. ere exact 1\ -like iho-r whirh arp 
 
 - formed by the wind on the sea - exceeding 
 
 i ii was from two. ircd feeCw 
 
 positions, and to alter their B!I 
 \ are affected by the wind ; :-. 
 
 age of many parts of tl to be rendered dangerou 
 
 la of moving sands; but, when I saw tl.- 
 mod to have a rreat degree of perm 
 of grass, besides Pboke, and the thorny bushes of the 
 ii altogetlicr gave them an ai 
 
 Among tl 
 one occasionally meets with a village, if such a name can he 
 
 o, in 1808, went on a splendid mission 
 
 < d the ca; 
 .i*\vork. d ;il and en 1 
 
 'ferredto* - ^unprcof 
 
 ill abridgement nor- 
 
 Froin t) 
 
 Besides t: 
 
 
 
 _rhaunistaun, 
 
 The Paunjaub, 
 Candihaur, 
 
 . 
 which orecedca 
 
 Ii< , follows, h 
 
 performed ^n 1808. 
 
The Kingdom of Caubtit. 
 
 it to a few round huts of straw, with low walls and conical roofs, 
 like littlr irrounded by hedges of thorny 
 
 < in the sand, \\hich, as urll as the houses, are so 
 
 village would he reduced t 
 ashe rable abodes are surrounded by a 
 
 li depend for lie rains and dews, and which 
 
 .rest kind of pulse, and of Bajra, or Ho! 
 ; this last, though it flourishes in the most sterile count 
 Ik several feet from its nei^hl.. 
 I red feet deep, and one was three hun- 
 
 only 
 
 is always brackish, unwholesome. 
 
 ed 9 
 reservoirs lined wit 
 
 its arrival. These wells arc 
 os have a way of covering them 
 sand, that effectually conceals them it 
 midst of so arid a countr 'Ion, tlir 
 
 rider 
 rowing from a 
 
 rt. They are sown, and ; but 
 
 bout to all appearance as if they grew wild. 
 mon inhabitants are Jauts. Tli 
 
 Rat: ots. The former arc 1 ck, and ill-look 
 
 ng appearances of , 
 
 i lolent, and almost con- 
 locks and camels, which last are K- 
 is, and are used to < 
 ^h. Of the wild axumals, (he deterl rvestoben 
 
 
 
 vherc the grou; ugh to admit of it. 
 
 1 a seriou --e to a horseman, v 
 
 :i more than Uie heavy sand. It i* more 
 
 .is tail, and is often seen sitting* uprujftt^ 
 sscd like a kangaroo. 1 
 >s, and uses all its feet. It is not peculiar t. 
 ing found in most sandy places on i 
 
 ! in some j the goorkhur. 53, so 
 
 ted in the book of Job. Ti is sometimes f- 
 
 e, luit oftener in herds. It resembles a mule rather than an 
 but is of the colour of the latter. It is remarkable for i' 
 for its speed ; at a kind of shuffling trot pecn 
 n will leave the fleetest horses behind. The 
 
 !iey are less than our fox, but somewhat larger 
 tnon one of India ; their backs are of the same brown i 
 
 the latter, but in one part of the desert, th< 
 to ascertain height, are black, and in aootln 
 
 ose colours and the brov ; 
 one kind seems as if it had been wading up to tlu : 
 
 other in whitewash. 
 
 We marched in the night, as we had d 
 khawuttec ; we generally began to load 
 moon, but it was long before we were able to proceed ' aii : 
 
Tht Kingdom of Caubul 
 
 head of our line never reached t! ing- ground till twelve or 
 
 one. On many occasions we wen < T ; and once or twice it 
 
 was broad day bef" ived at our stage. I 
 
 The longest was twenty-six miles, nnd the -horl- 
 est fn no propor- 
 
 tion i line, %\hcn i -est order, wa< 
 
 tlj },\ will' 
 
 It was too narrow to allow ot ruing 
 
 1 1 an animal stepped to one side, it sunk in the sand as 
 t the least obstruction towards the head 
 
 id the bead mo\ rear was detained, 
 
 lest t 1 'ing separated from the griidr 
 
 san.l lulls. To prevent this, a signal was. Jnst 
 by beat of drum, when at > stance oc< 
 
 ,o rear ; ai ot, sounded from time to time at H 
 
 JM . Ui i-t i-d of the direction in which the column was 
 
 ceding. The heavy sand made marching so fatiguing 
 w camels : .ntr> Sepoys, ' 
 
 might ride by we had betides cajawas (or 
 
 large pannier 
 
 march was greatly increased by the inert 
 small burs, which stuck to cv< 
 
 sioned great uneasiness. They are however useful, inasmuch as they 
 form a favourite food for horses, and the see<i 
 The want of water, and the quality of that which we 
 also a great hardship to our men and followers; an 
 i dance of watei 
 
 no, bad water, and the excessive use of wa- 
 i a great proper > v es who a 
 
 kon- 
 <TS, were ' the course <i 
 
 lies, :!H.l 
 
 owerful so ea; 
 
 t sulfer any seriou- 
 
 lids were the^^H 
 
 Bikanftr. 
 Oi i November, in the midst of a t ract o; 
 
 covered the walls and to 
 
 presented the appearance of a great and inagnifin 
 of a wilderness. Even after we reached our ground there won 
 
 was most ext 
 
 ion. The : 
 
 toiii. round to\ 
 
 crowi }'juth-m( mtained - 
 
 bouses, and some t. b had a lo!; 
 
 cornt j'.rt. It wa.^ di 
 
 whiteaesa of all and by the absence of trees, which 
 
The Kingdom of Caubul. 
 iOsi Indian towns the appearance of woods, rathe i 
 
 Kates, most of it was (bond to he composed of huts, with mud 
 ited red. 
 eat part 01 e was taken up with the Raja's visit, and 
 
 f,M-.,.,M ?.x DM oil n sreopsted mm,,! bj DM si own, * t* ). .-Mt-iuioii 
 
 the skirts of the can 1! ' 
 
 was preosjg kg i jrnat """' dtoUafa, bearing slender lilver ma- 
 
 :.l followed by a numerous retinue. He sat down on a n 
 I irone composed of cushions,) under a canopy, or rather 
 md laced with gold, and sup- 
 U be had sent . 
 MM* \\ , , , ,,- v ariesjfl -uhi. ti far M hour. Ainu,,., ottsv 
 
 e age of the King, the < 
 tie politic* of the nation. He showed :> 
 
 mission was not owing to our wars with that nation. Presents were 
 re him and his courtiers, according to the Indian cus- 
 . he withdrew. 
 
 v but one, liar ing been inritc 
 
 It wast 
 
 wersand 
 
 :iboutaq *qware, surrounded 
 
 nth aw.- 't high, and a good 
 
 >us old building-, in v, 
 
 urt surround ei 
 
 ii canopy. The court was d. 
 
 (wtanees, and marked by th. 
 i and hiii ' 
 
 : t . ' v ' : '. . i '^ ' i' 
 
 i renr nr.i 
 
 vralU wer. 
 
 mted in rood taste ; ' 
 
 When we were seat< 
 
 dancing women entered, and danced and sung ti 
 
 Baha&vl Kh 
 Before dark, we met a party 
 
 Is, belonging to Bahawiil Khaun, the 
 of ( 'aubul's eastern provinces. There were two r 
 id each had a long and glittering matchlock. They ad 
 
77*6 Kingdom of Caubul. 
 
 saluted in three or four very good lines. Their camels seemed a^ 
 manageable as horses, and their appearance was altogether novel 
 and striking. He brought us one hundred camels, carrying four 
 hundred skins of water from Moujghur. He had also foiir brazen 
 jars of water from the Hyphasis, which was intended for our own 
 drinking, and was sealed up with the Khaun's signet. We soon after 
 encamped in the midst of the desert, about twenty-six miles from 
 Pooggul. We enjoyed the water of the H;. \>- 
 were ail delighted with the new people we were getting among, and 
 the new scenes we were approaching. 
 
 On the 22d we made a march of thirty miles to Moujgur ; the 
 heat of the afternoon was intense, while we halted, as usual, in the 
 naked plain, to give our people some water, and to tak- resh- 
 
 intrit ourselves. In the course of the day sever 
 water came to us from Moujgur, v <\\ -nl Kh:-. 
 
 principal officers to receive us. 
 
 On the 26th we marched at day-light, and pa^~ w and bare 
 
 lulls of loose UiUoms of hard clay, till. 
 
 twelve miles we perceiv e-1 something stretched acros> 
 which soon an. be trees. We pa-t for a miifl and B half 
 
 under the walls of Bahawulppre, which, as welt 
 r< i wdcd with spectators, who. in th( ir turn, afforded no m 
 ing spectacle to us. A striking difference was observ 
 them and the people on the east of the den 
 were strong, dark, harsh featured; had their hair an.' 
 \vore caps often* ; titan ' and spoke a languu 
 
 intelligible to lostanny attendants. The be 
 
 thr dress, and affected the manners of Persia. Ait -ig a 
 
 small canal, and passing through some fields, we oods, and 
 
 at length reached the banks of the Hyphasis. I wa 
 pointed in the breadth <>i r, as well as with the appearai 
 
 its shores; but it was impossible to look without interest on a stream 
 winch had horn. 
 
 On the i hut one, liahawul Khaun arrived, having come 
 
 forty miles on purpose to shew attention to tin 
 his whole conduct, from the time we approa* 
 a spirit of kindness and hospitals 
 nor did it cea-e when w. 
 
 passed the Indus, he continued to send usintei!' "1 to take 
 
 every opportunity of shewing us attention. In our fir-t ini 
 with him, we began to determine the presents to be m ting 
 
 to have a long struggle against his rapacity, as is usual, on such oc- 
 casions, in most parts of India ; but we soon found uehad to en- 
 counter a difficulty of another kind. Bahawul Khaun would take 
 nothing without a negotiation ; while he was anxious to shew 
 own liberality to an extent which we were unwillin*|fradmii. 
 
 On the day of his arrival, he sent eighty sheep, one hundred maunds 
 gf flour, ancl other articles of the same kind. Next day, he sent 
 one hundred pots of sweet-meats, a vast number of baskets of 
 anges, ten bags of almonds and raisins, and five bags, each contain- 
 ing 1000 rupees (equal to 1201.) to be given to the servants. 1 
 a little embarrassed by this last piece of hospitality ; but was obliged 
 to submit, on condition that the Khaun's servants should accept a 
 similar donation from me. 
 
 On the 29th, Mr. Strachey and Capt. Raper paid a visit to the 
 Khaun, and returned charmed with the polite and cordial reception 
 
The Kingdom of Caubul. 
 
 them. Among other conversation, he pr 
 
 said be had never seen 
 f Caubul, and was be*ides a dweller of t 
 
 praised the King of 
 l le feared the 
 
 snows of Caubul, and was be*ides a dweller of the desert, and un- 
 IIT to appear before so mat a monarch.' 1 On the 1st of Decem- 
 
 ber became to .;.> tent II.- was :i j.hnn, .,H-II, plaint man. about 
 
 <** or fifty years of age: he had on a 
 
 .. hich was a wide mantle of very rich and beau* 
 ^old brocade : on bis head was a cap of brocade, and over 
 
 ik.-n ttrbaa,] twi-lni I.HIM-U. .\U>til s, v ,,f his jttt.-nd. 
 
 conversation turned on India and England, and lasted till the 
 
 ued his visit. The streets were crowded to aa 
 degree, jtnd thejerraced tops of the booses were covered 
 
 spectators. They left the part of the street through which we 
 pas* quite clear ; and except now and then an exclamation 
 c, when we came in i.: 
 
 Khaun received as in a handsome room with attic windows, 
 
 neat and orderly company were seated on a Persian 
 
 )Mit I !c convened frrJ> un all subjects: said be had nerer i 
 
 please God he never would ; he could I 
 m deer, and had no desire to fellow court*. He shew- 
 <> a curious clock, made by one of his own people. The works 
 seemed very good. The bell was below the work*, and the whole 
 was in a case of gold, with very thick crystal sides. He also shewed 
 
 ii- lock, made at Bahawulpoor. He rave me two 
 hawks, some grey-hounds, two horses (one with gold, and the other 
 enamaUed trapping*,) a very beautiful match-lock, richly enam- 
 elled, with a powder flask in the English model, and some trays of 
 
 e marched. Bahawul Khaun sent out a tent into the 
 e had a parting meeting 
 r. He introduced the mechanic 
 clock, and presented me to several persons, who, he 
 
 neigbboyrhooH of ours, where w< 
 [ last bagnge was crosaanr the m 
 
 ema(or Mahomedan school dm nes.) Afterwards he 
 irpet at some distance from the tents with Mi 
 
 v on all subjects, giving me all the ad - 
 
 uul information in his power. He ended, by saying, that, as he 
 was the first subject of Khorassum, with whom we had 
 we would preserve the remembrance of him after we had extended 
 our acquaintance. We took leave of him with great regr- t. H- 
 bad been liberal and kind to us during our stay, w 
 
 remony ; and he bad an appearance of sincerity in every thing 
 he said, which made his shew of friendship the more agre< 
 
 un. 
 
 Toe city of Moultaun stands about four miles from the left bank of 
 henaub, or Acesincs. It is above four miles and a ha! 
 terenoe. It is surrounded wn wall, between forty and 
 
 foot high, with towers at regular distances. It has also 
 on a rising ground, and several fine tombs, part 
 
 las ornamented with painted and glazr 
 
 altogether, give it a magnificent appearance. These tombs are sdbsi 
 11 ar'freat distance all round the town. Moultaun is famou 
 :k-i, and fora sort of car 
 country immec v was very 
 
The Kingdom of Caubul. 
 
 vated, and well watered from wells. The people were like those at 
 Bahawulpoor, except that there were more men who looked like Per- 
 sians mixed with them ; these, however, were individuals, and chiefly 
 horsemen. 
 
 The mission remained for nineteen days in the neighbourhood of 
 'Moultaun, and, as most of the party were out almost r . from 
 
 seven or eight to three or four, shooting-, limiting', or hawking, we 
 had good opportunities of observing the country. Th 
 and the soil excellent, but a large proportion of the villages were in 
 i u ins, and there were other signs iroing 
 
 to decay. About one-half was still cultivated, ami abun 
 tered by PCI-MMD wheels: the produce was win. ti, milk-;, cotton, 
 nips, carrots, and indigo. The trees were 
 with here and there a p . The ui 
 
 thick copse- wood < 
 witli - about tv, , 
 
 the river, it v. 
 and there a date tree. i 
 The 
 
 were slig. n the 
 
 the days were rather wa 
 
 The In.i 
 
 We were anxiou^ and hap;.\ as we approached the river, and , 
 oot a little pr; 
 The Indus, besides its great name, an > the, 
 
 (red a nob 
 
 .ind lulls which formed the back ground of 
 
 were, however, :i i ;ng to an 
 
 iilan-' red the eflV< i There 
 
 'I K.' river; but near the side 
 
 where w<- BtOO pid. 
 
 While on the banks of tbe ri\ conversa- 
 
 , and that of th< . -ned with gn ity. The 
 
 plains on the opposite si mid were inhabited by Beloc 
 
 and the mountain*- b -:ui turbnlmt tribe. 
 
 On t lie other tide of the range were tribes and i 
 
 ::'vrr heard tlie names; while those we haa leai t our 
 
 to our informant v. All we could learn ' 
 
 that be\oiul the lulls was something wild, strange, and new, which 
 we mig'nt hope one ii ' re. 
 
 From Oodoo which we first saw the Indus, to the 
 
 ferry of Kaheeree, where we crossed it, is about nies. 
 
 It i> a narrow tract, contested betv \er and t If, 
 
 in hunting, we were led many miles to the west of the e got 
 
 into branches of the :ck- 
 
 ets of tamarisk or of reccU : and. if we went as f the 
 
 :ippeai\\iu:e of >-.tnd. '..'i.l even in some places of sand h. 
 ed us of tlie neighbourhood of the desert. Many pa; 
 were cultivated, with great pain* ami method, and produced good 
 crops of wheat, barlev, turnips and cotton. The fields we; 
 enclosed, eitlier with \iedges of dry thorn, with hurdles of willow, or 
 with fences made of stiff mats of reeds, supported by stakes. The 
 houses were often built of the same material. We were struck v 
 the neatness of the farm-yards, >0 unlike those of ! 
 were regularly enclosed ; had gates of three or four bars : and con- 
 

 Ions; hilK &c. It was also new to us to 
 to see oxen fed 
 Extracted ou r a ' ' 
 
 
 :ral Tr 
 
 of wandering shepherds encamps 
 in where we v 
 
 the desert 
 
 in -(,<< ! l; >;:* " lOT tn \ ':!::":'! >! i | ! i r! . \\r\\ in;- ;i 
 
 iiels was 
 
 <d the white caanl 
 
 . we were <kk 
 
 ; 
 y were most like thoaeof the 1 
 
 ' 
 
 wn pc 
 now, and all those 
 
 .', ;,-. v. r U' -!T..iniiHl I/N | .r 
 
 >, I particularly WM 
 were HPf^ 
 < ' <niDr man 
 , haa o\.- 
 of an Irtsli hay-maker. They had 
 
 , , ,!j M| 0| ' .-1 \\ I iV rntt.-ti '1'>J 
 
 WO* UM MOT 
 
 lotnpt at a regular cooverhation 
 
 h, where we left the plain, well deserve* a mi 
 , here compressed by mountain* in 
 
266 The Kingdom of CauLul. 
 
 channel, only three hundred and fifty yards broad. The momv 
 on each side have an abrupt descent into the river, arid a road i- cm 
 :tlonr tin ii ba-c, for upwards of two miles. It had been widened for 
 us, but was still so narrow, and the rock < . that no 
 
 camel wilh a bulky load could pass ; to ob\ ;;ce, 
 
 twenty-eight bo 
 
 up the river. The first part of thi .:ig by the 
 
 town of Calla-baugh, which is buih in a sin mer upon the 
 
 face of the hill, every st ir, and I ima- 
 
 gine --iMe by means of the flat roofs of the houses below 
 
 it. As we passed beneath, w i winnows ;.nd 
 
 great height crowded with ir< 1 children, 
 
 was cut out of solid si<!t, at the foot of cliffs of !; 
 places more than one hundred feet high 
 hard, clc.ir, and almo-i ; lire. It v, 
 some part !. I 
 
 with 
 a cru>t of the rno-t bn!' 
 
 Wai I blcnvl ]-r 
 
 bean of the sal! 
 
 and clear stream throi: 
 town, pre^cr'e 1 BU< 
 
 n\v valley, and ii I 
 
 lion, oil!,* 
 satisfy us with 
 
 i swept in to the In<i 
 
 Though 1 do not intend to touch on will ehiei- 
 
 nner 
 
 in \\hich -urt. Th< news of its arrival 
 
 readied the Kinjr, while on 
 was at in 
 
 of C'aubul had always been tlie re-> 
 To him, Tippoo Sultaun, Vi 
 who had a quarrel either ur 
 
 tlie habit of iddressinr their complaints, and, in ! 
 himself a Maratta, had ^-nt an emha- 
 
 us. Runjeet Sin: ii, or as he calls himself, the Kinjr of the 
 
 Funjtiub. took a crn at alarm at the opening- of a communication be- 
 tween two powers whom he looked on as hi* natural enemies, and did 
 all he could to coin 
 
 pur designs. The Haukims of T.eia. of IVIoiiltaun. a?; ench 
 
 imagining that tlie embassy could have no other object but to pv< 
 the cession of his particular province,) did what they could to thwart 
 its success; and, at the same time, the Dooraunee Lords were a 
 to an alliance, which inisrht strengthen the King-, to the detriment of 
 the aristocracy ; and the King 1 himself thought it very natural that 
 we should profit by the internal dissentions of a neighbouring- king- 
 dom, and endeavour to annex it to our empire. The i A re- 
 ports he received of the splendour of the embassy, ai. nrnp- 
 tuous presents by which it was accompanied, seem more than any 
 thing to have determined the Kiog to admit the mission, and to give 
 
. 
 
 x 
 
 the "M^pM*y of th 
 
 -. A* a 
 
 k sklo of the road were 
 
 ople, am) c to %cc tin pas. The 
 
 reaped a* we approached but we v 
 
 meet 
 
 , . , , ! t . i:., -, v | r->P : . . . :il,.l '1 1 Ihl If U Ipl W ,L"Ml lh(' 
 
 ! thr town, the roads were so narrow 
 rogresa became very slow, and we -r the re- 
 
 'tsiveof v 
 
 . . .., ii,: ..' . M wiD 10 : ' .' ' POP ' . ' bq -fir 
 
 f anv dutinct obt*r \\ we 
 
 nfC on. Hero we were 
 
 i v of tweetmeati 
 
 tisisted of sairared almonds, and 
 
 r, our conductor! observed that we required rest, and 
 
 nwr w-i.1 rompovrd rif the di*hea 
 i war<1 we had 
 
 f a month, to disjx-nse \- 
 
 , whirh t and 
 
 lie rangi of tb^ 
 
 
Peshawer. 
 
 dian Caucasus on tlie north, and the Peak of SufTaidcoh on the BO 
 west, are the most conspicuous. The northern ivided by 
 
 three branches of the Caubul river, wl , e the 
 
 plain. It is also watered by the rivulets of Hurra and LSudina, which 
 flow from the mountains to the river of Cauhul. 
 
 When we entered Pcshawr-r. In March, the upper parts of the 
 mountains around were covered with snow, while tlie plain was cloth- 
 ed with the richest verdure, and tlie climate t of 
 the trees were then bare, but enough were in hnc*,s and 
 variety to the prospect ; Ml, the numer- 
 ous gardens and scattered tree liirh 
 had a freshness and brilliancy < -n in the 
 India. Many streams r 
 fringed with 'willows and tan 
 the country, c< 
 
 tlian I ever before witnessed ; and 
 
 but in England. T 
 
 >f the sai ' nant 
 
 rilit 
 hlv < ' 
 
 two 
 rees 
 on tl 
 groupes of dates, th- ! 
 
 roves composed of r 
 
 ;iids on an 
 
 upwards of five mile* i >um' ; and contains about 100,000 inf. 
 
 built of brick mibiimt,; in u lies : 
 
 (hey arc COmOQ 
 
 arrow, as i. 
 where n.i 
 
 ment slop 
 
 Dt Two or three h: 
 
 cut ; and 
 
 mulberry trees. Ti .' which, li 
 
 fOTi '-n'e in tin- 
 There are main !nr|iie-- in t'.e town; but none of them, or of 
 
 r public buildin 
 the fine (^ravanser:. 
 hill, north of t'n 
 
 romantic prosj/ect, and is adorned witi, 
 cious gardens ; but, as it is only the occasional residence of 
 it is now much north it presents a commanding 
 
 aspect; but, a view of it from the side nearest the town 
 strong signs of weakness and decay. Some of the palaces of the 
 great are splendid, but few of the n e houses 1 
 
 The inhabitants of Peshawer are of Indian oricrin, but speak P : 
 too as well as TTindee. There are. I many other inhabitant 
 
 all nations; and the concourse is increased, durii 
 to Peshawer. We had many opportunities of observing- this assemblage 
 
on and AMHKftt 
 
 uiu: 
 
 totet out. A htt 
 
 few appeared swtM 
 
 > be M 
 
 iltrmfton b 
 
 , who wall 
 
 .trccu wei 
 
 i 
 
 rides ; and its cflec 
 
 
 Eind bir il- 
 
 i .i' H.,., | . 1 : .. . f , .,-,.. s 
 
 may bo mppoftcd, t! 
 
 mod repose o Uca;> 
 
 -i.l, all I t- >; *i- il" IT -n 
 
 which it 
 
 l,r M-'its 
 
 be prcscot kingdom of Caubul extends from the wet 
 
 i 
 
The Punjavb. 
 
 in longitude 62, to the eastern boundary of * ude 
 
 77" i.Ast, an.i from tiie mouth of the Indus in latitu . Kus 
 
 in latitude 37" north. 
 
 The whole space included between those lines of latitude and : 
 gitude, does not belong to the king of Caubul, and it will 
 appear, that of those which may be considered as annexed to his 
 crown, many owe him but a nominal ol> 
 
 This kingdom is bounded on the east by Hindostan, in which it 
 however comprehends Cashmeer. and the count i >ank 
 
 of the Indus. On the south it ma\ 
 
 sain gulf ; and on the w< the 
 
 frontiers. Its northern Inn, 
 
 > rn Caucasus, v. 
 part of the boundary there formi-d bv i 
 
 According to tin nds 
 
 Afghaunistaun and 
 Balk, with To 
 
 dy, and ( a portion of L: reat- 
 
 er part of 
 I The u ;. 
 million^. Thi 
 
 n .f 
 
 ite of pop*' 
 
 ( 
 ' 
 to ti: uile. 
 
 to <-oii!nl' 
 
 Afrliauiis, 
 
 Beloches, - - - UOOQ, 
 
 Tartars of all ..-._! 
 
 Pel -.)... l,. r )Un,000 
 
 Indians (Cashmeerees, Juts, ^c.) - - - 5,7<K,000 
 300, 
 
 The Siks. 
 We now, says Mr. El ie, saw a gtx>d ^< whom 
 
 TVC t\'i:rl ,li^p.' 
 
 tali and tl ir. They wore little clo I 
 
 (heir leirs, half their thici-h-, and i^i-ru railv i ; and bodir- 
 
 D large sc 
 
 i ; h-r. Their turban! i rather flattcn- 
 
 i roi\t. Their beards, and hair on 
 ver touched by scissors. They generally carry i 
 the better sort generally bows; an 1 m-ver pny a i >ut a fine 
 
 one in their hand, and an nnbroi lered rjuivi-r by their nde. They 
 fk Punjaubee, and somet; ipt Jlindostaunee, but I seldom 
 
 stood them without an interpreter. 
 
 The Punjaub. 
 
 The fertility of the Punjaub appears to have been too much extoll- 
 oJ by geographers : except near rivers, no part of it will bear a com- 
 parison with the British provinces in Hindoo-tan, and ^till less with 
 Bengal, which it has been thought to resemble. In tho part I passed 
 through, the soil was generally sandy, and by no means rich : the 
 
;...; vsj | ,t 1 t.. In- ' lUl t. liu) ..it i.:iM.rr t,. ! 
 :it of the 1 
 
 
 
 
 of ahMiltmar, tiie tpicndw maasotftum 
 
 
 : ". :u. - - 1- -J. JT - t-i - l ^ r.i i; I. 
 
 vo hundred roilc. 
 
 ...i 
 
 7n^ 
 n desert, which bat .ile* bro: 
 
 greater part, if not the 
 
 >e coV of it oo the north it mod 
 
 ibe AceMnet. On the emit, it run* gp 
 *\ pmrt of India ; and on the south, it is separated 
 from the ea by part of the country of Cutcb, 
 
 Vie Indus. 
 
 e Indus, from the length of its course, and the rolnmc of water 
 he ocean, roust be reckoned amonjr the Bnl rivors 
 
 i*s head to the tea cannot he e\ 
 
 h mm rtmioed, bol it bai been tr.io-.l for ; ;.n miles, :u ; ! IhmiSMft- 
 on to suppose that its w! 
 
 I 
 is not yet exactly ascertaiued. The stream is traced with cert 
 
*72 (icncral Aspect of Caubul. 
 
 only to the neighbourhood of Draus, a town in Little Tibet, v. 
 Lieutenant Macartney places in longitude 7o 4u', and latitmh 
 55'. The main stream comes to this point from the north of east, but 
 its course higher up is unknown. At the point abo\ just 
 
 mentioned, the main stream is .met by a smaller branch which 
 been traced from Rodauk in Tibet, a distance of two hundred and 
 fifty mih es near Laduuk, the capital of Little Tibet, from 
 
 which it is called the river of I/.uiauk. 
 
 )uch, it receives the Pun j mid, a river formed by the junc- 
 tion of those of the Punjaub, which, though a great body of water, 
 
 inferior to 
 
 runs south-west into Sind. 
 mouths into the Gulf or' 
 the mountains, it frequently ' 
 
 it iiiunda- 
 many miles on 
 
 It of Caubul. 
 
 The lion, though *o < ..und in such 
 
 uuin 
 
 
 lion 
 
 VII id 
 
 Afgh:HimM;,n:t. V. 
 common rvrry u ' 
 during the wr, 
 (jm-ntlv d 
 
 nvrr hunt in ; 
 and both 
 
 nij' 
 
 IJrars an .-umon in nil the woody n- 
 
 dom quit their hau. 
 torn;'!- them into the . .. The\ 
 
 which i- the hlaek bear of India. te, or 
 
 rather of a yellow colour. 
 
 General Aspect of Cmtbul. 
 
 If a man could b- vuin Rng!: iun coun- 
 
 !i the dominions of Turk [a, or 
 
 i at the wi-le arid i: 
 
 and t'no mount.iin-j, covered with ^Mvi;rii:il sn >w. K-en in the rulti- 
 v;it .1 j'.art of theooc B would discover a wild assemblage of 
 
 hills -ind wastes, unmarked by en' -,>t embellished by t 
 
 and lestitute of navigable canals, public roads, and all the 
 
 ir.ite productions of human industry and refinement, i 
 fr> ' the towns few, and far distant from each other ; and he would 
 look iu vain for inns or other conveniences, which a travel 
 nu t \vith in the wildest parts of Great Britain. Yet, 
 some;; les be delighted with the fei nopulousncs of par: 
 
 lai plains and valleys, where he would seethe productions of Europe, 
 mingle ; in profusion with those of the to/rid zone ; and the land, la- 
 boured with an industry and a judgment no where surpassed. He 
 
Education of Children. 
 
 < ed roofs ami niiul- 
 
 i\ i! 
 
 
 
 !-gust, ihf its of 
 
 a India would Tien <ore 
 
 lea, <>r in 
 
 
 
 i where th> 
 
 ippears to 
 
 'ie easeaif 
 
 to rci " . lf> 
 
 werr >u to all Asiatics. 
 
 people to 
 
 .ild scarcely <lcny them a portion of hi - 
 
 ition of Children. 
 
 iH-il (ill it 
 arsol! letters, aii ' 
 
274 Society of the Afghan 
 
 ; which points out the beauty of c- u 
 
 y of each of (S,: 
 This takes from fuur m 
 
 . . -\fu-r : 
 ie books ID 
 
 A r.t !>o) f s who arc to be broup*. 
 
 time to this last M 
 ram 
 
 :o riot mix \vi 
 
 laoe fam 
 
 II, but fTK: 
 
 
 men of all professi 
 
 1 
 
 hill IVsii:. 
 
 om Pesh: 
 
 ri'|i!- i 
 
 M) \\-v\\ k: 
 
 -.ill nl 
 
 arc op|X)^i 
 
 els ;i 
 
 irf Soonnees. r l 
 
 ;u't of the ' 
 an infidol than :\ flui.!- 
 
 if their ha:. 
 of a relipfion n 
 all a 
 
 meritorious to make war on nnbcl; rt them tc 
 
 Mussulman faiih, or impose tribute on t 
 
 Society ns. 
 
 Tl\evarea( j ch 
 
 arc p:ivcn on r?'. 
 
 five or six to dim* \- -il a 
 
 sheep. The guests are recc; remouies I have de^cri- 
 
Candahar. '2", . 
 
 and when all have :\ 
 
 Bd in it 9 is said 
 
 -<ine places, thev drink 
 
 . 
 
 \ 
 
 A 1 ! 
 
 
 :' 
 
 home bom. 
 
 'mam an 
 s n a iro< 
 
 ther slaves are p;- 
 
 ly ainong* the D(K> 
 
 quired to 
 
 >k &A 
 
 
 
 r naine TI Mowed to 
 
 lake them presents, 
 
 ^ 
 
 ?' and pojnilou'i. Hormt ami Canda- 
 Dooraanec 
 
 s which rr . Th an- 
 >aid to haye been founded by Lohraap, a Par* 
 
ndahar. 
 
 sianking who flourished in times of very remote antiquity,;, 
 whom also the founding- of Jloraut is attributed. I 1 
 nfhcr^, with far greater probability, to have hem bin 
 
 ih-.Li is, by Alexander the C.i . iditions of 
 
 the Persians here agree with the conjectures of European geogra- 
 phers who fix on this site for one of the Jexandria. 
 
 The form of Candahar is an oblong squ uilt at 
 
 once, on a fixed plan, it has tho advantage of 
 long and broad (>a/;ir> meet in (he middle of the town, and at 
 :ifir junrli'm there is a eirruh. 
 
 in dimlneter, covered wit uhieh all ; lead. 
 
 place is called i 
 
 may be considered as the pu: 'hat proc- 
 lamations are made of ermu; \posed to 
 
 rd IP i IVrsia HP 
 
 Ti / a rs are each about fifty yards 1 
 
 Of V}|f)j,>. 
 
 only 
 one story 
 
 re gates issuing ii 
 
 h^ trance is described as not rein 
 
 tarn 
 
 t}\ -.tcii ; i.ul 
 
 ever 
 
 o large canals ' 
 
 ,d in ^OIIK All the 
 
 othr;- stn-rts run from thr lour great ba/ars. T 1 - 
 are all - t-a<h otht-r n* 
 
 Tlu^ tu n i - di\ uli-d iiiTu in;n\ M<>1. 
 
 .hr-i and nalions whirh 
 inh. 
 
 f them are large and 
 
 . 
 
 On the whole. Cm to most of 
 
 in \ 1' for the 
 
 most part of brick, often \\ ith no other cement tlr.m mud. The I 
 doo^. as usual, have ihr best houses of i 
 ndhorc to their ou>tom v 
 
 Cnndahar ar<^ rer] crowded from noon till rvt-nii . 
 (us trades that have been described at Peshawer, 
 there, except that of \\ iu r-sellers, wl. 
 there are tiore, furnisln 
 
 fitted to handles of wood or horn, for people to drav R ilh. 
 
 Ballad-singers and story-tellers are also numerous in the bazars, and 
 all articles from the west are iu much greater plenty and perfection 
 than at Peshawer. 
 
 Shawls of Cashmeer. 
 The following is an extract from a report drawn up by Mr. Stra- 
 

 one shawl, provided it be a remarkably 
 other shops make six or eight in the c( 
 
 ids, not so much as 
 >u one day, by three peopl* 
 
 - : .' 
 
 are made in separ 
 
 pOllOfl 
 
 
 
 two IUM,I- .tl-i'i'' ;iri' "!! l>\ t ',j. :!!! .1 Ion.- n.<! r.-'. 1 . hilt ii< 
 
 ead workman, 
 
 : are 
 > one 
 
 xU in a s 
 
 1 ircad u I.P 
 
 .irds coloured, and t 
 Nouses, hn. 
 
 ty of the goods 
 
 e each shawl b stamped, and he pays 
 f which is sen ! 
 
 1 1). The duty i 
 ice. 
 . i washed, and fi 
 
 ished shawl Ifmritsirt- 
 
 icer. Of those sen 
 
 h the sljawls are made, is import* 
 
 Latac? P. 
 24 
 
r/8 Beloochi? 
 
 the best. Its price, in Cashmeer, is from ten to twentj rupees for a 
 turrnk, (nhich is supposed to be about twelve pounds :] {}: 
 dearest. 
 
 BELOOCHISTAV 
 
 V. by Cat 
 !he Indian ocean; and \\ . by i 
 
 i her of the inhabitants is estimated X). 
 
 .in. 
 
 Its < 
 
 (if the t> 
 
 cannot easily be define N 
 nill power, the whole km^l 
 governed by a complete despotism, because no < 
 abrogate any of his orders and laws ; 
 
 supreme 
 
 v ilege* wi wn tribe v 
 
 bore the appearance of a military 
 
 I lelooches, who form 
 
 people whose origin is so < 
 
 1T- 
 
 nr the one or the oil 
 vided into two (Treat classes, knou 
 :HU{ Brahooe, and these two are again sir 
 mm bes, who take their names from the : 
 
 stances* 
 
 Manner t. 
 
 The b< ofDclooc)ie is pi 
 
 <-t; and wl.. 
 
 it, they will fail in i 
 
 .is witb al i< 
 rather to result from a confidence placed en 
 
 ordered to perform, and a wish to uphol 
 of their fc n that of t! 
 
 than troi!' ings of do M! respect 
 
 towards the lattor ; for I obst ' in mam 
 
 der their immt 
 amenable to their a \iilu Tit \." In their domestic habits 
 
Btlf> 
 
 <;hedans," orti 
 
 i/. (Tainm 
 a Toon 
 
 i one 
 
 txl by a titular pre- 
 the word K 
 &c. tc. 
 
 ,n , : When a visi- 
 
 ; lie door of the 
 
 peart, and he ami the stranger baring embraced, and 
 
 ap- 
 
 !*r gives t press to i 
 
 c reception i> 
 
 itc usual < fcnnt; hr 
 
 . - 11,11 OMMMf faf I" kinil -i! i ' 'M ; i'- :".! i '. u !T llii- iir.illh nl 
 
 wers who are prwi -is if to ap- 
 
 l assent to being- in ood health ; 
 
 iking an equal 
 
 oUowerx, an l<>cheea are 
 
 one Ghedan to 
 .ind gambling ; many of them are addn 
 
 heard of a single instance of habitual ebriety, 
 
 peoie* of the vice of 
 
 >vn anion Tlieir various 
 
 , dates, cheese, sweet and 
 
 at when< 
 
 aid the leaves and - > they 
 
 in butter, raw or clarified. 
 
 es to one or two wives, a lv de- 
 
 fends or I saw (sn 
 
 on, who had seven or eigh' 
 
 mees, had just espoused 
 uer treat tl 
 
 ans allov. 
 
 OS. 
 
 >< hes keep great numbers of slaves of both sex. 
 ipaos,* whom 
 
 r to see. 
 ook upon themselves as the most unfortunate beings in 
 
 * Predatory incursions. 
 
Binnan Kinpire. 
 
 to say tlie truth, the treatmn 
 har.^1 iscouraging descript i arc blindfolded and 
 
 inn! in lhat manner transported, to pr< 
 t y of their knowing how to return : 
 
 beards, are also shaved off, and the roots by a 
 
 prej> -piK klirne, to deter them frori: 
 
 i tly get reconciled to their fat- 
 its. 
 
 AND COUNTRIES OF INDIA, ACCORl 
 
 ITS. 
 
 Tin: imoiAN 
 
 ;< . 
 
 N. by Aso 
 
 i e bay of Bengal :m <\ Hmdoostan. 
 at 17,000,000. 
 
 racter, Manners, <V -f of PC.. 
 
 These states, taken together, are now d 
 
 from tlu KM iniihs, a wan 
 
 running hiis been fl':- some-_J 
 
 .:ti-d under on- 
 
 :itry. 
 to differ bin 
 
 ofore bror i into one :P 
 
 ..-ularlv <l^cn: imera of 1 
 
 those instances of which we a 
 The inhabitants differ nut in complexion from those of < 
 
 little brov, 
 
 1 of large flat foreheads ; and to render them so, 
 pl-.iu-ofli foreheads of their children as sou 
 
 . The people of this country being j>< 
 | go toanot those wh< 
 
 r chie/ly b_, ce food b\ 
 
 .11 it may feed, if neces^ 
 h he worshipped dn 
 twelve camels, horses ai: 
 
 need of them in another >vorld. The woman hi 
 principal officers of the royal household, poison tt 
 may have the elory of being interred with him, and ot 
 the next world. 
 The general disposition of the Birmans is strikingly contrasted wm 
 

 281 
 
 a narrow 
 
 irat- 
 
 -. Tbcy do lit- 
 
 1 ialr 
 U.M.IH to complain of tlw i 
 
 .. -i- . . . . . M. ; ' it ri--i i\ed ii "' ' ! i'i^l ^ '" ; 't iritb !'i;i! <>\ 
 
 
 
 
 
 irocif (i till Coin 
 
 
 
 .intakes of ai 
 
 Vjpicsch nen or iJk ; thcr make t 
 
 : of !H-d in their clothinfi:. Their ol! 
 
Manners of the Siamese. 
 
 . and oils of dif! 
 
 Buffaloes, sheep and oxen 
 
 are in 
 are large a 
 ubound in Pegu. 
 
 ! "the peninsula of Malacc 
 Birman en 
 
 H)0,000. 
 are esteemed an ingenious people : 
 
 . bly chaste and tempera reckon 
 
 >\vards inferiors, and obse 
 
 <>rm of salutation is t 'h hands to the he: 
 
 but to a person of very sup* 
 
 The pen i 
 
 t o any other, because the I 
 
 almost wit 
 
 tt season, being c: 
 sof boats. . 
 
 jects the i 
 ters of state an 
 
 I icy never apeak t< 
 
 is words as om t ders are instantly execut 
 
 n he goes abroad, all are obliged to keep within doors. 
 
 Manners of < se. 
 
 ro bare-headed 
 
 
 
 ruishod fr 
 wearing acinnamc i cloak, an 
 
 v new and * 
 
 
 P r,,v. 
 
 I 
 
 as tin- 
 
 ly proj 
 
 to wn 
 
 _ 
 
 jads. The" s 
 
 vorthy t 
 
 a: their i ' 
 where tlu 
 
 have < ed n* 
 
 but a^ ilu-y inu<t not 
 
 accommodated 
 
 The moral din "' n s are 
 
 :--aK commit any \mrlen: tronp li(r 
 
 The first of these injunctions is understood in a latitude s 
 
 tarn 
 
 \ nn 
 . Sit 
 
 M. at 
 
 i ; le. 
 
 i- for 
 
 sea* 
 
 ; >. 
 
 ality. 
 
 
Lavs of the Sia n * j 3 ; ; 
 
 eed of vegetables. They eat, howevi T 
 means to evade the prec 
 ie themselves ti 
 
 tin:: -i w * ( L \ 
 
 
 
 
 its. The n 
 
 traditii'iis < in < 
 
 ii s <>| . i,.i i4 i . 1 1, 1 f \. . :M ;. -..-; :, i; t |.!..\ < ,i m u .i Ix 1. 1 iii 
 
 riests arc not allowed to he present at ; -ions ; 
 
 r sil- 
 
 *cn, and from hemp 
 < iikrle. Amidst ail fekm of te>. 
 
 to salute any but a brother taJftf 
 
 Siamese language there are ' 
 
 is a considerable 
 
 i vrv arc no inflections of verbs and n< 
 < mote from those of Europe, any translation bec< 
 irords are mostly i < 
 
 nese. The Siamese arc not deficient in lit r >OT- 
 
 i years old are placed in convents, where tliey are fen 
 
 v are also instructa! 
 
 r y are to be met with, and there is an 
 v, tales ; and my tliologic fables, COQM 
 Dents of Siamese literal u 
 
 Lavs of ./-if. 
 
 o kws of ion to parents and governors is strict-* 
 
 i, and pa: r aged. 
 
 \ as 
 
 /.ed parts of the globe ; any person who has 
 
 n-. No mas) 
 
 ies themselves, no such proft*ssion as 
 
 mined bv the same 
 
 f ommanded to walk 
 
 be who escapr v onira) unhurt n 
 
 ' ir ' iv fiy i. 
 
 i verdict is : tic person who 
 
 
 
 ich of the parties a ptlL 
 

 Cochin-China. 
 
 and 
 
 the t< 
 off li 
 
 ii to a tiger, w I.. 
 superior p-< 
 
 * .: criminals are no 1 
 
 tries thrown to an and 
 
 
 has i ;:roat ; an. 
 
 are ripped 
 bodies are fast* 
 posed to Li' 
 
 ;ii. 
 
 i of rank or fortune dies at 
 ted in a wood' 
 
 iiunn- n\ er it. \ 
 
 us 
 <xhihitit>ii>. The toml 
 
 i large and ! \ . \i 
 oor are bu i 
 
 
 COCHIN-CHINA, 
 
 Cambodia ; and W. by Laos. 1 
 
 c coast, 
 kincr of ( 
 
 ,000,0( 
 
 
 Inexamii 
 
 r cliinn 
 
 aro of a ini. 
 
 
 MCM., I 
 
 other Iii'.liaiiw. 'I 
 
 lips well ; 
 
 use every art i 
 
 Simplicity in their mann 
 
 ion, an^ remarkably kind to foreigner 
 people at large, and exhibit the strictest integrity m the a: 
 
 TheCochi 
 
Character, <<. of the Tonqvincsc. 
 , which is done witl 
 
 iie performance . y. The in 
 
 :-e ; but agriculture mod manufactures arc in a fiV 
 amour them. 
 iigar cane is the most i 
 are a peculiar and very excellent method oi ., sugar, 
 
 hir\-N un.l \n-zj i- p.rr M,.( knmui in ( :i-< m:i all haTO a&V 
 
 feipeafttj of liring. 1? - . .tnarj t>r IUM lit -rs t,. L .-,, mi,, :u ,^ 
 
 reah themscirea without i 
 feUow-cr. 
 
 they TO. A foreigner would bo ad- 
 i the tame terms, a 
 
 * people teem to have been 
 
 iftsetaes all those ad- 
 inta^es of trade which are em- 
 liekmrs of Cochin and Tonqwn are, however, subject 
 
 i is Pagan, the sane as thai professed in China. 
 re a g-r national religion, an 
 
 'ell as some which are used by < 
 
 K. by the gulf of TV 
 
 , 4'C. of the Tonquiti' 
 uinese are active and ingen ,ds to science; 
 
 -ners, especial! 
 . - Irou.i >, soWien Lnaolent . m. 1 i I. wet cbm** murl. 
 
 punished very se\ . 
 
 letected. They arc traders, I 
 
 oppress! king and lords. 
 
 r*a caragc race, and go almost naked, 
 -e silver android ea 
 
 vi o sexes are scarc^-h <lis 
 
 ! and green an 
 
 held in l 
 <pay adi- 
 
 11 ml UIOM 
 tuatcd, tli; i>rayers of 
 
 read aloud by the priest ' 
 r lies prostrate on the gro: ; plica- 
 
 (>agoda, but n< 
 ;i part of the r own houses, \\ 
 
 n of incense, and the poor neighbours HI 
 
 cd as necessary to tl ,ng an ausj 
 
 1 1 :.:;. 
 Dg an astrologer, and hare their lucky and unlucky day*. Erer> 
 
Hindostan. 
 
 hour in the twenty-four is distinguished by the name of some animal : 
 and the beast which marks the hour of a man's birth is ever avoided 
 by him. 
 
 " A plurality of wives is allowed in Tonquin, and the husband may 
 claim a divorce on the most trifling- occasion, but he must restore the 
 effects which the wife possessed at the time of marriage. The same 
 indulgence is not allowed to the women. A woman convicted of 
 adultery is thrown to an elephant, bred for the purpose, who taking 
 her up with his trunk, tosses her in the air, and when she falls, tram- 
 ples her under his feet and crushes her to pieces. A man may sell 
 his wives and children ; which, in times of scarcity, the poor make 
 110 scruple of doing. 
 
 The funerals resemble those of the Chinese, in respect to the pro- 
 cession and mourning ; but here they burn the corpse and deposit 
 the ashes in an urn. Over the tombs of the rich they erect a wooden 
 tower, four or five and twenty feet high, and the priest ascending to 
 the top of it, makes a funeral oration in praise of the deceased. 
 This being concluded, he comes down, and sets the structure on fire, 
 while the people who attend the ceremony are entertained with a 
 feast provided for the occasion. 
 
 When a king dies, the royal corpse lies in state sixty-five days, 
 during which time his table continues to be served as when he way 
 alive, the meat being distributed every evening among the priests 
 and poor people. A splendid procession . then commences towards 
 the burying-place of his ancestors, which though but two days' jour- 
 ney distant, is seldom performed, on these occasions, in less than sev- 
 enteen. The great officers are obliged to mourn three years, the 
 gentry six months, and the common people three ; and no public di- 
 versions are permitted for three years after the funeral. 
 
 The government of Tonquin is of a singular kind. The inhabit- 
 ants had revolted from the Chinese, which was attended with a civil 
 war. At length a compromise took place between the chief of the 
 revolt and the representative of the ancient kings, by which the for- 
 mer was to have all the executive powers of the government, under 
 the name of Chouah ; but that the Bua, or real king should retain 
 the royal titles, and be permitted to enjoy some civil prerogatives 
 within his palace, from which neither he nor any of his family can 
 stir without permission of the chouah. 
 
 HINDOSTAN. 
 
 Hindostan is bounded N. by Tibet ; E. by Farther India ; S. E. 
 by the bay of Bengal ; S. W. by the Indian ocean, and N. W. by 
 the kingdom of Cabul. It has natural boundaries on all sides, viz. 
 the Indus, the Himmaleh mountains, the bay of Bengal and the In- 
 dian ocean. It extends from 3 to 35 N. lat. and from 68 to 92 E. 
 Ion. The area is estimated at 1,020,000 geographical square miles. 
 
 British Possessions. Geographical square miles, 357,000. Popu- 
 lation, 53,500,000. British allies and tributaries, 169,000. Popula- 
 tion, 17,500,000. Independent Principalities, 494,000. Population 
 30,000,000. Grand total, 1,020,000. Population, 101,000,000. 
 
Calcutta. 287 
 
 English Empire in India. 
 
 On looking over the rqap of modern India, one is astonished at the 
 immense tract of country contained within the lines which mark th 
 British possessions, nor is the wonder lessened by the consideration, 
 that the territory nominally under the government of the Nizam ul 
 Muluc, or Soubadar of the Decan, and that subject to the Peishwah 
 of Poonah, are guarded and garrisoned by British subsidiary forces, 
 while these princes, not less than the shadow-of the great Mogul, are 
 prisoners in their palaces, to troops paid by themselves. Thus, the 
 whole of the immense region from the frontiers of Cabul to Cape 
 Comorin, north and south, and from the Indus to the Ganges, east 
 and west, is virtually under the British dominion ; while the very few 
 really independent chiefs and princes preserve that independence 
 merely by sufferance. But, after all, it is chiefly the empire of opin- 
 ion that supports us in our possessions, for the natives outnumber us 
 in such a proportion as must make us tremble, if ever injuries offer- 
 ed to them, or interference in those points of religion or custom to 
 which they are attached, shall rouse them to the exercise of the 
 physical superiority they possess, and to shake oil the timid peaceful- 
 ness which has hitherto distinguished them. 
 
 The British dominions extend over by far the greater part of the 
 above provinces ; and accident rather than convenience, seems to 
 have fixed the situation of the three presidencies from which they are 
 governed. 
 
 Calcutta, the seat of the supreme government in India, stands OB 
 that branch of the Ganges called Hoogly, about eighty miles from 
 Saugor island, where that river falls into the sea. The approach to it 
 is defended by a most dangerous coast, owing to the shoals called the 
 sand-heads, which are deposited by the thousand mouths of Ganges, 
 as it rolls into the ocean, and which, during the floods occasioned by 
 rains, are continually changing their places. The bed of the Hoogly 
 is also encumbered by similar sands, and the bays formed in its low 
 woody shores are in general unhealthy. The aspect improves as you 
 approach the capital, and the clearing of the ground has also improved 
 the salubrity. Calcutta itself is now far from an unhealthy place, 
 which is in great measure owing to draining the streets of the Black 
 town, and constructing good roads in all directions from the presi- 
 dency, a work which does the Marquis Wellesley more honour than 
 his magnificent palace at the presidency, or his gardens at Barrackpore. 
 
 In the rainy season the Hoogly is navigable quite to the Ganges ; 
 but in dry weather boats of all descriptions are obliged to pass through 
 the sunderbunds, or channels, that intersect the Delta formed by the 
 Ganges, into the main stream. The country round Calcutta is per- 
 fectly flat and very woody. In the immediate neighbourhood are 
 some very extensive salt-lakes, and the country in general, like the 
 rest of Bengal, is extremely fertile. Fort William, which defends 
 this presidency, is strong, but perhaps larger than is necessary under 
 the present circumstances, as the army that would be required to gar- 
 rison it might certainly keep the field; but it was built before the 
 English possessed either the territory or the resources they are now 
 masters of in India, and while the French, Danes, and Germans, pos- 
 sessed settlements on the river above Calcutta. 
 
 The English society of Calcutta, as it is more numerous, affords a 
 greater vajiety of character, and a greater portion of intellectual re- 
 finement, than that of either of the other presidencies. I have met, 
 says Mrs. Graham, with persons of both sexes in this place, whose 
 
r 288 English Empire in India. 
 
 society reminded me of that we enjoyed together in Britain, with 
 some of the wisest and best of our countryman. Among the few here 
 who appreciate these things, the most agreeable speculations are al- 
 ways those that point homeward to that Europe where the mind of 
 man seems to flourish in preference to the other continental divisions. 
 If we look round us, the passive submission, the apathy, and the de- 
 grading superstition of the Hindoos ; the more active fanaticism of 
 the Mussulmen ; the avarice, the prodigality, the ignorance, and the 
 vulgarity, of most of the white people, seem to place them all on a 
 level, infinitely below that of the least refined nations of Europe. 
 
 Of the public buildings of Calcutta, the government-house, built 
 by Lord Wellesly, is the most remarkable. The lower story forms a 
 rustic basement, with arcades to the building, which is Ionic. On the 
 north side there is a handsome portico, with a flight of steps, under 
 which carriages drive to the entrance ; and on the south there is a 
 circular colonnade, with a dome. The four wings, one at each cor- 
 ner of the body of the building, are connected with it by circular 
 passages, so long as to secure their enjoying the air all around, from 
 whichever quarter the wind blows. These wings contain all the pri- 
 vate apartments ; and in the north-east angle is the council-room, de- 
 corated like the family breakfast and dinner-rooms, with portraits. 
 The centre of the house is given up to two splendid rooms. The 
 lowest is paved with dark grey marble, and supported by Doric co- 
 lumns of chunam,* which one would take for Parian marble. Above 
 the hall is the ball-room, floored with dark polished wood, and sup- 
 ported by Ionic pillars of white chunam. Both these fine rooms are 
 lighted by a profusion of cut glass lustres suspended from the painted 
 ceilings, where an excellent taste is displayed in the decorations. 
 
 Besides the government-house, the public buildings are, a town- 
 house, which promises to be handsome when finished ; the court-house, 
 a good-looking building, and two churches, the largest of which has 
 a fine portico, and both have handsome spires. The hospital and jail 
 are to the south of the town, on that part of the esplanade called the 
 Course, where all the equipages of Calcutta assemble every evening, 
 as those of Madras do on the Mount Road. The houses now occu- 
 pied by the orphan schools being ruinous, there are handsome designs 
 for erecting new ones. The writers' buildings, to the north of the 
 government-house, look like a shabby hospital, or poor's-house ; these 
 contain apartments for the writers newly come from Britain, and who 
 are students at the College of Fort-William, which is in the centre 
 of the buildings, and contains nothing but some lecture-rooms. 
 
 Calcutta, like London, is a small town of itself, but its suburbs 
 swell it to a prodigious city, peopled by inhabitants from every coun- 
 try in the world. Chinese and Frenchmen, Persians and Germans, 
 \rabs and Spaniards, Americans and Portuguese, Jews and Dutch- 
 men, are seen mixing with the Hindoos and English, the original in- 
 habitants and the actual possessors of the country. This mixture of 
 nations ought to weaken national prejudices ; but, among the English 
 the effect seems opposite. Every Briton appears to pride himself on 
 being outrageously a John Bull ; but it is more in the manner than in 
 the matter, for, in all serious affairs and questions of justice, every 
 man is, as he ought to be on a footing. 
 
 Madras, the second in rank of our presidencies, is perhaps more 
 
 * An artificial composition of lime and shells. 
 
:*ish Empire i 7: -*> 
 
 of the others, hut it has not a sin- 
 
 B*e, Built upon t'ur 1 
 
 til ri^k, it h 
 
 ! to it. ') ; ro- 
 
 6 ihr 
 
 >eat of g-ove ran 
 
 for i- iia, it is ama/.i 
 
 hires cam 
 
 made then 
 
 t!ie mills 
 
 ' 
 
 ; the water 
 
 'd by the surf. A 
 George to 
 
 ossesxes n 
 
 i.Llld 
 
 of Bomb: i .t towns 
 
 ' Kid 
 is \\ nil it, ' 
 
 i in 
 
 the i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c of 
 are 
 
 1 \ upwards 
 
 ing 
 
 e same u- 
 
 or fim i- 1 1 > - .nr! 
 
 
 ed h^ ' rid 
 
 \ niiTT'.her - mbo 'irri 
 
 inn-ine ( most of them are I re. The 
 
 of the rif tlly 
 
 of i 
 
 ll\ some of the 
 .'. ill's. Th- ban t 
 
 rife ,'lg f 
 
 ill continue to live under the same roof, ercn when marn* 
 
 ti 
 
290 Different Nations. 
 
 and uncles, brothers, sons, ancL grandsons, remain together till the 
 increase of numbers actually forces a part of the family to seek a 
 new dwelling-. The lower classes content themselves with small 
 huts, mostly of clay, and roofed with cadjan* a mat made of the leaves 
 of the palmyra or cocoa-nut tree, plaited together. Some of these 
 huts are so small, that they only admit of a man's sitting upright in 
 them, and barely shelters his feet when he lies down. There is usu- 
 ally a small garden round each house, containing a few herbs and 
 vegetables, a plantain tree, and a cocoa-nut or two. 
 
 Different Nations. 
 
 The Moguls, and other natives of India nearly resemble the Eu- 
 ropeans in features, but differ from them in colour. The Moguls are 
 olive; the women, who are extremely handsome, make frequent use 
 of bathing. 
 
 The natives of Bengal are yellower than the Moguls : but their % 
 manners are totally different. A great slave trade, both of males 
 and females, is carried on in this country. 
 
 The natives of the Coromandel coasts are blacker than those of 
 Bengal, less civilized, and go almost naked. 
 
 Those of the Malabar coast are still blacker. The women wear 
 gold rings in their nose, and both men and women, young girls and 
 boys, bathe promiscuously, in baths made for the purpose in the mid- 
 dle of the towns. 
 
 The customs of the different Indian nations are all very singular. 
 Many of them eat nothing that has been animated : they even dread 
 to kill the smallest insect, and take every means to prevent it. I 
 saw, says M. Stavorinus, several of them who wore a piece of thin 
 linen or gauze before the mouth, in order that they might not deprive 
 any creature of life by their breath. Others have a brush or broom, 
 with which they sweep away the dust from the ground they tread 
 upon, that they may not crush any living thing to death with their 
 feet. If, by accident, they have the misfortune to kill any insect or 
 animal, they impose a heavy penance upon themselves, which is ac- 
 comnanied with many washings and purifications. When they meet 
 a hunter or fisher, they earnestly beg him to desist ; if he be deaf to 
 their entreaties, they offer hirr money for his gun or net ; and if he 
 still refuse to comply, they trouble the waters to frighten the fish, and 
 set up hideous cries to put the birds to flight. 
 
 The Naires of Calicut form a band of nobles, whose only profession 
 is that of arms. These men are comely and handsome, full of cour- 
 age, and dexterous in the management of their weapons. 
 
 The natives of Cambaia are more or less of an ash colour ; and 
 those who live near the sea are more swarthy than the others. Those 
 of Guzerat are yellow, and the inhabitants of Goa are olive. 
 
 The manners of the Hindus are proverbially mild and gentle, and 
 among the higher orders especially, it is extremely rare to see any 
 one allow himself to be transported by passion into the ^lightest in- 
 temperance of word or gesture. The higher classes of women are 
 now almost as much recluses as those of the Mussulmans, who have 
 introduced their jealousy of the sex into India. 
 
 The lower castes of Hindu women are employed in a manner ana- 
 logous to the professions of their husbands : and it is by no means 
 uncommon to see them carrying burdens, working in mortar and 
 iime, tilling the ground, and other laborious occupations. 
 The daily life of a Hindu admits of little variety, almost every ao 
 
Mysore and Malabar i 
 
 llon The I'uranas contain rules \ 
 
 : two meals, oat- in the fore- 
 in the evening, being 1 allowed, 
 
 , whom it i >ng 
 
 1 
 ! while eatii 
 
 ' down on a stool or < which is 
 
 i if he be a Bi 
 
 circl and a crt 
 
 brou. bow to it. 
 
 down, he must lift 
 [f th.- food he hand. 
 
 h accepts thee, Etafa be b 
 
 own persi him- 
 
 five lumps of food t N >to,) 
 
 wet- 
 
 i'h all the tinkers oMiis 
 
 ot his m- 3 inff* 
 'irosial fluid, thou art the couch of \ 
 
 Of the Mysore and Malabar Districts of Hindustan. 
 
 In d< e fortunately are possessed of supe- 
 
 rior 
 
 :. I set o 
 
 Madras, in the very ' this 
 
 leaving i Fhirope- 
 
 n scorched up by a powerful sun, 
 
 containing little w. ie, produces a \ 
 
 good n-et season, tho usual quantity 
 
 of r o natives causes a 
 
 verdi hing, by watering a few fields, that are 
 
 near tanks, or reservoirs of water. *Tbese fields are now covered 
 with nr(\ approaching to maturity ; and in the rainy seasons they 
 will yield another r ; ' appearance 01 *n\ l,'w<vrr, 
 
 at this time of the j reary. It i .is level as Bengal ; 
 
 and in general forms a naked, brown, dusty plain, with few villa, 
 or anv thi:^ to relieve tho oye, rxr i>t a ridge of abrupt detar 
 hills towards the south. The roads are good; and many of the hut* 
 bcmir built of mud, and neatly coven I s, have a better ap- 
 
 than those of Bengal : but tlr - aro that' 
 
 look iMjrsred; ^ tne thatch is not composed of smooth straw, but of 
 palmira leaves, which never can be put on with neatness. 
 
 Near the road, charitable persons have built many resting-; 
 for porters, who here carrv nil the burdens on the head. These i 
 inpr-places consist of a wall of about four feet high, on which the 
 porters can deposit their burdens, and from which, after hn\ 
 ed t . they can again, without assistance, take up their loads. 
 
 Th- '. liic-li are common on the road, evince ai. 
 
 tention to travellers not to be found in Bf-na:d. At these places, the 
 poorest, without expense, have shelter from the inclemencies of th* 
 
.'292 The Hindoos and other Tribes. 
 
 weather ; and the richer traveller can purchase both for himself aiici 
 for his cattle, at least the necessaries of life. 
 
 This part of the country, although at present naked, seems capa- 
 ble of raising 1 trees and hedges ; and shows evident appearance of its 
 being in a state of improvement, there being in view many new plan- 
 tations, especially of fruit trees, and cocoa-nut palms. 
 
 Leaving on the right the road to Poonamalee, I went to Condatu- 
 ru, near which the country assumes a very different, and a very plea- 
 sing aspect. Numerous small canals, from the Saymbrumbacum 
 tank, convey a constant supply of water to most of the neighbouring 
 fields, and fertilize them without the trouble of machinery. They 
 consequently yield every year, two crops of rice. The one at pre- 
 sent on the ground will be reaped in June, and has a very promising 
 appearance. 
 
 The cattle in the neighbourhood of Madras, are of the species 
 which is common to the Decan. They are mostly light brown, or 
 white, and, notwithstanding the apparent want of pasture, are in 
 better condition than the labouring cattle of Bengal, owing probably 
 to the superior care that is taken of the rice straw by the inhabitants 
 of Madras. Milch cows are fed entirely on grass ; grain, or pulse, 
 is rarely given to such cattle as are not employed in hard labour. 
 
 Near Madras, buffaloes are in general use, and are often yoked in 
 the same cart with bullocks, although the paces of the two animals 
 are very different. 
 
 Throughout the Carnatic, the ass is a very common animal. The 
 breed is as small as in Bengal ; some are of the usual ash colour, 
 whilst others are almost black, in which case, the cross on their 
 shoulders disappears. Milk-white asses are also to be found, but they 
 are rare. These are not varieties as to species ; for black individu- 
 als have sometimes ash-coloured colts, and, on the contrary, black 
 colts are sometimes produced by ash-coloured dams. They are kept 
 by five classes of people, who are all of low cast, for the higher ranks 
 disdain the use of an animal so impure. 
 
 The greater part of the Brahmans in the lower Carnatic follow 
 secular professions. They almost entirely fill the different offices in 
 the collection of the revenue, and administration of justice ; and they 
 are exclusively employed as Hircaras, that is, guides, or messengers, 
 and as the keepers of inns or choultries. Much of the land is rented 
 by them ; but, like the Jews, they seldom put their hand to actual 
 labour, and on no account will they hold the plough. Their farms 
 they chiefly cultivate by slaves of the inferior casts, called Sudra, and 
 Panchum Bundum. 
 
 Panchum Bundum are by far the most hardy and laborious people 
 of the country, but the greater part of them are slaves. So sensible 
 of their value was Hyder, that in his incursions it was those chiefly 
 whom he endeavoured to carry awav. He settled them in many dis- 
 tricts as farmers, and would not suffer them to be called by their pro- 
 per name, which is considered opprobrious ; but ordered that they 
 should be called cultivators. 
 
 Of the Hindoos and their Tribes. 
 
 The Hindoos are called so from Indoo or Hindoo, which in the 
 Shanscrit language, signifies the moon, from which and the sun they 
 deduce their fabulous origin. Hindostan, the domrstic appellation of 
 India, is derived from Hindoo and stan, a region, and the river Indus 
 takes its name from the people. 
 
nloo Religion. 203 
 
 The Hindoos have, from all antiquity, been divided . 
 
 ferior 
 
 - ilo not in .irink, or . with 
 
 :e temple of Juggernaut, 
 whfi da crime : mctton. 
 
 The first, and most noble tribe, are the Brahmins, who arc the 
 i. They ucnt, trade, or ag- 
 
 riculttliv, thoii are Mrictlv pru : i all menial oil;- 
 
 eir name from Br; 
 
 produced the Brah <e world. 
 
 The . order is the Siitn tribe, who, ac<- their 
 
 .tion, ought to he all mill i is 
 
 irt,*as an emblem of that cou- 
 
 The narneof B .' tribe. These are fur the 
 
 spru :-ovi- 
 
 der o 
 
 The ' , inca- 
 
 ; they are 
 
 :niiiicated, he and his p< 
 are : 
 
 in the meanest nfti- 
 
 .'hil, that 
 
 'ure and e\ui death ruihcr than 
 from .Lh. 
 
 The Hindoo Religion. 
 
 1 therefore a 
 ther 
 
 11 of 
 ; nost 
 
 antiquity J 
 
 nc- 
 
 'to 
 
 that of the G c -,o traced to the same origin, 
 
 are of ooinion, that then of tin- II Mod 
 
 the! -m, were compiled ;' ' !iu;i-lr< I ati.i i-ijrh- 
 
 ty years before the birth of oar Saviour ; that the Veda*, or u-red 
 volume-?, were writfen tln-M- htm -prior to the Institutes; 
 
 and that recodiii2: this period, every thin": beinpr handed down by 
 oral tradition, the account was obscure and fabuloi 
 
 of extraneous matter, there a .pears to be a great degree 
 of purity and sublimity in the genuine principles of the Hindoo reli- 
 gion, though now obscured by supcrstiti and blended with 
 trv. In their original simplicity, they teach that there is 
 one suorome ruler of the universe, who is stvled Brahma, or the 
 it One : they inculcate also, that this supreme intelligence con- 
 sists of a triad, or triple divinity, exoressed by the mystic word Om ; 
 and distinguished by the names of Vishnu, Brahma, and Sheva : or the 
 creating, preserving, and destructive power of the Almighty. Ima- 
 ges of these attributes are placed in their temples ; and worship and 
 
294 Hindoo Religion. 
 
 sacrifices are daily performed before them, and a variety of other 
 statutes, representing the different qualities of the Supreme Being : 
 so that it is a complete system of polytheism, and the source of a 
 thousand fables subversive of truth and simplicity. 
 
 Yet it ever was, and ever must be difficult, for either Christians or 
 Mahomedans, to convert a Hindoo : for, with them theology is so 
 blended with the whole moral and civil obligations of life, that it en- 
 ters into every habit, and sanctions almost every action. 
 
 On withdrawing the veil from the sacred volumes of the Hindoos, 
 we see Brahma, or the supreme deity, represented as absorbed in the 
 contemplation of his own essence, but from an impulse of divine 
 love, resolving to create other beings to partake of his glory, and to 
 be happy to all eternity. He spake the word, and angels rose into 
 existence ! He commanded, and the hosts of heaven were formed ! 
 They were created free ; and were made partakers of the divine glo- 
 ry, and beatitude, on the easy condition of praising their Creator, and 
 acknowledging him for their supreme Lord. But not content with 
 this happy state in the celestial regions, some of the principal spirits 
 rebelled, and drew a number after them ; who were all doomed to 
 languish in that scene of horror, so finely described by our sublime 
 poets. 
 
 In process of time, at the intercession of the faithful angels, the 
 fatal doom of these fallen spirits was revoked ; and they were re- 
 leased on the conditions of repentance, and amendment, in a state of 
 probation. For this purpose a new creation of worlds took place ; 
 and moral bodies were prepared for the apostate angles, which they 
 were to animate for a certain space ; there to be subject to natural 
 and mortal evils ; through which they were doomed to transmigrate 
 under eighty-nine different forms ! the last into that of man ! when 
 their powers and faculties are enlarged, and a merciful Creator 
 rests his chief expectations of their repentance and restoration to his 
 favour. If they then fail, their punishment is renewed, and they are 
 doomed to begin again their first state of transmigration. In this 
 system we are struck with the intermixture of truth with error, and 
 false traditions, bearing, in many particulars, a resemblance to the 
 sacred truths of divine revelation. 
 
 On this hypothesis, it appears, that one principal reason for the 
 Hindoos regarding the cow with such religious veneration, is, that 
 they believe the soul transmigrates into this animal, immediately pre- 
 ceding its assumption of the human form. No Hindoo, even of the 
 lowest caste, will kill a cow, or taste its flesh ; they will die with 
 perfect resignation, rather than violate this tenet; as has been fre- 
 quently experienced on board the vessels in the Indian seas, when all 
 the provision except salt beef has been expended. 
 
 The Hindoos estimate the delinquency of these apostate spirits, by 
 the class of mortal forms which they are doomed to inhabit ; thus all 
 voracious and unclean animals, whether inhabitants of earth, air, or 
 water, as well as men whose lives and actions are publicly and atro- 
 ciously wicked, are supposed to contain a malignant spirit : on the 
 contrary, those animals which subsist on vegetables, and do not prey 
 upon each other, are pronounced favoured of the Almighty. 
 
 That every animal form is endued with cogitation, memory, and 
 reflection, is one of the established tenets of the Brahmins ; indeed, 
 it must necessarily follow from the supposed metempsychosis of the 
 apostate spirits through these mortal forms : they also believe that 
 every distinct species of the animal creation have a comprehensive 
 
Hindoo Women. Ci95 
 
 mode of communicating their ideas, peculiar to themselves ; and 
 that the metempsychosis of the delinquent spirits extends through 
 every organized body, even to the smallest insect and reptile. They 
 highly venerate the bee, and some species of the ant ; and conceive 
 the spirits animating these forms to be favoured by God, and that the 
 intellectual faculties are more enlarged under them than in most 
 
 The devotion of the Hindoos to the Supreme being, and the inferi- 
 or deities, consists in a regular attendance at the dowels, or temj-les. 
 especially at the solemn festivals ; in performing particular religious 
 ceremonies in their own houses ; in prayers, ablutions, fastings, and 
 penances ; but especially in oblations, which consist chiefly of spi- 
 ces, incense, rice, fruits,' and flowers ; and although they have been 
 in former times accused of offering human sacrifices, it is certain 
 they now very rarely shed even the blood of an animal in their reli- 
 gious services. 
 
 Burial Service. 
 
 During the funeral ceremony, which is solemn and affecting, the 
 Brahmins address the respective elements in words to the following 
 purport : although there may be a different mode of performing these 
 religious rites in other parts of Hindostan. 
 
 O EARTH ! to thee we commend our brother ; of thee he was 
 formed ; by thee he was sustained ; and unto thee he now returns ! 
 
 O FIRE ! thou hadst a claim in our brother ; during his life, he 
 subsisted by thy influence in nature ; to thee we commit his body ; 
 thou emblem of purity, may his spirit be purified on entering a new 
 state of existence ! 
 
 O AIR ! while the breath of life continued, our brother respired by 
 thee ; his last breath is now departed ; to thee we yield him ! 
 
 O WATER ! thou didst contribute to the life of our brother ; thou 
 wert one of his sustaining elements. His remains are now disper- 
 sed : receive thy share of him, who has now taken an everlasting 
 flight. 
 
 Hindoo Women. 
 
 The Hindoo women, when young, are delicate and beautiful ; so 
 far as we can reconcile beauty with the olive complexion. They are 
 finely proportioned, their limbs small, their features soft and regular, 
 and their eyes black and languishing ; but the bloom of beauty soon 
 decays, and age makes a rapid progress before they have seen thirty 
 years ; this may be accounted for from the heat of the climate, and 
 the customs of the country ; as they often are mothers at twelve 
 years of age, and grand-mothers at five and twenty. Montesquieu 
 justly remarks, that women in hot climates are marriageable at eight, 
 nine, or ten years of age ; therefore in those countries infancy and 
 marriage generally go together. They are old at twenty ; their rea- 
 son therefore never accompanies their beauty : when beauty demands 
 the empire, the want of reason forbids the claim ; when reason is 
 obtained, beauty is no more ! And he further observes, that those 
 women ought to be in a state of dependence, for reason cannot pro- 
 cure in old age that empire which even youth and beauty could not 
 give. 
 
 No women can be more attentive to cleanliness than the Hindoos ; 
 they take every method to render their persons delicate, soft, and at- 
 tractive ; their dress is peculiarly becoming, consisting of a long 
 
Fakeers. 
 
 piece of silk, or cotton, tied round the waist, and hang-ing in a grace- 
 ful in inner to the feet ; it is afterwards brought over the body in neg- 
 ligent folds, under which they cover the bosom with a short waistcoat 
 of satin, but they wear no linen. Their long black hair is adorned 
 with jewels, and wreaths of flowers ; their ears are bored in many 
 places, and loaded with pearls : a variety of gold chains, strings of 
 pearl, and precious stones, fall from the neck over the bosom. The 
 arms are covered with bracelets, from the wrist to the elbow ; they 
 have also gold and silver chains round the ancles, and abundance of 
 rings on their fingers and toes ; among the former is frequently a 
 small mirror. The richer the dress the less becoming- it appears, and 
 a Hindoo woman of distinction always seems to be overloaded with 
 finery ; while the village nymphs, with fewer ornaments, but in the 
 same elegant drapery, are more captivating. There are, however, 
 very few women, even of the lowest families, who have not some 
 jewels at their marriage. 
 
 Fakeers . 
 
 The fakeers, or yogees, of the Senassee tribe, are a set of mendi- 
 cant philosophers, who travel all over Hindostan, and live on the 
 chctrity of the other castes. They are generally entirely naked, 
 most of them robust, handsome, men : they admit proselytes from 
 the other tribes, especially youth of bright parts, and take great 
 pains to instruct them in their mysteries. These gvmriosophists often 
 unite in large armed bodio, and perform pilgrimages to the sacred 
 rivers and celebrated temples; but they are more like an army 
 marching through n province, than an assembly of saints in proces- 
 sion to -t temple, and often lay the countries through which they pass 
 under contribution. 
 
 Many yogees, and similar professors, are devotees of the strictest 
 order, carrying their superstition and enthusiasm far bevond any 
 thing we are -icquaintr- 1 vvith in Europe : even the austerities of La 
 Trappe are light in compari-on with the voluntary penances of these 
 philosophers ; who reside in holes and caves, or remain under the 
 banian trees near the temples. They imagine the expiation of their 
 own sins, and sometimes those of others, consists in the most rigorous 
 penances and mortifications. Some of them enter into a solemn vow 
 to continue for life in one unvaried posture; others undertake to 
 carry a cumbrous load, or drag a heavy chain ; some crawl on their 
 hands and knees for years, around an extensive empire ; and others 
 roll their bodies on the earth, from the shores of the Indus to the 
 banks of the Ganges, and in that humiliating posture, collect money 
 to enable them either to build a temple, to dig a well, or to atone for 
 some particular sin. Some swing during their whole life, in this tor- 
 rid clime, before a slow fire ; others suspend themselves, with their 
 heads downwards, for a certain time, over the fiercest flames. 
 
 I have seen, says Mr. Forbes, a man who had made a vow to hold 
 up his arms in a perpendicular manner above his head, and never to 
 suspend them ; at length he totally lost the rower of moving- them at 
 all. He was one of the gymnosophists, who wear no kind of cover- 
 ing, and seemed more like a wild beast than a man : his arms, from 
 having been so long in one posture, were become withered, an<! dried 
 up ; while his outstretched fingers, with long nails of twenty vcars 
 growth, gave them the appearance of extraordinary horns ; his hair, 
 full of dust, and never combed, hung over him in a savage manner ; 
 and, except in his greet posture, there appeared nothing- human about 
 
Pooleahs and Pariars. 29? 
 
 liim. This man was travelling- throughout Hindostan, and being- un- 
 able to help himself with food, women of distinction among- the Hin- 
 doos contended for the honour of feeding this holy person wherever 
 he appeared. 
 
 Other Fanatics. 
 
 A set of very extraordinary Hindoo fanatics are to be met with in 
 different parts of the country : particular villages are appropriated 
 for this ceremony, where the swingers assemble at stated seasons. In 
 the centre of an area, surrounded by numerous spectators, is erect- 
 ed a pole, from twenty to thirty feet 'in height, on which is placed a 
 long horizontal beam, with a rope run over a pulley at the extremity ; 
 to' this rope they fix an iron hook, which being drawn through the in- 
 teguments of the devoted swinger, he is suspended aloft in the , ir, 
 amidst the acclamations of the multitude. The longer he is capable 
 of this painful exertion, and the more violently he swings himself 
 Around, the greater the merit; from the flesh giving way, the perfor- 
 mer sometimes falls from his towering height, and breaks a limb, but 
 if he escape that accident, from the usual temperance of the Hindoos,* 
 the wound soon heals. This penanre is generally voluntary, in per- 
 formance of a religious vow, or inflicted for the expiation of sins 
 committed, either by himself, or some of his family. 
 
 The Pooleahs and Pariars. 
 
 The degraded Pooleahs are an abject and unfortunate race, who., 
 by cruel laws and tyrannical customs, are reduced to a wretched state; 
 while the monkeys' are adored as sylvan deities, and in some parts of 
 Malabar, have temples and daily sacrifices. The treatment of the 
 poor Pooleahs, and the cruel difference made by human laws between 
 them and the pampered Brahmins, afford a terrible contrast. Banish- 
 ed from society, they have neither houses nor lands, but retire to so- 
 litary places. hide themselves in ditches, and climb into umbrageous 
 trees for shelter, they are not permitted to breathe the same air with 
 the other castes, nor to travel on a public road. If by accident they 
 should be there, and perceive a Brahmin or Nair at a distance, they 
 must instantly make a loud howling, to warn him from approaching, 
 until they have retired, or climbed up the nearest tree. If a Nair 
 ! accidentally meets a Pooleah on the highway, he cuts him down with 
 as little ceremony as other- destroy a noxious animal; even the 
 lowest of the other castes will have no communication with a Poo- 
 leah. Hunger sometimes compels them to approach the villages, to 
 exchange baskets, fruit, or such commodities as they may have for a 
 little grain: having called aloud to the peasants, they tell their wants, 
 leave the barter on the ground, and retiring to a distance, trust to 
 the honesty of the villagers to place a measure of corn equal in va- 
 lue to the barter, which the Pooleahs afterwards take away. Con- 
 stant poverty and accumulated misery have entirely debased the hu- 
 man form, and given a squalid and savage appearance to these un- 
 happy beings. 
 
 Yet, debased and oppressed as the Pooleahs are, there exist 
 throughout India, a caste called Pariars, stil more abject and wretch- 
 ed. If a Pooleah, by any accident, touches a Pariar, he must per- 
 form a variety of ceremonies, and go through many ablutions, beforo 
 he can be cleansed from the impurity. With such ideas of defile- 
 ment, no marriages are contracted between the Pooleahs and Pariars, 
 nor do they eat together, although the only difference in their baa- 
 
298 Banian Hospital. 
 
 quet is, that the Pooleahs eat of all animal food, except beef, and 
 sometimes of that which dies of itself, while the Pariars not only feast 
 upon dead carcasses, but eat beef and carrion of every kind. The 
 Brahmins of Malabar have thought proper to place Christians in the 
 same rank with the Pariars. 
 
 Hindoos and Mahrattas. 
 
 Having 1 already described the Hindoos in their national and indivi- 
 dual character, it is only necessary in this place, to recapitulate a few 
 circumstances, in which the Mahrattas are generally included. Their 
 religious tenets are mild and benevolent; and although mixed with 
 many errors, and bewildered in the mazes of Polytheism, their defi- 
 nition of the Supreme Being is truly sublime ; their rites and cere- 
 monies, with a few exceotions, are pious, inoffensive, and suited to 
 the climate. The high caste of Brahmins are their priests and philo- 
 sophers, the physicians of their bodies, and the guardians of their 
 souls. We here allude to the recluse sect of this order, who minister 
 in the temples, and preside in the colleges and religious ceremonies ; 
 or abstemiously retire from the world, to spend their days in pious 
 exercises, and superstitious penance. 
 
 The Brahmins, Banians, and superior castes of the Hindoos, are 
 generally innocent and peaceable ; they never taste any thing that 
 either has or can have life, abstaining even from eggs, because they 
 contain the vital principle ; nor will they put to death the most nox- 
 ious reptile. Many of these enthusiasts carry a small broom to sweep 
 the ground before they sit down, lest they should crush some insect, 
 and wear a cloth before their mouth from the fear of inhaling them 
 with their breath. The diet of the higher tribes of Hindoos consists 
 of grain, pulse, fruit, milk, and vegetables, except onions and garlic : 
 made into curries, seasoned with spices and butter, to be eaten with 
 rice ; these constitute their principal meal. The Rajepoots, Mahrat- 
 tas, and many of the inferior castes, eat mutton, pork, goat, venison, 
 and fish ; but no one, on any consideration, will taste the flesh of the 
 ox or cow, an animal held in the highest degree of veneration by 
 every Hindoo. 
 
 Banian Hospital, 
 
 The Banian hospital at Surat is a most remarkable institution ; it 
 consists of a large plot of ground, enclosed with high walls, divided 
 into several courts, or wards, for the accommodation of animals : in 
 sickness they are attended with the tenderest care, and find a peace- 
 ful asylum for the infirmities of age. When an animal breaks a 
 limb, or is otherwise disabled from serving his master, he carries him 
 to the hospital ; and, indifferent to what nation or cast the owner may 
 belong the patient is never refused admittance. If he recovers, he 
 cannot be reclaimed, but must remain in the hospital for life, subject 
 to the duty of drawing water for those pensioners debilitated, by age 
 or disease, from procuring it for themselves. 
 
 At mv visit, says Mr. Forbes, the hospital contained horses, mules, 
 oxen, sheep, ^oats, monkeys, poultry, pigeons, and a variety of birds; 
 with an aged tortoise known to have been there for seventy-five years. 
 The most extraordinary ward was that appropriated to rats, mice, 
 bugs, and other noxious vermin : the overseers of the hospital fre- 
 quently hire beggars from tho streets, for a stipulated sum, to pass the 
 night among the fleas, lice, and bugs, on the express condition of suk 
 faring 1 them to enjoy their feast without molestation. 
 
Burying of a Widow. 299 
 
 The Banian hospital in Surat has several dependent endowments 
 without the walls, for those invalids and convalescents to whom pas- 
 turage and country air may be recommended ; and especially for the 
 goats purchased from slaughter on the anniversary of the Mahomedan 
 festival, when so many of those animals are devoted to destruction. 
 The doctrine of the metempsychosis is commonly supposed to be the 
 cause of founding this singular hospital ; /, hnwevtr, conversed with 
 several sensible Brahmins on the subject, who rather astribe it to a 
 
 MOTIVE OF BENEVOLENCE FOR THE AMMAL CREATION : nor Can WC 
 
 de otherwise than to approve of that part of the institution appropri- 
 ated for the comfort of those valuable creatures who have exhausted 
 their strength in the service of man. 
 
 Burning of a Widow. 
 
 The following account of the burning' of a Gentoo woman, on the 
 funeral-pile of her deceased husband, is taken from the voyages of 
 Stavorinus, who was an eye-witness to the ceremony. " We found," 
 sa\N M. Stavorirms, "the body of the deceased lying upon a couch, 
 Covered with a piece of white cotton, and strewed with betel-leaves. 
 The woman, who was to be the victim, sat upon the couch with her 
 face turned to that of the deceased. She was richly adorned, and 
 little green branch in her right hand, with which she drove 
 away the flies from the body. She seemed like one buried in the most 
 profound meditation, yet betrayed no signs of fear. Many of her re- 
 Inti ) i attended upon her, who^, at stated intervals, struck up various 
 kinds of music. 
 
 The pile was made by driving green bamboo stakes into the earth, 
 between which was first laid fire-wood, very dry and combustible; 
 upon this was put a quantity of dry straw, or reeds, besmeared with 
 grease : this was done alternately, till the pile was five feet in height, 
 and the whole was then strewed with rosin finely powdered. A white 
 cotton sheet, which had been washed in tli> was then 
 
 over the pile, and the whole was ready for the reception of the victim. 
 
 The widow was now admonished by a priest, that it was time to be- 
 gin the rites. She was then surrounded by women, who offered her 
 betel, and besought her to supplicate favours for them when she join- 
 ed her husband in the presence of 7?ryw, or their highest god, and 
 above all that she would salute their deceased friends, whom she might 
 meet in the celestial mansions, in their names. 
 
 In the the mean time the body of the husband was taken and wash- 
 ed in the river. The woman was also led to the Ganges for ablution, 
 where she divested herself of all her ornaments. J-Iev head was cov- 
 ered with a piece of silk, and a cloth was tied round her body, in 
 which the priests put some parched rice. 
 
 She then took a farewell of her friends, and was conducted by two 
 of her female relations to the pile. When she came to it, she scatter- 
 ed flowers and parched rice upon the spectators, and put some into 
 the mouth of the corpse. Two priests next led her threr- times round 
 it, while she threw rice among the bystanders, who gathered it up 
 with great eagerness. The last time she went round, she placed a 
 little earthen burning lamp at each of the four corners of the pile ; 
 then laid herself down on the right side, next to the body, which she 
 embraced with both her arms, a piece of white co <f ori vr-.is spread over 
 them both, they were bound together with two easy bandages, and a 
 quantity of fire-wood, straw, and rosin, was laid upon them. In the 
 last place, her nearest relation, to whom, on the banks of the river, 
 
300 Indian Seasons. 
 
 she had given her nose-jewels, came with a burning torch, and set the 
 straw on fire, and in a moment the whole was in a flame. The noise 
 of the drums, and the shouts of the spectators, were such, that the 
 shrieks of the unfortunate woman, if she uttered any, could not have 
 been heard.'* 
 
 Burying alive. 
 
 The cremation of Hindoo widows with the bodies of their deceased 
 husbands, is now no longer doubted ; but, it is more difficult to be- 
 lieve, that men in the prime of life, and surrounded by every blessing", 
 should voluntarily desire to immolate themselves to their deities, and 
 be buried alive ; a sacrifice, however, not uncommon among the 
 tribe of Gosannees, and other Hindoo devotees. A short time, says 
 our author, before I took charge of Dhuboy, a young man insisted on 
 being- interred alive near the temple at the Gate of Diamonds ; and 
 soon after another performed the same sacrifice about half a mile 
 without the English districts, because I refused him permission fo do 
 it in his native village; for neither is this self-immolation, the crema- 
 tion of women, nor any other act of suicide, allowed of within the 
 Company's territories. These solemn sac rificos are always perform- 
 ed in the presence of manv witnesses, and during the celebration of 
 various religious ceremonies by the brahmins. 
 
 On such a sacrifice being announced, a large crowd assemble ; a 
 round "nit is dug, of a deoth sufficient for a man to stand ii!)rip:''t, into 
 which the self-devoted victim descends, and the earth is gradually 
 thrown on, until it entirely covers him. A tomb of solH masonry is 
 immediately ererted over his head, and solemn rites and flowery of- 
 fering's are performed at stated periods in memory of a saint, who is 
 supposed to have rendered an acceptable sacrifice to the destructive 
 power, or some other deity in the Hindoo mythoogy. 
 
 Indian seasons. 
 
 During the rainy season, and for a few weeks afterwards, the coun- 
 try in Hindostan is delightful ; nothing can exceed its verdure, and 
 general beauty ; but the fervour of a tropical sun soon clothes the 
 earth with a russet hue, which continues until the annual fall of rain. 
 In that long interval of eight months, not a single shower falls, and 
 the nightly dews, though copious, are insufficient to preserve the 
 grass : yet most of the trees, as in other tropical climates, are ever- 
 greens. 
 
 In the temperate climes of Europe, it is difficult to conceive the 
 force and beauty of the eastern language respecting- fertilizing streams 
 an 1 refreshing showers : it is not so with the inhabitants of the torrid 
 zone, who look forward with eager expectation to thr> setting in of the 
 rainv season : when cultivation commences, the seed is sown, and a 
 jo ; :il harvest anticipated. Should these periodical rains be withheld, 
 whnn the heavens are " as brass, and the earth as iron," the conse- 
 quences would be fatal. Famine and pestilence, with all their dire 
 attendants, would stalk through the land, and spread destruction and 
 despair on every side : as those can testifv who beheld the dreadful 
 scenes at Bengal in the year 1 770. Others have witnessed the sad ef- 
 fects of a failure of the crops in different parts of Hindostan, where 
 thousands are carried off by famine ; aad, from being deprived of 
 sepulture or cremation, the atmosphere is ^nderc 1 pestilential. 
 
 What renders the privation of rain, at the expected season, more 
 
Cocoa- Nut Trie. 301 
 
 dreadful on the continent, is the effect of the hot winds which then 
 illy prevail, at a distance from the sea. They are very little 
 i at Bombay : in the northern provinces of Hindostan, and in the 
 Climatic, they are felt more or less in the best constructed houses; 
 but are most distressing to travellers from milder climates, when pass- 
 ing through a country where no caravansera, tent, or friendly banian- 
 ,'Tords a shelter ; the greatest alleviation is a houe with thick 
 walls, to resist the heat, and every door and window shut to exclude 
 the air ; or, if open, to have screens of matted grass hanging before 
 i them, kept constantly watered. When these winds prevail, furniture 
 | of wood, glass, porcelain and metal, exposed to their blasts, although 
 [perfectly shaded from the sun, are as hot as if they had been placed 
 f before a fierce fire ; at the same time, water in guglets from Persia, 
 I and jars of porous earth, hung up in the current of wind, is refreshing- 
 ly cold; and wine, beer, and other liquors, in a cotton wrapper, con- 
 stantly wetted, exposed in the same manner, a short time before they 
 are brought to table, are like iced wines in Europe. 
 
 As a contrast to the violence of the monsoon, and the unpleasant 
 Affects of the hot winds, there is sometimes a voluptuousness in the 
 I climate of India, a stillness in nature, an indescribable softness, which 
 f soothes the_mind, and gives it up to the most delightful sensations, 
 independent of the effects of opium, chain poing,* and other luxuries, 
 | so much indulged in by the oriental sensualist ! 
 
 Cocoa- Wilt Tree. 
 
 Of all the gifts which Providence, says Mr. Forbes, has bestowed 
 on the oriental world, the cocoa-nut tree most deserves our notice : 
 in this single production of nature, what blessings are conveyed to 
 man ! It grows in a stately column, from thirty to fifty feet in height, 
 crowned by a verdant capital of waving brandies, covered with long 
 spiral leaves ; under this foliage, bunches of blossoms, clusters of 
 green fruit, and others arrived at maturity, appear in mingled beauty. 
 The trunk, though porous, furnishes beams and rafters for our habi- 
 tations ; and the lca\ fs when platted together, make an excellent 
 thatch, and common umbrellas, < for the floor, and brooms ; 
 
 while their finest fibres are woven into very beautiful mats for the 
 rich. The covering- of the young fruit is extremely curious, resem- 
 bling a piece of thick cloth, in n .mi, close and firm as if it 
 came from the loom ; it expands after the fruit has burst through its 
 enclosure, and then appears of a coarser texture. The nuts contain 
 a delicious milk, and a kernel sweet as the almond : this, when dried, 
 affords abundance of oil ; and when that is expressed, the remains 
 feed cattle and poultry, and make a good manure. The shell of the 
 nut furnishes cups, ladles, and other domestic utensils, while the husk 
 which encloses it is of the utmost importance ; it is manufactured 
 into ropes and cordage of every kind, from the smallest twine to the 
 largest cable, which are far more durable than those of hemp. In the 
 Nicobar islands, the natives build their vessels, make the sails and 
 cordage, supply them with provisions and necessaries, and provide a 
 cargo of arrack, vinegar, oil, jaggree or coarse sugar, cocoa-nuts, 
 coir, cordage, black paint, and several inferior articles, for foreign 
 markets, entirely from this tree. 
 
 * A peculiar mode of friction, and snapping the joints, in bathing. p, 
 
 26 
 
oU2 Banian Tree. 
 
 Many of the trees are not permitted to bear fruit ; but the embryo 
 bud, from which (he blossoms and nuts would spring, is tied up 'to 
 prevent its expansion ; and a small incision being- then made at the 
 end, there oozes, in gentle drops, a cool pleasant liquor, called Tarce, 
 or Toddy ; the palm-wine of the poets. This, when first drawn, is 
 cooling and salutary ; but when fermented and distilled, produces an 
 intoxicating- spirit. Thus a plantation of cocoa-nut trees yields the 
 proprietor a considerable profit, arid generally forms part of the gov- 
 ernment revenue. 
 
 The cocoa-nut tree delights in a flat sandy soil, near the sea, and 
 must be frequently watered ; while the palmyras, or brab trees, 
 grow on hills, and rocky mountains. These also abound on our 
 small islands, as well as the date tree ; but the fruit of the latter 
 seldom attains perfection. These trees are of the same family, dif- 
 fering in genus; they all produce the palm-wine, and are g-enerallv 
 included under the name of Palms, or Palmetos. 
 
 The Banian Tree. 
 
 The Banian, or Burr tree (Ficus Indica, Lin.) says Mr. Forbes, ii 
 equally deserving- our attention ; from being one of the most cu- 
 rious and beautiful of nature's productions in that genial climate, 
 where she sports with the greatest profusion and variety. Each tree 
 is in itself a grove, and some of them are of an amazing si/e ; as 
 they are continually increasing, and, contrary to most other animal 
 and vegetable productions, seem to be exempted from decay : for 
 every branch from the main body throws out its own roots, at first in 
 small tender fibres, several yards from the ground, which continually 
 grow thicker, until, b\ a gradual descent, they reach its surface ; 
 where, striking in, they increase to a larT trunk, and become a 
 parent tree, throwing out new branches from the top. These in time 
 suspend their roots, and receiving nourishment from the earth, swell 
 into trunks, and shoot forth other branches; thus continuing in a 
 state of progression so long- as the first parent of them all supplies 
 her sustenance. 
 
 A banian tree, with many trunks, forms the most beautiful walks, 
 vistas, and cool recesses, that can be imagined. The leaves are 
 large, soft, and of a lively green ; the fruit is a small fig, when ripe, 
 of a bright scarlet; affording sustenance to monkeys, squirrels, pea- 
 cocks, and birds of various kinds, which dwell among the branches. 
 
 The Hindoos are peculiarly fond of this tree ; they consider its 
 long duration, its out-stretching arms, and over-Shadowing benefi- 
 cence, as emblems of the Deity, and almost j a\ it divine honours. 
 The Brahmins, who thus tk find a fane in every sacred grove," spend 
 much of their time in religious solitude under the shade of the ba- 
 nian-tree ; they plant it near the dewals, or Hindoo temples;, improp- 
 erly called Pagodas ; and in those villages where there is no structure 
 for public worship, they place an image under one of these trees, 
 and there perform a morning and evening sacrifice. 
 
 These are the trees under which a sect of naked philosophers, 
 called Gymnosophists, assembled in Arrian's days ; and this historian 
 of ancient Greece gives us a true picture of the modern Hindoos : 
 u In winter the Gymnosophists enjoy the benefit of the sun's rays in 
 the open air ; and in summer, when the heat becomes excessive,' they 
 pass their time in cool and moist places, under large trees ; which, 
 according to the accounts of Nearchus, cover a circumference of 
 
 I 
 
Dancing Serpents. 
 
 five acres, and extend their branches so far, that ten thousand men 
 may easily find shelter under them." 
 
 "there are none of this magnitude at Bombay ; but on the banks 
 of the Nerbudda, says Mr. F., I have spent many delightful days 
 with large parties, on rural excursions, under a tree, supposed by 
 some persons to be that described by Nearchus, and certainly not at 
 all inferior to it. High floods have, at various times, swept away a 
 considerable part of this extraordinary tree ; but what still remains 
 is no.ir two thousand feet in circumference, measured round the 
 principal stems; the over-hanging branches, not yet struck down, 
 cover a much larger space; and under it grow a number of custard 
 
 . and other fruit trees. The large trunks of this single tree 
 amount to three hundred and fifty, and the smaller ones exceed three 
 thousand : each of these is constantly sending forth branches and 
 hanging roots, to form other trunks, and become the parents of a 
 future progeny. 
 
 This magnificent pavilion affords a shelter to all travellers, par- 
 ticularly the religious tribes of Hindoos; and is generally filled with 
 a variety of birds, snakes, and monkeys. The latter have often di- 
 verted me with their antic tricks, especially in their parental affection 
 to their young offspring; by teaching them to select their food, to 
 
 iuemselves, in jumping from boug-h to bough, and then in ta- 
 king more extensive leaps from tree to tree ; encouraging them by 
 caresses when timorous, and menacing, and even beating them, wheii 
 refractory. 
 
 Dancing Serpent*. 
 
 The dancing-snakes, which are carried in baskets throughout J-Iin- 
 dostan, procure maintenance for a set of people, who play a few sim- 
 ple notes on the flute, with which the snakes seem much delighted, 
 and keep time by a graceful motion of the head; erecting about 
 half their length from the ground, and following the music with gen- 
 tle curves, like the undulating lines of a swan's neck. It is a well- 
 attested fact, that /when a house is infested with these snakes, and 
 some others of the coluber genus, which destroy poultry and .sin. til 
 domestic animals, as also by the larger serpents of the boa tribe, the 
 musicians are sent for ; who, by placing on a flageolet, find out tlic-ir 
 hiding places, and charm them to destruction : for no sooner do the 
 snakes hear the music, than they come softlv from their rKreut, und 
 are easily taken. I imagine Ihcso musical snakes were kno\vn in 
 Palestine, from the mention made in the psalms of the di'uf 
 which stoppeth her ears, and refuseth to hear the voice of the cl 
 er, charm lie never so wisely. 
 
 When the music ceases, the snakes appear motionless ; but if not 
 immediately covered up in the basket, the spectators are liable to 
 fatal accidents. Among my drawings is that of a cobra dn cape Ho, 
 which danced for an hour on the table while I painted it ; du- 
 ring which I frequently handled it, to observe the beauty of the 
 spots, an-I especially the spectacles on the hood, not doubting but 
 that its venomous 'fangs had been previously extracted. But the 
 next morning, my upper servant, who was a zealous Mussulman, 
 came to me in great haste, and desired I would instantly retire, and 
 praise the Almighty for my good fortune : not understanding his 
 meaning, I told him that I had already performed my detptions, and 
 had not so many stated prayers as the followers of 1m prophet, 
 homed then informed me, that while purchasing some fruit in the 
 
.304 The Termites. 
 
 bazar, he observed the man who had been v, ith me on the preceding 
 evening 1 , entertaining 1 the country people with his dancing snakes. 
 They, according to their usual custom, sat on the ground around 
 him ; when, either from the music stopping too suddenly, or from 
 some other cause irritating the vicious reptile which I had so o 
 handled, it darted at the throat of a young woman, and inflicted a 
 wound of which she died in about half an hour. Mahomed once 
 more repeated his advice for praise and thanksgiving to Alia, and 
 recorded me in his calendar as a lucky man. 
 
 The Bottle-nested Sparrow. 
 
 The baya, or bottle-nested sparrow, is remarkable for its pendant 
 nest, brilliant plumage, and uncommon sagacity. These birds are 
 found in most parts of Ilindostan ; in shape they resemble the spar- 
 row, as also in the brown feathers of the back and wings ; the head 
 and breast are of a bright yellow, and in the rays of a tropical sun 
 have a splendid appearance, when flying by thousands in the same 
 grove. They make a chirping noise, but have no song : they asso- ^ 
 ciate in large communities: and cover extensive clumps of p'a 1 
 ras, acacias, and date trees, with their nests. These are formed in a 
 very ingenious manner, by long grass woven together in the shape of 
 a bottle, with the heck bartering downwards, and suspended by the 
 other end to the extremity of a flexible branch, the more effectually 
 to secure the eggs and young brood from serpents, monkeys, squirr 
 and birds of prey. These nests contain several apartments, appro- 
 priated to different purposes ; in one the hen performs the office of 
 incubation ; another, consisting of a little thatched roof, and cover- 
 ing a perch, without a bottom, is occupied by the male, who, with his 
 chirping note, cheers the female during her maternal duties. The 
 Hindoos are very fond of these birds, for their docility and sagacity ; 
 when young, they teach them to fetch and carry ; and at the time 
 the young women resort to the public fountains, their lovers instruct 
 the baya to pluck the tica, or golden ornament, from the forehead of 
 their favourite, and bring it to their expecting master. 
 
 The, Termites. 
 
 The termites, or white ants of Bombay, are so numerous and de- 
 -iructive at Anjengo, that it is difficult to guard signing, their depreda- 
 tions; in a few hour i I demolish a large chest of books, pa- 
 pers, silk, or rluihes, perforating them with <\ thousand holes. We 
 dare not leave a box on the floor without placing it on glass botUrs, 
 which, if kept free from dust, they cannot ascend : this is trifling, 
 when compared with the serious mischief thev sometimes occasion, by 
 penetrating the beams of a house, or destroy ing the timbers of a ship. 
 
 These destructive animals advance by myriads to their work, under 
 an arched incrustation of fine sand, tempered with a moisture from 
 their body, which renders the covert-way as hard as burnt clay, and 
 effectually conceals them at their insidious employment. 
 
 I could mention, says Mr. Forbes, many curious instances of de- 
 predation by the termites. One happened to mysel ! : I left Anjengo 
 in the rainyseason to pass a few weeks with the chief at his country 
 house at Eddova, in a rural and sheltered situation. On my depart- 
 ure, f locked up a room, containing books, drawings, and a few valu- 
 ables ; as I%ok the key with me, the servant could not enter to clean 
 the furniture, the wails* of the room were white- washed, adorned with 
 
. m English frames and Basses ^returning home 
 
 , ; ,,iu ? , and taking a cursory view of my cottage by can.lu - 
 
 1 H t I found every thing apparent!) m the same order as I left it ; 
 
 t on a nc"rer infection the next morning, I observed a number of 
 
 advanced works, in varions directions, towards my pictures .: the 
 
 appeared to be uncommoniv dull, and the frames covered ; 
 d ,st <) n aUovnotino- to wipe it off, I was astonished to find the gfe 
 s fixed to the wall, Sot suspended i.i frames as I left thorn, but com- 
 nUelv surrounded bv an in ented by the white an s, 
 
 ' i\d acmaUv eat up the deal k-ho-.mls. and the 
 
 part of "L paper, and left the gl U by lU- ...crusta; 
 
 
 mg to er apartments in the for,, found, <"<; '-, r , oil, 
 
 -best in whirl, she had de- -m*lms A other art cles, 
 
 collected preparatory to her Wins Ind.u. entirely destroyed by these 
 voracious insects. 
 
 Locusts. 
 
 Many of these insects, when separately viewed, are w 
 rious and very pleasing; but considered collectively, as 
 acTmrV, Iy P appear m an awful M^t Desolation and fetae 
 mark their progress ; all the expectation? of the husbandman \ ABU* , 
 his fields, which the rising sun beheld covered with luxuriance, are 
 before evening, a desert; the produce of Ins garden and o^ha.ds _ 
 eauallv destroyed; for, where these destructive swarms alight, not. 
 ffiU^S the trees, a blade of grass in the pasture, nor an ear 
 of corn in the field: all wear the marks of dreaW devastation ; to 
 be renewed no more until the nex, .on. The locu.s n on- 
 
 ly cause a famine, by .lostrovi,,? the produce of the coun r , but 
 districts near tl, ' b n d'-owned, they have 
 
 sioned a pestilence, from the putrid effluvia of immense numbers 
 blown upon the coast, or thrown up l.y the ti les. 
 
 It is not a few fields, or only two or three vdlngcs, that are ruined 
 by these voracious creatures ; the face of the country is covered ith 
 them for many miles : yet in India they are not near so pernu : 
 n Arabia, anS many parts of Africa, where th,v pnn o of 
 
 the severest kind. Soon after my arrival at Buroche, says 
 Forbes, I saw a flight of locusts extending above a mile in length, 
 and half as much in breadth; they appeared, ;,s the sun was in th 
 meridian, like a black cloud at a distance; as they approached from 
 the east, the density of the host obscured the solar rays, cast an aw- 
 ful gloom like that of an eclipse, over the garden, and caused a noise 
 like the rushing of a torrent. They were near an hour in pass 
 over our little territory; I need not say with what an anxious eye we 
 marked their progress, fearful lest the delicacies of our garden should 
 Sfure them to a Repast. W e P icked U P a few stragglers, but the 
 ma"n body t ook a western direction, and without settling m thecoun- 
 trv most probably perished in the gulf of Cambay. A few months 
 afterwards P a much larger army alighted on the opposite. >.de of , he 
 Nerbudda, destroyed every vegetable production throughout the 4 
 
claseer pergunna, und gave the uhole country ih<' ^r carancc o. 
 ving been burnt. 
 
 Monkeys. 
 
 The intrusion of the monkeys, says Mr. Forbes, I could have dis* 
 pensed with ; their numbers were often formidable, and their depre- 
 dations serious. I believe there were as many monkeys as human in- 
 habitants in Dhiiboy ; the roofs arid upper parts of the houses seemed 
 entirely appropriated to their accommodation. While the durbar 
 was repairing-, on my first arrival, I resided a short time in one of the 
 public streets ; the back of the house was separated by a narrow 
 court from that of a principal Hindoo. It being" the shady side, I 
 generally retired during the heat of the afternoon to a veranda, and 
 reposed on a sofa, with my book ; small pieces of mortar arid tiles fre- 
 quently fell about me, to which, supposing them to be occasioned by 
 an eddy of wind, I paid no attention; until one day, when I was so 
 much annoyed by their repetition, accompanied by an uncommon 
 noise, and a blow- from a larger piece of tile than usual, that 1 arose 
 to discover the cause. To my astonishment, I saw the opposite roof j 
 covered with monkeys, employed in assaulting the white stranger, 
 who had unwittingly offended by intruding so near their domain. Al- 
 though my new situation made me the first man in the city, yet as I 
 knew I could neither make reprisals nor expect quarter from the en- 
 emy, I judged it prudent to abandon my lodging, and secure a re- 
 treat. 
 
 I do not imagine the inhabitants of Dhuboy protect the monkeys 
 from any other motive than humanity to the brute creation, and their 
 general belief in the metempsychosis; but in Malabar, and several 
 other parts of India, Dr. Fryer's assertion is very true, that "to kill 
 one of these apes, the natives hold piacular ; calling them half men ; 
 and saying that they once were men ; but for their laziness had tails 
 given them, and hair to cover them. Towards Ceylon they are dei- 
 fied ; and at the straits of Balagat they pay them tribute." 
 
 One of my friends killed a female moiiKey, and carried it to his 
 lent; which was soon surrounded by forty or fifty of the tribe, who 
 made a great noise, and in a menacing posture advanced towards it. 
 On presenting his fowling-piece, they retreated, and appeared irreso- 
 lute, but one, winch, from his age and station in the van, seemed the 
 head of the troop, stood his ground, chattering and menacing in a fu- 
 rious manner ; nor could any efforts less cruel than firing drive him 
 off; he at length approached the tent door, and when finding his 
 threatcnings were of no avail, he began a lamentable moaning, and 
 by every token of grief and supplication, seemed to beg the body of 
 the deceased ; on this it was given to him : with tender sorrow he 
 took it up in his arms, embraced it with conjugal affection, and car- 
 ried it oft with a sort of triumph to his expecting' comrades. The art- 
 less behaviour of this poor animal wrought so powerfully on the 
 sportsmen, that they resolved never more to level a gun at one of the 
 monkey race. 
 
 Delhi. 
 
 The ruins of serais, mosques, mausoleums, and other magnificent 
 structures, commenced about three or four miles before the entrance 
 of the present city. Amidst the melancholy heaps, the tomb of the 
 emperor Humaioon, still in perfect preservation, stands conspicuous: 
 
Mogul Tomb. JuV 
 
 ; lie obelisk of Cuibal Dcen is equally so, at a distance on the left. 
 About a mile and a half from the gate of the new city, of Shah Je- 
 hanabad, is the old fort, standing 1 in the midst of the ruins of the old 
 city of Delhi-, it is a most ponderous structure, and of great antiqui- 
 !t.y, but the excellence of its masonry, notwithstanding it was totally 
 neglected, has in general withstood the ravages of time. 
 
 The old city of Delhi is an entire scene of desolation ; not a hu- 
 man being to be seen in the ancient metropolis of this vast empire. 
 
 We entered, says Mr. Forbes, the new city at the Delhi gate, lead- 
 ing to a long street of a miserable appearance, containing one very 
 handsome musjid, with gilded domes ; from thence we were conduct- 
 ed along one face of the fort, to the house, or rather palace, allotted 
 for our accommodation. It was a spacious edifice, or rather a multi- 
 plication of courts and edifices, built by Sufder Jung ; still belonging 
 to his descendant Asuphul-Dowlah, and lately occupied by his v.iek- 
 eel, the eunuch Lutafut, a man of great consequence. 11 ore we found 
 convenient quarters for all our party, totally distinct from each oth- 
 er ; also for our cattle and attendants. 
 
 In the evening, on taking a more complete view of this Mogul 
 mansion, we were surprised to find the apart merits just mentioned 
 formed only a very small part of this immense pile, which occupied 
 six squares, corresponding with that in which we immediately reside. 
 Each of them comprised an elegant mansion, capable of accommo- 
 dating, in a magnificent style, half a dozen numerous families, while 
 the various ranges of inferior rooms, lodges, and out-offices of every 
 description, were amply sufficient to cover, at the least, five thousand 
 troops ; there were also stables for five hundred horses. 
 
 The morning after our arrival wo visited ihe jurmna musjid, a no- 
 ble building which does honour to the magnificent taste of its foun- 
 der, the emperor Shah Jehan, who erected this superb edifice five 
 years after the completion of iheTaje Mahal at Agra. The entran- 
 ces are all extremely grand, the lofty ininars elegantly fluted, and 
 the whole in good preservation. Besides the jumma musjid, are many 
 smaller mosques ; some with gilded domes make a dazzling appear- 
 ance, the majority are of plainer materials, and many falling to de- 
 cay. 
 
 Our limited stay at Delhi prevented us from seeing more of the 
 city than came within the compass of this morning's ride. On leav- 
 ing the jumma rnusjid, we proceeded through several streets, despi- 
 cably poor, and thinly inhabited. Two or three of a larger size 
 seemed more populous, were of considerable breadth, and occupied 
 by the aqueduct in the centre, now in a state of dilapidation. 
 
 Mogul Tomb. 
 
 The grand mausoleum of the Taje Mahal, which stands due north 
 and south, on the southern bank of the river Jumna, was built by 
 command of the Emperor Shah Jehan for the interment of the fa- 
 vourite sultana J\Iotitaz Mehl, or Montazat Zunifini, the " Pre-emi- 
 nent in t/te Seraglio, or Puragon of the a*e ;" and at his death his 
 remains were also here deposited by order of his son Aurungzebe. 
 
 This building, in point of design and execution, is one of the most 
 extensive, elegant, commodious, and perfect works that was ever un- 
 dertaken and finished by one man. To this celebrated architect the 
 Emperor Shah Jehan gave the title of Zerreer dust or Jewel-handed 
 to distinguish him from all other artists. 
 
v>OG Languages. 
 
 It is built entirely of pure white marble on an immense 
 form of the same material, having" a lofty minaret of equal beauty at 
 every corner. On each side, and behind the imperial mausoleum, is 
 a suit of elegant apartments, also of white marble, highly decora ted 
 with coloured stones. The tombs and other principal parts ot this 
 vast fabric are inlaid with wreaths of flowers and foliage in their nat- 
 ural cjlours, entirely composed of cornelians, onyxes, verdantique, 
 lapis-lazuli, and every variety of agates, so admirably finished as to 
 have rather the appearance of an ivory model set with jewels. 
 
 It cost ninety-eight lacks, or nine millions eight hundred and fif- 
 teen thousand rupees, equal to one million two hundred and twenty- 
 five thousand pounds sterling. 
 
 General Aspect of India. 
 
 Nature seems to have taken pleasure in embellishing and enriching 
 the favoured country of Hindostan with every choicest gift. Under 
 a pure sky and brilliant sun, the soil produces the most exquisite 
 fruits, and the most abundant harvests; the rocks are rich in gems, 
 the mountains teem with gold, and the fleecy pod of the cotton fur- 
 nishes in profusion the light garment fitted to the climate. In trav-" 
 ellinj*" in the interior, your eyes will often be enchanted with the most 
 delicious landscapes. Amidst stupendous forests you will not unfre- 
 quently be charmed with a cultivated spot, where, if ever, yon might 
 realize the dreams of the poet, and indulge in that impassioned indo- 
 lence which is the- parent of poetry and of the fine art*. 
 
 But, alas ! it is not the natural riches of tho country, nor the ex- 
 quisite beauty of its sylvan scenery, that will most attract your at- 
 tention. Vast cities, now too large for their diminished inhabitants, 
 towns embellished with temples and with tombs falling to decay, and 
 absolutely unpeopled, and stupendous monuments of art, which have 
 not served to transmit even the names of their founders down to our 
 times, will frequently arrest your steps ; but while these are hasten- 
 ing to decay, the customs and habits of the natives seem immortal, 
 and present us now with the same traits under which they are painted 
 by the Greeks, who visited them two thousand years ago. 
 
 Languages. 
 
 The Hindostanee is the most widely diffused, though, should you be 
 stationed in Bengal, the Bengalee, or ancient language of Gaur, will 
 be most useful, as it is spoken over a pretty extensive district. How- 
 ever, if you wish to travel much, learn Persian, which may be called 
 the French of the East ; for you will not find a village where at 
 least one person cannot speak it. 
 
 Were all other monuments swept away from the face of Hindos- 
 tan, were its inhabitants destroyed, and its name forgotten, the exist- 
 ence of the Sanscrit language would prove that it once contained a 
 race who had reached a high degree of refinement, and who must 
 have been blest with many rare advantages before such a language 
 could have been formed and polished. Amidst the wreck of the na- 
 tion where it flourished, and superior to the havock of war and of 
 conquest, it remains a venerable monument of the splendour of other 
 times, as the solid pyramid in the deserts of Egypt attest, that where 
 now the whirlwind drives the overwhelming sand-wave, aud ploughs 
 
Japan. 309 
 
 up the loose and barren dust, a numerous population once enlivened 
 the plain, and the voice of industry once gladdened the woods. 
 
 The languages of India are usually reckoned to be four.* 
 
 The Sanscrit, or language of the gods. 
 
 The Pracrit, or spoken language. 
 
 The Paisachi, or language of the demons. 
 
 The Magad'hi. 
 
 Some writers however substitute for the two latter the Apabhransa 
 or Jargon, and the Misra or mixed language. 
 
 Although the Sanscrit is now a dead language, it was probably at 
 one period the spoken language of most parts of India, and the ob- 
 jections which might be made to this opinion, such as the inordinate 
 lengrh of the compound words, and the strict rule > fur the permuta- 
 tion of letters in these compounds, are obviated by the fluency v, ith 
 which those persons deliver themselves who *iiil speak the lanyV 
 
 The Pracrit language formerly included all the written dialects 
 used in the common intercourse of life, an 1 cultivate.! by men of let- 
 ters : but the term IVncrit is r >;ily restricted to the lari- 
 
 ^poken on the banks of the Seraswattee. 
 
 | The Goura^ or Bti,gati, is ^okfii in the provinces of which the an- 
 cient city of G:-ur was once the capital, and of which nothing re- 
 mains but widely-spread ruins. The liuiiruaire contains some origin- 
 al poems, besides many translations from th- ^;ui>crit ; it appears to 
 be a soft agreeable language, though less pleasing to the car than the 
 Ilindostanee. 
 
 ASIATIC ISLANDS. 
 
 !>' THE 
 
 EASTERN OCEAN. 
 
 Character, <$c. of 1he Inhabitants of Japan^ Malacca, Sumatra^ 
 Nicobar, Sombrero, Java, Borneo, Ternatc, Celebes, Banda, 
 Timor, Manilla. Mindanao, Formosa, the Ladrone Islands , 
 the Pelew Inlands, and J\*e:v Holland. 
 
 Japan. 
 
 Japan is an extensive empire, consisting of several islands, lying- 
 between 31 and 42 N. lat. and separated from the eastern coast of 
 Asia by the soa of Japan. The principal of these islands is ISiphon, 
 which is upwards of 700 miles long and on an average SO broad. The 
 two next are Sikoke and Kiu-siu. The large island of Jesso, imme- 
 diately north of Niphon, has been colonised and governed by Japan, 
 though it is scarcely reckoned an integral part of the empire. Se- 
 
 * This applies only to the ancient or dead languages of Hindostan. 
 not to the vernacular dialects. See Appendix, page 19. I*. 
 
310 Ceylon. 
 
 veral of the Kurile islands are also dependent on Japan. The extent 
 of the three original islands may be computed at 90,0()o squ:> 
 
 The population is variously estimated from 15 to 30 millions. They 
 are of the Mongol origin, and in their religion and many of their cus- 
 toms they bear a strong- resemblance to the Chinese. 
 
 Japan, u that celebrated and imperial island," bears "a pre-emi- 
 nence among eastern kingdoms, analogous to that of Britain among the 
 nations of the West." The Japanese are represented to be a ner- 
 vous, vigorous people, whose bodily and mental powers assimilate 
 much nearer to those of Europe than what is attributed to Asiatics 
 in general. Their features are masculine and perfectly European, 
 with the exception of the small lengthened Tartar eye, which almost 
 universally prevails, and is the only feature of resemblance between 
 them- and the Chinese. Their complexion is perfectly fair, and in- 
 deed blooming ; the women of the higher classes being equally fair 
 with Europeans, and having the bloom of health more prevalent 
 among them than is usually found in Europe. 
 
 For a people who have had very few, if any external aids, the Ja- 
 panese cannot but rank hiprh in the scale of civilization. The traits 
 of a vigorous mind are displayed in their proficiency in the sciences, 
 and particularly in metaphysics and judicial astrology. The arts they 
 practise speak for themselves, and are deservedly acknowledged to 
 be in a much higher degree of perfection than among the Chinese, 
 with whom they are by Europeans so frequently confounded : the lat- 
 ter have been stationary at least as long as we have known them, 
 while the slightest impulse seems sufficient to give a determination to 
 the Japanese character, which would progressively improve until it 
 attained the same height of civilization with the European. Nothing 
 indeed, is so offensive to the feelings of a Japanese as to be compared 
 in any one respect with t . Unlike the Chinese, the women 
 
 here are by no means secluded they associate among themselves, 
 like the ladies of Europe. 
 
 Ceylon . 
 
 Ceylon is an island in the Indian ocean separated from the coajst of 
 Coromandel by Palk's straits, and the gulph of Manaar. It lies be- 
 tween 5 53 and 9 57' N. lat. The length from N. to S. is 280 miles, 
 and the number of square mile^ i^ estimated at 38,000. 
 
 The population is estimated at 1,500,000. 
 
 This island, of which the name, according to Dr. Davy, is derived 
 from its ancient appellation Sinhala' is situated at the western en- 
 trance of the Bay of Bengal, and ofl' the Coast of Coromandel, from 
 which its nearest point is separated by the gulph of Manaar, only about 
 thirty miles wide. It is almost two-thirds the size of Ireland, contain- 
 ing altogether a surface of about 20,770 squares miles. The middle 
 territory and a great portion of the southern extremity, formed until 
 of late years, the independent kingdom of Kandy ; but the whole 
 island is now subject to Great Britain. The surface of the interior 
 varies considerably, and may be divided into flat country, hilly, and 
 mountainous. The inhabitants, estimated at 800,000, consist of two 
 great classes,, the aboriginal Singalese, and the naturalised foreign- 
 ers. The former occupy almost exclusively the interior and the 
 southwest parts of the island. The latter are chiefly Malabars and 
 Moors ; the Malabars are confined principally to the northern and 
 eastern Maritime provinces ; the Moors, like the Jews of Europe, 
 live scattered among the people of the country. 
 
Malacca a,. .Hi 
 
 Malacca and Sumatra. 
 
 Hants of Malacca and the Maud of Sumatra arc black, 
 
 ell proportioned, though naked from the middle 
 
 a -mall -carf which they carr\ sometimes on one 
 
 aturally brave, and 
 
 midable after taking their opium. 
 
 of Sumatra and Malacca appear to be of the same 
 
 race ; they speak the same lang-iu^ haiighly tcm- 
 
 thev'havc a long visage, bla< ftd i < ih dyed 
 
 k by tlte habitual In sonic of the islands 
 
 -iimatra, the natives are tali, ai Uowish colour, like 
 
 the Brazilians; they wear long hair, and -o nuked. 
 
 inlands, to the north of Sumatra, have a yellow 
 
 tawny complexion, and likewise go naked. The inb:.' f the 
 
 >ic- la are tall and handsome ; the women, to beautify tbem- 
 
 !>rows. In Sombrero, to the 
 .tint their faces with 
 
 The people of .all adjacent islands, 
 
 tlioi:. -m theChinese 
 
 nd seem to have originated from a different stock ; yet 
 the ; .(Mi. but are similar to 
 
 the ( in colour, \\hicl-. like that of the Malays, i- 
 
 red mingled with black: they are robust and handsome, active and 
 
 lute, mild and courtcou- and the heat of their climate oh! 
 them to tro naked. The women, who are not so much exposed to the 
 
 - tawny than the men: their countenance is 
 . !y : then- complexion, thoii^h brou n, is uniform and beautiful ; 
 
 ..ir, brilliaht c\ es ; and many of 
 
 illicult to account for the difference which is to be found 
 iimn 1 lla of Malacca, 
 
 the i Ifl in the Indian 
 
 on 
 
 the continent, and ( ha\ e had 
 
 . oflhemnearl\ three- centuries. This circ um-tance must 
 need a great \ ; 
 
 [.d proportions of tbeir bodies. Inthe island 
 
 of Java tleie are peo;i!e culleil Chm itl>isf who are totally dilfen-nt, 
 not ivnlv from < s of this island, but from all other Indians. 
 
 v.icrelas are white and fair, and their eyes are vo weak that 
 
 ri-nnot Mipport the rays of the sun. They go about in the day 
 
 with their c-\ es half M.ut, and directed to the ground ; but they see 
 
 during llie night. 
 
 T!K^ inhabitants of the Jl/o/wc^a islands are similar to those of Suma- 
 tra and Java, in manners, mode of livin customs, language, 
 and colour : they are strong, and expert in the use of weapons ; they 
 livrl-mc^ though their hair soon becomes hnarv. Those of Borneo 
 and Baity, north of the straits of Java, are brown and tawny. Those 
 of Termite are of the same colour with the Malays : their countenan- 
 ces are comely ; the men are handsomer than the women, and both 
 sexes bestow much attention on the beauty of their hair. The na- 
 
 * A race Albinos. P. 
 
312 Malacca and Sumatra. 
 
 lives of Banda are remarkable for longevity, notwithstanding thcv 
 lead a very indolent life ; the men saunter abroad, while the women 
 perform all the laborious duties. The original natives of YYmor, 
 which is one of the islands adjacent to jWw? Holland, are of a middle 
 stature, with a black skin, and black bristly hair. They are dexter- 
 ous and agile, but indolent. 
 
 Turning northward, we come to Manilla, and the other Philippine 
 Islands, the inhabitants of which, by their alliances formed with the 
 Spaniards, Indians, Chinese, Mala bars, and Negroes, are, perhaps, 
 more mixed than in any other part of the universe. The negroes who 
 live in the woods of Manilla, are entirely different from the other in- 
 habitants; some of them have crisped hair, like the negroes of Ango- 
 la, and others have long hair ; their colour consists of various shades 
 of black. 
 
 The Mariana or Ladrone islands, which are most remote from the 
 eastern coast, are inhabited by a rude and unpolished people. In 
 colour, they resemble the natives of the Philippines ; they are strong- 
 er and more robust than the Europeans: though they feed wholly on 
 roots, fruit, and fish, yet they are very fat ; but their corpulency does 
 not prevent them from being nimble and active. It is said, in gene- 
 ral, that the age of a hundred years is not extraordinary among them, 
 without experiencing disease or sickness. They are so strong, that 
 they can with ease carry on their shoulders a weight of five hundred 
 pounds. The inhabitants of Guam, one of these islands, are not only 
 very robust, but their stature extends to nearly seven feet in height. 
 
 To the south of the Ladrone islands, and eastward of the Moluccas, 
 we find the land of Papous and New Guinea. The Papous are as 
 black as Catfrcs, have crisped hair, and a meagre disagreeable visage ; 
 among these people, however, there are some who are as white and 
 fair as the Germans, but their eyes are weak and delicate. The na- 
 tives of this country are very black, savage, and brutal ; they wear 
 rings in their ears and noses, and sometimes in the partition of the 
 nose. They have likewise bracelets of mother-of-pearl above their 
 elbows and on their wrists, and they cover their heads with caps 
 made of the bark of trees, painted with different colours. They are 
 strong and well proportioned ; swift in the chace ; and as the use of 
 iron is unknown to them, their weapons consist of clubs, lances, and 
 spears made of hard wood. They likewise use their teeth as offensive 
 weapons, and bite like dogs ; they eat betel and pimeta mixed with 
 t-hiilk, which also serves them for powder tp their beards and hair. 
 
 The natives of the coast of JVeto Holland are, perhaps, the most 
 miserable of the human species, and approach nearest to the brutes. 
 They are tall and thin ; their limbs are long and slender ; they have 
 large heads, and thick eye-brows; their eye-lids are always half-shut, 
 a habit which they contract in infancy to protect their eyes from the 
 gnats : they have no beards ; their visage is long, without a single 
 feature that is agreeable ; their hair is short, black, and crisped ; 
 and their skin is as black as that of the Guinea negroes. They have 
 no clothing, but a piece of the bark of a tree tied round the waist, 
 with a handful of long herbs in the middle ; they have no houses, and 
 they sleep pn the ground without a covering ; they associate, men, 
 women, and children^ promiscuously, to the number of twenty or 
 thirty : their only nourishment is a small fish, which they catch in re- 
 servoirs made with stones, in small arms of the sea ; and they are to- 
 tally unacquainted with bread, and every species of grain. 
 
Malacca. 
 
 From the foregoing descriptions it is apparent that the islands and 
 roasts of the Indian ocean are peopled with men of different races. 
 
 The natives of Malacca, Sumatra, and the Nicobar islands, seem to 
 derive their origin from the inhabitants of the peninsula of Indus ; and 
 those of Java from the Chinese, excepting the white Chacrelas, who 
 must have sprung from an European stock.* 
 
 The natives of the Molucca islands have probably proceeded from 
 the Indian peninsula. But the inhabitants of the island of Timor are 
 very similar to the people of New Holland : those of Formosa and the 
 Ladrone islands, though separated by a great distance, resemble each 
 other in stature, strength, and features ; and appear to form a race 
 distinct from every other people in their neighbourhood. 
 
 The Fapous, and other nations adjacent to New Guinea are cer- 
 tainly real negroes, and resemble those of Africa, though they 
 a distance of more than MX thousand miles from that continent. The 
 natives of New Holland bear a strong analogy to the Hottentots. 
 
 Having thus given a general view of a great number of different 
 nations, we shall now enter more minutely ini< ^une of the peculiar 
 customs and different manners of the most distinguished of 
 islands. 
 
 Of Malacca 
 
 cca consists of a large peninsula, extending from 1 to 1.1 
 ?s. lat. and connected with the kingdom of Siarn on the north by :. 
 narrow isthmus. It is bounded K. by the gulf of Siam, S. by ti<r 
 straits of Malacca, which separate it from the island of Sumatra ; and 
 W. by the bay of Bengal. 
 
 Jhe peninsula of Malacca was once considered as one of the L 
 est Asiatic powers. The sea was covered with their ships ; they car- 
 ried on an extensive commerce ; and it is thought that, from ti 
 
 nt out numerous colonies, and peopled a great ma- 
 ny of 1 1 1 
 
 known of tin re governed by feudal laws; a chief, 
 
 who has tl.e title of Miltan or'king, issues his commands to hi*- 
 vassals, who obey when they think proper.* Ti" 
 sals, who act in :iii regard to thrir n 
 
 small part of the nation live independent, and sell their 
 those who pay them best, whilst the body of the nation is compo 
 slaves in perpetual servitude. 
 
 The natives of Malacca, usually called Malays, are of a dark com- 
 plexion, brisk, active, and much addicted to thieving. Some of 
 are idolaters, but the majority are Mahometans. The inland inhabi- 
 tants, called Monacaboes, are a barbarous, savage people, delighting 
 in mischief ; on which account no gr;; > about Malacca, but 
 
 enclosed in gardens with'thick-set hedges, or deep ditches ; 
 for when the grain is ripe in the open plains, the Monacaboes never 
 fail to set fire to it. These people are whiter than the neighbouring 
 Malays, but so untractable that no method has been found to civilize 
 them. 
 
 The Malays, who are not slaves, go always armed, and would think 
 themselves disgraced if they went abroad without their poniards, 
 
 * This is probably a mistake. The Chacrelas, if the account of 
 them is true, are Albinos. P. 
 
 27 
 
314 Sumatra, 
 
 which they manufacture themselves. As their lives are a perpetual 
 round of agitation and tumult, the long-flowing habits of the Asiatics 
 would ill accord with their manners : their garments are adapted to 
 their shapes, and loaded with a multitude of buttons, which fasten 
 them close to their bodies in every part. 
 
 Of Sumatra. 
 
 Sumatra, the most westerly of the Sunda isles, is about 700 miles 
 long from N. W. to S. E. and the area is commonly estimated at 
 180,000 square miles. The equinoxial line passes nearly through 
 the centre. It is separated from the peninsula of Malaya by the 
 straits of Malacca, and from the island of Java by the straits of Sun- 
 da. The population has been estimated at 4,500,000. . 
 
 Sumatra is the most western of the Sunda islands, constitutes, on 
 that side, the boundary of the eastern Archipelago, and is nearly bi- 
 sected by the equator. This being one of the largest islands in the 
 world, we must,* in our description of it, enter into particulars, only 
 observing, that much which relates to these people is characteristic 
 also of the natives of Borneo, another of the Sunda islands. 
 
 The natives of Sumatra are rather below the middle stature, they 
 are well shaped, but particularly small at the wrists and ankles. The 
 women have the custom of flattening the noses, compressing the 
 heads, and pulling out the ears, (so as to make them stand erect from 
 the head) of infants as soon as they are born. Their eyes are uni- 
 formly dark and clear ; their hair is strong and black, the appearance 
 of which is disregarded by men, who wear it short ; but the women 
 take great pride in theirs^ and wear it sometimes even to the ground. 
 The men are careful to 'extirpate their beards and all superfluous 
 hairs. The greater part of the females are ugly, yet there are among 
 them some whose appearance is strikingly beautiful. The original 
 clothing of these people is the same with that found by navigators 
 amongst the inhabitants of the South-sea islands, and now known by 
 the name of Otaheite cloth. Unmarried young women are distin- 
 guished by a fillet which ffpes across the front of the hair, and fastens 
 behind : and their dancing girls wear head-dresses very artificially 
 wrought, and as high as any that have ever been worn in this coun- 
 try. 
 
 'Many of the fr omen have their teeth filed down to the gums : oth- 
 ers have them formed in points, and some have no more filed off than 
 the outer coat and extremities, the better to receive a black colour, 
 with which they ornament them. Some of their great men set theirs 
 in gold, by casing with a plate of that metal the under row, and this 
 contrasted with the black dye, has, by lamp or candle-light, a very 
 splendid effect. 
 
 Their houses are constructed with great simplicity, the frequency 
 of earthquakes preventing the natives from making buildings of so- 
 lidity or elegance. The furniture of their houses consists of but few 
 articles. Their bed is a mat, usually of a fine texture, manufactured 
 for the purpose, with a number of pillows worked at the ends, and 
 adorned with a shining substance that resembles foil ; a sort of cano- 
 py hangs over their head of various-coloured cloths. They sit on the 
 ground, and consequently have no occasion for chairs or stools. In- 
 stead of tables, they have what resembles large wooden salvers, with 
 feet; round each of which three or four persons dispose themselves, 
 and on these are laid their brass waiters, which hold cups containing 
 their curry and vessels of rice. Neither knives, s-poons, nor any sub- 
 
them are emp! ir take up their rice and ot 
 
 -n thrir thumb aud fingers, and dexterously put it mti 
 .loiilh by the action of the thumb, frequently dipping their bai 
 
 'hey eat. Thei the 
 
 \iiled, or else dry it in the sun till it is so hard as to resist pu- 
 trefaction without the aicl of salt. 
 
 There appear to be no written laws in Sumatra, except those of the 
 ran, winch are received by the Mahometan part of the inhabi- 
 inotherca- For 
 
 murder arid adultery, the usual pun is death, which is not in- 
 
 flict, ner, but joint! who 
 
 to bo within reach of the criminal. il of- 
 
 re strangle is for the most part 
 
 pur;; or limb-. .<? to 
 
 -i. the de- 
 lino uent is put to de; 
 
 ming, except cock -figh tin;, 
 nd defendant plead : cause; but i)' 
 
 .1 to it, they are allowed (in tin 
 i^ffuagc of t 1 , borrow a mouth. Their manner 
 
 en on the burying place ot' 
 
 11 If what I n< 
 trill;- a my oath, li 
 
 The inlan houses certain 
 
 I lien an oath is ;. n, anil it 
 
 two or three days to rei the swearing 
 
 er be has pronounced the form of 
 
 uoiv M tirnL^lhcar by Uie earth, u 
 
 I may never produce au- if nourishment if they speak 
 
 : bearing, i 
 
 1 1. 
 
 k. The 
 
 ves is mostly vegetal l\ beverage; 
 
 and i v will ki; . 
 
 litv 
 
 of t!. 'iie. 
 
 The women are remark 
 
 . grave in 
 
 .t degree. On the 
 e.st 
 
 in their dealings \\ t-rvile in 
 
 their nerso : their apparel, which thej never w 
 
 The ancient religion of the Sumatrans, is scarcely now to be tra- 
 ced : and, of the present race of inhabitants, those who have not 
 been initiated in the principles of Mahometanism, regard those who 
 have, as persons advanced in knowledge beyond themselves. If, by 
 religion, says Mr. Marsden, in his excellent history of this country, 
 is meant a public or private worship of any kind ; if prayers, proces- 
 sions, meetings, or priests, be necessary to constitute it, these people 
 cannot even be termed Pagans, if by that term a mistaken kind of 
 worship be conveyed. They neither worship God, devil, nor idol. 
 They nave, however, some confused notion of a species of superior 
 beings, who hare the power of rendering themselves visible or in- 
 
'31G Island of Java. 
 
 visible at pleasure, whose wrath they deprecate, in the persuasion 
 that they possess the faculty of doing them good or evil. 
 
 They have no word in their language to express the person of God. 
 except the Allah of the Malays ; yet when questioned on the subject, 
 they assert that their ancestors had a knowledge of a deity, though 
 they have never employed their thoughts about him. 
 
 The knowledge of the Sumatrans is very limited. Some of them 
 can carry their arithmetical operations as far as division. The gen- 
 eral method of counting any large number of articles is to put aside 
 each tenth, and afterwards each hundredth piece. They make use 
 of knots tied in a string, to assist their memory at any distance of 
 time. They have no knowledge of geography. They do not know 
 that their country is an island, nor have they a name for it. Habit 
 makes them expert in travelling through the woods ; and they esti- 
 mate the distance of places from each other by the time the journey 
 takes in travelling it. They divide the year into three hundred and 
 fifty-four days, but they correct the error which this mode of compu- 
 tation would occasion, by counting the number of their years from 
 the number of their crops of grain. 
 
 Nicobar Islands.* 
 
 The inhabitants of the Nicobar and Andaman islands are, in their 
 persons, much like the Sumatrans ; they have been accused of cani- 
 balism, which is without foundation ; so far from eating their own 
 species, they scarcely eat any flesh at all. They live chiefly on fish 
 and fruits. Their houses are built in clusters, each consisting of 
 five or six erected on bamboo pillars, eight or nine feet above the 
 ground, and covered with palm branches. The inhabitants of these 
 islands are said to worship the moon. 
 
 Island of Java. 
 
 Java is a large inland lying S. W. of Sumatra, between 6 and 9 
 S. lat. It is 042 miles long from E. to W. and the area is estimated 
 I .j2,000 square miles. 
 
 The population is estimated at 4,230,000. 
 
 The length of Java, in a straight line drawn between its extreme 
 points, is five hundred and seventy -five geographical miles : its 
 breadth varies from one hundred and seventeen, to forty-eight miles. 
 
 Numerous small islands are scattered in its immediate vicinity, 
 particularly along the northern coast, and contribute, with the pro- 
 jecting points and headlands inclosing the different bays, to form har- 
 bours of various capacities. The most important of these islands is 
 that of Madura, which is separated from the main land of Java by a 
 strait in one part not more than a mile broad, and serves to form the 
 important harbour of Surabaya. 
 
 Passing from the coast to the interior of the country, the stranger 
 cannot fail to be struck with the bold outline and prominent features 
 of its scenery. An uninterrupted series or range of large mountains, 
 varying in their elevation above the sea from five to eleven, and even 
 twelve thousand feet, and exhibiting, by their round base or pointed 
 tops, their volcanic origin, extend through the whole length of the 
 island. 
 
 * Lie N. of Sumatra and W. of Siam. P. 
 
 
Island of Java. 31 1 
 
 The several large mountains comprised in this series, and which 
 
 in number thirty-eight, though diiierent from each other in ex- 
 
 Kil figure, agree in the general attributes of volcanos, having a 
 
 broad base gradually verging towards the summit in the form of a 
 
 cone. 
 
 The general aspect of Java, says the enlightened Governor Raf- 
 fles, in his valuable history of this Island, on the northern coast, is 
 many places swampy and overgrown with mangrove trees 
 and bushes, particularly towards the west. The southern coast, on 
 the contrary, consists almost entirely of a series of rocks and cliffs, 
 which rise perpendicularly to a considerable height. In the interior, 
 stupendous mount, < h longitudinally throughout the island ; 
 
 iO others of an interior ami innumerable r;uijr 
 
 hills running in various din < and con fine pi 
 
 and vallies of various i! , On the i Mde, 
 
 the ascen 'ie sea coast to the imme- 
 
 diate base of the mount icularly in -ts of tin- 
 
 island, where , the mount 
 
 are - r inland. In approaching the mountain*, which lie at 
 
 the back of 1! , ere is a gradual, but almost imperceptible 
 
 acclivity for about forty miles. In other par' the mount am-% 
 
 and hills approach nearer to i>e more 
 
 abrupt, as may be observed in the vicinity of Samarang. 
 
 Although the northern coast is in many parts flat and uninteresting, 
 the interior and southern provinces, from the mountainous charu< 
 of the country, may be reckoned amongst the most romantic and 
 highly diversified in the world ; uniting all the rich and magnificent 
 scenery, which waving < \ er-i.uhng- streams, and constant 
 
 hue, can present, height* n< ! b\ a pure atmosphere, and the 
 glowing 1 tints of a tropiral sun. 
 
 Quitting the 1<>. the north, in many parts unhealthy, the 
 
 ..i "without feeling a sen- 
 sible improvement in the utn nd climate. As he proceeds, 
 at every step h ^ a purer '.1 nrvevs a brighter scrm. 
 At length he reach* lands. Here the boldest forms of na- 
 ture are tempered b ; al arts of man : stupendous mountainH 
 clot! i ibundant harvr lamed to the 
 peasant's will. Here i- f e are tints of the 
 brit: In the h<- ne-s : in 
 innumerable rills and rivulets preserve much of their 
 waU the mountain farmer directs in endless conduits and 
 canals to irrigate the land, which he has laid out in terraces for its 
 reception: it r the plains, and spreads fertility wher- 
 ever it flows, till at last, by numerous outlets, it discharge* itself into 
 the sea. 
 
 The seasons, in all the countries situated within about ten degrees 
 
 e equator, agree in this: that, as one eternal summer prevails, 
 
 are not distinguished as hot or cold, but as wet and dry. In Ja- 
 
 isons depend upon the periodical winds. The period of the 
 
 nor in of these winds is not determined within a few weeks; but 
 
 generally the westerly winds, which are -always attended with rain, 
 
 are felt in October, become more steady in November and December, 
 
 and gru'.lnally subside, till in March or April they are succeeded by 
 
 the nds and fair weather, which continue for the remaining 
 
 half year. The heaviest rains are in the months of December and 
 
 January, and the driest weather is in July and August; at which lat- 
 
 27* 
 
;itt Island of Java. 
 
 ier period, also, the nights are coldest and the days hottest. The 
 weather is most unsettled when the season is changing, particularly 
 at the first setting in of the westerly winds ; but those violent sto; 
 and hurricanes, which are so often felt in the West Indies and in 
 higher latitudes, are here unknown. With the exception of a few 
 days at these periods, or when the westerly winds are at their height, 
 vessels of any description may ride in safety, in most of the bays along 
 the northern coast of the island ; and on shore the wind is never so 
 v iolent as to do damage. Thunderstorms are, however, frequent, 
 j.nd the lightning is extremely vivid. In the vicinity of the hills, and 
 elsewhere, during the dry season, seldom a day passes without thunder 
 md lightning; and, although these grand exhibitions of nature cause 
 less consternation in general within the tropics than beyond them, it 
 cannot be denied that they are destructive of many lives. Earth- 
 quakes are to be expected in a volcanic country, and are frequent in 
 i he vicinity of the volcanoes ; but the European towns have never 
 sustained any serious injury from them. 
 
 With the exception of the town of Batavia, and some parts of the 
 northern coast, the island of Java stands on a level, in point of salu- 
 'irity, with the healthiest parts of India, or of any tropical country 
 in the world. 
 
 At the same time, however, that Java has to boast this general cha- 
 racter of high salubrity, comparatively with other tropical climates, 
 it is not to be denied that there are some spots upon it which are de- 
 cidedly unhealthy. These are to be found along the low swampy 
 marshes of the northern coast, which arc mostly recent encroach- 
 ments upon the sea : the principal of these is Batavia, the long esta- 
 blished capital of the Dutch eastern empire. 
 
 The climate of this city has ever been considered as one 'of the 
 most baneful in the world. It has even been designated the store- 
 house of disease ; with how much justice, is too woefully demonstra- 
 ted by the writings of those visiters who have siiwived its perils, and 
 ecords of the Dutch Ivasl- India Company itself. If we may cre- 
 dit Raynal, there perished between the years 1714 and 1776, in the 
 hospitals of Batavia, above eighty-seven thousand sailors and soldiers. 
 
 Between the tops of the mountains and the sea- shore, Java may be 
 considered as possessing at least six distinct climates*, each furnishing 
 a copious indigenous Botany ; while the productions of every region 
 m the world may find a congenial spot somewhere in the island. Ve- 
 ; le nro lurtions, which contribute to the food and sustenance of 
 man, 'ire found in great variety. Of these the most important is rice, 
 which forms the staple grain of the country, and of which there 
 are upwards of a hundred varieties. Maize, or Indian corn, ranks 
 next, and is principally cultivated in the higher regions, or in those 
 tracts where the soil is unfavourable to the rice cultivation. 
 
 Besides the cocoa-nut, and other productions more generally 
 known, there are many trees growing spontaneously, of which the 
 seeds and kernels are used as food. The bread-fruit tree grows in 
 Java, and is of the same species (although inferior in quality) with 
 that of the South-Sea Islands : but the fruit is comparatively very 
 little esteemed or employed as an article of food. 
 
 A gross imposition has been practised on the people of Europe, by 
 a romance on the subject of the upas, or celebrated poison-tree of 
 Java, a regular series of experiments has now been instituted, both 
 m France and in England, to ascertain the nature and potency of the 
 poison. 
 
Island of Java. 
 
 Although the account published so far as relates to the situation oi 
 (he poison-tree, to its effect on the surrounding country, und the ap 
 plication said to have been made of the upas on criminals in ditlereni 
 part- of tic Mand, as well the description of the poisonous sub 
 
 de of colle< ted to be an extrava- 
 
 . ; the existenr < in Java, from the sap of which 
 
 ,ual in fa; n thrown into the circula- 
 
 tion, to the strongest animal poisons hitherto known, is a fact. The 
 tree which produces this poison is the anchar, one of the largest trees 
 in the forests of Java. The stem is cylindrical, perpendicular, and 
 -( 1\ naked to the height o <-ghty feet. 
 
 he surface of the giound, it spreads pfelrauely, dividing into nu- 
 - broad ap, - tiuch like thecanai mm commune 
 
 (the canai \ tree.) and sev< . It is 
 
 covered with a uhitish bark, slightly bursting in longitudinal furrows. 
 ie ground this bark is, ino!.: >re than half an incli 
 
 thiek, and, u-: on heiri- Is plentifully themilkx _iui> 
 
 wliich ' ' (I. A puncture or 
 
 ing ma I oozing out, of a yel- 
 
 ,r (sonu-u hat fro;h\ , . or nearly white from 
 
 young- ; osed to th. surface becomes brown. The 
 
 ilk; n is ; 
 ontained i: ;:ieh when 
 
 nsiderable : i .nine a cup-full 
 
 < collected from a lar- The inner 'iher) is of y 
 
 i'lbrous te\' iiat ol the nionis paps nfera, and, \\ - 
 
 parnted from the other bark, and cleansed from the adhering parti- 
 cles, resembles a coarse piece of linen. It has been worked int< 
 stong; and the poorer class of the pen; !e eiii- 
 ie inner bark of which is more easii 
 
 e stuff which they \\' 
 
 \Nhat*'\cr OJMH i ' it* formed on t!;< 
 habiting these is!;t 
 
 . which prevails 
 
 throughout the whnh ago, justifies the conclusion that its 
 
 original population is>ui-(! from the M . and that the peculiar- 
 
 dislin^iii^h tl.e diilerent nations and communiti< 
 it is at prr- result of a long separation, 
 
 i I -the iniei course of foreign tn. : rants, 
 
 . are an agricultural race, 
 
 1 to the .soil, of almost 
 
 entirely unactjua;. navigation and foreign trade, and little in- 
 
 clined 
 
 The inhabitants of Java and Madura arc in stature rather belovr 
 the middle size, though not so short as the Bugis, and many of the 
 other islanders. They are, upon the whole, well shaped, though less 
 remarkably so than the Malayus, and erect in their figures. Their 
 limbs are slender, aud the wrists and ancles particularly small. In 
 general, they allow the body to retain its natural shape. The only 
 exceptions to this observation are, an attempt to prevent the growth, 
 or to reduce the size of the waist, by compressing it into the narrow- 
 est limits; and the practice, still more injurious to female elegance, 
 of drawing too tightly that part of the dress which covers the bosom. 
 Deformity is very rare among them. The forehead is high, the eve- 
 brows well marked and distant from the eyes, which are somewhat 
 
320 Indian Archipelago. 
 
 Chinese, or rather Tartar, in the formation of the inner angle. The 
 colour of the eye is dark ; the nose small and somewhat flat, but less 
 so than that of the islanders in general. The mouth is well formed, 
 but the lips are large. 
 
 Of the Spice Islands. 
 
 The Moluccas include all the islands between New Guinea and 
 Celebes. They belong to the Dutch, and are celebrated, as their 
 name indicates, for the richest spices. 
 
 It is not certain by what means the Molucca islands were peopled ; 
 but they evidently derive their laws from the Malays. Their lan-t 
 guage, manners and customs are very similar to those of the Malay?. 
 The natives are, in general, cowardly, slothful, cruel, and ferocious. 
 The savageness of their manners is a consequence of that wandering 
 and solitary life, which they lead in the woods, for the purpose of es- 
 caping from the Dutch. Their religion is a corrupted kind of Ma- 
 hometamsm. 
 
 The inhabitants of TERNATE, which is the principal of the Moluc- 
 ca islands, have a very simple method of worshipping the Deity. No 
 one, not even the priests, are permitted to speak of religion. They 
 have only one temple, the law prohibits more. There are neither al- 
 tars, statues, nor images. A hundred priests serve in the temple, but 
 they neither sing nor speak, but in solemn silence point with the fin- 
 ger towards a^yramid, upon which are written these words : ki Mor- 
 tals, adore your God, love your brethren, and make yourselves use- 
 ful to your country." 
 
 l.ididn Archipelago. 
 
 All the civilized nations of the Archipelago, observes Mr. Craw- 
 ford, have long passed that stage of society in \vhirh the chase is pur- 
 sued for subsistence. Tro'ii the circumstances of the country, the 
 probability indeed is that the progress towards civilization was not in 
 general from the hunter state, but from that of the fishermen. Some 
 of the more abject tribes of savages however, confined to the moun- 
 tains and forests of the interior, while the fisheries of the coasts and 
 rivers are in the occupation of powerful enemies, pursue the chase as 
 the principal i ubsistence. The negro races, which inhabit 
 
 the interior of the Mab- .-ula, hunt the deer, the hog-, the 
 
 monkey, and all the animals of the forest, as the chief means of live- 
 lihood, and use poisoned arrows to d< une. 
 
 Celebes, sometiin. isar, i- n large island intersected 
 
 by the equator, and >t of Borneo, from which it is separated 
 
 by a channel or arm of the sea called the straits of Macassar. The 
 area is estimate. > -qinuv rn 
 
 The inhabitants of the Celebes or Macassar island are an ingen- 
 ious people, and seem to be actuated by more refined sentiments of 
 honour and friendship, than are usually met with among those who 
 have attained to a considerable degree of civilization. The men art; 
 courageous and warlike, the women remarkably chaste. 
 
 Young men of condition are taught to ride,' handle the scymitar, 
 and to blow little poisoned darts through a tube of about six feet long. 
 The natives formerly acknowledged no other gods but the sun and 
 moon, to which they sacrificed in the public squares, having no ma- 
 terials which they thought valuable enough to be employed in raising 1 
 temples. On hearing the opinions of the Christians and Jttahomet- 
 ans, these people were terrified, since both parties threatened them 
 
Of the Philippine Islands. 
 
 with eternal punishment, if they did not yield to their doctrines^ 
 
 chiding- that one of these religions was true, the principal king of 
 
 country convened a general assembly, and intreated that the di- 
 
 l>o\ver might be manifested in support of the true apostles, making* 
 
 of the following- prayer : " The winds and the w&ves are the 
 
 ministers of thy power, let them be the signal of thy will. I shall 
 
 acknowledge, as the depositaries of the oracles, the ministers of 
 
 ther religion, whom thou shalt cause the first to arrive in our hur- 
 
 rs." 
 
 The missionaries of the Alcoran were the most active ; and the 
 sovereign and his people were circumcised : the other parts of the 
 
 i followed their example. 
 
 The chiefs of the Banda islands, though styled kings, possess only a 
 limited authority, dependent on the will of the people, who are u 
 
 . and averse to labour. T n the pulp and 
 
 milk of the cocoa nut, and the meal of sago ; their only employment 
 
 is hunting and They eat the sago diluted with water, and, 
 
 e of humanity, reserve the finest part for the aged and 
 
 infirm. 
 
 Of the Philippine Is In 
 
 .ie N. E. of Borneo, and stretch from 5 to 20 N. 
 lat. They are mon nd helong chiefly to the 
 
 Spaniards'! The population is estimated at 3,000,000, more than half 
 of whom are subject to the Spaniards. 
 
 The Philippine islands are said to be about eleven hundred in num- 
 ber, some of them of considerable magnitude ; the principal are Ma- 
 li illa'or Luconia to the north, and Mindanao to the south ; of th 
 
 -orae account. 
 
 greater part of the people of Manilla are of Chinese extrac- 
 tion, ks. The latter are probably 
 
 ire tin- Pinta- 
 
 la among them of paint- 
 
 f the inhabitant* as live on the sea coast, 
 
 chiefly on rice and fish, ecrs subsist on the 
 
 spontaneously 
 
 * and plenty ; their drink is water, whic-h they com- 
 mon! practise cold bathing twice a day, either for 
 health or recreation erbions consist of rude plays, or of 
 rustic dances and mock fijrhN, m u Inch they i-\!:ibit striking- proofs 
 of agility ; their chief delight is in cock fighting-. 
 
 purchase their wives, and the marriage is performed by a 
 who sacrifices some animal on the occasion, after which the 
 brid<- is conducted home, and the ceremony concludes with an enter- 
 tainment. They generally marry with their own tribe, and with near 
 relations. Some of the tribes are restricted to one wife, while oti, 
 admit of plurality of wives, and divorces for reasonable causes. 
 Their funeral ceremonies are like those of the Chinese. 
 
 Mindanao is inhabited by people of different nations, but the Ma- 
 hometans who occupy the sea coast are the most numerous, whose 
 sovereign is styled the Sultan of Mindanao, and is despotic, but poor, 
 though he has the power of commanding every subject's purse at his 
 pleasure. When he goes abroad, it is on a litter carried upon four 
 men's shoulders, attended by a guard of eight or ten men. Some* 
 times he takes his pleasure upon the water in a vessel divided into 
 three apartments : in one he reposes himself on a carpet and pillows j 
 
322 The Ladrones. 
 
 his women attend in the second ; and in the third, servants wait with 
 tobacco and betel. Every Friday the Sultan goes twice to the 
 mosque, in which there is a great drum, with only one head, which is 
 struck with a large stick, knobbed at the end with cotton, at twelve, 
 three, six, and nine of the clock, by day and night, and this serves in- 
 stead of a timepiece. The children are not circumcised til I they are 
 eleven or twelve years of age, when it is done with great solemnity 
 by a Mahometan priest. In August, they keep a festival beginning 
 at one new moon and continuing till they see the next : during this 
 period they fast every day, employ an hour in the evening at prayer, 
 and then go to supper. 
 
 The majority of* the inhabitants both in the Philippines and La- 
 drone islands worship one supreme God and their ancestors ; paying 
 their adorations likewise to the sun and moon, and almost every object 
 whether animate or inanimate. One kind of tree they reckon it sa- 
 crilege to cut down, believing that some of the souls of their friends 
 may reside in it, f to wound which would be the Height of impiety. In- 
 stead of temples, they place their idols in caves, in which they offer 
 their sacrifices. Some beautiful virgin first wounds the victim with a 
 spear, afterwards the priests despatch the animal, and having dressed 
 the meat, all join in the festival. They are remarkably observant of 
 lucky and unlucky days, and so extremely superstitious, that if cer- 
 tain animals cross the way when they are going upon any business 
 they immediately return home and go out no more that day. 
 
 Of Formosa* 
 
 Of the island of Formosa, which has received its name from its 
 extraordinary beauty and fertility, we have little to observe. The 
 inhabitants appear, from their manners and customs, to be descended 
 from the Tartars in the northern regions of Asia. They live by fish- 
 ing and hunting, wear but little clothing, are an inoffensive, disinter- 
 ested, and benevolent people ; and possess great purity of manners. 
 
 The manners and habits of the inhabitants of these islands very 
 much resemble the Japanese ; they are revengeful, and fickle in 
 their dispositions ; extremely fond of dancing, racing, and wrestling. 
 They are in general long-lived, and very fat, although they subsist 
 only upon a vegetable diet. 
 
 The Ladrones. 
 
 The Ladrones are 16 in number, and lie north of the Carolines, 
 between 13 and 20 N. lat. 
 
 The natives of the Ladrones have shewn their ingenuity in the con- 
 struction of their flying proas ^ which are the only vessels they em- 
 ploy, and are said to be capable of running twenty miles an hour be- 
 fore the wind. The construction of these vessels is very singular : 
 the head and stern are exactlv alike, but their sides are different, the 
 one being adapted to the lee side, and the other to the windward side. 
 They are capable of carrying six or seven Indians, one of whom 
 steers, the rest are employed in managing the sails, or heaving out the 
 water that is accidentally taken in. 
 
 * Situated off the S. E. coast of China. P. 
 
The Pelew Islands. 323 
 
 The Pelew Islands. 
 
 These islands, about 18 in number, lie east of the Philippines, near 
 lat. 8N. and Ion. 134 E. 
 
 The Pelew islands are situated several degrees south of the La- 
 . the inhabitants of which are in general above the middle 
 . have long hair, are stout, and of a deep copper colour ; the 
 entirely naked, and the women wear only aprons about their 
 waist, eight or nine inches deep. Both sexes are tatooed at an early 
 period of their lives. Their manners are delicate and obliging ; 
 though rude and uncivilized, they pay the strictest regard to the rules 
 of decorum and chastity. The inen have their left ear bored, and 
 the women boih. They wear a particular leaf, and at times an orna- 
 ment of shell in the perforuteu ear. Their noses are also ornament- 
 i'd with a flower or sweet shrub, struck through the curtilage be- 
 tween the nu-trils. 
 
 Their government is monarchical ; the king has the right of creating 
 . and of conferring a distinction upon 
 
 those u icrited honour ; this distinction is the privilege of 
 
 arm, with which our countryman. Captain 
 
 in the king told him, " the bone should be 
 
 rubbed brig! <1 preserved as a testimony of the rank he 
 
 held among them; that this mark of dignity must on every occasion 
 defended, nor suffered to be torn from hib arm, but with 
 the loss of life." 
 
 The method of building in the Pelew islands does not differ much 
 from those modes which have been already described. Their canoes 
 are extremelv neat, made out of the trunks of trees, ornamented 
 with shells, and coloured over with a red substance resembling paint. 
 Their domestic implements are few ami simple; their knives are 
 made from the shells of fishes; their drinking cups from cocoa shells 
 polished with great art. T ,i general, an active, laborious 
 
 set of j ng the gre.i ution incases of danger, 
 
 c under m ^nation in death. Fencing their 
 
 plantations, cultivating their land, building house* and canoes, ma- 
 king and repairing OK ining domestic utensil-, and 
 warlike weapons, may be said to comprise the routine of their avora- 
 tions. Idleness is tolerated in none; the women and nobles are as 
 laborious as the common subjects. The king was the nio-t -Uiii'i ,1 
 maker of hatche 1 Knd. 
 
 That sort of attention paid by the men of Pelew to their wives, is 
 ncommon among the uncivili/ed parts of the globe. Their 
 marriages < i solemn contract, without any ceremony, but 
 
 they are strictly faithful to one another, and decency is uniformly sup- 
 ported. A plurality of wives is allowed ; men in li-eneial may have 
 two, a rupack three, and the king five. They name their children 
 without any ceremony, as soon as they are born. 
 
 Fish is their principal food : they rise very early in the morning, 
 and their first business is to bathe, for which particular places are ap- 
 pointed, and a man dares not approach the women's bathing-] 
 without previously giving a particular halloo, of which, if no notice 
 be taken, he may proceed, but if they halloo in return, he ITU 
 mediately retire. 
 
 The method of singing in these islands is, that when any n>; 
 of people are assembled, a chief gives out a line, which is 'taken up 
 and repeated, and others complete the verse, and s> they continue 
 singing for a considerable length of time. A festival is UIM> < 
 
324 Loochoo Islands. 
 
 bed : they ornamented themselves with plantain leaves, nicely pared 
 into strips, like ribbons, then forming" themselves into circles, one 
 within another, an elderly person began a song-, or long sentence, and 
 on his coming to the end of it, all the dancers joined in concert, dan- 
 cing along at the same time ; then a new sentence was pronoun- 
 ced and danced to, which continued till every one had sung, and 
 his verse had been danced. Their manner of dancing does not con- 
 sist so much in capering and leaping, or other feats of agility, as a 
 certain method of reclining their bodies, and yet preserving the bal- 
 ance. During the dance, sweet drink was handed about, and when 
 it was finished, an' elegant supper was brought in. 
 
 From the most diligent observation, it appears that the inhabitants 
 of Pelew believe in a Supreme Being, and a future state of rewards 
 and punishments, but they have few religious rites and ceremonies. 
 They think wicked men at death are confined to the earth, but good 
 people grow beautiful, and ascend into the sky. They have methods 
 of divination, by which they judge of the success of any future pro- 
 ject. 
 
 The funeral of a young man, slain in battle, was witnessed by some 
 of Captain Wilson's men. A great number of natives, with the king 
 at their head, walked in procession to a large pavement, where the 
 king seated himself, and the crowd surrounded him. Those who bore 
 the corpse moved slowly on before the king, who addressed them in 
 a speech, recapitulating the qualifications of the deceased. 
 
 This eulogium he delivered with great solemnity, and the respect- 
 ful silence of all around him, added a degree of affecting grandeur to 
 the scene. The body was then carried to the grave, attended by 
 women only; and one woman, upon the approach of the corpse, got 
 out of the grave, who had, probably, been examining if every thing 
 was right. 
 
 The last offices they always commit to the women, as the men, who 
 are nearly interested, or relations, might be led to discover some ex- 
 terior marks of grief, which would be considered as derogatory to 
 the dignity of the male sex. As soon as the body was laid in the 
 grave, the women set up loud lamentations. 
 
 The Island of Loochoo. 
 
 The island of Loochoo is about sixty miles long and twenty broad ; 
 lying in lat. 26 N., long. 128 E. It is the principal island of a 
 group of thirty-six, subject to the same monarch, and the seat of the 
 government. * The natives trace their history back to a period long 
 anterior to the Christian era ; but their first communication with the 
 rest of the world, when their accounts became fully corroborated and 
 undisputed, was about the year 605, when they were invaded by Chi- 
 na, who found them at that time a time when England and 
 the greater part of Europe were immersed in barbarism the same 
 kind of people they are at the present day. 
 
 The dress of these people is as remarkable for its simplicity as it 
 is for its elegance. The hair, which is of a glossy black, (being an- 
 ointed with an oleaginous substance, obtained from the leaf of a tree,) 
 is turned up from before, from behind, and on both sides, to the crown 
 of the head, and there tied close down ; great care being taken that 
 all should be perfectly smooth ; and the part of the hair beyond the 
 fastening, or string, being now twisted into a neat little top-knot, is 
 there retained by two fasteners, called camesashee and usisashee, made 
 either of gold, silver or brass, according to the circumstances of the 
 
Holland. 325 
 
 wearer ; the former of these having- a little star on the end of it, 
 which points forward. This mode of hair-dressing- is practised with 
 the greatest uniformity, from the highest to the lowest of the males, 
 and has a very pleasing- effect, whether viewed singly, or when they 
 are gathered together. At the age of ten years the boys are entitled 
 to the usisashee, and at fifteen they wear both. Except those in of- 
 fice, who wear only a cap on dut} T , they appear to have no covering 
 for the head, at least in fine weather. Interiorly they wear a kind of 
 shirt, and a pair of drawers, but over all a loose robe, with wide 
 sleeves, and a broad sash round their middle. They have sandals on 
 their feet, neatly formed of straw ; and the higher orders have also 
 white gaiters, coming above the ancle. The quality of their robes 
 depends on that of the individual. The superior classes wear silk of 
 various hues, with a sash of contrasting colour, sometimes interwo- 
 ven with gold. The lowers orders make use of a sort of cotton stuff, 
 gener;.' snut colour, and sometimes striped, or spotted, blue 
 
 arid white. 
 
 There are nine ranks of grandees, or public officers, distinguished 
 by their caps : of which we observed four. The highest noticed was 
 worn by a member of the royal family, which was of a pink colour, 
 with bright yellow flowers. The next in dignity was the jwrple ; then 
 plain yellow ; and the red seemed to be the lowest. 
 
 The island of Loochoo itself is situate in the happiest climate of the 
 globe. Refreshed by the sea-breezes, which, from its geographical 
 position, blow over it at every period of the year, it is free from the 
 rxt retries of heat and cold, 'which oppress many other countries; 
 '-m\ On- general configuration of the land, being more adapt- 
 ed to the production of rivers and streams, than of bogs and marshes, 
 one great source of disease in the warmer latitudes has no existence: 
 an .! t ho people secmoil to enjoy robust health, for we observed no dis- 
 
 .n\ description among them. 
 
 :i bountiful in all her gifts to Loochoo : It is not 
 
 might be expected, the country of the orange and the 
 
 nyaii of India an I the Norwegian fir, the tea-plant, 
 
 and the i flourish together. In addition to many good 
 
 qualiti< \\ found combined, this island can also boast its ri- 
 
 i I secure harbours; and last, though not least, a worthy, a 
 
 friendly, an i race of people. 
 
 These islanders arc 4 ! by Mr. M'Leod as remarkable for 
 
 1 heir In. -c !o truth. The chiefs informed us, that 
 
 there was little probability of their stealing any thing; but, as iron 
 Implements were a great temptation, they begged that none might be 
 left carelessly about. Although, however, the opportunities were 
 numberless, not one theft occurred during the whole of our sojourn 
 them. That proud arid haughty feeling of national superior- 
 ity, so strongly existing among the common class of British seamen, 
 was here completely subdued by the gentle manners and kind be- 
 haviour of the inhabitants. Although intermixed, and often working- 
 together, not a single quarrel took place on either side during the 
 whole of our stay ; but each succeeding day added to friendship and 
 cordiality. 
 
 Holland. 
 
 The vast island of New Holland lies between 10 37' and 39 S. 
 lat. and between J 13 and 153 30' east long. It is nearly equal in 
 
 28 
 
326 New Holland. 
 
 extent io the whole of Europe.* Its coast was first discovered by 
 Don Pedro de Quiros, who, in the year 1G09, presented several me- 
 morials to the Spanish court, in which he represented it as part of a 
 great southern continent. Seven years afterwards part of the west- 
 ern coast was seen by the captain of a Dutch ship, the Endiacht, 
 and which has given name to a portion of the territory. Other navi- 
 gators have successively explored different regions, but it was not 
 till 1770, that Captain Cook discovered the eastern coast, and thereby 
 ascertained the whole of 3N T ew Holland to be an Island. In 1 78t , the 
 British Government took possession of a part of that coast, at about 
 34 degrees of south lat. An expedition had been fitted out, and a 
 number of men of war, transports, store-ships, &c. under the con- 
 duct of Captain Phillips, proceeded to found a colony there. With- 
 out entering into a detail of its progressive improvements, it maj be 
 observed, that the geographic situation of New South Wales/ the 
 eastern territory with respect to China and India, offers advantages 
 in prospect above all calculation, and it appears, from the latest ac- 
 counts, that the colony is rising rapidly into a more prosperous and 
 thriving state, both as to its cultivation and political importance. 
 
 The three principal towns are Sydney, Paramatta, and Hawks- 
 bury, where churches or edifices have been built or appropriated, 
 and where clergymen reside with suitable appointments. In I MID, 
 Sydney district contained 6, 1 58 inhabitants; Paramatta 1,807; Hawks- 
 bury 2,389, and another district, named Newcastle, contained about 
 lOO.f The number of animals that have strayed from the settle- 
 ments, herds of black cattle, colts, fillies, mares in foal, besides 
 goats and deer, are multiplying in the woods, to a boundless extent. 
 The climate is highly salubrious. 
 
 There are out-settlements, such as Port Palrymple, and Hobart's 
 Town, in Van Diemen's Land, at the southernmost point of New- 
 Holland, which are represented as enjoying a purer climate, and 
 more productive soil than New South Wales. The colony on Nor- 
 folk island has been withdrawn. 
 
 The aboriginal inhabitants are more diminutive and slighter made 
 than the Europeans Instances of natural deformity are very rare. 
 Their muscular force is not great ; but the pliancy of their limbs 
 renders them active. A high forehead, with prominent over-hanging 
 eye-brows, is their leading characteristic, which gives an air of reso- 
 lute dignity to their aspect, that recommends them, in spite of a true 
 negro nose, thick lips, and wide mouth ; their hands and feet are 
 small ; their eyes are full, black, and piercing ; the tone of their 
 voice is loud, but not harsh. 
 
 The women are pro-port ionably smaller than the men ; these, like 
 the people of nil other countries, strive to heighten their attractions 
 by adventitious embellishments. Hence the naked savage of New 
 South Wales pierces the septum of his nose, through which he runs 
 a stick or bone ; and scarifies his body, the charms of which in- 
 crease in proportion to the number and magnitude of the seams by 
 which it is distinguished. The operation is performed by making two 
 longitudinal incisions with a shar oned shell, and afterwards pinching 
 up with the nails the intermediate space of skin and flesh, which 
 
 * It is 2,600 miles long from E. to W. and contains 3,000,000 square 
 miles. 
 
 t In 1818, the white population was 25,050. 
 
New Holland. 
 
 thereby becomes considerably elevated, and forms a prominence as 
 thick as a man's finger. It is not certain that these scarifications 
 are intended solely to increase personal beauty ; they may be per- 
 formed for reasons similar to those which lead to an excision of the 
 part of the little finger of the left hand in the women, and of the 
 front-tooth in the men, both of which may be superstitious ceremo- 
 nies, performed in the hope of averting- evil, or obtaining- some good, 
 of which they may stand in need. Both sexes besmear their bodies 
 with different colours ; but red and whi'e are most in use. 
 
 It is generally supposed, that the Indians of New Holland ac- 
 knowledge the existence of a superintending Deity : and their dread 
 of spirits has led Europeans to conclude that they believe in a future 
 state. They call a spirit maivn, an 1 are unwilling to approach a 
 corpse, saying, the mrtt/'/ will seize them, and that it fastens upon 
 them in the night when asleep. If they are asked where their de- 
 ceased friends are, they always point to the skies. 
 
 These people believe, that particular aspects and appearances of 
 the heavenly bodies predict good or evil consequences to themselves 
 or friends. A female is described by Mr. Tench as running into a 
 room, where a company was assembled, and uttering frightful excla- 
 mations of impending mischiefs about to light on her and II:T coun- 
 trymen. When questioned on the cause of such agitation, she went 
 to the door, and pointed to the skies, saving, that whenever the stars 
 wore that appearance, misfortunes to the natives alwuvs followed. 
 When they hear the thunder roll, and view the livid gin-- 
 not flee, but rush out, and deprecate destruction : they h.ive a dance 
 and a song appropriated to this awful occasion, which consists of the 
 wildest and most uncouth noises and gestures : they never address 
 pra\ersto bodies that ihey know to be inanimate, either to implore 
 their protection or avert their wrath. When the gum-tree in a tem- 
 pest nods over them, or the rock, overhanging the cavern in which 
 they sleep, threatens, by its fall, to crush them, they calculate the 
 nearness and magnitude of the danger, and flee from it accordingly, 
 
 The New Hollanders possess a considerable portion of that sharp- 
 ness of intellect which denotes genius. All savages hate labour, 
 and place happiness in inaction ; but neither the arts of civilized life 
 can be practised, nor the advantages felt, without application. 
 Hence, they resist knowledge, and the adoption of manners and cus- 
 toms differing from their own. 
 
 When they first entered the houses built by Europeans, they ap- 
 peared to be astonished and awed by the superiority of their attain- 
 ments. They passed by without rapture or emotion their artifices 
 and contrivances ; but when they saw a collection of weapons of 
 war, or of skins of animals and birds, they never failed to exclaim, 
 and to confer with each other on the subject. The master of that 
 house became the object of their regard, as they concluded he must 
 be either a renowned warrior or an expert hunter. 
 
 Their leading good and bad qualities have been thus described ; of 
 their intrepidity, no doubt can exist; their levity, fickleness, and 
 passionate extravagance of character, cannot be 'defended. They 
 are sudden in quarrel, but their desire of revenge is not implacable. 
 Their honesty, when tempted by novelty, is not unimpeachable ; but 
 among themselves, there is good reason to believe that few breaches 
 of this virtue occur. They have no regard to truth ; and w e~i they 
 think it their interest to deceive, they scruple not to utter the most 
 deliberate lies. 
 
328 New Holland. 
 
 The aboriginal inhabitants of this distant region are, beyond com- 
 parison, the most barbarous on the surface of the globe. The resi- 
 dence of Europeans has here been wholly ineffectual ; the nat i 
 are still in the same state as at our first settlement. Every day are 
 men and women to be seen in the streets of Sydney and Paramatta, 
 naked as in the moment of their birth. In vain have the more hu- 
 mane officers of the colony endeavoured to improve their condition ; 
 they still persist in the enjoyment of ease and liberty, in their own 
 way, and turn a deaf ear to any advice upon this subject. 
 
 If accurate observation, and a quick perception of the ridiculous, 
 be admitted as a proof of natural talents, the natives of New South 
 Wales are by no means deficient. Their mimicking the oddities, 
 dress, walk, gait, and looks of all the Europeans whom they have 
 seen, from the time of governor Phillips downwards, is so exact, as 
 to be a kind of historic register of their several actions and charac- 
 ters. They are, moreover, great proficients in the Newgate slang of 
 the convicts, and in case of any quarrel, are by no means unequal to 
 them in the exchange of abuse. 
 
 But this is the sum total of their acquisitions from European inter- 
 course. In every other respect they appear incapable of any im- 
 provement. They are still as unprotected as ever against the in- 
 clemencies of weather, and the- vicissitudes of plenty and absolute 
 famine, the natural attendants on a savage life. In their persons they 
 are meagre to a proverb, their skins are scarified in every part, and 
 their faces besmeared with shell-lime and ml -gum ; their hair is 
 matted like a moss, and ornamented, is ;!i it. \vi--h sharks' 
 
 teeth; apiece of wood, like a skewer, is fixed in the cartilages of 
 the no.se. In a word, they compose altogether the most disgusting 
 tribe on the surface of the globe. 
 
 Some of their manufacturers display ingenuity, when the rude tools 
 with which they work, and their celerity of execution are considered. 
 Dexterity in throwing arid parrying the spear is considered as the 
 highest acquirement ; children of both sexes practise it from the time 
 they are able to throw a rush. If a spear drop from them, when en- 
 gaged in contest, they do not stoop to pick it up, but hook it between 
 their toes, and so lift 'it till it meet the hand ; thus the eye is never 
 diverted from the foe. If they wish to break a spear, or any wooden 
 substance, they lay it across the head and bend down the ends until it 
 snaps. 
 
 In the domestic detail there cannot be much variety : one day must 
 be like another in the life of a savage. Summoned by the calls of 
 hunger, and the returning light, he starts from indolence, and, snatch- 
 ing up his implements, hastens with his wife to the strand, to com- 
 mence their daily task. In general the canoe is assigned to her, 
 which she pushes o,T into deep water, to fish with hook and line. If 
 she have a child at the breast, she takes it with her, and while she is 
 paddling to the fishing bank, and employed there, the infant is placed 
 on her shoulders, entwining its little legs round her neck, and grasp- 
 ing her hair with its hands. The favourite bait for fish is cockle. 
 
 The husband, in the mean time, warily moves to some rock, over 
 which he can peep to look for fish. Silent and watchful, he chews a 
 cockle, and spits it into the water : allured by the bait, the fish appear 
 from beneath the rock, and, at a proper moment, he plunges with his 
 fishing instrument into the water after his prey. When they have 
 obtained their booty, they throw the fish on a fire, lighted for the pur- 
 pose, and as soon as they are a little warmed, rub off the scales, and 
 
The United States. 329 
 
 peel off the surface, which, being dressed, they eat, and thus they 
 continue till their meal and cookery are finished. 
 
 A man, in general, has but one wife, and the women, though con- 
 demned to the most servile labour, in return for their submission, re- 
 ceive every mark of brutality. When an Indian is angry with his 
 wife, he either spears her, or knocks her down on the spot ; on this 
 occasion he always strikes on the head, using, indiscriminately, a 
 hatchet, club, or any other weapon which may chance to be in his 
 hand. 
 
 The language of New Holland is grateful to the ear, expressive* 
 and sonorous, having no analogy with any other known language, but 
 the dialects of various regions seem entirely different. 
 
 From its situation on the southern side of the equator, the seasons 
 are like those of the southern parts of Africa and America, the re- 
 verse of those of Europe ; the summer corresponding with our win- 
 ter, and the spring with our autumn. The soil about Botany Bay is 
 black, fat, and very fertile in plants, whence the name arose. In the. 
 parts of New Holland already explored, there have been found large 
 and extensive swamps, but of rivers, lakes, and mountains on a large 
 scale, little is known. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 America is bounded on the east by the Atlantic, which separates it 
 from Europe and Africa ; and on the west by the Pacific, which se- 
 parates it from Asia. Towards the north, its limits have not been 
 discovered. Towards the south, it terminates in a point, called Cape 
 Horn. It is more than 9,000 miles long, and, on an average, about 
 1500 broad. 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 Nort America is bounded on the E. by the Atlantic ocean ; on the 
 , E. it is separated from South America by the isthmus of Darien ; 
 
 on the W. is the Pacific ocean. The southern extremity is in N. lat. 
 
 7 ,30'. The limits towards the north have never been ascertained* 
 The three great divisions of North America are, 
 
 1. British America, in the north ; 
 
 2. The United States, in the middle, and 
 
 3. Spanish America in the south. 
 
 These three include the whole of North America, except 
 
 4. Greenland, (belonging to Denmark) in the northeast, and 
 
 5. The Russian Settlements, in the northwest. 
 
 THE UNITED STATES.* 
 
 The United States is the great middle division of North America, 
 It is bounded N. by New Britain and the Canadas ; E. by New 
 
 *This article is furnished by the editor of the present edition , 
 
 28* 
 
330 Character. 
 
 Brunswick and the Atlantic ocean ; S. by the gulf of Mexico 
 W. by the Spanish dominions, and W. by the Pacific ocean. Inclu- 
 ding Florida, the territory of the United* States extends from 25" i, 
 49 N. lat. and from 66 49' to 125 W. Ion. embracing 2,000,000 
 square miles. 
 
 The population of the United States, in 1790, was 3,929,326 ; in 
 1800, 5,305,666; in UUO, 7,239,903, and in 1820, 9,625,734; of whom 
 1,531,436 were slaves, and 233,396 free blacks. The population in- 
 creases very regularly at the rate of about 3 per cent, per annum, 
 doubling in less than 25 years. 
 
 Climate. 
 
 The climate of the United States, extending through 24 degrees of 
 latitude, presents a great variety ; but is every where much colder 
 lhari in the same parallels in Europe ; the difference being common- 
 ly estimated at 8 or 10 degress. The climate, in the valley of the 
 Mississippi, has been considered milder than in the Atlantic states, 
 and the difference was estimated by Mr. Jefferson at 3 degrees, but 
 later observations have refuted this opinion. The western coast of 
 North America has a milder climate than the eastern on the same 
 parallels, more resembling the climate of Europe. The summers are 
 hotter and the winters much colder in the United States, than in Eu- 
 rope, and on the whole the temperature is less equable. The great 
 heat of the summers, acting on the extensive low grounds in the 
 southern states, renders them unhealthy in the hot months. The 
 newly opened districts on the frontiers are subject to fevers and in- 
 termittents ; but the old settlements in the northern states and in the 
 hilly country at the south, are generally healthy. Pulmonary con- 
 sumptions are common in the eastern states, particularly among fe- 
 males. It has been thought by some, that the climate of the United 
 States is not as favourable to longevity and the full expansion of the 
 human frame, as that of Europe ; and the opinion is not entirely 
 without foundation. The Americans, as a people, are slenderer, 
 with a less brawny form, and a complexion not so highly coloured, as 
 in the north of Europe at least; but this occasions no inferiority in 
 activity or understanding. 
 
 Character. 
 
 The character of the American people differs more than is com- 
 mon in any one nation of Europe. Climate, employments, diversity 
 of origin, and of the early colonial governments, have all contributed 
 to give a very considerable variety to manners and customs, in the 
 different sections of the Union. The English population predomi- 
 nates, and has given a tone to society throughout the Union, and will 
 probably, in the end, take place of all the others. The English lan- 
 guage is now the language of government arid law in all the states, 
 and the general language of polished society, except amonsr the 
 French of Louisiana. The population of New-England and Virgin- 
 ia, is almost pure English. The Germans are very numerous in the 
 middle states, particularly in Pennsylvania. In some districts they 
 form almost the entire population, and still retain their language and 
 their customs unimpaired. It is not many years since the German 
 language was used in the courts of law in those districts, but it is now 
 laid aside. It is still however exclusively employed in their church- 
 es. The low Dutch were the original settlers on the Hudson, where 
 
Character. 
 
 tiieir descendants are now quite numerous, in some distru 
 York -Jersey. They still retain the use of their langu;. 
 
 amon- tii'.-iiiM-ives, bin it is iksi disappearing-. The Swedes were i 
 earli, on tiie Delaware. They still retain their language 
 
 heir habits, in a few small settlements below Philadelphia. '1 ' 
 Scotch and Irish are very extensively distributed through the middle 
 ->uiiirrn states ; more sparingly in the northern and eastern. 
 
 are numerous in the cities, particular!} in the middle stat 
 where the IriMi are principally employed as common labourers. The 
 Scotch are noted for their commercial activity. The Irish are very 
 numerous in Western Pennsylvania, and the Scotch in North Caroli- 
 na and Tennessee. In the upper districts of Carolina, the Highland 
 Scotch htill retain their original Gaelic. The French are numerous 
 the lowt" ' i; and in Louisiana, particularly at New- 
 
 Orleans, they give a tone to society ; but from the continual influx 
 of a northern and English population, the latter will undoubtedly 
 .soon gain the ascendancy. In the southern states the black popula- 
 tion i> \ cry numerous, constituting from one fourth to one half of the 
 whole : the greater part of these are slaves. The western state*, are 
 settled principally from the Atlantic states. A few only of their set- 
 ;n Europe. Among these is a small colon v of 
 Swiss on the Ohio* who cultivate the vine. The population of the 
 western states conforms to the character of the original si-tiler*, modi- 
 fied by the necessities of a new settlement. The states north of the 
 Ohio are settled principally from the north and middle states, and 
 have prohibited the introduction of slavery. The states south of the 
 Ohio are settled principally from Virginia and the Carolina*, and 
 slavery is of course permitted. The same is true of the new states 
 and terrii organi/ed beyond the Mississippi. This diversi- 
 
 ty of climate, origin, and pursuits, particularly the absence or pre- 
 sence o!' ts given some peculiarities of character to the dif- 
 ferent sections of the Union. 
 
 The free population of the United States has taken a character, 
 generally, from its republican institutions. The poorest and the most 
 dependant, particularly in the country, show a freedom of action and 
 opinion, whir!- ive called impudence, but winch is the 
 
 nct'< :lt of general liberty and intelligence. The Americans, 
 
 *f*s a people, too, are more active 'arid enterprising than the subjects of 
 the ! .Mvimcnt > in Europe. This is particularly true of 
 
 the northern States. At the south, the climate, and the employment 
 of si given a more indolent character to the white popula- 
 
 tion, and in those states, the more active employments are filled by 
 strangers, particularly from the northern states. The absence of 
 ranks and entailments, causing a continual circulation of property, 
 and rendering it extremely difficult to give a permanency to any ac- 
 cumulation of wealth, has given to all classes an eagerness to acquire 
 riches, which sometimes degenerate into a dishonourable cupidity. 
 Most of the great fortunes in the United States, were acquired by the 
 industry of their possessors, and this'.generaUy from very small be- 
 ginnings. The number of old established families is very few. This 
 gives a character of newness, and what Europeans have called vul- 
 garity, to the wealthier classes of society. The merchants and pro- 
 fessional men, who have acquired fortunes by their industry, general- 
 ly .Continue their exertions to a late period, long after their rirrum- 
 stanc - have rendered them necessary. Few of them think of d 
 ting themselves to the cultivation of " the arts or literature, or to the 
 
332 Character. 
 
 more liberal pursuits, which their wealth would allow them. But few 
 overgrown fortunes have been accumulated in this country, and the 
 equal distribution of estates has generally broken them down on the 
 deaths of the original ,;roprietors. Hence but few have been educa- 
 ted, solely, to the more liberal and ornamen al pursuits, which are so 
 generally followed by the higher ranks in Europe. Although from 
 these circumstances we do not yet find many patrons of the fine arts, 
 literature and the abstract sciences, yet the necessity of constant exer- 
 tions to maintain a high position in society, renders the possession of 
 solid and useful attainments more common than in any other country. 
 The perfect freedom of action, and the entire security of property, 
 giving to all a chance of acquiring wealth and distinction, have ex- 
 tended this intelligence and activity through all classes, and given a 
 general upward tendency to the whole mass. Europeans have indul- 
 ged themselves in undervaluing the people of this country, and in 
 trying to prove their natural inferiority. There may be some phys- 
 ical differences arising from the climate, but these are rather in our 
 favour than against us. If there is less solidity in our forms, there is 
 less heaviness in our motions ; and if our persons are slenderer, they 
 are so much the more active. Americans have shown, that they can 
 cope with Europeans in war, by land or sea ; and in commercial ta- 
 lent and enterprise, and in all those arts or inventions, which our cir- 
 cumstances are calculated to encourage, we have exhibited no de- 
 gree of inferiority to the most favoured nation. Indeed Americans 
 have been long noted for their shrewdness, and their ingenuity ; and 
 there is scarcely a country in the world where they may not be found 
 improving their fortunes. They have particularly excelled in me- 
 chanical inventions, and have shown a marked superiority in painting, 
 so much so, that this has almost become a national characteristic. 
 
 This general character of intelligence, activity and enterprise, is 
 modified by circumstances, in the different sections of the Union, so 
 as to give to each a peculiar character. In the northern and eastern 
 States, and such parts of the western States as are settled from them, 
 the peculiar characteristics of the American people are most strikingly 
 exhibited. The shrewdness and enterprise of the Yankees is known 
 every where, and their eagerness to better their fortunes has distri- 
 buted them through every town and village of the Union. They have 
 retained much of the attachment of their ancestors, the Pilgrims, to 
 learning and religion ; and every village in New-England, and in 
 most of their settlements at the westward, has its church and schools. 
 Comfort, and even some degree of elegance, is extended through all 
 classes ; and there is scarcely an individual who has not the rudiments 
 of an English education, and who is not pretty well acquainted with 
 the laws and constitution of his country, with its politics and resour- 
 ces, and with the present state of society in general. This general 
 diffusion of intelligence renders their elections more orderly, and less 
 under the control;of a few designing individuals. The security of pro- 
 perty is such, in the country, throughout New-England, that goods 
 would be little hazarded, if left without the ordinary protection of 
 bolts and bars. However, the simplicity of the pilgrims is fast disap- 
 pearing from New-England, and the very enterprise and intelligence, 
 so common to its population, is gradually bringing them nearer the 
 present state of European society. 
 
 The Germans and Dutch, of the middle states, have been charac- 
 terised by their industry and frugality ; but they have never shown 
 the intelligence and enterprize of the New Englanders. They have 
 
Character. 333 
 
 Hot been able to maintain their ground against them, where they have 
 come in contact ; and in New York, the Dutch character is fast dis- 
 appearing". In Pennsylvania, the German character, in some of the 
 counties below the mountains, still remains quite distinct. They are 
 generally farmers, on a larger scale, than those of New England, 
 very careful and industrious, with fine fields and fences, large stone 
 barns, and very ordinary houses. They show little regard for ele- 
 gance, and their villages have a gloomy, dingy appearance, beside 
 the light and airy villages of the North. They are generally ignor- 
 ant, and obstinately attached to their native language and customs. 
 Their great ambition is to keep up the old establishments of their 
 family unimpaired. They have but little enter; -rize, and when they 
 do leave their homes, it is only in search of new farms in the western 
 settlements, where they may continue the frugal habits of their fa- 
 thers. Many of these Germans came into America, as herdsmen or 
 redemptionefs, (that is, they bound themselves to service for a certain 
 time, to pay the expenses of their passage ;) but the instances are 
 rare, in which they have not acquired comfortable estates by their in- 
 dustry. 
 
 The white population of the Southern States, has taken quite a pe- 
 culiar character, from the relaxing influence of the climate and of 
 slavery. There is a much greater inequality in ranks, than at the 
 north. They are in general either very wealthy or very poor, par- 
 ticularly in the low country, where the soil is divided between great 
 proprietors, who cultivate it by large companies of slaves. In the 
 upper and mountainous districts, estates are more equally divided ; 
 but in all, the influence of slavery is very perceptible. This has giv- 
 en an elevation, if not a haughtiness, to the character of the planters, 
 and has rendere-1 them the most violent advocates for liberty, and the 
 most determined supporters of republicanism. The warmth of their 
 climate, although it has evidently a relaxing influence on the whole, 
 has however given a fire and quickness to their passions, which add 
 not a little to their peculiar character. Less engaged in labour, ei- 
 ther physical or intellectual, than their fellow citizens of the North, 
 they have given more of their time to the Requisition of general 
 knowledge, to the cultivation of taste, and in particular, to the study 
 and practice of politics. Hence they have gained apolitical influ- 
 ence, in the Union, dis proportioned to their wealth and population, 
 and have supplied our government with an unusual number of public 
 functionaries. Oratory, too, has been more studied, as an art, than 
 at the north, and every means of popular influence has been more 
 extensively employed than in New England. They are liberal in 
 their opinions, hospitable to strangers, fond of pleasure and display, 
 and often too lavish in their expenses for their own advantage. The 
 poorer whites are comparatively uneducated. The employment of 
 slaves, and the nature of the climate, render them indolent and too 
 often intemperate. Their houses are mean, and their whole appear- 
 ance exhibits a state of society far behind that of the North. They 
 are addicted to sporting, and" their public assemblies, courts, elec- 
 tions, &c. are not conducted with the order and decorum so striking, 
 on such occasions, in New England. The black population is prin- 
 cipally^ in a state of slavery, and of course, almost entirely uneduca- 
 Slavery has, undoubtedly, in the Southern States, less forbidding 
 features, than in almost any other country ; but it is still an institu- 
 tion, which every <rood ma n would wish io ^ee abolished. But it is, 
 at present, so deeply rooted, that there is but a very taint prospect of 
 
334 Education. 
 
 its extinction,, The slaves at the south are generally treated witk. 
 kindness, and are neither overworked, nor severely punished. 
 
 They are usually allowed a small patch of ground, and a portion of 
 their time, for cultivating it ; and all they can obtain from this la- 
 bour, is their own. Their houses are generally poor, their food and 
 their clothing coarse, and only such as is necessary ; yet in general 
 their unavoidably hard condition is not rendered worse by any cruelty 
 on the part of their masters. 
 
 The population of the Western States has a less peculiar charac- 
 ter, than that of the sections, already pointed out. The northern 
 districts, around the lakes and in Ohio, are chiefly settled from New 
 England, and retain much of the Eastern character. They have given 
 more attention to schools and religion, and have higher notions of com- 
 fort and propriety, than farther South. In Kentucky and Tennessee, la- 
 bour is principally performed by slaves ; and the whites there have 
 much of the bold reckless character of their ancestors from Virginia 
 and Carolina. But society is now rapidly improving in that quarter, 
 and perhaps in no section of the Union, have such rapid efforts been 
 made for the general diffusion of knowledge, as have recently been 
 made in Kentucky. Their political difficulties have contributed not 
 a little to sharpen their intellects, and add to their intelligence. Still 
 society is there comparatively, barbarous. In all the Western 
 States, there is a peculiar character, derived from their recent settle- 
 ment. It is that of the Backwoodsmm. Compelled, by the necessi- 
 ty of their circumstances, to endure hardship, to sustain difficulties, 
 to meet sudden emergencies, and to be their own merchants and me- 
 chanics, as well as hunters and farmers, thus combining all the em- 
 ployments of a more advanced state of society, in their own persons, 
 they have gained a boldness, a quickness, and a kind of half savage 
 sagacity, to which the soberer and more regular inhabitant of the 
 Atlantic States is a stranger. This character renders their society 
 ruder and more turbulent ; but it is an excellent preparation for theii 
 only means of defence, by partizan warfare. 
 
 Education. 
 
 There is, probably, no part of the world where the rudiments 
 of education are more generally diffused than in New-England 
 and those districts in the northern and western states, occupi- 
 ed by New-Englanders. Hardly an individual can be found, 
 who cannot read and write, and keep accounts. Most of the4abour-f 
 ing classes in New-England are well informed on all the leading, 
 political, and religious topics of the day, and a fondness for reading 
 is very general. Books are extensively circulated, particularly by 
 means of social and circulating libraries, and every individual con- 
 sults his newspaper. They are, in general, well prepared for the 
 common business of life, and many, who have only the common ad- 
 vantages of education, gain all the knowledge necessary for mana- 
 ging extensive concerns. The proportion of educated men is very 
 large, for a state of society where there are so very few, whose for- 
 tunes allow them to lead a life of leisure, and where a liberal educa- 
 tion is of no value, unless it is turned to pro St. The number of those 
 who devote themselves to literature and science is very small ; in- 
 deed, we should not be far from the truth, M we said there were none, 
 who are so employed. All men of educai; >n are obliged to engage 
 in some laborious profession, unless they are possessed of large for- 
 tunes, and in such a case the instances are few, indeed, of such as 
 
Education. 335 
 
 have applied themselves to intellectual pursuits. These remarks 
 a, ply, in some degree, to the whole union, so that the United States 
 may be characterized as a country where knowledge is widely diffu- 
 sed, but nowhere greatly accumulated. 
 
 The general diffusion of knowledge, through all classes, is effect" 
 ed by means of the common or primary schools. These, in all the 
 New-England States, except Rhode-Island, in New- York, and in 
 some of the southern and western Stales, are established and support- 
 ed by law. In Connecticut, New-York, and Virginia, extensive 
 funds are provided for the support of schools. Of these, the funds of 
 Connecticut are the largest, although her po ulation is much he 
 less. Where schools are not provided by law, such is the force of 
 public opinion, that in all the towns and wealthier districts, they are 
 supported by subscription, or local funds for the purpose. Hence, in 
 almost every section of the country, the people are sufficiently edu- 
 cated to read their newspapers, and to canvass their political inter- 
 ests. The education of these primary schools is generally confined 
 to reading and writing, and the rudiments of English Grammar, 
 Geography, and Arithmetic. 
 
 The next class of schools are the academies. These are either 
 established by law, and supported by funds, provided by the State, or 
 by the subscription of individuals ; or they are set up by individuals 
 on their own responsibility, and supported by the fees of their scho- 
 lars. These are very numerous in every section of the union. Great 
 numbers of them are taught by the recent graduates of colleges, par- 
 ticularly from the northern states, who are often found in this employ- 
 ment at the extreme south and west. In these institutions, young 
 men are fitted for college, or for the counting*- house, and in many 
 instances they receive there all their education preparatory to the 
 three learned professions. The extent of their studies, of course, 
 varies. In some, it fully equals the course of our colleges ; in oth- 
 ers, it is much more limited, and is often regulated by the wishes of 
 the student. English Grammar, Geography, History, Arithmetic, 
 and the Practical Mathematics in general, and so much of the lan- 
 guages as is necessary for entering college, form the more ordinary 
 course. Several new institutions have recently been established, 
 principally by individuals, to furnish a more practical education than 
 , has hitherto been supplied. In some, the object is military ; in oth 
 ers, agricultural or commercial. They have generally borrowed 
 their plans from similar institutions on the continent of Europe, par- 
 ticularly from that of Fellenberg in Switzerland. 
 
 The highest order of elementary schools, in this country, are the 
 colleges. There are none where knowledge is communicated on the 
 , plan of the European Universities, by lectures alone. They all re- 
 tain more or less of the discipline of the school, and through the 
 greater part of their course, the students are taught by recitations. 
 Their course of studies includes the Greek and Latin languages, and 
 the mathematics, for which Hutton's is a very common text book. 
 In some colleges, a particular course of text books has been provi- 
 ded by their teachers. This is partly the case at Harvard and Yale. 
 The course of Mathematics embraces Arithmetic, Algebra, Geome- 
 trv. Trigonometry, and their practical applications, Conic Sections, 
 Mechanical Philosophy and Astronomy, and in some colleges, Flux- 
 ions and the Calculus. Besides these, which are the leading studies 
 of our colleges, they give some attention to Chemistry, Natural 
 History, Intellectual and Moral Philosophy, History and Geography, 
 
336 Education. 
 
 Rhetoric and Belles Lettres, and the elements of Political Science. 
 In most of the colleges, Theology forms a part of the course. In- 
 deed, most of the colleges, particularly in the northern stales, were 
 founded through the influence of the clergy, to provide means for 
 educating young men for their profession; and at present, all the 
 colleges of New-England, and most of them in the other sections oi the 
 Union, are presided over by clergymen, and religious services form 
 a part of their daily duties. Many of the more recent colleges in 
 the southern and western states were established and supported by 
 grants from the legislatures of the states, and in the new university 
 of Virginia, which approaches the nearest in its plan to the European 
 universities; religion forms no part of the ceremony of its institu- 
 tions. 
 
 The oldest and best established of our colleges are in the northern 
 states. Of these, Harvard university, near Boston, and Yale col- 
 lege, in Connecticut, hold the first rank. The first of these far ex- 
 cels the other in funds and means of instruction in general, but the 
 latter has rather surpassed it in the number of students. 
 
 The Military Academy, established and supported by the national 
 government, at West Point, is undoubtedly the best regulated semi- 
 nary in our country. The course of studies is principally confined to 
 the mathematics, and their military applications ; and in these they 
 far excel any of our colleges in extent and. exactness, and are sur- 
 passed only by the Military and Polytechnic schools in France, 
 from which the system of this* institution is borrowed. In addition to 
 the branches pursued in our colleges, they gain a thorough know- 
 ledge of the calculus, descriptive geometry, and engineering, and the 
 more advanced students read Newton's Prtwipia and La Pfwe. We 
 believe the mathematical course of Columbia College in New- York, 
 approaches nearer to that at West-Point, in extent and exactness, 
 and it is principally through the exertions of its present very able 
 Professor, Mr. Adrain. 
 
 The only remaining schools are those for the professions. These 
 have greatly increased within a few years, and are now becoming 
 numerous. Thirty or forty years since, students in the professions 
 were educated privately by gentlemen in practice, either after they 
 had completed their college studies, or in many cases only after they 
 hal received a common English education. This is now the case to 
 a very considerable extent, and in some parts of the country almost 
 entirely so ; but it has lately become quite the fashion to attend the 
 public schools for professional education, which have recently risen 
 up, and are every year increasing. 
 
 The schools for Medicine were first established, and are now the 
 most numerous and extensive. That of Philadelphia is the oldest, and 
 has held the first rank. It has numbered five hundred or six hundred 
 pupils, at a session. Those of New-York and Baltimore, though much 
 more recent, have almost overtaken it in numbers. Besides the pub- 
 lic schools, individuals have, for a few years past, been in the habit of 
 deli vering private courses of lectures in our larger towns, as is prac- 
 tised so extensively in London and Paris. 
 
 The Law schools are less numerous, and much less extensive. 
 There is a long established, and very respectable institution, for this 
 puroo^e, at Litchfield, Connecticut, where the profession is studied 
 systematically. In general, it is studied in the office of a practitioner, 
 where practice mav be combined, to some extent, with reading. 
 
 A great number of Theological schools have arisen within a few 
 
Ji/0/'ft/5. 
 
 years, throughout the Union ; the most important of which, are the 
 Presbyterian schools at Andover and Princeton, and the Episcopal 
 school at New-York. Besides these, schools for the education of Mis- 
 sionaries and heathen Youth, have been recently established. 
 
 Several seminaries have been lately established for educating the 
 Deaf and Dumb. The first of the 'kind was founded at Hartford, 
 Connecticut, and has been the parent of many others. Lancasterian 
 schools have been established in many of our cities and towns, and 
 have contributed not a little to the general diffusion of learning. 
 
 The general education of the people is no where so well provided 
 ? or, and so thoroughly pursued, as in the city of Boston. In addition 
 :o the common schools, they have an excellent Latin school, and Eng- 
 lish high schools, where the best scholars may obtain a very exten- 
 sive education, in science and English literature, at the public ex- 
 pense. These are particularly calculated to prepare youths for the 
 cornpting-house, for navigation, and the more difficult branches of 
 mechanics. 
 
 On the whole, the people of the United States may be characterized 
 r their education and intelligence. The spirit is increasing, and 
 ery year is adding to their means of improvement, and while this 
 tntinues, we need have little fear for the perpetuity of their freedom. 
 
 Morals. 
 
 The first settlers of New-Er.gland were a strictly moral and reli- 
 rious people, rather contracted in their notions, and penurious in 
 heir habits, but with a strong sense of the importance of integrity and 
 >rder. Hence society has been always quiet and regular, in that 
 ection of the Union, and although their descendants have departed 
 rom the severity of their original habits, yet even now property is se- 
 ure, peace very rarely disturbed, and tne Sabbath kept with a con- 
 cientious strictness. The German and Scotch settlers, in the middle 
 tates, were less puritanical, but have always been remarkable for 
 heir sober industry and their strict integrity. In the southern states, 
 ociety has always worn a freer aspect, and been characterized by a 
 ondness for pleasure and amusement, and a propensity to lavish ex- 
 tenditure. There has always been such an abundance in this coun- 
 ry, and wages have borne so large a ratio to the prices of necessa- 
 ies, that theft and robbery, and indeed all acts of violence, have been 
 r ery rare, and principally confined to our cities and large towns. 
 Quarrelling, and more deadly acts of violence, have been more com 
 lion in the southern and western states, and have been principally 
 )ccasioned by sudden fits of passion, aided or induced by intempe- 
 rance. If there is any vice which may be called national, it is that of 
 ntemperance. Temperance has hardly been a necessary virtue in 
 his country, and in particular, the immense quantities of ardent spirits, 
 vhich have been imported and manufactured here, and the absence 
 >f all restraint on its sale and circulation, have acted as a kind of premi- 
 im to intoxication. This is very remarkable in the western country, 
 -vhere the want of a market for their immense surplus of grain has 
 ed them to distil enormous quantities of whiskey, which is, in a great 
 neasure, consumed among them. The excessive quantities of paper 
 Doney, and the facilities of counterfeiting it, have rendered that crime 
 rery common. As a nation, however, we may be considered amoral 
 >ne, if we may judge from the absence of gens (Parmes to preserve 
 >rder, from the very few instances of capital punishment, or from the 
 
 29 
 
338 Government* 
 
 small amount of extreme suffering 1 , which 19- found even in our lar- 
 gest cities. 
 
 Government. 
 
 The political constitution of the United States is the fieest and most 
 incorrupt of any. It is a pure system of representation, which in- 
 cludes the voice and will of the whole population. The Legislature 
 consists of a House of Representatives and a Senate, with a Presi- 
 dent, elected every four years, instead of an hereditary Monarch, 
 'for the executive power. 
 
 The United States are a federal republic. Each of the states is in- 
 dependent, and has the exclusive control of all concerns merely lo- 
 cal; but the defence of the country, the regulation of commerce, and 
 all the general interests of the confederacy are committed, by the 
 constitution of the United States, to a general government. The le- 
 gislative power is vested in a Congress, consisting of a Senate and 
 House of Representatives. The Senate is composed of two mem- 
 bers from each state, chosen by their Legislatures for 6 years. The 
 Representatives are chosen by the people biennially, each state being 
 entitled to a number proportioned to its free population, and in the 
 slave-holding states every five slaves are allowed to count the same as 
 three freemen. The President and Vice President are chosen for 
 four years by electors appointed for the purpose, and each state ap- 
 points as many electors as the whole number of its Senators and Re- 
 presentatives.* The salary of the President, is $25,000 per annum ; 
 of the Vice President, $5,000. The principal onVers in the execu- 
 tive department are the Secretary of Stole, the Secretary of the 
 Treasury, the Secretary of War, the Srrrciarv of the Navy', the At- 
 torney General, and the Postmaster General. 
 
 The governments of the states arc all formed on strict republican 
 principle?. --They have a legislature consisting of two Houses, and an 
 Executive consisting of a Governor, and in some states a Lieutenant 
 Governor, and in others a council, or both. The internal police of the 
 States is managed by the government of the states alone; the nation- 
 al government being employed only in regulating our foreign relations 
 and the general interests of the Union, and in settling all difficulties 
 which may arise between the several states. In addition to the Le- 
 gislative and Executive bodies, there is a Judiciary system formed 
 on similar principles with the exception that the judges of the higher 
 courts hold their offices during good behaviour, or until they reach a 
 certain advanced age. . The courts of the United States take cogni- 
 zance of all offences against theU. S., of all cases in which the Uni- 
 ted States are a party, of all cases involving foreign states, or the ci- 
 tizens of the same, and of all such as arise between the different 
 states, or the citizens of the same. The Supreme Court of the Uni- 
 ted States decides, also, on the constitutionality of laws, and judicial 
 decisions. Hence its influence is predominant in the Union. The 
 state courts are confined to the affairs of their states alone. There are 
 supreme courts, which have cognizance of all cases in the states to 
 which they belong, district and county courts, and jutices of the peace 
 for the decision of small matters, in towns and neighbourhoods. 
 There is the same gradation in the legislative and executive powers ; 
 each town is, in fact, a democracy of itself. Its freemen can meet in 
 a body, not only for the purpose of state elections, but to choose their 
 own municipal officers, and to regulate all concerns affecting them- 
 selves alone. It has its OWD executive officers, whose business it is [ 
 
Government. 339 
 
 to execute all orders, not only from higher authority, but from the 
 municipal officers of the town itself. It is this graduation in our go- 
 vernment, which gives it its greatest strength and its greatest pn 'nist 
 of permanency. Each state, and county, and town, is a check on 
 all the others, and a strong hold of republican principles. 
 
 If the ^National Executive should attempt to destroy the other na- 
 tional authorities at Washington, it would he met by the authorities 
 of the several states, and would have to fight so many battles, before 
 it could compel them to its purposes. Nor would the contest stop 
 there, for the people would meet in their primary assemblies, (the 
 towns), each of which has a distinct and perfect organization of its 
 own, and the chances are strong, that before it had overcome all 
 these, it would produce a counter-revolution and fall in its own at- 
 tempt. It is only until the whck- mass of the people are dissolved in 
 political corruption, that the- national government can hope to effect 
 a consolidation. IN" or is there more danger of a disunion. The sys- 
 tem of confederation is so complicated, the interests of the different 
 and even remote parts arc so linked together, that no effort to effect a 
 separation, commencing in one point, could by any possibility sue- 
 ceed, until it had spread itself through a large part of the whole, and 
 before this could be effected the thousand checks and counter-check'-: 
 of the confederation, would probably, as long as there is any honesty 
 and intelligence in the people, stop the'progress of the breach, and 
 restore every thing to its original security. The Union has been 
 often threatened, since its establishment, and in some instances fear- 
 fully so ; but after ali the> daog-ers, it apparently was never stronger 
 than at the present moment. 
 
 Under a government so pure and equal ; where every citizen may 
 feel an entire security of life, liberty and fortune ; where even the 
 poorest labourer may enjoy all the fruits of his industry unmolested, 
 and the wealthiest proprietor can sustain no usurpation over the rights 
 of the poorest; where tux.cs jmd burdens are light, and subsistence 
 easy; where the means of education are offered to all, and no re- 
 straint is laid on the expression of opinions; we may well indulge a 
 hope, that we shall long continue the improvements we have so hap 
 pily begun, and that we are destined to become, not only one of the 
 ' most extensive nations, but one of the most enlightened, populous 
 and wealthy, and of course, powerful. 
 
 Dr. Moore, anticipating a future era of improvement, snys tk Here 
 the sciences and the arts of civilized life, arc to receive their highest 
 improvement : here civil and religions liberty are to flourish, un- 
 checked by the cruel hand of civil or ecclesiastical tyranny ; here 
 genius, aided by all the improvements of former ages, is to be exert- 
 ed in humanizing mankind, in cx'-andi^g and enriching 1 their minds 
 with religious and philosophical knowledge, and in planning and exe- 
 cuting a form of government, which shall involve all the excellencies 
 of former governments, with as few of their defects as is consistent 
 with the imperfections of human affairs, and which shall be calcula- 
 ted to protect and unite, in a manner consistent with the natural 
 rights of mankind, the largest empire that ever existed." 
 
 The anticipations of this friend of America have been in part real- 
 ized. The rapid progress of settlement and population in our western 
 territories; the great number of new states and towns, which have 
 sprung up there, like the exhalations of a night, and are now fast fill- 
 ing with all the arts of civilized life ; the great cities, which are ra- 
 pidly advancing 1 on our eastern shores, and are already rivalling those 
 
.'10 Canada. 
 
 of the old world ; which are now connected by a g 
 with every part of the globe, and are acting iient points ol 
 
 our internal intercourse, which, by our unexampled natural commu- 
 nications, and the magnificent canals that are giving them a ten-fold 
 efficiency, has already equalled that of much older nations, and from 
 the known enterprize of our citizens, will not cease to enlarge till 
 it has exhausted our resources all these, with the growth of manu- 
 factures, and the employment of our immense mineral resoim 
 metals and fuel, and the great natural powers of large and rapid ri- 
 vers, in those parts of our country farthest removed from the centres 
 of commerce, and therefore less subject to the excitement of trade, 
 without the cultivation of their natural advantages, and above all the 
 use of steam in moving boats and marhincrv. :,nd thus giving the cer- 
 tainty of calculation to all our operation*; all these we may consider 
 
 iiat the fondest hopr-s of our warmest fn< 
 will not be disappointed. P. 
 
 BRITISH 
 
 IN CANAD \ 
 
 \ . 01 "' ends ..11 that part of North AUK- 
 
 !i lies north of I In- I Greenland and the 
 
 .MI srtlirin. 
 
 Not more than one tenth part of thi^ vast country i, in th- posses-^ 
 if thf \vhr t is in the southeast, along tlie banks of 
 
 i nnbraces the island of 
 '<)undlan(.!, and tin- lour following* provii, 
 
 I. ; Loner Canada. 
 
 Nrw Brunswick* -! Upper Canada. 
 
 All British .Amrnea, iu-! inrbi-'i'..! in the a 1 -- .ons, 
 
 lied .Ncic Itritai; .f tht- liiili 
 
 Lower * - of (lie m ;Vora 
 
 -. 1> i- N. bj New Brit 
 
 K. by tlu nee; S. 1- MM.! S. i Mnswick, 
 
 . Vermont. \. B. \V. and W. 
 
 ida. 
 
 Lower Canada cont-ji.i- abr^i< 300,000 ini-.u 1 i^mt^. a majority of 
 wlio h origin. The principal settlements are along the 
 
 banks of the St. I/ 
 
 .Manners and customs of the settlers in Canada are tinctured 
 with the Trent ' jid urbani" .i with the usual portion 
 
 of vanity ; thi \ er, a mo; le quality than avarice, 
 
 which is destructive of every noble exertion. The 'Frenc'. 
 in Canada can p-ene rally road and write, and are thus far superior to 
 the men ; bur both are sunk in ignorance and superstition, and bli 
 devoted to their priests. They use the French language, English be- 
 ing restricted to the British settlers. 
 
 At Quebec a large garrison is maintained : of the inhabitant 
 
inch an Nations of Canada. 341 
 
 Is arc French. The houses are commonly of stone, small, ugly, 
 and inconvenient. There we three nunneries here, but the monM 
 nearly extinct. The market is well supplied, and the 1: 
 
 MWD by de^rs. The neighbourhood of this 
 iiery, and the falls of the 
 
 river A; oci are particularly celebrated. 
 
 T1-- of heat and cold are amazing; the thermometer in sum- 
 
 rising 1 to ninety-six degrees, while in w inter tt 
 
 The snow begins in November, and in January tin- rold is so intense, 
 
 he limb> of people, who are obliged to h ;>re often 
 
 nger of what is called a frost-bite. But winter, here, as at Pe 
 
 .irgli, is the season of amuse men t ; and the ';mn by 
 
 hons w generally 
 
 come- .suddenly, tlie ice on the river burbling v, ith (lie ' -n*- 
 
 !e of ice 
 
 -ummer, and vegetation is almost 
 install 
 
 reraliy mountainous and woody ; but 
 
 (heiv j'per 
 
 hief 
 
 natural cui cataracts, 
 
 "or, the celebrated falls of Niagara arc chiefly on the 
 >[' Upper ie. river being- there six hundred yards wide, 
 
 and the fall one hundred island lies be- 
 
 tween the fails; and that on side of the. States is three hundred and fifty 
 3, whilo thf height is one hum! ' 'nun the great 
 
 fall a constant eloud ascends, whir! ; ;ui incn 
 
 *.ance,andthe whole scene U truly trcmen ; 
 
 NATIVE Till 
 
 The Five Indian Nations of Canada.* 
 
 The i 
 
 The names by which i! 
 hawks, Oneidas, O 
 
 Eaci> of these nation- -h na- 
 
 tion makes an hide; -ne.l tn j.ur.lir ;, (fvirs by 
 
 r.vn Sachems. The authority of tl lv in the 
 
 opinion that the rest of the natives \.\\\ . of their v <i 'integri- 
 
 ty. Force is never resorted to for the purpose of executing their re- 
 solutions. Honour and esteem are their prim : :ds; uiid 
 shame the only punishment. 
 
 The natives of these tribes think themselves by nature superior to 
 the rest of mankind, and assume a title which, in their language, de- 
 notes that pre-eminence. This opinion they carefully infuse into the 
 minds of their children, which inspires them with a courage, which 
 has been terrible to the tribes, and which renders them objects of fear 
 among the neighbouring Indian nations, from whom they receive 
 yearly tribute. 
 
 Two of the Sachems go about to receive this tribute, which is paid 
 
 * This account relates to the condition of the tribes befor 
 American revolution, and is taken from Colden's account of tli 
 
 29* 
 
in wampum, the current money among Wampum 
 
 two kinds, white and purple: the white 
 
 the great shells into the form of a bead, and 
 
 leather: the purple is taken out of the inside of ihi 
 
 they are woven as broad as one's hand, and a I ot long- : i 
 
 they call belts, which they give and receive 
 
 - ot friendship : for lesser matters a single string i? g 
 bead is of known value, and a belt of a less number is made to equal 
 one of a greater, by taste ning so many as is wanting to the belt i>\ a 
 string. 
 
 r-LJom for the sake o !hnt the Indians mah 
 
 from notions of glory, strongly im. 
 
 \afions in their i<>ve of liberty, and iln (heir bravery 
 
 n battle, and their < 
 lade of the most celebrated Romans. 
 
 Affairs of importance which concern -.ill the F is are tran- 
 
 acted ia a general meeting of the Sachems, v Ueld near 
 
 centre of tin ir 
 
 net at*"Albany. I 
 
 the i; 
 
 that is, they menu; ID incorporate 
 
 I hem ; a:> 
 then 
 
 \N lien :ii!\ <>f : 
 
 
 
 (won h the 
 
 plan. feast 
 
 promoter^ uf 
 
 others to join, froi:i 
 i-t-ake of the enter- 
 
 oent they 
 
 rt of kettle-drum. Thr war- 
 
 ciili'd in i i his 
 
 erformed, 
 
 and tljo ( ( stors; this is accompanied with a dance, and 
 
 the i < >te the injuries 
 
 and 
 
 of the whole parts lo a high pitch of warlike en- 
 ism. 
 
 They come to i :i ihoir fa a frightful 
 
 manner, whiri ey go to war. i-i onier to appear 
 
 On tlie next day they inarch out with much formality, 
 
 -cd in their finest apparel, and observing- a profound silence. 
 
 The women follow with their old cl ! by them they send back 
 
 their finery in which they inarch from their fort or castle. Before 
 
 leave the place where the clothes arc exchanged, they always 
 
 i a large piece of the bark of some great tree ; upon the smooth 
 
 side they draw figures of their canoes, and emblems of the nations 
 
 against which the expedition is designed. 
 
 When the expedition is over, they 8top at the same place in their 
 
f 'V 
 
 e, or ai - they figure, in their 
 
 /ing, the result arfare, the number of the 
 
 ricrs taken- The-e trees are the annals or ru- 
 
 ther the Fi Nations; and by them and their war 
 
 aeir great achievements. 
 
 prisoners are secured, they never offer them ill treat- 
 ment; but, on thecontnu-y, will ruth. than suffer 
 them to want. They are j : 1 h< -\ arri\eat their jour- 
 id, to those who hav< relation in that or any former 
 ize. If the captives are accepted, there is an end to all their 
 : they are dressed as fine as j Tee, except 
 to return to i <->nnlry. and cuio\ nil the privileges the per- 
 
 ;o ha\e not the 
 jriven up to 
 satiate then 
 
 The tii. in their oth- 
 
 er him 
 t con- 
 
 '.-d up tor their enter- 
 'rni-'iiug the Bursts with 
 le. 
 
 It'li'^ matter of doiri iligion these tribes profess : 
 
 . hut do not -.eem deficient in the helief of 
 
 < r as the , sustainer, 
 
 <; their funeral rite*, seem to be 
 
 a future sta . Tliey make a 
 
 largo round hole, in which ; ^d upright; it is then 
 
 ! wilh tii-. .ipport the eartli whieh ; <ver it. 
 
 in all its finery, put wampum and other things 
 
 not suffer grass to grow on 
 
 'US. 
 
 ns and dreams : they stand 
 
 ttelhe 
 
 . '1 l>y nn officer, 
 
 ilar pile of split wood, laid 
 the bodv upon it, and - ile was burning, thc\ 
 
 :i, withou ; of grief, but when 'it was 
 
 cimsuihcd, they gathered up the bones with many te. 
 a box, and carried them away. 
 
 Of the Northern India ns. 
 
 The dispositions of the Northern Indians are in general morose 
 and covetous, and they seem to be unacquainted with gratitude. In 
 their visits to the British Factory, they are forever pleading poverty ; 
 and, to excite the compassion of the governor, are seldom at a loss 
 for a plausible story, which they relate as the occasion of their dis- 
 (ress, and never fail to interlard their history with sighs, groans, and 
 tears, sometimes affecting to be lame, and even blind. 
 
 In their trade they never fail to deceive Europeans when it is in 
 their power, and take every method to overreach them. They will 
 disguise their persons, and change their names, in order to defraud 
 them of their lawful debts, which they are sometimes permitted to 
 contract at the Hudson's Bay Factory. And notwithstanding they 
 are so covetous, and pay no regard to private property, but take eve- 
 ry advantage of bodily strength to rob their neighbours, not only ot 
 their goods but of their wives, yet, let their losses or affronts be ever 
 
Of i! Indians. 
 
 so great, they never seek any other revenge than that ot \- 
 Murder i- seldom heard of among them. A mims 
 all the tribe and is obliged, like another (.';-.in. to \\andr.r up and d 
 forlorn and forsaken, even by his own relations and former friends. 
 
 Of the Slave, Dog-ribbpd< and Heaver Indians. 
 These people are ugly, meagre, and an ill-formed rare, particularly 
 about the legi, which, by their habitually seatiiiff, then the 
 
 fire, are generally covered with scabs. Many of them appear to be 
 in an unhealthy state, owing probably to "their natural filthii; 
 They are of a moderate stature, and of a fairer complexion than the 
 generality of Indians who are natives of warmer climate*. 
 
 Of the Knisteneat ns. 
 
 These people : Country. 
 
 langiiHjre is the same as that of those who inhab 
 ti-h America on tlie Atlantic, will: 
 
 Kiui il contimi' the gulf ai 
 
 I 
 
 are of n 
 
 of the h -lioir 
 
 
 
 arti' . n ith their 
 
 ir.ttb 
 added. 
 
 Their dress is simple and c. 
 
 
 
 
 a still greater 
 
 faces are j > h more care th: 
 
 Of 1hc Chepcwyan Indians. 
 
 The notion \- 
 
 ular. Th< B, that at first the globe v, 
 
 inlr.i l it'd bv no I \\ m^ creature, except a mijrlity bi 
 wert 
 
 wiii' ocean, and touching 
 
 the earth iu-r ' ' >n the MT 
 
 This ommpotent hi-- lied forth all the variety of anin 
 
 the . \v(-re prodiM-ed from a d 
 
 which i.> the occasion of their aversion to the nesh of \ 1, as 
 
 well as the people who eat it. 
 
 The tradition proceeds to relate, that the great bird having finish- 
 ed his work, made an arrow, which was to be pr< rreat 
 care, and to remain untouched ; but that the Chepowyans wore so 
 devoid of understanding, as to carry it away, from which time the 
 bird has never since appeared. 
 
 They believe that immediately after death, they r>ns into another 
 worl.1, where they arrive at a large river, on which they embark in a 
 stone canoe, and that a gentle current bears them on to an extci 
 
The Tetun Inn- 
 
 ako, in the centre of which is a most beautiful island ; and that in 
 
 f this delightful abode, t t that judgment for their 
 
 conduct during- lite, which terminates their final state and unalterable 
 
 allotment. If their good actions are declared to predominate, they 
 
 ire landed upon the island, where there is no end to their happiness ; 
 
 but if their bad actions weigh down the balance, the stone canoe 
 
 jinks at once, and leaves them up to their chin in water, to behold 
 
 ^ ret the re wards enjoyed by the good, and eternalh struggling, 
 
 :th unavailing- endeavours, to reach the Mis-fnl i-lnnd from 
 
 which they are excluded for ever. 
 
 Of the Oonalashka and J\Tootka Soiw<' 
 
 The native inhabitants of Oonalashka, an island of Ihc most west- 
 i America, ar\ to all appeanu < cable, 
 
 . and, it is said, tha 1 
 
 Thox 
 
 iik-fs, and ^n in to enjoy li'icrtv and pro: 1 * i,\ with- 
 out n>< i they liv e in great 
 nt that they have been subjected to them, 
 uid aj . ir tributaries. 
 
 Ilie < 
 
 The Osage river gives, or name to a nation inhabiting it- 
 
 banks. Their pr< hare orjMftted from the French 
 
 traders, for both among thi '.our-, they are 
 
 called the U , Their number is bt kc and thirteen 
 
 hundred warriors, and consists of tin* i! e (Jrc: ' 
 
 about five In; rriors, living in a viliaae on the *(>uth bank of 
 
 the river. the Little Otages, of nearly i, umber, residing 
 
 t the di*tpnee of six miles from < kaii^ow band, a 
 
 iisro, uri id of a chief, called the Bigfoot, ami settled 
 
 on the \'c-rmi!ii'- branch of the Arkai: 
 
 In p< ^ are among the la'- . :nmd In- 
 
 .'ing as 
 
 in villages, an ksioerable a .n agri- 
 
 culture ;i:eir northern neigh- 
 
 bours, to \\ give a great superiority. 
 
 The Tcton Intlwns. 
 
 The Teton men sliavo the hair off their heads, except a small tuft 
 
 on the top, v suffer to grow and wen ;>ver their 
 
 shoulders; to thi- m much attack loss of it is the 
 
 ieath of near relations. In full-dre--. the ITK n 
 
 of consideration wear a hawk's feather, or calumet feather worked 
 with porcupine quills, and fastened to the top of the head, from which 
 it falls back. The face and body are generally painted with a mix- 
 f grease and coal. Over the shoulders is a loose robe, or man- 
 tle of buffalo-skin, dressed white, adorned with porcupine-quills, 
 fixed, so as to make a jingling noise when in motion, and 
 pointed with various uncouth figures, unintelligible to n. but to them 
 emblematic of military exploits, or any other incident ; the hair of 
 the robe is worn next the skin in fair 'weather ; but when it rains 
 the hair is put outside, ond the robe is cither thrown over the arm. 
 or wrapped round the body, all of which it may cover. 
 
The Sokulk i 
 
 in the winter season, they wear a kind of shirt, resembling 
 made either of bkin or cloth, mid covering- 1' 
 the middle is a fixed girdle of cloth, or dressed elk skin. 
 inch in width, and closely tied to the body. 
 
 The Sioux Indians. 
 
 Almost the whole of that vast tract of country comprised between 
 the Mississippi, the Red River of Lake Winnepeg, the ^an,' 
 
 and the Missouri, is loosely occupied by a great nation, whose primi- 
 tive name is Darcota; but who are called Moux. hy the French, 
 by the English. Their original ippi ; but 
 
 they have gradually spread themselves abroad, and becom- 
 ded into numerous trihes. Of these, what ; the 
 
 .Oarcotas, are the Mindawarcarton, or " MI ton. km> 
 
 f'Yench bv the name of the Gens du L:i<", or Pcuplu of ' 
 Their residence is on both sides of the M 
 
 'iony. and thr probahle number of i l.un- 
 
 dred. Above them, on the 
 
 oinMler band, of i. further i 1 
 
 same river, b 
 de I 
 
 while tin- ^mrrOb of the 
 bun; ..r of about t\vo hun.i 
 
 Khoshonee Indians. 
 
 A plurah' .>mnu>n ; in their dome-tic re. 
 
 the m. in 
 
 bar.' :hink 
 
 proper. Thr rhiid 
 
 niie their <-u M : 
 
 The mass <f li to thr lowest :>.n.! i 
 
 boriotis di-iid- IliMV coll< 
 
 and c-oi)k : they build the 1m! 
 
 thr \ , ; in taking 1 care of the . the 
 
 hordes, and li.- rg-e of ull i 
 
 The Chojpunnish Indians. 
 
 The Chopunnish or ; i le on the 
 
 kooshee and I. 
 
 men : th( 
 
 [< \ion of bol of the 
 
 ::ieir orn-a:: 
 
 witi, -is mother-i:t-|M.-arl. I 
 
 ottrr-^kin rollar, ai 
 
 kinds, principally white, jrrrrn. and liirht blue, all 
 in their u\\.. se are the chief ornau 
 
 The Sokulk Indians. 
 
 Tlie nation among which ue now are, call then. kiilks; 
 
 and with theni are uiiit*. ,;> reside 
 
 western 1 
 
 the mouth of. the latter i -nn. The 
 
 lang-uage of th< 
 
 er but little from each other, or from tha* uf the Chopuir 
 
^jntn/sli Doimni( 347 
 
 .. e and Lewis's river. In their dress and gen- 
 ppearance also they resemble much those nations; the men 
 -.; a rube of deer or antelope skin, under which a few of them 
 >hort leathern shirt. 
 
 The Chinnooks on the Pacific. 
 
 The men are low in stature, rather u-rly, and ill made; their legs 
 Mall and crooked, their feet large, and their heads, like those 
 -vomen, flattened in a g manner. These defor- 
 
 ce in part concealed by robes made of sea-otter, deer, elk, 
 or fox skins. They also employ in their dress robes the skin 
 if a rat peculiar to this country, an-.! of another animal of the same 
 i ize, which is light and durable, arid --ld at a high price by the Indians, 
 v ho bring i: Idition to these are worn blankets, 
 
 ' TS of red, blue, or spotted cloth, and some sailors' old riot lies. 
 The greaier part of the men have 
 nd hail. 
 
 but are low and dis~ 
 tioned, with small feet and large legs and thighs. 
 
 Nations of the Coast. 
 
 Tho Kilhmur--. ( hinnool^, ;.n I ( ';t f hlamahs, the four 
 
 iou ring nations with whom, and Clarice, 
 
 ! mo-t in' ,-rvc a general resemblance in 
 
 9, and manners. They are corn diminut:'. 
 
 tire, ha IK shn-M'd, and their appearance by no mean 
 
 1 thick, flat feet, thiel. : the 
 
 which deformities is to be . in part, to the practice of 
 
 <pi:iftin<r, or sitting on the calves of their le: 1 > ; i nl al<o to 
 
 Brings worn round t v by the 
 
 i of the blood, and render the 
 
 r^x ill .lien. T! the usual copper-co- 
 
 rican tribes. 
 
 f thi-ir phy-io.irnomv is the peculiar 
 width of their t : peculiarity w'nicli ' 
 
 'iose customs in 
 . The custom of flattening the head by artificial pn 
 
 Is among all the nations we have si 
 the Rocky Mountains. 
 
 SPANISH DOMINIONS 
 
 OF NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 Original Population and Spanish Inhabitants. 
 THE original population of these extensive regions was various, 
 ,:onsi sting of Mexicans, and other tribes ; considerably civilized in 
 the centre, while to the north and south were savage races. The or- 
 igin of the Mexicans remains in obscurity, after many fruitless re- 
 searches of many learned men. Their language appears to be totally 
 different from that of the Peruvians. There seems not, however, to 
 be any resemblance between either of these languages, and that of 
 
348 Mexico. 
 
 the Malays, who peopled the numerous islands in the Pacific Ocean : 
 nor are the Tatarian, or Mandshur features to be traced in any ac- 
 count of the Mexicans or Peruvians, though singularly distinct from 
 those of other races. 
 
 It is deeply to be regretted that these American empires were de- 
 stroyed ; as they would have afforded curious objects for philosophic 
 observers of human nature. The general opinion seems to be, that 
 the Mexicans and Peruvians were a distinct race from the other 
 Americans. The manners and customs of the Spaniards in the new 
 world differ but little from those of the parent country, unless it be in 
 Tin increase of religious fanaticism. 
 
 Spanish Colonists. 
 
 The American dominions of Spain contain a population of about 
 twelve million of souls ; of these, two thirds are the aborigines, 
 whose ancestors, after the conquest, became subjects of Spain, con- 
 verts to its religion, and obedient to its laws. The present race is so 
 familiarized to the manners and language of the conquerors, as only 
 to be distinguished by their complexion and features ; there are, in- 
 deed, some parts where the Indian race is more insulated, and in oth- 
 ers totally unmixed with Spaniards ; these, however, are only excep- 
 tions to tlie general description. The negro slaves are a small body, 
 in many parts not one tenth, in others, as in the kingdoms of iScw 
 Granada and in Chili, not a twentieth part of the inhabitants ; but in 
 the islands, and in Venezuela, the proportion is much greater. The 
 ->< MI.. i i:ii;-!-.-ourse betwixt the Spaniards and the Indian and Negro 
 race, has been always more considerable than in the colonies founded 
 by England : and hence has arisen a much greater proportion of those 
 mixed races denominated Mustees and Mulattoes, who, after mixing 
 with the descendents of Europeans for three generations, acquire the 
 name, and become entitled to the privileges of Spaniards. Hence. 
 fhough in the tables of Spanish American population, the Spaniards 
 are estimated as one sixth of the whole people, in the estimation art 
 included those of the mixed race who enjoy the rights of Europeans. 
 
 The Spaniards are divided into the Creoles and the natives of Eu- 
 rope ; the latter amount to about one twentieth of the former, or tc 
 the one hundred and twentieth part of the whole population. Yet tc 
 this small body was entrusted the sole power of the government. The 
 . lucrative offices in the state, and the best benefices in the churcl 
 were filled by them, whilst the Creoles, natives of the soil, and pos- 
 sessed of the largest property, were kept in a state of comparative 
 degradation. The policy of the court of Spain had prevented the in 
 tercourse of all foreigners with their colonies, a prohibition which 
 having been adopted by the other European nations, was not a subjec 
 of complaint, till the independence of British America excited th< 
 eager desire for privileges similar to those which their neighbours en 
 joyed. This desire was increased by the situation in which the; 
 were placed by the long-protracted war with England, during th 
 continuance of which, the difficulty of maintaining an intercours 
 with the mother country, was so great as to separate them from a 
 but casual connection. 
 
 MEXICO. 
 
 This country is bounded N. and N. E. by the United States ; I 
 by the Gulf of Mexico : S. E. by Guatimala ; and W. by the Pacifi 
 
Customs of the Mexicans. 
 
 Ocean. It extends from 16 to 42 N. lat. and from 38 to 124 W. 
 longitude. Square miles, 957,541. Population in 1803, 5,840,000. 
 
 Of the Mexicans. 
 
 The Mexicans are of a good stature, generally exceeding rather 
 Ithan falling short of the middle size, and well proportioned, they have 
 (good complexions, narrow forehead, black eyes, clean, firm, regular 
 I white teeth ; thick, black, and glossy hair. Their skin is of an olive 
 i colour. There is scarcely a nation upon earth in which there are 
 | fewer persons deformed, and it would be more difficult to find a hump- 
 
 * backed, lame, or squinting man amongst a thousand Mexicans, than 
 jf imong a hundred of any other nation. Their appearance neither 
 r- engages nor disgusts ; but among the young women, there are many 
 i very fair and beautiful. 
 
 t The Mexicans employ much of their time in eating : in the morn- 
 I -ng they take chocolate, breakfast at nine, take an once, or another 
 
 oreakfast at eleven, and soon after twelve they dine. After having 
 j ;aken some sleep, they return to their chocolate, which is succeeded 
 j/oy an afternoon's luncheon, more chocolate, and a considerable 
 
 supper. 
 
 The passion for strong liquors is carried to a great exce,ss v For- 
 nerly they were kept within bounds by the severity of the laws, but 
 low drunkenness is left unpunished, and to this may be ascribed the 
 lavock that is made among them by epidemical disorders. Their un- 
 lerstandings are fitted for every kind of science, as facts have shown, 
 ^mong the Mexicans who have had an opportunity of engaging in 
 he pursuits of learning, good mathematicians and architects have 
 jeen known. 
 
 All the Mexican ladies smoke tobacco in little cigars of paper, 
 vhich they take from a case of gold or silver, hanging by a chain or 
 ibbon* while, on the side, they wear little pincers of the same metal. 
 >ontfc*all^ occupied in this amusement, as soon as one cigar is ex- 
 tausted, another is lighted ; they only cease to smoke when they eat 
 >r sleep, and even light a cigar when they bid you a good night. 
 
 Processions are very common : on the eve and day of All-Saints 
 here are great crowds at the doors of the shop-keepers, styled of 
 Christ, both on foot and in carriages, to buy for children, toys and. 
 weatmeats, in both which the Mexicans excel. 
 
 The Indian cultivator, says Humboldt, is poor, but he is free. His 
 tate is preferable to that of the peasantry in a great part of Europe. 
 There are neither corvees nor villanage in New Spain ; and the num- 
 >er of slaves is next to nothing. Sugar is chiefly the produce of free 
 lands. There the principal objects of agriculture are not the pro- 
 luctions to which European luxury has assigned a variable and arbi- 
 rary value, but cereal gramina, nutritive roots, and the agave, the 
 -ine of the Indian. The appearance of the country proclaims to the 
 raveller, that the soil nourishes him who cultivates it, and that the 
 rue prosperity of the Mexican neither depends on the accidents of 
 oreign commerce, nor the unruly politics of Europe. 
 
 Customs of the Mexicans.* 
 As soon as a person dies, certain masters of the funeral ceremonies 
 
 This article and the following relate to the Mexican Indians. I' 
 30 
 
0,50 Face of the Country. 
 
 are called in, who are generally men advanced in years. They cut 
 a number of pieces of paper, with which they dress the dead body, 
 and sprinkle the head with a glass of water, saying- " This is the water 
 Used in the time of life." They then dress the corpse in a habit suit- 
 able to the rank, wealth, and circumstances attending the death of 
 the party. If the deceased has been a warrior, they clothe him in 
 ene sort of habit ; if a merchant, in another ; if an artist, in that of 
 the protecting god of his art ; if a drunkard, in the habit of the god 
 ef wine. 
 
 With the habit they give the dead a jug of water, and different pie- 
 ces of paper, with directions for the use of each. With the first they 
 say, " By means of this you will pass without danger, between the 
 two mountains which fight against each other." With the second he 
 is told, " that he will walk, without obstruction, along the road which 
 is defended by the great serpent:" and so of the rest. 
 
 They kill a domestic quadruped, resembling a little dog, to accom- 
 pany the deceased on his journey to the other world. They fix a 
 string about his neck, believing it necessary to enable it to pass the 
 deep river of new waters. They burn or bury it, with the body of 
 its master, according to the kind of death of which he died. 
 
 Of the Mexican Language. 
 
 The Mexican language differs very widely from the Peruvian. The 
 words frequently cud with //, and are of a surprising length, r. 
 bling, in this respect, the language of the savages in North America, 
 and some of the Afrirjn dialects ; but strong! \ contrasted with those 
 wf A-i;i, in whirl) the most polished, as the Chinese, are monosyllabic. 
 Tl.r Peruvian i , however, a superior and more pleasing language, 
 though some of the modifications of the verbs be of extreme length. 
 Their poetry consists of hymns, arid of heroic arid amatory ballads: 
 they have also a species of drama,**though it does not seein superior 
 r<> those of Otuhcite. % t 
 
 Face of the Country. 
 
 In Mexico the best cultivated fields, which recall to the mind of 
 the traveller the beautiful plains of France, are those which extend 
 from Salamanca towards Piloe, Guanaxuato, and Villa de Leon, and 
 which surround the richest mines of the known world. Wherever 
 metallic seams have been discovered in the most uncultivated parts 
 ef the Cordilleras, on the insulated and desert table-lands, the wor- 
 king of mines, far from impeding the cultivation of the soil, has been 
 singularly favourable to it. 
 
 The difference of the level between Vera Cruz and Mexico, gives 
 ccasion to several striking particularities. In the space of a day 
 the inhabitants descend from the regions of eternal snow to the plains 
 in the vicinity of the sea, where the most suffocating heat prevails. 
 The admirable order with which different tribes of vegetables rise 
 above one another by strata, as it were, is no where more perceptible 
 *han in ascending from the port of Vera Cruz to the table-land of 
 Ferote. We see there the physiognomy of the country, the aspect of 
 the sky, the forms of plants, the figures of animals, the manners of 
 the inhabitants, and the kind of cultivation followed by them, all as- 
 sume a different appearance at every step of our progress. 
 
 As we ascend, nature appears gradually less animated, the beauty 
 of the vegetable forms diminishes, the shoots become less succulent, 
 and the flowers less coloured. The aspect of the Mexican oak quiets 
 
Of the City of Mexico. 
 
 he alarms of travellers newly landed at Veira Cruz. Its presence 
 emonstrates that he has left behind him the zone so justly dreaded by 
 he people of the north, under which the yellow fever exercises its rava* 
 ;es in New Spain. This inferior limit of oaks warns the colonist who 
 ohabits the central table-land, how far he may descend towards the 
 -.oast, without dread of the mortal disease of the vomito. Forests of 
 iquid amber, near Zalapa, announce, by the freshness of their ver- 
 ure, that this is the elevation at which the clouds suspended over the 
 cean, come in contact with the basaltic summits of the Cordillera. 
 
 A little higher, near la Banderilla, the nutritive fruit of the banana 
 ree comes no longer to maturity. In this foggy and cold region, want 
 purs the Indian to labour, and excites his industry. At the height of 
 5an Miguel, pines begin to mingle with the oaks, which are as high as 
 he elevated plains of Perote, where we behold the delightful aspect 
 >f fields sown with wheat. Eight hundred metres higher, the cold- 
 less of the climate will no longer admit of the vegetation of oaks ; 
 md pines alone cover the rocks, whose summits enter the zone of 
 iternal snow. Thus, in a few hours, the naturalist, will here ascend 
 he whole scale of vegetation, from the heliconiaand the banana plant, 
 vhose glossy leaves swell out into extraordinary dimensions, to the 
 tunted parenchyma of the resinous trees. 
 
 Climate. 
 
 The air of Mexico is very rare, and dangerous when confined in 
 iurrow passages ; hence the lake does not produce such humidity as 
 night be conceived, and the bodies of dead animals remain long un* 
 consumed. As the lake has already retired a Spanish league from the 
 :ity, some think that this circumstance renders the air less healthy. 
 There are, however, many water courses, covered and open, but they 
 ire cleansed only once in two years. The winter frost is gentle, and 
 s thought severe when the ice exceeds the thickness of paper. The 
 ummer heats are tempered by the regular showers which fall in the 
 ivenings. Between twelve ami one o'clock, during the rainy season, 
 he clouds begin to rise from the lakes ; and between two and three 
 lescend in violent showers, of which an European can hardly form an 
 dea, except by comparing the noise and rapidity to a storm of large 
 lail. The rain continues two hours, more or less ; and is sometime? 
 iccompanied with lightning. Sometimes there arc Trntcr-spouts, 
 ;vhich, however, have never been known to fall on the city, but al- 
 vays on the lake. They, however, sometimes ruin mining stations ; 
 md our author says that they have been known even to level hills. 
 Though just within the tropic of cancer, the yearly cold at Mexico 
 ippears to exceed the heat. The rainy season extends from the mid- 
 lie of May to the middle of September ; during which it rains every 
 evening : if it failed, the harvest would be lost, and there would be 
 nany diseases, which have sometimes degenerated into the contagious 
 "orms. 
 
 Animals. 
 
 The animals of America are mostly distinct from those of the old 
 continent ; and could scarcely have been descended from them. 
 
 Of the City of Mexico. 
 
 ^ The chief city of all Spanish America, is Mexico, celebrated for 
 :he singularity of its situation. In a beautiful vale, surrounded by 
 
352 Of the City of Mexico. 
 
 mountains, the lake of Texcuco is joined on the south to that of 
 Chalco by a strait, on the west side of a tongue of land, the whole 
 Circuit of these lakes being about ninety miles. In a small Isle to the, 
 north of this junction, and upon the west side of the lake of Texcu- 
 co, rose the old city of Mexico, accessible by several causeways rais- 
 ed in the shallow waters, but on the east side there was no commu- 
 nication except by canoes. It is said by Robertson, from recent 
 Spanish documents, to contain 150,000 inhabitants ; of which proba- 
 bly a third part is Spanish. A modern account of this remarkable 
 city is given by Chappe D'Auteroche, who visited it in 1769, and in- 
 forms us that it is built upon a fen, near the banks of a lake and 
 crossed by numerous canals, the houses being all founded on piles. 
 Hence it would seem that the waters of the lake have diminished, so 
 <> leave a fenny access on the west. The ground still yields ia 
 many places, and some 'buildings, as the cathedral, have sunk six 
 feet. The streets are wide and straight, but very dirty; andflM 
 houses resembling those of Spain, are tolerably built. The chief ed- 
 ifice is the viceroy's palace, which stands near the cathedral in a cen- 
 tral than elegant. Behind the palace istbjB 
 mint, in \\ hirli more than M o workmen are employed, as the owneBl 
 of the mines here exchange, thfir bullion for coin. The other chojfl 
 huilding-s are the rhnrehes, <}. liich are very 
 numerous, and fir; . The on ra ^ j 
 *:nfmisi!< roniid the bjfl 
 .ilUirisn! -r, :ind tlu-re i* a silver lamp so capacious UJB 
 t in to clean it: while it is No < -. ith lions' 
 nti. in pure old. Thr 
 
 
 ones. 
 
 .ubtedly one of the 
 . With t! 
 
 . 1 
 
 inform level of the nfronn 
 
 Mli of tlif lie places. Tkw 
 
 IP, and there are cv 
 >f the houses is not k^H 
 
 sare all of Biscay iron, ornament, 
 bronze, and the hi ul of roofs, have terraces like th< 
 
 icrn ronnl 
 
 oen very much embellished since t; 
 .ere, in" 1769. The edifice destined to 
 \| 1; viduals of the country furnished a 
 
 , of more : millions of francs, would adorn tin 
 
 places of Paris or Lomlnn. The great palaces (hotels) were re 
 roustrueted hy Mexican artists, pupils of the Academy of Fin 
 of the capital'. One of the palaces, in the quarter deHa 7 
 exhibits, in the interior of the con beautiful oval peristyle o 
 
 - pled columns. The traveller justly admires a 
 paved with porphyry flags, and enclosed with an iron railin 
 ornamented with'bfonze, containing an equestrian statue of t 
 Charles the Fourth, placed on a pedestal of Mexican marble, in t 
 midst of the Plaza Major of Mexico, opposite the cathedral and t' 
 viceroy's palace, 
 
WEST-INDIES. 
 
 The West India islands lie between Florida and the northern coast 
 rf South America. They extend from 9 53' to 28 N. lat. and from 
 >9 30' to E5 W. Ion. 
 
 These islands are divided into four principal groupes as follows : 
 
 I. The Greater Antilles, viz. Cuba, Hispaniola, Jamaica and Porto 
 lico. 
 
 II. The Bahamas, or Lucayas islands, consisting of all the islands 
 inf north of Cuba and Hispaniola. 
 
 III. The Caribbean islands, consisting of Trinidad and all the 
 north of it, till you come to Porto Rico. The Caribbean isl- 
 :<! subdivided into 1. The Leeward Hands, consisting of 
 ira and all the islands north of it. 2. The Windward islands, 
 
 i all south of it. 
 
 IV. The Lesser Antilles, consisting of the islands lying along the 
 :oast of South America, west of Trinidad, viz. Margarita, Tortuga, 
 Baluda, < 15m -u Airr. Turacoa and Oruba. Square milc^ 
 
 05,000. Whites 450,000. Mulattoes and Blacks 1,600,000. Total 
 >opulation 2,050,000. 
 
 Climate. 
 
 The climate in all the West India islands is nearly the same, allow 
 
 ng for those accidental differences which the several situations and 
 
 qualities of the lands themselves produce. As they lie within the 
 
 iropics, and the sun goes quite over their Iwads, passing beyond them 
 
 j) the north. rontinually subjected to the extreme of a heat 
 
 intolerable, if the trade-wind, rising jrnulually ns the- 
 
 rth, did not blow in upon them from the sea, and re- 
 
 ioh a manner, as to enable the < :o attend to 
 
 n under tl nd, as 
 
 >^s, a breeze begins to be perceived, which blows 
 
 e from the centre towards the sea, in 
 
 .-' compass at once. * 
 
 In the same manner, when the; ices towards the tropic of 
 
 Cancer, and becomes vertical, he draws after him such a vast body of 
 
 . as shield the earth from his direct beams ; and these cL> 
 length dissolving into rain, cool the air, and refresh the country, 
 with the long drought which commonly reigns from the begin- 
 ning of January to the latter end of May. 
 
 The rains in the West Indies, are by no means so moderate as with 
 as. Our heaviest rains are but dews comparatively. Theirs are 
 rather floods of water, poured from the clouds with a prodigious im- 
 petuosity ; the rivers rise in a moment ; new rivers and lakes are 
 formed, and in a short time all the low country is under water. 
 Hence it is, that rivers which have their source within the tropics, 
 swell and overflow their banks at a certain season ; but so mistaken 
 were the ancients in their idea of the torrid zone, that they imagined 
 it to be dried and scorched up with a continued and fervent heat, and 
 to be for that reason uninhabitable; when, in reality, some of the 
 largest rivers of the world have their course within its limits and th<> 
 moisture is often one of the greatest inconveniences of the climate. 
 
 30* 
 
o54 Of the IVhite Residents of the West-Indian LI; 
 
 The rains make the only distinction of seasons in the West I \ 
 where the trees are green the whole year round ; where no cold, no 
 frosts, no snows, arid but rarely some hail, chill and annoy the inhab- 
 itants ; the storms of hail are, however, very violent when they 
 happen, and the hailstones very large and heavy. 
 
 It is in the rainy season (principally in the month of August, more 
 rarely in July and September) that they are assaulted by hurricanes, 
 the most terrible calamity to which they are subject from theclinr 
 these destroy, at a stroke, the labours of years, and prostrate 
 hopes of the planter, often just at the moment when he thinks himself 
 out of the reach of fortune. The hurricane is a sudden and violent 
 : . rain, thunder, arid lightning 1 , attended with a furious 
 iiing of the seas, and sometimes with an earthquake ; in sh 
 with every circumstance which the elements can assemble, th 
 ible and destructive. First, they see as the prelude to the ensu- 
 
 <>f sugar-cane whirled into fche air, and 
 of the country : the strongest trees of the i 
 5, and driven about like stubble ; their windmills 
 ;i ; their utensils, the fixtures, the pondt 
 - of several hundred weight, wrenched 
 . Their 1; 
 
 .he rain rushes in 
 nee. 
 
 lents of the West Indian Islands. 
 Of the two great classes of people in most of these colon 
 
 :t -number the whites in the proportion of seven to one. A 
 
 the latter in ( ; 
 
 among men who are differently situated, so the 
 ily give birth among (hem to reciprocal 
 I >ect. 
 
 'inguishes the- 'cuts in the 
 
 1 a display of con-' 
 ka and conditions. The poorest v. 
 
 , and ap- 
 a freedom which, in 
 
 r orders of lif. 
 i-inciple arises from 
 
 11 to the com- 
 thal rirrii.'MN-tafiCe. 
 from slave 1 
 
 may be the causefl 
 :f-importance in the Weft-Indian character, 
 
 from it are benefit 
 
 opensities of human nature : frankness, so- 
 MCC, and generosity. In no part of the globe is 
 (he \ ,spitality more generally prevalent, than in the British 
 
 sugar islands : the gates of the planter are always open to the recep- 
 of his guests. To be a stranger is, of itself, a sufficient intro- 
 duction. 
 
 Another remarkable trait among this people, is an eagerness fi 
 litigation, which, though frequently ^prejudicial to individuals, is not 
 without its advantages. From the frequent attendance of the lower 
 orders of men in the courts of law, they acquire a degree of juridical 
 knowledge, not generally to be found in persons of the same rank in 
 
England. Thus the petty juries in the West Indies, are comnionlr 
 ar more intelligent than those of Great Britain. 
 
 Of the Creoles. 
 
 But we must look to the Creoles, or natives, for the original cast 
 )f character impressed by the climate. They are obviously a taller 
 race, on the whole, than* the Europeans, but not proportionably ro- 
 Allof them, however, are distinguished for the freedom and 
 mppleness of their joints, by which they are enabled to move with 
 agility, ease, and gracefulness in dancing. They excel also in pen- 
 mansbip, and in the use of the small sword. The effect of the cli- 
 mate is likewise obvious in the structure of the cyr, the socket be- 
 ing considerably deeper than among the natives of 'Europe. By this 
 conformation, they are guarded from those ill effects which an almost 
 Continual strong glare of sunshine might otheru und, it 
 
 nous circumstance, that their skin colder 
 
 than that of an European in the more northerly climates, a proof 
 -ome peculiar mean- ( ting them 
 
 from the heat, which she lias denied to the nations of temperate re- 
 
 The ladies of these islands, from habitual temperance, enjoy re- 
 markably good health. Except tin- of dancing, in winch 
 they delight and excel, they have no amusement or avocation to im- 
 
 n to much exertion of body or mind. Those midnight as- 
 semblies and gambling conventions, in which health, fortune and 
 beauty, are so frequently sacrificed in the cities of Europe, are here 
 happily unknown. In their diet they are truly abstemious. Simple 
 
 or lemonade, is the strong f , r e in \\ hich they indulge; 
 
 nud a vegetable mess at noon, seasoned with Cayenne pepper, con- 
 
 their principal repast. The effect of this mode of lii- 
 relaxed habit, and a complexion in which the lily predominates ra- 
 ther than the rose. To a stranger newly arrived, the ladies appear a* 
 
 on from a bed of sickness. Their voice is soft and spiritless, 
 and every stop betrays languor and la With the finest per- 
 
 liey want that glow o .1 the countenance : 
 
 ct Youth's orient bloom, the blush of ch;i 
 
 The sprightly c ml the smile divine ; 
 
 Love's go: to milder clirnes retire, 
 
 And full in Albion's matchless daughtci 
 
 ladies surpass the Creoles in one distinguishing feature of 
 ; they have, in general, the finest eyes in the world, large, 
 languishing, and expressive, sometimes beaming with animation, and 
 sometimes meltiBg with tenderness a sure index to genuine good- 
 ness of heart and it is observable that no women make better wive? 
 or mothers. 
 
 Of Jamaica. 
 
 Jamaica lies about 30 leagues south of Cuba, and the same distance 
 west of St. Domingo, between 17 40' and 18 30' N. lat. and be- 
 tween 76 18' and 78 57' W. Ion. It is of an oval form, about 150 
 miles long, and on an average more than 40 broad, containing 6,400 
 square miles. 
 
 This island is intersected with a ridge of steep rocks, heaped by 
 
the frequent earthquakes, in a stupendous a., 
 
 These rocks, though containing no niil on i 
 covered with a great variety of beautiful a per- 
 
 spring-; they are nourished by the ra 
 
 mists which continually hang on the mount, r roots, 
 
 penetrating the crannies of the rocks, ii it their 
 
 ipport. From the rocks issue a vast number of small ri 
 
 .ome waters, which tumble down ii {, toge- 
 
 ith the stupendous height of the mom bright 
 
 verdure of the trees, thron they flow, ; 1 1 land- 
 
 On each side of this chain of moi 
 
 . hir.h diminish as they remove from it. On e growi 
 
 at plenty. The valleys or plains l- 
 
 i.l what is ordinary in most other countries, and tl 
 
 aland most valuable production of tlii 
 Cocoa to a great 
 
 rnento, or, as it is called. 
 
 i; is so useful in me e man* 
 
 < hi neel, whose fruit, though delightful in th. 
 
 on ; the mahogany, in Mich D86 with our cab 
 
 and of i rydear; excel 1 
 
 he cabbage tree, remar! 
 when dry i 
 
 oil much < oth in 
 
 food and medicine ; the soap tree, whose berries ai irposet 
 
 of was): mangrove and olive-b.n 
 
 d-wood, to the dyers ; and lat< r-wood. ': 
 
 ,mt was fo- tted; and 
 
 can grain grows b< 
 n, peas of vari* 
 
 resembling < f roots. Fruits grov 
 
 oranges, common an 
 '. >cks, pomcgTP : 
 
 ons, pc: r.iva*, and several kinJs of be: 
 
 etables i id good. Jamaica likewise 
 
 rary with sarsaparilla, chinia, cassi -tarinds. 
 
 reds of tl.' 
 
 ie. Their B small, r hardy, 
 
 mimals are the land and sea turtle, and 
 Here are all sorts of fowl, wild and tam- 
 
 parrots than in any of the other islands : besides paroqueK pelicans, 
 . teal, Guinea-hens,. geese, ducks, and turkeys ; the hurnming- 
 
 t variety of others. The rivers and bays 
 
 h. The mountains breed numerous adders, and other noxious 
 
 animals, as the fens and marshes do the guana and the gallewasp ; but 
 
 >ist are not venomous. Among the insects are the ciror, or 
 
 chegoe, which eats into the nervous or membraneous parts of the 
 
 flesh of the negroes, and sometimes of the white people. These in- 
 
 et into any part of the body, but chiefly the legs and feet. 
 
 where they bree<i in great numbers, and shut themselves up in a bag 
 
 As soon as the person feels them, which is not perhaps till a week 
 
South America. 
 
 .^en in the body, he picks them out with a needle, or 
 ay the hg- entirely ; that 
 ind. They 
 etimes get into the toes and . j ;it the nV-ih t<> l 'one. 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 South America is boundc e Caribbean sea ; K. by the 
 
 Terra del Fuego, from which it is separated 
 
 ;.d on the 
 
 
 . It MI Int. 54" 
 
 ' \\ . 
 
 e area is estimated *0 square 
 
 PERU. 
 
 Pent is bounded N. by > 
 nos Ayrc-, and t lie desert of Atae'ama wln< 
 
 lie Pacific ocean. It extends ie rtv- 
 
 rTuinbe/, in lat. 3 25' S. to the port de Loa, in hit. SI 30' S. 
 ;ited at 1,000,0 - 
 
 u containp<l I,(i7h. ( '"7 
 
 ,404 mulattoe , 
 
 Cf l/i, 
 
 he nu> 
 ^rilizal 
 
 of th^ 
 
 iivian monarch 
 .-rnmcnt of the li. 
 
 : n divino descent not claimed by the Mexican mon 
 The religion of the Perm of love n: rnce ; 
 
 while the Mexicans, in their cruel rit :o have bern influen- 
 
 the fear of some malignant deities. ;s of the smaller 
 
 nnimals, and offering's of fruits and flowers, formed the chief rites ol 
 
 m superstition. The captives taken in war were not immo- 
 lated, but instructed in the arts of civilization. The Peruvians had 
 advanced far beyond the Mexicans in the Decessary arts of life. Ma- 
 nures and irrigation were not unknown, though a kind of mattock 
 formed the chief instrument of agriculture. Their weapons and or 
 laments displayed no small degree <>t .kill, particularly in cutting 
 imd piercing- emeralds. It is much te be regretted that super 
 led (hem to sacrifice numerous victims on the death of ;> 
 
358 Chili. 
 
 i favourite monarch was sometimes followed to the tomb by a thou- 
 sand slaughtered servants. 
 
 Though Peru is situated within the torrid zone, it is not so annoyed 
 with heat as the other tropical climates ; and though the sky is gen- 
 erally cloudy, shielding the native from the perpendicular rays of the 
 sun, it is said that rain seldom or ever falls ; but nightly dews de- 
 pend on the ground, refreshing the plants and grass that in many 
 places are luxuriantly fertile. 
 
 In the vicinity of Lima there are many gold and silver mines. Pe- 
 ru is the only part of Spanish America which produces quicksilver j 
 it is found in whitish masses resembling ill-burnt bricks. 
 
 CHILI. 
 
 Chili is the long narrow country lying between the Andes and the 
 Pacific Ocean, from the 25th to the 43d degree of S. latitude. It is 
 bounded on the N. by the desert of Atacama, which separates it from 
 Peru ; E. by the Andes, which separate it from Buenos Ay res ; S. 
 by Patagonia, and W. by the Pacific Ocean. It is about 1300 miles 
 long, and on an average 140 broad, containing about 180,000 square 
 miles. 
 
 According to a census, taken about the year 1812, the population is 
 1 ,$(K),000, exclusive of independent tribes of Indians. 
 
 Face of the Country. 
 This excellent tract of territory is divided into thirteen provinces,, 
 
 nding about I -260 geographical miles in length, and maintaining 
 
 Kin brendth of about -210 miles between the Andes and the shores 
 of the Pacific Ocean. The fertility of the soil excites admiration, 
 since many parts that were in constant labour long before the arrival 
 of the Spaniards, and have since been cropped by them, are so little 
 degenerated, that no manure is necessary. Many of the plants, and 
 particularly i:. of Europe, and almost all 
 
 pot-herbs and fruits of that continent flourish in Chili. The north-' 
 -rn provinces produce the sugar-cane, the s\veet potatoe, and other 
 
 >ical plants. T' n, called rachaw alman is peculiar to Chi- 
 
 li, and is famed as an excellent sudorific and febrifuge, but particular- 
 ly useful in diseases of the throat. The vira-vira expels the ague; 
 ,ind the /' <( -lie-lit for indigestions. Wild tobacco abounds in 
 
 Chili : beautiful flowers and shrubs are infinite ; incense, not inferi- 
 or to that in Arabians produced by a shrub which grows to the height 
 of four feet, distilling tears of a whitish yellow hut of a bitter aromatic 
 taste, like the incense of the Levant. The Chilese make corks out 
 of the trunk of the pni/i ; and the iti/en, known as a febrifuge, sup- 
 plies them with excellent tea ; while the acacia of the province of 
 Quillota yields an odoriferous balsam used in the cure of wounds ; and 
 the excellent Peruvian bark acknowledges the Chilian palqui supe- 
 rior as a febrifuge. The beautiful forests of Chili are diversified by 
 nearly an hundred kinds of different trees, of which not more than 
 thirteen lose their leaves in the winter ; and the Andine yallies are 
 variegated with cypresses, red and white cedars, pines, willows and 
 the cinnamon tree, regarded as sacred by the Araucans, who present 
 it as a sign of peace. Bacchus vies with Ceres in Chili, where for- 
 rsts abound with vines whose juice is generous and of a flavour equal 
 to the best in Europe. The vintage is in April and Mar. 
 
Climate. + 
 
 The feathered tribes of Chili are numerous and richly decked in all 
 eir gay attire. The flamingo decorates the banks of tf\e river . 
 :mming bird hovers round the flowers in a rich effulgeiie%of sunm 
 es ; and there are not a few singing birds of powerful melody. 
 e American ostrich appears in vast flocks in the Andine vallies. 
 passing the African in size and the richness of its plumage ; and 
 solitudes of the Andes are the abodes of the eagle, the vulture and 
 condor, the largest bird that skims the air, and an inhabitant wor 
 of the majestic precipices of the Andes. 
 
 Of Quadrupeds. 
 
 The hippopotamus* of the rivers and lakes differs from the African, 
 I in size and form resembles a horse, but with palmated feet. The 
 pen resembles a fox, and has a singular curiosity to look on man 
 id, as he never fails to follow and stare at the traveller, though with- 
 
 offering any harm, surprised perhaps to see a biped without fea- 
 rs. The puma is the lion of Chili. It being usual to couple two 
 ses together to pasture, to prevent their flight, he will kill one oi 
 m, and drive the other before him with strokes of his paw till h 
 
 carried his companion to a proper recess ; yet he never attacks 
 nkind, and a child may drive him away. But the most peculiar 
 adruped of Chili is the 'ftuemul^ a singular kind of wild horse, with 
 the forms of that noble animal, but with cloven feet. He loves to 
 mt the most retired precipices of the Andes, where more wild and 
 re swift than the vicuna ot La Plata, the chase becomes extremely 
 ficult. 
 
 Precious Metal*. 
 Nor is it the surface alone of this tine country we are to contem 
 te, Chili is celebrated as one of the richest metallic regions. Lead 
 bund in great quantities and of excellent quality, but it is only 
 A for the fusions of silver and a few <i< : nrposes. The 
 
 nes of tin are neglected, notxvithstanding the abundance and ex- 
 Jence of this mineral. Tin crystals of various colouis art; al-o 
 imon ; and iron is so abundant that there arc few rivers which do 
 deposit a sandy ore of that metal. Mo>t of the copper ores fount! 
 Kurope also appear in Chili, and present rich sources of this mine- 
 ; while the celebrated mine of Curio i offers copper mingled witb 
 E half gold, which beiii beautifully spotted is worked into brace- 
 3, rings, and other ornaments. Near the river Luxa, copper is 
 nd, united with zinc, forming a natural brass, the effect no doubt 
 subterranean iires. Silver is only found in the high and cold de- 
 ts of the Andes ; but gold is found in every mountain and hill, in 
 i soil of the plains and the sand of the rivers of Chili; and it is 
 ebrated as the purest in the world. 
 
 Climate. 
 
 Fhe seasons in Chili are as regular as in Europe, though in an in- 
 rted order, being in the southern hemisbhere spring beginning 011 
 5 21st of September, summer in December, autumn in March, and 
 ater in June. 
 Prom the beginning of spring to the middle of autumn, the sky is 
 
 * The Tapir >P. 
 
3 GO ^ Customs and Manners. 
 
 always sere.ne, chiefly between 24 and 36 latitude the years being 
 pare, in wMcha*sli^ht shower falls during that period. The rains be- 
 gin in the^&ffie of April, and last till the end 'of August; but in 
 the nortnirn provinces, little rain falls, though in the middle there are 
 from three to four days of rain, alternating with fifteen or twenty dry 
 4&ys ; and in the southern the rains sometimes continue without in- 
 t&ruption for nine or ten days. Except on the Andes, thunder ii 
 scarcely ever heard in Chili. 
 
 Population. 
 
 The population of Chili corresponds with its delicious climate and 
 tertile fields . The Araurans, consisting of tribes of the aboriginal 
 Chilese, possess nearly one half of Chili. The men do not exceed 
 the middle size, but they are well formed and of a truly warlike as- 
 pect. Their complexion, though copper, seems to be more clear than 
 that of the other Americans. The face is nearly round, and theh 
 eyes, though small, are full of expression ; the nose is flat, but the 
 mouth well made, with white and uniform teeth. They have natural- 
 ly very little beard like the Tartars, and extract it with great atten- 
 tion, despising the beards of the Europeans as marks of barbarism. 
 They also carefully eradicate this natural vegetation from all the oth* 
 cr parts of their bodies. The hair of the head is black and copiousi 
 for they esteem long hair as an ornament ; Jtut then they bind it up in 
 a knot on the occiput. 
 
 The women are often handsome, endued with a strong constitution; 
 and free from sedentary or careful operations, they seldom become 
 *rey before the age of 60 or 70 years ; nor bald before that of 80 ; and 
 many outlive 100, with the teeth, sight and memory complete. 
 
 Their mind corresponds with the vigour of the body. Intrepid and 
 full of fire, patient of the fatigues of war and prodigal of their lives 
 in the defence of their country ; above all, lovers of liberty, which 
 they prize above their wealth and soul, jealous of honor and courte- 
 ous, hospitable, and faithful to their contracts, grateful for benefits, 
 and generous and humane towards the vanquished; the Araucana 
 would deserve universal esteem were those noble qualities not obscu- 
 red by vices, peculiar to their nearly savage state. 
 
 The Puelches, now united to the Araucans, may be considered the 
 Highlanders of Chili, as their bold services in war, and their lasting 
 fidelity to confederacy, entitle them to the praise of all those qualities 
 which we admire in the mountaineers of our own isle. But the Pu- 
 elches are more rude and savage than the other inhabitants of Chili; 
 tall and well made, fond of the chase, and by consequence of a roving 
 disposition, they often detach colonies to the eastern sides of the An- 
 des, as far as the shores of the Atlantic, in the wide Patagonian 
 plains. 
 
 The Spaniards are mostly from the northern provinces, and are 
 mingled with a few English, French, and Italians. The Creoles are 
 well made, intrepid, incapable of meanness, or of treason, vain, li- 
 beral, ardent, fond of pleasure, sagacious, observant, docile, ingen- 
 ious ; they only want instructive books, and scientific instruments, 
 which are very rare, and sold at enormous prices. The noble arts 
 arc however neglected, and even mechanics^are far from perfection. 
 
 Customs and Manners. 
 The men generally dress in the French fashion, and the women ifi 
 
Face of the Country. 36 1 
 
 ,iat of Peru ; but the Chilese ladies wear long gowns, and have a 
 lore modest air. Lima, however, is the Paris of Chili. Wealth is 
 r asted in the purchase of rich dresses, liveries, coaches, and titles of 
 astile, a fixed sum purchasing that of count, another that of marquis, 
 nd an opulent merchant may become a duke when he pleases. Two 
 atives of Chili have even become grandees of Spain. 
 '. The common people finding the Jlraucan dress convenient, have 
 Adopted their fashion. Dispersed throughout a wide extent of coun- 
 y, and not watched as in Old Spain by the vulgar insolence of a vil- 
 i.ge magistrate, they enjoy their liberty, and lead a happy and tran- 
 uil life, amidst the pleasures of the delicious climate. Fond of gaie- 
 r, music, and poetry, constantly on horseback, in an exquisite air, 
 ley are healthy and* robust. 
 
 BRAZIL. 
 
 Brazil, including Portuguese Guiana, is bounded N. by Spanish 
 uiana, French Guiana, and the Atlantic ocean ; E. and S. E. by 
 le Atlantic ; W. by Buenos Ayres, Peru and New Granada. It ex- 
 mds on the coast, from the mouth of the Oyapok, in lat. 4 N. to 
 t. 33 3' S. The area is estimated at 2,200,000 square miles, of 
 sarly one third of South America. 
 
 Of the Inhabitants. 
 I The population of this large portion of South America has not 
 'een accurately detailed ; it is stated at two and a half millions 1-6 
 lutes, 1-2 negroes and mulattoes, the remainder native Indians, 
 ^he diamond mines belong exclusively to the crown : and one-fifth 
 f the gold is exacted. There are also numerous taxes and irnposi- 
 ons, which, instead of enlarging the revenue, are the grand causes 
 i f its diminution ; and the expenses of government consume about 
 ae-third of the million sterling, which Brazil is supposed to yield to 
 ortugal. The European settlers are in general gay and fond of 
 Measure ; yet, as at Lisbon, extremely observant of the ceremonies 
 : religion, or rather of the etiquette of the Virgin Mary, who is 
 uck up in a glass case at every corner. Cloaks and swords are 
 enerally worn by the men. The ladies have fine dark eyes, with 
 limated countenances, and their heads are only adorned with their 
 esses, tied with ribbons and flowers. The convents and monaste- 
 es are numerous, and the manufactories rare. Labour is chiefly 
 3rformed by slaves, about 20,000 negroes being annually imported ; 
 fen the monks and clergy keep black slaves. The real natives are 
 tid to be irreclaimable savages, under the middle size, muscular, but 
 :tive ; of a light brown complexion, with straight black hair, and 
 >ng dark eyes.* 
 
 Face of the Country in Brazil. 
 
 Transported, enraptured with the beauties of nature, says M. Von 
 angsdorff, often did I stop to enjoy them a few moments longer. 
 ty conductor could not comprehend how I could feel so much de- 
 
 * This applies only to such as live far in the interior ; in the culii - 
 ited district they are in a very degraded condition, but perfectly 
 armless. 
 
 31 
 
ave 
 
 ,362 Province of Venezuela. 
 
 light in contemplating objects with which he had been too long famil- 
 iarized to experience any thing like corresponding sensations. The 
 admiration I expressed at the variety and stature of the gigantic 
 stems, with crowns of flowers upon their heads, and the fragrance of 
 the atmosphere, at the new forms and colours of the fungi, at the size 
 and extraordinary variety of the ferns, at every object that I beheld 
 around me, excited more astonishment in him than the things them- 
 selves. Instead of cocoa and banana trees, of coffee, sugar, rice, and 
 cotton plants; instead of fields of tapioca and earth-nuts, the sight oi 
 which had so often enchained me on the sea-shore, my eye now en- 
 deavoured to pierce through dark, shady, and almost impenetrable 
 forests. Here were olives, fig-trees, the cedrus odorata, or mahoga- 
 ny-tree, beroba< garabisi, gu'aberi>garaxuba, garabrura, and others, 
 all with the thickest, highest, and most upright stems, with the most 
 luxuriant foliage, and with their branches covered with fruit or flow- 
 ers ; it seemed impossible sufficiently to admire them. Nor was I 
 less delighted with the infinite variety of climbing plants which wound 
 about these superb trees nearly to their summits, forming the finest 
 natural garlands. 
 
 Bountiful nature, who here far exceeds all ideas ever conceived of 
 her fertility, of the brilliance of colouring and beauty of form among 
 her productions, of her delights and riches, has animated these forest! 
 with an endless variety of living creatures. Wild beasts, birds, in? 
 sects, and reptiles, which we Europeans seldom see even in large coK 
 lections of natural history, either stuffed or preserved in spirits, are 
 here presented to the eye at every moment in living forms. I 
 seen on one side, parrots of various sizes and colours flying j 
 with loud and discordant screams, while on the other, the large-b 
 ed toucan, ramphastos, unsuspicious of treachery, was eating- 
 fruit of a neighbouring tree, wholly unknown to me. Deeper in the 
 forest, I heard the cries of monlu \ s, and at my feet were the holes of 
 the armadillo. Here a brisk butterfly, as large as a bird, flutteral 
 from flower to flower : there a lovely colibri sucked the honey from 
 the odoriferous blossoms. The venomed snake, gliding along the nar* 
 row foot-way, terrified the wanderer, and made him half insensible to 
 the heavenly harmony of thousands of singing birds, whose notci 
 were calculated at once to charm the ear, and enliven the heart. 
 
 OF THE PROVINCES OF VENEZUELA. 
 
 Caraccas, including Spanish Guiana, is bounded N. by the C unib- 
 bean sea; N. E. by the Atlantic Ocean; E. by English Guiana ; 3. 
 by Portuguese Guiana, and W. by New Granada. It extends on the 
 roast from the mouth of the Esequebo, in 640'N. lat. to Cape de la 
 Vela in lat. 12 N. In the interior it extends as far south as the equa- 
 tor. The number of square miles, is 5 1 1 ,324. 
 
 The population in 1801, according to the estimate of Depons, iB 
 728,000, of whom about 136,000 were whites, 2 1 8,000 negro -laves, 
 291,000 freed men, and the remainder Indians. 
 
 Caraccas is the capital of a country, which is nearly twice as 
 large as Peru at present, and which yields little in extent to the 
 kingdom of New Granada. This country, which the Spanish g6r 
 vernment designates by the name of Capiiania General de Carrac- 
 eas,* or of the (united) provinces of Venezuela^ has nearly a million 
 
 * The captain general of Caraecas feas the title of Capitan Gener- 
 
Climate, Soil and Production*. 
 
 i f inhabitants, among whom are sixty thousand slaves. It contains, 
 
 long- the coast, New Andalusia, or the province of Cumana (with 
 
 ie island of Margarita,) Barcelona, Venezuela or Caraccas, Coro, 
 
 id Maracaybo ; in the interior, the provinces of Varinas and Gui- 
 
 ' na, the first along 1 the rivers of Santo-Domingo and the Apure, the 
 
 second along the Oroonoko, and the Casiquiare, the Atabapo, and the 
 
 I .io Negro. In a general view of the seven united provinces of Ter- 
 
 : i Firma, we perceive, that they form three distinct zones, extending 
 
 \ 'om east to west. 
 
 Topographical View of Caraccas. 
 
 ' The town is seated at the entrance of the plain of Charcao, which 
 xtends three leagues east towards Caurimare and the Cuesta de 
 .uyamas, and which is two leagues and a half in breadth. This plain, 
 irough which runs the Rio Guayra, is a hundred and fourteen toises 
 i height above the level of the sea. The ground, which the town of 
 -araccas occupies, is uneven, and has a steep slope from N. N. W. to 
 p. S. E. In order to form an exact idea of the situation of Carac- 
 we must recollect the general disposition of the mountains of 
 coast, and the great longitudinal vallies, by which they are tra- 
 3ed. The river Guayra rises in the groupe of primitive moun- 
 ns of Higuerota, which separates the valley of Caraccas from that 
 Aragua. It is formed near Las Ajuntas t>y the junction of the 
 ttle rivers of San Pedro and Marcaro, and funs first to the east as 
 ir as the Cuesta of Auyamas, and then to the south, to unite its 
 r aters with those of Rio Tuy, below Yare. The Rio Tuy is the 
 nly considerable river in the northern and mountainous parts of the 
 rovince. 
 
 Climate, Soil and Productions. 
 
 The climate of Caraccas has often been called a perpetual spring. 
 c is found every where, half way up the Cordilleras of Equinoctial 
 America, between four hundred and nine hundred toises of eleva- 
 on, unless the great breadth of the valley joined to an arid soil cau- 
 38 an extraordinary intensity of radiant caloric. What, indeed, 
 an we imagine more delightful, than a temperature, which, in the 
 ay, keeps between 20 and 26 ; and at night between 16 and 18, 
 'hich is equally favourable to the plantain (camburi,) the orange- 
 ^ee, the coffee-tree, the apple, the apricot, and corn t A national 
 
 riter compares the situation of Caraccas to the terrestrial paradise, 
 fnd recognizes in the Anacuo and the neighbouring torrents the four 
 ivers of the Garden of Eden. 
 
 It is to be regretted, that such a temperate climate is generally in- 
 onstant and variable. The inhabitants of Caraccas complain of 
 aving several seasons in the same day, and of the rapid change 
 *om one season to another. In the month of January, for instance, 
 
 night of which the mean temperature is 1 6, is followed by a day, 
 rhen the thermometer, during eight successive hours, keeps above 
 
 I de las Provindas de Venezuela y Ciudadde Caraccas. Reinos, Ca- 
 itanias Generates, Presidencias,Goviernos, Provincias y are the name.* 
 /hich the Court of Spain has always given to its transmarine pos 
 cssions, dominios de ultramar* 
 
3G4 Climate, Soil and Productions 
 
 229 in the shade. In the same day we find the temperature of 24<? 
 and 18. 
 
 The cool and delightful climate we have been describing-, agrees 
 also with the culture of equinoctial productions. The sugar-cane is 
 cultivated with success, even at heights exceeding that of Caraccas j 
 but in the valley, on account of the dryness of the climate, and thd 
 stony soil, the cultivation of the coffee-tree is preferred ; which there 
 yielas little fruit indeed, but of the finest quality. When the shruij 
 is in blossom, the plain extending beyond Charcao presents a d# 
 lightful aspect. The banana-tree, which is seen in the plantation* 
 near the town, is not the great ylatano harton ; but the varieties 
 camburi and dominico, which require less heat. The great plantains 
 are brought to the market of Caraccas from the haciendias of Tuna- 1 
 rno, situated on the coast between Burburata and Porto Cabelldj 
 The highest flavoured pine apples are those of Baruto, of Emperado. 
 and of the heights of Buenavista, on the road to Victoria. YV "hen a 
 traveller ascends for the first time to the valley of Caraccas, he u 
 agreeably surprised to find the culinary plants of our climate, the 
 strawberry, the vine, and almost all the fru it- trees of the temperati 
 zone, growing by the side of the coffee and banana-tree. The ap- 
 ples and peaches esteemed the best come from Macarao, or from thi 
 in extremity of the valley. There the quince-tree, the trunl 
 of win* h ;d tain- only four or five feet in height, is so common, that il 
 almost becomes wild. Preserved apples and quinces, particular!} 
 are much used in a country, where it is thought, tbat tit 
 ill-ink water, thirst must previously be excited by sweetmeats. Il 
 proportion as the environs of the 'town have been cultivated wiU 
 coffer, and the establishment of plantations, which dates only fron 
 the year 1795, has increased the number of agricultural negr 
 uppl'p and quince-trees scattered in the savannahs have given plaoj 
 in the valley of Caraccas to maize and pulse.* 
 
 !i continental colonies have all succeeded in esta- 
 blishing their independence, and now constitute seven d 
 lies, viz: Colombia, Mexico, Central America, or Guatimala, tf 
 United Provinces of La Plata, Chili, Lower Peru, and Upper Pen 
 or, Bolivar. The province of Paraguay, has not yet joined the con 
 ;ry of La Plata, but has formed a separate government. 
 
 The revolutionary movements commenced in 1810, after tli 
 lution of the Central Junta, in Spain, and the establishment of th< 
 regency of Cadiz. Juntas were established in Venezuela, New Gre 
 nada, Buenos Ayrcs, and Chili, and an insurrection broke out il 
 Mexico. After long contended struggles, they have at last succeed^ 
 in driving the Spaniards from every position on the continent, but tH 
 castle of Callao in Lower Peru. In March, 1822, the United State 
 acknowledged the independence of Colombia, Mexico, Buenos Ayrcs 
 and Chili, and soon after ministers were sent to them. January 2nd 
 1825, Great Britain acknowledged the independence of Colombia 
 Mexico, and Buenos Ayres. These republics may be, therefore 
 considered as having fully established their independence. 
 
 Colombia embraces the whole of the former governments of NOT 
 Grenada and Venezuela, with a population of about 2,600,000. Th 
 government is a consolidated republic, with an executive, consistinj 
 of a President and Vice-President, and a Legislature, consisting c 
 a Senate and Representatives. The territory is divided into twelv 
 
Patagonia. 365 
 
 OF PATAGONIA. 
 
 Patagonia is bounded N. by Buenos Ayres ; E. by the Atlantic 
 Ocean ; S. by the straits of Magellan, which separate it from Terra 
 del Fuego ; and W. by Chili and the Pacific Ocean. On the Atlan- 
 tic coast it reaches as far north as Cape Lobos in lat. 37 30' S. and 
 pn the Pacific* as far as the southern boundary of Chili in lat. 43 S. 
 .The number of square miles is 49 1 .000. 
 
 Patagonia is inhabited by two principal nations of Indians, the 
 jMoluches, and the Puelches. The Moluches occupy all the tract 
 wrest of the Andes, and an extensive district east of the mountains. 
 The Puelches inhabit the rest of the country, extending along the 
 Atlantic coast, and a considerable distance into the interior. 
 
 This is the most southern district of South America, and although 
 iii the same latitude south as that of France north, is one of the most 
 uninviting countries in the world. The best description of it is in 
 (Byron's voyage round the world. 
 
 When Commodore Byron had landed his men on the coast, he drew 
 jthem up on the beach, with the officers at their head, giving orders 
 that none should leave their station. " I then," says he, " went 
 forward alone towards the Indians, but perceiving that they retired as 
 I advanced, I made signs that one of them should come near ; the 
 chief approached me ; he was of a gigantic stature, and seemed to 
 
 Departments, and subdivided into provinces. The voters meet in the 
 provinces and choose the electors, (ten for each representative,) and 
 these elect the Executive and Legislature. The Executive and Re- 
 presentatives are chosen for four years ; the Senators for eight, one 
 half for every four years. The Senators are four for each department ; 
 the Representatives one for every 35,000. The intendants of depart- 
 ments, and governors of provinces, with moft of the inferior officers, 
 ointed by the Executive. The Roman Catholic religion is 
 exclusively established in this, as well as in all the other republics. 
 j Mexico'embraces the whole, of the former viccroyalty of Mexico, 
 with the State of Chiapa, formerly included in Guatimala. Population, 
 about 6,500,000. The government is a confederated republic, con- 
 sisting of a general or national government, and separate state go- 
 vernments. The constitution is formed on the model of that of the 
 United States, and differs only in the absence of religious toleration, 
 find in the power of appointing- a D ictator in cases of emergency. 
 There are twenty -five states, each with a separate Executive and Le- 
 gislature. 
 
 Central America, or Guatimala, includes the whole of the former 
 Captain-Generalcy of Guatimala, except the former provinces of 
 Chiapa. Population about 1 ,300,000. The government is a confed- 
 erated republic, formed on the model of that of Mexico. There are 
 fourteen states and provinces, each with its own Executive and Le- 
 gislature. 
 
 The United Provinces of La Plata, are in a less settled state, than 
 most of the other republics. A Junta was established in 1810, and 
 independence declared, July 9th, 1816. The country has been great- 
 iy agitated by factions, and disturbed and invaded by the royalists oi 
 Peru, on the north, and the Portuguese and Brazilians on the east 
 frontiers. There is now a general government at Bueaos Ayres, 
 
 31* 
 
360 Patagonia. 
 
 realize the tales of monsters in human shape ; he had the shin of 
 some wild beast thrown over his shoulders, and was painted so as td 
 make the most hideous appearance I ever beheld : round one ej 
 was a large circle of white, which was surrounded by a circle of 
 black, and the rest of his face was streaked with paint of different 
 colours. I did not measure him, but if I may judge of his height by 
 the proportion of his stature to my own, it could not be much lefl 
 than seven feet. When this frightful colossus came up, we muttered 
 somewhat to each other as a salutation : 1 then walked with him to 
 his companions, among whom there were many women ; of theafl 
 few were less in stature than their chief. I heard their voices at J 
 distance, and when I came near, I perceived a good number of <A 
 men who were chaunting some unintelligible words in the most dole- 
 ful cadence I ever heard, with an air of serious solemnity, which in- 
 clined me to think that it was a religious ceremony ; they were all 
 painted and clothed nearly in the same manner ; "the circles round 
 the two eyes were in no instance of one colour, but they v. err no! 
 universally black and white, some being red and white, and some 
 IVM! and black. Their teeth were as white as ivor ibly even! 
 
 and well set ; but, except the skins, which they "wore with the hail 
 ards, most of them were naked, a feu > ing upon theft 
 
 ,< kind of boot, with a sharp-pointed stick fastened to each heel 
 rved as a spur. 
 
 -,'* of an Executive (Gen. Rodriguez) and a ( 
 
 ; . More of the provinces send deputJM 
 
 >rovmrco; inl the confederacy, m 
 
 maintains a separate g< --J a Dictatfl 
 
 * lory of this republic includes all the formr 
 
 Buenos Ayres, except the provinces of Upper Peru, and that* of I'a 
 rair'. r< : :v Pi 'W thirteen provinces included in the confedA 
 
 <X)0. 
 
 ( liili includes all the former Captain-Generalcy of Chili, excei 
 the island of Chiloe, still occupied by the Spaniards. The go 
 met. : : <>rtrani/.ed on a constitutional basis. There has bin 
 
 tit republican government, since 1817, under a dJBl 
 magistrate, called a Supn t or, aided by- a congress. Tl 
 
 are nineteen district- or provinces, and a population of about 1,200. 
 Lo ha been t\vice liber:i'<\i from the Spaniards; by 
 
 Martin in 1T.21. ami by Bolivar in 1824. The whole territory is i 
 occupied by the independents, except the castle of Callao. The j_ 
 vernment is not yet established on a constitutional basis. A CON 
 convened .Dec. io, 18-24, and placed it under the protectorship of l>ol 
 var, till the meeting of the constitutional congress, in 1826. The tei 
 ritory corresponds to the former viceroyalty of Peru, and is dirifl 
 into eight intendencies, with a population of about 1,200,000. 
 
 Upper Peru was the last of these territories freed from the S 
 arms. After the great battle of Ayacucho in Lower Peru, Dec. 
 
 Gen. Olaneta retired into U. Peru, but was compelled 
 submit to the troops of Bolivar, early in 1025. In the course of th: 
 year a congress met at Chuquisaca, from four provinces of U. Pen 
 and by the latest accounts, they had formed themselves into a 
 rate republic, called BOLIVAR. U. Peru includes seven intfi 
 ;ies in the former viceroyalty of Buenos Ayres. Population abo 
 1,800,000. P. 
 
Tlie Mountains of the Andeb 367 
 
 The Mountains of the Andes. 
 
 In South America the most striking of nature's works are the Cor- 
 lleras of the Andes : these are vast mountains called Cordilleras or 
 hains by the Spaniards, extending four thousand three hundred miles. 
 
 to the extent of the New World," says Dr. Robertson, "the 
 
 randeur of the objects which it presents to view is most apt to strike 
 
 ie eye of an observer. Nature seems to have carried on her opera- 
 
 oii- upon a larger scale, and with a bolder hand, and to have distin- 
 
 nished the features of this country with a peculiar magnificence. 
 
 'he mountains of the Andes may literally be said to hide their heads 
 
 t the clouds ; the storms often roll, and the thunder bursts below their 
 
 ts, which, though exposed to the rays of the sun in the centre 
 
 ''the torrid zone, are covered with everlasting 1 snow." 
 
 We distinguish, says M. de Humboldt, three kinds of principal 
 
 rms belonging to the high tops of the Andes. Of the volcanoes 
 
 hich are yet burning, those which have but a single crater of extra- 
 
 ', are conic mountains, with summits truncated in a 
 
 renter or less degree ; such is the figure of Cotopaxi, of Popocate- 
 
 I the Peak of Orizaba. Volcanoes, the summits of which 
 ink after a long series of eruptions, exhibit ridges bristled with 
 
 or needles leaning in different directions, and broken rock 4 ; 
 
 i'lto ruins. Such is the form of the Altar, or Capac-Urcu, a 
 
 lountain once more lofty than Chimborazo, the destruction of which 
 
 considered as a memorable period to the natural history of the New 
 
 'ontinent ; such is the form also of Carguairazo, a great part of which 
 
 fell in on the night of the 19th of July, 1798. Torrents of water and 
 
 md then issued from the opened sides of the mountain, and laid waste 
 
 \e neighbouring country. This dreadful catastrophe was accompa- 
 
 ied by an earthquake, which in the adjacent towns of Hambato and 
 
 ilactacunga, swallowed up thousands of inhabitants. 
 
 rm of the high tops of the Andes, and the most majestic 
 
 f the whole, is that of Chimborazo, the summit of which is circular ; 
 
 reminds us of those paps without craters, which the elastic force of 
 
 ours swells up in regions where the hollow crust of the globe 
 s mined by subterraneous fires. The aspect of mountains of granite 
 as little analogy with that of CLimborazo. The granitic summits are 
 attened hemispheres ; the trappean porphyry forms slender cupolas. 
 ?hus on the shore of the South Sea, after the long rains of winter, 
 7hen the transparency of the air has suddenly increased, we see 
 'himborazo appear like a cloud at the horizon : it detaches itself from 
 he neighbouring summits, and towers over the whole chain of the 
 indes, like that majestic dome, produced by the genius of Michael 
 ingelo, over the antique monuments, which" surround the capital. 
 
 Cotopaxi is the loftiest of the volcanoes of the Andes, which at re- 
 cent epochs have undergone eruptions. Its absolute height is five 
 housand seven hundred and fifty-four metres (two thousand nine 
 mndred and fifty-two toises) ; it is double that of Canigou ; and con- 
 equently eight hundred metres higher than Vesuvius would be, were 
 t placed on the top of the Peak of Teneriffe. Cotopaxi is also the 
 nost dreadful volcano of the kingdom of Quito, and its explosions the 
 nost frequent and disastrous. The mass of scoriae, and the huge pie- 
 )es of rock, thrown out of this volcano, which are spread over the 
 ieighbouring valleys, covering a surface of several square leagues., 
 vould form, were they heaped together, a collossal mountain. In 
 1738, the flames of Cotopaxi rose nine hundred metres above tho 
 3rink of the crater. In 1744, the roarings of the volcano were hcarJ 
 
36$ Rivers of South Americcr. 
 
 as far as Honda, a town on the borders of the Magdalena, and at tt 
 distance*of two hundred common leagues. On the 4th of April, 1 76! 
 the quantity of ashes ejected by the mouth of Cotopaxi was so grea 
 that in the towns of Hambato and Tacunga, day broke only at thn 
 in the afternoon, and the inhabitants were obliged to use lanterns i 
 walking the streets. The explosion which took place in the month* 
 January, 1803, was preceded by a dreadful phenomenon, the suddc 
 melting of the snows that covered the mountain. For twenty yeai 
 before, no smoke or vapour, that could be perceived, had issued" froi 
 the crater ; and in a single night the subterraneous fire became -o a< 
 tive, that at sun-rise the external walls of the cone, heated, no doub 
 to a very considerable temperature, appeared naked, and of the dar 
 colour which is peculiar to vitrified scoriae. At the port of Guayaqui 
 fifty-two leagues distant in a straight line from the crater, u ere heart 
 day and night, the noises of the volcano, like continued discharges i 
 a battery, these tremendous sounds wer. ! even on tt 
 
 Pacific Ocean, to the south-west of the island of Puna. 
 
 The form of Cotopaxi is the most beautiful and regular of the co 
 lossal summits of the high Andes. It is a perfect cone, whic! 
 ed with an enormous layer of snow, shines with dazzling splenc' 
 the setting of the sun, and detaches itself in the most pictur 
 manner from the azure vault of heaven. This coverin 
 ceals from the (\e of t lie observer even the smallest inequalitie 
 the soil ; no point of rock, no stoney mass, penetrates this coatin 
 ice, or breaks the regularity of the figure of the cone. The SUE 
 of Cotopaxi resembles the Sugar-loaf (Pan de azucar) win 
 
 the Peak of Teyde ; but the height of its cone i^ 
 bdfclt of that of the great volcano of the island of 'I 
 
 The ^re-.iter the rrtnilarity in the form of the cone of this v 
 the more we are si r, on the side to the south-e 
 
 small mass of rock, half-concealed in snow, studded with p< 
 which the natives call the head of the Inca. The origin e; 
 gular denomination is too uncertain to require description. 
 
 Rivers of South America. 
 
 The river of Amazons, so called from a female tribe inured to j 
 discovered on its banks, by the first navigators, though its 
 term be the Maranon, is celebrated as the most i! .ed riv 
 
 the whole world: and t!: :on may be just, when its i 
 
 tuilei* COL is well as its length : for in the latter att 
 
 it seems to be rivalled by the Kian Ku of China, and perhaps 1 
 Ob of Siberia. The length may be estimated at about 2300 1 
 and that of the Rio de la Plata about 1000, but the estuary of th 
 is frozen, and that of the Kian Ku cannot exceed a mile or two i 
 breadth, while the two grand American rivers are of surprisit 
 nitude. The Chinese annals say that their rivers have been confine 
 by art, while in ancient times they inundated whole provinces, lik 
 the Maranon. 
 
 The Rio de la Plata, or river of Silver, is the conjunct flood ( 
 the Paraguay, the Pilcomayo, the Parana, and the Urucurr 
 main streams are the Paraguay and the Parana ; and it would seei 
 that the latter is the longest and most considerable, rising- in the min 
 mountains of Brazil, lat. 19 ; and bending S. then W. till it receiv 
 the Iba Parana, after which it bends S. W. till it is joined by th 
 Paraguay, while the conjunct rivers are still called the Parana b 
 the. uatirea, ajid the Rio de la Plata by the Spaniards. The gran 
 
Juan Fernandez . 369 
 
 iaract of the Parana is in lat. 24, not far from the city of Guayra ? 
 it it is rather a series of rapids, for a space of twelve leagues amidst 
 cks of tremendous and singular forms. This noble river is alsc 
 uddcd with numerous islands ; and Spanish vessels navigate to the 
 wn of Assumption, about 400 leagues from the sea. On the shores 
 e often found geods enclosing crystals; but the natural history o 
 e Parana is nearly as obscure as that of the Ucaial. The breadth 
 
 the estuary is such that the land cannot be discovered from a ship 
 
 the middle of the stream. 
 
 The third great river in South America is the Orinoco, ot a mosi 
 tfiffular and perplexed course. According to La Cruz it rises m the 
 nail lake of Ipava, N. lat. 5 6' ; and thence winds almost m a spi- 
 il form ; first passing to the S. E. it enters the lake of Parima, and 
 ^ues by two outlets on the N. and S. of that lake towards the \\ , 
 ut after receiving the Guaviar, it bends N. then N. E. till it enters 
 $e Atlantic ocean, by an extended delta opposite to the isle of Trini- 
 ad ; but the chief estuary is considerably to the S. k. ot that isl- 
 id. Many rivers of great size flow into the Orinoco : and in addi 
 ingular form there are other remarkable peculiarities. 
 
 Of Terra del Fuego. 
 The island of Terra del Fuego, on the south of Patagonia, from 
 hich it is separated by Uie straits of Magellan, received its name 
 -om the fire and smoke occasioned by a volcano which wereperceiy- 
 d on it by its first discoverers. The island is in general extremely 
 oountainous and rough, and covered with almost perpetual snows; 
 'hich circumstances render the climate almost destitute of animals 
 f every kind ; here, however, human nature finds subsistence * 
 .lie simple and hardy inhabitants are low in stature, with broad flat 
 .igh cheeks, and flat noses ; they are clothed in skins of seals, 
 
 principally on shell-fish. 
 
 The island of Terra del Fuego, although never visited by Europe- 
 gators but in the summer months, is described as among the 
 Host dreary and desolate spots of the habjiable earth, and the few in-t 
 habitants upon it as the most miserable and destitute of the human 
 
 Juan Fernandez. 
 
 The island of Juan Fernandez lies to the west of South America, 
 .bout three hundred miles from the coast of Chili. This romantic 
 sle, diversified with woods and water,'with craggy hills and fertile 
 pots, is famous for having given rise to the celebrated romance of 
 Robinson Crusoe. It appears that Alexander Selkirk, a seaman, and 
 i native of Scotland, was put ashore, and left in this solitary place by 
 lis captain, where he lived some years, till discovered by Woodes 
 Rogers in 1 709. When taken on board, he had so forgot his native 
 anguage, that he could with difficulty be understood ; he was cloth- 
 3d with the skins of goats, would drink nothing but water, and could 
 lot for a considerable time relish the ship's provisions. During his 
 -esidence on this island he had killed five hundred goats, which he 
 caught by running down ; and many more he marked on their ears, 
 ind set again at liberty. Commodore Anson's crew, thirty years 
 after, caught some of these goats, which discovered in their counten 
 inces and beards strong marks of age. 
 
37,0 Natural Products of New Zealand. 
 
 ISLANDS IN THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 
 
 New Zealand. 
 
 Of all the various islands in the Pacific Ocean, there is none with 
 which Europeans are in general so little acquainted as New Zealand ; 
 and none, perhaps, which more deserves their particular attention. 
 Ever since the time of Captain Cook, whose enterprising- spirit could 
 only be equalled by his indefatigable perseverance, this island has 
 been almost entirely neglected, and the partial visits made to it, have 
 in no instance been favourable to a permanent intercourse. The 
 persons who at distant intervals resorted thither, were men, as will 
 presently be seen, of callous hearts, who were as little disposed to 
 conciliate the friendship of the rude inhabitants, as they were to pay 
 a due regard to their own character ; and, in addition to this, the 
 odium thrown on the natives themselves, by being viewed as ferocious 
 cannibals, served, as it were, to interdict any cordial communication 
 with them. Dreaded by the good, and assailed by the worthless, their 
 real dispositions were not ascertained ; the former dared not venture 
 to civilize them, the latter only added to their ferocity. 
 
 The two islands that go by the name of New Zealand are situated 
 between the latitude of 34 22' and 47 25' S. and between the longi* 
 tudeof 166 and 180 E. 
 
 Eaheinomauwe measures about 436 miles in length ; and taking 
 the medium breadth, about 60 miles. T'Avai Poenammo, the south- 
 ern island, stretches 360 miles in length, and its medium breadth i> 
 100 miles. 
 
 Of the Face of the Country. 
 
 In our excursions into the interior of the northern island, says Mr. 
 Nicholas, in his late interesting account of these islands, we found 
 that the soil varied in its quality, but generally appeared extremely 
 fertile ; the hills were composed, for the greater part, of a stiff clay ; 
 and the valleys consisted of a black vegetable mould, producing fern 
 of a most luxuriant growth, while the swamps which we occasionally 
 met with, were of trifling extent, and might be drained with little 
 trouble or expense. There was one feature in the country which 
 every where struck us with admiration, and that was the fine rich ver- 
 dure of the landscape wherever we turned our eyes, and which gave 
 us at the same time a high opinion of the genial influence of the cli- 
 mate. 
 
 Natural Products of New Zealand. 
 
 New Zealand, thus favoured with a fertile soil and fine climate, is 
 rich in various natural productions, some of which are extremely 
 valuable. In the vegetable kingdom, there is no production that is 
 so much calculated to strike the traveller with admiration as the 
 trees of amazing growth, which rise in wild luxuriance all over tiiis 
 country. Pines of different descriptions, and which are utterly un- 
 known to Europeans, are here to be met with, soaring to a height 
 which leaves no similarity between them and the tallest that ever grow 
 on the mountains of Norway ; and those species, which bear the un- 
 ceuth names of the cowrie, the totarra, the towha, and the zarida, af- 
 
Orders or Ranks of Society. 371 
 
 lord such a supply of valuable timber as the profusion of some ages 
 to come will not be able lo exhaust. Here are also several kinds of 
 trees of inferior growth, though not less excellent in their quality ; 
 and many of them are admirably well adapted for ornamental works 
 requiring a fine grain, the wood being of this nature, and susceptible 
 of a high polish. 
 
 A species of pine, called by the natives totarra, excited our aston- 
 ishment, from the bulk and height to which it grew. We measured 
 some of the trees, and found them to be from thirty to three and 
 thirty feet in circumference, growing to the height of one hundred 
 feet and upwards, before they branched out, and all perfectly 
 straight. 
 
 The trees which the natives chiefly make subservient to their pur- 
 poses, are, besides the different species of pine above mentioned, the 
 henow, from which they extract a black dye, the towha, a tree re- 
 sembling the sycamore, the river river, the grain of whose wood is 
 similar to that of the beech, a species of the cork-tree, called by these 
 people vow, a large tree named eckoha, and another termed kycata, 
 
 i a tall and beautiful tree, together with many others which are both 
 
 . curious and serviceable. 
 
 We had frequently occasion to observe the great variety of veget- 
 able productions which this island contained. But the plant which 
 grew in greatest profusion, and met our eye in every direction, was 
 the flax-plant, which flourished equally in the most exposed, as in the 
 best sheltered situations. This plant, which is indigenous, the natives 
 convert to a variety of purposes. It supplies them with excellent 
 materials for clothing, cordage, and fishing-nets, and the preparation 
 being simple, requires very little trouble. The plant itself generally 
 ^rows from five to seven feet high, and bears a strong resemblance to 
 3ur common flag, but the stem is much thicker, and the flowers less 
 3xpanded and of a red colour : the leaves both in shape and size are 
 exactly the same, no sort of difference being perceptible. 
 
 Of the Orders or Ranks of Society. 
 
 In taking a view of society, as it is constituted in New Zealand, 
 
 ve find three orders who rise in graduated distinction above the 
 
 ommon people. These orders are, beginning with the lowest, run- 
 
 ;ateedas, chiefs, and areekees. The rungateedas claim an ascen- 
 
 lancy over the multitude, together with many political privileges, in 
 
 tonsequence of their being allied by birth to the chiefs ; and the 
 
 atter, though inheriting independent sovereignties, are nevertheless 
 
 bliged, by the recognized usage of the country, to lend their servi- 
 
 es to the areekee or principal chief, whenever he thinks proper to 
 
 lake war, no matter whether the motives be just or otherwise. The 
 
 ookees, or inferior class, though by far the most numerous, as is the 
 
 ase in every country, are held by each of these orders in a state of 
 
 omplete vassalage, though in some few instances they have an inde- 
 
 endent interest in the ground they occupy. Here is a mode of go- 
 
 ernment entirely analogous to that which prevails in the islands of 
 
 le Indian seas, and very much so among the Malays, where the 
 
 lief authority is vested in the rajah, whose rank resembles that of 
 
 le areekee of New Zealand, and who commands the service of the 
 
 mgeran, or heads of the dusums or villages. These latter corres- 
 
 )nd exactly with the subordinate chiefs above-mentioned ; and like 
 
 lem, they acknowledge a superior, though with respect to their pos- 
 
 *ssions they are independent of his control. In both regions the 
 
3:72 The Society Islands. 
 
 system of government (if government it may be called) is evidently 
 feudal ; and the power exercised by the privileged classes in each, 
 is nearly similar in every respect. 
 
 Their Mode of Fishing. 
 
 One of the men standing- upon a rock to watch the fish, soon dis- 
 covered a large shoal of them rippling the surface of the water, at 
 about a quarter of a mile from the shore. Another of them went in 
 his canoe to drive the fish into the net, one end of which was held by 
 the man standing on the rock ; while the other end being held by the 
 man in the canoe he let out as much as he thought necessary to em- 
 brace the shoal, hastening towards the shore at the same time ; and 
 1he situation of the net in the water described a semicircle of con- 
 siderable extent. But unfortunately their labours sometimes prove 
 abortive, for the shoal escapes. 
 
 Mode of Building. 
 
 A strong palisading of heavy posts placed quite close to each other, 
 and rising above twenty feet in height and two in breadth, on the 
 outside of which were some carvings of human heads, cut out with 
 all the semblance of stern vengeance, and seeming to grin defiance 
 at the rude invaders. Within the palisading, and attached to it all 
 round, was a strong back of wicker-work, which the inhabitants had 
 constructed for the purpose of obstructing the lances of their ene- 
 mies ; but at convenient intervals they had made port-holes, through 
 which they could keep up a fire of musketry upon the besiegers. At 
 a short distance from this strong rampart, on the inner side, was a 
 space of about thirty feet, where they had dug a moat, which, being 
 filled with water, defended that part of the hill that was most acces- 
 sible to external assault ; and behind this moat they had thrown up a 
 steep mound, on which was constructed another line of palisades of 
 the same height and strength as the former. The moat, which was at 
 least nine feet in breadth, defended an entrance formed by another 
 postern ; and between this and the last approach to the town , there 
 was an intermediate space of eighty feet, at the extremity of which 
 the hill was cut down perpendicularly about fifteen'feet; and on its 
 summit rose another row of palisading that encircled the hippah and 
 completed the works. 
 
 THE SOCIETY ISLANDS. 
 
 Of the Inhabitants. 
 
 These islands, 13 in number, lie east of the Friendly islands, be- 
 tween 16 and 18 S. lat. Otaheite, the largest of the group, is 120 
 miles in circumference. Among the rest Ulieter, Bolabola, Tubai, 
 Maitea, Huaheine and Eimeo are also important. 
 
 The number of the inhabitants is estimated at 100,000. 
 
 The inhabitants of Otaheite are a stout, well made, active, comely 
 people. Their complexion is of a pale brown, their hair black, and 
 finely frizzled ; they have black eyes, flat noses, large mouths, and 
 line white teeth ; the men wear their beards in many different cuts 
 or fashions ; such was the custom of our ancestors in the time of 
 
Persons, $-c. of the Inhabitants. 373 
 
 Shakespeare. The women are, in general, smaller ; their skin is 
 delicately smooth and soft ; they have no colour in their cheeks, their 
 nose is somewhat ilat, their eyes full of expression, and their teeth 
 beautifully even and white. The men of rank on the island wear the 
 nails of their fingers long, which is considered as a very honourable 
 badge of distinction, since only such as have no occasion to work can 
 suffer them to grow to that length ; but the nail of the middle finger 
 on the right hand is always kept short. 
 
 Both sexes have a custom of staining their bodies, which they call 
 tattooing i by which the hinder part of their thighs and loins are 
 marked very thick with black lines in various forms. These lines 
 are made by striking the teeth of an instrument, somewhat like a 
 comb, just through the skin, and rubbing into the punctures a kind 
 of paste made of soot and oil, which leaves an indelible stain. Chil- 
 dren under twelve years of age are not tattooed ; and some men, 
 whose legs were chequered by the same method, appeared to be per- 
 sons of considerable authority. Mr. Banks, who saw the operation 
 performed on a girl about thirteen years old, says, that the instrument 
 used upon the occasion had thirty teeth ; and every stroke (of which 
 at least an hundred were made in a minute) drew a small quantity of 
 serum tinged with blood. The girl bore the pain with the most sto- 
 ical resolution for about a quarter of an hour, but the agony of so 
 many hundred punctures became then intolerable ; she burst forth 
 into tears, and the most piteous lamentations, imploring the operator 
 to desist. He was, however, inexorable: and when she began to 
 struggle, she was held down by two women, who sometimes soothed, 
 and sometimes chid her ; and now and then, when she was most unru- 
 ly, gave her a smart blow. This operation is not performed in less 
 than three or four hours. * 
 
 Both men arid women are gracefully clothed, in a kind of white 
 cloth made of the bark of a shrub, and which resembles coarse Chi- 
 na paper. Their dress consists of two pieces of this cloth ; one of 
 them having a hole made in the middle to put the head through, hangs 
 Vom the shoulders to the middle of the legs before and behind ; 
 Another piece, which is between four and five yards long, and about a 
 rard broad, they wrap round the body in a very easy manner. This 
 cloth is not woven, but made like paper, of the macerated fibres of 
 :he inner bark, spread out and beaten together. Their ornaments 
 ire feathers, flowers, pieces of shells, and pearls ; the last are chiefly 
 vorn by the women. In bad weather they wear matting of different 
 tinds, as their clothes will not bear wetting. 
 
 The houses in Otaheite are sheds, built in the woods, between the 
 ea and the mountains ; they are erected in an oblong form, about 
 wice as long as they are wide, and consist of a roof about four feet 
 com the ground, raised on three rows of pillars. In these huts the 
 7hole family repose at night, for they make no use of them but to 
 leep in, unless it rains, when they take their meals under cover, 
 "he size of the house is proportioned to the number that constitutes 
 le family. 
 
 They eat alone, since it would be a disgrace for the men and wo- 
 icn to sit down together to a meal. The shade of a spreading tree 
 3rves them for a parlour ; broad leaves answer the purpose of a 
 ible-cloth. A person of rank is attended by a number of servants, 
 ho seat themselves around him : before he begins his meal he wash- 
 5 his mouth and hands very clean, and repeats the ablution several 
 mes whilst he is eating. The quantity of food which these 
 
 32 
 
374 Religim. 
 
 eat at a meal is prodigious. Men of rank are constantly fed by the 
 women; and one of the chiefs, who dined on board a British ship, 
 shewed such reluctance to feed himself, that a servant was obliged 
 to undertake the task, to prevent his returning- without a meal. 
 
 The Otaheiteans are an industrious, friendly people ; but fickle and 
 violent in their passions. The manner of singling- out a man here 
 for a chosen friend is by taking off a part of your clothing and put- 
 ting it upo& him. Their usual manner of expressing respect to 
 trangers, or to superiors, at a first meeting, is by uncovering them- 
 selves to the middle. They salute those who sneeze, by saying, eva- 
 roeiat eatoua, that is, " May the good ealoua awaken you ;" or, 
 " May not the evil eatnua lull you to sleep. 
 
 Their propensity to theft is great ; and they are much inclined to 
 excesses. Both men and women are very cleanly in their clothes 
 and persons, constantly washing their bodies in running streams. By 
 being used to the water from their infancy, they become good swirn- 
 mers ; even children of five or six years old will dive to almost any 
 depth in the sea, for the sake of a bead or other bauble. 
 
 These people have a remarkable sagacity in foretelling the weather, 
 particularly the quarter whence the wind will blow. In their distant 
 voyages, they steer by the sun in the day, and in the night by the 
 stars, which they distinguish by separate names. They reckon their 
 time by moons* thirteen of which make a year. The day they di- 
 vide into six parts, and the night into an equal number. * In arith- 
 metical computation they can go no farther than two hundred ; this| 
 is performed by the fingers and toes, which they reckon ten times}; 
 over. 
 
 I 
 
 Their Method of procuring Fire. 
 
 > Through all the Society Islands they have invariably the samfl 
 method of procuring fire ; taking two pieces of wood, and making a 
 groove in one for the other to traverse in, they rub them together till 
 the friction produces smoke, and the smoke flame. A bundle of dry 
 grass serves them for tinder. 
 
 Government. 
 
 The government of the Otaheiteans resembles the early state of the 
 European nations under the feudal system. Their orders of dignity- 
 answer to king, baron, vassal, and villein. There are two kings in 
 the island, one for each part, who are treated with great respect by 
 all ranks of the people. The earees, or barons, are lords of the seve- 
 ral districts into which the island is divided. The vassals superintend 
 the cultivation of the ground ; and the villeins, or lowest class, per- 
 form all the laborious work. In this country a child succeeds to his 
 father's title and authority as soon as he is born : thus the king no 
 sooner has a son than his sovereignty ceases, retaining only the re- 
 gency till his child comes of age. The child of the baron also suc- 
 ceeds to his father's dignities ; so that a baron who was yesterday ap- 
 proached with the ceremony of lowering their garments, is to-day, by 
 the birth of a child, reduced to the rank of a private man. 
 
 Religion. 
 
 The Otaheiteans believe in a Supreme Deity, whom they suppose to 
 be possessed of one son, named Tane, besides a great number of fe- 
 male descendants. To the son they direct their worship, though they 
 
Funeral Ceremonies in Otaheite. ;<5 
 
 do not seem to think that future happiness depends upon their good 
 or bad conduct ; but that every individual will enjoy felicity in the 
 next world in proportion to the rank he holds in this.' They have no 
 idea of future punishment. The priesthood is hereditary. The 
 priests are the men of science, and to them is committed the care of 
 the sick, the cure of whom they attempt by ridiculous ceremonies and 
 enchantments. No one can perform the' operation of tattooing but 
 the priests. 
 
 The missionaries tell them, that the God of Britain is the God of 
 Otaheite and the whole earth, and that it is from this Being they re- 
 ceive their hogs, bread-fruit, and cocoa-nuts. This the Otaheiteafte 
 flatly deny ; alleging, that they possessed all these articles long before 
 they had heard of tiie God of Britain. The ignorance of these people 
 in this respect is lamentable. Though upon the first arrival of the 
 missionaries, the district of Matavia had been ceded to them, the na- 
 tives still consider them as there only by sufferance.* 
 
 Among the religious customs of Otaheite, that of offering to their 
 deities human sacrifices is the most remarkable. From a Variety of 
 inquiries made by Captain Cook on this subject, lie was able to as- 
 certain that men, for certain crimes, were condemned to be first 
 beaten to death, and then sacrificed to the gods, provided they did 
 not possess property sufficient for their redemption. The following 
 brief account of what took place at one of these ceremonies is taken 
 from Captain Cook's voyages. 
 
 It is one of the most singular traits amongst these sn\ave nations, 
 that their religion is altogether composed of such ideas as the nature 
 of man most powerfully abhors. Their idea of a God, is not that of a 
 beneficent being, the common parent of nature, and the creator and 
 protector of man : such is not the god of the Society Islands. On the 
 
 P.nntl'OW il\rt Vininrp fV>r i-rr<-> ...-.I,-! .-. l r . 4-1. ~ 1 * -t1 . f i 
 
 contrary, the being they worship, is the being they fear, the bein-r to 
 whom they impute the destruction of their canoes, and the danger 
 the diseases, and deaths of their chiefs. Their diseases, and particu- 
 larly those of their priests, are sacred, as being the immediate effects 
 the power they worship. From this general character, that their 
 deity is the offspring of their fears, may be induced the whole system 
 ieir mythology, and the attributes of their divinities I [once it is 
 the idea of horror being connected with deformity, Ihe representa- 
 lons of these gods are either wholly shapeless or frightful. 
 
 , 
 
 Captain Cook and others, approach ins: the morai or temple were 
 
 lesired to pull off their hats ; after which they proceeded, attended 
 
 by numbers of men and boys. Four priests,' with their attendants 
 
 were waiting for them. The dead bo-lv was in a canoe that lay on 
 
 he beach fronting the morai. One of the priests' attendants brought 
 
 x young plamtain tree, and laid it before the king. Another ap- 
 
 3roached him with a tuft of feathers. A long prayer was now com- 
 
 nenced by one of the priests, which, being over, the priests with 
 
 ieir assistants went to the beach and sat by the dead body, which 
 
 i out of the canoe, renewing their prayers at the same time. 
 
 * There has recently been au entire change in Otaheite. The in- 
 abitants have become Christians ; have abandoned war, and arc fast 
 dvancinsr m civilization. P. 
 
! 
 
 -tpulation of Otaheite. 
 
 cof the hair is as no\v plucked from the head of the inter. 
 . ifice, and the left eye taken out. The corpse was then cm 
 and laid under a tree, near which were fixed three pieces < 
 variously carved. Here the priests engaged again in prayers for, 
 and expostulated with the dead man. 
 
 The body was now carried to the most conspicuous part of the 
 morai, the tlrums beating slowly ; and, while tin- prie-t> were again 
 engaged in their prayers, some assistants dug a hole about two ir,-t 
 
 , into which they threw the victim, and covered it with sU 
 and earth. A dog was then sacrif. It a pig, to the 
 
 ;iU of which they seemed to pay grout attention, as hopin 
 derive from them much knowledge of the future. On the next day, 
 the ceremonies were renewed, more pigs sacrificed, and more pm 
 
 !, with which the solemnity concluded. 
 
 Depopulation of Otaheite. 
 
 The missionaries, says Mr. Turnbull, in his late inlrre-ti'i'.: Y<>\- 
 iiie World, had made the circuit of the iUnd tu -i -c during 
 the time we had been am-msM tl,. ,iri from district to 
 
 trirt, and seconding their exhortations wi'h presents. If zeal in the 
 
 arge of their duty could ensure success, they would not pr 
 in \:iin. In their circuits t hoy have suce< 1 to 
 
 
 
 t. < 'upturn ( ii at ' 
 
 ..f two hi;:i . dwi.vlle.l 
 
 tof'\- i the arriv.t exceeded triple 
 
 'ininber. irned from the! 
 
 N hither they had been conveyed by our boat on the 18th ofl 
 ust. They reported lliat the population did not exceed threel 
 
 The TM. ;ch ragtjd at On rhich is bnt too ( 
 
 domic and fre h as to inspire us with the m 
 
 l)urin.!T our sijort ah^cneo. in nur vi^it to tlie Sandwich 
 and others, of an appearance 
 ere following them MTV fast. Gre \ tbj 
 
 tnu>t be iinpnt ir ignorance ; the doctrine of falH 
 
 !- among them to a most dangerous excess. Every diseasH 
 tee of the vengeance of their offen^H 
 
 leitie5, and the ret ore, even thought of remedy or relief is rejected 
 
 G left to their fate ; and their dis- 
 iiafoitii!!. er easy of cure un<i> 
 
 course, are but too fatal when suffered to augment nnd< 
 atest contempt for old . 
 
 . ere accustomed to say, it was as worth- 
 ian. 
 
 it appears that a far greater number of females than male 
 10 the natural depravity of infanticide. This rnav 
 
 8 : first, as it has been invariably practised by their an- 
 ! secondly, the greater difficulty and r which 
 
 are called for in briuirin.ir up a female than a male. \ .roach- 
 
 ing Pomarre with this inhuman practice, he alleged, in 
 
 * The population is fast recovering its losses. P. 
 
of Otaheite. 
 
 lid all the childn e reared to maturil'. . th re would not 
 
 be a <od on the 
 
 '< and profligate 
 
 as to call loud! ren from the Divine power. The 
 
 U the coinrnunitv of their women, who 
 
 it the moment of their birth, all ih ,,f both sexes. 
 
 .lies 
 
 <-atcd as such 
 
 wherever they go. rsnaded, says our author, that the exam- 
 
 ml them- 
 
 ple of all countries usually j;. 
 <-ir superiors, ; 
 
 see in their Ar is ^ 
 
 rail be brougl Murdered. 
 
 Pson. bominable sect uilhout 
 
 ed it on 
 
 ' f the ;. ron . 
 
 .! by a seriw of others in , :i . t|,. lt n,, t j, e 
 
 surface ol l(r(N 
 
 and the clear reproach ot even the brute creal 
 le race of i 
 
 j into life ! I scan 
 !i^h mother, yet tru, 
 m Arreo\ r delivered of her child, i 
 
 i-S it. 
 
 tn of humanitv, nothing can be more distressing than to 
 ;f ^N a spot nature UM!I 
 
 "ing; fertility of soil, and serenity 
 a scene of general m. 
 ill human appearance, in a fe\ ,ust 
 
 imanfeet. 
 
 ' ' Kuro^tej 
 
 visitors; but 1.. 
 
 may take our share. Th doub| but that thou 
 
 i have been swept off by di , e their intercourse with Eu- 
 
 ropearis. 
 
 At the time. . Turnbull, of our leavii rids, many 
 
 of these unfortunate objects were in a iv pitiable (hroug-h 
 
 -e, though the missionan surjroon, a gontlema^n of great human- 
 :iared no efforts to alleviate their misery. But it was a ^ 
 
 difficult thing to persuade them to adhere to tiis prescriptions. T! 
 a violent antipathy to medicines of all kinds, and, what is equal- 
 .unst them, they are no sooner taken with the 
 (eserted, and left to shift for themselves. In this helpless condi- 
 tion, their chance of recovery is small indeed. Whenever the mis- 
 ries speak to them respecting salvation, they fondly think that it 
 e saved from sickness, and to abide in this world ; the salvation 
 
 of the soul they affect to despise, and the resurrection of the body 
 
 they ridicule as folly, 
 "the disorders among them are numerous, and hare all, doul 
 
 their share in the destruction of the population. 
 But the mosteffectuaJ instrument of annihilation is the horrid nrar 
 32* 
 

 already noticed, of innmt murder im-l hmna 
 computed, that at least two-third- <,f the births are t: 
 the future tluninution of these people keep pac- 
 the population mu^t soon be extinct.* 
 
 EASTER ISLAND. 
 
 The people in this island are of a middling size, and in general 
 i. They go entirely naked, their faces are \ . ;,Mi they 
 
 ure tattooed on several parts of the body, a 
 
 ti> all the inhabitants of the South-sea 1 
 irity belonging to these pcopl< 
 v hich stretches out so that it ; 
 i ornaments for their ears are the white 
 ie of the leaf of the 
 
 d up in (!: 
 ts like those used by the i 
 
 - 
 
 'i^ inland . able, but r 
 
 le they .'. 
 \r-cancs, they iu-\n l< i an o|.|.urii> l,, m . if it 
 
 I'mm t'.ip various inclho<! 
 08, it has been i 
 
 . 
 
 . . 
 even no shame is at ; 
 
 avoid til 
 *hmcnt they fear as the Datura] 
 
 TflE SANDWICH ISLANDS.! 
 
 Tl.i> rluster consists of 9 or 10 MamN. lying between 18 Q 5 
 
 W \. Lit. and between 154 55' and 160 15' W. Ion. The prijjj 
 i-ipal islands are Owliyhee. Mowee, Woahoo, Atooi, Morotoi, HanJB 
 -.iiul Oncvlnr.v. T!ie number of square miles in the whole ivroupis 
 nated at 0,000, of which Owlr 4.000, an 
 
 *Fix>m the recent fhung-p in the state of the island, there i> little 
 d.inrrer that these fears will be realized. 1 J . 
 
 April of the year 1820, a body of Missionaries from the Uoi- 
 
 led States arrived i at Hawaii, and were favourably received by the 
 
 king-. Being divided into small parties, the\ umed on diffcr- 
 
 . is, and from that period have been 1 /.eal 
 
 and self-devotedness to advance the intellectual, moral, and religious 
 
 culture of the natives. School< have been esta 1 for 
 
 stated religion? worship erected, a printing ]>ie-< ]>ut in o-n-ation, 
 
 1 in the Hawaiiah dialect; many of the natives 
 
 have already been taught reading, writing, and the elementary prin- 
 
oi, more than 500 each. The population is estima- 
 ted a; 
 
 Dispositions and Don. its. 
 
 The ' -!i> arr prohahlv of the sam, 
 
 th the in!':: lands, New X, 
 
 greatest affection r. Th- txomni who 
 
 have children shew a remarkable tei: 
 greatest attention to thei;- 
 
 and, after having- enjoyed the 
 
 cool of the evening-, n a short time ;n 
 
 or chiefs, are CM 
 ; rts, are c ! 
 
 MVied at: 
 
 They are greatly a< ! 
 
 - our garru number 01 
 
 swithrac. a boys and. 
 
 irit. 
 
 mornr 
 people is n art, but a favou 
 
 gion. 
 
 According tot! i the natives, human sacritlrrs 
 
 are mo :1 y o f the islands th; f 
 
 recourse to these horn 
 ar, and previously to every great battle, or other signal 
 
 v nocking; out their fore-t( o, with propriety, classed 
 
 Most of the common people, and 
 S had lost one or more of thorn : this seems to^hMTfr 
 been considered as a propitiatory sacrifice to the Eatooa, to av 
 anger. 
 
 Of their opinion to a future state, we had veryde- 
 
 nformation. On inquiring of them, whither the dead were 
 one? we were told that the breath, which they seemed to consider 
 as the immortal part, was fled to the Eatooa. 'They seemed ; 
 
 irscriptiun of some place, which they suppose to be the abode 
 of the dead ; but we could not learn that* they had any idea of re- 
 gards or punishments. 
 
 The climate in these islands appears to be more temperate than 
 hat of the West Indies ; and in Owhyhee the mountains arre<' 
 :louds, and produce rain inland, while the atmosphere on the shore is 
 
 ;iples of a refined education. This is taking the true ground ; it is 
 >pening a way gradually to the hearts and understanding of the 
 jle ; it is scattering seed in the minds of the rising generation, u 
 rill hereafter spring up, and flourish, and produce fruit. JVor//i 
 Imcrican Review .April, 1826. 
 
380 King Tamahanfo. 
 
 very clear. The winds seem generally easterly, and there is a regu- 
 lar land and sea breeze. 
 
 The natives pay particular attention to their women, and readily 
 lend assistance to their wives in the tender offices of maternal duty. 
 On all occasions they seem impressed with a consciousness of their 
 own inferiority, being alike strangers to the pride of the more polish- 
 ed Japanese, and even of the ruder Greenlander. 
 
 King Tamahama. 
 
 Soon after our arrival at Ovvhyhee, says Mr. Turnbull, we receiv- 
 ed a visit from our country man, Mr. Young, who had resided there 
 for fourteen years past; from whom we had a confirmation of partic- 
 ulars respecting Tamahama, communicated to us at Wlralioo, and of 
 his erecting a royal residence at Mowie, and, above all, of his fixed 
 determination to attempt the conquest of the two other islands, of 
 Attowahie and Onehow. 
 
 His palace is built after the European style, of brick, and glazed 
 windows, and defended by a battery of ten gun& lie has European 
 and American artificers about him of almost ev< 'ion. ' In- 
 
 deed, his own subjects, fronr their intercourse with Europeans, have 
 acquired a great knowledge of several of the mechanical arts, anl 
 have thus enabled him to increase his navy, a very favourite object 
 with him. 
 
 The circumstances of thi - ;uigcd t 
 
 since the visit of Captain Vancouver, to whom, ai ervant and 
 
 representative of the king of Great Britain, with much formality and 
 ceremony, he had made a conveyance of the ntyof Owhyhee, 
 
 in the hope of being more strongly confirmed in ! t \ , ami sup- 
 
 plied with the means of overpowering his 
 
 His dominion seems now to be established. Fie is not onl\ a war- 
 rior and a politician, but a very acute trader, and a match for 'any Eu- 
 ropean in driving a bargain. He is well acquainted with the differ- 
 ent weights and measures, and the value which all articles ought to 
 bear in exchange with each other ; and is ever ready to take advan- 
 tage of the necessities of those who apply to him or his |U .>nle for sup- 
 plies. 
 
 His subjects have already made considerable progress in civiliza- 
 tion ; but are held in the most abject submission, as Tam^hnma is in- 
 flexible in punishing all offences which seem to counteract his au- 
 thority. 
 
 In the year 1794, Captain Vancouver laid down the keel of Tama- 
 hama' s first vessel, or rather craft; but so assiduously has he applied 
 himself to effect his grand and favourite object, the establishment of a 
 naval force, that, at the period of our arrival, he had upwards of 
 twenty vessels of different sizes, from twenty-five to seventy tons ; 
 some of them were copper-bottomed. 
 
 He was, however, at this time in want of naval stores ; and to have 
 his navy quickly placed on a respectable footing, he would pav well 
 for them. He has between two and three hundred body-guards to at- 
 tend him, independently of the number of chiefs who accompany him 
 in all his journeys and expeditions. 
 
 In viewing this man, my imagination suggested to me, that I be- 
 hell, in its first progress, one of those extraordinary natures which, 
 under other circumstances, of fortune and situation, would have ri- 
 pened into the future hero, and caused the world to resound with his 
 feats of enterprise. What other was Philip of MacedoD, as pictured 
 
Foreign Trade to the Sandwich Islands. 381 
 
 by the Grecian historians ; a man who overcame every disadvan- 
 tage, and extended the narrow sovereignty of Macedon into the uni- 
 versal monarchy of Greece, and, under his son, of the then known 
 world. 
 
 Tamahama's ardent desire to obtain a ship from Captain Vancou- 
 er, was, in all probability, first excited by the suggestions of Young, 
 ,nd his countryman Davies ; but such was the effect of this underta- 
 king that Tamahama became immediately more sparing of his visits 
 >n board the Discovery, his time being now chiefly employed in at- 
 endine to the carpenters at work on this new man ot war, which 
 vhen finished was named the Britannia. This was the beginning of 
 Tamahama's navy ; and, from his own observations, with the assist- 
 .nce of Messrs. Young, Davies, &c. he has laboured inflexibly in 
 inproving his marine f ;h he ha> now brought to a respecta- 
 
 >lr shite ; securing to him not only a decided superiority over the 
 rail canoes of his neighbours, but the means of transporting his war- 
 iors to distant parts. Some of 1. are employed as trans- 
 
 x>rts, in carrying provisions from one island to another, to supply his 
 warriors ; whilst the largest are used as ships of war, and are occa- 
 ionally mounted with a few light guns. No one better understands 
 lis interest than this ambitious chief ; no one knows better how to 
 mprove an original idea. The favours of Vancouver and his other 
 European benefactors, would have been thrown away on any other 
 avage ; but Tamahama possesses a genius above his situation. 
 
 His body-guards, who may be considered in some respects as regu- 
 arly disciplined troops, go on duty not unfrequently with the drum 
 md fife, and relieve each other as in Europe, calling out, " all is 
 veil," at every half hour, as on board of ship. Their uniform at this 
 ime was simply a blue great coat witli yellow facings. 
 
 Foreign Trade to the Sandwich Islands. 
 
 The Sandwich inlanders, in the territories of Tamahama, frequent- 
 y make voyages to the north-west coast of America, and thereby 
 acquire sufficient property to make themselves easy and comfortable, 
 is well r.s iv-|<Tlable, among their countrymen ; to whom, on their 
 eturn home, they are fond of describing, with great emphasis the 
 ingular events of their voyage. Several have made considerable 
 progress in the English language ; their intercourse with the Anglo- 
 Americans, and the navigators from Britain, having given them an 
 Opportunity, of which they have eagerly availed themselves. 
 
 Such is the assiduity of these people, and such their eagerness to 
 mprove their condition, by imitating the calling of the Europeans, 
 hat it is not unusual to see some of them exercising the trade of a 
 country black-smith, having for an anvil a pig of iron kentlage ob- 
 ained from some ship ; a pair of goat skin bellows, made by himself 
 Dr some of his countrymenn : and his charcoal fire ; making articles 
 suited to the wants of his countrymen, or repairing* and mending such 
 is stand in need of it, with an ingenuity surpassing whatever could 
 be expected under such circumstances/ 
 
W of this? 
 
 AFRICA 
 
 Bounded N. by the Mediterranean sen, which sop;.- 
 : :u rope ; N. E. by the Red scv 
 S. E. by the Indian 
 
 from lat. 34 S. to 37 30' Pi - 1 
 
 area is estimated by ; < r e miles. 
 
 ' 
 
 AFRICA may bo divuKd. ? rcat 
 
 portio;: - lino ^ 
 
 
 
 Oil. or 
 
 ' 
 
 On the < 
 
 
 v 
 
 
 is, appear notv to be \\ !.<.!! \ in 
 Amon^thc in! 
 I 
 
 1 
 term, n 
 
 wrr 
 
 
 gle r ^regated 
 
 \ eriorof^i-avity.sti 
 
 
 and the gloom w 
 
 
 chani< -il rmni'l of rcliprioii^ ccroni- 
 
 '' 
 
 \vlnl^ 01* tills OIH-C 
 
 uimlows ; gloom 
 
 within. In gvneral the 'Sln.ir-. when co 
 
 an interior race. T 
 
 while piratical 'icil jovcr; iheiniT 
 
 inran, turbulent, and tre. 
 Another class of inhabi- 
 
 ^f combination with tl>< 
 These exist in g'reat numbers tlironjrl all th. 
 they preserve entire their national peculiarities Tin 
 consequently, as an outcast clas; arc the objects of uni 
 contempt, aiivl derision, and may jbe insulted and iniu 
 with impunity. The immen>e o\rever. v 
 
w*< 
 
 ig all the money transaction-. \\luch they alone are quali- 
 uluccs them to renriiu and to endure this oppression, 
 arc occupied by the Arabs, a najne not per- 
 d' to the original conquerors of thi^ region, hut applied to 
 all who follow the >ame rude, >impU\ and imirr.Uory life, 
 dwell n ig- of a number of 
 
 tree. These are ar- 
 
 - at night a place of 
 
 the territory ID which the 
 
 : all the cattle to 
 
 men and child n conveyed on the backs of 
 
 er colour, \ 
 
 .'in* 1 tl.il'bv and over- 
 
 Ln-ouM. ihe-e commiiiii iminis- 
 
 of the 
 
 i all occasions of 
 r for them-( 
 All the Arabs are al- 
 
 ith harbour a number of tribes, 
 (1 them to 
 
 i characti The 
 
 i-g'er portic toftheAt- 
 
 ; ( s. r \ mountain 
 
 oinheiii part of the latter 
 - of the same race. It reappears 
 
 n Nul , i, and where the Uarahi 
 
 ie Brebers. To these iv. 
 i ick, who inhabit so large a portion of Un- 
 people. Their villages occupy 
 exhibit the niiK 
 
 be fmmd i t-publican fonn of o\< m 
 
 their own 
 c1 and pre. 
 
 it jn'inces in 
 
 l nl in 
 
 al a mark. 
 
 Me to the armies of Morocco, 
 
 vho, in then freijuen; -, have oft- Contest une- 
 
 liowerful and 1 '.. I the KITH:. 
 
 e of an Krrif has become | m\ ei !.ial for its keen and piercing- 
 ion. The Shclluhs, on the other hand, are less robust in their 
 unn, milder in their manners, and more civilized.* 
 
 EGYPT. 
 
 Esrypt is bounded N. by the Mediterranean ; N. E. by Asiatic 
 n urkey ; E. by the Red Sea, which separates it from Arabia ; S. by 
 
 For farther remarks on the population of Africa, see Appendix. 
 
384 The Inhabitants of Egypt. 
 
 JVubia ; and W. by the Libyan desert. It lies between 22 and 32 
 N. lat. extending- along the banks of the Nile for about 700 miles, 
 from its rnouth upward. It nominally comprehends also a breadth of 
 200 or 300 miles, from the Red sea to an ill defined boundary in the 
 Libyan desert, but the only territory of any value is that lying imme- 
 diately on the banks of the river. The area is estimated at 1 90,000 
 square miles, of which only 19,000, or one tenth part of the whole, is 
 capable of cultivation. 
 
 The population is estimated at 2,500,000. It is composed of several 
 distinct races. 1. The Copts, or descendants of the most ancient in- 
 habitants of Egypt. They reside almost exclusively in UpperEgypt, 
 and are supposed to be about 200,000 in number. 2. The Arabs or 
 descendants of the Saracen conquerors. They are the most numer- 
 ous class of the population, and are divided into Bedouins, or wander- 
 ing Arabs, and Fellahs, or those employed in cultivation. 3. The 
 Turks, who have long been established in the great cities, and whose 
 numbers and power have of late considerably increased. 4. The 
 Jews, who are also numerous in the commercial cities. 
 
 The Inhabitants. 
 
 Most of the inhabitants of Egypt are foreigner?, who have not be- 
 come in any degree naturalized to its climate or soil. This celebra- 
 ted country promts onl\ one nalive race, which is that of the C. 'opts, 
 or descendant- <>f the most anricnt inhabitants of Egypt. They are a 
 people of mixed origin. f he blood of the ancient Kiryptians is adul-, 
 terated by the confused mixture of the PerMiu, Grecian, Roman, ar J 
 Arabian races ; and the motley offspring of these dissimilar trib 
 have rather inheriteii the vices ihan the virtues of their ancestors*- 1 
 Distinguished from the Arabs and the Tin k^ by the profession of 
 <.'hii*tiaiiit\, uiul from the ( 'liristians by their obstinate adherence to; 
 the heresy of Eutychiu a, they fc ^erseruK-d and dr.- 
 
 C'hrisiki!;s and .Mahometans, and this very contempt has tended to 
 deteriorate their national character. Vaiion. tribes have \n 
 their characteristic tenets and customs, ,n defiance of contempt and 
 cution, but none of them have been able to preserve, in this for- 
 lorn -iiuation, the honour and dignity of the human character. The 
 distinguishing feature- of the Copts are a dusky yellow complexion,' 
 unlike that of the Grecian or Arabian tribes, tbe hair and eyes of 9] 
 dark colour, the lips thick, the features puffed, and the nose rather 
 elevated than flat, and sometimes even aquiline. The similitude of 
 the modern Copt to the ancient Egyptian, in the more characteristic 
 features, and in the colour of the skin, is evinced, not only by ancient 
 paintings and statues, but also by the appearances still observable in 
 the mummies oi Egypt, the bodies of an ancient genera ion of men, 
 who have been raised from their sepulchres to demonstrate the origin 
 of their descendants. 
 
 The Coptic females are generally elegant in form, and interesting 
 in feature; but their chief beauty, according to Vansleb, consists in 
 their large, black, and expressive eyes. Since an early period of his- 
 tory, the Coptic race have been more numerous in the Said or Upper 
 Egypt, than in the Delta, which has alwavs been more acces 
 the irruptions of strangers. Several families still reside in the Delta, 
 but the mass of their numbers inhabit the country above Cairo. At 
 the period of the Arabic invasion under Amrou, their numbers were 
 estimated at six hundred thousand ; but since that time their numbers 
 have greatly decreased, and melted away amid the influx of strangers. 
 
Their House* and (Jitic*, 38 j 
 
 Of : Dress and Manners in Northern Africa. 
 The most simple dress of the men, consists of a long shirt, with 
 wide Beeves, tied round the middle. The common people wear over 
 this a brown woollen shirt, but those of better condition a long- cloth 
 coat covered with a blue shirt, hanging down to the middle of the leg-. 
 On festivals, and extraordinary occasions, the upper shirt is white. 
 They wear about their necks a blue cloth, with which they defend 
 their heads from the weather. It is a general custom among the 
 Lilts, to wear a large blanket, either while or brown in winter; 
 ami in summer, a blue and white cotton sheet thrown over the left 
 shoulder. The dress of the women is not much unlike that of the 
 men, only most of their garments are of silk. It being reckoned 
 improper for a woman to shew the whole face, they generally cover 
 the mouth and one eye. 
 
 The Main, ate each other by kiting the hand, putting it 
 
 the head, and wishing peace. The salutation of the Arabs is by 
 
 lakmg hands, and bo\. Among ti. a son will 
 
 own in the presence of his father, especially in public, with- 
 
 .ig desired several times ; and in no place of 'the world do peo- 
 
 i to their superiors. 
 
 Otl;i MIS set out early in the morning, walk 
 
 lcu< ll "- '' often stop to refresh under a shade. "If they 
 
 > not travel m state, they carry a leathern bottle of water tied to 
 le saddle ; but a person of higher rank has an attending camel laden 
 itn water. At night they have large lantherns, stretched upon 
 ires, carried before them. They seldom make use of tents but lie 
 i the open air. 
 
 Men of quality ride on a saddled camel, and their attendants on 
 loaded with carpets, beds, and other necessaries, if their 
 : long. They commonly carry in their hands a double 
 )oK to direct the beast, and to recover the bridle, if it chance t<i 
 op. Some of the woirittii, whose circumstances admit of it, travel 
 Utters, earned b ; another method of conveyance is by 
 
 cans of a round basket, with a cover, slung on each side of a 
 
 amel. 
 
 Their Houses and Cities. 
 The best houses in Egypt, especially at Cairo, are built upon a 
 
 uadrangular structure. The saloon is built in the shape of a Greek 
 oss, with a cupola in the middle. It is wairiscottcd ten feet bH, 
 id the pannels shine with mother of pearl, blue smalt, fine marble 5 
 id eiegant pieces of mosaic workmanship. Above the wainscottin*' 
 e inscriptions m Arabic, all round the apartment, and the whole is 
 
 Downed with arches of mosaic and mother of pearl. The room i* 
 rrounded with a sofa, furnished with rich velvet cushions, and the 
 
 3or is covered with carpets. 
 
 To describe the interior of Cairo, would be only to repeat what 
 ay be said of all Turkish towns ; with this difference, that there s 
 
 Jt Perhaps upon earth a more dirty metropolis. Every place is cov- 
 ed with dust ; and its particles are so minute, that it rises into all 
 
 ie courts and chambers of the city. The streets are destitute of 
 
 ny kind of pavement; they exhibit, therefore, a series of narrow 
 
 sty lanes, between gloomy walls. It is well known that Europe' 
 is were formerly compelled to walk, or to ride upon asses, through 
 esc streets; nor had the practice been wholly abandoned when we 
 rived, says a French author; for, although some of our officer* 
 
30 G Cairo. 
 
 appeared occasionally on horseback, many of them ambled about, in 
 their uniforms, upon the jack-asses let for hire by the Arabs. Horses 
 were not easily procured. To ride these, it was necessary to buy 
 them. And even when riding upon asses, if a favourable opportuoi- 
 ty offered, when our military was not in sight, tee attendants of the 
 rich Turks, running 1 on foot before their horses to clear the way, 
 made every Christian descend and walk, until the bearded grandee 
 had passed. 
 
 Among all the sights which this country presents to an European 
 traveller, there is nothing more novel than the view of objects beheld 
 from the citadel of Cairo. A very considerable district, whether the 
 spectator regard the east or the south, is distinguished by one uniform 
 buff colour. Towards the north, this colour is opposed by the most 
 vivid green that imagination can conceive, covering all the Delta. 
 Upon the west are seen the pyramids, reflecting the sun's beams, and 
 appearing as white as snow. 
 
 Cairo. 
 
 Cairo, the capital of Egypt, which the natives denominate Mi^r. 
 the Mistress of the World, and Misr without an equal, i-; situated on 
 the eastern side of the Nile, whicfh it touches hv its suburb's i" 
 and Pmlae. Though the extent of Cairo, its vast population, and the 
 diversity of dre^. l.ui r>!:i'_re, manners, and features which its .inhab- 
 itants exhibit, cannot fill to produce a powerful impression upon the 
 mind of an European; yet this impression cannot, be cv>mpared with 
 the idea of its ancienl glory, when it was, the metropolis of Africa, 
 the second capital of the ca-t, the scene of the. wonders of Arabian 
 romance, and of the real incidents of Ar.ibirm history, scarcely more 
 credible than those of Oriental fiction. 
 
 '["he city is surrounded by a multitude of tombs ; it is without a 
 pavement, and without walls ; and the rubbish which has aecumula- 
 lurii'g a series of nges, rises in hillocks around it. The lofty 
 minarets of the numerous mosques, are the only objects which inter- 
 rupt the uniformity of the flat and terraced roofs. The houses, which 
 consist of two or three stories, are for the most part composed of 
 < ai-th or brick, though, in some instances, a soft species of stone of a 
 ftne grain, is employed. As they receive no light from the streets, 
 while the windows, even of the inner courts, arc of small size, and 
 few in number', they are, for the most part, dark and gloomy as pris- 
 ons. The castle of Cairo, situated upon a steep and inaccessible 
 rock, is about a quarter of a league in circumference, surrounded 
 by strong* walls, but commanded by the adjacent mountain The 
 two great suburbs of Cairo which may with propriety be reckoned 
 detached towns, are Bulac and Fostat, which is likewise denomina- 
 ted IVlisr Elattike, the Ancient Misr, or Old Cairo. Bulac, the port 
 of Cairo, is along irregular town, half a mile west of Cairo, on the 
 Nile. Fcstat, or old Cairo, is the port of Upper Egypt, and situated 
 on the eastern bank of the Nile, above Bulac. 
 
 But the most remarkable animal appearance may be noticed by 
 merely dipping a ladle or bucket into the midst of the torrent, which 
 is every where dark with mud, and observing the swarms of animal- 
 rulce it contains. Among these, tadpoles and young frogs, are so nu- 
 merous, that, rapid as the current flows, there is no part of the Nile 
 where the Water does not contain them. 
 
The Pharos 
 
 lent Thebes. 
 The rains of t' Egvpt, the 
 
 lie city f the h W -ltd 
 
 two hun ' ith their hoi-.es and ehanut-', overwhelm the 
 
 ;ude -ami nr.iLMi, hile 
 
 inelancholv picture <>f the in- 
 
 Slitvofh'!; When the Scythiaoa invited P.<rni- <o 
 
 . ornpany their << 
 
 ry rou'e th:-<-:: '-"i A i>it of the 
 
 fathers. It. is \\itli 
 feeling Mich as tin se that t I on the ruins of 
 
 . 
 
 .iiirnort;ili!\ >ni-h antf 
 
 rcli; of their -_ri MIK!- 
 
 t-t thfir:u',t!<jin< 
 
 hurifd in tiit'ir liis.t>r\ , thfir ;oul 
 
 their lav. snr\ i \i-.l 
 
 us iii 
 
 normottfl oim Mi-ions, and 
 BFC, reduce into foniparativp 
 f ot'ucr Th: 
 
 the .Nilf. ( \!.'ii(i for llirr. 
 alii:; reaeh to the IT1( 
 
 nit of in < in > -M \ c it 
 eoluinns of in.; 
 
 I - and sphinKOs, and remain^ of por- 
 
 ti-o> of prodi :ii<ii. K'onrna -.ind Vfedinet-Abu, on the 
 
 . rn bank . anil CariKu: on the r.i-lrrn, 111:11 k 
 
 the extent if : Hi of which exist oii 
 
 :' (!,,' N ii". T!te : .-lit thn-p. 
 
 hnndi-fd. tian tem- 
 
 plc. < iVoin tiiat <j( the edifices -,it Tin 
 
 The roofs are rail 1 ted in a peculiar manner, and the hiero- l\ nhirs 
 
 Dcndera. 
 
 Dondera, the nnrieut Tentyrn, lies nn t 1 !" v/e^torn hanks of the 
 rive. !!. honndrd hv an 
 
 \vhich furnish' :rt of } - 
 
 with , ' iitvro, \vliich lie- a linle ! 
 
 ot tlr^ ino:l.-rn town, are of considerahie extent. The rrmai;, 
 tliree teinplos, the largest of w!ii<-!i i- in a hi -MI state of prc - 
 still exist. Twoofth(v i-'-h i- t'n are 
 
 dedicated to Isis : t!ie t 1 T\- 
 
 )>hon. T'nj execntioii of the sculptures in these terni-h'- exhibit 
 
 ee of nnrity and doliraey, whic'n the r,-s\ ptians M Idoui attained, 
 Th vahjects rcprcsentc'l in the portico., are of an astrono- 
 
 mical nature. 
 
 The Pharos. 
 
 To flip eastward of Mariout lies the bay of Alexandria, about three 
 leagues in breadth, HM ; separated into two ports by tlic island, Ph;: 
 whirh is now connected wit!: ihe e.'.ntiiient. Tlie conntrv betv 
 the Piint'iine bay and Ah-xandrin has relapsed into its primitive sterili- 
 ly, ti'i I in variou- pl;;c"^ exhibits th^ ruins of ancient cities, partially" 
 covered with -sand, amoripr vvliicb Ta^)siris, the Uosiri of Marruol, 
 
,388 Rosetta. 
 
 was, in the time of that author, distinguished by the superior grandeur 
 of its remains. The geographical position of the Pharos, as deter- 
 mined by Quenot, is N. L. 31 13' 6". From the encroachments of 
 the sea on this island, the site of the modern tower does not indicate 
 Uie situation of the ancient structure, which was supported on pillars 
 of marble, the successive stories of which rose to an elevation of 400 
 :cet. The ruins of this magnificent pile, the origin of which is enve- 
 loped in the same profound darkness that involves the monuments of 
 Jlie Thebaid, and which was reckoned one of the seven wonders of the 
 world, may be seen when the sea is calm, immersed in the waters. 
 The Pharos has been repeatedly destroyed and repaired, and its re- 
 torcrs have often aspired to the glory of the original founders. In 
 the year 1320, it was overturned by an earthquake, and its pluce. has 
 been supplied by a square tower, equally devoid of ornament and el- 
 egance. 
 
 Alexandria. 
 
 This city exhibits no vestiges of its former magnificence, except the 
 ruins which surround it. <^ive plain, furrowed with trench- 
 
 es, pierced with wells, ?nd divided by mouldering walls, is entirely 
 overed with ancient columns, mutilated statues and capitals, and 
 fragments of decayed battlements, which lie strewed amid modern 
 lombs, and shaded b\ sc;it f i'ivd nopals and palms. These ruins, 
 which probably occupy a inv.- ^pnce than the eity of Alex - 
 
 nndri-.i at any particular period of its most, flourishing state, are of very 
 remote antiquity, and greath -.interior to Alexander, as the hiero- 
 hics, with which they are covered, demonstrate. 
 
 The magnificence of Alexandria under the Grecian dynasty, was 
 worthy of the fame of the hero from whom it derived its name. Built 
 m the form of a long square, or us it is termed by Strabo, a mantle or 
 .. it occupied a space of four leagues in circuit. As the long 
 i Ide-; of the HJIKUV we'v protected from the sea and the lake Mareo- 
 tis, it presented such a narrow front on the sides accessible by land, 
 that it formed a position of great strength. The buildings were grand 
 MH! stately, their arrangement was strictly regular, and the great 
 streets, which intersected each other at the central square of the city, 
 uere the most magnificent in the world. Under the Arabian dynas- 
 i.y, its splendour gradually declined with its commerce, to which the 
 <ivnius of fanaticism is always hostile. Though its population rapidly 
 diminished, though its ancient walls were demolished, and contracted 
 ;> half their original dimensions, it still preserved a part of its superb 
 f.-es and monuments ; its streets were still arranged in the form 
 of a chequer, and its former opulence was evinced by the slowness of 
 k'cay. At the period of the late French invasion, the walls of 
 .Alexandria were of Arabic structure, formed of the ruins of the an- 
 cient city ; they exhibited fragments of monuments, and concreted 
 stony masses consisting chiefly of fossil and sparry shells, irregularly 
 united by a common cement. From the neglect of the canals, and 
 Hie encroachments of the sand, the city is now insulated in a desert, 
 und exhibits few vestiges of those delightful gardens and cultivated 
 fields, which continued even to the time of the Arabian conquest, and 
 are described with such enthusiasm by Abulfeda. 
 
 Rosetta. 
 
 Ro-et^, according 1 to Niebuhr, situated in north latitude 31 24', is 
 ot Arabic origin, oblong and irregular, without walls or fcrtress, 
 
i Government. 
 
 was founded, according to Elmacin, in 870. The Nile of Rosctta 13 
 
 ht from the Canopic month, and threatened with 
 
 a feirnilar fate, ;nun the accumulation of s:mL i^ \cry 
 
 :.-> to mariners, having- scarcely six feet of water on the bar. 
 
 ;rn with pleasure to contemplate tin- fertile and beautiful pro- 
 
 niaritime p'.trt of uhich extends from Hosetta to 
 
 Dai -tile thon any 
 
 rter of the I )el;a, hut the ground . 
 
 fre-j of cultivation are 
 
 more nuindrous and diversified i a their a pp* r. .1 the orange 
 
 le of the pornegra- 
 
 md anair.t. Thn>u_ eir heads 
 
 ;ies are discerned. The 
 
 nu.-iibt'r of in!> no proportion ^o its 
 
 ancient population. 
 
 Damictta. 
 
 This < -rnporium . M Egypt ami Syria, is 
 
 situated ^ ie- 
 
 buhr, in north latin, ! uilt 
 
 in the form of a crescent, on the winding h;mk f ' 
 
 ';ntr\ on both sides 
 
 of the Nih> is beautiful ;r thougli it participate^ in the tai;u^- 
 
 ne-^ nf 1 ml >.-il ; in luvMi 
 
 profusion, fnii r-d. Tin- - illa- 
 
 Mirrounded wi:!. 
 
 . and the 
 mela ichnls \;\< -, which inter ort t' 
 
 lined wi'- ' kiiuls of 
 
 white flowers j in iSc vicinity of 
 
 Dan - luxurianth , and ri^i-s to'the 
 
 anals, tlie mystic lotus,' 
 
 which th-- iN loftv stalk above 
 
 w;i t P8, like tin- kii j \ ol 
 
 an azure blue or bri!li-i!. Thr Nile al Damictta, at its 
 
 est bi-cail ..int;- 
 
 'f to one hundred, \v!,i!,- h ; ..m three 
 
 to twenty- four feet. Tl 
 the Nile, Damietta is not mentioned by any w liter of high unti<[uit\ 
 
 crntncnt. 
 
 The government of l , civil and partly 
 
 military. Under t l i ion of the Snl le, a 
 
 divan, or sovereign council, exi-rclsi s the Miprcrric a 
 
 ntive and legislative. Even the revenue of the sidlan 
 a tribute paid to a protector than a tax levied by a sovereign. I 
 besides, so moderate, th?t the nee* \ermnent 
 
 'ime it entirely in Egypt, and the trunk, in which it is nom- 
 pou<ly conveyed to Constantinople, generally arrives there al: 
 crr-pty. Cairo is continually subject to jarring factions, and the lc:ui- 
 ;iien retain troops to decide their differences by arms. The mn- 
 iet1ouir\s of the chiefs- seem to br t'.c only cau^c-; which still 
 r>i< rre to the Porte the bhadov of authority over Egypt. Tbc 
 members of the aristocracy are afraid of losing'their influence un<3er 
 
 33* 
 
390 Diversions of the Egyptians^ 
 
 a. resident sovereign, and agree in opposing the elevation of any of 
 t.heir own body to the supreme dig*nity.* 
 
 Diversions of the Egyptians. 
 
 The Turks of distinction, who are still attached to military institu- 
 tions, amuse themselves chiefly with equestrian exercises. The prin- 
 cipal inhabitants of Cairo meet twice a week in a large square, with 
 i\ number of attendants on horseback. In this square they play at 
 <.- wid, which consists in running by two and two, with the stirrups 
 Joose, pursuing one another, and tossing staves four feet Jong ; these 
 ore thrown with such violence, that if a person be riot upon his guard, 
 he is in danger of having an arm or a leg broken. Others shoot the 
 bow, an exercise in such repute, that pillars are erected in honour of 
 those who exhibit extraordinary proofs of strength or dexterity in 
 launching the arrows. 
 
 When the Nile is at its greatest height, the principal people about 
 Cairo divert themselves in little boats, splendidly decked out, upon 
 the birkcts^ in the middle of the city. I/ pon this occasion they regale 
 *he inhabitants with music, and often with fire-works. 
 
 The common people and peasants divert themselves with cudgel- 
 playing. There arc gladiators by profession, who exhibit in public ; 
 s are their only weapons' with a small cushion fastened un- 
 iheir Irfi arm. The diversions of the young people are similar to 
 i in European eniin! 
 
 Public festivals are celebrated with much pomp, particularly the 
 festival upon the departure of the pilgrims for Mecca. Each mosque 
 i rates a feast in honour of its founder, on which occasion there 
 i a procession of persons of nil ranks ; and the people at large di- 
 vert then.sehe^ in an adjoining square. The festivals are sometimes 
 f'lebr.ited by nip-ht. The streets are then illuminated by the blaze 
 of resinous wood in a chafing dish, held up on a long pole. They 
 use, also, another more luminous flambeau, which is a machine con- 
 sisting of divers pieces of light wood, to \\hich are hung a number of 
 small lamps, the whole carried on a long pole, as the former. 
 
 In Egypt, and other eastern countries, the favourite amusement of 
 persons above the lowest clans, i, to spend the evening in a coffee- 
 house, where they hear musicians, singers, and tale-tellers, who 
 frequent those houses, to earn a trifle by the exercise of their re- 
 spective arts. In those place*?, the Orientals maintain a profound si- 
 lence, and often sit whole evenings without uttering a word. They 
 '.re fond of the game of chess, and spend whole days at it without 
 interruption. 
 
 Plays are very rarely exhibited in Cairo, but puppet-shows are to 
 be met with in almost every street. The msgic lantern is a favourite 
 amusement. Jugglers are to be seen in all the public places, but 
 they are not remarkable for the feats which they exhibit. Monkeys 
 dressed up like human beings, conti'ibute to the amusement of the 
 populace: these animals are naturally fond of music. A captain in 
 the East India service has asserted, that he frequently made hie drums 
 enter ruinous pagodas, where monkeys were the sole inhabitants ; 
 
 * This applies to the state of Ervpt under the Mamelukes. The 
 government has since been consolidated by Mahomet Ali. P. 
 f Canals. 
 
Face of the Country. 39.1 
 
 and that, at the sound of martial music, the mothers, with the young- 
 in their arm-. It It their holes, and some hundred- would join at once 
 
 ilCO. 
 
 Tii -ad about beasts for exhibition, have often asses and 
 
 ve taught to perform little diverting- tricks. But 
 
 >peaus the most, is to set dance. The 
 
 nds ; at the Lent of the 
 
 dniM, id, und en Miking- at the surae time 
 
 . which is culled dancing-. 
 
 Religion of the Egyptians. 
 
 The religion of Eg to Monometallism 
 
 I ho articK : that of 
 
 the native Chr nnctua.1 in . ance of \- 
 
 i icir 
 
 rhii.'i ter in the bapt^mal cer- 
 
 emonv ; after v on^vrated wine, 
 
 .; !,. A- e?en or i 
 
 -poused, but do not live together till t\sil\< 
 
 Th : and when the pri. 
 
 in On- 
 
 ,. "Well done, IV{< ve 
 
 the Jewish riti; to food ; and though thc\ ha\'e no ima- 
 
 ges, j'ra; lor the dead, 
 
 to unction, and in ; le the^church 
 
 of Homo. Ono peculiarity of the Kirvptiaii j s the ven<-ration which 
 who are con-ul< .MIT endued with a divine 
 
 n kneel round them in the streets, and 
 
 fir.md 
 
 ;ible revenues, lor tlit mainu-nance of idiots ; so 
 
 i of reason, are very comfortably provided 
 for in Eg s 
 
 Face of the Country. 
 
 The general face of IV uniform. Alexandria is in- 
 
 Di-lta presents a luxurious vegetation 
 
 and inundated meadows. The constant repetition of the palm and 
 date- mes tedious; but in some district-. re groves 
 
 present on agreeable variety. The soil in general is so rich as to 
 mpiire no manure : it is a pure black mould, free from stones, and 
 of a very tenacious, unctuous nature: when left uncultivated, the 
 fissures arising from extreme heat are very broad and deep. From 
 C-viiro to Sycne, a distance of about three hundred and sixty miles, 
 the banks, except where rocks appear, present no native plant, but 
 is it were in steps, as the Nile lias in different ages worn it away, 
 and arc sown with esculent vegetables. 
 
 The aspect of the greater part of Egypt, is that of a narrow fertile 
 vale, pervaded by the Nile, and bounded on each side by barren rocks 
 and mountains. The towns and cultivation are chiefly on the eastern 
 bank: behind which are vast ranges of mountains extending to the 
 Arabian gulf, abounding with marble and porphyry, but almost desti- 
 tute of water, and only inhabited by Bedouins. 
 
392 Triple Harvest 
 
 The 
 
 Egypt is indebted to this river for its fertility and happiness ; for as 
 it seldom rains in the inland parts of the country, and the soil is natu- 
 rally dry, if the lands were not annually watered by its overflowing-, 
 Egypt would be one of the most barren regions in the world. The 
 source of the Nile baffled all the inquiries of the ancients. The dis- 
 covery way in vain attempted by the Persians, Greeks', and Romans. 
 But it is now ascertained that this river rises in Gabel el Kamar, or 
 the Mountains of the Moon, in a district called Donga, in about eight 
 degrees north latitude. 
 
 The swell of the Nile is occasioned by the great rains that fall in 
 Ethiopia during the months of April and May ; but the rise of the 
 waters is not considerable in Lower Egypt till the 20th of June, nor 
 is any public notice taken of it till the i'Hth, when it is about two 
 feet in height ; the criers then proclaim the rise at Cairo, and con- 
 tinue. to publish how much it increases every day, till it rises to about 
 five feet and a half, when there ore public rejoicings ; this happens 
 usually at the latter end of July ; but the sooner it takes place, the 
 better hopes they entertain of a plentiful season. If the Nile does 
 not rise so high, the people pay no tribute that year to the Graud 
 Seignior; but a still greater height is necessary to cause a general 
 flood, and prepare the lands for cultivation. Its greatest height is 
 commonly about the middle of September. 
 
 To know its exact height, there is built, on a pleasant island oppo* 
 site to Old Cairo, a pillar for measuring the Nile. 
 
 Ethiopia. 
 
 Nubia is bounded N. by Egypt; E. by the Fed sea; S. by the 
 kingdom of Sennaar, which is sometimes considered as a part of Nu- 
 bia, and W. by unknown regions of Central Africa. It extends on 
 both sides of the Nile from 17 to 24" JN. lat. 
 
 Of that part of Ethiopia or Nubia which separates'Sennaar from 
 the second cataract of the Nile, little was known until the end of 1 821 , 
 when Mr. Waddingtou and Mr. Hanbury visited these regions. The 
 most remote district visited by them was Dar Shegy'a, through which 
 the Nile flows from north to south, for nearly two degrees of latitude. 
 It is subdivided into three states, often at war with one another, but 
 ever ready to unite against a common foe. Speaking of the people, 
 Mr. Waddington says, u they are black a clear, glossy, jet-black, 
 which appeared to my then unprejudiced eyes, to be the finest co- 
 lour that could be selected for a human being. They are distinguish- 
 ed in every respect from the negroes by the brightntM of their co- 
 Jour, by their hair, and the regularity of their features ; by the mild 
 and dewy lustre of their eyes, and by the softness of their touch , in 
 which last respect they yield not to Europeans." They are a bine 
 and warlike race, and have long been the most powerful peo T lc be- 
 tween Egypt and Sennaar. They live on horseback with arm-: con- 
 stantly in their hands. Their horses, which are of the Don.srola breed, 
 are taught to swim across the Nile in the broadest parts, and trained 
 to a gallop resembling the spring of the antelope, which, though it 
 occasions no embarrassment to riders accustomed to it, renders it ex- 
 tremely difficult for a foe to take a sure aim at them. 
 
 Triple Harvest. 
 Soon after leaving- Rosetta, says Dr. Clarke, we passed some exten- 
 
The Desert. ;>9:: 
 
 canals, convoying 1 wnfcr to lands above the level of the river: 
 
 Mipplied i - sometimes turned by oxen, but more 
 
 generally b\ buffaloes. Tnry arc banked by very lofty walls, con- 
 
 ted of mud, hardened by the sun. One of them, upon the west- 
 ern side of the n\e;-, extruded to the },, ie. The land, thus 
 watered, produces three crops in earh year : the first of clover, the 
 
 'id of rorn. and the third of rice. The rice-grounds are inunda- 
 ted from tlie time of sowing nearly to harvest : the seed is commonly 
 r.ast upon the water, a practice alluded to in tfacred Scripture. 
 
 Villages, in almost uninterrupted succession, denoted a much great- 
 er population than we had imagined the country could contain. Up- 
 on each side of the river, as far as the eye could survey, were rich 
 fields of corn and rice, with such beautiful gn ting to rise out 
 
 nf the watery plains, and to shade innumerable settlements in the 
 Delta, amidst never-ending 1 plantations of melons and garden vegeta- 
 t'le-. that, from the abundance of its produce, Egypt might be deem- 
 ed the richest country in the world. 
 
 The Desert. 
 
 We had to cross, says Dr. Clarke, a perfect specimen of the path* 
 less African desert, in our way to Utko. The distance, however, did 
 not exceed three miles. High mounds of sand, shifting with every 
 wind, surrounded us on all sides, and concealed the view of other ob- 
 jects. Yet even here we found a few rare plants, and some of these 
 we collected. We also observed in this desert, an interesting proof 
 of the struggle maintained by man against the forbidding nature of 
 the soil. Here and there appeared plantations of pumpkins, and a 
 few jars and cylinders of terra coita, containing young palm-trees. 
 These were placed in holes deep in the sand ; a hollow space surround- 
 ing each plant, to collect the copious dew falling every night. The 
 vegetation of Egypt, even the redundant produce of the Delta, is not 
 owing snicly to partial inundations from the Nile, or artificial irriga- 
 tion. \Vhcn we bear that rain is unknown to the inhabitants, it 
 must not be supposed that the land is destitute of water. From all 
 the observations we could collect, it seemed doubtful whether any oth- 
 er country has so regular a supply of moisture from above. Even the 
 sands of the desert partake largely of "the dew of Heaven," and, in 
 'lain degree, of c - the fatnes* of the earth." Hence it is that in 
 the sacred writings we meet with such frequent allusion to the copi- 
 ous dew distilled upon Oriental territories. 
 
 A singular phenomenon, says Dr. Clarke in his trnvc-ls, engrossed 
 all our attention. One of those immense columns of sand, mentioned 
 by Bruce, came rapidly towards us, turning: upon its base ns upon a 
 pivot: it crossed the Kile so near us, that the whirlwind by which it 
 was carried placed our vessel upon its betm ends, bearing its large 
 sail quite into the water, and nearly up setting the boat. As we were 
 engaged in righting the vessel, the column disappeared. It is not pro- 
 bable that those columns fall suddenly upon any particular spot, so as 
 to be capable of overwhelming an army or a caravan, but that, as the 
 sand thus driven, is gradually accumulated, it becomes gradually dis- 
 and the column diminishing- in its progress at lerig-fh disappears. 
 A great quantity of sand is precipitated, as the effect which gathers 
 it becomes weaker ; but, from witnessing such phenomena upon a 
 smaMer scale, it does not seem likely that the whole body of the sand 
 ire nbriiidoncd. 
 
 foi aU this sandy district, palm-trees are abundant, aad their pro- 
 
394 Plagues of Egypt. 
 
 scnce is a never-failing- indication of water below Hie surface ; M ht 
 soever they are found, a brackish and muddy pool may speedily be 
 formed, by digging- a well near their roots. The n:uive> are chiefly 
 occupied in the care of them : tying- up their blossoms with bands 
 formed of the foliage, to prevent their being- torn off, and scattered 
 by the winds. Our people were at first ignorant of the mischief 
 caused by cutting down these trees, each of which proves a little 1 pa- 
 trimony to the native who is fortunate enough to be its owner. We 
 had ventured into these wilds without guides; and were therefore 
 glad to perceive, as we advanced, the traces of dromedaries' feet upon 
 the sand, crossing the lines we pursued. Following- the track marked 
 out by these animals, we arrived at the wretched solitary village of 
 Utko, near the muddy shore of the Lake Maadie. 
 
 Here we procured asses for all our partv, and setting out for Bo- 
 setta, began to recross the desert, appearing I ike an ocean of sand, 
 but flatter and firmer, as to its surface, than before. The Arabs, ut- 
 tering their harsh guttural language, ran chattering b} tin 1 -id'' of our 
 asses; until some of them calling- out, ^Raschid" we perceived its 
 domes and turrets, apparently upon the opposite side of an immense 
 lake or sea, that covered all the intervening space. Not having- at 
 the time, any doubt as to the certainty of its being water, and seeing 
 the tall minarets and buildings of Rosetta with itsgro\es of dates 
 and sycamores, reflected as by a mirror, that the minutest detail of 
 the architecture, and of the trees, might have hoeri thence delineated, 
 so we applied to the Arabs to be informed in what manner we were 
 to pass the water. Our interpreter, although a Greek, and therefore 
 likely to have been informed of such a phenomenon, was as fully con- 
 vinced as any of us that we were drawing near to the water's edge; 
 and became indignant, when the Arabs maintained, that within an 
 hour we should reach Rosetta, by crossing- the ^auds in the direct line 
 we then pursued, and that there was no water. "What."' said lie, 
 giving way l> his impatience, " do you suppose mean idiot, to be 
 persuaded contrary to rnv senses?" The Arabs, smiling, soon paci- 
 fied him, and completely astonished the whole partv, by desiring us to 
 look back at the desert, we had already passed, where we beheld a si- 
 milar appearance. It was, in fact, the mirage, a prodigy to which 
 every one of us was then a stranger, although it. afterwards became 
 familiar. Yet upon no future occasion did we behold this extraordi- 
 nary illusion so marvellously displaye^. The view of it afforded ns 
 ideas of the horrible despondency to which travellers must some- 
 times be exposed, who, in* traversing the interminable desert, desti- 
 tute of water, and perishing- with thirst, have sometimes this deceitful 
 t before their eyes. 
 
 Tho horses of our Arab guard were the finest we had eyer seen, 
 not excepting those of Oireassia. In choosing- their steeds, the Arabs 
 prefer mares ; the Turks give the ^reference to stallions. The Marn- 
 alnkes and Bedouin Arabs are perhaps better mounted than any peo- 
 ple upon earth : and the Arab grooms are considered as superior to 
 those of all other countries. 
 
 Plagues of Egypt. 
 
 To strangers, and particularly to inhabitants of northern countries, 
 whe^ wholesome air and cleanliness ore among* the ncesearie* of 
 iife, K crypt is the most detestable region upon earth. Upon the re- 
 tiring of the Nile, the country is one vast swamp. An atmosphere 
 Impregnated with every putrid exhalation, stagnates, like the 
 
The Pyr&micti . 3,95 
 
 ? over which it brood -5. Then the pli-cv.r regularly begins, nor 
 
 08 until the Muter- return a^ain. Throughout tlie spri: 
 
 mitti universally prevail. About the beginning- of May, 
 
 .in winds fu\'H- e\cii the sands of the desert with the most dis- 
 
 .-nnin. The latt -t descendants of Pharaoh are not yet de- 
 
 .'(1 from the evils which tell upon the land when it was smitten by 
 
 the hands of Msrs and A:IPMI ; the" plague of frog's," the" (-labile of 
 
 lie*'/' the " plague of flies,'' the "murrain. h;il-. -,'nl Mains'" prevail, 
 
 ;;ntry is "corrupted." and "thedu^t >/ the earth 
 
 brcotncs lire, up'in m>in and uji",\ fhrtjiighoul. the hind of 
 
 application of the V -:'>rds a literal 
 
 i of e\i-tin fuct> ; such an one ; tistjCS of the 
 
 com.' .arrant. Sir Sidney Smith informed our author, that 
 
 "rrintr a bed upon the sr.nd, to a night's 1 l^in,v in tho 
 
 . <. as ihinkinur it to be secure from \en:iin, he found 
 
 .If. m the morning, entin d by them. J.ice and scor- 
 
 :;ul in all tl Alexandria, 
 
 'I'lic mercur\ in ..ennomeUT remained at 90 for sev- 
 
 . uithniit a per- '. \!nu^t -\crv Kuropean 
 
 red an inllamntution of the eyes. Many were troubled with 
 
 cut;;, rickly heat was common. Thi^ was at- 
 
 tiil)iitedto drinking the muddy water of the .Nile, the inhabit. 
 
 having im other. Theirmodc 'if purif\ing it, in a certain d.-irr* . 
 
 by rubbin '^. of water V^sselfl with bruised almond- : this 
 
 ; ortion of the mud, but i' nil.' el, . r. ;M;mv 
 
 ifflicted with Sores upon the skin, which were called 
 
 u Holla >>f tht .Jfilc:'' and dysenti-ieal complaints were univerv.il. V 
 
 . 
 
 li/ard made its npi in ever\ chamber, 
 
 ha\ ma- circul;ir inembranes at the- e\m- feet, which ^:i\- it 
 
 u-jiiicitv that it <:r.iwlel upon : tass, or upon the surface 
 
 of pendent mirrors. This iwnllinir sirht \. as common to every 
 ether in the, hei. rich or of the poor. At the 
 
 same time, such a plague of flies covered all things with their swarms, 
 that it u ithout hirin:;- pei^on-i to -tand b\ every 
 
 table with dappers. JJcpior could not be poured into a ^lass ; the 
 Mode, of drinking wos bv kr-i-pin^ the mouth of CA erv Ijottle c<.>vered 
 until the moment it was applied to the lips ; and instantly covering- 
 it with the palm of the hand, when removing- it to offer to any one 
 else. The utmost attention to cleanliness, by a frequent change of 
 every article of wearing* apparel, could no*, repel the alh'cks of \ 
 inin which seemed to nre->t even the air of the \,\. 
 made his appearance before a party he had invited to dinner, coin- 
 plctelv covered with lice. The only explanation he could give was, 
 that he had sat for a short time in one of ihe boats upon the canal. 
 
 Jlie Pyramids. 
 
 On Wednesday the twelfth of August, savs Dr. Clarke, we were 
 roused, as the sun dawned, by Antony, our faithful Greek interpret- 
 er, with the intelligence that the Pyramids were in view. \Ve has- 
 teiie.l from the c-.i'->in ; and never will the impression ma i' bv their 
 appearance be obliterated. Bv reflec;tin^ the sun's ra\s, tliiy ap- 
 -ed as white as snow, and of such surprising magnitude, tijat 
 nothing we had previously conceived in our imagination had prepared 
 us for the spectacle. The sight convinced us that no power of de- 
 scription, no delineation, can convey ideas adequate to the effect pro- 
 duced in viewing these stupendous monuments. The formality of 
 
3.96 The Pyramids, 
 
 their structure is lost in their prodigious magnitude : the mind, eie 
 vated by wonder, feels at ouce the force of an axiom, which, however 
 disputed, experience confirms, that in vastness, whatsoever be its 
 nature, there dwells sublimity. 
 
 Upon the twenty-third of August, we set out, says the same travel- 
 ler, for the Pyramids, the inundation enabling us to approach withiu 
 less than a mile of the larger pyramid, in our djerm. Messrs. Hainar 
 and Hamilton accompanied us. We arrived at Djiza by day-break, 
 and called upon some English officers who wished to join our party. 
 From Djiza, our approach was through a swampy country, by means 
 of a narrow canal, which, however, was deep enough ; and we arri- 
 ved without any obstacle, at the bottom of a sandy slope leading up 
 t'o the principal pyramid. Some Bedouin Arabs, who had assembled 
 to receive us, were much amused by the eagerness excited in our 
 whole party ; to prove who should first set his foot upon the summit 
 of this artificial mountain. As we drew near its base, the effect of 
 its magnitude, and the amazement caused in viewing the enormous 
 masses used in its construction, affected everv one of us ; but it was 
 an impression of awe and fear. In the observations of travellers 
 who had recently preceded us, we had heard the Pyramids described 
 as huge objects which gave no satisfaction to the spectator, on ac- 
 count of their barbarou- shape, and formal appearance : yet to us it 
 appeared hardly possible, that persons susceptible of any feeling of 
 sublimity could behold them unmoved. 
 
 With what ama/emeiit did we survey the vast surface that was pre- 
 sented to us, when we arrived at this stupendous monument, which 
 , ned to roach the clouds ! Here and there appeared SOUK? Arab 
 guides upon the immense masses above u.s, like so many pigmies, 
 waiting to show the u av up to the summit. Now and then we 
 thought we heard voices, and listened ; but it was tho wind, in pow- 
 erful gusts, sweeping the immense ranges of stone. Already some of 
 our parlv had bo-run the ascent, and were pausing at the tremendous 
 depth below. One of our military companions, after having sur- 
 mounted the most difficult part of the undertaking, became giddy in 
 consequence of looking down from the elevation he had attained; 
 and being compelled to abandon the project, he hired an Arab to as- 
 sist him in effecting his descent. The rest of us, more accustomed 
 u> climbing heights, with many a halt for respiration, and many an 
 exclamation of wonder, pursued our way towards the summit. 
 
 At length we reached the topmost tier, to the great satisfaction of 
 all the party. Here we found a platform, thirty-two feet square ; con- 
 sisting of nine larg-e stones, each of which might weigh about a ton ; 
 although much inferior in size to some of the stones used in the con- 
 struction of this pyramid. Travellers of all ages, and of various na- 
 tions, have here inscribed their names. Some are written in Greek; 
 many in French; a few in Arabic; one or two iu English; and oth- 
 ers in Latin. We were as desirous as our predecessors to leav e a 
 memorial of our arrival ; it seemed to boa tribute of thankfulness, 
 due for the success of our undertaking ; and presently everv one of 
 Our party was seen busied in adding the inscription of his name. 
 
 The view from this eminence amply fulfilled our expectations ; nor 
 do the accounts which have been given of it, as it appears at this sea- 
 son of the vear, exaggerate the novelty and grandeur of the sight. 
 AH the region towards Cairo and the Delta resembled a sea, covered 
 with innumerable islands. Forests of palm-trees were seen standing 
 hrtho water; the iaundatioa iuvcading- over the land where the? 
 
The Pyramids. 
 
 stood, so as to give them an appearance of growing in the flood. Ti- 
 the north, as far a^ theeycjjould reach, nothing could be discerned, 
 but a watery sink. 4 divf sifTed by plantations and by villages. To 
 the south we saw the pyramids of Saceara; and, upon the east oi 
 these, smaller monm/stepts of the same kind, nearer to the Nile. An 
 appearance of ruins might be traced flic wl <;m the pyra- 
 
 mids of Djiza to those of Saccara ; as iMtey had been once com 
 ed, so as to constitute one vast cemetery. Beyond the pyramid 
 
 < ara we could perceive the distant mountains of the Said; and 
 upon an eminence near the Lybian siile of the Nile, appeared a mo- 
 nastery of considerable size. 'Towards the west and south-west, the 
 eye ranged over the great Lybian Desert, extending to the utmost 
 verge of the hoiizon, without a single object to interrupt the horror 
 of the landscape, except dark floating spots, caused by the shai!< 
 Of clouds passing upon the sand. 
 
 The stones of the platform upon the top, as well as most of the oth- 
 ers used in constructing ' ^ing ranges from the base upwa 
 are of soft lime ,\ and more compact, than \\ 
 English masons rail clttnch ; whereof K i -^e Chapel at Cam- 
 bridge, and great part of K!y ( 'athedral, is built. It is of a greyish 
 white colour ; and has this proper; '-a broken with a ham- 
 mer, it exhales the fetid odour common to the dark limestone of the 
 Dead Sea, and other places ; owing to the disengagement of aga.sr 
 Eulphureted hydrogen. This character is very uncommon in wi 
 limestone, although it may be frequently observed in the darker \ 
 etie.-. It is now admitted, that the stones, of which the pyramids 
 Consist, are of the same nature as the calcareous rock whereon they 
 stand, and that this was cut away in order to form them : Herod r 
 says, they were brought from the Arabian side of the Nile. Anoi ; 
 more compact variety of limestone is found in detached masses a; 
 base of these structures, exactly as it is described by Strabo ; seem- 
 ing to consist of mineralized exuviae, derived from some animal i 
 unknown. 
 
 Having collected our party upon a sort of platform before the en- 
 trance of the passage leading to the interior, and lighted a number of 
 tapers, we all descended into its dark mouth. The impression made 
 upon everyone of us, in viewing the entrance, was this: that no set 
 of men whatever, could thus have opened a p^sage, by uncovering 
 precisely the part of the pyramid where the en -.ranee was concealed, 
 unless they had been previously acquainted with its situation. First; 
 because its position is almost in the centre of one of its planes, in- 
 stead of being at the base. Secondly, that not a trace appears oi 
 those dilapidations which must have been the result of any search for 
 a passage to the interior ; such as now distinguish the labours of the 
 French upon the smaller pyramid, which they attempted to open. 
 The persons who undertook the work, actually opened the pyramid 
 in the only point, over all its vast surface, where from the appearance 
 of the stones inclined to each other above the mouth of the passage, 
 my admission to the interior seems to have been originally intended. 
 
 Proceeding down this passage, (which may be compared to a chim- 
 ley about a yard wide, inclined, as Greaves affirms, by an angle of 
 wenty-six degrees to the platform at the entrance,) we presently ar- 
 rived at a very large mass of granite ; this seems placed on purpose 
 o choke up the passage ; but a way has been made round it, by 
 frhich we were enabled to ascend into a second channel, sloping, in a 
 lOntrary direction, towards the mouth of the first This is what 
 
 34 
 
39tf Winds in Egypt. 
 
 Greaves calls ihefirst gallery ; and his description is so minute, both 
 as to the admeasurements and other circumstances, that it were a 
 ivaste of time to repeat them. Having- ascended along this channel, 
 f o the distance of one hundred and ten feet, we came to an horizontal 
 passage, leading- to a chamber with an angular roof, in the interior of 
 the pyramid. 
 
 After once more re-gainjpg the passage whence these ducts di- 
 verge, we examined the chamber at the end of it, mentioned by all 
 who have described the interior of this building. Its roof is angu- 
 lar ; it is formed by the inclination of large masses of stone leaning 
 towards each other, like the appearance presented by those masses 
 which are above the entrance to the pyramid. Then quitting the 
 passage altogether, we climbed the slippery and difficult ascent which 
 leads to the principal chamber. The workmanship, from its perfec- 
 tion, and its immense proportions, is truly astonishing. All about 
 the spectator, as he proceeds, is a fulness of majesty, mystery, and 
 wonder. Presently we entered that " glorious roo;n," as it is called 
 by Greaves, where, " as within some consecrated oratory, Art may 
 seem to have contended with Nature." It stands " in the very heart 
 and centre of the pyramid, equi-distant from all its sides, and almost 
 in the midst between the basis and the top. The floor, the sides, the 
 roof of it, are all made of vast and exquisite tables of Thebaic mar- 
 ble." It is often called Oriental granite, and sometimes Egyptian 
 granite, but it differs in no respect from European granite, except 
 the red feldspar enters more largely into the mass than is usual in the 
 granite of Europe. So exquisitely are the masses fitted to each other, 
 upon the sides of this chamber, that, having no cement between them, 
 it is impossible to force the blade of a knife within the joints. This 
 has been related before ; but we tried the experiment, and found it 
 to be true. There are six ranges of stone from the floor to the roof, 
 which is twenty feet high ; and the length of the chamber is about 
 twelve yards wide. The rpof or ceiling consists of nine pieces, of 
 stupendous size and length, traversing the room from side to side, and 
 lying, like enormous beams, across the top. 
 
 Winds in Egypt. 
 
 The phenomena of the winds, so variable in our climate, are in 
 Egypt regularly periodical. In point both of duration and strength, 
 the northerly wind predominates. As it blows about nine months in 
 the year, the branches of the trees, and the trunks themselves, when 
 unsheltered, assume its direction. It continues with little intermis- 
 sion from the end of May till the end of September. 
 
 About the end of September, when the sun repasses the line, the 
 wind returns to the east, where it fluctuates till November, when the 
 northerly winds again prevail. About the end of February, the 
 winds assume a southerly direction, and fluctuate exceedingly till the 
 close of April, when the east winds begin to predominate. The sou- 
 therly winds are the most inconstant, as well as pernicious ; traver- 
 sing the arid sands of Africa, uninterrupted by rivulets, lakes, or 
 forests, they arrive in Egypt fraught with all the noxious exhalations 
 of the desert. At their approach, the serene sky becomes dark and 
 heavy ; the sun loses its splendour, and appears of a dim violet hue ; , 
 a light warm breeze is perceived, which gradually increases in heat , 
 till it almost equals that of an oven. Though no vapour darkens the 
 air, it becomes so grey and thick with the floating clouds of impalpa* 
 t>le sand, that it is sometimes necessary to light candles at noon-dav. 
 
Barbanj. 399 
 
 Every green leaf is soon shrivelled, and every thing- formed of wood 
 is warped and cracked. The effect of these winds on animated bo- 
 dies is equally pernicious, and when they blow in sudden squalls, thev 
 
 rnes occasion immediate death. Respiration becomes quick 
 and difficult, the pores of the skin are closed, and a feverish habit is 
 induced by suppressed perspiration. The ardent heat pervades every 
 substance, and the element of water. . -if its coolness, is ren- 
 
 incapable of mitigating the intolerable SIM vcited. 
 
 Dead silence reigns in the streets; the inhabitants, by confining them- 
 >iises, vainly attempt to elude the showers of fine 
 which, according to the Oriental expi 
 enter an egg- through the pores of the shell. 
 
 Soil of Egypt. 
 
 After the annual inundation, the soil of Egyf>t is covered with ;r 
 str.itu.-n of pure black mould of different degrees of driisity. proper- 
 column of water by which it is der< rife -1. This mould, 
 of an adhesive and unctuous quality, has a strong- 
 affinity for water, and suffers contraction in the fire. By desir 
 in the air, its colour is gradually changed from black to a ycl: 
 brown. When subjected to chemical an ah sis, it is found to < 
 chiefly of alumine of pure clay, with a small quantity of silex ; but 
 portions of these ingredients van- according to the nlace where 
 the slime is collected. In the immediate vicinity of tFie Nile, if 
 contains a considerable quantity of siliceous sai; being most 
 
 is soonest deposited. This n; that n 
 
 rable intermixture of sand increa< ;:lity; and hence 
 
 ome advantage from the rapid winds of the south, 
 which convey the sand in immense clouds from the desert to mingle 
 with the slime of the Nile. 
 
 BARBARY. 
 
 l>arbary states occupy that long, narrow country, lying along 
 the Mediterranean sea on the north, and the Sahara or Great Desert 
 on the south, and extending from Egypt on the east to the Atlantic 
 on the west. 
 
 The Barbary states are five in number, viz. 1. Barca. 2. Tripoli. 
 J. Tunis. 4, Algiers. 5. Morocco. 
 
 Persons and Habits of the Moors. 
 
 The inhabitants of Morocco are in general of a swarthy complex- 
 ion, strong limbed, active, and hardy; enduring the heats of sum- 
 mer, and the rains of winter, with surprizing resolution. The wo- 
 men are celebrated for the brilliancy of their eyes, and some of them 
 have beautiful skins ; but a man may dwell a long- time in one of 
 their cities before he has an opportunity of seeing a single female of 
 this description in the streets. 
 
 The dress of the natives is peculiarly graceful : the distinctions of 
 rank are marked by the fineness of the stuffs, and not by any forma- 
 tion of the materials ; but as this country is inhabited by different na- 
 tions, the dresses as well as the persons vary, according to the people 
 jfrom whom they have descended. 
 
(00' Morocco. 
 
 The Berebers, or ancient natives who follow their original customs, 
 and have retired to the mountains to enjoy liberty, compose a distinct 
 species. 
 
 The Arabs, too, are exceedingly numerous, and range from place 
 td place with their flocks and herds ; but more of them subsist by de 
 predations, and by plundering caravans, than by honest labour. 
 
 The Jews are the chief traders, factors, and bankers, and they 
 make ample amends for the taxes with which they are loaded. 
 
 The renegadoes, or those who have renounced the Christian faith, 
 form a distinct class ; and the slaves, who are very numerous, and who 
 ore treated with unusual severity, compose another. 
 
 The Moors make short visits, and are, in general, entertained with 
 coffee and sherbet ; on particular occasions, there is provided a dish 
 composed of balls made of flour and water, and brought to table in a 
 strong soup with stewed fowls and flesh. They use the eastern me- 
 <hod of sitting cross-legged on the floor, arranging their dishes on a 
 large piece of Morocco leather, which serves for table and cloth. 
 
 In this country there is no establishment for the conveyance of let" 
 ters, or despatches ; but thore are messengers who will travel a hun* 
 dred and fifty miles for a Babary ducat, equal to about three shillings 
 and sixpence sterling. This journey they accomplish in three days, 
 combating every danger, from wild beasts and men, with amazing 
 intrepidity. 
 
 The Moors are equal by birth, and know no distinction, except 
 those which are derived from official employments; on resigning 1 
 these, theyjreturn to the common mass of citizens ; thus may the poor- 
 est man pretend without presumption, to the hand of the daughter of 
 the most opulent. The caprice of a prince, may precipitate the lat- 
 into ruin ; and the former may, by a similar change of fortune, 
 levated to a state of wealth arid honour. 
 
 Morocco. 
 
 Morocco is bounded N. by the straits of Gibraltar and the Mediter- 
 ranean ; E. by Algiers ; S. oy the Sahara, and W. by the Mediterra- 
 nean . It extends from 29 to 36 N. latitude, and contains upwards 
 of 300,000 square miles. 
 
 The population, according to Jackson, who refers to the imperial 
 registers as his authority, is 14,886,000. Others reckon it at only 
 5,000,000. 
 
 ^ Of the Emperor of Morocco. 
 
 The emperor has unbounded power over the lives and fortunes of 
 his subjects. His laws as soon as enacted, are proclaimed throughout 
 his dominions, and received with an implicit veneration ; those who 
 die in the execution of his commands are supposed to be admitted im- 
 mediately into Paradise ; arid those who receive their death from his 
 own hands, to enjoy the greatest happiness a future state can afford. 
 His bashaws prostrate themselves before him, kiss the ground, and 
 rising embrace his feet. The emperor is sole heir of all his subjects ; 
 he seizes the whole of their effects, only making such provision for 
 their families as he may think proper. 
 
 He goes every day to the place where he administers justice. H<S^ 
 listens to every one, foreigners or subjects, men or women, rk 
 poor ; every one has a right to appear before him and explain the na- 
 inre of his cause. When he condemns any to death, the body o, 
 
Mongearts. 40 1 
 
 malefactor is left at the place of execution until it please him to for- 
 ,<;u repair to the corpse, proclaim the pardon, car- 
 away, and perform the rights of sepulture. 
 
 Religion of the Moors. 
 
 Friday is the day of prayer; labour is suspended, and the mosques 
 
 are devoutly attended. When prayers are over, the Moors visit each 
 
 otm places of public amusement, and pass the day in recrea- 
 
 . At the dawn of morning 1 , the public crier ascends the terraco 
 
 of the mosque, and c haunts aloud the general prayer ; this cererao- 
 
 1 noon and sun-set. 
 
 Moors scrupulously observe all the austerities of their Lent* 
 crson detected in their violation is punished. 
 
 They believe in the immortality of the soul; but this, in respect to 
 \ omen, attaches only to those whose conjugal fidelity has been 
 -late. After death, these become celestial beauties; annihila- 
 tion attends the rest. 
 
 Carthage. 
 
 The ship in which, says M. de Chateaubriand, I left Alexandria, 
 haying arrived in the port of Tunis, we cast anchor opposite to the 
 ruins of Carthage. I looked at them, but was unable -to make out 
 t they could be. I perceived a few Moorish huts, a Mahometan 
 hermitage at the point of a projecting cape, sheep browzing among 
 ruins ; ruins, so far from striking, that I could scarely distinguish 
 them from the ground oq which they lay. This was Carthage ! 
 
 From the summit of Byrsa, the eye* embraces the ruin*, which arc 
 more numerous than is generally imagined : they resemble those of 
 Sparta, having nothing left in tolerable preservation, but covering 
 an extensive space. I saw them in the month of February ; the fig, 
 olive, and carob trees, were alrea ly clothed wjth their young leaves ; 
 large angelicas and acanthuses formed verdant thickets among frag- 
 ments of marble of every colour. In the distance my eye wandered 
 over the isthmus, the double sea, distant islands, a pleading country, 
 bluish lakes, and azure mountains. I beheld forests,.ships, aqueducts^ 
 Moorish* villages, Mahometan hermitages, minarets, and the white 
 buildings of Tunis. Millions of starlings in flocks, that looked like 
 clouds, flew over my head. Surrounded by the grandest and the 
 most moving recollections, I thought of Dido^ of Sophonisba, of the 
 noble wife of Asdrubal ; I contemplated the vast plains which entomb 
 the legions of Hannibal, Scipio, and Caesar ; my eyes sought the site 
 lica; but, alas ! the ruins of the palace of Tiberius still exist at 
 Capri, and in-vain you look for the spot occupied by Cato's house at 
 Utica ! The Vandals and Moors passed successively before my memo- 
 ry ; which exhibited to me as the last picture, St. Louis expiring on 
 the ruins of Carthage. 
 
 OF THE MONGEARTS. 
 
 The numerous nations that inhabit the coasts of the Mediterranean^ 
 from Egypt to the western ocean, and the internal regions of Barba- 
 ry as far as Mount Atlas, are composed of different races ; as the ori- 
 
 final natives, Arabs, Vandals, and Moors, formerly driven from 
 pain. Zaara, or the Desert of Barbary, as far as the river Niger, 
 contains a variety x>f wandering nations, all proceeding from the 
 
 34* 
 
102 Of the Country and Climate t 
 
 \rabs, Moors, and fugitive Portuguese, which are subdivided into 
 different tribes ; of these the most considerable are the Mongearts. . 
 
 Religion and Education of the Mongearts. 
 Religion, according to these people, is Mahometanism in its purity. 
 They offer up their prayers several times in a day, but never in pub- 
 iic, unless a Mahometan priest be present. 
 
 Manners of the Mongearts. 
 
 The laws of hospitality are universally observed in Zaara. Scarce- 
 ly does a stranger appear before the tents, when the first person who 
 nerceives him points out that particular one to which he is to go. If 
 :he master be not there, the wife or slave advances to meet him, stops 
 him at twenty paces distance, and brings him a draught of milk for 
 ris refreshment. His camels are then unloaded, his effects are ran- 
 ged round him, a mat, of which the owner deprives himself, is given 
 him, with whatever else is necessary to guard him from the injuries of 
 iiie air. His arms are deposited near those of the master of the tent ; 
 Cither that they may not suffer from the dew,'or 'to guard against ill 
 ntions on the part of the man unknown. A repast is then pre* 
 
 GUINEA. 
 
 This coast is subdivided into the Grain coast, the Ivory coast, the 
 
 Gold coast, the Slave coast, and the kingdoms of Benin and Biafra. 
 
 ides these, the kingdoms of Ashantee and Dahomy, situated in 
 
 the interior, behind the Gold and Slave coasts, are usually included 
 
 under the head of Guinea. 
 
 Of the Country and Climate. 
 
 ,A all Nteritia and Guinea lie within the tropic of Cancer, the air 
 
 -cessively hot ; and the flat country being overflowed u great part 
 
 of the year by periodical rains, the climate is unhealthy. Many 
 
 s of the country are extremely fertile, and abound with the most 
 
 delicious fruits ; nor is it uncommon to behold on the same tree, fruit 
 
 and blossoms together. Before the breezes arise, which spring up 
 
 >ut noon, the heat of the sun is intolerable ; but afterwards re- 
 -eshing gales render the country supportable. Thunder and rain, 
 tith a sort of suffocating heat, prevail during four months in the year, 
 
 he tornadoes sometimes produce most dreadful scenes ; darkness 
 oomes on at mid-day, and the thunder and lightning are more awful 
 than can be conceived by an European : the whole face of nature 
 seems suddenly changed. 
 
 The rich wear a shirt with long sleeves, rings of iron interspersed 
 with bells round their legs, and a scymitar by their sides. Every son 
 follows the profession of his father. Like the other natives of these 
 regions, they suppose that white men, as they can read and interpret 
 the meaning of writing, are favoured with familiar spirits. 
 
 Dahomy. 
 
 Dahomy is a considerable kingdom situated behinfl t&e 
 on the Slave coast 
 
Coast of Congo. 403 
 
 1 he government of Dahomy is the most unqualified despotism that 
 
 its. There is no intermediate degree of subordination between 
 
 the king- and the slave, at least in the royal presence, where the prime 
 
 minister is obliged to prostrate himself with as much submission as 
 
 the meanest of his slaves. All acknowledge the right of the sove- 
 
 reign tu dispose of their persons and property. Beyond the precincts 
 
 of the palace the minister Sieges. Though forbid- 
 
 den to wear sandals, and other ornaments peculiar to royalty, or to 
 
 use such an umbrella as a white man ; yet their inferiors must salute 
 
 it bent knees and clapping of hands : they may sit on high 
 
 i horseback hammocks, wear silk, main- 
 
 tain a numerous ret nun . u ith large umbu 11. .> of their own kind, 
 
 rumpets, uml other musical instruments ; but the mo- 
 
 it they enter the royal ^-.. - insignia are laid aside. Th'- 
 
 silk gam tunic and a pair of drawers; trie 
 
 broad Mlvrr brace- 
 
 encircle i !. e hangs a - hand 
 
 grasps a i ped, one of* tin n of state 
 
 is alway> : in this garb only ma\ IK 
 
 enter, with the utmost caution, and not till the monarch's permission 
 be signified by one of ' On his entrance he crawls to- 
 
 wards the apartment of audience on his hands and knees, till he ar- 
 rive in the royal present If flat on his b(-ll\ , 
 
 rubbing his head in the dust, and utterftg the most humiliating ex- 
 
 Of the Army, Money, and Palaces of Dahomy. 
 
 maintains a standing army, commanded by an agaow or- 
 u'hq must hold themselves in 
 
 & to take the field at the coir.mand of the sovereign. The 
 merit of ti on the success of the ex- 
 
 in which they are < On extraordinary occasions, 
 
 c^ll the males able to bear arms are obliged to repair to the standard. 
 
 Within the walls of the j 'jred three thousand wo- 
 
 men. Of these, several hundreds are trained to the use of arms, arc 
 
 regular!; t and got! 'revolutions with as much ex- 
 
 < male soldiers. This singularity always attracts the 
 
 ution of Europeans. y are presented with the spectacle 
 
 of a review of female troops. Whatever has been said of the Ama- 
 
 zons of antiquity may be applied to these female warriors. 
 
 The well known shells called cowries, which come from the Maldiua 
 
 ;ire the currency of this country, where a thousand of them 
 
 qual to half a crown. In the country, among private people, 
 
 circulate loose ; but all disbursements from the king are made 
 
 in branches strung with cowries, containing two thousand each, de- 
 
 ducting one fortieth part as a perquisite to the king's >vomcu .&v 
 
 stringing them. 
 
 COAST OF CONGO. 
 
 Tim following are the countries on this coast, arranged ijj geogra- 
 phical order : 
 
 J. Loango extends from cape St. Catherine in la, 2 20' . t &c 
 Zaire, at distance of more than 400 mile*. 
 
'104 Congo. 
 
 .. < ongo, bounded N. by the river Zaire or Congo, which sepa- 
 rates it from Loango ; S. by Angola, from which it is separated by 
 the river Dande. 
 
 3. Angola lies immediately south of Congo, and extends on the 
 coast from the mouth of the Dande to that of the Coanza. 
 
 4. Benguela lies immediately south of Angola, and extends on the 
 coast from Coanza river to cape Negro in 16 5' S. lat. 
 
 Of the Climate of Congo. 
 
 Benguela, Angola, Congo, and Loango, are mostly under the do- 
 minion of the Portuguese, who have great numbers of negro princes 
 subject to them. By giving some account of Congo, which is the 
 most considerable nation, every thing interesting will be described 
 belonging to them all. 
 
 Congo, though situated near the equator, enjoys a tolerably temper- 
 site climate. The winter begins in March, and their summer in Sep- 
 tember. The winds in winter, through all these regions, drive the 
 clouds towards the mountains ; where, being gathered and compress- 
 ed, they are seen hovering on the tops, and soon after discharge them- 
 selves in showers. During their summer, the ^inds clear the south- 
 ern skies, and drive the ram into the northern regions ; thereby cool- 
 ing the air, the heat of which would be otherwise insupportable. 
 
 Persons and Manners of the Congoese. 
 
 The aboriginal natives were in general black ; but, since their in- 
 termarriages with the Portuguese, many of them are of an olive co- 
 lour. Their hair is woolly, their eyes are of a lively black, and they 
 have not either the flat noses or thick lips of the negro race. They 
 are in general of a middle stature ; and, though darker, resemble the 
 Portuguese. 
 
 They are characterized as a courteous and affable people, open to 
 conviction, and quick in apprehension ; but, at the same time, proud 
 and revengeful, frequently poisoning one another on the slightest pro- 
 vocation, though death be the certain consequence of detection. Be- 
 fore the arrival of the Portuguese, the natives wore a piece of palm- 
 tree cloth round their waists, and the skins of several animals in the 
 form of aprons. The women wore small caps, which were also used 
 by the other sex : but these modes of dress are, in general, become 
 obsolete. 
 
 Of their Knowledge, Arts and Amusements. 
 
 In learning and science, they are as ignorant as it is possible to con- 
 ceive ; not having any characters to express themselves in writing, 
 they have neither records nor histories. They compute their years 
 by winter seasons, their months by the full moon, and their days by 
 the appearance of the sun ; but they are ignorant of the inferior di- 
 visions of time. 
 
 Those artificers are most esteemed, who are capable of working- in 
 iron ; from a tradition that the first blacksmith was elevated to the 
 throne of Congo : nevertheless, even in this art, the} r have made lil- 
 tle improvemement. 
 
 Congo. 
 
 The ^anguage of Congo and the neighbouring states, differs very 
 materially from all the known languages of the negroes of JN.ortherh 
 

 
Persons and Dress of ike Inhabitants. 405 
 
 Africa; but, from the copious vocabularies obtained by Captain 
 
 Tuckey, it would seem ti. - a radical atfinity between all the' 
 
 languages of Southern Africa, ami that these languages have perva- 
 
 he greater part of that portion of the i and extended 
 even to the eastern coast. 
 
 The principal amust'inr-m- and, in the Iat ; 
 
 ter, they are remarkable for their exact Q .me. 
 
 Reli. 
 
 Idolatry is prevalent in a gre \ et they ac- 
 
 knowledge the .oin thev call 
 
 Nzambian Ponpu ; but i ^ire of all sub- 
 
 lnnar\ things to s," ^T nous 
 
 pow : ran- 
 
 pre- 
 j 
 
 rega ; 
 
 ; tain, 
 pe hr 
 i i hf 
 men, 
 
 the, . iner 
 
 eeds 
 ffice. 
 
 kiri 
 
 
 ed to beg 
 
 CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 
 
 The colony of the cape of Good H< to the Uri- 
 
 is bounded N. and E. 1 
 
 long from < 
 
 tud on an average about 200 broad. The arc 
 ",000 square miles. 
 
 The population in 1810 was estimated at 81,000, of whom one third 
 were whites, and the rest negroes or Hottentots. 
 
 Persons and Dress of the Inhabitants. 
 r-ersons of the Hottentots are tall, hut their hands and feet are 
 small, in comparison of the other parts of their bodies, which may be 
 idered as a characteristic mark of this nation. The root of their 
 nose is very low, by means of which the distance of the eyes from 
 each other is greater than in Europeans. Their skin is of a yellowish 
 brown hue, resembling that of an European in one of the last stages 
 undice ; this colour, however, is not observable in the \\ ! 
 
-106 Hottentot Houses, Kraals, Food, and Oxen. 
 
 Their dress consists principally in besmearing their bodies ail over 
 with fat, in which there is mixed a little scot. This is never wiped 
 off, so that as the dust and filth, with their sooty ointment, continually 
 adheres to the skin, the natural hue is concealed, and changed from a 
 bright amber brown to a browish yellow colour. Those who have oc- 
 casionally seen a Hottentot completely cleansed, say, that one be- 
 smeared looks less naked, and is as it were more complete, than in his 
 natural state ; and that the skin of a Hottentot ungreased, seems to 
 exhibit some defect in dress, like shoes that want blacking. 
 
 Of Hottentot Houses, Kraals, Food, and Oxen. 
 
 The huts of % |he natives are elliptical, being formed by fixing into 
 Ihe ground several large sticks, which are bent at the top, so as to de- 
 scribe an arch, and then covered with mats sewed together. The 
 only opening into these huts is at the entrance, which is seldom more 
 than three feet high, and answers the triple purpose of chimney, door, 
 and window. Their whole furniture consists of a few earthen vessels 
 for dressing their victuals, and holding their milk, butter, or water. 
 The fire-place is in the middle of each hut, by which means the walls 
 are not so much exposed to fire, and they derive this advantage, that 
 when they sit or lie in a circle round it, the whole company equally 
 enjoy Ihe'benefit of its warmth. 
 
 A kraal, or village, consists of twenty or more huts, placed near 
 each other in a circular form, containing frequently three or four 
 hundred persons, who live together with great harmony. If any fam* 
 ily differences arise, the neighbous are as zealous to reconcile con- 
 lending parties, as more enlightened nations are to check the appear- 
 ance of public danger, never desisting till they havelfully restored 
 peace and tranquillity. Bv the circular form of the kraal, with the 
 doors inwards, a kind of yard or court is made, in which the cattle are 
 kept in the night. The milk, as soon as it is taken from the cow, * is 
 put to other milk that is curdled, and kept in a leathern sack, the 
 hairy side being inwards, so that they never drink it while it is sweet. 
 The only domestic animals are dogs ; and there is hardly a hut with- 
 out one or more of these faithful creatures, which are absolutely ne- 
 cessary, as well to guard the cattle, as to prevent the approach of 
 wild beasts. 
 
 The Hottentots have been stigmatized as a most filthy people, they 
 
 eat the entrails of beasts, but not till after they have been washed, and 
 
 .- boiled in the blood of the animal, or roasted on coals. They some- 
 
 timesboii their meat, but more frequently eat it raw, tearing it to 
 
 pieces with their fingers, and devouring it voraciously. 
 
 jyhen a young man is disposed to marry, and has obtained the con- 
 sent of the parents, he selects two or three of his best oxen, and drives 
 them to the house of his intended bride's relations, attended by as ma- 
 ny friends as he can prevail upon to accompany him. The oxen are 
 slain, and the whole assembly besmear themselves with the fat. The 
 rnen then sit on the ground in a ring, the centre of which is occupied 
 by the bridegroom ; and the women form a similar ring round the 
 bride. In this situation they continue, till the priest comes and per- 
 forms the ceremonies. 
 
TABLE, 
 
 ' the Military an Force of the principal 
 
 tes. 
 
 TS. 
 
 Military force. 
 
 i\a\ :il force. 
 
 In 
 peace. 
 
 In 
 
 war. 
 
 Ships 
 of" 
 
 lino. 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 B 
 fa 
 
 S 
 
 W2 > 
 
 
 ill, 
 
 450,<HX) 
 
 689,415 
 
 
 115 
 
 69 
 
 
 
 263,400 
 
 535,394 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 MO,QOQ 
 
 500,000 
 
 40 
 
 30 
 
 1 ! J 
 
 
 Great Britain, - 
 
 70,000 
 
 330,000 
 
 255 
 
 
 
 
 
 117,000 
 
 350,000 
 
 44 
 
 36 
 
 
 48,000 
 
 
 175,000 
 
 250,000 
 
 - - 
 
 ] 
 
 . - 
 
 
 Turkey 
 
 110,000 
 
 aoo,<xx 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 15,000 
 
 
 40,000 
 
 
 16 
 
 
 76 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 200 
 
 9,000 
 
 Portugal, - 
 
 16,000 
 
 60,001 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 Denmark, 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 6,000 
 
 Two Sicilies, 
 
 14,001 
 
 51,800 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 
 6,000 
 
 Sardinia, - 
 
 15,000 
 
 60,000 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 
 Bavaria, 
 
 - - 
 
 35,600 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 Switzerland 
 
 15,000 
 
 33,914 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 Hanover, - 
 
 . . 
 
 13,054 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 
 Saxony, - 
 
 . . 
 
 12,000 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - . 
 
 Tuscany, - 
 
 6,000 
 
 12,000 
 
 in all 
 
 4 
 
 sail. 
 
 - - 
 
 Baden, - 
 
 - - 
 
 10,000 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 States of the Church 
 
 2,000 
 
 6,000 
 
 in all 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 Modena, - 
 
 2,400 
 
 5,000 
 
 - - 
 
 - . 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 Parma, 
 
 2,400 
 
 5,000 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 
 Lucca, 
 
 800 
 
 1,400 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 - - 
 
 
 
 A TABLE OF LATITUDES AND LONGITl 
 
 Xames of Places 
 
 Continent 
 
 Country 
 
 Latitude 
 
 Longitude from 
 Greenwich 
 
 Alexandria 
 
 Africa 
 
 Earypt 
 
 ' '/ 
 
 31 11 28 N 
 
 / II 
 
 30 10 22 E 
 
 Amsterdam 
 
 
 
 Europe Holland 
 
 06 N 
 
 4 51 30E 
 
 Boston : : 
 
 
 
 Amer. iNew Engl. 
 
 11 N 
 
 70 59 OU 
 
 Calcutta : 
 
 
 
 Asia 
 
 India 
 
 22 34 45 N 
 
 88 29 30 E 
 
 Canton : : 
 
 
 
 Asia China 
 
 32 8 9 N 
 
 113 2 30 E 
 
 Constantinopl 
 
 e 
 
 
 Europe Turkey 
 
 41 1 27 N 
 
 28 55 UE 
 
 Copenhagen 
 
 
 
 Europe Denmark 
 
 55 41 4 N 
 
 12 35 15 E 
 
 Edinburgh 
 
 
 
 Europe Scotland 
 
 55 57 57 N 
 
 3 12 15W 
 
 Good Hope (( 
 
 "a 
 
 *0 
 
 Africa Caffres 
 
 34 26 29 S 
 
 18 23 16 E 
 
 Havannah 
 
 
 
 Amer. Cuba 23 1 1 52 N 
 
 : 30W 
 
 Jerusalem 
 
 
 
 Asia 
 
 Palestine 
 
 31 46 34 N 
 
 35 20 OE 
 
 Ispahan : 
 
 
 
 Asia 
 
 Persia 
 
 35 25 ON 
 
 52 53 E 
 
 London (St. P 
 'Paris (Observ 
 Pekin : : 
 
 an 
 Uo 
 
 <s l 
 
 y) 
 
 Europe 
 Europe 
 Asia 
 
 England 
 France 
 China 
 
 51 31 N 
 48 50 14 N 
 39 54 13 N 
 
 5 37W 
 2 20 OE 
 116 27 30 E 
 
 Petersburg 
 
 
 
 Europe 
 
 Russia 
 
 59 56 28 N 30 19 OE 
 
 Home : : 
 
 
 
 Europe 
 
 Italy 
 
 41 53 54 N, 12 29 
 
 York (New) 
 
 
 
 Amer. 
 
 Jersey 
 
 40 40 N 74 11 O^V 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Page 
 
 Lapland, . ..... .. , 3 
 
 Denmark, .,...'..,. C 
 
 Norway, > . . 10 
 
 Greenland, ........ 12 
 
 Iceland, .. 18 
 
 Sweden, ,..><,. 26 
 
 Russia, 33 
 
 Prussian Dominions, . . 50 
 
 Poland, ............ 53 
 
 Holland or United Netherlands, -. - .. 54 
 
 Germany and Austria, . 62 
 
 Turkey, .... . .. -. 75 
 
 Greece, , . 90 
 
 France, \ ... 103 
 
 Switzerland, , . ^ .. ... 116 
 
 Italy, 122 
 
 Spain, ..... 150 
 
 Portugal, ....... ., . .. 162 
 
 Great Britain, . 168 
 AsU. 
 
 Turkey in Asia, 187 
 
 Russia in Asia, 204 
 
 Chinese Empire, ...... 220 
 
 Independent Tartary, , 235 
 
 Thibet, .... wJK' .. . 239 
 
 Persia, ......... 241 
 
 Arabia, . 247 
 
 Kingdom of Nepaul, . . .. 251 
 
 CaubuL ........ 257 
 
 Beloochistan, ...,.. 278 
 
 Birman Empire, .,... 280 
 
 Cochin China, .,,.,.. 284 
 
 Ilindostan, . . . . * ,. . 286 
 
 Asiatic Islands in Eastern Ocean, * . . 309 
 
 United States, ..,,.., 329 
 
 British Possessions in Canada, .... 340 
 
 Spanish Dominions, * 347 
 
 Mexico, ..,.,*,. 348 
 
 West-Indies, ..... , '. . 353 
 
 Peru, 357 
 
 Chile, .....,,, 358 
 
 Brazil, 361 
 
 Patagonia, ....*. . 365 
 
 Islands in Pacific Ocean. * .... . 370 
 
 Society Islands, . , . 372 
 
 Sandwich Islands, *...%.., 378 
 
 Easter Island, . , , ', . 378 
 
 Egypt, .-.,., ^ ,,. 383 
 
 Barbary, - 399 
 
 Morocco, . * 400 
 
 Guinea, t * 402 
 
 Coast of Congo, . > ,. 403 
 
 Good Hope, % vs.. .405 
 
APPENDIX, 
 
 By James G. Percival, J\f 
 VARIETIES OF THE HUMAN RACE. 
 
 Tirr varieties of the human race may he distributed according- to 
 their j> . or their laniruugcs, or both of these may 
 
 
 . 
 
 from the distinction of Ian. '-malion ill- 
 
 form of the "kull. the facial angle or inclination of th 
 ncral fon ace, the ft 
 
 un, the colour and ^hapc of the ( 
 nii-he<l by their ro<v 
 
 of the most urn cts, and by their <rramm: 
 
 rthe rules according- to which word- 
 > as to form a sentence. In the foil- vh. t'.r ' 
 
 will be drawn fron; ioal Conformation, the 
 
 secondary from the affinities of language.* 
 
 I. THE CAUCASIAN RACE. 
 
 Characterised by a skull nen -ularly rounded, 
 
 and an oval 
 
 85. Face ova! -"id prominent. Nose 
 
 narrow at the ha- id rather aquiline ; month small and 
 
 well formed : lips thin ; chin full and rounded : whole firi 
 
 mmetrical. This race alone furnishes iden! tor the 
 
 ( omplex ion fair, when not exposed to the sun and weather. 
 
 l ier ranks of t!.- nd Hindoos, who li\ r e 
 
 secluded in their pnlaces and harem*. Cuticle transparent ; cheeks 
 tinged with 1 and of all shades from Muck to yellow 
 
 and red : more or less disposed to curl, but never friz/led. Eyes cor- 
 responding to the general complexion, varying- from deep black, 
 through every shade of grey, to light blue. There are two varieties 
 of complexion in this race, the brown and the light. The complex- 
 ion of the brown variety is pure white, but by exposure tans, or be- 
 comes brown ; eyes generallv dark ; hair black, or dark brown, 
 sometimes dark red. The complexion of the light variety 
 fair and ruddy, with a thinner cuticle ; by exposure it freckles, or 
 becomes reddish : hair light brown, yellow, or light red, and som 
 flaxen. Eyes blue or light grey. The person is larger and more in- 
 
 * The greater part of the materials, on the subject of Languages, 
 are taken from the Mithridates of Adelung and Vater. 
 
 A 
 
2 Appendix. 
 
 clined to corpulence, and the eyes smaller than in the broim vn; 
 It is principally confined to the Gothic family, which it characteri- 
 ses. All the other families of this race belong to the brown variety. 
 The Hindoos and the ancient Egyptians, with their descendants the 
 Copts, belong- to this race ; but are considered by Blumeobach inter- 
 mediate between it and the Malay or Negro. 
 
 1st FAMILY. THE BASQUES ORBISCAYANS ; the descendants v^ the 
 ancient Cantabri ; proper name Escualdunac : inhabit both sides of 
 the Pyrenees, at their western extremity, both in France and Srrairi, 
 in the provinces of Biscay and Navarre. The language is ratVerJlj 
 distinct from all known language*, complex in its structure, abound- 
 ing in vowels and aspirates ; it is now confined to the country and the 
 lower classes. The Basques have retained their peculiar manners, 
 and their municipal independence from the time of the Romans. 
 There are three principal dialects of the language ; the Labortani- 
 an in France and Navarre, the Guipuscoan, and the Biscayan. It ia 
 not cultivated.* It has been grammatized by the Spanish ecclesias- 
 tics, and several religious books have been translated into it ; but it 
 has no peculiar literature. It has recently been illustrated by Wil- 
 liam Humboldt They have many traditional songs, and histories ; 
 some of which relate to their contests with the Romans. They are a 
 lively, ingenious people, with dark complexions, and slender and el- 
 egant persons. 
 
 2d FAMILY. THE CELTIC ; the descendants of the ancient Celts or 
 Gauls, and Belgsc. There are two principal divisions, which in the 
 Mithridates form distinct families. 
 
 1. The pure Celtic; proper name, Gael or Cael. The ancientGauIs 
 of France were of this division. They were the first settlers of the 
 British Islands ; to the western parts of which they are now confined. 
 
 Languages or dialects now spoken. I. The Irish or Erse. Proper 
 name, Cael Erinach, (Western Gael.) The language of the low 
 Irish, particularly in the W. and S. districts, where it is spoken by 
 most of the natives ; not cultivated ; strongly guttural, as are all its 
 kindred languages. The N. E. of Ireland is principally occupied by 
 Lowland Scotch ; and the S. E. by English and Flemish colonists. 
 
 2. Highland Scotch or Gaelic, Cael Dun (Mountain Gael) or 
 Caledonians ; confined to the Highlands above the Grampians, and to 
 the Hebrides ; snoken generally by the common people ; not cultiva- 
 ted. The Highland Gael retained their original manners and institu- 
 tions, unimpaired, till the middle of the last century. They were 
 governed by their chiefs, by a peculiar feudalism of a simpler char- 
 acter than that of the Germans, approaching to the patria rchal gov- 
 ernment. This is now abolished. They, as well as the Irish, have 
 no written national literature, but many traditional songs, and me- 
 trical histories, which were recited from one generation to another, 
 like those of the American savages. Every chief had his bard, 
 whose duty was to celebrate his exploits. The" celeb rated poems of" 
 Ossian profess to have been taken from these ancient traditions, but 
 are of disputed authenticity. The Irish and Gaelic languages have 
 been grammatized, and translations of the Bible and other religious 
 books, have been made into them. 
 
 3. Manks. The native dialect of the isle of Man ; very corrupt. 
 
 * By this we mean, not written, nor made the vehicle of a nation- 
 al literature, 
 
:md English words ; confine;! to the lower 
 
 re so nea; ! n.utually 
 intellij 
 
 ic. The (1. .k-lffie; 
 
 occu ,tn conquot ; drivc-i into 
 
 origi . ribh 1 to tl, 
 
 1 1 fined to the mountains t-t V> 
 
 i>t in a few words. 
 
 nguage, though it has alv ets, 
 
 !v specimens ar 
 
 i>retagne, when r of 
 
 1 1 u. ught to he 
 
 . 
 
 M avion 8, ^ 
 
 ane Ato- 
 
 nes, nrbarian^ 
 
 1 by their light \ion, 
 
 iir. The language is strong aud nen < 
 . and comparative! v 
 if' ; he Greek and Per- 
 
 t^, the Upper or that spokf : 
 ie Lower, or that spoken 
 '!:uul. The former is har-sh, broad, andguttn 
 
 Suevic, Alemaunic, LOJ: 
 
 TSO 
 
 :ded variously, so as to giv uen 
 
 11 languages ol 
 nd N. W. parts of K 
 
 ulch and the . v it,e 
 
 ' may IM :is an appendix. 
 
 I. The Dutch o. . Proper name Dcut or Thcut (;. 
 
 i)le.) The two great written languages are the German, and i 
 
 1. The German or High Dutch, formed in the fiftrcnth ceir 
 3iit of the dialect of Upper Saxony ; its basis the trai ;!,c 
 
 Bible by Luther : it has since been carried to a high degree of per- 
 id is now the language of government, religion, literature, 
 and all well educated society, throughout the entire German peo- 
 Although abounding in consonants and aspirates, it is flexible 
 ngularly adapted to versification ; 
 
 :is, and has a great facility in compounding words. It is 
 
 ;cd in its structure, and in its i I its words 
 
 i native origin. Its national literature has been principally 
 
 :he last and the present century. At the head of it are 
 
 Lessing, Wicland, Goe'h .as langir 
 
 ds over the whole of Germany, a great part of nd, 
 
 i is styled by the Germans, in their very expressive language, 
 :?s-sprache, the language of circulation or general it 
 
4 Appendix* 
 
 .Alsace, Prussia, Silesia, and the German colonies in Bohemia^ Mora- 
 via, Hungary, and Transylvania, and the more recent ones in N. 
 arid S. America, and the S. of Russia. The present German was 
 preceded by three written dialects, in Germany, which were cultiva- 
 ted between the 12th and 16th centuries, viz. the Upper Dutch or 
 Alemannic, in the Court of Suabia, and the S. imperial cities ; the 
 Low Saxon or Platt Dutch in the court of Brunswick, and the 
 N. cities ; and the Upper Saxon or Misnian, at the Electoral court 
 of Saxony. These have now sunk into provincial dialects. 
 
 2. The Low Dutch or Netherlandish. This has its origin in the 
 old Frisic, but has been gradually blended with the Frank, Low 
 Saxon, and French, till it has assumed its present form. It was first 
 ultivated at the courts of Flanders and Brabant, before the J6th 
 century, where it formed the written Flemish. After Holland gain- 
 ed its liberties in the 16th century, it became the centre of refine- 
 ment, as well as power, and the language took its present form. It is 
 little known abroad, as a literary language, though it has been care- 
 fully cultivated. It boasts some high names, such as Bilderdyk and 
 Vondel. It approaches nearer to the English in its form and struc- 
 ture, than the German. 
 
 The vernacular dialects of the Dutch, are very numerous, and 
 may be reduced to three divisions. 1 . The Upper Dutch f Ober 
 Deutsch) in the S., the broadest and roughest of all. It is subdivi- 
 ded into two sections, a. The Alemannic or Western, including the 
 following principal dialects ; Swiss, Grison, Alsatian, Swabian, Up- 
 per and Lower Paltz, Westerwald, &c. b. The Longobardian or 
 Eastern, much the roughest of the two, including the following dia- 
 lects ; Bavarian, Austrian, Tyrolian, Stirian, &c. and a peculiar dia- 
 lect in the hilly districts of Verona and Vicenza, in Italy, where it is 
 entirely surrounded by the Italian. Colonies of the Upper Dutch 
 settled very early in Silesia, Bohemia, Moravia, Hungary and Tran- 
 sylvania, where they have formed peculiar dialects. The German Jewi 
 have a peculiar dialect, very much corrupted with Polish and Hebrew. 
 
 2. The Low Dutch (Nieder Deutsch) in the N., much softer and 
 flatter than the former. It may be divided into four sections, a. 
 The Frank, now extinct, originally in Westphalia and Hanover, b. 
 The Frisic, on the sea coast, nearly extinct, including three dialects. 
 The Batavian, the original language of Holland, now confined to 
 three towns in W. Friesland, closely resembles the English. The 
 East Frisian or Kauchish, originally extended from the Elbe to the 
 Ems, now confined to five islands on the coast, and a few insulated 
 districts in the heaths of Westphalia. The North Frisian, spoken 
 in a considerable district on the W. coast of Sleswig and in the ad- 
 joining islands, and also in the island of Heligoland : they adhere to 
 their language and customs with great obstinacy, c. The Nether- 
 landish, spoken throughout the Netherlands, except on the S. fron- 
 tier, where a very corrupt French is spoken ; includes several pro- 
 vincial dialects, of which the principal are those of Holland and 
 Zealand, and the Flemish, d. The Low Saxon (Platt Deutsch), 
 spoken throughout the N. of Germany, below the mountains of the 
 Rhine and Thuringia, in S. Sleswig, Brandenburgh, Pomernnia, Ru- 
 gen, Prussia, as far astheNiemen, and Silesia. The eastern Germans 
 of this division are colonies of an early date, who rooted out the 
 original languages of the countries they settled. This dialect is 
 spoken the purest in Holstein and Luneburgh ; on the S. it is harsh- 
 er and more corrupt. The principal provincialisms are those of 
 
pcndix. * 
 
 Holstein, Sleswig, Wismar, Luneburgh, Brunswick, the Hartz, the 
 Prussian and AVestphaliari. 
 
 3. The Middle Dutch in central Germany, bounded north by the 
 low co rmtries of "Westphalia and Saxony, and S. by the M-.-inc. It 
 is formed out of the two former, and i> intermediate in its c 
 tor. Its oldest dialect was the East Frank, formed out of a mix lure 
 of the old Frank and Alemannic in Thuringia. The piv>ent j 
 
 t!i and Upper 
 
 German is formed; the Er/g-ebirg, Thuringian, Hessian, Fianconian. 
 ice. 
 
 II. The Scandinavian. This was orig-ir 
 Dutch: a colony of Goths, or 
 
 Sweden at a very early period. a:id modified their . aid in- 
 
 stitutions. The\* have remained so long distinct, t'n: y now 
 
 be considered as forming a separate class. The old No: 
 Icelandic approach the nearest to ihe original language. These lan- 
 guages are simpler in 'han the Gi-ru;an. and in this 
 respect resemble the Engi: Icelandic howexcr hr> numer- 
 ous inflexions. The definite art if liable suffixed to tlie noun, 
 jnd the passive verb is formed by suffixing s. or st. to the.- active. 
 
 The I; :<okcn are, I. The Danish ; spoken in Jutland, 
 
 \vig and the Danish islands, purest in Zealand ; there is little 
 
 It has been carefully rultivated at CV, 
 i! ing the last half century, and has now some ii: : .;i (-..fit 
 in its literature, such as Evald, Oehlenschlager. 
 fcc. There are Danish colonies in Greenland arid the A* 
 and the Danish has become the language of government and good 
 society throughout Norway. 
 
 2. Norse or Norwegian. This was the language of the old Nor- 
 mans, who invaded and overrun the V. :ar as 
 *ho Mediterranean. The\ however . ntiie- 
 among the conquered. They settled the : ,1 Orkno^ 
 Caithness ; but their language is now rooted out there by the !!': 
 
 It is at present confined to the remoter districts of Ni 
 
 prevailing language is Danish. Tin 
 
 speak a dialect of Norwegian. The old * . ; me as the 
 
 original Icelandic, and was the language of the ancient Skinltis, 
 
 many of whose pieces are preserved, the piim-ipa! of which are the 
 
 Edda and Voluspa, and the Sagas. 
 
 3. Icelandic. This was originally Norwegian. The natives were 
 a. very early colony from Norway. They call -iage JVbr- 
 fanisK. The language was early cultivated, and there arc remains 
 of it as far back as the 12th century. It is now cultivated with 
 great zeal, considering the unfortunate circumstances of the people. 
 They have always cultivated poetry, and have recently translated 
 Klopstock and Milton. The common people are as well educated 
 as any in Europe. The Icelandic has a more antique form than its 
 kindred languages, and abounds more in inflexions and inversions. 
 There are four dialects, of which the E. is the oldest and purest. On 
 the W. coast it is mixed with Danish. 
 
 4. Swedish. Sweden was settled by two races, the Swedes in the 
 N. from the Low Dutch, and the Goths in the S. from the Ur>pcr 
 Dutch. There are now two distinct dialects the Swedish in Up- 
 land, Dalecarle and Nordland, and the Gothic in GotMand. SCOP en, 
 &c. The latter approaches the U. Dutch in harshness. The cniti- 
 rated language is formed from the former. It is the prevailing laa- 
 
 A* 
 
6 Appendix, 
 
 gr.nge of Sweden, W. Bothnia, the towns in Finland, and the Swe- 
 dish islands in the Baltic ; in the island of Runoe in the Gulf of Riga, 
 it is corrupted with the Finnish. The purest dialect of Swedish is 
 spoken in Dalecarle. It closely resembles the old English. The di- 
 alect of the most northern provinces is Norwegian. The Swedish 
 has not been so much cultivated as its kindred languages, the Court 
 having shown a partiality to the French. It has however aconsidcra- 
 ble list of writers, highly esteemed in their own country. Among 
 these are Dahlen, Afzclius, Kellgren, Torild, c. 
 
 III. The English. The root of the English is low Dutch. After 
 England had been successively occupied by the Gauls, the Belga?, 
 and the Romans, it was invaded and conquered by the Angles and 
 Saxons, two tribes of Low Dutch from the Elbe. 'The Union of the 
 Heptarchi united them, and formed the basis of the English, in its 
 first period the Anglo-Saxon. The Danes next invaded and con- 
 quered the island, and gave a new modification to the language, con- 
 stituting its second period the Danish-Saxon : many remains of this 
 period n re extant, few of the former. The Norman conquest, and 
 the establishment of the Norman French as the language of law and 
 governi wis', gave a new modification, the Norman Snxon. The 
 long wars with France increased the stock of French words, and 
 iv hen the vernacular language was made the language of law by 
 F.dvvard I., it had widely departed from the old Saxon. It now took 
 that form which is called old English, the language of Wickliffe, 
 and Chaucer. The influence of the French still continued, and the 
 Tinatiori and the revival oi'lctlcrs brought in a large stock of Lat- 
 in. The language now became fully formed in the period of Eliza- 
 beth, and hr^ since born advancing through an uninterrupted series 
 of writers to its present state. No language has been more highly 
 cultivated than the English, and none can boast a greater list of wri- 
 ters in every branch of literature, such as Chaucer, Spencer, Shake- 
 speare, Milton, Dryden, Pope, Thomson, Cowper, Wordsworth, By- 
 ron, Bacon, Hooker, Taylor, Clarendon, Addison, Swift, Johnson, 
 Goldsmith, Burke, Hume, Robertson, Gibbon, Fielding, Scott, c. 
 The language in its present form, is about equally made UT> of Goth- 
 ic and Latin derivatives ; hence it has the aspect of a double lan- 
 guage : it is the simplest of all European languages, direct in its struc- 
 ture, almost without inflexions, and supplying their place by auxilia- 
 ries ; in its pronunciation it is smoother and closer than the German, 
 and has more of the softness of the Roman languages of S. Europe. 
 The cultivated English is written and spoken with uniformity among 
 all the educated classes of the British islands, the British colonies, and 
 the United States. It is the established language of the British gov- 
 ernment and the United States, and is thus more widely diffused than 
 any other language, except the Spanish. It is spoken throughout the 
 United States, with scarcely any difference of dialect. In the British 
 islands the provincial dialects are numerous, from the want of a gener- 
 al diffusion of education. The principal are the Devonshire, Lan- 
 cashire, Yorkshire, Northumbrian, Lowland Scotch, &c. It is 
 spoken in all those districts not occupied by the Celtic languages. 
 
 4th FAMILY. THE PELASGIC. This is styled by Adehmg, the 
 Thraco-Pelasgic Greek and Latin Stock. All the languages from 
 which this long name is derived are extinct as spoken languages, and 
 only subsist to any extent, in the modern Greek, and the Roman lan- 
 guages of S. Europe. This family originally occupied the countries 
 
around t)u Asia Min. j in Europe, and then Italy. 
 
 The\ me from c > < N. side 
 
 of the Black Sen. In the t-urli* < t!i\ ided into 
 
 two great branches. 1. The Thraco-Ilhi pied all the 
 
 IS. of European Turkey, from the Pent i^ > to 
 
 the ( ml iVuin tb 
 
 to the head of the Adriatic. 'I in \\hieh 
 
 \\ . half of AMa Minor, driving- before them the 
 
 :iily. 
 
 2. The Pelasgic. Their on_ ; r^pirus, 
 
 from 'led all thi ml 
 
 out c Italy and Asia Minor : pn>haid\ ol 
 
 with the T 'ftheir Ian 
 
 . Prom this branch! ived. The earliest 
 
 Ivs were called Hell- mountains of 
 
 ,i. ;i ml funned 
 nded IN intlm-nce over 
 
 Gre form of the Greek, 
 
 to the Pelagic, :md continu- 
 ed t!,< >f the mountainec i - in V (Iivece ;tnd Arcadia, ll was 
 
 Contributed to form 
 
 the! \ >!inor, wiiere it w;s cultivated in 
 
 MJ formed the Kolie of Sappho. 
 
 - thi- 1 arly form proeeode- 1 \ i/. ihe 1 )>ric from Do- 
 
 tbe HeracUdn into 1 i>, of \\hu-h ii be- 
 
 ;.:jri\ nnd \ mied by its colonies 
 
 \r. the Ionic, . from Aehaiii, tlien 
 
 'I in Attica from \\hieh it . ,i into A^ia IMinoi-, and 
 
 there for i ; ut thr more cultivated districts. 
 
 It there attained a hijrh decree of perfection, became very soft and 
 
 musical, and ag-e of poetry and refinement the Attic 
 
 old Ionic, modified by the Eolic, 
 
 hence i< hcciime more concise and nervous, and as Athens gained the 
 ascendancy it became the ruling- language of Greece. After the 
 tim> of Alexander th< hi nonage became more general, the dialects 
 gradually disappeared, and the Hellenic Greek, or the universal lan- 
 guage of communication wherever the influence of Grecian power 
 or learning was known, was finally established. It wa^ then the 
 uling language of all the countries governed by the princes of 
 thr family of Alexander, and had afterwards a wide influence under 
 the Roman empire. It finally became the established language of 
 the Eastern empire at Constantinople, and the sacred language of 
 the Greek Church. The gradual influence of time, the irruptions 
 of the northern barbarians and Saracens, into the eastern empire, 
 and its final conquest by the Turks, entirely rooted out the old lan- 
 guage, and it now remains only in books, and in the prayers of the 
 Greek Church. The Modern Greek or Romaic is formed from the 
 vulgar dialect, not from the ancient written language. It was first 
 corrupted by the Romans, and since by the successive invasions of 
 the Goths, Tatars, Turks, &c. In some districts, particularly in the 
 interior of Asia Minor, the Greeks have entirely lost their lan- 
 guage and speak the Turkish. They however use the ancient 
 Greek in their churches, and write their Turkish in Greek charac- 
 ters. The Modern Greek is now spoken throughout Greece Prop- 
 er, the Morea, and the Egean islands; it is also spoken on the 
 coasts of Asia Minor as far as Constantinople, in Cyprus and the lo* 
 
8 Appendix* 
 
 man islands. The Greeks have long- been a maritime and com ; 
 cial people, and they may be found in considerable numbers, in most 
 of the ports of the Mediterranean. There are Several provincial 
 dialects, of which the purest are said to be those of Mt. Athos and 
 the Cyclades. The language is less inflected than the ancient 
 Greek, and makes a greater use of auxiliaries. It has only very re- 
 cently been cultivated, and cannot boast of any standards in litera- 
 ture. 
 
 3. The Latin. The ancient inhabitants of Italy were of five dis- 
 tinct nations, a. The Illyrians, a Thracian tribe, who entered from the 
 N. E. and advanced to the extremity of Sicily. The Siculi were one 
 of their divisions, b. The Iberi from Spain ; they entered by Liguria, 
 and advanced along the Mediterranean coast into Sicily. The Sicani 
 were one of their divisions, c. The Celts or Gauls entered Italy 
 from the Tyrol ; the ancestors of the Umbri and the Insubri. d. 
 The Pelasgi, called also Aborigines, formed most of the small states 
 in central Italy, the Sabines, Latins, Samnites, &c. Probably came 
 from Thessaly, through Illyria ; some have thought by sea. e. The 
 Etruscans. Proper name Rasena ; a Celtic tribe from Rhaetia ; over- 
 run the greater part of N. Italy ; seat of their empire in Tuscany 
 near the source of the Arno; powerful and civilized, but less than is 
 generally supposed ; many remains of their language in inscriptions, 
 a compound of Celtic and Pelasgic. Their language was spoken on 
 the Po in the reign of Claudius. 
 
 Several early Greek colonies of the Eolian dialect settled in Lat- 
 ium, and by their union with the old Pelasgian and Umbrian dialects, 
 the Latin was formed. It is therefore radically Greek and Celtic, of 
 which the Greek predominates. There were many provincial dia- 
 lects in the neighbourhood of Rome, but as the Roman power in- 
 creased the Latin gained the ascendancy. Like all other languages 
 it slowly advanced to its perfection, which it finally attained in the 
 age of Augustus ; it afterwards gradually declined under the Empe- 
 rors, and finally became extinct as a vernacular language, by the in- 
 vasions of the northern barbarians. It still continued the language 
 of learning, religion, and government, though greatly corrupted, and 
 on the revival of learning it became the language of general com- 
 munication throughout Europe. It is still the sacred language of the 
 Catholic Church, and is the only one used in their religious services. 
 The Romans carried their language, as well as laws, through all the 
 conquered nations, particularly in the west of Europe. It gradually 
 blended itself with the original languages of the conquered, giving ; 
 them a decidedly Latin character, and thus forming what was called 
 the Romaiia rustica, and afterwards the Roman or Romance Langua- 
 ges. These were afterwards modified by the conquests of the N. 
 barbarians, and from them the four great languages of S. Europe, 
 with their dialects, have been formed. They all differ from the Lat- 
 in by fewer inflexions, and the use of articles and auxiliaries. 
 
 I. Italian. The written or cultivated Italian is the Florentine or 
 Tuscan. It is the language of literature and general communication 
 through all Italy, the S. Swiss cantons, Corsica, Sardinia, Sicily and 
 Malta. Its earliest standards were Dante and Petrarca, in the 14th 
 and 15th centuries. It has since been carefully cultivated, and boasts 
 a long series of able writers, such as Boccaccio, Tasso, Ariosto, 
 Macchiavelli, Davila, Giannone, Metastasio, Alfieri, fcc. The purest 
 pronunciation of the Italian is in Rome. That of Florence is too 
 guttural. There are numerous dialects & Italy, These ID the N 
 
Appendix. 9 
 
 are more mixed T> ith Gothic, l^nli-r, shorter, and with fewer vowel 
 endings. Those of the S. softer, fuller, and more abundant in vowels, 
 
 Eirticularly in their endings. The principal are the Piedmontese, 
 igurian, Milanese, Bergamese very contracted, Lombard, Bolog- 
 nese, Paduan, Friulese. These all belong to the northern contracted 
 division. The Venetian soft and pleasant ; Tuscan very guttural; 
 Roman, the polite Roman the mo^t musical in Italy ; Neapolitan 
 abounding in YOU els; the Sicilian abounding in Arabic and IV 
 9'al words ; the Sardinian and Corsican. The LingUa Franca, ; 
 eral dialect of coinmunication in the ports of the Mediterranean, has 
 its basis in the Italian, but is corrupted by a mixture of Greek, 
 Arabic, Turkish, &c. 
 
 II. S This language, originally Roman, was very consid- 
 erably modified by the VNi-Gothx, and' afterwards by the Arabic 
 of the Moors. The <';->tili;in dialect furnished the basis of tlie pres- 
 ent cultivated Spanish, which i- now v of Spain, 
 and all the , the NN ml the 
 Philippines. Next to the KnjrlMi it i- the most widely diffused of 
 all the European language- . ritlen with the 
 
 Since the accession 
 
 of tiu- huu-e of Bourbon, it has been modified by the French. The 
 principal Spanish writers are Lope de Vega, Caldcron, Cervantes, 
 Ercilla, Quevedo, Mariana, Herrera, Feijoo, &c. There are several 
 dialects in Spain, wh be classed under two divisions. 
 
 ] . The N. E. which have a close affinity to the Provencal, and are not 
 Arabicized. The Catalonian, Arragonian, Valencian, and Mallor- 
 can. 2. The S. and VV., more Arabicized, and less modified by the 
 French. ThcCastilian the basis of the Spanish. The Grallician the 
 basis of the Portuguese, a much ruder and iriore contracted dialect. 
 The AndnliKkm and Grenadian, highly Arabicized, and the most cor- 
 rupt in Spain. 
 
 III. Portuguese. This language took its origin from the Galli- 
 ri.tu iii by the establishment of the Portuguese monarchy, 
 it has been raised to its present rank as a written and culriva* 
 guage. It has many Arabic \. in Latin words 
 more than the Spanish. It is very contracted, often leaving out 
 
 mts and even entire syllables". It is the general language of 
 Portugal, and the Portuguese colonies in Brazil. n 1 the East 
 
 Indies. A very corrupt Portuguese is quite common on the coasts of 
 S. Ilindostan and Ceylon. The Portuguese has brou cultivated as 
 long as the Spanish, hut is not as well known abroad. Its standard 
 writer is Camoens ; others as Joam Barros, Manoel, &c. are less 
 known. 
 
 IV. French. The Roman language of France was modified by 
 the Franks and Goths into two principal dialects, the S. or Langue 
 iVoc, and the N. or Langue cToi. The S. was the earliest culti- 
 vated at the great feudal courts of Provence, Toulouse, and Barcelo- 
 na, thus giving rise to the Provencal or Limousin language, of 
 which there are numerous poetical remains. The poets of this dia- 
 lect were called Trobadors. It has not been a cultivated language 
 since the 14th century. The N. or Lancrue d'oi was early cultivated 
 at the French and Norman courts, and like the former was principal- 
 ly devoted to Poetry. Its poets were called Trouveres. Richard I. 
 
 iarid, was one of their number. The crusades against the Al- 
 s, and the wars between the French and English in Guienne 
 carried it southward, and the overthrow of the courts of Pn 
 and Toulouse, in the 12th and 13th centuries, gave it the ascendancy, 
 
10 Appendix. 
 
 in that quarter. The Provencal then declined, and has finally sunk 
 into a provincial patois. 
 
 After the consolidation of the French government by Louis XI. it 
 became the prevailing language of the Kingdom, and soon one of the 
 most cultivated languages of Europe, particularly under the auspices 
 of Francis I. It gained its highest perfection in the reign of Louis 
 XIV. It has since had many eminent writers, but is thought to have 
 rather declined in purity. Its leading writers are Montaigne, Cor- 
 neille, Racine, Moliere, Bossuet, Fenelon, Boileau, La Fontaine, 
 Montesquieu, Pascal, Voltaire, Rousseau, D'Alembert, &c. It is the 
 general language of communication throughout France, the W. dis- 
 tricts of Switzerland, and the French colonies in Canada, Louisiana, 
 the W. Indies, Guiana, and the isles of France and Bourbon. For the 
 last two centuries it has been a general medium of intercourse through- 
 out the continent of Europe, particularly in the N. courts, and in 
 diplomatic papers. There are many provincial dialects in France, viz. 
 the Provencal, closely resembling* the N. W. dialects of ltal\ ; 
 the Rhone and extending to the Alps. The Langue d'oc extending 
 from Auvergne to the Pyrenees, resembles the Romansh. The Gas- 
 con, including the Limousin, strongly aspirated. The old Poitevin 
 cultivated as a poetical dialect, in the 12th century. These are all 
 derived from the Langue d'oc. The W. dialects are the modern 
 Poitevin, the Vendean, the Angevin, and the Orleannois the most 
 cultivated, from the former residence of the court at Orleans. The 
 N. dialects are the common Parisian, a corrupt dialect; the Norman, 
 the old Norman found in tin .^lish law books; the Picard, very 
 
 rude; the Walloon, on the frontiers of the Netherlands, very cor- 
 rupt, mixed with Flemish ; the Lotharingian, Vosgien, &c., in the N. 
 E., approach the Dutch ; the Burgundian ; the Swiss-French or 
 Vamlois, very lisping, resembles the Romansh, spoken in Porent- 
 ru, Neufchatel, part of Freyburg, Vaud, Geneva, part of Savoy, 
 and the lower Valais. 
 
 V. Romansh. The language of the Grisons. Proper name Chur- 
 walsh. It is derived from the Romana rustica modified by the orig- 
 inal inhabitants, an Etruscan colony ; and has retained its form in 
 the retired vallies of the Alps, with 'but little change. It resembles 
 some of the dialects in the W. Alps and in Languedoc. It is spoken 
 by about half the Grisons in the centre. The N. Grisons speak 
 Dutch, the S. a corrupt Italian. There are two principal dialects. 
 The Romansh on the Rhine, and the Ladinish on the Inn. It is not a 
 cultivated language, though it has a translation of the Bible (the New 
 Testament as early as 720) and several traditional poems. 
 
 5th FAMILY. THE SLAVONIC The descendants of the ancient 
 Sarmatee ; inhabited all the country N. of the Euxine ; afterwards 
 driven N. W. at an early period by the Huns and Tatars ; extended 
 themselves into Illyria, Hungary, Bohemia, and as far W. as the 
 Saale and Elbe to Holstein. Have been since repelled by the Ger- 
 mans, so that their present W. boundary is on the frontier of N. Po- 
 land, then including part of Lusatia, Bohemia, Moravia, and Hunga- 
 ry and the S. provinces of Austria ; S. boundary, the head of the 
 Adriatic, Albania, Rumelia, and the Euxine ;*E. the Tatar and 
 Finnish tribes of E. Russia ; N. the Finns, Lettonians, and Samoeides; 
 including nearty all the E. half of Europe. Proper name, Slowinski 
 or Slowieni, from Slowo, a language. The language abounds in double 
 consonants and aspirates, and at the same time in vowels and inflex- 
 ions, which give it much of the flexibility of the ancient Greek. Its 
 
AppencL 1 1 
 
 poetry is said to be very musical. Its roots hare many affmitic 
 the Greek ami Gothic. 
 
 There are two reat divisions of this language, the Antish or 
 Eastern, and the Slavish or \\ otern. 
 
 I. A' ;i. This is subdivided into t\ ,.;. 1. 
 
 The Russian. This extends from the Danube t; .rough 
 
 the whole of European Russia. In its present form, mivrd with many 
 
 i words, from the Finns, Tatars, M and heno 
 
 understood by the lllyrian*. There are two great di a. Sla- 
 
 i nt, Or HusHan Church language, Slawcnsk i( Rus- 
 sian) ; the language of religious worship, of i Bihle, 
 and tili 
 the vernacMiljir language of the fourteenth r<- close 
 
 with the b. The common Russian; two !< 
 
 -, 1. N. or Great I'; -. or Little liu-Man. The lat- 
 
 ter was earliest cultivated and most nearly resembl< 
 
 Slawanish. T!ie former gaine.l under Peter the 
 
 Great became the language of the court u : . It has 
 
 language of c throughout the 
 
 and has been cultivated with much care. It has 
 list of native writers, of no mean fame, such as Kan, 
 Krilof, Dmitrief, Pushkin, &c. The common spoken language is 
 said by Pallas to be quite uniform throughout the empire. There 
 are however many pn> lie in Mos- 
 
 cow very corrupt. Mulo-Russian in the Ukraine, mixed with the 
 Polish, the dialect of the Cossacs. Galician or Haliczki ; the greater 
 number of Galicians are Russians, even as far as the Vistula. Russ- 
 ia Bokowine and the Carpathian Mountains. Krewit/ki in 
 Smolensko and Minsk, originally a distinct people ; a peculiar dialect 
 with much Polish. 2. The Illyrian Slavous, originally from i 
 pf Poland and Russia, and the Carpathian Mountains ; now extending 1 
 alonpr the Danube and its S. branches, from Bulgaria to the head of 
 riatic. The least civilized of the Slavonians. Three great 
 tinctin language and manners; the Servians, Croats, 
 nd S. Wends, a. The Servians, proper nam< medi- 
 
 te between the old Russian and Croat. They have a church lan- 
 uage of an early date resembling the old Russian, called the Illyr- 
 in language ; the Greek and Latin churches write it in distinct char- 
 cters. The principal dialects arc the Bulgarian E., Herzegoviniaa 
 . as far as the Adriatic, Sirmian or proper Servian N. along the 
 >anube and in Hungary, and the Sclavonian N. W. The Uskoks or 
 Torlachians, the S. Dalmatians and the Ragusans speak dialects of 
 lis division, b. The Croatian, proper name Chorwat, or Chrobat 
 mountaineers) ; cameifrom the Carpathians in the seventh century. 
 Occupy Croatia, W. Dalmatia, part of Istriaand Carniola, and the S. 
 V. counties of Hungary. Those on the sea coast very much Ital- 
 inized. Their dialects, Croatian proper, Carniolian, and Dalmatian. 
 . The S. Wends. From the Upper Vistula in the seventh century; 
 iffer from the Croats in manners ; retain towards them a deadly 
 atred. Their language fast disappearing, and mixed with a great 
 eal of German ; use the German articles. Dialects. The Carniolian, 
 principal dialect, intermixed now with the Croatian. The Ca* 
 inthian. The Stirian. The Sloweni in the S. W. corner of Hun- 
 ary. 
 
 it. The Slavish or Western. Four great divisions. 1. The Po- 
 sh ; originally occupied Poland, Silesia, W Prussia and Pomerania ; 
 
12 Appendix. 
 
 since confined by the Germans to Poland. In the 10th century, 
 converted to the Romish faith, and a barbarous Latin became the lan- 
 guage of religion and general communication. In the last century 
 the dialect of Warsaw was made the language of the court and gov- 
 ernment, and has since been cultivated. The principal dialects are 
 the pure Polnish, the Church language throughout Poland. The Ma- 
 sovian. The Cassubian, in Pomerania, and W. Prussia, much mixed 
 with German. The Silesian, originally extended over all Silesia, now 
 confined by the German and Bohemian to a few small districts, that 
 use Polish prayer books. 
 
 2. Bohemian. Tschechen (German.) Proper name Czesky (the 
 van.) The earliest Slavons who invaded the old Gothic territories, in 
 the sixth century. Has long been a cultivated language ; use the 
 German Alphabet; oldest written monument a hymn of the I Oth 
 century, still sung ; Bible translated in the 14th ; brightest period, the 
 16th century. The language now cultivated after the models of the 
 16th century; abounds in combinations of consonants ; spoken at 
 present by two thirds of the Bohemians ; rest speak German. The 
 dialect of Prague the purest. The Moravians speak dialects of Bo- 
 hemian. Proper name Morawsky. Several dialects, viz. the Hanaky, 
 the oldest. The Chorwats or Vlaki, in the mountains on the fron- 
 tiers of Hungary. The Slowaks in Upper Hungary, scattered but 
 numerous, language corrupted with Hungarian, use the Bohemian 
 language in their religious services. The Podluzaki, of Croatian 
 origin, in the S. E. of Moravia, a peculiar dialect. 
 
 3. Serbian, p roper name Sserske and Ssbri; originally occupied all 
 Upper Saxony from the Oder to the Saale ; now confined to Lusatia 
 and a fewv illages in the adjoining territories. There are two princi- 
 pal dialects, the Upper and Lower, the former the purest. Attempts 
 were made, the last century, to root out the language, but they did not 
 succeed. They have now religious books in their language, and a 
 translation of Klopstock's Messiah. 
 
 4. N. Wends or Polabish ; originally occupied all the N. of Germany 
 from Holstoin to the Oder, now entirely rooted out by the German ; 
 had a near affinity to the Polish ; spoken in Pomerania, in 1400 ; in 
 three towns in Luneburg, in the last century ; at Ratzeburg and 
 on the Leyne, not yet entirely extinct, about half of it Dutch. 
 
 6th FAMILY. 'f'HE LETTONIAN or German Slavish, proper name, 
 Letwa. A mixture of Slavish and Gothic, about two thirds the for- 
 mer. The W. Slavons or Poles overrun and conquered the original 
 Gothic tribes, and by their intermixture the language was formed. 
 Originally occupied all the shores of the Baltic from the Vistula to the 
 Dwina ; now more confined ; the W. Lettonian rooted out by the 
 German. Four divisions. 1. The old Prussian, originally spoken 
 in all E. and W. Prussia ; at the close of the 1 7th century, spoken only 
 by a few old people ; has long since disappeared, its place supnlied by 
 the German. 2. Prussic-Lithanish or Lithuanian, spoken between 
 the Inster and the Memel in E. Prussia, has the nearest affini- 
 ty to the old Prussian. 3. Polnish-Lithauish or Schamaitan, spoken 
 onlv in the Schamaitan district of Lithuania; the rest of Lithuania, 
 Polish; has the nearest affinity to the Polish, particularly in its hissing 
 sounds. 4. Proper Lettonian, spoken in Livonia, Courland (Curi-fh^) 
 Samogitia, and the adioimnfr districts of Prussia and Lithuania. The 
 purest spoken around Mittau and Riga. It is the only dialect 
 that has a mixture of Finnish. It abounds in Gothic, and has re- 
 tained many old words that have disappeared in the en 
 
Appendix. 13 
 
 7th FAMILY. THE FINNISH. Tschudish (German), Czudj (Rus- 
 sian) ; proper name Suomalaine, from Suoma, a swamp. A dark 
 coloured, diminutive race, now confined to the E. shores of the 
 Baltic. The Laplan3ers are associated with this family by Adelung, 
 but they have many physical differences, and in t v iis respect ap- 
 proach nearer to the Samoiedes. They however have a greater 
 affinity to the Finns in their language. He thinks they were a Fin- 
 nish tribe, separated from the rest of the family at a very early period, 
 and then modified by their severe climate and savage habits, so as 
 almost to lose their natural resemblance. The Finns are divided 
 into four sections. 1. The Proper Finnish, spoken throughout Fin- 
 land, and in some districts of Ingria, the most cultivated, has many 
 Swedish words ; principal dialects, the Finnish proper near Abo, 
 Carelian, and Olanetian. The Finnish is also spoken by a colony of 
 Finns in the N. of Norway. They are there called Quans. 2. iThe 
 Esthonian, spoken in the government of Revel or Esthonia, and the 
 island of Oesel. Two dialects, the Revelian and the Dorpatian. The 
 Krewfna, in Courland, on the Memel, speak a very corrupt ! 
 thonian. 3. The Livonian, spoken by about one third of the Li- 
 vonians in the N. ; the Lettonian is spoken in the S. They use the 
 Lettonian in their churches. The language is fast disappearing. 4. 
 The Lapponian. The Laplanders in their persons resemble the Sa- 
 moiedes, in their language, the Finns ; their dialects are very numer- 
 ous. Their whole number does not exceed 20,(XX). Proper name 
 Same. They live a migratory life in the N. extremity of Europe, 
 where they are surrounded by Swedes, Finns, &c., and yet remain en- 
 act. 
 
 In the S. E. corner of Europe are three languages, whose affinities 
 are not yet fully established, viz. the Wallachian, Hungarian, and 
 Albanian. 
 
 I. THE WALLACHIAN; called by Adelung, Romish-Slavish ; pro- 
 per name, Rumanje; called by the Russians Vlaki, by the Albanians 
 Tjaban, both - -hephr-nl. They inhabit Wallachia, Mol- 
 davia, part of Transylvania, Temeswar, and Lower Hungary, and 
 also part of Thrace, Macedonia, and Thessaly. The basis of this 
 language is thought to be Latin, from the Roman colonies in Dacia; 
 this was increased, by the introduction of the Romish worship in the 
 14th century, and by* the government of the Knights of St. John, in 
 the 13th. About one half rtie language of this origin ; the rest Sla- 
 vonian, with some Greek, Gothic, Turkish, &c. The Latin and Sla^ 
 ronian give the character to the language. Two great divisions. 
 1. The Dacian, N. of the Danube. 2. The Thracian or Kutzo- 
 Vlaki, S. of the Danube, the most corrupt. This language is not 
 cultivated ; the principal people speak Greek and Turkish. 
 
 II. THE HUNGARIAN ; proper name Magyar ; formerly called 
 Ugurs. They are said to be of Turkish-Tatar origin, and inhabit- 
 ed the desert of Jaik, N. of the Caspian, in the fourth century ; in the 
 ninth and tenth centuries, they entered Hungary and settled on the 
 Theiss and Danube. Their language has many 'affinities to the Fin- 
 nish, and they have been reckoned, by some, a Finnish race, but 
 they are more probably of Tatar origin. The language has been 
 long used by polished society, and is now cultivated with much zeal, 
 particularly at Buda. There is a uniform language of books and 
 good society, very different from the dialects -of the populace, which 
 may be ranked under two heads, that of Raab in the W. or Upper 
 Hungary, and that of Debreczin in the E. orLower Hungary. 
 
 B 
 
f 4 Appendix. 
 
 III. THE ALBANIAN ; proper name Shipeter ; Arnaut (Turkish). 
 They occupy E. Illyria and Lpirus, and are scattered over Thessaly 
 und Greece, and even as far as Constantinople. They form an ex- 
 tensive people, whose language has no direct affinity. They are 
 partly of the Greek Church, and partly Mahometan. They are said 
 to have an ancient Church language. They are probably descended 
 from one of the E. barbarous nations, who invaded the empire be- 
 tween the fourth and fourteenth centuries, and are thought to be the 
 same as the Albanians of Caucasus, and the Alans of S. Russia, who 
 invaded Bulgaria as late as 1308. There are several dialects, but 
 little known. A colony of Albanians settled in Sclavonia in 1 737, and 
 another near Reggio and Messina in J 46 1 . Both of them retain their 
 language and customs. They are still a barbarous and predatory 
 Face, much employed by the Turks in their armies. 
 
 8th FAMILY. THE TURKISH-TATAR. Extends from the Altai moun- 
 tnins to the Caspian, and N. of the same and the Euxine from the 
 Danube to E. Siberia. It has also furnished the ruling population of 
 the Ottoman Empire. Descended from the ancient Scythians ; proper 
 name Turkan or Turan ; Tatar, from Tata nomadic. They were 
 formerly a nomadic race, and even those who have become sta- 
 tionary, still retain their nomadic habits. There are two great di- 
 visions, the Turkish and the Tatar. 
 
 I. The Turkish or S. Tatars; extend from the Altai to the Cas- 
 pian ; original country, N. Persia ; the ancient Massagetae and Sog- 
 aiaqi, the latter civili/ed. In the I Ith century, they invaded Persia, 
 mid gradually extended their power westward. The last of these inva- 
 ding tribes, the Osmanli, prevailed, and finally established the Ottoman 
 empire. The principal dialects at the present time are, I. The Tur- 
 kestan, in Soongaria, bordering on the Mongols, about 2000 fami- 
 lies, stationary. 2. The Turkman; remains of the W. Turkestan, 
 who in 1 468 conquered Persia, driven out 1508. Nomadic, wander 
 over the whole of W. Asia as far as Syria and Natolia. 3. The Us- 
 becs, the ancient Uzes, nomadic and predatory, some of them set- 
 tled in towns, on the Aral and the rivers Gihon and Sihon. 4. The 
 Buclr.irian, 8. of the Usbecs, extending to the frontiers of Persia. 
 Two divisions. The Little Bucharian, E. of the Belur Tag in Cashgar, 
 subject to China. The Great Bucharian, W. of the Belur Tag on 
 the Gihon, once a powerful and highly civilized people, now in a de- 
 clining state, seat of their former power in Samarcand. Language 
 the most cultivated of the E. Turks, mixed with Persian. 5. The 
 Caramanian in S. Natolia, nomadic, language nearest the Turkish. 
 6. The Osmanli or Turkish proper; origin ally from Turkestan, left 
 there 545, invaded Persia, and finally under Osman in the 14th cen- 
 tury, passed into Asia Minor and established the Turkish power, 
 completed by the conquest of Constantinople in the 15th. The lan- 
 guage has been much cultivated at the Ottoman court, and has become 
 the general language of the Turkish empire, particularly in the N. 
 provinces. It is mixed with a great deal of Arabic and Persian. It 
 is now a copious and flexible language, with numerous inflexions. 
 There are many dialects, the purest in Constantinople. The Turks 
 were originally a race of nomadic barbarians, and are now less 
 mild and civilized^than the Tatars. They still retain their original 
 nomadic institutions. 
 
 II. The Tatar Proper or N. Tatars ; extending N. of the Eux- 
 ine and Caspian from the Danube to E. Siberia. The principal in- 
 habitants of S. Russia and W. Siberia. The most civilized of all 
 
Appendix. 15 
 
 nomades ; conquered by Genghis Klian ; afterwards formed two 
 powerful kingdoms ; the W. or that of Kipclr.ik on tlie Volga, 
 this at one time conquered lUi^-ia : and the E. or that of Tur.in in 
 Siberia, conquered by the Russians, I5f>0. There are two principal 
 di\i-ions. 1. The Pure Tatars. The principal trihes arc', a. The 
 INogays and Krim Tatar.-, in the* NV., from the Danube to the Kuban ; 
 proper name iNlankat. The Krim T. are stationary and eivili/ed, 
 the Nogavs nomadic. b. The Kumans, a Tatar stock, originally 
 from the Ivuma in E. Russia. They became a powerful people, and 
 their conquest* as far as'the Danube in the I Itli and I 2th 
 centuries A large colony settled in IIung-.ir\, where they long re- 
 mained distinct, but now* speak the 1 I-.mgarian lamrnaire. c. Tho 
 Kasaii Tatars, originally nomades, then a settled and ci\ ili/ed peo- 
 ple ; themovt cultivated *of all the Tatar dialects, d. The Orcnburgh 
 Tatars, on the IV. of the Caspian. nomadic, vcr\ different from the 
 former, e. The ' .trt of the Vrnl mountains, part- 
 
 _i-!-icultiirists. 1. Kirgiscs, a pre- 
 
 in Turke-tan and U* ' d. g. 
 
 .1 |)owerfu! kingdom on the 
 
 I'rahmd To'.ol : .' ft vr wards conquered b\ tin- Momi-oN, and finally by 
 satans, in the Ibth century. The principal tribes are the Tura- 
 lin/.r<, the Tob.l-k T. t'nc Tarainxes, the Tomsk T., the (): 
 and the Barabinzes, all on the waters of the Ohy, and N. of the 
 steppe-. T>.\ ar< generally employed in agriculture and fishing". 
 
 2. The Mongolian Tatars; formed by the mixture of the Mongol* 
 
 and Turans, after the conquest of the latter by the former. The 
 
 I irives a character to their lunyfuacrc. Tiny inhabit the coun- 
 
 tr\ H. a:r! S. of the Turans, and n' le>s rultivuted. The urific.ipal 
 
 tribes arc, the Kia-no\i and Ku>net/.i on the Oby ; the Katchin/i, 
 
 on the Jene-ei : tbe Chulymski, on the Chulym, between the upper 
 
 Oby and th- the T-leu1^, in SoODgaria, some of their fam- 
 
 the Tom and the Jene^-i, religion Slr.unan- 
 
 ism : the Jak-its, in R. Siberia, on the Lena, have tin- Mongol fio-- 
 ur\ and tlieir la: -upted with Mongol and Tungu- 
 
 sian words; the' ui on the Volga and Tfi, 
 
 and chri-tian<. their origirral language almost lost, not Ta- 
 tar, now u-".*; Tatar dialect modified by their own peculiar language. 
 
 The Turks and Tatars belong to the brown variety of the ('au< a-- 
 
 inn nice. Their hair and lerally black, sometimes, darb 
 
 red ; tlieir complexion pure white, whe^^t exposed. The Ka>iei n 
 
 . particularly the Jakuts, very darBnprobably modified in com- 
 
 plexion, as well as language, by mixture with the Mongols. 
 
 There are several nations, on the frontiers of Europe and Asia, 
 whose affinities are not established. They have been called Finns, 
 but they have few relations with the proper Finns, in language or 
 customs. They arc now insulated by the Russians and Tatar-, and 
 few in numbers. Probably the remains of some more extensive, 
 family or families, mixed with their conquerors, or neighbours. Such 
 examples are not uncommon. I have ventured to call them THE 
 VOLOGDI \\ Gnori>. 
 
 I. Permiajjs and Sirjanians. Two dialects of the same language ; 
 few Finnish worK Once o':cu;)ied all the country between the 
 White Sea and the rimlian mountains ; now much reduced. In the 
 provinces of Archangel and Kasaii ; nearly related to the two fof- 
 iowing. 
 
1 6 Appendix. 
 
 II. Cheraiisses, in Kasan and Nizney-Novg-orod, en the Volga ; 
 language peculiar, but mixed with much Tatar. 
 
 III. Mordwins, in Kasan, Orenburgh and Nizney, on the Volga ; 
 two tribes, (Mokscha and Ersad,) who formerly spoke distinct lan- 
 guages, now blended and mixed with Tatar ; not long since were 
 heathens. 
 
 IV. Votiaks, proper name Ud ; on the Viatka and Kama, in Ka- 
 san ; S. of the Permians ; now agricultural. Language intermedi- 
 ate between the Chermisses and Permians, nearer the latter. 
 
 V. Teptjerai ; Tatar for a people who pay no taxes ; a mixture 
 of Chermisses, Chuwashes, VotiaKs and Tatars, who live in Oren- 
 burgh, partly distinct, partly blended ; stationary in villages. Their 
 different languages are fast blending into one. An example of the 
 mixture of languages. 
 
 The Chuwashes, perhaps, should be placed here in this group. 
 
 VI. Voguls, in Siberia, on the Kama and Irtish, N. of the Ural, 
 proper name Mansi. A peculiar, but very mixed language ; has a 
 near affinity to that of the Ost&ks on the Conda. 
 
 VII. Ostiaks, on the Conda and Oby, in the government of To- 
 bolski ; hunters and fishermen. Language nearest the Vogul, with 
 much Samoiede ; trace their origin from the Permians. The word 
 Ostiak, in Tatar, signifies a stranger, and is applied to tribes of differ- 
 ent origin. 
 
 There is another collection of tribes or nations, speaking langua- 
 ges which have no direct affinity, though by some referred to one 
 common origin, with different customs, and inveterately hostile to 
 each other, still barbarous and predatory, in the mountains of Cau- 
 casus. They arc few in numbers, insulated and surrounded by the 
 Tatars and Georgians. I have here arranged them under the gener 
 al term of THE CAUCASIAN GROUP. They are all without a writ- 
 ten language. I. The Abkhas, Abchassa, herdsmen and robbers, at 
 the W. extremity of Caucasus, on the Black Sea, on both sides of 
 the mountains. II. The Circassians, Cherkassi, proper name, Adi- 
 gi, herdsmen and robbers ; the nation is all noble ; the common peo- 
 ple are conquered slaves, who speak their language ; remarkable for 
 their beauty. Extend from the N. side of Caucasus to the N. of the 
 Kuban. Two principal dialects. The Kabardiniari N. of the Ku- 
 ban. The Temirgoi S., the most numerous and powerful. III. The 
 Ossetes ; proper name, IivA beautiful race, but wild and predato- 
 ry ; on the high N. moui||ks of Caucasus, on the left bank of the 
 Terek. Language pecunar ; said to have an affinity with the an- 
 cient Mede. IV. The Kisti, or Ingushi ; inhabit the mountains 
 around the sources of the Terek ; the wildest race in Caucasus ; 
 thought to be descended from the Alans. There are five tribes or 
 dialects. The Tushetan live in Georgia. V. The Lesgi, inhabit 
 the E. side of Caucasus, as far as the low country in Daghestan, and 
 the Caspian ; not one people, but a collection of several distinct 
 tribes and languages. The most numerous and powerful race in 
 Caucasus. The principal divisions are, 1. The Awars, in the N. 
 W. ; said to be descended from the Huns ; the most powerful of the 
 Lesgi. 2. The Kasi-Kumuks, S. E. of the former ; Mahometans, 
 more civilized than the former, skilled in working metals ; language 
 much mixed with Arabic and Tatar. 3. The Akushas, N. of the 
 former, extending to the low countrv ; very savage ; live in a range 
 of- wild immntaiiiB ; lang-uag-e peculiar, but mixed with th$ former, 
 
Appendix* 17 
 
 4. The Kuraiians, in the high mountains S. W. of the A wars ; little 
 known. 
 
 nations, there are many Tatar tribes in Caucasus, 
 particularly in the high mountains around the Terek. The low 
 country, along- the N. and E. sides of Caucasus, is chiefly occupied 
 by '! atft] 5. i he Tatt is ;i mixture of Tatar and Persian, spoken by 
 a people, who live in villages in Shirvan, particularly around Baku. 
 
 9th. FAMILY. \N or (!KI SIAN; proper name, Iwer. 
 
 Occupy all the country S. of Caucasus, from the Black Sea to Shir- 
 ran . in. ("nri-tiani/ed in the fourth century. They 
 have an ancient church language, which has been considerably culti- 
 vated ; now not in common n-e. Were once a cultivated people, 
 but have been repeatedly conquered by the Persians and Turks, and 
 late; i.n^iaus. 'Still- <>i'le. but less cultivated 
 than' formerly. Language very harsh and guttural. Several dia- 
 lects ; the principal, the Kartuel in the centre, the purest, dm\-d 
 from the old Church ; the Imerettian, and t l an, 
 in the W.. on the Black Sea, more corrupt, mixed with Greek ; the 
 in the high mountains of Caucasus, mixed 
 with Circas>ian and Kistian. 
 
 loth. FAMILY. Tn AN : proper name, Ilnikia. A very 
 
 peculiar language ; has no direct affinity with any living language. 
 Some af'f. ce<! with the ancient Thracian, '/.- 
 
 and Pehlvi. Verv harsh and guttural ; -abounds in inflexions, in that 
 respect r< the Greek. The Armenians were early cbris- 
 
 ti^nized ; the Bible was translated in 405, when their own' history 
 commences ; they have always been tributary. They are now one 
 of the most commercial people in Asia, und have spread thems( 
 for this purpose* as widely as the Jews. Wherever they go, they 
 carry .their peculiar language, religion and customs. Their Hible 
 has served as a r their written language, which is widelv dis- 
 
 tinct fro: ilar language now spoken by the people in 
 
 Turkish and Pers ::ia. There are several dialects ; the 
 
 puresi, the Sjuljan,on the At, 
 
 llth. FAMILY. THE PERSIAN. These languages are of two 
 classes, the Ancient and the Modern. I. The Ancient; now ex- 
 tinct. There were two principal la; i l ie Zend and the 
 Pehlvi. 1. The Zend or ancient A i<,: ui : iri::invdlv -,[>ok<"i in the 
 N. W. provinces of Persia, S. and S. W. of the Caspian; entirely 
 extinct, only a few traces in the Armenian ; not the parent of the 
 modern Persian ; very harsh, abounding in consonants ; the only 
 monument, the Zendavesta, the sacred book of the Guebrcs, or wor- 
 shippers of fire ; extinct as a spoken language before Christ ; still 
 retained in the sacred books of the Parsi, though understood by very 
 few. The Pa-Zend, a dialect mixed with the Pehlvi. 2. The 
 Pehlvi or Parthian ; originally the language of Lower Media and 
 Parthia, or modern Ghilan and Cohestan, in the N. of Persia. The 
 language of the Parthian court, till its downfall, A. D. 300. The 
 oldest monument, a translation of the Zendavesta, B. C. Has many 
 affinities with the Zend, though very considerably different ; has a 
 greater mixture of Semitic words. 3. The Parsi ; became the court 
 language of Persia, on the downfall of the Parthian government, 
 A. D. 300. It was originally the language of Farsistan : first civili- 
 zed by Cyrus ; cultivated there as a provincial language, till the 
 Sassanidae made it their court language, A. D. 300. It co-^i -ucd 
 such, till the Mahometan invasion, A. D. 650. It is now extinct as a ' 
 
 B* 
 
1 8 JlppendiOL 
 
 vernacular language ; not used as such by the Parsees, or fire wor- 
 shippers.- The purest specimen is the Shall Nameh of Ferdusi, ot' 
 the 10th century. A much softer language, than the two former ; 
 the parent of the modern Persian ; has many affinities with the San- 
 acrit, Greek and Gothic. 
 
 The ancient Persians were fire worshippers, or followers of Zo- 
 roaster. At the Mahometan invasion, the greater part of the popu- 
 lation embraced the religion of their conquerors. They are now 
 Mahometans of the Shiite sect. (The Turks are at the head of the 
 Sunnite sect, the other great division of Mahometanism.) A consid- 
 rable part of the Persian people adhered to their old religion, which 
 they still retain, together with their sacred books and peculiar cus- 
 toms. They are called Parsees or G uebres. They are widely scat- 
 tered in the S. of Asia ; live by themselves, and are a very industri- 
 ous, frugal people, generally engaged in commerce. They are 
 found in some districts in Persia, particularly at Baku on the Cas- 
 pian, where they maintain a perpetual fire, by means of an inflam- 
 mable gas which issues from the soil ; also in the province of Yezd. 
 A colony settled early in Guzerat, and they are now numerous in 
 Bombay, and the other cities of India, where they are among the 
 wealthiest merchants of the country. They hare not retained their 
 original language, except in their ancient books of religion. 
 
 II. The Modern. Only one cultivated language, the Persian. 
 The Parsi became a provincial language, at the Mahommedan inva- 
 sion of Persia. The Arabic then became the language of the court 
 and of religion. The old language was restored by the Dilemee, 
 977, and was then carried to great perfection, particularly by the 
 Persian Poets. It has now become one of the most musical, and 
 most cultivated of all the languages of Asia. It !S at present, the 
 prevailing language of the Persian empire, and the language of gen- 
 eral communication throughout a large part of the East, from Ben- 
 gal to the Levant, answering to the French in Europe. It has bor- 
 rowed much, in its present state, from the Arabic and Turkish. Its 
 most flourishing period, from the 13th to the 15th century. Since 
 impaired by the invasion of the Mongols, and the civil wars, which 
 have desolated and divided the Empire. Its most eminent writers 
 were Ferdusi, who rather belonged to the Parsi, Hafiz, Sadi, and 
 Jami. This language is very simple in its structure. It has a near 
 affinity to the German, not only in its roots, but in its forms and in- 
 flexions ; it also resembles the Greek and Sanscrit in its radicals. 
 
 There are many vernacular Dialects in Persia, some of which are 
 said to approach the Parsi, and others the Pehlvi. The principal are 
 the Taberistan, (poetical remains as old as the 13th century), Gaur 
 and Khorasan, similar, in the N. E. ; Khusistan, Farsi, Mekran, and 
 Kerman. 
 
 The Curdish, the language of a powerful people on the confines of 
 Persia and Turkey ; centre, Curdistan ; have spread into Fars, and 
 as far W. as Natolia ; from the 1 Ith to the 13th century overrun 
 Persia and Turkey to the Mediterranean ; the famous Saladin was a 
 Curd. Language derived from the same stock wi u the Persian, but 
 ruder and simpler in its forms ; more blended with Semitic. Still a 
 nomadic race ; divided into tribes, each of which has its dialect ; the 
 purest that of Amadia, the seat of its most powerful chieftain. 
 
 12th. FAMILY. PAT AN OR AFGHAN ; proper name, Pushto; the 
 language of a powerful nomadic people, in the mountains between 
 Persia and India. It is said td be one half peculiar, the rest borrow- 
 
lip] 19 
 
 fed from Persian and Sanscrit. Said to have come from high middle 
 Asia, in the sixth century. They have lung been a powerful people ; 
 in the 10th century, became Mahomincdans ; in the USth conquered 
 Hindostan, and founded the Gaur d\ nasty, conquered by li.e Mo- 
 guls in the loth ; about 1750, formed the powerful kingdom o Kan- 
 dahar or Caubul, including the E. half of Persia, the N. W. provin- 
 ces of Hiudu>tan, and the S. part of Independent Tartars. 
 
 The Belooches, a half civilized race, who have formed an inde- 
 pendent state in Mekran, including the S. II. parti,! tUr 
 as the Indus, are a branch of the Patan Fmnily. 
 
 13th. FAMILY. THE HINDOO. One oi .-.{peo- 
 
 ple; have remained the longest unaltered: trace tifeir history back 
 to a high antiquity ; firs; chronology benne at jjhe death of 
 
 Vikramanditya, A. C. 56. The p i he inva- 
 
 sion of Alexander, as at f < iv- 
 
 ili/ation the , \ nf tin it < . >is, religion . MIS,* alto- 
 
 gether peculiar, and resembling no oth* ; s of 
 
 their eariv *irly 
 
 met se anterior to the ri\ ili/.ition 
 
 of ancient Greece remains of an nifirence, ut Elephanta, 
 
 ;;.'iira and KlKnu. Earliest religion that of Brahma ; re- 
 formed by Buddhu 683 A. C. After long contenti< us the Brahmans 
 prevailed, and drove the Buddhist- iuii and farther India, in 
 
 the first century. Formed a pm\ e-i'i:i n ire on the Gauges ; 
 
 Ben. i noient centre of civiii/ai ion and power. This native em- 
 
 pire overthrown by the Patans in the l:ith century, and the Patan dy- 
 nasty by the Moguls in the 10th. The Mogul dynasty retained a nom- 
 inal authority till 17 1 JH; but after its overthrow by I\adir Shah, 1739, 
 it had lost its real power. The Mahrattas a native race, then gained 
 the ascendancy ; but were defeated, first by the Patans, and then by 
 the British, who are now the ruling power in Hindostan. 
 
 The Languages of Hi mlo f two classes ; the ancient, now 
 
 extinct as spoken languages, but still the languages of the sacred 
 books, and of their early literature ; and the modern vernacular dia- 
 lects. 
 
 1. The Ancient. 1. Sanscrit. The ancient language of reli- 
 gion, law and literature ; preserved in the Vedas and Shastras, the 
 institutes of Menu, (a code of ancient law,) the Mahabharata, (an 
 epic poem,) the Sacontala, (a drama,) &c. Proper name, Sam-skritfL, 
 adorned writing. Now cultivated by the learned, as a dead lan- 
 guage ; not spoken in purity, but the parent of the modern Hindoo 
 languages. A highly cultivated language, abounds in inflexions, 
 polysyllabic. Has many affinities with the W. Caucasian languages, 
 particularly the Greek and Latin. The Hindoos are probably, from 
 this affinity of language, and from their physical conformation, oval 
 face, and long flowing hair, a Caucasian family, although, from their 
 exposure to a very warm climate, generally of a dark olive complex- 
 ion. The N. Hindoos, and those not exposed, resemble the Per- 
 sians in complexion. 
 
 2. Pracrit ; an extinct languag-e, found in the ancient books ; the 
 dialect of the lower classes ; used in their early dramas by women 
 and good genii ; closely related to the Sanscrit. 
 
 3. Apobhransa or Magadha ; a dialect ungrammatized ; used in 
 the early dramas by lovers. 4. Bali ; the language of religion and 
 literature of the Buddhists, m Ceylon and Farther India ; retained 
 in the sacred books of Buddhu ; a dialect of if, the Pali Siughala, 
 
20 Appendix. 
 
 the court dialect of Kandy in Ceylon ; used as a sacred and elegant 
 language, in the courts of Burmah and Siam, though it has no annuity 
 to their native languages ; has a close affinity to the Sanscrit. 
 
 II. The Modern Languages, now spoken in Hindostan. These 
 are not derived directly from the Sanscrit, (the ancient cultivated 
 language of general communication,) but from the Pracrit, the Ma- 
 gadha, and other provincial dialects. 
 
 There are two great divisions. 1. The General languages of Hin- 
 dostan. a. The Mongolian Hindostanee, or Moors ; formed by a 
 mixture of the native Hindoo with the languages of the Mahomme- 
 dan and Mogul conquerors, particularly witli Arabic and Persian. 
 The Persian was at first the language of the Mogul court, but uni- 
 ting with the native dialects of Agra and Delhi, and the Arabic of 
 the religious books, it formed the present language, which became 
 the prevailing dialect of the Mahommcdans in India. It is now split 
 into several dialects, b. Pure or High Hindostanee. Hindee or 
 DevalSagara. AgTa was the original seat of Hindoo power, and of 
 a polite language, called Wradscha, now extinct. Then Benares be- 
 came the seat of power and refinement, and after the Mahommedan 
 conquest, the centre of the Brahmins, and of all the remains of an- 
 cient Hindoo learning. They formed there a cultivated and polished 
 language, which has become the prevailing dialect of the native pop- 
 ulation, particularly on the Ganges. It has the nearest affinity to the 
 Sanscrit of any modem dialect. 
 
 2. The Provincial Dialects of Hindostan. These are very nu- 
 merous, and have all an afiiuiu to the ancient Sanscrit and Practit. 
 They are spoken by a population of about 100 millions. The Hin- 
 doos have been overrun and conquered, for several hundred years, 
 and yet have retained their languages and customs very distinct. 
 The N. Hindoos, and those of the central mountains, are a larger 
 and fairer race, than those of the low plains of the Ganges, and of 
 S. India ; but all have a common physiognomy, a long slender oval 
 face, resembling- that of the ancient Egyptians. The Hindoos ex- 
 tend from the Himalaya mountains to Cape Comorin and Ceylon, 
 and from the Indus to the mountains E. of Bengal. On the N. E. 
 and E. frontier, they are mingled with tribes of Mongolian or Tibet- 
 an origin, as inNepaul, Assam, &c., and on th.e N. W. with the Pa- 
 tans. The Arabs have long frequented the W. coasts, where there 
 are also ancient colonies of Jews and Syrian Christians. The Ma- 
 hommedans, who are scattered over Hindostan, are descended from 
 the followers of the Patan and Mongol invaders, more or less inter- 
 mingled with the natives. Many Persian, Arabic and Armenian ad- 
 Tenturers are found scattered over Hindostan, and the British have 
 recently given a new modification to government and societv. 
 
 Mucn has been lately done, to illustrate the dialects in rfindostan, 
 by the British residents in that country, particularly by the Mission- 
 aries at Serampore. Thev have translated the whole or parts of the 
 Bible into the following, viz. Cashmeer, Ptmjabee, -Sikh, Mooltanee, 
 Wutch and Sindh, in the countries along the Indus ; Bhikaneer, in 
 the desert E. of that river ; Oodypoor, Jypoor and Marwa, in the 
 hilly and mountainous countries W. and S. W. of the Ganges, now 
 occupied by the Rajpoots and Mahrattas ; Brij'Bhassa and Matshu- 
 ra, in the Dooab, and on the opposite shores of the Ganges and Ju- 
 mna ; Hindu wee, the dialect of Benares and the upper Ganges 
 generally ; Bengalee or Gaur, the prevailing dialect of the lower 
 Ganges ; Mait'hila, in Tirhut, between Bengal and Oude ; Uriya, 
 
Appendix. 21 
 
 on the W. frontier of Bengal ; Nepala, (there are several dialects in 
 Nepaul ; the principal are the Purbuttee, of Hindoo origin, and the 
 Newar, probably of Tibetan origin, with a large mixture of San- 
 scrit) ; Assamese, along the Burrampootcr, N. E. of Bengal, (Hin- 
 doo) ; Orissa, in the province of that name ; Gundwana, in the 
 mountainous country W. of Orissa ; Telinga or Teloogoo, from Oris- 
 sa to Madras, and in Golconda ; Mahratta or Maharashtra, in cen- 
 tral Hindostan, the language of the Mahrattas, the most powerful of 
 the native Hindoos ; Gujurattee, in Guzerr.t ; Kunkuna, on the 
 coast, from Surat to Goa ; Kurnata, on the coa-t, S. of the former, 
 and in the neighbouring Gauts ; the old language, or that of the Ca- 
 nara Brahmins, is nearly pure Sanscrit : KtalayaliiD or Malabar, at 
 the vS. extremity of Hindostan, and along the coa-t of Malabar ; 
 Tainul, on the Coromandel coast, in the S. of India generally, and 
 n the coasts of Ceylon : Cii;- la, in th< low mm.try of 
 
 Ceylon, greatly corrupted with Tamul, Portiisrue-e, and Ma' 
 
 ila Pali, in .'1 mountains of Ceylon ; Maldlv- 
 
 ian, in th< 'lied from Ceylon. 
 
 The Gypries, Zigeuner (German), /igduns; proper name Roma* 
 i. A wandering, swarthy race, who striking Hindoo features ; 
 entered Europe, from the S/E. in the 16th century; soon spread 
 over the whole, as far as Spain and Great Britain : have always re- 
 tained their per MI liar physiognomy and customs, and their language ; 
 still an idle wandering race ; live by plundering, tinkering, fortune 
 telling, music, &c. ; have re-iMed all attempts at civilization ; most 
 numerous in Spain and the E. territories of Austria. Their lan- 
 guage is much mixed with those of the countries, they have settled 
 in, particularly the Slavonian ; but still retains its original charac- 
 ter. Said to resemble the dialects of some of the low casts of Hin- 
 doos, and to have many affinities with that of the Mooltiin Banians 
 in Astrarhan. There are many wandering tribes in Hindostan, re- 
 sembling the Gypsies; such as the Zingan, a, race of pirates, at the 
 mouth of the Indus; the Pariars, called Chandala and Malri, by 
 the Hindoos, a race of <> ho eat flesh, and like the Cvpsies 
 
 feed on carrion ; tl, - or Nats, a wandering race, live by 
 
 music and dancing, divi ' , casts, (the Mora \ inn C < psies 
 
 have four casts', the lowest outcasts from the others) ; the Pindarees, 
 a race of mounted robbers in the mountains of Central India, &c. 
 There are many other wandering tribes iu India, who eat flesh, and 
 neglect the particular observances of their religion. The Gypsies 
 are thought to be one of these races, who inhabited W. India, and 
 were driven out by the Moguls in the 15th century : ^aid to have 
 amounted to half a million. They spread over the W. of Asia and N. 
 Africa, and entering Europe by 'Turkey, soon extended themselves 
 to the Atlantic. 
 
 14th. FAMILY. THE SFMTTIC ; extending from the Indian Ocean 
 to Asia Minor, and from Persia to the Mediterranean ; has been 
 known for nearly 4,000 years ; one of the earliest civilized people, 
 yet not as early as the Egyptians and Hindoos ; possesses the oldest 
 written monuments, in the earliest books of the Old Testament ; 
 has embraced every variety of people, from the highly civilized 
 Babylonians and Phoenicians, to the wild wandering Arabs; now ex- 
 tended, by the Arabs, over the greater part of N. Africa, and as a 
 general language of religion and communication^ through all the 
 Mahometan countries. These languages have a close affinity to 
 *arh other, arid have varied little in structure, for 3000 years. Thev 
 
2 Appendix. 
 
 abound in inflexions, which are effected by means of affixes. There 
 are three Great divisions, the N., 3VL, and S. 
 
 I. The Aramean, or N. ; bounded N. by Asia Minor and Arme- 
 nia, S. by Arabia and Palestine. Two principal divisions, the E. 
 and W. ; originally separated by the Upper Euphrates. 
 
 I. E. or Chaldee ; originally four distinct dialects ; the S. Chal- 
 deans, the earliest civilized, in the Delta of the Euphrates and Ti- 
 gris, and on the plains of Mesopotamia, fire worshippers ; the N. 
 Chaldeans, from the mountains N. of Mesopotamia, vnde and idola- 
 trous, invaded the former in the plains, and founded the Babylonian 
 monarchy ; the Assyrians on the Tigris, extending Eastward to Per- 
 sia, founded Nineveh, conquered the S. Chaldeans, and were finally 
 conquered by the 7s. Chaldeans or Babylonians. These three dia- 
 lects were then blended, and gave origin* to a common language. 
 Under the Seleucidoe, the Syrians overran their country, am! corrupt- 
 ed their language. They early embraced ct**istianilv. The l;.'ii- 
 ruage is now confined to a few Christians, in the villages an-m.d 
 Diarbeker and MOMI!. The ancient Klamitrs, in the j-blns between 
 the Persian fiulf and the mountains of Farsistan, were Chaldeans. 
 
 "2. W. or Syriac ; from the Mediterranean to the. Luph: ates, and 
 afterwards to ihe Tigris ; earlv rhristiani/.ed : cultivated at Ei!i 
 in the fourth century : the old Syriac of that period now us-ed in the 
 religious hooks of the Jacobite and >,'< -to ran Chri>;ians. and bv the 
 Christians of St. Thomas in Malabar ; spoken now in Insulated dis- 
 tricts of SMT.I and Mesopotamia, al>o in Curdistan ; the purest 
 around Iv.lessa in Mesopotai: 
 
 II. The Canaanitisn or Middle. Originally small tribes and 
 nomadic. Tliose on tin hly commercial and 
 civil'/ed. The Jewish state was then fouD<5< dom- 
 inant, till its overthrow h\ the Babylonians. P" Me^t 
 known writings, the Penteteurh, and the. hook of Job ; the latter 
 Mumean, with many Amhieisnis. The liabf.inical ) ? ehro\v the only 
 dialect that can be now culled vernacular : all the others e\finct. 
 
 1. The Philistines; supposed to have been Egyptians from the 
 Nile, but finally spoke a dialect of Hebrew ; settled in the S. W. of 
 Palestine; commercial and powerful, till the time of David. 
 
 2. The Phoenician : the ^reate^t commercial people of early anti- 
 quity ; said to have come from the Persian Gulf; spread themselves 
 over the Mediterranean, and settled and founded states in Cyprus, 
 Malta, and :\. Africa. Language, a dialect of Hebrew ; remains in 
 coins and inscriptions. 
 
 3. The Punic or Carthaginian : a Phoenician colony 1234 A. C. ; 
 became a very powerful people, till conquered bv the Koman<. Lan- 
 guage extinct ; only remains a few lines in Plautus ; related to the 
 Hebrew. 
 
 4. The Hebrew. Said to have been originally from Mesopota- 
 mia ; nomadic till the time of Moses. Language at its height, 
 under David and Solomon; greatly corrupted with Chaldean, by 
 the Babylonish captivity. Several progressive divisions, viz. a. 
 Old Hebrew, found only' in the books of the Old Testament ; b. 
 Old Chaldee, formed by a mixture of Old Hebrew with Chaldee, 
 during the captivity, and afterwards with the Chaldee colonies found 
 by them on their return to Palestine ; the Chaldee of the : 
 prophets and th# older Targums, retained longest in the .Ien-i<h 
 achools of Babylon ; c. Syro Chaldee : the preceding modifie. 
 Syriac, under'the government of the Seleucidse ; the lan^uag-e ot 
 
Appendix. ^ 
 
 Judca, in the time of Christ ; found in the Jerusalem Talmud and 
 later Targums, and in an du l\ iran.slation of ihe New '1 estament ; 
 ttie language of the Jews, during tin ir flourishing state in Uabylon, 
 after their IUM disj.ei>ioii ; dl hy the Caliphs 1030, after- 
 
 wards settled under the Alo<-: ., and founded the schools of 
 
 Cordova, where their lai; mt form ; d. The Rab- 
 
 binical Hebrew, amixti 'idic ( haldee and the ancient 
 
 Hebrew, a translation of tin- Old ' 
 
 cept bv the liabbin- '-antun, from the old dialect of the ten 
 
 tribes mixed with .;na, whei-e they built a 
 
 temple, and continued till A. D. TOTu, uheu they were driven out by 
 the Arabs ; a : in at >aplu>a. called Semiu : remains of the 
 
 language, a translation of the P ntaUuch : f. Galilean, ^aid to have 
 
 . Pho-nirian ; carried on a flourishing commerce in 
 Josephus' time ; langu: ith much Syriac, very 
 
 broad and guttural; tl.i -; and the Apoettes ; tlie 
 
 German a ill retain 
 
 their broad pr 'i-alem ; onl) 
 
 rema. . imud. 
 
 iming their national 
 physiognomy. .aid religion. They are scattered o\er the 
 
 f the ci\ ili/Ml world, and are principal!) engaged iii 
 \joihiiifrce. The\ \ a race of shepherds ; ei\ ili/ed and 
 
 rend- pie under the 
 
 house of David : \\cn- : \\creagain 
 
 restored, and became a prosperous, though trihut:ir\ peop:- 
 fmall ed by .he Romans, and scattered amoni>- thenation>. 
 
 They long found an asylum in Babylon, where th< . learned 
 
 and wealthy ; were driven out b; tiie C;.li -us. and .-ettled under the 
 Moors, in Spain, u here they fionri^hed till the downfall uf the Moor- 
 ish power. Thev were t >>\ the Sp-aiiiards, 
 and T iiirn^, and the >N. of Europe, | 
 ticularly Holland ; the Polish aud German J< > !ier col- 
 ony. '( ineroiis in Turkey, Poland and Germany, 
 where they still preserve amontr ihemscUr*. a kind of municipal gov- 
 ernment. They generally speak the laniruajre of the count rv , where 
 they live, and make but little use of the lleb: ;.t in tlieir reli- 
 
 III. The Arabic or S. Tl^ Arabs have remained longer uncon- 
 ^uered than any other people. Udey have occupied their native de- 
 serts, from the earliest antiquity. There are two elates. 1. The 
 Slat" n a ry, in the towns and the more fe-iiie ilistiMcts of S. Arabia, 
 called Moors ; this term has been also applied to the Arabs of Spain 
 and Hindostan. 2. The Nomadic, or Heduius, in the central de- 
 serts; now extended over all the deserts ui N. Africa, as far as the 
 Atlantic and the Negroes. 
 
 The establishment of the Mahometan religion gave a wide spread 
 to the Arabic. It is now the language of religion, and of general 
 communication, throughout all the Mahometan countries, including 1 
 Turkey, Persia, S. E. Russia among the Tatars, Mahometan Tar- 
 tary, India, and the Malays, and other Mahometan people of the E. 
 islands, Arabia, N. Africa from the Mediterranean to the INiger, and 
 even among some of the Negro nations, and E. Africa, us far as Mad- 
 agascar and the Caffres. It was the establish* d language of Spain 
 under the Moors, and was spread overman) isiands in the Mediterra- 
 nean. It is now driven out of Spain and 'the islands, though it 
 
4 Appendix. 
 
 modifies their present dialects, and is found only in Malta, where it 
 forms the dialect of the people. 
 
 There are two principal divisions, 1. The Arabic, a. Old Ara- 
 bic. Before the time of Mahomet, two principal dialects. The 
 Hamyaric, in Yemen, most cultivated ; many remains of their an- 
 cient poets still extant. The Koreish, around Mecca ; the language 
 of the Koran, and hence the source of the learned Arabic ; first 
 grammatized in the second century of the Hegira, after the Greek 
 model ; cultivated under the Caliphs ; still the language of religion 
 and the schools ; now extinct as a spoken language, b. New Ara- 
 bic ; the modern learned Arabic, derived from the former, not much 
 studied in the schools, the present language of books and polite con- 
 Tersation. There are many dialects now spoken ; the purest in Ye- 
 men, next at Bagdad and Cairo ; most corrupt in Syria, purer at Da- 
 mascus ; that of Mecca greatly mixed, from the multitude of pil- 
 grims of all nations ; the dialects of the Beduins, very numerous ; 
 the new learned Arabic nearer the language of the Koran, than any 
 spoken dialect, c. Moorish; the dialect of the Moors, on the coast 
 of Barbary ; has some grammatical peculiarities ; more like the cul- 
 tivated, than the vulgar Arabic, d. Maltese ; the dialect of the low- 
 er classes, f the upper classes speak Italian) ; very corrupt, but not 
 unintelligible to an Arab. e. Mapulian ; a general Hindoo term for 
 the Arabs in Hindustan, (maha nulla, great robbers). The Arabs 
 have frequcntiM the coasts of Malabar from a very early period ; in 
 850 settled in Surat ; in 14f)9 settled in Goa, and founded a kingdom 
 there; in 1776, Hyder AH had IO,OOU Arab soldiers; at present 
 100,000 Arabs in Malabar ; language very corrupt. 
 
 2. The Ethiopia or Geez ; proper name, Ajazjan. Originally 
 Cushite Arabs ; settled in Abyssinia, long before Christ, and formed 
 the powerful kingdom of Geez, in Tigre: extending from the Red 
 Sea to the T. Yxum the capital, now in ruins ; became 
 
 Christians, and translated the Bible, in the fourth century ; have 
 muny other religious books ; belong to the Jacobite sect. In the 
 14th century th> seat of power was transferred from Geez to Amha- 
 ra. The Geez language then ceased to be the court language, and 
 became the church language of Abyssinia. A very corrupt dialect 
 of Geez now spoken in Tigre. The Amharic, the present court Ian- 
 gunge, not Ethiopia. The Ethiopia is one of the oldest, and the 
 harshest of JU the Semitic languages. -^ 
 
 15th. FAMILY. THE COPTIC; i^rnains of the ancient Egyptian ; 
 not more than one hundredth of the inhabitants of Egypt are now 
 Copts ; the rest principally Arabs. The Coptic has many affinities 
 with the Semitic dialects, and some with the Berber. The Copts live 
 principally in Upper Egypt ; they are Christians ; have monasteries, 
 and many religious books in their language, in which they use am al- 
 phabet borrowed from the ancient Greek. Two principal dialects ; 
 the Memphitish, in Lower Egypt, the dialect of their religion ; the 
 Sahidish, from Cairo to Assuan. 
 
 The Copts are a dark coloured, slender race, with black hair, curl- 
 ed, not frizzled ; a long oval face, with features like those of the an- 
 cient Egyptian paintings and mummies. They are not Negro, but 
 have much resemblance to the Hindoos. The religion, mannors, and 
 civilization of the ancient Egyptians, resembled that of the Hindoos, 
 and they are supposed by some to have had a common origin. There 
 are no remains of the ancient Egyptian, unless in the Coptic. 
 
dpi 
 
 loth FAMH.V. Tm: Nuin v\ ; including the nation* of Nubia 
 and Abyssinia (Ililc.sh, \ <>r of the Semitic 
 
 from one common 
 
 stock. itic, and 
 
 are said to have affinities with I it and the Berber. 
 
 1. The Amharic ; the present n;i nia ; not 
 
 derived from the Geez, but mi\< ii T tlte court of 
 
 Gondar. -2. I uah, aiul Sunken. 3. The 
 
 Agows ; those oi i, around the sources oft' 
 
 of Darnot, the Murce of the Nile, 4. The Gafat, a wander- 
 
 ing people on the S. b-.ink of the Nile near Damot. 5. Th< 
 ka : scattered through A \>-.n ticulai ly on the Luke Dem- 
 
 i. 6. The B'irabras ; along 
 the > ^ its great bend to its union with the Tacazze. 7. The 
 
 i lie IS ile. The languages of 
 iaiy atliiiii 
 
 l?th F \MIIV. T .KRS. Probably descended from the 
 
 orio;i! f. of the great desert. The n 
 
 anci the Mauiita- 
 
 : the NuiMulia'. .ids ( 'arthasfe : the Getulians, S. 
 
 of the latter ; and the G . m all. in Sahara. These 
 
 quered successively, 03 the Cartha ia>mans, Van- 
 
 1 Vrabs. No traces of tin i the TIIO- 
 
 '>ers. The nun -,ill those eounti ie-, as far as 
 
 ^eneg.<l. In the N., ilie\ and 
 
 aree n the interior, ami paitirularly in the desert, tl 
 
 are wandering ! Tliere arc besides, a number of tiibes of 
 
 i. \\hieh have affinities in person ;n IQ:C, 
 
 and \v liieh h t\e heen unitetl into one famil;. . They are found nnl\ u> 
 M.n'iit Ail)-, and theoa*esof tlie desert. T; 1 from the "At- 
 
 lantic Eastward to Siwah. Their S. limit not kn< 
 
 I. The Berbers, of N. A; Morocco to Tunis ; part live in 
 
 datory : p plains, tributary, 
 
 live in walled i 'sties. 2. The Shillus, in S. Atlas and Suse; 
 
 mer. 3. The Tmrick ; inh rises 
 
 in th<- \V. half of tbeC'eat I > i : their languages 
 
 sim'i How, none of them negroes ; most 
 
 of them Manor one tribe heathens. 4. The Tibhn 
 
 of Fezzan, extending to the frontiers of Egypt. Tin iges 
 
 are all related, and have affinities with the Amharic, iiiul with 
 Barabra of Nubia. 5. The Guanches. The original inhabitants of 
 the Canaries ; conque ed and exterminated by the Spaniards, in the 
 15th century; were considerably civilized, used embalming; lan- 
 guage related to the Berber ; not Negroes. 
 
 The exact limits of the Caucasian and Negro races, in Africa, are 
 not ascertained. They run .long that part of Africa, which hs been 
 least explored, the country between the Nile and the Niger. As far 
 as the country has been explored, the two races have been found in- 
 termingled on the frontier, which probably crosses the continent from 
 Senegal, bv Tombuctoo and Darfur, to Abyssinia, along the S. boun- 
 dary of the Great Desert. 
 
 From the preceding sketch of the Caucasian race, it will he found 
 to occupy all Europe, and nearly half of Asia and Africa, b< 
 extensive colonies, ft includes the most civilized nations, and indeed 
 all, that have made any great progress, or have showed any high in 
 
 C 
 
Appendix. 
 
 ventive power. It is not only the most enterprising and intelligent 
 but the most elegant of all the races, excelling 1 them in complexion, 
 Ventures and form. The civilization of the other races, after gaining 
 a certain point, has continued stationary. They have formed exten- 
 sive governments, and sustained a crowded population, and have in- 
 deed erected the greatest of all known cities ; but their habits, their 
 arts, and their science, as far as they have had any, have been mark- 
 ed by a want of taste and action. Wherever they have come in con- 
 tact with Caucasians, the latter have prevailed, except in the short 
 triumphs of the Mongols, under Genghis and Timur. 
 
 II. THE MONGOLIAN RACE. 
 
 Characterised by an angular skull, compressed from before back- 
 ward ; by a broad flattened free, vind a square shape of the entire 
 head; cheek bones prominent ; forehe^idlow and flat; facial angle 
 in the proper Mongols 75, in the Americans 73 1-2 ; eyes small, 
 sunken, oblique, giving them a very peculiar physiognomy ; nose 
 broad and flat, in the Mongols sm,.ll (trnusse), in the Americans 
 hed -approaching to aquiline, in the Malays large and straight ; 
 lips full, not everted ; chin slightly projecting ; complexion naturally 
 k, in the Mongols olive uiih a tinge of yellow, in the Ameri- 
 a copper coloured, in the \l.il;i\s dark brown approaching to 
 black ; hair black, strong, straight, in the Mongols thin, in the Ma- 
 lays more abundant. 
 
 We have made this race to include nil the people of Asia, E. of the 
 Caucasian race, all those of Pol\ nr-ia, and the aborigines of Ameri- 
 Some authors have separated the ALihy* ^nd the Americans, 
 formed them into distinct races ; and others have united the di- 
 itiv t people, within the arctic circle, into another race, called the 
 Hwerhorean. In >me of the E. Indian and I\)lym i Mun islands, 
 thi re is a savage black race, by some called Negroes ; hut their hair 
 Iwshy and matted, than friz/led like the proper negro's. 
 We i: ;v considered these differences, as subordinate, and rather 
 i/.ing- groups than races. We have therefore arranged this 
 rare followi-isr groups, viz. the Mongolian proper, the Ma- 
 
 lay, oan, the Hyperborean, and the Papuan or E. Negroes. 
 
 A. r iV MONGOLIAN GROUP includes all the continental nations 
 of S. Asia, E. of the Caucasian race. They po^ess the peculiar 
 characters of thn race in the most striking degree, particularly the 
 oblique eye, J\nd the prominent check bones. These characters are 
 very permanent, and accompany the slightest tinge of Mongolian 
 blood, in their intermixnir^ with the Caucasian race. There are two 
 chases of nation 5 ; in this Group, viz. the S. or stationary, among the 
 oldest civilized people on the globe, and the N. or nomadic, occupy- 
 ing the great steppes in central Asia, once a race of powerful con- ^ 
 querors, now tributary to the Chinese and Russians. Their langua- i 
 ges differ in one very important particular : those of the former are 
 monosyllabic, those of the latter polysyllabic, but with few infle> 
 
 I. MONOSYLLABIC LANGUAGES OF E. ASIA : spoken by about 
 180 millions, in China, Tibet, N. India, in the Himalaya mountains, 
 and Farther India ; very simple and obscure, expressing themselves 
 by circumlocution, tones, and gestures ; form their inflexions by an- 
 nexing significant words. They have polysyllables, but these are all 
 compounds, like fire-place, shop-board, &c. 
 
 1. CHINESE; a very ancient and early civilized nation, who trace 
 their origin to an extreme antiquity ; this doubtful. Not distinctly 
 
Appendix. 27 
 
 .\iihy the ancients : nvrn hy tbc early travellers of the 
 
 middle itpr modiiicd hv civili- 
 
 sation. Language high! ''on- 
 
 lan- 
 
 ken, and the \s riuen, u hi< 
 
 ion. The iatte i ideation, 
 
 by people who speak a r .ese, 
 
 cnts 
 
 and aspirates, are n 77-/0 disti! in- 
 
 crei. 
 
 many as 50. This peculiar stni. ie use of 
 
 tones and gest u ' reg- 
 
 ular sramut. T is univer- 
 
 sal if ords. It 
 
 con- ;cs, combined so as <tm 
 
 whi< ' I'M - 
 
 iiujrh in H 
 respi . i- in other- 
 
 :>i:in 
 intelk-ctu.il. ' 
 
 it-; 1 t i court dial. 
 
 the -. e of commu tion and litenmi .-, ihc 
 
 i> roper na foiiuiuju l.m-jniage 
 
 ot the provinct 
 
 : now sno' - of I'rkin. part inr: 
 
 \\u-\\\\ di;iler-ts. the K-i^t kiur.. 
 
 tliat i;., called < fes. Be* 
 
 sides the < 
 
 tains, particularly on the 
 t-e : 
 
 Vuuir.ui -and I lainan, a wild mount::! 
 enumerates It. cts. Ncciinling- to Remu^at, the 
 
 compound words, d< ;md inflexions . 
 
 The Chinese have forbidden the emigration of their people, yet they 
 'tered over the E. of Asia. They have conquered 
 n-Kicu, and Formosa, and very considerable nun 
 have settled in those countries, about half a million in Forn->-a. 'i 
 carry on avery <>\ tensive commerce, and are found in great Dtunberfi 
 in H.itavi-a, Borneo, Manilla, and on most of the shores and island- ot' 
 Farther India, and^he E. Arrhi^elag-o. On some of t- 
 settled large colonies, about 60*000 at one time in Batavia. 
 
 2. Tibetan : spokon by a people of about ,J< millions, N. of Hindos- 
 tan, and W. of China ; now subject to the latter. Their historv ex- 
 tendsbackto 100 A. C. he ( hinese. f 
 gion, Buddhism from Tndia. I uf tlicir religions books, a di- 
 
 ^ of Sanscrit or Pali. The r 
 
 ular authority like the Pope; thr> l):t!ti-Lama in the N., and the 
 Tiscbu-Lama in the S. There are rnoi me cultivated, 
 
 1he mirest at Amboa ; others spoken by tribe* of rude mountaineers. 
 The language of BOOT AN and part of NFPAUT., on the frontiers of 
 lan, probably of Tibetan origin ; not Hindoo. 
 
 3. Burmari or Boman ; proper n mi-ma ; the JnnjruaL : 
 an extensive empire, formed during the last* century, in Farther In- 
 
 ra, on tin lr,,\v,vii'v. This language 
 striking affinity to the Chinese, in it^ monosyllabic stnu ;-n- 
 
v'j Appendt. 
 
 lation, 15,000,000 ; part of it quite civilized; have an alphabet, and 
 quite an extensive literature; religion, Buddhism; their religious 
 books in the Pali language. Dialects numerous, viz. the Bomaii of 
 Ava, the court dialect ; the Ruh-kcng or Aracan, W. ; Kassay, N. of 
 the latter ; Kolun, E. of the Kassay, in the mountains ; &c. There 
 are many tribes of mountaineers, on the E. frontiers of Bengal, whose 
 language is little known ; said to resemble the Negroes. 
 
 4. Peguan ; proper name, Moen or Muh ; on the ?ea coast, S. and 
 E. of the Burmans, and W. of Siam ; earlier civilized than the Bur- 
 mans ; conquered by them in the last century ; language related to 
 the Burman, perhaps a dialect. 
 
 5. Siamese ; proper name, Tay ; a large nation on the Menam, N. 
 of Malacca, and E. of the Burmans ; the most civilized and literary 
 of Farther India ; resemble the Chinese in persons and language*: 
 conquered last century by the Burmans, now independent. Religion. 
 FJuddhism. Two principal dialects ; the Tay-noe S., and the Tay- 
 y.v\ N. both on the Menam ; Jan-Kom, a dialect in the W. on the 
 borders of Pegu ; another dialect in the island of Jan-Seylan. 
 
 6. Anamitish ; an extensive language, spoken with many dialects. 
 by all the people of Farther India, between the Burmans and Siam- 
 ese, and China, a. Tonquin or Tun-kin, on the borders of China; 
 resemble the Chinese in language and civilization ; use their written 
 language ; religion that of Fo or Buddhu ; formerly tributary to 
 China ; now a part of the empire of Anam. b. Cochin China ; 
 proper name, Anam ; the seat of a powerful empire ; language intel- 
 ligible to the Chinese ; resemble them in manners and civilization ; 
 original inhabitants, a race of savages of very different <|figin, now 
 found in the W. mountains. The Loys, a people of Chinese origin, 
 inhabit Tsiampa, S. ; speak a dialect of* Anam. c. Cambodia ; proper 
 name, Khohmen ; between Cochin China and Siam ; language mixed 
 with much Malay, d. Laos ; proper name, Law ; language interme- 
 diate between those of Tunkinand Siam. 
 
 The languages of Farther India have been but slightly investigated, 
 and only the leading ones are indicated ; the interior has scarcely been 
 visited by an European. There appear to be two distinct races of 
 inhabitants. The original race, savages ; said to resemble the Ne- 
 groes ; found only in the wild mountains ; resemble the Papuans of 
 tiio E. islands : similar people are said to be found in the mountains of 
 lliudostan. The other and later race is of Chinese and Tibetan ori- 
 gin ; all more or less civilized and literary ; all their languages have 
 the peculiar monosyllabic structure. 
 
 II. NOMADIC NATIONS IN CENTRAL ASIA. 
 
 1st FAMILY. THE MONGOL ; proper name, Mongu, (mountain- 
 eer). Have the peculiar physical characters of the race in the highest 
 degree ; have always been a semi-barbarous, nomadic people ; known 
 from a high antiquity ; the Seres and Huns of the ancients ; have 
 been a most formidable race of conquerors or rather devastators ; in 
 the middle ages, sent out three of the greatest swarms of banditti, that 
 ever scourged the earth ; overrun Europe and Asia, from the Mediter- 
 ranean to the E. ocean, under Attila, Genghis, and Timur ; the for- 
 mer laid waste Rome, the second conquered China and founded a 
 new dynasty, the latter Hindostan and founded the Mogul empire ; j 
 have since then greatly declined in power and numbers ; are now a j 
 scattered race of herdsmen, in the plains of Central Asia, S. of the j 
 Altai mountains; tributary to China and Russia. The Mongols are 
 
 \rt> 
 
Append, 
 
 followers of the Lama. They have many religious books, and are 
 zealous in spreading Ihrir docii 
 
 . , bor- 
 dering on Tibet and China; pan 'ury^the 
 
 civilized. Language the pun The 
 
 Kaii desert of Cobi : << 
 
 ed China in th< !- ous 
 
 state. The Ortosh, E. < ( iljl1 - 
 
 mak, Tatar for ' ;l S e > 
 
 since tlic ; 
 
 a. The Choshot, in Tibet, on tin- * 
 China; two divisions, the bla 
 
 ; the laU< 
 them ; t ; .ujinadic. b. Tl.e Sorijon 
 
 i'.>rmid:ib!< 
 part! i j.-.Tlh ti : 
 
 lJ:tr' , C. The I \ "I- 
 
 ga ' 
 
 : itories. :;. The Burats ; around Lake 
 
 Bail. frontiers ; the rudest and most corrupt- 
 
 ed, in and langu 
 
 The Mongol language resembles the morn 
 
 pression and the shortness of its roots, but I,-., yes and ii 
 
 ions, no article ; has a church language of an eari 
 ular ; ha< an alphabet, and abounds in manuscripts, religious, j 
 cal, and historical. 
 
 2d FAMILY. THE MANTC-HUR, (Man-Tcheu, Chinese ); extend- 
 ing from the Mongols to the E. Ocean, and from < 'hina t> ^ihc-ria. 
 Language very soft, abounds in onomatopics and repetitions. ; ( !\ -\ 1- 
 labic and inflected, hut resembles the ( i tlie small nuinlx 
 
 its roots and their various modifications and signification : a copious 
 urid cultivated language, in the more civilized districts bordering 
 China. 
 
 Divisions. 1. Mantchu Proper, (Bogdos, Russian ); from China arid 
 Corea to the Amur ; in IbC.4 conquered China, and still govern il ; 
 have derived much civilization from the Chinese ; great nunih. < ? i 
 
 ed in China, particularly in their armies. Tin 
 
 cultivated by the Emperor, and kept distinct from the Chim-e : i.il 
 the Chinese* \\ ritings translated iuu- it. There are several \vanderiiig 
 tribes, in the remote districts > who speak ruder dialects, the Atchnri, 
 Moko, &c. 2. The Tagurian ; Da-uri. i formerly occujiied 
 
 the country between the Baikal and the Amur ; after the l\u^i n 
 conquest, the greater number passed under the government of China ; 
 live now in Tsitsiker, the N. W. province of Mantchu ria. 3. The 
 Tunguses ; proper name, Oe\voe, a people. From the Jenesei, through 
 E. Siberia, t) the Sea of Ochotsk, and in Tsitsiker ; related to the 
 Mantchu, but early separated ; nomadic and uncultivated ; divided 
 into the Wood and Steppe Tunguses ; former in the N., live by fish- 
 ing and hunting, mixed with the N. Siberian tribes; latter wander 
 over the S. deserts, mixed with the Mongols. On the Sea pf Oclu 
 called Lamuts. Language, a corrupted branch of Mantchu. A. 
 Several half savage tribes on the E. ocean, all of the Mantrhur fami- 
 ly. The Agupi-tase and Ketching-tase, on the Amur, near its mouth : 
 driven by the Russians from Da-uria. The Harnaree, higher up the 
 Amur. *The people of Saghalien, Jesso, and the S. Kurilcs, are of 
 
30 Appendix. 
 
 this family ; dialects almost as numerous as their villages ; a race of 
 half savage fishermen. 
 
 III. STATIO>ARY AND CIVILIZED PEOPLE N. E. OF CHI.NA. 
 
 Their affinity arid origin is not fully established, but their physiogno- 
 my is strikingly Mongolian. 
 
 1. The Koreans, on the Peninsula N. E. of China ; separated from 
 the Mantclmrs by snowy mountains ; originally small tribes, united 
 by conquest ; trace their history to a high antiquity ; conquered by 
 the Chinese, to whom tributary. A feeble people with the Chinese 
 civilization, religion, and writing. Language monosyllabic, or nearly 
 related to that class ; little known ; mixed with much Chinese ; its 
 basis probably peculiar. 
 
 2. The Japanese; from 15 to 30,000,000; the most civilized and 
 enterprising of all the E. Asiatics ; have the Mongol conformation, 
 but no direct affinity with any of the Mongolian languages ; inhabit 
 all the proper Japanese islands ; have conquered Jesso, and the S. 
 Kuriles ; nave a temporal sovereign at Jeddo, and a nominal reli- 
 gious one, the Daira, at Miacp. Their history goes back to A. C. 
 660 ; never conquered ; two invasions attempted, 779 and 1281, un- 
 successful, perhaps by the Mongols. Language polysyllabic, with 
 numerous inflexions, by means of affixed woius or syllables, in this 
 respect resembling the monosyllabic. Have a eourt^and book lan- 
 guage, highly cultivated, and many provincial dialects ; have an al- 
 phabet of their own, and use the Chinese characters. There are 
 three religions, viz. the Sinto, the oldest idolatry ; the Budsko or Fo, 
 and the Deism of Confutse ; all borrowed from China. They are 
 more jealous of foreigners than the Chinese, for whom they have a 
 mortal hatred. 
 
 3. The Lieu-Kieu, Rjuko (Japanese ); in a cluster of 36 islands, E. 
 of China, and S. of Japan ; a very peaceable and industrious people, 
 now subject to the Chinese, though of different origin ; many Chi- 
 nese live among them, but speak their own language. The Lieu-Kieu 
 is said to be a branch of thr Japanese, mixed with much Chinese. 
 There are three leading dialects in these islands. 
 
 The Malay and Papuan Groups both occupy the same countries, to 
 a considerable extent, and are strangely intermingled. Their physi- 
 cal and moral characters are very distinct, and yet they are found, 
 side by side, through a large portion of the E. islands. There have 
 been some doubts, whether either of these groups should be joined to 
 the Mongolian race. The Malay has been formed into a separate 
 race, and the Papuan united with the Negroes. We have been rath- 
 er inclined to follow Blumenbach, in uniting the manv varieties of 
 men under three races, and have consequently united the Malay with 
 the Mongolian, and from the uncertainty of the proper position of 
 the Papuan, have suffered it to remain under that race, with which it 
 has the nearest local relation. 
 
 B. THE MALAY GROUP ; characterised by a brown or olive 
 complexion ; black, coarse, and lank hair, not thin like the Mongo- 
 lian, but full and flowing ; beard very thin, generally eradicated ; 
 face round with high cheek bones ; nose short, full and broad to- 
 wards the tip, not flattened ; mouth large ; person rather short, with 
 broad shoulders and slender extremities. They extend from the Pe- 
 ninsula of Malacca, over all the E. Indian and Polynesian islands. 
 The languages spoken throughout this wide extent, are said to haye 
 many radical affinities, and even to be mutually intelligible. 
 
Appendix. 31 
 
 I. The Proper Mai -r ; originated from the Peninsula of Malac- 
 
 to Mahomet- 
 eial 
 
 and piratical people, over from Malabar to N. Guinea. 
 
 Their language the \ I la hie to the intli-cted ; 
 
 has D '.'1! it- ehai; r -. iliaries ; 
 
 abou ; leading- dia- 
 
 lects, viz. Malay Tallan- ; .lax. in v the 
 
 W. A Malay Passar, Lu Malay, un the islands ; 
 
 suhdh Java and the .Moluccas. 
 
 II. The Suitiat'-an-. He-ides the Papuans in the interior, there 
 are two classes in the inland, the old natae-, and the new 
 
 The i most numerous in \l< nangcabow and Acl 
 
 The former ar$ divided ii a peculiar civ- 
 
 ilization and literature of a very e; Some of them Mahom- 
 
 etans, greater part heathens. Their languages are all related, and 
 have vy. I. The Battas ; occupy the 
 
 IN. i i he interior ; the most powerful; language 
 
 most ancient and pi" tangs, in the middle, am 
 
 3. The Lampuhn, in the S. ; language very guttural. 
 The people of the Niei.bar inlands, N. of Sumatra, are ohve-colour- 
 
 language little known. 
 
 ill. (I)jawa). The lansruoge of this island said to 
 
 be peculiar ; has many affinities with the San id to have bor- 
 
 rowed their religion and civilization from the Hindoos. There are 
 two principal dialects, viz. Basa Dalam, High Djawa, the court and 
 book language of the native kingdoms in the interior. Basa Luar, 
 the common language; on the coasts mixed with much Malay and 
 Chinese. 
 
 IV. The Bugis ; the native language of Borneo ; spread over 
 the lower parts of that island and Celebes. An active commercial 
 people, in a semi-barbarous state ; spread vcn extensively through 
 the E. Archipelago. The Macassars of Celebes belong to them, and 
 form a separate and powerful nation. 
 
 V. Ternata. The original language of the Moluccas, now great- 
 ly corrupted with Malay, Bugis, and Dutch. The latter have long 
 possessed these islands, and ha\ e printed religious books in their lan- 
 guage. Many dialects ; that of Savu most cultivated. 
 
 VI. Bima. E. half of Sumbawa, and W. part of Ende ; allied to 
 the Bugis. 
 
 VII. Sumbawa. West half of Sumbawa; also allied to the 
 Bugis. 
 
 VIII. Sulu. A very soft language ; spoken by the olive colour- 
 ed natives of the Sulu islands. 
 
 IX. The Philippines. There are two principal languages spoken 
 by the olive coloured natives, a. The Tagala, in the N. islands, 
 Luzon and Mindoro. b. The Bissaja, in the S. islands, Magindanao, 
 Solar, &c. All allied to the Malay. There are numerous dialects. 
 
 X. The Formosans. The oliVe coloured natives of this island 
 speak a peculiar language allied to the Malay dialects. The Dutch 
 took the island 1621, cultivated the language, and translated many 
 religious books into it ; they were driven put in 166 1 , and it has Mine 
 been occupied by the Chinese ; half a million of them have settled 
 there ; the natives still continue distinct. 
 
 The olive coloured people of the E. India islands are all in a state 
 of partial civilization ; they carry on an extensive commerce with 
 
Appendix. 
 
 each 'other, and with their great carriers the Chinese and Malay?. 
 The Jawas are the most anciently civilized of the native people^ but 
 have long been in an inactive state, particularly since the Dutch have 
 occupied their island. The most powerful and active of the native 
 tribes, at present, are the Battas and the Bugis. The latter rival the 
 Malays in their maritime enterprise. They are the ruling people in 
 Borneo and Celebes, and are bold and independent. All these na- 
 tions have peculiar alphabets and literatures ; their writing is gener- 
 ully on palm leaves, and among the Battas, on bamboos and rattans ; 
 it is a kind of engraving rather than writing. The Ternata and Ta- 
 the original people of the most E. islands, have been broken 
 down by the tyranny of the Dutch and Spaniards. In all these E. 
 islands, the wild and mountainous parts are occupied by the Papuans. 
 
 XI. The Polynesians. The olive coloured tribes are generally 
 partially civili/od, though barbarous. They cultivated the soil, had 
 boats and ran-ied on an extensive navigation, had a distinction of 
 ranks and a very complicated religious power, but were without the 
 use of the metals or writing, very sanguinary, and addicted to war. 
 In the Sodety and Sandwich Islands, great improvements have been 
 made by the labours of the missionaries, and by their intercourse 
 with the trading people of Europe and N. A , be 
 
 divided into the Eastern and >\ e^t.-rn. ;i. Tie the 'best 
 
 known and the most cultivated. Their languages have all a stri: 
 affinity, so much so, that the two most distant people, the New /(sl- 
 anders arid Sandwich Islanders, may understand each other. They 
 are very simple in their structure, polysyllabic, with but few inflex- 
 ions, abound in vowels and combinations of them. They include the 
 Tonjra or Friendly inlands, language hard ; the Society islands, lan- 
 guage soft and musical ; the Miinpic^i-, like the former ; the low 8. 
 slands, language more guttural; Easter Island, guttural; New 
 Zealand, language hard. B dry race ; and the Sandwich 
 
 Jshmds mo*! frequenied i >>peans. The dialects of the 
 
 Sandwich islands, M:r;m-:i islands or Tahitian, Tonga 
 
 islands, and "Wv\ /-.ilan.l, have been grammatized. b. The West- 
 ern ; have some affinities with the Tagala, very few with the East- 
 ern islanders ; include the Pelew islands, language peculiar, the 
 Marian or Ladrone islands, and the Carolines. 
 
 C. THE PAPUAN GROUP OR EASTERN NEGROES. These have 
 been considered the same race with the African Negroes, but have 
 some characteristic differences. Their complexion is sooty black or 
 reddish brown ; hair growing in tufts, black, very curly, but not friz- 
 zled like the Negro's, forming- a matted bunch about the head ; nose 
 rery wide and flat; mouth immoderately large; lips very prom- 
 inent ; chin very short, retiring directly backwards ; head dispro- , 
 portionately large ; limbs slender ; stature very small, about four i 
 and a half feet : the entire figure deformed and often hideous. They 
 are found scattered in a wild and savage state through all the E. In- 
 dia islands, and occupy the S. W. Islands of Polynesia, and the whole 
 of Australasia. In some of the wildest mountains of Hindostan, such 
 a race is said to be found. The same is true of the mountains on the 
 E. frontier of Bengal, and through Farther India in general. They 
 occupy the interior mountains of Malacca, where they are perfect 
 savages ; also the Andaman islands, and the small islands W. of Su- 
 matra. They are found in the interior of Sumatra, Java, Borneo, 
 Celebes, and the Philippines, where they are called Negritos by the 
 Spaniards, and Ygolotes by the natives ; some of them gather gold in i 
 
 E 
 
Appendix. 
 
 .imams, and have become wealthy. In the Moluccas, (Hara- 
 
 upy part of Hali, and 
 
 some others of the K. .1 pop- 
 
 ulation of the Papnas, iurludi, (i.vupof 
 
 large islands eastward. M 69 of Neu !1( !>:! lea a re of 
 
 i war- 
 * ds. The- 1 
 words in their langua : 
 
 They are 'tor than the other Papn 
 
 ferent. ly of this rare, hut indnl 
 
 graded, not '< New Hollani! 
 
 >;mi>ll inflated tribes of wretched savages, in the 1 
 stage*.* 'nee. 
 
 Iin Hvi This embraces a small, dark 
 
 coloured, ill shapen race, with t 
 
 black < ; the countries u ithin 
 
 the an t <n both < < i>\ hunting ami f: 
 
 .ivage, but a goodde.l of 
 
 h-oK In .-nd in 
 
 game. Their languages have not all -1, but 
 
 ! to one common or- 
 igin. '! of all those in America, and in 
 maybe- -semble tl-i 
 their conformation, but from aliinity of language, they have been 
 ;e.d with the Finns. 
 
 I. The Samoiedan Family. This includes, besides the proper 
 Samoiedes, some other tribes in N. Siberia, perhaps mixed with the 
 
 1. The Proper Samoiedes ; name from Suoma, Finnish for 
 Swamp ; proper name, Ninctz ; inhabit the coasts of the Icy sea 
 from tlie White. Sea to the Lena. Two great stems, the Laghe and 
 the Wanuta; dialects numerous, nine collected by F. Adelung. 2. 
 i (Miaks ; a mixed race, half Samoiede, 
 : ieOby to Nary m and the month of the R. Tom. 3. Kamas- 
 <MI the right of the Jenesei, half Samoiedes, Sha- 
 mans. 4. Karagasses and Taiginzcs ; feeble remains of stronger 
 tribes in upper Tungooska ; speak corrupt Samoiede. ~>. Tn bin- 
 ski ; scattered among the Katchin/i Tatars on the left of the Jene- 
 sei ; language now lost. G. Koibales, in Kutzneck and Krasrioya ; 
 nomades, formerly schamans, now bapti/c L mi\ d with Tatar 
 Motores ; proper name Mad ; E. of the J i the Tuba nnd 
 
 the Sajansk mountains; nomades, tributary to the Sonjors, nearly 
 extinct. 8. Sojets, in the higher Sajansk mountains, W. of Lake 
 Baikal ; shamans, mixed with Mongols. 
 
 II. The Jenesean Ostiaks ; speak a peculiar language ; on the 
 Jenesei, below upper Tungooska ; very savage ; two leading dia- 
 lects, the Imbatski and Purnpokoli. The following tribes arc r 
 
 to them, viz. the Arvinzes, on the Jenesei in Krasaoya, F. Adelung 
 has collected five of their dialects; Kanski, on the Kan, E. of the 
 Jenesei ; Assenes. on the Ussotka, among the Krasnoya Tatars. 
 These three last tribes are nearly extinct. 
 
 III. The Jukagirs, Jnkadski (Hussian ]; proper name Andon- 
 Domni ; between the Jakutsand Tchnktchi, on both sides the lower 
 
 iv-i to the N\ Ocean ; resemble the Samoiedes, not the Jakuts. 
 
 IV. The Kamt/'hadalcs ; proner name, Itelman ; originally sha- 
 arude and di'-ty rue", now much reduced in numbers ; oreu- 
 
 py only the S. part of the peninsula, the N. part occupied by the 
 
34 Appendix. 
 
 Koriaks ; a very peculiar people ; language has few affinities ; dia- 
 lects numerous, 17 collected by F. Adelung. 
 
 V. The Kurilians ; occupy the 19 IX. Kuriles, under the Russian 
 government ; a peculiar language ; proper name I jut-Jejeke. 
 
 VI. The Ainos ; occupy the S. Kuriles, under Japan, arid the inte- 
 rior of Jesso and Saghalien ; a very sing-nlar race, bodies covered with 
 black hair ; carry on a trade with the Japanese, and wear their silk ; 
 much reduced in numbers ; but little civilized. 
 
 VII. The Tchuktchian Family ; occupy the N. E. corner of Asia ; 
 in their persons and language they have a near relation to the Eski- 
 mos. They extend S. to Kamtchatka, and the sea of Ochotsk, and W. 
 to the Kovirna. 1. The Koriaks ; in the S. around the Gulf of Ana- 
 dyr . ,y tribes, viz. the set tied- Koriaks on the coast, the rein deer Ko- 
 
 noniadic, and the Elutelat, in N. Kamtchatka, with a softer 
 dialect than the two former. 2. The Tchuktchi ; at the IS : . E. point 
 r>f Asia, live like the Samoiedes, savage, schanmns, language softer and 
 more hissing than the Koriak ; said that the two people understand 
 each other. 
 
 VIII. The Aleutians ; occupy the chain of islands extending from 
 Alashka towards Kamtchatka, in four groups, including- O. 
 
 All of oue origin and language, with ninny tiiair< tej lias no affinity 
 iiadale, but many with the Tchuktchi and Eskimo. 
 
 IX. The Eskimo Family (Karalit) ; extending along the N. side 
 of the American continent, from Behring's straits to Labrador and 
 Greenland, and along the W. coast, from Alashka to Prince William's 
 sound. They aro allied to the Tchuktchi and Aleutians, and probably 
 of the same origin. They are generally found near the sea const, as 
 they subsist almost entirely by fishing and catching seals, at which 
 they are very dexterous. They may be divided into two branches, 
 fche E. and the AV. 1. The Eastern' includes the Greenlanders, and 
 the Eskimos of Labrador, and the N. shores of Hudson's Bay. They 
 probably range a':>ng the entire N. coast of America ; were* found by 
 Franklin and M'K^nzie, at the mouth of Copper Mine and M'Kenzie's 
 Rivers ; very host-*o to the Indians, from whom they differ entirely in 
 {>c!vonM, dispositions and habits. The language of all these people re- 
 
 -imilar, poly synthetic, abounding in sharp gutturals or clucking 
 sounds. 2. The 'Western ; along the W. coast of America, as far S. 
 as Prince William's sound ; N. at Norton's sound and Behring's Bay, 
 railed there Yakutat. The Konaegan, the nation inhabiting Kodiac 
 and Alashka. The Tchugatzi, further S., insulated by the Kinaitzi, a 
 nation of Americans. 
 
 E. THE AMERICAN GROUP ; Aboriginal Americans. This has the 
 general characters of the race, with some peculiarities. The complex- 
 ion reddish, or copper-coloured ; hair black, very coarse and straight, 
 extending very low on the forehead and temples; beard scanty, care- 
 fully eradicated ; forehead low and flat, facial angle 73 1-2 ; eyes deep 
 set ; nose broad and flattish, genera% arched and sometimes rather 
 aquiline, hooked at the tip ; face broad and square ; figure general- 
 ly large and muscular, in some of the tribes Herculean. The i 
 pendent natives are almost entirely in a savage state : the Aram 
 ans in Chili the most civilized. At the first conquest of Mexico ai; 
 America by the Spaniards, there were two powerful and civilized na- 
 tions on the table lands of the Andes ; their remains now in a state of 
 subjection to their conquerors. In the settled parts of N. America and 
 theW. Indies, the natives have almost entirely disappeared. The ; 
 there will probably become extinct. The languages of America 
 very difficult, highly complex in their structure, or polysinthetic. The 4 
 
of thr Indians, in the E. of N. America, have been 
 ;vith some sucr< ter parts out little ! me to- 
 
 ihcir arrangement. The number of tn great, and 
 
 rach has some peculiarities of dialect. \\ r <hnll not attempt to give 
 ? complete enumeration of them, but only ^ome of the !- 
 sions. vii language 
 
 <'t few peo. : dully 
 
 than some M 
 
 t he lou preserved their lanp ' 
 
 when in subjection to stronger tribes, till on the very border 
 lion. 
 
 Thr engages of a part of N. America have been arranged 
 
 under a low leading families,* viz. 
 
 1. The Lonni Lonnape. One of the most extensive of the \. Ame- 
 rican 1: : from the Atlantic to tin \\ . to 
 the Ro ( ;tins, and from the Eskim< of the 
 softest of the native languages. Two general divisions ; the E. and 
 
 I. The EP :ito, a. The Delawares or proper Lomi- 
 
 Lenna- men) ; originally on the Delaware and Si 
 
 now in Ohio ami Indiana. The'Munsccs were a tribe of thfMi. h. 
 luding the i'equots and 
 
 extinct, c. The Moho^^ 4 ,,- \Io- 
 uh ; originally extended from the Narraganset to t.r ! 
 !y a few remaining- <l. Ti.r Ahr-rjj.Ui-. : in 
 otia ; from the St. Lawrence to the two former : the 1'e- 
 nobscots, Bchemins, Micmacs, &c. of this division. 
 
 2. T!: n ; divided into three branriie^. A. The S. ; origi- 
 
 e whole country fro : . M t ir- to tl i 
 
 }>i, S. of the form* : drove out the Tuscaroras from Virp-inia. 
 
 a. The Shawanese, originally from Florida, then occupied the c<> 
 tapooe, a branch of them. b. The Miami. 
 ie e^reat lakes o. io. The Ouitanons, Hli..ois, P< i 
 
 itawottamies, branches of them. 13. ranch. a. 
 
 'hipeways, including the proper ( . tin- C'ro^-, ti.c Al?" 
 
 lie Ottaua--. Mr. : along the great lakes to 
 ippi and lake VVinnbeo. b. The Knistona 
 iround rTiil^on'^ : ':o Winnipec, up thr 
 
 r er R., and down the TVfissinippi to Union's Ivr near- 
 
 est allied to the Algonkin. C. N. Branch. T 
 
 A writer in the N. American Review, Jan. 1826, fGov. Cass, of 
 Michigan) has arranged i\w Indians in the t. ,f the II. States, 
 
 inder the following heads, viz. the Wyandot or FTuron. incliiding the 
 ribe of that name, and the Six Nations or Troqnois : the Cnippewa or 
 \lgonkin, including the Ohippewas, Ottawa^, Potawatamies, vSacs and 
 
 Saukies and Ottogamies), Shawanese, Kickapoos, Menomo- 
 lies, Afiamips, and Delawares, arranged in the order of their affinity : 
 iriginally extending from the Penobscot to the Chesapeake, an -1 
 
 ntic to Lake Superior: the Sioux (Dahcotah), including 1 the* 
 ironer Sioux, lowas, Ottoes, ATi^-ouris, and WinncbaTo^s, in one di- 
 
 ^nd the Arkansas and Quapaws, the Os r > ! ihas, 
 
 n 1 Poncas, in another: the Pawnee, inchidinff thn !' nd tln 
 
 Vrickaras : and the southern Indians, including the Cherokecs, Choli 
 aws, and Creeks. 
 
,jti Appendix 
 
 elude all the Indians N. of the Knistenaux, to the Eskimos, and from 
 Hudson's bay to the Rocky mountains. Language allied to the Knis- 
 tenaux. 
 
 II. The Iroquois. Once extended S. to N. Carolina, W. to the 
 W abash, E. to the Hudson, and N. to the great lakes. Formed an 
 extensive confederacy, called the Five Nations. Proper name Kon- 
 ungzi-Ouiga, (confederated people). Consisting of the Mohawks, 
 Senecas, and Onondagas, who formed the first legion ; and the Onei- 
 das and Cayugas, who formed the second legion. They then received 
 the Tuscaroras, who were driven out of Virginia, as* a 6th Nation. 
 They are now confined to a few villages in New- York and U. Canada. 
 The Wyandots S. of Lake Erie, and the Hurons of Canada, are tribes 
 of this family. 
 
 III. The southern Indians of the U. States. I. The Woccons in 
 N. Carolina, extinct. The Catahbas, in S. Carolina, Jonly one 
 vilh- a powerful nation, extending, with it* kindred tribes, 
 from Virginia to Florida. The Yamasees and Coosas, farther S., de- 
 stroyed by the Creeks. 2. The Muscogees or Crivks. in Georgia 
 an<! Alal/.ima : :\ remit people, who exterminated the more ancient 
 race; formed a powerful confi several tribes, viz. the Sem- 
 inoles in Florida, the Uches, Cowetas, &c. ; in a declining state. 
 
 3. The Cbickasaws and< C'haktas), in Missis- 
 sippi ; two nations of one Family, who invaded, and drove out or \- 
 terminated the earl i or tribe* in that quarter. 4. The Cherakees ; 
 on the Tennessee, N. of the Creeks; two divisions, the mountain- 
 eers, and lowlanders ; an earlier and lighter coloured race than the 
 two former. 
 
 i V. The Nations of the Lov < ippi and Florida, the JTo- 
 
 /!. TluTountry along the gulf of Mexico originally occupied 
 by mam )mall nations ; mm rvinct, or in very small numbers W. , 
 pi lie Mississippi. The princi jr.il early nations, 1. The Timuacas, ' 
 inE. Florida, around St. Aug t ; language peculiar, the 
 
 Spaniards have books in it. 2. The Apalachees, in W. Florida, ex- 
 tending N. to the Allcgany mountains ; driven out by the Creeks and 
 Clioetans ; now, v -mall tribes of kindred origin, in Lower 
 
 Louisiana. \ i/. the Pacanns. the Pascagoulas, and the Biloxis ; emi- 
 grated t'rom Mobile in tlie last ceriinry. 3. The Natchez ; originally 
 a piuverful and eiilti\ ated people, on* the Lower Mississippi ; extir- 
 pated in 17.SO. The Tensas, on the Red river, perhaps a remnant. 
 
 4. The Tunicas, originally on the Mississippi near Avoyelles, now a 
 remnant on the Red river! 
 
 V. Nations of S. Louisiana, W. of the former. 1. The Caddoes 
 or Cadodakis ; on Red river, and in the neighbouring parts of Texas; 
 include many small tribes, viz. the Nadacos, Nabidaches, Adayes," 
 Nacogdoches, &c. 2. The Quapaws, on the S. side of the Arkansa 
 and the Washita. 3. Many tribes S. of them, little known, viz. the' 
 Bedies, on TVinity river; the Mayas, on St. Bernard's Bay; the- 
 Cances, along the coast nearly to Vera Cruz, hostile to the Spaniards ; , 
 the Atacapas, along the coast from St. Bernard's to Louisiana : th 
 Apalousas, in T^ouisiana, &c. ; most of these are fast disappearing. 
 
 VI. ThePani Nation, (Pawnees ): on the Platt and Kansa rivers 
 in three bands, viz. the Great Panis, the Wolf, and the Republicans 
 raise corn, have horses, hunt, and make war on the Indians of the 
 PI 'ins westward. Language, guttural, allied to the Sioux. The 
 Eicaras, on tlie Foyer Mississippi, remains of 10 Pani tribes, greatly 
 reduced by the Sioux. The Towcas or Towiakis, a tribe of Panis, 
 
 
 - \. 
 
Appendi'r. 61 
 
 >m tiie Red rivev, above Nachitoches. The Towekenoes and Tgn* 
 kas, XV. on the Colorado, probably related. 
 
 VII. The Osage nation ; proper name Washash; including thp 
 
 Winnebag-oo^ xmcrand (invn Hay; the low ays oil the 
 
 De.si: ris, remains of a numerous nation on the 
 
 Lo\\ >i; the tv. -w associated with the Ottoes ; the 
 
 i tlic I ,ou-r Mi ^ on the 
 
 I'oncas, allied to the former ; the 
 
 /.as, on the Kanza and Arkansa rivers, W. of the Osages ; tlie 
 leading tribe of the nation, from the Osage 
 tnsa. 
 
 \l!l. The Fox Nation ; ext Lake Michigan to th< 
 
 rstward to the Missouri, S. of the Nm\. In alii; 
 
 the Chippewas. A recent nation in th< 
 
 conquered and drove out the Missouri** and the Illinois, and t> 
 tribes of the Osagr i )t 
 
 togarnies or F> lated on the Mississippi. The Menomonies, 
 
 en bay. Language peculiar. 
 
 IX. The Naudowessis or Sioux Nation. Proper name, Narco- 
 (ah or Darcota e Upper Mississippi, and over the exten 
 plains to the Upper v nd the Saskashawin. A very peculiar 
 and powerful people, nomadic, warlike ; have gained an ascenda , 
 
 all the nations in that quarter. Language peculiar, harsh and 
 Cultural. Several confederated tribes or bands; the principal, the 
 <wa-Kantons, the Vahpatons and the Sistasoone, on the Upper 
 issippi and its branches ; the Yanktons, wander from the Mi^ 
 * ip pi to the Missouri ; the Tetons, on th i, from the Mahas 
 
 Co the Minetarees, the most extensive ; the Washpeconte, on the 
 Desmoines and St. Peters ; the Assiniboins or Stone Indians, on the 
 Saskashawin, a tribe of Sioux, now a .-. ith the Knistenaux. 
 
 X. Nations on the Up uri, V".. of the Korky mountains* 
 
 1. T! S. from thr ^ources of the Saskashaw* 
 in, including the Blood Indians, the Blackfoots, and the Paegans. 
 
 2. The M or Fall Indians, from th S. hr.m<-h of the Saska- 
 shawin to the Yellow Stone. Both these have some relation to the 
 Chippewas. 3. The Sussees and Sussitongs, on the Red river of 
 Winnipec ; related to the Sioux. 4. Tl ires or Snake In- 
 dians, in the Rocky mountains around the sources of the Missouri. 
 
 3. The Mandnns, on the Upper Missouri above the Ficaras. 
 
 XI. The Paduca nation ; a wandering, predatory race, without 
 fixed habitations, in the great plains at the foot of th' Rocky moun- 
 tains, from New Mexico to the Missouri; little known; including 
 the Jetans or Camanches, the Crows, the Arrapahoes, and the ICia- 
 was. 
 
 Several >f these W. divisions, particularly the 5th, 10th and llth. 
 are very uncertain, and rather founded on locality than language. 
 
 The Nations on the W. coast of N. America, N. of Mexico, are 
 little known. They may be arranged under the following local di- 
 visions. 
 
 I. N. W. Coast, from the Eskimos, at 60 lat. or at Prince Wil- 
 liam's Sound, to Nootka. The Nations, N. and N. W. of this divis- 
 ion, are related to the Eskimos. Those, within these limits, hare 
 some affinities in language, to the Mexicans. 1 . The Wakash na- 
 lion, at Nootka and Prince George's sounds. 2. The Atnahs, at 
 Pitzhugh's Sound, visited by M'Kenzie, considerably civilized. 
 The Nag-aili, E. of thorn, near the Rocky mountains, alliefl to ftif 
 
 D 
 
30: Appendix, 
 
 Cbipewyans. 3. The Kolushes or Sitkas, arourcl Norfolk Sound v 
 (Ishinkitana ); occupy the greater part of the country N. of 50, 
 from Queen Charlotte's Islands, along nearly the whole Russian 
 Coast, to the Eskimos ; language nasal. 4. The Ugal-jachmutzi, 
 around Mt. St. Elias. 5. The Kinaitzi, between 59 and 6-2, on the 
 Coast. The languages of the three last have been grammatized by 
 the Russians ; synthetic, have many affinities to the Eskimo. 
 
 II. N. W. coast, from Nootka to California. 1. In ISew California, 
 numerous languages, little known; said to be seventeen S. of St. Fran- 
 Cisco. Two nations around Monterey, who speak different languages ; 
 the Escelen and Rumsen. Three around St. Francisco, with dialects 
 Of one common language. "2. The nations or tribes on the Columbia 
 and its branches, from the Pacific to the Rocky mountains ; very nu- 
 merous ; about 100 are enumerated. They have been included un- 
 der one great nation, the F/atheads or Pallote-paitor, extending to 
 the Rocky mountains and the borders of New Mexico. 
 
 III. Nations in the N. of New Mexico ; some of them powerful 
 and stationary, quite civilized, independent, hostile to the Spaniards ; 
 Others live peaceably under the Spanish government. 1. The Anpa- 
 Ches, from the Black mountains of N. Mexico to Cuvilla ; enemies of 
 the Paducas ; have extended themselves to the Pacific. The Yutas, 
 around the sources of the Del Norte, allied to them. 2. The Nava- 
 hoes, in the mountains N. W. of Santa Fe ; stationary and inde- 
 pendent ; language said to be related to the Mexican. 3. The 1 
 and Pickoories, in villages near Santa Fe. 4. The Moquis, on the 
 Gila ; early civilized ; allied to the Anpaches. 
 
 TV. Californian nations ; originally from the N. ; three head di- 
 alects or languages, viz. the Pencu, S. nearly extinct; the Guaicu- 
 ra in the middle, grammatized ; the Cochimi, N. from 25 to 31 
 (at. 
 
 The languages of Central America, or those under the Spanish 
 government N.of the isthmus, have been more cultivated than the 
 preceding. Many of them have been grammatized by the Spanish 
 missionaries, or the educated natives, and many translations have 
 been made into them. A large number, particularly in the W. In- 
 dies, are now extinct. They may be arranged under the following 
 local heads. 
 
 I. Languages N. of Anahuac, to the rivers Gila and Del INorte, 
 including the greater part of N. Mexico occupied by the Spaniards. 
 
 I. Cora, much allied to the Mexican, on the coast of New Leon, 
 
 2. Tepehuana, on the W. coast S. of 25 ; Topia, N. of 25 ; five 
 Others adjacent. The Tubar on the river Sinaloa. 3. Tarahumara, 
 fi. of the former, extending N. to 30 in the mountains, borders on 
 the Anpaches. 4. In Sinaloa ; Zuaqui, S. adjoining the Tubar ; 
 iVTaya, N. on the river Mayo; Guaravi, the common language on the 
 Coast ; Yaqui, N. : Akoma : all said to be dialects of one language. 
 
 3. Pima, Eudeve, Opata, and several others, in Pimeria ; N. to the 
 Oila, and E. to the mountains ; related to the Tarahumara. The 
 fima grammatized. 
 
 II. Languages of Anahuac, or the Plateau of Mexico, and the 
 territories adjacent. The term, Anahuac, applied to the empire 
 Montezuma, the seat of great power, and a high degree of civiliz 
 tion, at its conquest by the Spaniards. Government despotic ; 
 ion idolatrous, sanguinary ; had no writings, nor literature ; recoi 
 ted events by signs and paintings. The seat of the empire in the vajj 
 6f Mexico ; surrounded by a great number of tributary nations, witl 
 
Appendix. 2$ 
 
 many distinct languages ; remains of these nations and language? 
 still existing, in the Indian population of Mexico. The principal 
 languages are, 1. The Mixteca, in Chiapa and Oaxaca ; early civil- 
 ized, have left monuments; still spoken, six dialects, grammatized 03 
 Los Reyes, most cultivated around Tleposcolula. 2. The Totonaca, 
 around Vera Cruz ; said to have been driven out of Anahuac, civil- 
 ized, grammatized by Bonilla, four dialects. 3. The Azteca ov 
 Mexican ; originally from the N. ; conquered Anahuac, and became 
 the ruling language of all Mexico, as far as Nicaragua ; preceded 
 by several nations of the same stock, viz. the Toltecas, Nahuatlachi, 
 C^halcos, Tepanecas, C'olhui, Tlascalas, &c. The Aztecas followed 
 in the 15th century, and founded their empire, which extended S. to 
 Darien. Their language the basis of the others ; has many dialects, 
 4. The Huasteca, N. of Anahuac to the Gulf of Mexico, has much 
 affinity with the languages of Yucatan. 5. The Othomi, in the 
 mountains N. of Mexico, blended with the wandering Chichimacas. 
 The Macahui, in \kclioacan, a dialect, said to be monosyllabic. 
 Originally belonged to the Nahuatlachi; related to the Azteca. 6.. 
 \T< rhoacan ; originally an independent kingdom, N. W. of Mexico^ 
 occupied, in the N. E., by the Othomi; the rest by two distinct na- 
 tions, the Perindas and tie Tarascas ; last highly cultivated, with a 
 musical language. 
 
 III. Languages of S. Mexico and Guatiinala. 1. The Mayas, 
 in Yucatan and Tobasco ; said to have spread to the greater Antil- 
 les ; many traces of ancient civilization among them ; allied to the 
 Pokonchi ; grammatized. 2. The Pokonchi ; around Amatitan, 
 and in the mountains ; grammatized. The Utlateca, around Guati- 
 mala. The C'atr.hikel, around Zumpango. These three allied. 3. 
 The Kichi, in Verapaz. 4. In Nicaragua, four languages, viz. the 
 Chorotega, the oldest ; the Corabichi ; the Chondal, in the moun- 
 tains, extended to Oaxaca and Honduras ; and the Orotina. 
 
 IV. The languages of the W. India islands. These are quite 
 ^xin vords remain ; the native population early extir- 
 pated by the Spaniards. Those of Cuba and Jamaica said to have 
 resembled Oie Ma\a of Yucatan. Those of Hayti and the Lucayas, 
 peculiar ; a cultivated and numerous people. The Caribbee islands, 
 as far as Porto-rico, inhabited by the Caribbees from S. America ; 
 only a few individuals remain. 
 
 The languages of S. America do not yet admit of an arrangement, 
 according to their affinities ; they must therefore be arranged from 
 their localities. When the Spaniards conquered the country, they 
 found cultivated nations, along the table lands of the Andes, as far as 
 Chile. The Peruvian empire and language extended over the great- 
 er part of them. None of the S. American languages were cultiva- 
 ted as written languages. The natives, in the low and wooded coun- 
 tries of S. America, were originally savages. 
 
 I. The N. W. mountains to the Isthmus of Darien. 1. On the 
 Magclalena, and the adjoining mountains, a great number of tribes 
 with different languages ; ten said to be extant. Three nations, of 
 later arrival, and different from the earlier inhabitants, settled on the 
 Plateau of Bogota ; quite civilized ; (the Bochica, Namkethaba, 
 and Zuki). The Panches, rude, resembled the Omaguas. The 
 Musi or \tuysca, on the borders of Bogota, numerous, now extinct; 
 their language grammatized by Lugo. On the N. coast, from Mar- 
 acaiho to Bio Hacha, two powerful nations, who have long resisted 
 ^anianls, still independent; tiie Goahiras W. and the Coc 
 
40 Appendix. 
 
 - $ Popayan and Darien. Many nations or tribes foun<liu 
 Popayan, and along the chain of mountains N. to Darien ; 52 said to 
 have been found in Popayan ; civilized like those of Bogota. The 
 Guanaca and Cacanuca still extant, guttural. The natives of Dan- 
 el! savage, called Caribbees, but improperly ; only a few remains of 
 ther language ; called, in Veragua, Huaimi ; in Darien, Urabe. 
 
 II. N. Coast of S. America, along the lower Oronoco and the 
 coast from Surinam to Maracaibo. Many nations and languages, all 
 having an affinity to the Caraibs ; originally savages. The princi- 
 pal are, I. The Tamanacs ; on the Oronoco below the Ottomacs, 
 and on the Cuchivero ; three tribes on the coast of Paria. 2. The 
 Arawacs ; on the coast of Guiana, around Surinam and Berbice, S. 
 of the Caraibs. Two nations, in their vicinity, speak a similar 
 language, viz. the Wakaias and Wacanas. 3. The Caraibs, on the 
 coast, and in the interior of Guiana, N. of the Arawacs ; originally 
 extended from Porto Rico, through the Caribbees, to the Ama/on, 
 and in the interior to the Upper Oronoco: ^aid to have come from 
 Florida. The Guaranos, on the islands in the Delta of the Oronoco. 
 
 III. On the Upper Oronoco and its W. branches. The principal 
 languages are, 1. The Yarura, from the Meta to the Casanare and 
 Caqueta, and to the foot of the mountains of New Grenada ; fisher- 
 men and hunters. 2. The Betoi, Airica, nnd Situfa ; three dialects 
 of one language ; on the Casanare, and in the forests of Airica. 3. 
 The Ottornaks ; on the Oronoco, N. of the Yarura, extending east- 
 ward towards Guiana ; a powerful, but savage people ; lanjruag-e 
 harsh. TheGuamas, at the mouth of the Apim B different 
 (ari^uag-o. V mm the reports of the missionary ^, 22 tribe*, ^making 
 different languages, have been found on theOrouoro and its branches. 
 
 IV. Between the Rio Negro and the Upper Oronoco. Principal 
 lahguages. I. TheMaipures; an extensive language, with many 
 dialects, on the Upper Oronoco, around and above the falls, on the 
 Venturi, and the Kio Negro or Guainia. Principal dialects ; the 
 Cabras, formerly extended to the Atlantic ; Guipunavi, a race of 
 conquerors on the Upper Oronoco ; the Parani and Maipure, snicl to 
 have been cannibals. The Maipures occupy the whole of the Upper 
 Oronoco, and part of the Lower ; their has many affinities 
 with the Moxo and Tamanac, grammatized by Gili. 2. The Salivi ; 
 an agricultural people, in a mission on the Vichada, . r > N. ; 
 much reduced by the Caraibs. The Atures, at the falls of the Oro- 
 noco, and theftuaquas, wild, in the forests of the Cuchivero, u^e a 
 similar language, harsh and nasal. 3. The Guaivis ; two dialects, 
 the Guaivis and Ciricoas ; on the left side of the Oronoco, N. of the 
 Salivi ; few in numbers. 4. On the Oronoco, near its source, S. ofj 
 the Arawacs, several tribes, language not known, viz. the Massan*? 
 nan, Kajukussianu, Assawanu, &c. 5. The Achagua, an agricultur-1 
 al people near the Maipures ; language very soft, originally distinct, 
 but now mixed with the Maipure. 
 
 V. E. of Quito, on the Maranon to the Rio Negro. 1. Th 
 Omaguas, a powerful nation of river navigators, on the Amazon and 
 its branches, from the Oronoco to the Ucayale and the Tocantin. / 
 Language peculiar, has many affinities to the Guarani. Tribes and 1 
 dialects numerous. 2. In the forests extending E. of the mountains 5 ' 
 between the Amazon and the Upner Oronoco, and in the plains alongf 
 the base o r the mountains, extending as far N. as Popayan, are a| 
 great number . of tribes and languages little known. They are attjr 
 wandering- and uncivilized ; some of them are found among ttyf 
 
Appendix. 41 
 
 mountains. The principal are the Xeberos, on the pampas at thf 
 
 foot of the mountains; Encah;llados, : rn, on the Upper 
 
 IVapo, a peculiar lang-un^e with ii\ |, m i_ 
 
 ants of tin- anciiMit Quito*, nt-arh rooted oin ;ins ; tnf 
 
 Fameai along- the Amazon, language vi- Mamas on the 
 language of tht 
 
 VI * : inally 
 
 savages ; tlic 
 
 ' tin 
 i ibes wamh rm<> in i 1 
 
 cts, three . tous 
 
 inn, in the ;.r, ' ,, affe 
 
 ,c missionaries. 4. The Mot., 
 
 lan- 
 ,< of 
 
 CuscoaiK' | iat j 
 
 i:ipas and in t! 
 
 kc. 
 
 VII. On t!,c \V. iid( ..lingN. to themoun- 
 
 mas of N. a great nniniu r of na- 
 
 languaget, mor. i, ma ny 01 
 
 u^rmingltM' ;nis . 
 
 : sonic of their Ian 
 
 i side of 
 ;i\u. the 
 
 E. bide of the P:, Vom 
 
 ! iful tribe, 
 
 : boats by fishing, now subject to the Span- 
 
 1'itiiago xnd Toba, 
 
 unitl Vermcjo; the latter language 
 
 S rai m anci Mokoby, unitr-d, in Cl.aro, 28, OB 
 
 J*\ c X . .lar, grammatized bv Dobrizhoffcr. 
 
 n, in the forests oi meio; 
 
 matized. Tlic Lule. on a lake near the Pilcomayo, 
 
 ive nation, language cultivated by the Je> 
 v ! ' ! ' i)| the two former divisions t.. ;;|M 1 
 
 K '* i;5 i ' iiuu, aiiQ aionir 
 
 t from tl.e Amazon to the La Plata, inch;. 
 
 >mall scattered tribes little known, there is one vc- 
 nMvc nation, the Gttaranis. All uncivilized, hunters and fish- 
 ermen. 
 
 I . The Guarani nation ; spread over the whole of Brazil, from 
 Guiana S., along the coast, to 32, and the Parana, and in the interior 
 
 ' ossmg- the Paraguay, S. of the Chiquitostothe \ 
 | 10W r r but * iva ff e and wandering race ; language na-al and 
 Three principal divisions. I. The S. on the Paraguay and 
 irom27 to 30 ; nearly all christianized by the Jesuits; lajto- 
 a rammatized. 2. The W. Guarani ; crossed the Paraguay at 
 paratively recent period ; language little known ; several 
 the principal, the Chiraguana between the Pilcomavo anfl 
 C.ruz, and the Guarayi in Moxos and Tucuman. 3. The N. 
 buarani, Tupi or Brazilians: occupy a large part of Brazil; nu- 
 i tribes: 15 enume-ated by Laet ; all speak dialects of one 
 laoguage, the Tupian, cultirated by the missionaries. The n-itirrs 
 
 D* 
 
42 Appendix. 
 
 on the coast, and in the more cultivated districts of Brazil, are noir 
 subject to the whites ; peaceable, but indolent and degraded. In the 
 interior they are still savages. Besides the Guaranis, there arc 
 many other tribes little k^own, not related to them. 2. In Brazil, 
 51 tribes enumerated, who speak different languages from the Tupi; 
 they are scattered over the country, from the sea coast to Cuyaba 
 and Matto Grosso ; the best known are the Kiriri near Baia, the 
 Curumare on the Tocantin, the Guacure in Matto Grosso, and the 
 Aimure in Ilheos. 3. Four nations, in the forests between the Para** 
 guay and Parana, N. of the Guarani missions, little known, viz. the 
 Guachika, the Echibia, the Guaniana, and the Guayaki. 4. S. of the 
 Guaranis, seven nations, originally occupying all the country be* 
 (ween the Parana and La Plata and the Atlantic ; three cxtermina- 
 led, the Yaro, Bohane, and Chan a. The Charma and Minuane, 
 united, on the E. side of the Uraguay, between 31 and 32 ; lan- 
 guages distinct. The Guenoa, on the E. side of the Paraguay, N. 
 of the former; language said by Hervas, to be the root of all in thiv 
 section. The Kasigua, E. side of the Uraguay, N. of St. Angelo : 
 (un<ruage peculiar. 
 
 IX. S. point of America, on the W. to Chile, on the E. to the 
 La Plata. 
 
 1. The Moluches (warriors) or Araucos, inhabited the E. and W. 
 ; of the Cordilleras, from Peril to the straits of Magellan ; divU 
 .!(!* I into three sections, the Pimnr! " N.. the Pehuenche M., and the 
 Uuilleche S. The Arauco language has many affinities with the 
 Quichua or Peruvian. In the S. of Chile, the Araucos have estab- 
 lished a strong republic, which has long rented the Spaniards, and i^ 
 still independent. They are half civilized, brave and high spirited, 
 and stand at the head of all the American aborigines. Their lan- 
 guage has been grammatized. Tho natives of the Archipelago of 
 Chiioc, on the coast of S. Chile, are a smaller and less hardy : 
 
 e of the adjoining continent. They live by fishing, nci 
 were early coii'imved !>y the Spaniards. 2. Tehnelhet. Proper 
 name, Tehuel-canny, southern men ; a race of wandering horsemen, 
 from the Mi-iitx of Magellan, on the plains, far northward. Five 
 dialects; one on both sides of the straits; the rest N. on the plains 
 or pampas. 3. The Puelches, E. people ; inhabit the plains around 
 the mouth of the La Plata, S. to the Kio Negro and Colorado, and 
 W. to the Pehuenches ; language peculiar ; a race of savage horse- 
 men, called Pampas by the Spaniards; fast diminishing; three dia- 
 lects. 4. The people of Terra del Fuego and the adjoining islands ; 
 a race of miserable savages ; languages all similar, very guttural ; 
 three dialects, the Kemenetes, Kennekas, and Karaikas. 
 
 X. The Coast and Mountains of Peru. Before the conquest by 
 the Spaniards, the seat of the powerful and civilized Empire of the 
 Peruvians, extending from 1 14' N., 54 leagues N. of Quito, to 35 ,' 
 S. lat. including a large part of the Andes and tho. low country ojT 
 Peru. The Peruvians were a mild, cultivated people ; their religion 
 was the worship of the Sun, from which their Incas claimed to be 
 descended ; it was not sanguinary like the Mexicans. They had 
 paved roads, houses of stone, and large cities. They had no writing 
 nor literature. They communicated their civilization to some of the 
 other nations of the Andes. Such people were found N. in Bogota 
 and Popayan, and S. in Chile, and along the E. slope of the Andes ia 
 lyioxos and Chiquitos. All the early civilization of the American 
 cpjntincnt was. fgiratf at its discovery, on the plateau* of (be Coiv 
 
Append 43 
 
 ras in Mexico and Peru. The rest of the natives, if we except thf 
 Natchez, were in a savage state. The c of Mexico and 
 
 Peru was of a low order, and like that of I.. ' '.., rather material 
 than intellectual. In many parts, hoth of >. \merica, are 
 
 found monuments, which indicate a higher degree of civilization., 
 than that of the present race of nati - 
 
 languages of Peru were the following, -ijll r.-rd l>y the native 
 Indians. J. The Quichua, the court : 
 in Quii large part of r l 
 
 the Quitana, in Q ano, in I ri i-u\;\. 
 
 ./.CD. the | uresl 
 and th< u, in Tucuman. Th< c(s diitert 
 
 \\. 2. TheAymara; an extensive nation and I; 
 La Paz and Potosi, from the Pilconv.i 
 
 .ire of Peru ; bordering on th 
 
 W. Gi; f> eight tribes; lar.< d, had 
 
 some affiui' 
 
 in I ,i I*:-.. - n or Chnquito ; 
 
 :r language ; the Quichua, the 
 language gran 4. The YunU 
 
 and its u 
 
 III. THE AFRICA no RACE. 
 
 by n skull ',,irrow face, 
 
 r <-iiin : f., t.-iu ;i.l ilat and rer. 
 facial anglr ;(h promirieni 
 
 lower jaw projecting before the 
 
 limhsii: particularly the low< (oni|le\! 
 
 ; hair black, and woolly or fi ,nie of the 
 
 tribes, ; >, are larp-e and robust.: 
 
 lender, more li! 
 
 ding chin ; i mcc in tufts, 
 
 M under tl 
 
 from tl, Tiej might be arranged as 
 
 a separate race, or as a group under the - ro. 
 
 The proper Negroes inhabit ail Africa, : ? desert and 
 
 hern limit is not exactly defined. Th<- Moors 
 
 or Arabs are found on the Senegal, and tt Abyssinians are 
 
 either of Arab or Nubian origin, and not Negroes. But people of the 
 Negro race are found in Bornou and Dar-Fur farther N., and they 
 form the ruling people in Sennaar. None of the Negroes have been 
 found in a state of high civilization. Some of their tribes, a- 
 of Ashanlec and Dahomey, and others in Congo and Zanguebar, 
 have formed extensive and populous communities, under strong an <i 
 ic governments, but they are ferocious and even cannibal, with 
 but few of the arts, and none of the charities of civilization. None 
 of their languages have been written or cultivated. Some of the N. 
 tribes, who have become Mahometan, read the Koran, and write io 
 the Arabic character. The Negro languages are but little k 
 and are, as yet, incapable of a re in^eraent We have 
 
 therefore classed them according to their locality, 
 
i4 Appendix. 
 
 1. Nigritia; country along the Niger and upper Nile, and noptk- 
 w ard towards the great desert. 
 
 I. People, v whose characters are not entirely Negro, but approach 
 them. a. In the W. part of S. Sahara. The following are said by 
 Leo Africanus, to speak a common language : Gualata in an oasis. 
 Jinne on the Niger, Malli in the mountains S., Tombuctoo and Ca- 
 bra on the Niger, G-.sgo S. of them. b. In Sudan, or the E. part of 
 S. Sahara. The following enumerated by Leo: Guber, Kasena, or 
 Kashna, Wangara, Begarmi, Kanem, &c. c. Foulahs, at the mouth 
 of the Senegal, and in Bondou, N. E., probably Fellata Arabs, sta- 
 tionary and agricultural. 
 
 These people, excepting the W. Fouiahs, are divided by Leo, ac~ 
 :ing to their languages, into two stocks the Guber, E., inclu- 
 ding* the section b., and the Sungay, W., including the section a. 
 They are probably a mixed race of Berbers and Negroes. 
 
 2. Negroes on the Nile and Niger, a. Bornou (Birni); many dia- 
 lects the principal are the Birniby in 'he capital of Bornou, the 
 
 la \., the AlFad'-h F>.. and the IVIozam-Kamma farther E. ; said 
 to be all similar, b. Bergoo (Bargu), Mobba or Darsela : dependent 
 on Bornou, S. E. ; said to be Jo dialects in Mobba. Shillooks, be- 
 tween Dar-Fur and Abyssinia ; the Bahar el Abiad passes through 
 their rountrv. Tembele their capital; heathens; a part of them have 
 conquered Sennxir, ;ii'd are the ruling- people there, Mahometans, 
 the Fungee of the Ar.iV. Dahera, in the great plain between the 
 Nile and Ponder; original! \ .e S. ; employed in the 
 
 armies of Senn-.Kir. e. f >.i r-i-'ur : >. \V . >f Dongola, u large king- 
 dom with several tributaries Kardot-in, Begoo, &C. ; . but 
 Mahomet a 'joining kingdom of considerable pow- 
 er. l)ar-Kumr. : an :i .Ijui.nn^ independent ^tate; language differ- 
 ent from the ruriau. I hn-K ulla. visited tor . part of them 
 copper coloured, heathen. 
 
 I!. W. -en the Sene.gal and Cape Negro on the At- 
 
 lantic, tin N . to the Mountains of the Moon, and those bor- 
 
 of the Nil'-. Inhabitants, proper Negroes. 1. 
 
 Jiilofs, S. of i l 1 on the roast. L 2. Sen e of con- 
 
 ferier. n the mountains vidjoining the Jalofs and 
 
 s rewallis, between Bondou and Bambuk ; lan- 
 
 N. B-.unbarra. 4. Mandingos; an ex- 
 
 o j>oo]de il arid Gambia, and on the upper 
 
 Gambia; also in tl.e mountains E. of vSien*a Leone; a finer and 
 i t'ne other negroes, including Bambarra, 
 ikas ami Sokkos, and the Soosoos E. of Sierra 
 ),' the last arrainmatixetl. 5. Peioops, on the 
 ; S. of the Gambia, including the Banyon, the Timaney, and the 
 Bullom: language of Hie last grammatiy.cd. 6. Kanga, Manp 
 and Gien, S. of Sierra I^eone to Cape Palmas, on the Mesnrado. 
 7. Quoja and Hondo, on the Grain coast. 8. Isencssi and QU;>L 
 on the Ivory coast. 9. Fantees or Aminas; an extensive peopk 
 eluding the Feetees, Fantees, Akripon, Aminas, and Akkim ; all 
 on the Ivory coast: speak several dialects of one language; the 
 Danes have grammatized it. Behind them, in the interior, is Tem- 
 bu, the capital of a large kingdom. 10. The Akras, including the 
 Adam pi; language of small extent, studied by the Danes. 1 1. Ada 
 on the KioVolta and the W. limits of the 'Slave coast. 12. The 
 Ashantee or Assianti : a powerful people, on the upper Rio Negro, : 
 "in !he interior ; now the ruling state io W, G uinea : kosfile to fbe : 
 
Append 4/ 
 
 Fantees whom they have greatly reduced. The Kassenti adjoining 
 them. The K '. B. I- of the Volta. 13. The 
 
 \\hidahs, including Whidah or Judah. a powerful kingdom, on the 
 Slave coast; the Papaas at Popo ; \Vatje, an state, in tlie 
 
 interior, on the borders o in the interior of Whi- 
 
 t he most powerful 
 
 in this quarter; ?11 of then. B] 14. 
 
 Ueriin. including- Calbra on the roast around ( me- 
 
 cons i m, and the Gonseloos 1 >wn. if>. < 
 
 rabari. on the river Calabar; Ibo ; them: Mokko and An- 
 
 I-. of Loango, litti 16. The Congos, including Lo- 
 
 o N. of the Zaire: Kakongo or Malinbi, n >, o 
 
 largt S. of the /aire; Camba, in tin- mi 
 
 Ang-<> lingBeng-i.- K.Donde; Mandonpa, in 
 
 interior of the latter, driven out of Beugnela by \ rse. All 
 
 -itoc-k, ruliivate'd by the Cathulic missiona- 
 Is, Loango, Congo, and 
 
 III. K. Africa, from the . N. to Abyssinia ar 
 nuMintains of the Moon, and W. to the Laputa m< nd the S. 
 F. borders of Coniro. All the E. coast, from Ab\ Mo/.run- 
 bique, has been overrun and occupied h\ t he Arab-, since tiie . 
 
 <omet. They speak Arabic, from Arabia to i^u'l. 
 f their colonies in Johann: The m,i 
 
 oft! me characteristic dil <)ier ne- 
 
 - fri/./led, in some tribes straight ; 
 skin brov, i MK S. ; on the whole a finer race. 
 
 I. Ti il-l and powerful >. -. of Abyssinia , 
 
 havebeencon > .iding that I6thccntui 
 
 language radical IN :)m t'ne ^ : black with long 
 
 hair. 2. The Gagas, Agagi ; a wander <> race, E. of < 
 
 
 
 with theGallas 
 
 : proper ; in^uehar^ 
 
 M imp: all 1; ' from Ab_ fol- 
 
 b\ ^alt, \ 'll;i-l>i/./eb. tl 
 
 days from the Nile, Negroes : M:;inr:lla of Tact*/ ent; 
 
 : uebar to Cape Gardafui, and in the interior to 
 llurrur. W. to tin- f ial; oes ; 
 
 theSomauli to Mombosa ; Makua, a powerful people 
 in tlie interior, N. to Melinda, S. to the river Zambese, bordering 
 S. W., on the Caff res ; Monjou, in the interior of Mozambique. 
 The Shikos, Danakil and Adaijel, on the coasts of Babelmnndcl and 
 Massua, one race; have some affinities to the Gal las in their numer 
 Tlie tribes of the coast much mixed with the Arabs ; Mahom- 
 etans. 4. Johanna or Anjuani, and the other Comoros ; native peo- 
 ple negroes, with .straight hair; language mixed with Arabic ; prop- 
 er name, Hinauan. 5. Madagascar; the coasts occupied by Ar 
 particularly the N. W. ; have considerable cultivation ; the nativt 
 litiints negroes and heathens ; language mixed with Arabic, ha? 
 affinities to the Malay and Caffer, cultivated by the French colo- 
 
 IV. The Caffers ; have a brown complexion, short woolly hair, 
 forms rather European than Negro ; from Quiloa, along the E. c< 
 
 to the Hottentots. I. The proper Caffers, including the Coossa.- 
 o!' Fi^h river ; then the Tambukkis on the. river IJnssch ; then thf 
 
10 Appendix. 
 
 iVIambukkis or Kambonas, and in the interior from these, on 
 Basseh, the Maduanas, a numerous people ; all form one nation : 
 their language studied by Lichtenstein. 2. The Beetjuanas ov 
 liooshuanas 4 eight tribes ; the most powerful the Macquiri, on thr 
 head waters of the Orange river, in the interior of the Gaffers, ex- 
 fending towards the Portuguese settlements oh the E. coast ; all 
 apeak one language. A peculiar race, occupying all the centre of 
 S. Africa ; complexion reddish brown ; language explored by Lich- 
 (enstein. 
 
 V. The Hottentots ; the lowest race in Africa, most resembling 
 the Papuans, with flat noses, deeply depressed between the eyes, 
 broad projecting cheek bones, hollow cheeks and narrow chin, yel- 
 low brown complexion, curled h-air, con formation very different from 
 the Negroes. A miserable race, driven S. and W. by the Gaffers 
 nml Bcetjuanas, herdsmen and shepherds, indolent and dirty. The 
 Bushmen, in the mountains, the most degraded ; the Gonaquas, on 
 (ho F. borders, superior to the others. Some of their tribes inde- 
 pendent, others enslaved, or living in kraals or villages under thepro- 
 ted ion of the Dutch ; several of their tribes in the Dutch colony 
 extirpated. Language, extremely harsh and nasal, with many sharp 
 or chirking sounds. They are divided into two classes. 1. The 
 Proper Hottentots ; the principal independent tribes are the Nama- 
 quas on the W. coast, the Conuns, in the interior, W. of the Beet- 
 juan;^. nnd the (.OTKMUKIS on the K. borders of the colony, now 
 mingled with the Gaffers ; the^e arc herdsmen, and live in asocial 
 stale, with some cultivation : the Nainaqnas reduce the copper, 
 which they find in their country, ?>nd work it into many utensils. < 2. 
 The Saabs or Bushmen ; live a will predatory life, in the mountains 
 and plains on the TV. line of the colony ; resemble the New Holland- 
 M their por-on*. and manners; mi-erablv degraded, hate the Hot- 
 rentoN and Caffre, continually plundering le and those of 
 
 the colon; .j-oned .)!<. us; language not intelligible to the 
 
 Proper Hci idy nasal. 
 
 ERRATA TO APPENDIX. 
 
 I'agc 11, line 10 from bottom, for Their read Three. 
 Page 29, line 8, for E. read JV. 
 
 Page 36, last line but one, for Upper Mississippi read Upper 
 Missouri. 
 
INTERESTING WORKS FOR THE 
 INSTRUCTION OF YOUTH, 
 
 For Sale by the principal booksellers in the United 
 States. 
 
 History of the United States of America, for Schools, by 
 Rev. C. A. Goodrich, with ten engravings. 
 
 CT This work is written in a plain, easy and elegant style its ar- 
 rangement of the subject is clear and natural, and it is rendered ex- 
 tremely interesting to youth, by the introduction of li\ -lotos 
 and narra: ing at the same time to illustrate points in UK 
 lory. It has been used in many of the best conducted schools and 
 seminaries in the United States, and the testimonies of intelli 
 teachers to its value are abuiui. 
 
 The following notice of the work, extracted from Rev. Mr. Emer- 
 ilie Female Seminary at Wethersfield, puts it be- 
 yond a doubt that this work is decidedly the best history of the Uni- 
 
 hools. 
 
 using it the last season, the high opinion, which I had formed of 
 *ts worth, was confirmed and raised. The author is uncommonly hap- 
 py in his arrangement of facts ; in presenting a simple, concise and 
 luminous view of a subject, which in its nature is peculiarly complex 
 and intricate ; in dividing the whole time into eleven periods ; in tr.i 
 cing causes and effects ; in publishing the principal and subordinate 
 parts of the work in types of different sizes ; and in presenting re- 
 flections for the benefit of the youthful mind. The style is easy, neat, 
 remarkably perspicuous, and suited to improve the taste of the le 
 er. On these accounts, this litUe compend appears peculiarly adapted 
 to the use of schools. Soon may the light from every window in eve 
 ry school-house in our land, shine upon its pages." 
 
 Blair's Outlines of Chronology, Ancient and Modern, 
 being an introduction to the study of History, with 20 
 engravings. 
 
 (D" " This work is divided into twenty periods, each characterised 
 by some circumstance or event, to enable the learner to distinguish 
 and recollect it. Each period is also illustrated by a cut, with a view 
 to aid the memory by association. 
 
 Having made a general division of the subject into twenty periods, 
 then each period is taken up, and an account given of the principal 
 events, arid distinguished characters during the same. Miscellaneous 
 observations are Jhen^added, giving a general view of the state of 
 mankind, the progress of society, of knowledge and the arts, and ed- 
 ucation ; the state of manners, morality, religion, &c. during each 
 period. 
 
 The work seems to us to be constructed on philosophical principles, 
 and to be written with enlightened views of the nature and capacity 
 f the juvenile mind. We think it, therefore, an interesting acquisi- 
 tion to the course of education ; and as it is stated to be an introduc- 
 tion .to a series of histories formed on a similar plan, we wish to see it 
 take the place in our schools of the ill managed histories, written 
 a century ago." 
 
Vn Outline of Bible History, with notes and observa- 
 tions, adapted to the minds of youth, with 20 engra- 
 vings, for Sabbath and other Schools, by Rev. C. A. 
 Goodricl;. 
 
 iCP " As the season for Sabbath Schools is about opening, we men- 
 t/on as worthy the attention of those interested in them, a work pub- 
 lished last year, entitled "An Outline of Bible History, &c. by Rev. 
 Charles A. Goodrich. ' It lias been found on trial an excellent book 
 ^ ibhath Schools, and deserves more extended use. The New 
 Haven Helicons Intelligencer thus speaks of it :" 
 
 " This work is designed for Sabbath and other Schools. For Sab- 
 hath Schools, it appears to be very well calculated, being as we should 
 !c, admirably adapted both for the instruction and entertainment 
 of the elder class of scholars. The Author has embodied in the work, 
 observations, illustrative f the Chronology of the Bible : of ancient 
 and oriental Customs, on the knowledge of which, a proper under- 
 itmding of many parts of the sacred history entirely depends ; of the 
 K\ idenec, of Kcvelation ; and of the connexion of parts of the histo- 
 ry with one another. Th" spirit of the whole is practical, such g 
 ery teacher cu^ht to possess, and every child to be thoroughly imbued 
 with. K, the information contained in 
 
 this book : and if \ve in.t\ he Allowed to have an opinion on such sub- 
 
 would read it without profit. A work of 
 
 nature, has hitherto heen much wanted in Saboath Schools and Bible 
 CiM 
 
 " In the Christian Secretary the work is highly recommended as 
 IPorthy the attention of heads of families, and such as have the man- 
 agement of Sundav ^cliooU." Cnurant. 
 
 *+* Many other publications have given similar testimonials of the 
 ?alue of the book. 
 
 \ Grammar of Chemistry, adapted to the use of Schools 
 and private Students, by familiar illustrations and 
 easy experiments, with numerous engravings, by J. L. 
 Comstock, M. D. 
 
 BS 3 This work is adapted to the use of Colleges and Academies, and 
 being very easy and simple in its explanations, and requiring a cheap- 
 $r apparatus for making experiments, will be found far more practical 
 than most other treatises. The American Journal of Science, says it 
 is the best manual in use. 
 
 Outlines of Modern Geography, on a jpev? plan, careful- 
 ly adapted to the use of Schools, accorrfpanied by an !! 
 Atlas, with numerous engravings of cities, manners, 
 customs, curiosities, &c. by Rev. C. A. Goodrich. 
 
 V*.!* is believed confidently, that this work reduces the labour of:,: 
 teaching and learning Geography, at least one half. 
 
 Outlines of Ecclesiastical History, on an interestir 
 plan, for Schools. 
 3?F This work will be put to press in the course of the summer. { 
 
\ . 
 
 
 *' 
 
 . 
 
%*,.-* 
 

M312089 
 
 YC134137